From: Andrey Batyiev Date: Thu, 18 Feb 2010 20:53:02 +0000 (+0200) Subject: initial commit X-Git-Url: http://git.maemo.org/git/?p=gconf-editor;a=commitdiff_plain;h=34f89e89320f83ec38ebf7257ddfe4d4a84b7cf0 initial commit --- diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8638abf --- /dev/null +++ b/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Anders Carlsson diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d511905 --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59cc305 --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +commit 56e12619f963157bcb1b1bb39f44f1a6dbe8aaee +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-09-21 + + Prepare for 2.28.0 release. + +M NEWS +M configure.in + +commit d740e7e891197dde52faa71771567b589038490f +Author: Rajesh Ranjan +Date: 2009-09-18 + + maithili update + +M po/LINGUAS +A po/mai.po + +commit b2413e554595184c2b6566835ae53f311045c24c +Author: Rajesh Ranjan +Date: 2009-09-16 + + hindi update by Rajesh Ranjan + +M po/hi.po + +commit 5e14b64cb007fbf2c4bb2349e4def031219eb825 +Author: Khaled Hosny +Date: 2009-09-08 + + Updated Arabic translation + +M po/ar.po + +commit acdf9eb99491b0665f3f53e3784ffb1f7d847f01 +Author: André Gondim +Date: 2009-09-07 + + Corrected some access keys and a grammatical error in Brazilian + Portuguese translation file. + +M po/pt_BR.po + +commit 6d377148c41547f89225f663f5cbe94d2277c76f +Author: Denis Arnaud +Date: 2009-09-02 + + Updated breton translation + +M po/br.po + +commit 2725f66b51ce9ebf83ceeacd1d65e1864404dd8d +Author: Rodrigo L. M. Flores +Date: 2009-08-30 + + Updated Brazilian Portuguese mailing list address. + +M po/pt_BR.po + +commit d2f10e079a90301c01e2a1adef887c29691d6176 +Author: Miloš Popović +Date: 2009-08-28 + + Updated Serbian translation + +M po/sr.po +M po/sr@latin.po + +commit e76974fa25a41838dbdf5ed8fb4e7b7517c87026 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + Post-release version bump + +M configure.in + +commit f5ea6ecb9083de386927cd210a351661edd9f4b1 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + Pre-release version bump + +M configure.in + +commit ae355547de2ed6fdf5ee1dc6caa8ce2b3db17867 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + Remove ChangeLog on distclean + +M Makefile.am + +commit b3db7dffdfce1c441077964371d6f6dc8abcd267 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + Update news. + +M NEWS + +commit fe983da8ca6491dd0e138b61f99f466e830572bb +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + Add myself to the maintainers of this module + +M MAINTAINERS +M gconf-editor.doap + +commit 8fbaf480bc2a47dfb1d2698d82cb2c6547b3e811 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + Don't overwrite window->list_model in popup-menu callback + + This causes a crash, as the list view has another sort model on + it, and + later we will use it instead of the real model. + Patch by Sergey Nizovtsev, fix bug #531718. + +M src/gconf-editor-window.c + +commit 6d5c0ac4041eaac3bb76391523f167870e03164e +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-08-24 + + port to PolicyKit 1.0 + + This also removes the need of depending on polkit-dbus, and needs + a new + GConf to work properly. + Based on the patch by Matthias Clasen, fix bug #585596. + +M configure.in +M src/Makefile.am +M src/gconf-editor-window.c +M src/gconf-policykit.c +M src/gconf-policykit.h + +commit bef8d9cd077bed712c840eb6bd2aed122d49c3e8 +Author: Khaled Hosny +Date: 2009-08-21 + + Updated Arabic translation + +M po/ar.po + +commit 1066d732638be4715799d4a2f4933800c0eac581 +Author: Iestyn Pryce +Date: 2009-08-06 + + Updated Welsh translation + +M po/cy.po + +commit 9e5d96d5116f3a74dc08a7ca2eab4b790719e4bf +Author: Alexander Nyakhaychyk +Date: 2009-07-30 + + Updated Belarusian translation + +M po/be.po + +commit 6de60d4fbc5a4af396481579c2a884de4a6aaa83 +Author: Petr Kovar +Date: 2009-07-12 + + Added Czech help translation by Marek Cernocky + +M docs/Makefile.am +A docs/cs/cs.po +A docs/cs/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png + +commit bccf95bfcfa16a4845520266e4a75b8f23aa3470 +Author: Maxim V. Dziumanenko +Date: 2009-07-09 + + Updated Ukrainian translation + +M po/uk.po + +commit 3ffd1ef86e178524d32d90df1943b257fe643872 +Author: Miquel Esplà +Date: 2009-05-25 + + Added Valencian-Catalan translation + +M po/LINGUAS +A po/ca@valencia.po + +commit 28f8829e4c830c40ecba1e0568a7e1dfda5897f8 +Author: Awgnl +Date: 2009-05-15 + + Added Simplified Chinese document translation. + +M docs/Makefile.am +A docs/zh_CN/zh_CN.po + +commit 0d4ecb4e3d191ccd9fef1417524c7fcff7535fe4 +Author: Perier Romain +Date: 2009-05-06 + + Make PolicyKit support optional + + Make PolictKiy an optional dependency, turned on by default (#579096). + + Signed-off-by: Cosimo Cecchi + +M configure.in +M src/Makefile.am +M src/gconf-editor-window.c + +commit dd126519f52155008b1483aa98217f8f1b77732c +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-04-30 + + Generate ChangeLog file from git log + + Autogenerate the ChangeLog file from git log output. + +R100 ChangeLog ChangeLog.pre-git +M Makefile.am + +commit 73aa4444a8894738c7c1a6ffc38d6ad3377a4940 +Author: Olav Vitters +Date: 2009-04-23 + + Add DOAP file + +M gconf-editor.doap + +commit 8eb8f4e387167d981644057842538afa32ebb2e4 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-04-21 + + 2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * gconf-editor.doap: add the DOAP file for this project. + +M ChangeLog +A gconf-editor.doap + +commit a699cc47e1936008f9df1837849c3cfcba089e1e +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-04-21 + + 2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_finalize): + We can always unref the GConfClient object now that bug #579751 + has + been fixed. + +M ChangeLog +M src/gconf-editor-window.c + +commit 4d95403a96a98eb4d8b3b85359febc8e7ef9f78e +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-04-21 + + 2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * uk/gconf-editor.xml: remove this, as it's autogenerated. + +M docs/ChangeLog +D docs/uk/gconf-editor.xml + +commit 42dccca2de10735a2a68532fdf91ee2c5707acb6 +Author: Cosimo Cecchi +Date: 2009-04-21 + + 2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_finalize), + (gconf_list_model_set_client): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c (gconf_tree_model_set_client): + Ref the GConfClient object when setting it to a model (#579751). + +M ChangeLog +M src/gconf-list-model.c +M src/gconf-tree-model.c + +commit 6fa99f2ffa75ebdf822801e7c547873513744a6e +Author: Funda Wang +Date: 2009-04-17 + + Updated zh_CN translation. + +M po/ChangeLog +M po/zh_CN.po + +commit 25955cbc5d24b5e8f7c42bc9dc41ee4b87ba32cb +Author: Jorge Gonzalez Gonzalez +Date: 2009-04-12 + + Updated Spanish translation + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1518 + +M po/ChangeLog +M po/es.po + +commit c8887a921cd279429da3b38f95052484750f6fb6 +Author: Simos Xenitellis +Date: 2009-04-04 + + Added screenshot (Fotis Tsamis) + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1517 + +M docs/ChangeLog +A docs/el/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png + +commit 8dde902350bde2a14e1d2f706f421248d45969bb +Author: Shankar Prasad +Date: 2009-03-25 + + updated kn.po + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1516 + +M po/kn.po + +commit 327f168d038435cd07560080fe3c809a65f137f6 +Author: Shankar Prasad +Date: 2009-03-25 + + updated kn.po + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1515 + +M po/ChangeLog + +commit 186870f9066314949da79804a04ebe97a35a398e +Author: Amanpreet Singh Alam +Date: 2009-03-20 + + Updating Punjabi Translation (pa) + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1514 + +M po/pa.po + +commit 77cf6fd6b92c63a7a899851bb2f49d6309db04e4 +Author: Shankar Prasad +Date: 2009-03-19 + + updated kn.po + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1513 + +M po/ChangeLog +M po/kn.po + +commit a5717e769141a359504b62f666d96c215f4e98ec +Author: Djihed Afifi +Date: 2009-03-18 + + Updated Arabic translation + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1512 + +M po/ChangeLog +M po/ar.po + +commit 8ad73c4db14b7b027f66069d08e19cfb9d53e93d +Author: Vincent Untz +Date: 2009-03-17 + + post-release bump to 2.26.1 + + 2009-03-17 Vincent Untz + + * configure.in: post-release bump to 2.26.1 + + svn path=/trunk/; revision=1511 + +M ChangeLog +M configure.in +M docs/ChangeLog +M po/ChangeLog diff --git a/ChangeLog.pre-git b/ChangeLog.pre-git new file mode 100644 index 0000000..748c8c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog.pre-git @@ -0,0 +1,2418 @@ +2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * gconf-editor.doap: add the DOAP file for this project. + +2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_finalize): + We can always unref the GConfClient object now that bug #579751 has + been fixed. + +2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_finalize), + (gconf_list_model_set_client): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c (gconf_tree_model_set_client): + Ref the GConfClient object when setting it to a model (#579751). + +2009-03-17 Vincent Untz + + * configure.in: post-release bump to 2.26.1 + +==================== 2.26.0 ==================== + +2009-03-17 Vincent Untz + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: version 2.26.0 + +==================== 2.25.91 ==================== + +2009-02-16 Cosimo Cecchi + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: update for 2.25.91 release. + +2008-11-18 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_populate_model): + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_update_menu): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_add_recent_key), + (strip_whitespace): + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_init): + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_set_root_path), + (gconf_list_model_finalize): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_iter_has_child): + * src/gconf-util.c: (gconf_client_get_schema_for_key): + Fix a bunch of memory leaks. + +2008-10-31 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-util.c: (can_edit_source): + Use a GConfClient to decide whether we can edit a source instead + of using the GConfEngine directly. + +2008-10-31 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (help_cb), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_default), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_mandatory): + Fix some double-frees of GErrors. + +2008-10-31 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_finalize): + Don't unref the GConfClient if the window type is not the normal one. + +2008-10-30 Vincent Untz + + Add some preliminary PolicyKit support for setting default/mandatory + values. This only works with the popup context menu because of + limitations of the API provided by the gconf PolicyKit helper. + Part of bug #512494. + + * configure.in: depend on polkit-dbus and dbus-glib-1 + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/gconf-policykit.[ch]: add new files + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_popup_policykit_callback): new, callback used when + calling the PolicyKit asynchronous API. + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_default), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_mandatory): rework to handle both + direct write and write through PolicyKit + (list_view_button_press_event), + (gconf_editor_window_list_view_popup_menu): update to have the right + sensitivity of popup menu items with the new PolicyKit stuff. + +2008-10-30 Vincent Untz + + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: + (gconf_editor_application_create_editor_window): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (list_view_button_press_event), + (gconf_editor_window_list_view_popup_menu): + Correctly set sensitivity of context menu items for + Unset/SetDefault/SetMandatory instead of having the items nearly always + sensitive. + Fix bug #558483 + +2008-10-19 Cosimo Cecchi + + * configure.in: + Bump to 2.25.1, enforce GLib/GTK+ deprecation CFLAGS under + maintainer mode. + + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_init): + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_init): + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_build_match_list): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: + (gconf_tree_model_get_tree_path_from_gconf_path): + * src/gedit-output-window.c: (gedit_output_window_init), + (gedit_output_window_finalize): + Port to GtkTooltip and avoid using deprecated functions. + +2008-10-19 Cosimo Cecchi + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in: + Drop deprecated "Encoding" field. + +2008-10-02 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_go_to): + Remove the checks for existence of the key, as gconf_client_get () is + unable to distinguish between a key that doesn't exist and one with no + value. The code should anyway be smart enough to stop at the right + level when we supply a key that doesn't exist (#554629). + +2008-10-01 Cosimo Cecchi + + * COPYING: Add this. + +2008-10-01 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_destroy), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_populate_model), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_update_gconf_key), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_init): + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_update_menu), + (gconf_bookmarks_add_bookmark), (remove_notify_id), + (gconf_bookmarks_hook_up_menu): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_finalize): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_finalize), + (gconf_tree_model_class_init): + Always unref the GConfClient objects retrieved with + gconf_client_get_default (). + +2008-09-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/main.c: Remove and include for + exit(). + +2008-09-25 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: + Add the GPLv2 license header (part of #551943). + +2008-09-25 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_create_combo_box): + Add a comment for translators (#521592). + +2008-09-25 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_not_found_dialog), + (gconf_search_dialog_search), (gconf_search_dialog_init): + Set the right parent on the "Pattern not found" dialog, so that + focus will return to the right dialog after closing (#349844). + +2008-09-25 Cosimo Cecchi + + * configure.in: + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (help_cb): + * src/main.c: (build_accel_filename), (load_accel_map), + (save_accel_map), (main): + Drop dependency on libgnome and libgnome-ui. + Thanks to Kristof Vansant (#342635). + +2008-09-25 Cosimo Cecchi + + * src/*: Use single GTK+ includes. + +2008-09-24 Vincent Untz + + * configure.in: post-release bump to 2.24.1. + +==================== 2.24.0.1 ==================== + +2008-09-24 Vincent Untz + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: version 2.24.0.1 + +2008-09-23 Vincent Untz + + * configure.in: post-release bump to 2.24.1. + +==================== 2.24.0 ==================== + +2008-09-23 Vincent Untz + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: version 2.24.0 + +2008-08-18 Christian Persch + + Bug 341288 – move to G_DEFINE_TYPE reduces code + + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_destroy), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_class_init), (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_new): + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.h: + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_finalize), + (gconf_cell_renderer_class_init), (gconf_cell_renderer_new): + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.h: + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window), + (gconf_editor_window_finalize), (gconf_editor_window_class_init), + (tree_view_style_set_cb): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: + * src/gconf-key-editor.h: + * src/gconf-list-model.h: + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_init), + (gconf_search_dialog_new): + * src/gconf-search-dialog.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: + * src/gconf-tree-model.h: + * src/gedit-output-window.c: (gedit_output_window_class_init), + (gedit_output_window_copy_selection), + (gedit_output_window_append_line): + * src/gedit-output-window.h: Use G_DEFINE_TYPE. Patch by Kristof + Vansant. + +2008-08-18 Christian Persch + + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.h: + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.h: + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-key-editor.h: + * src/gconf-list-model.h: + * src/gconf-search-dialog.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.h: + * src/gedit-output-window.h: Don't use deprecated gtk type macros. Bug + #341252, patch by Kristof Vansant. + +2008-08-18 Christian Persch + + * data/icons/Makefile.am: + * data/icons/*.png: + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/gconf-tree-model.[ch]: + * src/gconf-list-model.[ch]: + * src/gconf-stock-icons.[ch]: + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Use themed icons. Bug #348822; partially + based on patches by Christopher Bratusek. + +2008-08-18 Christian Persch + + * Makefile.am: + * autogen.sh: + * configure.in: Fix distcheck with intltool 0.40.0. + +2008-08-04 Jonathon Jongsma + + * src/gedit-output-window.c: Modify the buttons for the search results pane + so that the icons aren't clipped and difficult to determine what they are + (bug #518297). + +2008-07-26 Matthias Clasen + + * src/gconf-stock-icons.h: Use standard icon names where + available. Fixes a missing icon. + +2008-03-10 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Release 2.22.0 + +2008-02-05 Sebastian Dröge + + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_search): Don't add + a memory address on the stack as a weak pointer. Fixes segfault when + closing the search dialog with Esc (bug #483382). + +2007-05-02 Jonathon Jongsma + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_style_set): Set the text + color to the 'fg' color so that it matches the other text regardless of GTK+ + theme (bug #435396) + +2007-09-18 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Release 2.20.0 + +2007-09-11 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.19.92 + +2007-08-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * NEWS: Update. + * src/main.c: (main): Translate program description correctly. + Patch from Gabor Kelemen. Closes bug #450152. + +2007-05-03 David Farning + + * data/icons/Makefile.am (update-icon-cache): fix + gtk-update-icon-cache for install-hook and uninstall-hook. + Closes bug #422860. + +2007-08-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * NEWS: Update + * configure.in: Bump again. + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_search): + Revert accidental commit that broke search. + +2007-08-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * configure.in: Bump version. + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_get_client): + Clean up some unused code. Patch from Kristof Vansant. Closes + bug #341469. + +2007-08-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: Mark a function static. + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_activate): + Mark a function static and fix signature. + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Remove trailing comma from enum. + * src/gconf-list-model.c: Fix return type. + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_entry_changed), + (gconf_search_dialog_search): Disconnect signal handlers before + destroying the dialog. + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_build_match_list): + Fix an invalid memory acces by introducing a tiny leak. + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: + (gconf_tree_model_get_tree_path_from_gconf_path), + (gconf_tree_model_build_level), (gconf_tree_model_iter_next), + (gconf_tree_model_iter_children): Fix a larger leak to compensate. + This could fix a large amount of crashes reported when searching + the gconf-database for key names and values. + +2007-08-08 Fernando Herrera + + * MAINTAINERS: updated with userid + +2007-03-13 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Release 2.18.0 + +2007-03-11 Christian Kirbach + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in: + "Application" is not a valid category in the freedesktop.org + specification. + +2007-02-20 Kjartan Maraas + + * Makefile.am: Dist MAINTAINERS. + +2006-12-18 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in:Released 2.17.0. Version bumped to + 2.17.1 + +2006-12-03 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Bump version to 2.17.0 + +2006-12-03 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_search_iter_foreach): + Fix a double-free crashing in searchs. Fix bug #361137 + +2006-11-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Re-commit the fix for + bug #355310. + +2006-11-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Revert string change until + we've branched. + +2006-11-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_go_to): + Use strrchr() instead of rindex() for portability. + Reported by Andreas Köhler. Closes bug #355472. + +2006-11-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Remove ellipsis + from the Unset Key menuitem as per HIG. Reported by + Ken Harris. Closes bug #355310. + +2006-08-14 Kjartan Maraas + + * Makefile.am: Fix distcheck. + * configure.in: Require intltool 0.35.0. + (both these were released in the 2.15.92 tarball + but never commited to CVS :-/) + +2006-09-05 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Release 2.16.0 + +2006-08-07 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Release 2.15.91 + * Makefile.am: added missing m4 subdir + +2006-08-07 Kjartan Maraas + + * .cvsignore: + * Makefile.am: + * configure.in: + * docs/.cvsignore: + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: + * docs/Makefile.am: Port to gnome-doc-utils. Patch from + Don Scorgie. Closes bug #346919. + +2006-08-07 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gedit-output-window.c: (my_popup_handler), + (gedit_output_window_init): Port to gtk+ from deprecated + libgnomeui API. Kristof Vansant. Closes bug #166882. + +2006-07-23 Luca Ferretti + + * autogen.sh: add "USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD=yes", fix bug # 348238 + +2006-07-11 Kjartan Maraas + + * autogen.sh: Convert to use gnome-autogen.sh. Fixes + bug #341344. Patch from Frederic Peters. + +2006-05-19 Fernando Herrera + + * docs/de/gconf-editor-de.omf: Converted to UTF-8 + (pointed by Kjartan Maraas) + +2006-05-09 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: + * src/main.c: (main): Port to GOption. Patches and code from + Paolo Borelli, Christian Persch and Kristof Vansant. Fixes + bugs #335032 and #320390. + +2006-05-09 Brian Pepple + + * po/LINGUAS: New file listing all supported languages. + * configure.in: Use po/LINGUAS instead of including all languages + directly in this file. See the wiki for more information: + http://live.gnome.org/GnomeGoals/PoLinguas + +2006-05-09 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_search_iter_foreach): + Show search results when more than one has been found on the + path. Fixes #339316 + +2006-05-09 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_popup_error_dialog), + (gconf_editor_window_go_to): + * src/main.c: (main): remove invalid_arg_error_dialog. Reuse + gconf_editor_window_popup_error_dialog and made this dialog HIG + compliant. Patch from Kristof Vansant. Fixes #340241 + +2006-05-09 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: version 2.15.0 + +2006-04-27 Wouter Bolsterlee + + * src/main.c: Call gnome_accelerators_sync() to save the keyboard + shortcuts on exit. Fixes bug #162902. + +2006-04-21 Claudio Saavedra + + * configure.in: + * docs/fr/Makefile.am: + + Adding missing docs/fr/Makefile.am . + +2006-04-17 Benoît Dejean + + * docs/Makefile.am: + * docs/fr/*: + + Added French translation. + +2006-04-17 Kjartan Maraas + + * configure.in: Remove obsolete entry for no_NO. + * po/no.po: And the translation. + +2006-03-27 Vladimer Sichinava + + * configure.in: Added "ka" (Georgian) to ALL_LINGUAS + +2006-03-26 Claudio Saavedra + + * configure.in: Adding "de" documentation entry. + * docs/de/Makefile.am: Fixing build (#336005). + +2006-03-25 Christian Neumair + + * docs/Makefile.am: (SUBDIRS): Add "de". Thanks to Keywan Najafi + Tonekaboni. + +2006-03-22 Tommi Vainikainen + + * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Added Dzongkha (dz). + +2006-03-20 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_gconf_value_changed): Fix + memory corruption. GconfValue should be freed with gconf_value_free + not with g_free. + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_notify_func): Fix a tiny + leak. + Patch from Paolo Borelli. Closes bug #332931. + +2006-03-20 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Bump version to 2.14.1 + +2006-03-12 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Release 2.14.0 + +2006-03-04 Jérémy Ar Floc'h + + * configure.in: Added Breton translation + +2006-01-30 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (update_list_buttons): Fix button sensitivity + illness on the key list dialog. Patch from Christian Persch. Fixes bug + #166112 + +2006-01-30 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed): Remove duplicated strings + and fix capitalization. Patch from Benoît Dejean. Fixes bug #167350 + +2006-01-30 Fernando Herrera + + * src/main.c: (invalid_arg_error_dialog): HIGfy error dialog. + Patch from Kristof Vansant. Fixes bug #325058. + +2006-01-30 Fernando Herrera + + * po/POTFILES.in: + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_get_size), + (gconf_cell_renderer_render): Translate "" string. + Patch from Gabor Kelemen. Fixes bug #327525 + +2006-01-30 Fernando Herrera + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in: Added GTK; to Category entry. + Fixes bug #328037 + +2006-01-14 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * configure.in: Add "zh_HK" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2006-01-08 Sebastien Bacher + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + use "translator-credits" instead of "translator_credits", + patch by Vincent van Adrighem (Closes: #300958) + +2006-01-03 Mark McLoughlin + + * configure.in: remove some redundant code which + set GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE with a value which was + later overwritten. + +2005-11-30 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.12.1 ("Cazuelazo") + +2005-11-29 Sebastien Bacher + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_create_list_type_menu): + fix a crasher with the combobox selection, + patch by Felix Riemann (Closes: #318050). + +2005-11-29 Sebastien Bacher + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (help_cb): + fix a crasher when pressing F1 without yelp installed, + patch by Felix Riemann (Closes: #318878). + +2005-09-23 Erdal Ronahi + + * configure.in: Added "ku" to ALL_LINGUAS + +2005-09-07 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Release 2.12.0 "I only care when I miss it" + +2005-08-31 Shaun McCance + + * docs/uk/Makefile.am: + * docs/uk/gconf-editor-uk.omf: + - Got the uk documentation translation working, #314947 + +2005-08-29 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * configure.in: + * docs/Makefile.am: + * docs/uk/*: + Added Ukrainian translation of the manual. + +2005-08-23 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Postrelease version bumping to 2.12.0 + +2005-08-23 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: + * NEWS: Released 2.11.92 (and forgot ChangeLog entry) + +2005-08-02 Abduxukur Abdurixit + + * configure.in: Added "ug" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2005-06-25 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (combo_box_changed), + (list_type_menu_changed), (gconf_key_editor_create_combo_box), + (gconf_key_editor_create_list_type_menu), (list_add_clicked), + (list_edit_element), (gconf_key_editor_init), + (gconf_key_editor_set_value), (gconf_key_editor_get_value): + * src/gconf-key-editor.h: Port to GtkComboBox. + + Patch by Michael Gossard + Fix bug #171000 + +2005-06-25 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: branch for gnome-2-10 and bump version to + 2.11.0 + +2005-06-25 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Bump version to 2.10.1 + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_popup_window_unset_key), + (list_view_button_press_event), + (gconf_editor_window_list_view_popup_menu): Only make some popup + options sensitive when there is a key selected. Fixes bug #167547. + +2005-06-20 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * configure.in: Added "te" (Telegu) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2005-03-31 Steve Murphy + + * configure.in: Added "rw" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2005-03-23 Adi Attar + + * configure.in: Added 'xh' to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2005-03-07 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.10.0: "Maria Stuarda" + +2005-03-03 Hendrik Richter + + * docs/de/gconf-editor.xml: Fixed German translation by Keywan + Najafi Tonekaboni + +2005-02-28 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.9.92: "Drexler singing" + +2005-02-12 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: + * src/gedit-output-window.c: Use glib/gi18n.h and GTK_STOCK_ABOUT + instead of deprecated ones in libgnome*. Patch from Kristof Vansant + +2005-02-12 Fernando Herrera + + * data/icons/Makefile.am: + * data/icons/folder-closed.png: Re-add folder closed icon. + +2005-02-10 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.9.91: "Spectacular, Spectacular" + +2005-02-10 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_finalize): removes the + notify handler when the list model is finalized. Fixes bug #166438. + Patch from John Ellis + +2005-01-24 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Post release version bumping. + +2005-01-24 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.9.3 "Bang Bang" + +2005-01-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_set_property), + (gconf_cell_renderer_finalize), (gconf_cell_renderer_get_size), + (gconf_cell_renderer_render), (gconf_cell_renderer_class_init), + (gconf_cell_renderer_init): Implement a finalize method. + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_hook_up_menu): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed), + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection): Tooons of leaks fixes. + + Patch by Paolo Borelli. + +2005-01-10 Madhan Raj + + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_search_iter_foreach): After + finding a pattern in the final key name, continue the list. Do not return. + +2004-11-30 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.9.2 "Con la frente marchita" + +2004-11-28 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init): Set the + window icon for the dialog. + +2004-11-28 Fernando Herrera + + * data/icons/Makefile.am: Install icon on $prefix/share/icons/hicolor + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Use gtk_about_dialog_new() instead of gnome_about_new(). (Patch from + Dennis Cranston). Add Shaun McCance to documentors credits. + +2004-11-28 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + +2004-11-24 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed): + Cleanup the main window's title. Use proper capitalization; fix + default/mandatory window title confusion; and remove the trailing + '-' from the title bar if the key name is blank. + +2004-11-24 Christoffer Olsen + + * configure.in: Added data/gconf-editor.desktop.in to AC_OUTPUT + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: Removed, will be generated + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in: Created this file, will + generate *.desktop.in from this one. + * po/POTFILES.in: Replaced *.desktop.in with *.desktop.in.in + +2004-11-20 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_class_init): Fix a + typo (in ttype :) ). Thanks to David Lodge for pointing this. Fixes + bug #158300. + +2004-11-20 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-key-editor.[ch]: HIGify capitalization, alignment, and + padding for New Key and Edit Key dialogs. + +2004-11-20 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_init): HIGify + capitalization, alignment, and padding for Key Documenation pane. + +2004-11-20 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Require gtk+ >= 2.5.5 + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: + (gconf_editor_application_create_editor_window): Disable defaults + and mandatory windows menu entry as well as the shortcut. Fixes + bug #157243 + +2004-11-05 Fernando Herrera + + * src/main.c: (main): Ops, forgot to update the main window creation + to the new type. Kudos to Luis' build sheriff hat. + +2004-11-03 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (help_cb): Show the _real_ + error message if help cannot be displayed. Patch by + Paolo Borelli. + +2004-11-03 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Require gconf >= 2.8.2 + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: + (gconf_editor_application_create_editor_window): + * src/gconf-editor-application.h: + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_new_window), + (gconf_editor_window_new_defaults_window), + (gconf_editor_window_new_mandatory_window), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_default), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_mandatory), + (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed), + (gconf_editor_window_get_client), + (gconf_editor_window_set_property), + (gconf_editor_window_get_property), + (gconf_editor_window_class_init), (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-util.c: (gconf_client_get_schema_for_key), + (gconf_util_can_edit_defaults), (gconf_util_can_edit_mandatory): Set window type + as a property. Set title based on this property. Use only gconf_client API (now + that gconf bug is fixed) but for guessing write perms on defaults and mandatory + (queried at the first time only). Disable "Set as default/mandatory" popup entry + when browsing them. + +2004-10-31 Fernando Herrera + + * data/icons/Makefile.am: + * data/icons/folder-closed.png: + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_init): + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_update_menu): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + * src/gconf-stock-icons.c: (gconf_stock_icons_register): + * src/gconf-stock-icons.h: Use hicolor stock bookmarks icons. Thanks to + Bryan W Clark for finding them. Fix bug #123986 + +2004-10-31 Dave Ahlswede + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Change "GConf editor" to + "Configuration Editor" in the UI. + +2004-10-22 James Henstridge + + * data/Makefile.am: clean some files. Include the intltool + schemas rule. + + * Makefile.am: remove intltool stuff on "make distclean". Ignore + scrollkeeper indices during "make distcheck"'s uninstall check. + + * configure.in: modernise configure script a bit. + + * autogen.sh: request a modern version of automake, and cause the + script to fail if any of the build tools fail. Call + gnome-doc-common to pull in current xmldocs.make and omf.make + files. + +2004-10-11 Christian Neumair + + * docs/de/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png + * docs/de/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.xcf + * docs/de/Makefile.am + * docs/de/gconf-editor-de.omf + * docs/de/gconf-editor.xml + * docs/de/l10n.txt + * docs/de/legal.xml: Added German documentation. Kudos to Keywan + Najafi Tonekaboni . + +2004-10-07 James Bowes + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_have_tearoffs_notify), + (gconf_editor_window_setup_ui_prefs_handler): Handle menu + tearoffs correctly, using the ui_manager. + +2004-10-07 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Branched. Now HEAD is for GNOME 2.9. + Bumped version to 2.9.0 + +2004-10-04 Mark McLoughlin + + Fix for spewing warnings on startup - bug #144833 + + * configure.in: require GConf 2.8.1. + + * src/gconf-util.[ch]: + (can_edit_source): assume the backend will correctly + report whether the key is writable. + (gconf_util_can_edit_defaults), + (gconf_util_can_edit_mandatory): re-name from + gconf_client_can_edit_...() to avoid possible future + conflicts. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_init): upd. + +2004-10-01 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Release 2.8.1 "Puerto Rico" + +2004-09-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/main.c: (main): parse correcly gtk/gnome command line + arguments. Based on patch from Julio M. Merino Vidal. Fix bug + #151829. + +2004-09-18 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Post release version bumping. + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_hook_up_menu): don't + crash if have_icons key is not present. Fix bug #151720. + +2004-09-13 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Release 2.8.0 "Joshua Bell" + +2004-09-12 Shaun McCance + + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: + - Minor fixes + +2004-09-12 Shaun McCance + + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: + - Typo fixes from Keywan Najafi Tonekaboni + +2004-09-11 Abel Cheung + + * configure.in: Added "en_CA" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-09-08 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Post release version bumping to 2.8.0 + +2004-09-08 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.7.92 ("Morte della Madonna"). + +2004-09-08 Gora Mohanty + + * configure.in: Added 'or' to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-09-06 Shaun McCance + + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: + - Adding revision status information + +2004-09-02 Shaun McCance + + * docs/C/Makefile.am: + * docs/C/gconf-editor-C.omf: + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: + - Full revisions for 2.8 + +2004-09-02 Shaun McCance + + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: + * docs/C/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png: + * docs/C/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.xcf: + - Partial documentation updates for 2.8 + +2004-08-21 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.7.91 ("Que fuerte me parece"). + +2004-08-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_search): + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_search_iter_foreach), + (gconf_tree_model_build_match_list): + * src/gconf-search.h: Fix search cancelation. (Bugs #150728, #146790) + +2004-08-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection): Check for NULL values + before showing/hiding the non-schema warning. Fix bug #149805. + +2004-08-16 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "bs" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-08-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * configure.in: Added nb to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-08-02 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: Release 2.7.90 + + * NEWS: Update. + +2004-07-31 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Use stock add icon in 'Add Bookmark' menu. + + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: Use HIG widget spacing for edit + bookmarks dialog. Use header capitalization for dialog's window title. + +2004-07-31 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Use header capitalization for newly added + menu item and add mnemonic. + +2004-07-31 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_init): Use HIG + widget spacing for find dialog. Add missing mnemonic to the search + entry's label. + +2004-07-20 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: + Post release version bump + +2004-07-20 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Released 2.7.4 + +2004-07-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gedit-output-window.c: (gedit_output_window_prepend_line): + * src/gedit-output-window.h: added prepend function. + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_add_recent_key), + (gconf_editor_show_recent_keys), (gconf_editor_new_key_response), + (gconf_editor_edit_key_response), (gconf_editor_window_recents_init), + (gconf_editor_gconf_value_changed), (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_search): Add every + modified key to recents and add an entry in the menu for showing them + all in the output window. + +2004-07-18 Dennis Cranston + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Use header capitalization for + menu items. Fix bug #147753 + +2004-07-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_go_to): Go to + the rigth key also in the list view if location is a full key. + +2004-07-17 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_search): + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_search_iter_foreach), + (gconf_tree_model_build_match_list): + * src/gconf-search.h: Search asyncronously and add results to the + output window as soon as they come. Search in gconf_client_all_entries + instead of the list_model to allow user interation during the search. + +2004-07-17 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_init): Put the output + window in a vpane so it can be resized. Fixs #146776 + +2004-07-14 Pawan Chitrakar + + * configure.in: Added ne Nepali in ALL_LINGUS + +2004-07-09 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Post-release version bumping. + +2004-07-09 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: + * NEWS: Release 2.7.3 + +2004-07-09 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: + (gconf_search_not_found_dialog): + Translate dialog title + + (gconf_search_entry_changed): + Make the find button insensitive if there's no text entered. + + (gconf_search_dialog_init): + Remove the dialog separator and make the window non-resizable. + +2004-07-09 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Release 2.7.2 (never released :) ) + +2004-07-09 Fernando Herrera + + * po/POTFILES.in: removed src/gconf-message-dialog.c and added + gconf-search-dialog.c + +2004-07-09 Fernando Herrera + + * data/gconf-editor.schemas.in: + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c: + * src/gconf-message-dialog.h: + * src/main.c: (main): Removed warning dialog. Patch from Christian Neumair + +2004-07-08 Fernando Herrera + + * src/Makefile.am: Added new files. + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_search), + (gconf_editor_window_close_output_window), + (gconf_editor_window_output_window_changed), + (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: Added the output window. Change default size. + * src/gconf-search-dialog.c: (gconf_search_dialog_response), + (gconf_search_dialog_class_init), (gconf_search_not_found_dialog), + (gconf_search_dialog_search), (gconf_search_dialog_init), + (gconf_search_dialog_get_type), (gconf_search_dialog_new): + * src/gconf-search-dialog.h: New files for the search dialog. + * src/gconf-search.c: (gconf_tree_model_search_iter_foreach), + (gconf_tree_model_build_match_list): + * src/gconf-search.h: New files for doing the search. + * src/gedit-output-window.c: (gedit_output_window_get_type), + (gedit_output_window_class_init), + (gedit_output_window_copy_selection), (close_clicked_callback), + (clear_clicked_callback), (copy_clicked_callback), + (gedit_output_window_key_press_event_cb), (create_popup_menu), + (gedit_output_window_treeview_selection_changed), + (gedit_output_window_init), (gedit_output_window_finalize), + (gedit_output_window_destroy), (gedit_output_window_new), + (gedit_output_window_clear), (gedit_output_window_append_line), + (gedit_output_window_set_select_multiple): + * src/gedit-output-window.h: Class borrowed from gedit. Minor changes + for disabling multiple selection and adding a new signal when the + selection has changed. + + With this we have a new fancy search system :) Fixed bugs #82902 and + #113235. + +2004-07-04 Christian Neumair + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init): + Enable menu internationalization by setting the menu action group's + translation domain to NULL. + +2004-06-22 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Post-release version bumping. + +2004-06-22 Breda McColgan + + * docs/C/gconf-editor.xml: updated menu path (Getting Started) + * docs/C/gconf-editor-C.omf: updated manual date and version numbers + * docs/C/l10n.txt: updated manual date and version number + +2004-06-21 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Release 2.7.1 + +2004-06-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_gconf_value_changed): Check + if we are changing values of the same type. Because we can get a changed + signal from a cell_renderer corresponfing to a previous list_model. + This finally fixes bug #136148. + +2004-06-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_finalize): Free root_path. + +2004-06-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_gconf_value_changed): Free the path. + +2004-06-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: + (gconf_editor_application_create_editor_window): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_init): Fix keybindings. + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-list-model.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.h: add missing function definitions. + +2004-06-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_init): Unsensitivice new + defaut/mandatory windows menu entries if the user cannot edit them. + +2004-06-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: + (gconf_editor_application_create_editor_window): + * src/gconf-editor-application.h: + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_go_to), + (gconf_editor_window_new_window), + (gconf_editor_window_new_defaults_window), + (gconf_editor_window_new_mandatory_window), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_unset_key), + (gconf_editor_new_key_response), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key), + (gconf_editor_edit_key_response), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key), + (gconf_editor_gconf_value_changed), (gconf_editor_check_writable), + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection), + (gconf_editor_window_expand_first), (gconf_editor_window_finalize), + (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_notify_func), + (gconf_list_model_init), (gconf_list_model_set_client): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_set_client): + * src/main.c: (main): Open new windows for browsing/editing defaults and + mandatory settings. Use always the GConf client asociated to the window. + +2004-06-18 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_default): set defaults in + gconf.xml.defaults instead of on schemas. + (gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_mandatory): set a value as + mandatory. + (gconf_editor_window_init): Unsensitive "set as default" and "set as + mandatory" if the user cannot do it. + * src/gconf-util.c: (gconf_client_can_edit_defaults), + (gconf_client_can_edit_mandatory): + * src/gconf-util.h: new helper functions. + +2004-06-18 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: + * data/Makefile.am: + * data/gconf-editor.schemas.in: + * po/POTFILES.in: Add an schema file. + +2004-05-28 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Add Fernando. + +2004-05-28 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Post release bump to 2.7.1 + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key): new + key are writable, so don't show the warning. + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (update_list_buttons), + (list_edit_element), (list_edit_clicked), + (list_view_row_activated), (gconf_key_editor_init): + * src/gconf-key-editor.h: Implement list element editing and add a + button for it. Fixes bug #141034. + +2004-05-28 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: Release 2.7.0 + +2004-05-28 Alberto Ruíz + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (list_remove_clicked): When removing an + item, select the next one or the previous. Fixes bug #142994. + +2004-05-28 Fernando Herrera + + * data/icons/Makefile.am + * data/icons/stock-about-16.png: removed unused icon. + +2004-05-19 James Bowes + + * src/gconf-stock-icons.h: + * src/gconf-stock-icons.c: Remove gconf-stock-about icon. + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_close_window, + gconf_editor_window_copy_key_name, gconf_editor_window_add_bookmark, + gconf_editor_window_edit_bookmarks, gconf_editor_window_new_window, + help_cb, gconf_editor_window_about_window, + gconf_editor_popup_window_unset_key, gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key, + gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key, + gconf_editor_popup_window_set_as_default, list_view_button_press_event, + gconf_editor_window_list_view_popup_position, + gconf_editor_window_list_view_popup_menu, + gconf_editor_window_set_have_tearoffs, + gconf_editor_window_set_item_has_icon, gconf_editor_window_finalize, + gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: Replace use of item factory with ui + manager. Remove function + gconf_editor_window_item_factory_translate_func. + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init): + Put number of rows and columns in the correct order in gtk_table_new + for the details area table. Remove shadow from details_frame and + indent its contents to follow the HIG + +2004-04-27 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Removed AC_SUBST CFLAGS, CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS because + autoconf does it automatically. + +2004-04-23 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_new_window): Don't + show all widgets in new window, because we have hidden ones. + +2004-04-23 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Translate "Contents" string added by + Shakti patch. + +2004-04-23 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection), + (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: Show an alert when the key has no schema. + Fixes #110745 + +2004-04-23 Mariano Suárez-Alvarez + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_set_item_has_icon), + (gconf_bookmarks_set_have_icons), + (gconf_bookmarks_have_icons_notify), + (gconf_bookmarks_hook_up_menu): Make menu icons follow + menus_have_icons preference key. + +2004-04-23 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): use + gnome_about_window. (Fix #88279) + +2004-04-23 Fernando Herrera + + * xmldocs.make: added for build docs. + * omf.make: added for build docs. + +2004-04-23 Shakti Sen + + * configure.in: Made changes to provide gnome libraries support. + * src/main.c (main): Initialized the application with gnome_program_init + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (help_cb): Added this function to provide + Help support. + * src/gconf-editor-application.h: is included + * docs/Makefile.am: Added the C subdirectory. + * omf.make and xmldocs.make: Added to provide Help support. + Fixes #133052 + +2004-04-19 Richard Hult + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): + Fix crash when nothing is selected. + (gconf_editor_window_edit_bookmarks): Fix warning. + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: branched for gnome 2.7. Bump version number to 2.7.0 + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_init): allow the notebook + in the key editor to fill and expand. (Fix #138557) + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_go_to): Check if + location is a valid key/dir. Fix #136381 + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: + (gconf_cell_renderer_text_editing_done): Cast to gdouble for float + keys in the cell editor. Fix bug #137468 + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_free_node), + (gconf_tree_model_clear_node), (gconf_tree_model_unref_node): Reverted + wrong patch for #124662 . New unref code. Real Fix(tm) for + #124662 and #136631 + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_build_level), + (gconf_tree_model_iter_has_child): + * src/gconf-tree-model.h: Reverted patch for #96744, because it + introduced two worse bugs (#135807 and #136400) + +2004-04-12 Fernando Herrera + + * configure.in: Bump version to 2.6.1 + +2004-04-09 Guntupalli Karunakar + + * configure.in: Added "gu" (Gujarati) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-04-05 Iñaki Larrañaga + + * configure.in: Added "eu" (Basque) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-03-22 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.6.0 + +2004-03-20 Guntupalli Karunakar + + * configure.in: Added "pa" (Punjabi) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-03-18 Gareth Owen + + * configure.in: Added en_GB to ALL_LINGUAS + +2004-03-16 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.5.92 + +2004-03-06 Fernando Herrera + + * NEWS: + * configure.in: Release 2.5.91 + +2004-03-05 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-util.c: + (gconf_client_get_schema_for_key): Retrieve the entry + using gconf_engine API to get the schema name, beacuse + getting it with gconf_client doesn't work (GConf bug #131011). + So this Fixes #121813. + +2004-02-21 Paisa Seeluangsawat + + * configure.in: Added Thai (th) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-02-03 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: Release 2.5.4 + +2004-02-03 Sanjiv Agarwala + * src/gconf-tree-model.c:(gconf_tree_model_unref_node): + When unreffing the node, node->parent->children must be + assigned to node->children. Fix (#105884 and #124662) + +2004-02-01 Robert Sedak + + * configure.in: Added "hr" (Croatian) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2004-01-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_copy_key_name): + When copying keys, check if there is one selected on the list and + if so, copy full path, otherwise, copy only the tree path. (Fix + #132085) + +2004-01-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection): Update statusbar on key + selection. + +2004-01-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_get_value): Check if + node is NULL before getting value (Fix #128272) + +2004-01-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Unify copyright strings. Patch from Christian Neumair Fixes bug + #101728 + +2004-01-21 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_get_gconf_escape_path), + (gconf_tree_model_build_level), (gconf_tree_model_iter_has_child): + * src/gconf-tree-model.h: + Handle escaping of keys correctly. + (#96744, fix by Hidetoshi Tajima). + +2004-01-21 Fernando Herrera + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.h: + * src/gconf-key-editor.h: + * src/gconf-list-model.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.h: Removed final "," in enums and make AIX + compiler happy + +2003-12-11 Fernando Herrera + + * Makefile.am: + * configure.in: + * docs/gconf-editor.1: added man page from Sebastien Bacher + +2003-11-12 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: Release 2.5.1 + +2003-11-11 Sebastien Bacher + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_new_key_response), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): + Commited patch to fix the crash with unset values + (Closes: 121084). + +2003-10-28 Federico Mena Quintero + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_test_expand_row): + New callback, set the cursor to GDK_WATCH while we are figuring + out the child nodes. + (gconf_editor_window_row_expanded): New callback, reset the cursor + to normal. + (gconf_editor_window_init): Install signal handlers for the + callbacks above. + +2003-10-23 Mark Finlay + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + + Commiting Patch by Christophe Fergeau + to make the tree items expand when double clicked. + +2003-10-14 Ross Burton + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: + Added float support to the list editor, fixing a crash. + +2003-10-06 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "mr" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-10-06 Arvind Samptur + + * src/Makefile.am: GtkItemFactory has been depricated + Remove the GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED flag. Thanks to Anders for + the right fix. Fix #123932 + +2003-09-06 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: Release 2.4.0 + +2003-09-05 Taneem Ahmed + + * configure.in: Added "bn" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-09-02 Gediminas Paulauskas + + * configure.in: Added lt to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-08-10 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: Release 2.3.6 + +Wed Jul 23 14:43:43 2003 George Lebl + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.[ch], src/gconf-editor-window.c: + Don't allow changing bookmarks when the bookmarks key is not + writable + + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c: If the key for the show toggle + is not writable, don't even show the toggle + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.[ch]: Fix signature of the changed signal + and add a "check_writable" signal which has a boolean return + value and can be used to make the cell not writable. + + * src/gconf-key-editor.[ch]: Add a non-writable label and show it + if the key is not writable, also in that case make the notebook + insensitive since we can't set the key. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.[ch]: Don't set a key if it's not writable, + fix crash when setting a key resulted in an error, Also + set the key editor not to be writable and connect the + "check_writable" signal for the list items and check writability + there. In the information pane add a non-writable label thing + and show that if the key is not writable. + + * src/gconf-marshal.[ch], src/gconf-marshal.list: the glib signal + marshaller generating stuff did some changes here. I added + a BOOLEAN:STRING + +2003-07-02 Jordi Mallach + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: Use "false" instead of "0" in Terminal + entry. + +2003-06-26 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): + Fix typo (reported by Dafydd Harries). + +2003-06-24 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_set_property), + (gconf_cell_renderer_get_size), (gconf_cell_renderer_render): + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_get_value): + Add support for showing pairs. (#90729, Mathias Warkus) + +2003-06-05 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/Makefile.am: remove -I$(includedir). + Patch from Matt Keenan, matt.keenan@sun.com. + +2003-06-05 Kenneth Rohde Christiansen + + * configure.in: Added li to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-06-04 Abel Cheung + + * configure.in: Added "sr@Latn" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-06-03 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: Release 0.5.0 + +2003-05-26 Telsa Gwynne + + * configure.in: Added "cy" to ALL_LINGUAS + +2003-05-13 Ross Burton + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Implement Set As Default on arbitary + keys. Requires that the user has write access to the defaults + tree. + + * configure.in: Find the GConf defaults and mandatory + configuration sources. Also comment the AC_DEFINEs. + + * acconfig.h: Remove, thanks to the commenting done above. + +2003-05-08 Abel Cheung + + * configure.in: Added "am" "mk" "nl" "tr" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-05-07 Richard Hult + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init), + (gconf_editor_window_style_set): Set the bg color for the textview + in a style_set callback instead of in _init to make it work with + other themes than the default. Start out with the name column + sorted for keys. + +2003-05-07 Danilo Šegan + + * configure.in: Added "sr" and "sr@Latn" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-03-18 Paul Duffy + + * configure.in: Added "ga" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-03-13 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "ml" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-03-09 Pauli Virtanen + + * configure.in: Added "fi" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-02-17 Roozbeh Pournader + + * configure.in: Added "fa" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-02-14 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/gconf-editor-window.[ch]: (gconf_editor_window_go_to): + Split this out from gconf-bookmarks.c. + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_bookmark_activated): + Upd. + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: + (gconf_tree_model_get_tree_path_from_gconf_path): Return the + last matching element of the path - better than nothing if we + don't have an exact match. Also, don't leak the strv. + + * src/main.c: (invalid_arg_error_dialog), (main): add support + for passing in an initial GConf key as an argument. + +2003-02-09 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "kn" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-02-06 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "id" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2003-01-26 Fatih Demir + + * configure.in: Added "ta" (Tamil) to the languages' list. + +2003-01-21 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "mn" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-12-10 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init): Don't use a white + background in the long description view. + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_notify_func): Don't monitor + keys we're not interested in. + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: Turn on startup notification. + +2002-12-09 Artis Trops + + * configure.in: Added Latvian (lv) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-12-08 Daniel Elstner + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_set_have_tearoffs): + Don't translate the item paths passed to gtk_item_factory_get_item(). + Apparently you aren't supposed to do so since GtkItemFactory takes + care of the translation, and passing in a translated string causes + the lookup to fail. + (gconf_editor_window_set_have_icons): ditto. + +2002-11-18 Fernando Herrera + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: add X-GNOME-BUGZILLA stuff + +2002-11-07 Jon K Hellan + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Make the about window a transient child of the main window, fixing + bug 97918. + +2002-11-05 Mark McLoughlin + + * configure.in: bump version to 0.4.0. It was + 0.2 which is less than what's on gnome-2-0 and + I think 0.4.0 is what we agreed on ... + +2002-11-03 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * configure.in: Added Belarusian to ALL_LINGUAS + +2002-09-09 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_set_property), + (gconf_cell_renderer_get_size), + (gconf_cell_renderer_text_editing_done), + (gconf_cell_renderer_start_editing), + (gconf_cell_renderer_activate), (gconf_cell_renderer_render): + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_get_value): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_get_value): + use break; in default switch cases to keep the AIX compiler + happy. #91801. + +2002-09-03 Marius Andreiana + + * configure.in: added 'ro' to ALL_LINGUAS + +2002-08-23 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c (gconf_bookmarks_bookmark_activated): + Fix scrolling correctly. + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (list_add_clicked): + Fix focus issue. + + * src/main.c: (main): + Use better wording for the caveat dialog. + +2002-08-22 Shahms E. King and + Jan Arne Petersen + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c (gconf_key_editor_create_option_menu), + (gconf_key_editor_get_value, gconf_key_editor_init): implement + list item editing. + (gconf_key_editor_list_entry_changed, list_type_menu_changed), + (gconf_key_editor_create_list_type_menu, update_list_buttons), + (list_selection_changed, list_add_clicked, list_remove_clicked), + (list_go_up_clicked, list_go_down_clicked, fix_button_align): impl. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c + (gconf_editor_new_key_response): allow lists to be edited. + + Commit bug #76973 to stop other people re-implementing it. + +2002-08-22 Michael Meeks + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c (bool_button_toggled): + fix boolean accelerator; #90908 + +2002-08-22 Michael Meeks + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c + (gconf_editor_window_list_view_row_activated), + (gconf_editor_window_init): make double click on a + key do something useful #90909 + +2002-08-18 Havoc Pennington + + * autogen.sh: hardcode aclocal-1.4/automake-1.4 so that users with + both automake 1.6 and 1.4 installed get the right automake. Means + compilation from CVS will now require the latest automake 1.4 + release, or manually creating symlinks called "automake-1.4" and + "aclocal-1.4" + +2002-08-11 Ross Burton + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: Add encoding keyword, and fix up + Terminal and Categories keywords. + +2002-08-11 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/gconf-key-editor.[ch]: Implement support + for floating point values. + +2002-08-07 Mark McLoughlin + + * data/icons/Makefile.am: + * data/icons/about-logo.png: remove about logo. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_about_window): use the gconf + editor logo as an about dialog picture. + +2002-08-01 Mark McLoughlin + + Implement support for menus_have_icons too. #88569. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_set_item_has_icon), + (gconf_editor_window_set_have_icons), + (gconf_editor_window_have_icons_notify): impl. + (gconf_editor_window_setup_ui_prefs_handler): rename + from gconf_editor_window_setup_tearoffs_handler and + add menus_have_icons handler. + (gconf_editor_window_finalize): remove the gconf notify. + (gconf_editor_window_init): update. + +2002-07-31 Mark McLoughlin + + Implement support for tearoff menus and respecting + /desktop/gnome/interface/menus_have_tearoff. #89347. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.[cf]: + (gconf_editor_window_set_have_tearoffs): impl showing + and hiding the tearoffs. + (gconf_editor_window_have_tearoffs_notify): gconf notify + handler. + (gconf_editor_window_setup_tearoffs_handler): hook up the + notify handler and get the initial value. + (gconf_editor_window_finalize): unref the item factory and + remove the notify. + (gconf_editor_window_class_init): hook up finalize. + (gconf_editor_window_init): setup the tearoffs handler. + +2002-07-31 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_start_editing): + remove finish editing on focus out hack to be consistent with + text cell renderer. Fixes #85516. + +2002-07-31 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_init): + slightly modified version of a patch by Jan Arne Petersen + (jpetersen@uni-bonn.de) to but the key documentation + frame into a paned widget, allowing it to be resizable. + Fixes #83573. + +2002-07-31 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_notify_func): + keep model->length updated here. Fixes #89347. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_popup_error_dialog): implement. + (gconf_editor_new_key_response): split this out and + fix leak of the path. Correctly handle errors. + (gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key): free the path and + hook up the response handler. + (gconf_editor_edit_key_response): split this out and use + gconf_key_editor_get_key_name. Correctly handle errors. + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): hook up the response + handler and free the path. + + * src/gconf-key-editor.[ch]: + (gconf_key_editor_get_key_name): add new method. + (gconf_key_editor_get_full_key_path): kill debug. Remove + unneeded function calls. + +2002-07-30 Mark McLoughlin + + * src/Makefile.am: apply patch from Toshi to + get locale directory correct. #83643. + + * src/gconf-util.c: don't use c++ comment. + +2002-07-28 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "sq" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-07-26 Gustavo Noronha Silva + + * configure.in: (ALL_LINGUAS) Added Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR). + +2002-06-14 Yanko Kaneti + + * configure.in: (ALL_LINGUAS) Added Bulgarian (bg). + +2002-06-07 Jesus Bravo Alvarez + + * configure.in: Added gl (Galician) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-06-02 Pablo Saratxaga + + * configure.in: Added Catalan (ca) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-05-24 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Set the window icon, as suggested by Mikael and Glynn. + +2002-05-20 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: 0.2 + + * autogen.sh: Get rid of the gnome-common dependancy. Woo! + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (strip_whitespace), + (set_label_and_strip_whitespace), + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection), + (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + Add Owner from the schema and remove leading whitespace from + the long and short desc. + +2002-05-20 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c: (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_destroy), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_class_init), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_populate_model), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_update_gconf_key), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_row_deleted), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_delete_bookmark), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_bookmarks_key_changed), + (gconf_bookmarks_dialog_init): + * src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.h: + Make the bookmarks dialog catch notification messages. + +2002-05-20 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): + Add a NULL check. Fixes #74533. + +2002-05-20 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection): + Tolerate NULL short and long descriptions. + +2002-05-20 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_list_view_popup_menu), (strip_whitespace), + (gconf_editor_window_update_list_selection), + (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: + (gconf_tree_model_get_tree_path_from_gconf_path): + * src/gconf-util.c: (gconf_client_get_schema_for_key): + * src/gconf-util.h: + Integrate a patch from Erwann Chenede that adds key doc + support, using the descriptions stored in the schemas. + +2002-05-12 Christophe Merlet + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Mark a string translatable. + +2001-05-10 Naba Kumar + + * configure.in: Added "hi" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-05-01 Abel Cheung + + * configure.in: Added "zh_TW" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-04-27 Simos Xenitellis + + * configure.in: Added "el" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +Fri Apr 26 11:29:48 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_notify_func): ignore the + notify if the key given is a directory, and fix the list handling, + which created looping lists :) + +2002-04-25 Pablo Saratxaga + + * configure.in: Added "vi" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +Sat Apr 13 13:54:49 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_selection_change): + just set the title to "GConf editor" if there isn't a node selected. + +2002-03-29 Christophe Merlet + + * configure.in: Added fr to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-28 Changwoo Ryu + + * configure.in: Added ko to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-25 Wang Jian + + * configure.in: Added "zh_CN" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-17 Tõivo Leedjärv + + * configure.in: Added et to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-16 Szabolcs Ban + + * configure.in: Added "hu" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-11 Richard Hult + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init): Expand the + children immediately below the root. + +2002-03-05 Carlos Perello Marin + + * configure.in: Added "es" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-02 Ole Laursen + + * configure.in: Added da (Danish) to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-02 Yuriy Syrota + + * configure.in: Added uk (Ukrainian) into ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-03-01 Zbigniew Chyla + + * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Added pl (Polish). + +2002-02-25 Seth Nickell + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: + + Add a comment in verb form. + +2002-02-22 Stanislav Visnovsky + + * configure.in: Added "sk" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-02-18 Takayuki KUSANO + + * configure.in: Added "ja" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-02-13 Duarte Loreto + + * configure.in: Added pt (Portuguese) to ALL_LINGUAS + +2002-02-13 Kjartan Maraas + + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c: #include + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: Same here. + +2002-02-11 Anders Carlsson + + * Released version 0.1 + +2002-02-11 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed): + Use correct cast to GTK_TREE_MODEL_SORT. + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c (gconf_bookmarks_bookmark_activated): Use + sort model path when expanding nodes. + (gconf_bookmarks_bookmark_activated): Use correct cast. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (menu_items): Comment out the edit + bookmarks menu item. + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): Show a warning dialog + if we can't edit the value. + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c (gconf_cell_renderer_get_size): + use gconf_value_to_string for lists. + (gconf_cell_renderer_render): Likewise. + +Sat Feb 9 23:04:19 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_copy_key_name), + (gconf_editor_window_add_bookmark), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key), + (gconf_editor_window_selection_changed): convert modelsort iter + to gconftreemodel iter + (gconf_editor_window_init): put the treemodel in a modelsort + + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: add sorted_tree_model member + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c (gconf_tree_model_build_level): new + function + (gconf_tree_model_iter_nth_child): build level if it isn't there + (gconf_tree_model_iter_children): use gconf_tree_model_build_level + (gconf_tree_model_iter_n_children): new function, was missing + (gconf_tree_model_iter_parent): set stamp on the iter we return + +2002-01-31 jacob berkman + + * data/icons/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): fix typo + +2002-01-30 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * configure.in: Added Malay (ms)to ALL_LINGUAS. + * po/ms.po: Added Malay Translation. + +2002-01-30 Johan Dahlin + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c (gconf_key_editor_init): Make 3 more + strings translatable. + +2002-01-20 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_copy_key_name): Implement copy key name. + + (gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): Remove debugging msgs. + +2002-01-20 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c (gconf_bookmarks_hook_up_menu): Doh, + switch argument order for g_object_set_data_full. + + * src/Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Add -DIMAGEDIR. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_init): + Set appicon. + + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: + Use the correct icon. Also, move program to System. + + * data/icons/Makefile.am: + Install icon. + + * data/icons/gconf-editor.png: + New application icon. + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c: (gconf_bookmarks_update_menu), + (gconf_bookmarks_key_changed), (gconf_bookmarks_add_bookmark), + (remove_notify_id), (gconf_bookmarks_hook_up_menu): + Add support for bookmark change notifications. + +Tue Jan 15 23:13:44 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_set_root_path): duh! put + iter.user_data (new slist address) in the hash and not list (some + local list). Side effect of late night coding. Also fix some (usual :) + line ends here + +Tue Jan 15 01:16:23 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_popup_window_unset_key), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key), + (gconf_editor_gconf_value_changed), + (gconf_editor_window_init): wrap list_model in sorted_list_model, + so we can sort the 'key list' + + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: add sorted_list_model + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_notify_func): increase + stamp before emitting signal, + (gconf_list_model_set_root_path): increase stamp before row_deleted + emission, rewrote loop to add one item each time, so models (like + (GtkTreeModelSort ...) won't be confused + (gconf_list_model_get_flags): add, + (gconf_list_model_iter_n_children): add, + (gconf_list_model_tree_model_init): add newly implemented methods + to interface + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c + (gconf_tree_model_get_tree_path_from_gconf_path): special case root + node + +Mon Jan 14 20:10:43 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-bookmarks.c (gconf_bookmarks_bookmark_activated): our + own recursive row collapse code, the treeview thing seem to be + meant for other things, scroll to the cell and various line end + cleanups, + src/gconf-tree-model.c + (gconf_tree_model_get_tree_path_from_gconf_path): set iter before + starting a new iteration of the loop, so we actually end up in the + new level, added a FIXME, some line end cleanups, + (gconf_tree_model_iter_children): finish row inserted notification + +2002-01-13 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_close_window), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key): + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c: (gconf_message_dialog_should_show), + (gconf_message_dialog_button_toggled): + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_iter_nth_child), + (gconf_tree_model_unref_node): + Various things. + +Mon Jan 14 00:43:23 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c (struct _Node): add an offset field, + fix open line ends, + (gconf_tree_model_iter_nth_child): we want the nth child of a level, + while the node stored in the parent iter doesn't have to be the + _root_ of the level so it went wrong there. This offset thing will + fix. Also set iter->stamp = 0 for invalid iters. + (gconf_tree_model_iter_children), (gconf_tree_model_init): set + offset + +Sun Jan 13 23:57:06 2002 Kristian Rietveld + + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c (gconf_message_dialog_should_show), + (gconf_message_dialog_button_toggled): changed the logic behind + the caveat dialog settings and made it work + +2002-01-13 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_set_value): + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_set_root_path), + (gconf_list_model_finalize), (gconf_list_model_class_init), + (gconf_list_model_init): + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c: (gconf_message_dialog_should_show): + * src/gconf-message-dialog.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_iter_children), + (gconf_tree_model_ref_node), (gconf_tree_model_unref_node), + (gconf_tree_model_tree_model_init), (gconf_tree_model_init): + * src/main.c: (main): + Plug some memory leaks and add a caveat dialog. + +2002-01-13 Anders Carlsson + + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: + (gconf_editor_window_item_factory_translate_func), + (gconf_editor_window_about_window), + (gconf_editor_window_popup_error_dialog), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_unset_key), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_new_key), + (gconf_editor_popup_window_edit_key), + (list_view_button_press_event), (gconf_editor_window_init): + * src/gconf-editor-window.h: + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_init), + (gconf_key_editor_new), (gconf_key_editor_set_value), + (gconf_key_editor_set_key_path), (gconf_key_editor_set_key_name), + (gconf_key_editor_get_full_key_path): + * src/gconf-key-editor.h: + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_notify_func): + * src/main.c: (main): + Added support for editing keys, adding new keys, and unsetting keys. + +2002-01-13 Anders Carlsson + + * configure.in: + * data/Makefile.am: + * data/gconf-editor.desktop.in: + Add .desktop file and intltool support. + +2002-01-12 Kjartan Maraas + + * configure.in: Added "no" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-01-10 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: Only include gtkmain.h + + * src/gconf-list-model.c (gconf_list_model_get_value): + Don't switch on NULL value. + +Thu Jan 10 11:30:00 2002 Owen Taylor + + * data/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add missing Makefile.am. + +2002-01-10 Anders Carlsson + + * Makefile.am: + * configure.in: + * data/icons/Makefile.am: + * data/icons/about-logo.png: + * data/icons/entry-blank.png: + * data/icons/entry-bool.png: + * data/icons/entry-list.png: + * data/icons/entry-number.png: + * data/icons/entry-schema.png: + * data/icons/entry-string.png: + * data/icons/folder-closed.png: + * data/icons/folder-open.png: + * data/icons/stock-about-16.png: + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/dir-closed.png: + * src/dir-open.png: + * src/file.png: + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_set_property): + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + * src/gconf-list-model.c: (gconf_list_model_get_value), + (gconf_list_model_class_init): + * src/gconf-marshal.c: (gconf_marshal_VOID__STRING_BOXED): + * src/gconf-marshal.h: + * src/gconf-stock-icons.c: (create_icon_set_from_filename), + (gconf_stock_icons_register): + * src/gconf-stock-icons.h: + * src/gconf-tree-model.c: (gconf_tree_model_get_value), + (gconf_tree_model_class_init): + * src/main.c: (main): + Lots of changes. add about stock icon, check in the marshallers and rebuild + them by hand instead. Add different icons for different gconf types. + +2002-01-10 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (gconf_editor_window_about_window): Split + the translatable strings out of the markup string. + (gconf_editor_window_about_window): Split out the Copyright string too. + +Wed Jan 9 15:05:35 2002 Owen Taylor + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c (gconf_cell_renderer_set_property): + A few further fixups. + +Wed Jan 9 14:57:30 2002 Owen Taylor + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c (gconf_cell_renderer_set_property): + Set the mode here. + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c (list_view_button_press_event): + Remove the completely unworkable "set cell renderer + mode in the button press handler code". + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Use gtk_tree_model_get() to simplify + a couple of places. + +Wed Jan 9 12:37:21 2002 Owen Taylor + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: There is no guarantee at + all that the properties of the cell renderer will be + pointing to the right cell when ::editing-done occurs. + Save cellvalue->value in object data separately. + +Wed Jan 9 12:21:22 2002 Owen Taylor + + * src/gconf-tree-model.c (gconf_tree_model_get_iter): + fix 'model = (GConfTreeModel *)model' + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: Include gtkmenuitem.h, remove + unused variables. + + * src/gconf-editor-application.c: Include , + since we need gtk_main_quit(). + + * configure.in: Add magic for setting -Wall for GCC; + remove AC_ISC_POSIX, which isn't what you think it is... + +Wed Jan 9 11:51:01 2002 Owen Taylor + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: Remove libgnome includes + so it compiles again. + +2002-01-08 Josh Barrow + + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Make the code just a tiny bit cleaner + +2002-01-08 Josh Barrow + + * configure.in: + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Removed the dependency on libgnomeui just for an about box. + +2002-01-05 Christian Rose + + * configure.in: Added "az" to ALL_LINGUAS. + +2002-01-05 Anders Carlsson + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: Some minor tweaks, add + a value label for all types. + + * src/gconf-message-dialog.h: Add. + + * src/gconf-message-dialog.c: Add. + +2002-01-05 Havoc Pennington + + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: get it mildly closer to being useful + + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c (gconf_cell_renderer_get_size): handle + schemas + (gconf_cell_renderer_render): handle schemas + +2001-12-28 Josh Barrow + + * src/Makefile.am: + * src/gconf-cell-renderer.c: (gconf_cell_renderer_class_init): + * src/gconf-key-editor.c: (gconf_key_editor_create_option_menu), + (gconf_key_editor_init): + Make to compile with G_DISABLE_DEPRECATED and GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED. + +2001-12-28 Josh Barrow + + * .cvsignore: + * src/.cvsignore: + Make it not gripe when updating. + +2001-12-19 Anders Carlsson + + * gconf-editor-window.c: i18n stuff. + + * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add po + + * configure.in: Add i18n support. + +2001-12-14 Josh Barrow + + * configure.in: Added dependency to libgnomeui-2.0 + * src/gconf-editor-window.c: (gconf_editor_window_about_window): + Added an about box. + +2001-12-10 Anders Carlsson + + * Initial checkin. + diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73d8ac3 --- /dev/null +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Fernando Herrera +Email: fherrera@onirica.com +Userid: fherrera + +Cosimo Cecchi +Email: cosimoc@gnome.org +Userid: cosimoc diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cd1da5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +SUBDIRS = data src po docs + +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + autogen.sh \ + ChangeLog.pre-git \ + MAINTAINERS \ + gnome-doc-utils.make + +# ignore scrollkeeper files, which will legitimately exist after uninstall. +distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print | grep -v scrollkeeper + +DISTCLEANFILES = \ + gnome-doc-utils.make + +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --disable-scrollkeeper + +distclean-local: + if test "$(srcdir)" = "."; then :; else \ + rm -f ChangeLog; \ + fi + +ChangeLog: + @echo Creating $@ + @if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git"; then \ + (GIT_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/.git ./missing --run git log GCONF_EDITOR_2_26_0.. --stat -M -C --name-status --date=short --no-color) | fmt --split-only > $@.tmp \ + && mv -f $@.tmp $@ \ + || ($(RM) $@.tmp; \ + echo Failed to generate ChangeLog, your ChangeLog may be outdated >&2; \ + (test -f $@ || echo git-log is required to generate this file >> $@)); \ + else \ + test -f $@ || \ + (echo A git checkout and git-log is required to generate ChangeLog >&2 && \ + echo A git checkout and git-log is required to generate this file >> $@); \ + fi + +.PHONY: ChangeLog diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2790f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,788 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +subdir = . +DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ + $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog NEWS \ + config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh missing \ + mkinstalldirs +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/intltool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.in +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ + configure.lineno config.status.lineno +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ + html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ + install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ + install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ + install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ + installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ + ps-recursive uninstall-recursive +RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ + distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive +AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ + $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ + distdir dist dist-all distcheck +ETAGS = etags +CTAGS = ctags +DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) +top_distdir = $(distdir) +am__remove_distdir = \ + { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \ + || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ + && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; } +am__relativize = \ + dir0=`pwd`; \ + sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ + sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ + sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ + sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ + while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ + first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ + if test "$$first" != "."; then \ + if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ + dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ + dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ + else \ + first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ + if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ + dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ + else \ + dir2="../$$dir2"; \ + fi; \ + dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ + done; \ + reldir="$$dir2" +GZIP_ENV = --best +DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.bz2 +distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 +ALL_LINGUAS = @ALL_LINGUAS@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS@ +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --disable-scrollkeeper +DOC_USER_FORMATS = @DOC_USER_FORMATS@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +GCONFTOOL = @GCONFTOOL@ +GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS = @GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS@ +GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS = @GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE = @GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR = @GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR@ +GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ +GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +GREP = @GREP@ +HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT = @INTLTOOL_EXTRACT@ +INTLTOOL_MERGE = @INTLTOOL_MERGE@ +INTLTOOL_PERL = @INTLTOOL_PERL@ +INTLTOOL_UPDATE = @INTLTOOL_UPDATE@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OMF_DIR = @OMF_DIR@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +SUBDIRS = data src po docs +EXTRA_DIST = \ + autogen.sh \ + ChangeLog.pre-git \ + MAINTAINERS \ + gnome-doc-utils.make + + +# ignore scrollkeeper files, which will legitimately exist after uninstall. +distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print | grep -v scrollkeeper +DISTCLEANFILES = \ + gnome-doc-utils.make + +all: config.h + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive + +.SUFFIXES: +am--refresh: + @: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ + $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ + && exit 0; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ + $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): + +config.h: stamp-h1 + @if test ! -f $@; then \ + rm -f stamp-h1; \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \ + else :; fi + +stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @rm -f stamp-h1 + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h +$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) + rm -f stamp-h1 + touch $@ + +distclean-hdr: + -rm -f config.h stamp-h1 + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs + +distclean-libtool: + -rm -f libtool config.lt + +# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd +# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. +# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, +# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' +# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); +# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. +$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): + @failcom='exit 1'; \ + for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ + case $$f in \ + *=* | --[!k]*);; \ + *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + dot_seen=yes; \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || eval $$failcom; \ + done; \ + if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ + fi; test -z "$$fail" + +$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): + @failcom='exit 1'; \ + for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ + case $$f in \ + *=* | --[!k]*);; \ + *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + case "$@" in \ + distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + esac; \ + rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ + rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + rev="$$rev ."; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + for subdir in $$rev; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || eval $$failcom; \ + done && test -z "$$fail" +tags-recursive: + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ + done +ctags-recursive: + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ + done + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + set x; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + include_option=--etags-include; \ + empty_fix=.; \ + else \ + include_option=--include; \ + empty_fix=; \ + fi; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ + set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + shift; \ + if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ + test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ + if test $$# -gt 0; then \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ + "$$@" $$unique; \ + else \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ + $$unique; \ + fi; \ + fi +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ + || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ + $$unique + +GTAGS: + here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + $(am__remove_distdir) + test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ + || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ + $(am__relativize); \ + new_distdir=$$reldir; \ + dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ + $(am__relativize); \ + new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ + echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ + echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ + ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ + distdir="$$new_distdir" \ + am__remove_distdir=: \ + am__skip_length_check=: \ + am__skip_mode_fix=: \ + distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ + || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ + || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" +dist-gzip: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz + $(am__remove_distdir) +dist-bzip2: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-lzma: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-xz: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-tarZ: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-shar: distdir + shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-zip: distdir + -rm -f $(distdir).zip + zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist dist-all: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 + $(am__remove_distdir) + +# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then +# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another +# tarfile. +distcheck: dist + case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ + *.tar.gz*) \ + GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.bz2*) \ + bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.lzma*) \ + unlzma -c $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.xz*) \ + xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.Z*) \ + uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.shar.gz*) \ + GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ + *.zip*) \ + unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ + esac + chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) + mkdir $(distdir)/_build + mkdir $(distdir)/_inst + chmod a-w $(distdir) + test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ + dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ + && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ + && am__cwd=`pwd` \ + && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ + && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ + $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ + distuninstallcheck \ + && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ + && ({ \ + (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ + distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ + } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ + && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ + && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ + && cd "$$am__cwd" \ + || exit 1 + $(am__remove_distdir) + @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ + list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ + sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' +distuninstallcheck: + @$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \ + && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ + || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ + if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ + echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ + fi ; \ + $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ + exit 1; } >&2 +distcleancheck: distclean + @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ + echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ + || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ + $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ + exit 1; } >&2 +check-am: all-am +check: check-recursive +all-am: Makefile config.h +installdirs: installdirs-recursive +installdirs-am: +install: install-recursive +install-exec: install-exec-recursive +install-data: install-data-recursive +uninstall: uninstall-recursive + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-recursive +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-recursive + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-recursive + -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ + distclean-libtool distclean-local distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-recursive + +dvi-am: + +html: html-recursive + +html-am: + +info: info-recursive + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-recursive + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-recursive + +install-info-am: + +install-man: + +install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-recursive + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive + -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) + -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool + +pdf: pdf-recursive + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-recursive + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: + +.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) all \ + ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive + +.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ + all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \ + clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \ + dist-gzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip \ + distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ + distclean-libtool distclean-local distclean-tags \ + distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \ + html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ + install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ + install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ + install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ + install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ + installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ + maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ + mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ + uninstall uninstall-am + + +distclean-local: + if test "$(srcdir)" = "."; then :; else \ + rm -f ChangeLog; \ + fi + +ChangeLog: + @echo Creating $@ + @if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git"; then \ + (GIT_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/.git ./missing --run git log GCONF_EDITOR_2_26_0.. --stat -M -C --name-status --date=short --no-color) | fmt --split-only > $@.tmp \ + && mv -f $@.tmp $@ \ + || ($(RM) $@.tmp; \ + echo Failed to generate ChangeLog, your ChangeLog may be outdated >&2; \ + (test -f $@ || echo git-log is required to generate this file >> $@)); \ + else \ + test -f $@ || \ + (echo A git checkout and git-log is required to generate ChangeLog >&2 && \ + echo A git checkout and git-log is required to generate this file >> $@); \ + fi + +.PHONY: ChangeLog + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ce277f --- /dev/null +++ b/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +2.28.0 +* Updates: + - Updated translations. + +2.27.91 +* Fixes: + - Port to PolicyKit 1.0 (Matthias Clasen). + - Fix a crash (Sergey Nizovtsev). + - Fix some refcount issues. +* Updates: + - Updated translations. + - Updated help translations. + +2.26.0 +* Updates: + - Updated translations. + +2.25.91 +* New features: + - Add preliminary support to set default/mandatory values + with PolicyKit (Vincent Untz). + +* Fixes: + - Fix sensitivity of context menu entries for Unset, SetDefault + and SetMandatory (Vincent Untz). + - Port to GtkTooltip. + - Enforce single-include policy for GLib and GTK+ + - Don't steal focus with the "Pattern not found" dialog. + - Drop dependency on libgnome and libgnomeui. + - Plug some memory leaks. + +* Updates: + - Updated translations. + +2.24.1: +* Fixes: + - Add missing COPYING file and license headers. + - Standardize .desktop file. + - Properly unref GConfClient objects. + - Use single header GTK+/GLib includes. +* Updates: + - Updated translations. + +2.24.0.1: +* Fixes: + - Add missing license. +2.24.0: +* Updates: + - Updated translations. +2.23.91: +* Fixes: + - Code cleanup (#341288, #341252) (Kristof Vansant) + - Use themed icons (#348822) (Christopher Bratusek, chpe) + - Fix clipped icons in the search pane (#518297) (Jonathon Jongsma) + - Use standard icon names where available (Matthias Clasen) +* Updates: + - Updated translations. +2.19.92: +* Updates: + - Updated translations. +2.18.3: +* Fixes: + - Install theme friendly icons. (David Farning, Baris Cicek) + - +2.18.2: +* Fixes: + - Make search actually work again after I broke it. (Kjartan) + +2.18.1: +* Fixes: + - Possibly fix a lot of crashers when searching. (Kjartan) + - Cleanups (Kristof Vansant, Kjartan) + +2.15.92: +* Fixes: + - Fix distcheck after moving to gnome-common autogen.sh + - Bump requirement to a newer intltool. + +2.15.91: + - Port to gnome-doc-utils + - Lots of porting to newer non-deprecated widgets + - Search fixes + +2.12.1: "Cazuelazo" +* Fixes: + - Fix a crash with the combobox selection (Felix Riemann) + - Fix a crasher when pressing F1 without yelp installed (Felix Riemann) + +2.12.0: "I only care when I miss it" +* Fixes: + - Doc fixes (Shaun McCance) + +2.11.92: "Paris Combo" +* Improvements: + - Ported to GtkComboBox byMichael Gossard + +2.10.0: "Maria Stuarda" +* Translations: + - Updated Updated Romanian translation by Mugurel Tudor. + - Updated Hungarian translation updated by Gabor Kelemen. + - Updated Lithuanian translation by Gintautas Miliauskas. + +2.9.92: "Drexler singing" +* Fixed: + - Readd a missing icon + - Fix some deprecated includes + +2.9.91: "Spectacular Spectacular" +* Fixes: + - Fix a crash when closing an old window and changing externay gconf + keys that were monitorized by that window. (John Ellis) + +2.9.3: "Bang Bang" +* Fixes: + - Tons of leaks fixed (Paolo Borelli) + - Continue search after finding a pattern (Madhan Raj) + +2.9.2: "Con la frente marchita" +* Impovements: + - Add bugzilla verstion to .desktop file (Christoffer Olsen) + - Show in the window title the current configuration database + - Use a new icon for boormarks + - Added German documentation (Keywan Najafi Tonekaboni) +* Fixes: + - Install icon in the right place, use for the window title + correctly + - Lot of HIGifycation work (Dennis Cranston) + - Disable popups entries for defaults/mandatoy if user cannot + change them + - Lot of strings fixes (Dave Ahlswede, Dennis Cranston, David Lodge) + - Update auto* magic (James Henstridge) + - Handle menu tearoffs correctly, using the ui_manager (James Bowes) + +2.8.1: "Puerto Rico" +* Fixes: + - Parse correctly gtk/gnome command line arguments (based on patch + from Julio M. Merino Vidal. Fix bug #151829) + - Fix a crash when have_icons key is not present. Fix bug #151720. + +2.8,0: "Josha Bell" +* Fixes: + - Fixes to docs (Shaun McCance) + +2.7.92: "Morte della Madonna" +* Improvements: + - Updated documentation (Shaun McCance) + +2.7.91: "Que fuerte me parece" +* Fixes: + - Fix a crash when selection unset keys (bug #149805) + - Fix search cancelation (bugs #150728, #146790) + +2.7.90: "Old maintainer clip show" +* Improvements: + - Lots of HIG fixes (Dennis Cranston) + +2.7.4: "Siempre estoy soñando" +* Improvements: + - Search asyncronously + - Add recent keys +* Fixes: + - Put the output window in a vpaned so it can be resized + (bug #146776) + - Go to the key in the tree and in the list. + - Use header capitalization for menu items. Fix bug #147753 + (Dennis Cranston) + +2.7.3: "This one is really released!" +* Fixes: + - Fix some UI stuff of the search window (Anders Carlsson) + +2.7.2: "long queue" +* Improvements: + - Search!!!! + - Removed warning dialog (Christian Neumair) + +* Fixes: + - Enable menu internationalization (Christian Neumair) + +2.7.1: "Beer at Norway" +* Improvements: + - Implement list elements editing + - Added schema + - Set defaults in gconf.xml.defaults + - Set a key/value as mandatory from + - Support for browsing/editing defaults and mandatory + +* Fixes: + - Fix some leaks + - Fix long standing bug converting some text entries into booleans (bug #136148) + +2.7.0: "Favola di Venezia" +* Improvements: + - Use GNOME libraries (Shakti Sen) + - Add Help support (Shakti Sen) + - Use GNOME standard about dialog (Bug #88279) + - Make menu icons follow menus_have_icons preference key (Mariano + Suárez-Alvarez) + - Show an alert when the key has no schema (Bug #110745) + - Replace use of item factory with ui manager (James Bowes from the + GNOME love fame!) + - When removing an item in the list edito, select the next or the previous + one (Alberto Ruíz, Bug #142994, also a new contributor from the + GNOME love and live hacking at guadec-es!) + +* Fixes: + - Fix crash when nothing is selected (Richard Hult) + - Don't show hidden widgets on new windows. + - Fix compilers warning and build stuff on AIX. + +* Merged fixes from 2-6 branch: + - Don't escape keys (Bugs #135807 and #136400) + - Fix a crashing bug in the unref code (Bugs #124662 and #136631) + - Fix the cell editor for float values (Bug #137468) + - Fix a crash when launching gconf-editor with a invalid key path (Bug + #136381) + - Allow the notebook in the key editor to fill and expand. (Fix + #138557) + +* Translations: + - Added Basque translation (Iñaki Larrañaga) + - Added Gujarati translation (Guntupalli Karunakar) + +2.6.0: +* Translations: + - Added Punjabi translation (Amanpreet Singh Alam) + - Updated Hungarian translation (Andras Timar) + - Added British translation (Gareth Owen) + +2.5.92: +* Translations: + - Updated Croatian translation (Robert Sedak) + - Added Canadian English translation (Alexander Winston) + - Updated Ukrainian translation (Maxim Dziumanenko) + - Updated Thai translation (Theppitak Karoonboonyanan) + +2.5.91: +* Fixes: + - Show key documentation even if it has been modified (Bug #121813, + Fernando Herrera) + +2.5.4: +* Fixes: + - Fix a crash when deleting keys (Bugs #105884 and #124662, Sanjiv + Agarwala) + - Copy path if no key is slected (Bug #132085, Fernando Herrera) + - Fix a crash with NULLs nodes (Bug #128272, Fernando Herrea) + - Unify copyright strings (Bug #101728, Christian Neumair) + - Handle escaping of keys correctly (Bug #96744, Hidetoshi + Tajima) + - Removed final "," in enums (Fernando Herrera) + +* Improvements: + - Update statusbar on key selection (Fernando Herrera) + - Added man page (Sebastien Bacher) + +2.5.1: +* Fixes: + - Fix a crash with unset values (Bug #121084, Sebastien Bacher) + - Added float support to the list editor, fixing a crash (Ross Burton) + - Remove the GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED flag (Bug #123932, Arvind Samptur) + +* Improvements: + - Set the cursor to GDK_WATCH while we are figuring + out the child nodes (Federico Mena Quintero) + - Expand tree items when double clicked (Christophe Fergeau) + diff --git a/README b/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf1304c --- /dev/null +++ b/README @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +An editor for the GConf configuration system. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc00a6c --- /dev/null +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ +# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11 -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, +# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], + [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl +m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.63],, +[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.63. +You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. +If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. +To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) + +dnl AM_GCONF_SOURCE_2 +dnl Defines GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE which is where you should install schemas +dnl (i.e. pass to gconftool-2 +dnl Defines GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR which is a filesystem directory where +dnl you should install foo.schemas files +dnl + +AC_DEFUN([AM_GCONF_SOURCE_2], +[ + if test "x$GCONF_SCHEMA_INSTALL_SOURCE" = "x"; then + GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE=`gconftool-2 --get-default-source` + else + GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE=$GCONF_SCHEMA_INSTALL_SOURCE + fi + + AC_ARG_WITH([gconf-source], + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gconf-source=sourceaddress], + [Config database for installing schema files.]), + [GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE="$withval"],) + + AC_SUBST(GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE) + AC_MSG_RESULT([Using config source $GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE for schema installation]) + + if test "x$GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR" = "x"; then + GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR='$(sysconfdir)/gconf/schemas' + fi + + AC_ARG_WITH([gconf-schema-file-dir], + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=dir], + [Directory for installing schema files.]), + [GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR="$withval"],) + + AC_SUBST(GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR) + AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR as install directory for schema files]) + + AC_ARG_ENABLE(schemas-install, + AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-schemas-install], + [Disable the schemas installation]), + [case ${enableval} in + yes|no) ;; + *) AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for --enable-schemas-install]) ;; + esac]) + AM_CONDITIONAL([GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL], [test "$enable_schemas_install" != no]) +]) + +# Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001-2003,2004 Red Hat, Inc. +# +# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +# +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License +# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. +# +# Macro to add for using GNU gettext. +# Ulrich Drepper , 1995, 1996 +# +# Modified to never use included libintl. +# Owen Taylor , 12/15/1998 +# +# Major rework to remove unused code +# Owen Taylor , 12/11/2002 +# +# Added better handling of ALL_LINGUAS from GNU gettext version +# written by Bruno Haible, Owen Taylor 5/30/3002 +# +# Modified to require ngettext +# Matthias Clasen 08/06/2004 +# +# We need this here as well, since someone might use autoconf-2.5x +# to configure GLib then an older version to configure a package +# using AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT +AC_PREREQ(2.53) + +dnl +dnl We go to great lengths to make sure that aclocal won't +dnl try to pull in the installed version of these macros +dnl when running aclocal in the glib directory. +dnl +m4_copy([AC_DEFUN],[glib_DEFUN]) +m4_copy([AC_REQUIRE],[glib_REQUIRE]) +dnl +dnl At the end, if we're not within glib, we'll define the public +dnl definitions in terms of our private definitions. +dnl + +# GLIB_LC_MESSAGES +#-------------------- +glib_DEFUN([GLIB_LC_MESSAGES], + [AC_CHECK_HEADERS([locale.h]) + if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) + if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, + [Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) + fi + fi]) + +# GLIB_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST +#---------------------------- +dnl GLIB_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, +dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) +glib_DEFUN([GLIB_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], +[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, +[case "[$]$1" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if [$3]; then + ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, +dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. +ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" +])dnl + ;; +esac])dnl +$1="$ac_cv_path_$1" +if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +AC_SUBST($1)dnl +]) + +# GLIB_WITH_NLS +#----------------- +glib_DEFUN([GLIB_WITH_NLS], + dnl NLS is obligatory + [USE_NLS=yes + AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) + + gt_cv_have_gettext=no + + CATOBJEXT=NONE + XGETTEXT=: + INTLLIBS= + + AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h, + [gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl="no" + libintl_extra_libs="" + + # + # First check in libc + # + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ngettext in libc], gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc, + [AC_TRY_LINK([ +#include +], + [return !ngettext ("","", 1)], + gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc=yes, + gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc=no) + ]) + + if test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" = "yes" ; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libc], gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc, + [AC_TRY_LINK([ +#include +], + [return !dgettext ("","")], + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=yes, + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no) + ]) + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" = "yes" ; then + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bind_textdomain_codeset) + fi + + # + # If we don't have everything we want, check in libintl + # + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes" \ + || test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" != "yes" \ + || test "$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" != "yes" ; then + + AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain, + [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, ngettext, + [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, dgettext, + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes)])]) + + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" != "yes" ; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if -liconv is needed to use gettext]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([]) + AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, ngettext, + [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, dcgettext, + [gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes + libintl_extra_libs=-liconv], + :,-liconv)], + :,-liconv) + fi + + # + # If we found libintl, then check in it for bind_textdomain_codeset(); + # we'll prefer libc if neither have bind_textdomain_codeset(), + # and both have dgettext and ngettext + # + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes" ; then + glib_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $libintl_extra_libs" + unset ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bind_textdomain_codeset) + LIBS="$glib_save_LIBS" + + if test "$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" = "yes" ; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no + else + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \ + && test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" = "yes"; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no + fi + fi + fi + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \ + || test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + gt_cv_have_gettext=yes + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + INTLLIBS="-lintl $libintl_extra_libs" + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_have_gettext" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT,1, + [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + GLIB_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, + [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl + if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then + glib_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS" + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext) + MSGFMT_OPTS= + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if msgfmt accepts -c]) + GLIB_RUN_PROG([$MSGFMT -c -o /dev/null],[ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Project-Id-Version: test 1.0\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-15 12:01+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: test \n" +"Language-Team: C \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +], [MSGFMT_OPTS=-c; AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])], [AC_MSG_RESULT([no])]) + AC_SUBST(MSGFMT_OPTS) + AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) + GLIB_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, + [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) + AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + return _nl_msg_cat_cntr], + [CATOBJEXT=.gmo + DATADIRNAME=share], + [case $host in + *-*-solaris*) + dnl On Solaris, if bind_textdomain_codeset is in libc, + dnl GNU format message catalog is always supported, + dnl since both are added to the libc all together. + dnl Hence, we'd like to go with DATADIRNAME=share and + dnl and CATOBJEXT=.gmo in this case. + AC_CHECK_FUNC(bind_textdomain_codeset, + [CATOBJEXT=.gmo + DATADIRNAME=share], + [CATOBJEXT=.mo + DATADIRNAME=lib]) + ;; + *) + CATOBJEXT=.mo + DATADIRNAME=lib + ;; + esac]) + LIBS="$glib_save_LIBS" + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + else + gt_cv_have_gettext=no + fi + fi + ]) + + if test "$gt_cv_have_gettext" = "yes" ; then + AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, + [always defined to indicate that i18n is enabled]) + fi + + dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. + if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is not GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then + : ; + else + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) + XGETTEXT=":" + fi + fi + + # We need to process the po/ directory. + POSUB=po + + AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( + [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) + sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile + esac]) + + dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this + dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs + dnl in configure.in. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" + POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" + done + + dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) + AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) + AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) + AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) + AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) + AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) + AC_SUBST(PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE) + AC_SUBST(PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE) + AC_SUBST(POFILES) + AC_SUBST(POSUB) + ]) + +# AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT +# ------------------- +# Do checks necessary for use of gettext. If a suitable implementation +# of gettext is found in either in libintl or in the C library, +# it will set INTLLIBS to the libraries needed for use of gettext +# and AC_DEFINE() HAVE_GETTEXT and ENABLE_NLS. (The shell variable +# gt_cv_have_gettext will be set to "yes".) It will also call AC_SUBST() +# on various variables needed by the Makefile.in.in installed by +# glib-gettextize. +dnl +glib_DEFUN([GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT], + [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl + + GLIB_LC_MESSAGES + GLIB_WITH_NLS + + if test "$gt_cv_have_gettext" = "yes"; then + if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then + LINGUAS= + else + AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed) + NEW_LINGUAS= + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + if test "%UNSET%" != "${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"; then + desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" + else + desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" + fi + for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS + AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS) + fi + + dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. + if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done + fi + fi + + dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly + dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir). + dnl Try to locate is. + MKINSTALLDIRS= + if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" + fi + if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" + fi + AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) + + dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will + dnl be included in po/Makefile. + test -d po || mkdir po + if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then + if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then + posrcprefix="$srcdir/" + else + posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" + fi + else + posrcprefix="../" + fi + rm -f po/POTFILES + sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ + < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES + ]) + +# AM_GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR(VARIABLE) +# ------------------------------- +# Define VARIABLE to the location where catalog files will +# be installed by po/Makefile. +glib_DEFUN([GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR], +[glib_REQUIRE([GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT])dnl +glib_save_prefix="$prefix" +glib_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" +glib_save_datarootdir="$datarootdir" +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix=$prefix +datarootdir=`eval echo "${datarootdir}"` +if test "x$CATOBJEXT" = "x.mo" ; then + localedir=`eval echo "${libdir}/locale"` +else + localedir=`eval echo "${datadir}/locale"` +fi +prefix="$glib_save_prefix" +exec_prefix="$glib_save_exec_prefix" +datarootdir="$glib_save_datarootdir" +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$localedir", + [Define the location where the catalogs will be installed]) +]) + +dnl +dnl Now the definitions that aclocal will find +dnl +ifdef(glib_configure_in,[],[ +AC_DEFUN([AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT],[GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT($@)]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR],[GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR($@)]) +])dnl + +# GLIB_RUN_PROG(PROGRAM, TEST-FILE, [ACTION-IF-PASS], [ACTION-IF-FAIL]) +# +# Create a temporary file with TEST-FILE as its contents and pass the +# file name to PROGRAM. Perform ACTION-IF-PASS if PROGRAM exits with +# 0 and perform ACTION-IF-FAIL for any other exit status. +AC_DEFUN([GLIB_RUN_PROG], +[cat >conftest.foo <<_ACEOF +$2 +_ACEOF +if AC_RUN_LOG([$1 conftest.foo]); then + m4_ifval([$3], [$3], [:]) +m4_ifvaln([$4], [else $4])dnl +echo "$as_me: failed input was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.foo >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD +fi]) + + +# gnome-common.m4 +# + +dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT + +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT], +[ + dnl this macro should come after AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR + AC_BEFORE([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR], [$0]) + + dnl ensure that when the Automake generated makefile calls aclocal, + dnl it honours the $ACLOCAL_FLAGS environment variable + ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS="\${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}" + if test -n "$ac_macro_dir"; then + ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS="-I $ac_macro_dir $ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS" + fi + + AC_SUBST([ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK], +[ + AC_ARG_ENABLE([debug], + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], + [turn on debugging]),, + [enable_debug=no]) + + if test x$enable_debug = xyes ; then + AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG, 1, + [Enable additional debugging at the expense of performance and size]) + fi +]) + +dnl GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES () +dnl define DISABLE_DEPRECATED +dnl +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + + if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then + DISABLE_DEPRECATED="-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DPANGO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGCONF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DBONOBO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DBONOBO_UI_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGNOME_VFS_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGNOME_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DLIBGLADE_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DWNCK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DLIBSOUP_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" + else + DISABLE_DEPRECATED="" + fi + AC_SUBST(DISABLE_DEPRECATED) +]) + +dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS +dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings +dnl For now, only works on GCC +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[ + dnl ****************************** + dnl More compiler warnings + dnl ****************************** + + AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-compile-warnings=@<:@no/minimum/yes/maximum/error@:>@], + [Turn on compiler warnings]),, + [enable_compile_warnings="m4_default([$1],[yes])"]) + + warnCFLAGS= + if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then + enable_compile_warnings=no + fi + + warning_flags= + realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + + case "$enable_compile_warnings" in + no) + warning_flags= + ;; + minimum) + warning_flags="-Wall" + ;; + yes) + warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes" + ;; + maximum|error) + warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith" + CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS" + for option in -Wno-sign-compare; do + SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option" + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands $option]) + AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [], + has_option=yes, + has_option=no,) + CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" + AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option) + if test $has_option = yes; then + warning_flags="$warning_flags $option" + fi + unset has_option + unset SAVE_CFLAGS + done + unset option + if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then + warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror" + fi + ;; + *) + AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings) + ;; + esac + CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS" + AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler) + AC_MSG_RESULT($warning_flags) + + AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-iso-c], + [Try to warn if code is not ISO C ]),, + [enable_iso_c=no]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler) + complCFLAGS= + if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then + if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then + case " $CFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;; + esac + case " $CFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;; + esac + fi + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS) + + WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS" + AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS) +]) + +dnl For C++, do basically the same thing. + +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[ + AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cxx-warnings=@<:@no/minimum/yes@:>@] + [Turn on compiler warnings.]),, + [enable_cxx_warnings="m4_default([$1],[minimum])"]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler) + warnCXXFLAGS= + if test "x$GXX" != xyes; then + enable_cxx_warnings=no + fi + if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then + if test "x$GXX" = "xyes"; then + case " $CXXFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;; + esac + + ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled + ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall + if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then + warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual" + fi + fi + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS) + + AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-iso-cxx], + [Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ]),, + [enable_iso_cxx=no]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler) + complCXXFLAGS= + if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then + if test "x$GXX" = "xyes"; then + case " $CXXFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;; + esac + + case " $CXXFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;; + esac + fi + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS) + + WARN_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS" + AC_SUBST(WARN_CXXFLAGS) +]) + +# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. + +AC_PREREQ(2.50) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], +[ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) + dnl Default is enabled NLS + AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, + [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], + USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) + AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) + AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) +]) + +# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- +# +# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant . +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) +# ---------------------------------- +AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], +[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) +m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$]) +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])dnl +if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then + AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) +fi +if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then + _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) + if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + PKG_CONFIG="" + fi + +fi[]dnl +])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG + +# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) +# +# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar +# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. +# +# +# Similar to PKG_CHECK_MODULES, make sure that the first instance of +# this or PKG_CHECK_MODULES is called, or make sure to call +# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], +[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl +if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ + AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then + m4_ifval([$2], [$2], [:]) +m4_ifvaln([$3], [else + $3])dnl +fi]) + + +# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) +# --------------------------------------------- +m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], +[if test -n "$$1"; then + pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" + elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then + PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], + [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`], + [pkg_failed=yes]) + else + pkg_failed=untried +fi[]dnl +])# _PKG_CONFIG + +# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +# ----------------------------- +AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], +[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) +if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then + _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes +else + _pkg_short_errors_supported=no +fi[]dnl +])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED + + +# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], +# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) +# +# +# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to +# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an +# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac +# +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], +[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl +AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl +AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl + +pkg_failed=no +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) + +_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) +_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) + +m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS +and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. +See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) + +if test $pkg_failed = yes; then + _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED + if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then + $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1` + else + $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1` + fi + # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs + echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + + ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(dnl +[Package requirements ($2) were not met: + +$$1_PKG_ERRORS + +Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you +installed software in a non-standard prefix. + +_PKG_TEXT +])], + [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + $4]) +elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then + ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_FAILURE(dnl +[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it +is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full +path to pkg-config. + +_PKG_TEXT + +To get pkg-config, see .])], + [$4]) +else + $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS + $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) + ifelse([$3], , :, [$3]) +fi[]dnl +])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES + +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) +# ---------------------------- +# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been +# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. +# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) +AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], +[am__api_version='1.11' +dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to +dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. +m4_if([$1], [1.11], [], + [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl +]) + +# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) +# ----------------------------- +# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. +# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies +# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. +m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) + +# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION +# ------------------------------- +# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. +# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], +[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11])dnl +m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], + [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl +_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) + +# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets +# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to +# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. +# +# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a +# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and +# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, +# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since +# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top +# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a +# relative path needs to be adjusted first. +# +# $ac_aux_dir/missing +# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative +# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing +# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, +# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with +# a relative $ac_aux_dir +# +# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir +# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually +# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you +# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. +# +# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, +# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: +# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` +# and then we would define $MISSING as +# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" +# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because +# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. +# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in +# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. +# +# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an +# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a +# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], +[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. +AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` +]) + +# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 9 + +# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) +# ------------------------------------- +# Define a conditional. +AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], +[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl + ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], + [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl +AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl +AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl +m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl +if $2; then + $1_TRUE= + $1_FALSE='#' +else + $1_TRUE='#' + $1_FALSE= +fi +AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( +[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) +fi])]) + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 10 + +# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be +# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, +# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's +# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing +# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... + + +# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) +# ---------------------- +# See how the compiler implements dependency checking. +# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". +# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. +# +# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was +# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular +# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, +# just rely on AC_PROG_CC. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl + +ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], + [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], + [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], + [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], +[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + m4_case([$1], [CC], + [case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac], + [CXX], + [case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac]) + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi +]) +AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) +AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) +]) + + +# AM_SET_DEPDIR +# ------------- +# Choose a directory name for dependency files. +# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl +AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl +]) + + +# AM_DEP_TRACK +# ------------ +AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], +[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, +[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build + --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' +fi +AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) +AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +]) + +# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +#serial 5 + +# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS +# ------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], +[{ + # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files + # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval + # if we detect the quoting. + case $CONFIG_FILES in + *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; + *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; + esac + shift + for mf + do + # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. + mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` + # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. + # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but + # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. + # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process + # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. + # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line + # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. + if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then + dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` + else + continue + fi + # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote + # from the Makefile without running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "am__include" && continue + am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` + # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with + # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the + # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the + # expansion. + for file in `sed -n " + s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` + AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done + done +} +])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS + + +# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS +# ----------------------------- +# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. +# +# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking +# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will +# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. +AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], +[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], + [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], + [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) +]) + +# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, +# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 16 + +# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if +# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. + +# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) +# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) +# ----------------------------------------------- +# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style +# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE +# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from +# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. +# We support both call styles for the transition. After +# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT +# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf +# release and drop the old call support. +AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], +[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl +dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow +dnl the ones we care about. +m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl +if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then + # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output + # is not polluted with repeated "-I." + AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl + # test to see if srcdir already configured + if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) + fi +fi + +# test whether we have cygpath +if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then + if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' + else + CYGPATH_W=echo + fi +fi +AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) + +# Define the identity of the package. +dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. +m4_ifval([$2], +[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl + AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl + AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], +[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl +dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. +m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, + [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl + AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl + AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl + +_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, +[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl + +# Some tools Automake needs. +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl +AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) +AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl +# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on +# some platforms. +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl +_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], + [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], + [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) +_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, +[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], + [define([AC_PROG_CC], + defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], + [define([AC_PROG_CXX], + defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], + [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], + defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl +]) +_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl +dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the +dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro +dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. +AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl +[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], + [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl +]) + +dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not +dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further +dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. +m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], +m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) + + +# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. +# This file resides in the same directory as the config header +# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. + +# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the +# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate +# our stamp files there. +AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], +[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. +_am_arg=$1 +_am_stamp_count=1 +for _am_header in $config_headers :; do + case $_am_header in + $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) + break ;; + * ) + _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; + esac +done +echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH +# ------------------ +# Define $install_sh. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl +if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; + *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" + esac +fi +AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) + +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 2 + +# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames +# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], +[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null +mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null +if test -d .tst; then + am__leading_dot=. +else + am__leading_dot=_ +fi +rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null +AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) + +# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- +# From Jim Meyering + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 5 + +# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) +# ---------------------------------- +# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. +# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. +# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user +# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], +[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), + [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], + [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], + [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) + m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) + dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed + AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], +[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful + (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], + [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], + [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) + MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE + AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl +] +) + +AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) + +# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 4 + +# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() +# ----------------- +# Check to see how make treats includes. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], +[am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +am__doit: + @echo this is the am__doit target +.PHONY: am__doit +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) +am__include="#" +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. +case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( +*the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU + ;; +esac +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( + *the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=.include + am__quote="\"" + _am_result=BSD + ;; + esac +fi +AC_SUBST([am__include]) +AC_SUBST([am__quote]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) +rm -f confinc confmf +]) + +# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 6 + +# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) +# ------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) +$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} +AC_SUBST($1)]) + + +# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN +# ------------------ +# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. +# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl +AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl +if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; + *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; + esac +fi +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) +fi +]) + +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P +# --------------- +# Check for `mkdir -p'. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], +[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl +dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, +dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. +dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. +dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of +dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own +dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than +dnl MKDIR_P). +AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl +case $mkdir_p in + [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; + */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; +esac +]) + +# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 4 + +# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) +# ----------------------- +AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], +[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) + +# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) +# ------------------------------ +# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], +[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) + +# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) +# ---------------------------------- +# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], +[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) + +# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) +# ------------------------------------------- +# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], +[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) + +# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 5 + +# AM_SANITY_CHECK +# --------------- +AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory +# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. +am_lf=' +' +case `pwd` in + *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) + AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; +esac +case $srcdir in + *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) + AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; +esac + +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$[*]" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment]) + fi + + test "$[2]" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock]) +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP +# --------------------- +# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't +# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially +# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip +# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. +# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we +# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize +# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl +# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user +# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right +# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake +# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. +dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. +if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then + AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) +fi +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" +AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) + +# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 2 + +# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) +# --------------------------- +# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. +# This macro is traced by Automake. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) + +# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) +# --------------------------- +# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) + +# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- + +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 2 + +# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) +# -------------------- +# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. +# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. +# +# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command +# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory +# $tardir. +# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar +# +# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such +# a tarball read from stdin. +# $(am__untar) < result.tar +AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], +[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. +AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) +m4_if([$1], [v7], + [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], + [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, + [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) +AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) +# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. +_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' +_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} +# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and +# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. +for _am_tool in $_am_tools +do + case $_am_tool in + gnutar) + for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; + do + AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break + done + am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' + am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' + am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" + ;; + plaintar) + # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create + # ustar tarball either. + (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue + am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' + am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' + am__untar='tar xf -' + ;; + pax) + am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' + am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' + am__untar='pax -r' + ;; + cpio) + am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' + am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' + am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' + ;; + none) + am__tar=false + am__tar_=false + am__untar=false + ;; + esac + + # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar + # and am__untar set. + test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break + + # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works + rm -rf conftest.dir + mkdir conftest.dir + echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file + AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) + rm -rf conftest.dir + if test -s conftest.tar; then + AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break + fi +done +rm -rf conftest.dir + +AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) +AC_SUBST([am__tar]) +AC_SUBST([am__untar]) +]) # _AM_PROG_TAR + +m4_include([m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4]) +m4_include([m4/intltool.m4]) +m4_include([m4/libtool.m4]) +m4_include([m4/ltoptions.m4]) +m4_include([m4/ltsugar.m4]) +m4_include([m4/ltversion.m4]) +m4_include([m4/lt~obsolete.m4]) diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..7e08402 --- /dev/null +++ b/autogen.sh @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. + +srcdir=`dirname $0` +test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=. + +PKG_NAME=gconf-editor + +REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION=1.9 +REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION=0.40.0 + +if ! test -f $srcdir/src/gconf-editor-application.c; then + echo "**Error**: Directory '$srcdir' does not look like the gconf-edtior source directory" + exit 1 +fi + +which gnome-autogen.sh || { + echo "You need to install gnome-common from Gnome SVN" + exit 1 +} + +. gnome-autogen.sh diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess new file mode 100755 index 0000000..da83314 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.guess @@ -0,0 +1,1561 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2009-04-27' + +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + + +# Originally written by Per Bothner . +# Please send patches to . Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# +# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to +# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and +# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. +# +# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you +# don't specify an explicit build system type. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a +# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires +# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a +# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. + +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. + +set_cc_for_build=' +trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; +trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; +: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || + { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || + { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; +dummy=$tmp/dummy ; +tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; +case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; + for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do + if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; + fi ; + done ; + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; +esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' + +# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. +# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) +if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH +fi + +UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown +UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown + +# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. + +case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # + # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor + # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". + sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ + /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; + arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; + sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; + sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; + *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently, or will in the future. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release + # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and + # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need + # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a + # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. + case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in + Debian*) + release='-gnu' + ;; + *) + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + ;; + esac + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit ;; + *:OpenBSD:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:ekkoBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:SolidBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + macppc:MirBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:MirBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + alpha:OSF1:*:*) + case $UNAME_RELEASE in + *4.0) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` + ;; + *5.*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + ;; + esac + # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on + # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that + # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU + # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. + ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` + case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in + "EV4 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV4.5 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "LCA4 (21066/21068)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV5 (21164)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; + "EV5.7 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; + "EV6 (21264)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + "EV6.7 (21264A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; + "EV6.8CB (21264C)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8AL (21264B)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8CX (21264D)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; + "EV7 (21364)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; + "EV7.9 (21364A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; + esac + # A Pn.n version is a patched version. + # A Vn.n version is a released version. + # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. + # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. + # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + exit ;; + Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead + # of the specific Alpha model? + echo alpha-pc-interix + exit ;; + 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) + echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 + exit ;; + Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos + exit ;; + *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos + exit ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit ;; + *:z/VM:*:*) + echo s390-ibm-zvmoe + exit ;; + *:OS400:*:*) + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + exit ;; + arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) + echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-riscos + exit ;; + SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp + exit ;; + Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) + # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. + if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then + echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 + else + echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd + fi + exit ;; + NILE*:*:*:dcosx) + echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 + exit ;; + DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) + echo sparc-icl-nx6 + exit ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) + case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; + esac ;; + s390x:SunOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + SUN_ARCH="i386" + # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. + # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. + # This test works for both compilers. + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + SUN_ARCH="x86_64" + fi + fi + echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) + # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize + # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but + # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. + echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:*:*) + case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in + Series*|S4*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` + ;; + esac + # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. + echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` + exit ;; + sun3*:SunOS:*:*) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` + test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 + case "`/bin/arch`" in + sun3) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + sun4) + echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + esac + exit ;; + aushp:SunOS:*:*) + echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name + # can be virtually everything (everything which is not + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" + # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally + # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not + # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should + # be no problem. + atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + m68k:machten:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + powerpc:machten:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + RISC*:Mach:*:*) + echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 + exit ;; + RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) + echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) + echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) + echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c +#ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ + int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { +#else + int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { +#endif + #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #endif + exit (-1); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && + dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && + SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-motorola-powermax + exit ;; + Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit ;; + Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit ;; + Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powerunix + exit ;; + m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) + echo m88k-harris-cxux7 + exit ;; + m88k:*:4*:R4*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 + exit ;; + m88k:*:3*:R3*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + AViiON:dgux:*:*) + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] + then + echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit ;; + M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) + echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 + exit ;; + M88*:*:R3*:*) + # Delta 88k system running SVR3 + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) + echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 + exit ;; + Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) + echo m68k-tektronix-bsd + exit ;; + *:IRIX*:*:*) + echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` + exit ;; + ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + i*86:AIX:*:*) + echo i386-ibm-aix + exit ;; + ia64:AIX:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit ;; + *:AIX:2:3) + if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + + main() + { + if (!__power_pc()) + exit(1); + puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); + exit(0); + } +EOF + if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` + then + echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + fi + elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 + fi + exit ;; + *:AIX:*:[456]) + IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` + if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + IBM_ARCH=rs6000 + else + IBM_ARCH=powerpc + fi + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit ;; + *:AIX:*:*) + echo rs6000-ibm-aix + exit ;; + ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) + echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 + exit ;; + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and + echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to + exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + *:BOSX:*:*) + echo rs6000-bull-bosx + exit ;; + DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) + echo m68k-bull-sysv3 + exit ;; + 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd + exit ;; + hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 + exit ;; + 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; + 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; + 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 + esac ;; + esac + fi + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include + #include + + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } +EOF + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` + test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa + fi ;; + esac + if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] + then + eval $set_cc_for_build + + # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating + # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler + # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: + # + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess + # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess + # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 + + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | + grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + then + HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" + else + HP_ARCH="hppa64" + fi + fi + echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit ;; + 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + int + main () + { + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns + true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct + results, however. */ + if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) + { + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + } + } + else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) + puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + exit (0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 + exit ;; + 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd + exit ;; + 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd + exit ;; + *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix + exit ;; + hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-osf + exit ;; + hp8??:OSF1:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-osf + exit ;; + i*86:OSF1:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 + fi + exit ;; + parisc*:Lites*:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-lites + exit ;; + C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit ;; + C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit ;; + CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) + echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ + | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ + -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ + -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*TS:*:*:*) + echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) + echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:FreeBSD:*:*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + pc98) + echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + amd64) + echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + *) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + esac + exit ;; + i*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin + exit ;; + *:MINGW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 + exit ;; + i*:windows32*:*) + # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 + exit ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit ;; + *:Interix*:[3456]*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + x86) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel) + echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + IA64) + echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + esac ;; + [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) + echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks + exit ;; + i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we + # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? + echo i586-pc-interix + exit ;; + i*:UWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin + exit ;; + amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin + exit ;; + p*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin + exit ;; + prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + *:GNU:*:*) + # the GNU system + echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` + exit ;; + *:GNU/*:*:*) + # other systems with GNU libc and userland + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu + exit ;; + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit ;; + arm*:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ + then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi + fi + exit ;; + avr32*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + cris:Linux:*:*) + echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + crisv32:Linux:*:*) + echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + frv:Linux:*:*) + echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + ia64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + m32r*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + m68*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + mips:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef mips + #undef mipsel + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=mipsel + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=mips + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' + /^CPU/{ + s: ::g + p + }'`" + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + ;; + mips64:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef mips64 + #undef mips64el + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=mips64el + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=mips64 + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' + /^CPU/{ + s: ::g + p + }'`" + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + ;; + or32:Linux:*:*) + echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + exit ;; + padre:Linux:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + esac + exit ;; + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux + exit ;; + sh64*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + sh*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + vax:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu + exit ;; + x86_64:Linux:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + xtensa*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so + # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent + # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. + # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. + ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ + | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d + s/[ ][ ]*/ /g + s/.*supported targets: *// + s/ .*// + p'` + case "$ld_supported_targets" in + elf32-i386) + TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" + ;; + a.out-i386-linux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" + exit ;; + "") + # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or + # one that does not give us useful --help. + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" + exit ;; + esac + # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + #ifdef __ELF__ + # ifdef __GLIBC__ + # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 + LIBC=gnu + # else + LIBC=gnulibc1 + # endif + # else + LIBC=gnulibc1 + # endif + #else + #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) + LIBC=gnu + #else + LIBC=gnuaout + #endif + #endif + #ifdef __dietlibc__ + LIBC=dietlibc + #endif +EOF + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' + /^LIBC/{ + s: ::g + p + }'`" + test x"${LIBC}" != x && { + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" + exit + } + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } + ;; + i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) + # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. + # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both + # sysname and nodename. + echo i386-sequent-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # I just have to hope. -- rms. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} + exit ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit ;; + i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop + exit ;; + i*86:atheos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos + exit ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable + exit ;; + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; + i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` + if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} + fi + exit ;; + i*86:*:5:[678]*) + # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in + *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; + *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; + *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} + exit ;; + i*86:*:3.2:*) + if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then + UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` + (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 + fi + exit ;; + pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. + # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub + # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that + # this is a cross-build. + echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; + Intel:Mach:3*:*) + echo i386-pc-mach3 + exit ;; + paragon:*:*:*) + echo i860-intel-osf1 + exit ;; + i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 + if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 + else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. + echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 + fi + exit ;; + mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) + # "miniframe" + echo m68010-convergent-sysv + exit ;; + mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) + echo m68k-convergent-sysv + exit ;; + M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) + echo m68k-diab-dnix + exit ;; + M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) + test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; + 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) + OS_REL='' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) + OS_REL='.3' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + echo m68k-atari-sysv4 + exit ;; + TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) + echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit ;; + RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:SINIX-*:*:*) + if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 + else + echo ns32k-sni-sysv + fi + exit ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) + # From Gerald Hewes . + # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm + echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:*:*:FTX*) + # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. + echo i860-stratus-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos + exit ;; + *:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos + exit ;; + mc68*:A/UX:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) + echo mips-sony-newsos6 + exit ;; + R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) + if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then + echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit ;; + BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. + echo powerpc-be-beos + exit ;; + BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. + echo powerpc-apple-beos + exit ;; + BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-beos + exit ;; + BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-haiku + exit ;; + SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit ;; + NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + if test "$cputype" = "386"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 + exit ;; + *:TOPS-10:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 + exit ;; + *:TENEX:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tenex + exit ;; + KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-dec-tops20 + exit ;; + XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 + exit ;; + *:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 + exit ;; + *:ITS:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-its + exit ;; + SEI:*:*:SEIUX) + echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:DragonFly:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; + esac ;; + *:XENIX:*:SysV) + echo i386-pc-xenix + exit ;; + i*86:skyos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' + exit ;; + i*86:rdos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos + exit ;; + i*86:AROS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros + exit ;; +esac + +#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 +#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 + +eval $set_cc_for_build +cat >$dummy.c < +# include +#endif +main () +{ +#if defined (sony) +#if defined (MIPSEB) + /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, + I don't know.... */ + printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#else +#include + printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", +#ifdef NEWSOS4 + "4" +#else + "" +#endif + ); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) + printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) + printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (NeXT) +#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) +#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" +#endif + int version; + version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; + if (version < 4) + printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + else + printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) +#if defined (UMAXV) + printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); +#else +#if defined (CMU) + printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); +#else + printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__386BSD__) + printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (sequent) +#if defined (i386) + printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#if defined (ns32000) + printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (_SEQUENT_) + struct utsname un; + + uname(&un); + + if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); + } + if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); + } + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); + +#endif + +#if defined (vax) +# if !defined (ultrix) +# include +# if defined (BSD) +# if BSD == 43 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); +# else +# if BSD == 199006 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) + printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + + exit (1); +} +EOF + +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + +# Apollos put the system type in the environment. + +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } + +# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) + +if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] +then + case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in + c1*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit ;; + c2*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit ;; + c34*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit ;; + c38*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit ;; + c4*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit ;; + esac +fi + +cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed +information to handle your system. + +config.guess timestamp = $timestamp + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} +UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} +UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} +UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} +EOF + +exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dba7822 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */ + +/* always defined to indicate that i18n is enabled */ +#undef ENABLE_NLS + +/* GConf defaults source */ +#undef GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE + +/* GConf mandatory source */ +#undef GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE + +/* The gettext package */ +#undef GETTEXT_PACKAGE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `bind_textdomain_codeset' function. */ +#undef HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `dcgettext' function. */ +#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H + +/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ +#undef HAVE_GETTEXT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H + +/* Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES. */ +#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDINT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRING_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H + +/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. + */ +#undef LT_OBJDIR + +/* Name of package */ +#undef PACKAGE + +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ +#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT + +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_NAME + +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_STRING + +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME + +/* Define to the version of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_VERSION + +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#undef STDC_HEADERS + +/* Version number of package */ +#undef VERSION diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a39437d --- /dev/null +++ b/config.sub @@ -0,0 +1,1686 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Configuration validation subroutine script. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2009-04-17' + +# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. +# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software +# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. +# +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + + +# Please send patches to . Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# +# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. +# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. +# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. +# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. + +# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages +# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases +# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. +# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations +# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish +# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless +# configuration. + +# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given +# machine specification into a single specification in the form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS + $0 [OPTION] ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo $1 + exit ;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; +esac + +# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). +# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. +maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` +case $maybe_os in + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ + uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ + kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ + storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + os=-$maybe_os + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` + ;; + *) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` + if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] + then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` + else os=; fi + ;; +esac + +### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so +### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also +### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we +### can provide default operating systems below. +case $os in + -sun*os*) + # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. + ;; + -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ + -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ + -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ + -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ + -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ + -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -scout) + ;; + -wrs) + os=-vxworks + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusos*) + os=-chorusos + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusrdb) + os=-chorusrdb + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -hiux*) + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + -sco6) + os=-sco5v6 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco5) + os=-sco3.2v5 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco4) + os=-sco3.2v4 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2.[4-9]*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2v[4-9]*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco5v6*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco*) + os=-sco3.2v2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -udk*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -isc) + os=-isc2.2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -clix*) + basic_machine=clipper-intergraph + ;; + -isc*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -lynx*) + os=-lynxos + ;; + -ptx*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` + ;; + -windowsnt*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` + ;; + -psos*) + os=-psos + ;; + -mint | -mint[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; +esac + +# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. +case $basic_machine in + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. + # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. + 1750a | 580 \ + | a29k \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ + | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | am33_2.0 \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ + | bfin \ + | c4x | clipper \ + | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ + | fido | fr30 | frv \ + | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ + | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | lm32 \ + | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ + | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ + | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ + | mips16 \ + | mips64 | mips64el \ + | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ + | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ + | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ + | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ + | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ + | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ + | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ + | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ + | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ + | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ + | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | moxie \ + | mt \ + | msp430 \ + | nios | nios2 \ + | ns16k | ns32k \ + | or32 \ + | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ + | pyramid \ + | score \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh64 | sh64le \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ + | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ + | spu | strongarm \ + | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ + | v850 | v850e \ + | we32k \ + | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | z8k | z80) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) + # Motorola 68HC11/12. + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; + m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) + ;; + ms1) + basic_machine=mt-unknown + ;; + + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' + # because (1) that's what they normally are, and + # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. + i*86 | x86_64) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc + ;; + # Object if more than one company name word. + *-*-*) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. + 580-* \ + | a29k-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ + | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ + | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ + | avr-* | avr32-* \ + | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ + | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ + | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ + | elxsi-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ + | h8300-* | h8500-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ + | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ + | lm32-* \ + | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ + | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \ + | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ + | mips16-* \ + | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ + | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ + | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ + | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ + | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ + | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ + | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ + | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ + | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ + | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ + | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ + | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ + | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | mmix-* \ + | mt-* \ + | msp430-* \ + | nios-* | nios2-* \ + | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | orion-* \ + | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ + | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ + | pyramid-* \ + | romp-* | rs6000-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ + | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ + | sparclite-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ + | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \ + | tron-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | we32k-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ + | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ + | ymp-* \ + | z8k-* | z80-*) + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. + xtensa*) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand + # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. + 386bsd) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-bsd + ;; + 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) + basic_machine=m68000-att + ;; + 3b*) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + a29khif) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + abacus) + basic_machine=abacus-unknown + ;; + adobe68k) + basic_machine=m68010-adobe + os=-scout + ;; + alliant | fx80) + basic_machine=fx80-alliant + ;; + altos | altos3068) + basic_machine=m68k-altos + ;; + am29k) + basic_machine=a29k-none + os=-bsd + ;; + amd64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + ;; + amd64-*) + basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + amdahl) + basic_machine=580-amdahl + os=-sysv + ;; + amiga | amiga-*) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + ;; + amigaos | amigados) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-amigaos + ;; + amigaunix | amix) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-sysv4 + ;; + apollo68) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-sysv + ;; + apollo68bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-bsd + ;; + aros) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-aros + ;; + aux) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + os=-aux + ;; + balance) + basic_machine=ns32k-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + blackfin) + basic_machine=bfin-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + blackfin-*) + basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + c90) + basic_machine=c90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + cegcc) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-cegcc + ;; + convex-c1) + basic_machine=c1-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c2) + basic_machine=c2-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c32) + basic_machine=c32-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c34) + basic_machine=c34-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c38) + basic_machine=c38-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + cray | j90) + basic_machine=j90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + craynv) + basic_machine=craynv-cray + os=-unicosmp + ;; + cr16) + basic_machine=cr16-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + crds | unos) + basic_machine=m68k-crds + ;; + crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) + basic_machine=crisv32-axis + ;; + cris | cris-* | etrax*) + basic_machine=cris-axis + ;; + crx) + basic_machine=crx-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + da30 | da30-*) + basic_machine=m68k-da30 + ;; + decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) + basic_machine=mips-dec + ;; + decsystem10* | dec10*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops10 + ;; + decsystem20* | dec20*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops20 + ;; + delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ + | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) + basic_machine=m68k-motorola + ;; + delta88) + basic_machine=m88k-motorola + os=-sysv3 + ;; + dicos) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-dicos + ;; + djgpp) + basic_machine=i586-pc + os=-msdosdjgpp + ;; + dpx20 | dpx20-*) + basic_machine=rs6000-bull + os=-bosx + ;; + dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv3 + ;; + ebmon29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-ebmon + ;; + elxsi) + basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi + os=-bsd + ;; + encore | umax | mmax) + basic_machine=ns32k-encore + ;; + es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) + basic_machine=m68k-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + fx2800) + basic_machine=i860-alliant + ;; + genix) + basic_machine=ns32k-ns + ;; + gmicro) + basic_machine=tron-gmicro + os=-sysv + ;; + go32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-go32 + ;; + h3050r* | hiux*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + h8300hms) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + h8300xray) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-xray + ;; + h8500hms) + basic_machine=h8500-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + harris) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-sysv3 + ;; + hp300-*) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp300bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-bsd + ;; + hp300hpux) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-hpux + ;; + hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) + basic_machine=m68000-hp + ;; + hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hppa-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + hppaosf) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-osf + ;; + hppro) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-proelf + ;; + i370-ibm* | ibm*) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + ;; +# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? + i*86v32) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv32 + ;; + i*86v4*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv4 + ;; + i*86v) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv + ;; + i*86sol2) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-solaris2 + ;; + i386mach) + basic_machine=i386-mach + os=-mach + ;; + i386-vsta | vsta) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-vsta + ;; + iris | iris4d) + basic_machine=mips-sgi + case $os in + -irix*) + ;; + *) + os=-irix4 + ;; + esac + ;; + isi68 | isi) + basic_machine=m68k-isi + os=-sysv + ;; + m68knommu) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + m68knommu-*) + basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + m88k-omron*) + basic_machine=m88k-omron + ;; + magnum | m3230) + basic_machine=mips-mips + os=-sysv + ;; + merlin) + basic_machine=ns32k-utek + os=-sysv + ;; + mingw32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + mingw32ce) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-mingw32ce + ;; + miniframe) + basic_machine=m68000-convergent + ;; + *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; + mips3*-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` + ;; + mips3*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown + ;; + monitor) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + morphos) + basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + os=-morphos + ;; + msdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-msdos + ;; + ms1-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` + ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; + ncr3000) + basic_machine=i486-ncr + os=-sysv4 + ;; + netbsd386) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-netbsd + ;; + netwinder) + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel + os=-linux + ;; + news | news700 | news800 | news900) + basic_machine=m68k-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news1000) + basic_machine=m68030-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news-3600 | risc-news) + basic_machine=mips-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + necv70) + basic_machine=v70-nec + os=-sysv + ;; + next | m*-next ) + basic_machine=m68k-next + case $os in + -nextstep* ) + ;; + -ns2*) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + *) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + esac + ;; + nh3000) + basic_machine=m68k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nh[45]000) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nindy960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-nindy + ;; + mon960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-mon960 + ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=-nonstopux + ;; + np1) + basic_machine=np1-gould + ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; + op50n-* | op60c-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + os=-proelf + ;; + openrisc | openrisc-*) + basic_machine=or32-unknown + ;; + os400) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-os400 + ;; + OSE68000 | ose68000) + basic_machine=m68000-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + os68k) + basic_machine=m68k-none + os=-os68k + ;; + pa-hitachi) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + paragon) + basic_machine=i860-intel + os=-osf + ;; + parisc) + basic_machine=hppa-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + parisc-*) + basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + pbd) + basic_machine=sparc-tti + ;; + pbb) + basic_machine=m68k-tti + ;; + pc532 | pc532-*) + basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 + ;; + pc98) + basic_machine=i386-pc + ;; + pc98-*) + basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) + basic_machine=i586-pc + ;; + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentium4) + basic_machine=i786-pc + ;; + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) + basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentium4-*) + basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pn) + basic_machine=pn-gould + ;; + power) basic_machine=power-ibm + ;; + ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ;; + ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) + basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown + ;; + ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) + basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown + ;; + ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown + ;; + ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ps2) + basic_machine=i386-ibm + ;; + pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=-pw32 + ;; + rdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-rdos + ;; + rom68k) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + rm[46]00) + basic_machine=mips-siemens + ;; + rtpc | rtpc-*) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + s390 | s390-*) + basic_machine=s390-ibm + ;; + s390x | s390x-*) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + ;; + sa29200) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + sb1) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown + ;; + sb1el) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown + ;; + sde) + basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde + os=-elf + ;; + sei) + basic_machine=mips-sei + os=-seiux + ;; + sequent) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + ;; + sh) + basic_machine=sh-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + sh5el) + basic_machine=sh5le-unknown + ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; + sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) + basic_machine=sparclite-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + sps7) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv2 + ;; + spur) + basic_machine=spur-unknown + ;; + st2000) + basic_machine=m68k-tandem + ;; + stratus) + basic_machine=i860-stratus + os=-sysv4 + ;; + sun2) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + ;; + sun2os3) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun2os4) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun3os3) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun3os4) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4os3) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun4os4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4sol2) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-solaris2 + ;; + sun3 | sun3-*) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + ;; + sun4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) + basic_machine=i386-sun + ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + symmetry) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + t3e) + basic_machine=alphaev5-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + t90) + basic_machine=t90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + tic54x | c54x*) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tic55x | c55x*) + basic_machine=tic55x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tic6x | c6x*) + basic_machine=tic6x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tile*) + basic_machine=tile-unknown + os=-linux-gnu + ;; + tx39) + basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown + ;; + tx39el) + basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown + ;; + toad1) + basic_machine=pdp10-xkl + os=-tops20 + ;; + tower | tower-32) + basic_machine=m68k-ncr + ;; + tpf) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + os=-tpf + ;; + udi29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + ultra3) + basic_machine=a29k-nyu + os=-sym1 + ;; + v810 | necv810) + basic_machine=v810-nec + os=-none + ;; + vaxv) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-sysv + ;; + vms) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-vms + ;; + vpp*|vx|vx-*) + basic_machine=f301-fujitsu + ;; + vxworks960) + basic_machine=i960-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks68) + basic_machine=m68k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks29k) + basic_machine=a29k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + w65*) + basic_machine=w65-wdc + os=-none + ;; + w89k-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + os=-proelf + ;; + xbox) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + xps | xps100) + basic_machine=xps100-honeywell + ;; + ymp) + basic_machine=ymp-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + z8k-*-coff) + basic_machine=z8k-unknown + os=-sim + ;; + z80-*-coff) + basic_machine=z80-unknown + os=-sim + ;; + none) + basic_machine=none-none + os=-none + ;; + +# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in +# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. + w89k) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + ;; + op50n) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + op60c) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + romp) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + mmix) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + ;; + rs6000) + basic_machine=rs6000-ibm + ;; + vax) + basic_machine=vax-dec + ;; + pdp10) + # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet + basic_machine=pdp10-unknown + ;; + pdp11) + basic_machine=pdp11-dec + ;; + we32k) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + cydra) + basic_machine=cydra-cydrome + ;; + orion) + basic_machine=orion-highlevel + ;; + orion105) + basic_machine=clipper-highlevel + ;; + mac | mpw | mac-mpw) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + ;; + pmac | pmac-mpw) + basic_machine=powerpc-apple + ;; + *-unknown) + # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. + ;; + *) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. +case $basic_machine in + *-digital*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` + ;; + *-commodore*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. + +if [ x"$os" != x"" ] +then +case $os in + # First match some system type aliases + # that might get confused with valid system types. + # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` + ;; + -solaris) + os=-solaris2 + ;; + -svr4*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -unixware*) + os=-sysv4.2uw + ;; + -gnu/linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + # First accept the basic system types. + # The portable systems comes first. + # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. + # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. + -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ + | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ + | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ + | -kopensolaris* \ + | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ + | -aos* | -aros* \ + | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ + | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ + | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ + | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ + | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ + | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ + | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ + | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ + | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ + | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ + | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ + | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ + | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ + | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) + # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. + ;; + -qnx*) + case $basic_machine in + x86-* | i*86-*) + ;; + *) + os=-nto$os + ;; + esac + ;; + -nto-qnx*) + ;; + -nto*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` + ;; + -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ + | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ + | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) + ;; + -mac*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` + ;; + -linux-dietlibc) + os=-linux-dietlibc + ;; + -linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + -sunos5*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` + ;; + -sunos6*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` + ;; + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; + -os400*) + os=-os400 + ;; + -wince*) + os=-wince + ;; + -osfrose*) + os=-osfrose + ;; + -osf*) + os=-osf + ;; + -utek*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -dynix*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -acis*) + os=-aos + ;; + -atheos*) + os=-atheos + ;; + -syllable*) + os=-syllable + ;; + -386bsd) + os=-bsd + ;; + -ctix* | -uts*) + os=-sysv + ;; + -nova*) + os=-rtmk-nova + ;; + -ns2 ) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + -nsk*) + os=-nsk + ;; + # Preserve the version number of sinix5. + -sinix5.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` + ;; + -sinix*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -tpf*) + os=-tpf + ;; + -triton*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -oss*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -svr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -svr3) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -sysvr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + # This must come after -sysvr4. + -sysv*) + ;; + -ose*) + os=-ose + ;; + -es1800*) + os=-ose + ;; + -xenix) + os=-xenix + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + os=-mint + ;; + -aros*) + os=-aros + ;; + -kaos*) + os=-kaos + ;; + -zvmoe) + os=-zvmoe + ;; + -dicos*) + os=-dicos + ;; + -none) + ;; + *) + # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. + os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac +else + +# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. +# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their +# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. + +# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, +# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top +# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above +# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating +# system, and we'll never get to this point. + +case $basic_machine in + score-*) + os=-elf + ;; + spu-*) + os=-elf + ;; + *-acorn) + os=-riscix1.2 + ;; + arm*-rebel) + os=-linux + ;; + arm*-semi) + os=-aout + ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + # This must come before the *-dec entry. + pdp10-*) + os=-tops20 + ;; + pdp11-*) + os=-none + ;; + *-dec | vax-*) + os=-ultrix4.2 + ;; + m68*-apollo) + os=-domain + ;; + i386-sun) + os=-sunos4.0.2 + ;; + m68000-sun) + os=-sunos3 + # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the + # default. + # os=-sunos4 + ;; + m68*-cisco) + os=-aout + ;; + mep-*) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-cisco) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-*) + os=-elf + ;; + or32-*) + os=-coff + ;; + *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. + os=-sysv3 + ;; + sparc-* | *-sun) + os=-sunos4.1.1 + ;; + *-be) + os=-beos + ;; + *-haiku) + os=-haiku + ;; + *-ibm) + os=-aix + ;; + *-knuth) + os=-mmixware + ;; + *-wec) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-winbond) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-oki) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-hp) + os=-hpux + ;; + *-hitachi) + os=-hiux + ;; + i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-cbm) + os=-amigaos + ;; + *-dg) + os=-dgux + ;; + *-dolphin) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + m68k-ccur) + os=-rtu + ;; + m88k-omron*) + os=-luna + ;; + *-next ) + os=-nextstep + ;; + *-sequent) + os=-ptx + ;; + *-crds) + os=-unos + ;; + *-ns) + os=-genix + ;; + i370-*) + os=-mvs + ;; + *-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + *-gould) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-highlevel) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-encore) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-sgi) + os=-irix + ;; + *-siemens) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + *-masscomp) + os=-rtu + ;; + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) + os=-uxpv + ;; + *-rom68k) + os=-coff + ;; + *-*bug) + os=-coff + ;; + *-apple) + os=-macos + ;; + *-atari*) + os=-mint + ;; + *) + os=-none + ;; +esac +fi + +# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the +# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. +vendor=unknown +case $basic_machine in + *-unknown) + case $os in + -riscix*) + vendor=acorn + ;; + -sunos*) + vendor=sun + ;; + -aix*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -beos*) + vendor=be + ;; + -hpux*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -mpeix*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -hiux*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -unos*) + vendor=crds + ;; + -dgux*) + vendor=dg + ;; + -luna*) + vendor=omron + ;; + -genix*) + vendor=ns + ;; + -mvs* | -opened*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -os400*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -ptx*) + vendor=sequent + ;; + -tpf*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) + vendor=wrs + ;; + -aux*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -hms*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -mpw* | -macos*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + vendor=atari + ;; + -vos*) + vendor=stratus + ;; + esac + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` + ;; +esac + +echo $basic_machine$os +exit + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/configure b/configure new file mode 100755 index 0000000..73a820b --- /dev/null +++ b/configure @@ -0,0 +1,17401 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63 for GConf Editor 2.28.0. +# +# Report bugs to . +# +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + +if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then + if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then + as_have_required=yes +else + as_have_required=no +fi + + if test $as_have_required = yes && (eval ": +(as_func_return () { + (exit \$1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +( + as_lineno_1=\$LINENO + as_lineno_2=\$LINENO + test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" && + test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +") 2> /dev/null; then + : +else + as_candidate_shells= + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + case $as_dir in + /*) + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base" + done;; + esac +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + + for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do + # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. + if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && + { ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + +: +_ASEOF +}; then + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell + as_have_required=yes + if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + +: +(as_func_return () { + (exit $1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +( + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +_ASEOF +}; then + break +fi + +fi + + done + + if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then + for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV + do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var + done + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +fi + + + if test $as_have_required = no; then + echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the + echo shells that I found on your system. Please install a + echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a + echo shell if you do have one. + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + + +fi + +fi + + + +(eval "as_func_return () { + (exit \$1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test \$exitcode = 0") || { + echo No shell found that supports shell functions. + echo Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, + echo including any error possibly output before this message. + echo This can help us improve future autoconf versions. + echo Configuration will now proceed without shell functions. +} + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -p' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + + + +# Check that we are running under the correct shell. +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +case X$lt_ECHO in +X*--fallback-echo) + # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). + ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','` + ;; +esac + +ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo} +if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then + # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. + shift +elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over + : +elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then + # Yippee, $ECHO works! + : +else + # Restart under the correct shell. + exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} +fi + +if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # used as fallback echo + shift + cat <<_LT_EOF +$* +_LT_EOF + exit 0 +fi + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then + if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then + # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it + for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do + # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... + if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null && + { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null + then + break + fi + done + fi + + if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + : + else + # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote + # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using + # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' + # + # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. + + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && + test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + ECHO="$dir/echo" + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + + if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then + # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. + if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. + ECHO='print -r' + elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } && + test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then + # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. + ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL + CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} + else + # Try using printf. + ECHO='printf %s\n' + if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + # Cool, printf works + : + elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL + export CONFIG_SHELL + SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" + export SHELL + ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" + elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" + else + # maybe with a smaller string... + prev=: + + for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do + if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null + then + break + fi + prev="$cmd" + done + + if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then + echo_test_string=`eval $prev` + export echo_test_string + exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"} + else + # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. + ECHO=echo + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi +fi + +# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from +# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. +lt_ECHO=$ECHO +if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then + lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo" +fi + + + + +exec 7<&0 &1 + +# Name of the host. +# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, +# so uname gets run too. +ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` + +# +# Initializations. +# +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +ac_clean_files= +ac_config_libobj_dir=. +LIBOBJS= +cross_compiling=no +subdirs= +MFLAGS= +MAKEFLAGS= +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +# Identity of this package. +PACKAGE_NAME='GConf Editor' +PACKAGE_TARNAME='gconf-editor' +PACKAGE_VERSION='2.28.0' +PACKAGE_STRING='GConf Editor 2.28.0' +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf-editor' + +ac_unique_file="src/main.c" +# Factoring default headers for most tests. +ac_includes_default="\ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +# include +# include +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include +# endif +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H +# include +# endif +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +#endif" + +ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE +am__EXEEXT_TRUE +LTLIBOBJS +LIBOBJS +DISABLE_DEPRECATED +WARN_CFLAGS +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS +MKINSTALLDIRS +POSUB +POFILES +PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE +PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE +INTLLIBS +INSTOBJEXT +GMOFILES +CATOBJEXT +CATALOGS +MSGFMT_OPTS +GETTEXT_PACKAGE +GLIB_GENMARSHAL +DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS +GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS +GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS +HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_FALSE +HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_TRUE +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS +ENABLE_SK_FALSE +ENABLE_SK_TRUE +DOC_USER_FORMATS +OMF_DIR +HELP_DIR +PKG_CONFIG +GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_FALSE +GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE +GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR +GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE +GCONFTOOL +OTOOL64 +OTOOL +LIPO +NMEDIT +DSYMUTIL +lt_ECHO +RANLIB +AR +OBJDUMP +LN_S +NM +ac_ct_DUMPBIN +DUMPBIN +LD +FGREP +SED +host_os +host_vendor +host_cpu +host +build_os +build_vendor +build_cpu +build +LIBTOOL +EGREP +GREP +CPP +DATADIRNAME +am__fastdepCC_FALSE +am__fastdepCC_TRUE +CCDEPMODE +AMDEPBACKSLASH +AMDEP_FALSE +AMDEP_TRUE +am__quote +am__include +DEPDIR +OBJEXT +EXEEXT +ac_ct_CC +CPPFLAGS +LDFLAGS +CFLAGS +CC +ALL_LINGUAS +INTLTOOL_PERL +GMSGFMT +MSGFMT +MSGMERGE +XGETTEXT +INTLTOOL_POLICY_RULE +INTLTOOL_SERVICE_RULE +INTLTOOL_THEME_RULE +INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE +INTLTOOL_CAVES_RULE +INTLTOOL_XML_NOMERGE_RULE +INTLTOOL_XML_RULE +INTLTOOL_KBD_RULE +INTLTOOL_XAM_RULE +INTLTOOL_UI_RULE +INTLTOOL_SOUNDLIST_RULE +INTLTOOL_SHEET_RULE +INTLTOOL_SERVER_RULE +INTLTOOL_PONG_RULE +INTLTOOL_OAF_RULE +INTLTOOL_PROP_RULE +INTLTOOL_KEYS_RULE +INTLTOOL_DIRECTORY_RULE +INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT +INTLTOOL_MERGE +INTLTOOL_UPDATE +USE_NLS +MAINT +MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE +MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE +am__untar +am__tar +AMTAR +am__leading_dot +SET_MAKE +AWK +mkdir_p +MKDIR_P +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM +STRIP +install_sh +MAKEINFO +AUTOHEADER +AUTOMAKE +AUTOCONF +ACLOCAL +VERSION +PACKAGE +CYGPATH_W +am__isrc +INSTALL_DATA +INSTALL_SCRIPT +INSTALL_PROGRAM +target_alias +host_alias +build_alias +LIBS +ECHO_T +ECHO_N +ECHO_C +DEFS +mandir +localedir +libdir +psdir +pdfdir +dvidir +htmldir +infodir +docdir +oldincludedir +includedir +localstatedir +sharedstatedir +sysconfdir +datadir +datarootdir +libexecdir +sbindir +bindir +program_transform_name +prefix +exec_prefix +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT +PACKAGE_STRING +PACKAGE_VERSION +PACKAGE_TARNAME +PACKAGE_NAME +PATH_SEPARATOR +SHELL' +ac_subst_files='' +ac_user_opts=' +enable_option_checking +enable_maintainer_mode +enable_nls +enable_dependency_tracking +enable_shared +enable_static +with_pic +enable_fast_install +with_gnu_ld +enable_libtool_lock +with_gconf_source +with_gconf_schema_file_dir +enable_schemas_install +with_help_dir +with_omf_dir +with_help_formats +enable_scrollkeeper +enable_compile_warnings +enable_iso_c +with_gconf_defaults_source +with_gconf_mandatory_source +' + ac_precious_vars='build_alias +host_alias +target_alias +CC +CFLAGS +LDFLAGS +LIBS +CPPFLAGS +CPP +PKG_CONFIG +GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS +GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS' + + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +ac_init_help= +ac_init_version=false +ac_unrecognized_opts= +ac_unrecognized_sep= +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +cache_file=/dev/null +exec_prefix=NONE +no_create= +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE + +# Installation directory options. +# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" +# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix +# by default will actually change. +# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. +# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datarootdir='${prefix}/share' +datadir='${datarootdir}' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' +infodir='${datarootdir}/info' +htmldir='${docdir}' +dvidir='${docdir}' +pdfdir='${docdir}' +psdir='${docdir}' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' +mandir='${datarootdir}/man' + +ac_prev= +ac_dashdash= +for ac_option +do + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case $ac_option in + *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in + --) + ac_dashdash=yes ;; + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build_alias ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; + + --config-cache | -C) + cache_file=config.cache ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) + datadir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ + | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) + ac_prev=datarootdir ;; + -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ + | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) + datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) + ac_prev=docdir ;; + -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) + docdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) + ac_prev=dvidir ;; + -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) + dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) + ac_init_help=long ;; + -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) + ac_init_help=recursive ;; + -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) + ac_init_help=short ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host_alias ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) + ac_prev=htmldir ;; + -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ + | --ht=*) + htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) + ac_prev=localedir ;; + -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) + localedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) + localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; + + -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) + ac_prev=pdfdir ;; + -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) + pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) + ac_prev=psdir ;; + -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) + psdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site=$ac_optarg ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target_alias ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) + ac_init_version=: ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; + + -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + + *=*) + ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg + export $ac_envvar ;; + + *) + # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 + expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 + : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then + case $enable_option_checking in + no) ;; + fatal) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; + esac +fi + +# Check all directory arguments for consistency. +for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ + datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ + oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ + libdir localedir mandir +do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + # Remove trailing slashes. + case $ac_val in + */ ) + ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` + eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; + esac + # Be sure to have absolute directory names. + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; + NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; + esac + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +done + +# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' +# used to hold the argument of --host etc. +# FIXME: To remove some day. +build=$build_alias +host=$host_alias +target=$target_alias + +# FIXME: To remove some day. +if test "x$host_alias" != x; then + if test "x$build_alias" = x; then + cross_compiling=maybe + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. + If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 + elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then + cross_compiling=yes + fi +fi + +ac_tool_prefix= +test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- + +test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null + + +ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && +ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && +ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: working directory cannot be determined" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. + ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || +$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_myself" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" +ac_abs_confdir=`( + cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + pwd)` +# When building in place, set srcdir=. +if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then + srcdir=. +fi +# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. +# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info +# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. +case $srcdir in +*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; +esac +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} +done + +# +# Report the --help message. +# +if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat <<_ACEOF +\`configure' configures GConf Editor 2.28.0 to adapt to many kinds of systems. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... + +To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as +VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. + +Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. + +Configuration: + -h, --help display this help and exit + --help=short display options specific to this package + --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages + -V, --version display version information and exit + -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] + -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' + -n, --no-create do not create output files + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] + +Installation directories: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [PREFIX] + +By default, \`make install' will install all the files in +\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify +an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', +for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. + +For better control, use the options below. + +Fine tuning of the installation directories: + --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] + --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] + --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] + --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] + --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] + --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/gconf-editor] + --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] + --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] + --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] + --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] +_ACEOF + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Program names: + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names + +System types: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] + --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] +_ACEOF +fi + +if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then + case $ac_init_help in + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of GConf Editor 2.28.0:";; + esac + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Optional Features: + --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --disable-maintainer-mode disable make rules and dependencies not useful + (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer + --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support + --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build + --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors + --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] + --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] + --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] + optimize for fast installation [default=yes] + --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) + --disable-schemas-install + Disable the schemas installation + --disable-scrollkeeper do not make updates to the scrollkeeper database + --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes/maximum/error] + Turn on compiler warnings + --enable-iso-c Try to warn if code is not ISO C + +Optional Packages: + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --with-pic try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use + both] + --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] + --with-gconf-source=sourceaddress + Config database for installing schema files. + --with-gconf-schema-file-dir=dir + Directory for installing schema files. + --with-help-dir=DIR path to help docs + --with-omf-dir=DIR path to OMF files + --with-help-formats=FORMATS + list of formats + --with-gconf-defaults-source + The GConf source of the default values + --with-gconf-mandatory-source + The GConf source of the mandatory values + +Some influential environment variables: + CC C compiler command + CFLAGS C compiler flags + LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a + nonstandard directory + LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l + CPPFLAGS C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if + you have headers in a nonstandard directory + CPP C preprocessor + PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility + GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS + C compiler flags for GCONF_EDITOR, overriding pkg-config + GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS + linker flags for GCONF_EDITOR, overriding pkg-config + +Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help +it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. + +Report bugs to . +_ACEOF +ac_status=$? +fi + +if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then + # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. + for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue + test -d "$ac_dir" || + { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || + continue + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } + # Check for guested configure. + if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive + elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive + else + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 + fi || ac_status=$? + cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } + done +fi + +test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status +if $ac_init_version; then + cat <<\_ACEOF +GConf Editor configure 2.28.0 +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63 + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +_ACEOF + exit +fi +cat >config.log <<_ACEOF +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. + +It was created by GConf Editor $as_me 2.28.0, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63. Invocation command line was + + $ $0 $@ + +_ACEOF +exec 5>>config.log +{ +cat <<_ASUNAME +## --------- ## +## Platform. ## +## --------- ## + +hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +_ASUNAME + +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +} >&5 + +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF + + +## ----------- ## +## Core tests. ## +## ----------- ## + +_ACEOF + + +# Keep a trace of the command line. +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. +# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. +# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. +ac_configure_args= +ac_configure_args0= +ac_configure_args1= +ac_must_keep_next=false +for ac_pass in 1 2 +do + for ac_arg + do + case $ac_arg in + -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + continue ;; + *\'*) + ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + case $ac_pass in + 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; + 2) + ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" + if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then + ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. + else + case $ac_arg in + *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ + | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ + | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ + | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) + case "$ac_configure_args0 " in + "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; + esac + ;; + -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; + esac + fi + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" + ;; + esac + done +done +$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } +$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } + +# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete +# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there +# would cause problems or look ugly. +# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. +# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. +trap 'exit_status=$? + # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. + { + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ---------------- ## +## Cache variables. ## +## ---------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + sed -n \ + "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" + ;; #( + *) + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------------- ## +## Output variables. ## +## ----------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + + if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ------------------- ## +## File substitutions. ## +## ------------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_files + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + fi + + if test -s confdefs.h; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------- ## +## confdefs.h. ## +## ----------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + cat confdefs.h + echo + fi + test "$ac_signal" != 0 && + $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" + $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" + } >&5 + rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && + rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && + exit $exit_status +' 0 +for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do + trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal +done +ac_signal=0 + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h + +# Predefined preprocessor variables. + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" +_ACEOF + + +# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. +# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +ac_site_file1=NONE +ac_site_file2=NONE +if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE +elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site +else + ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site +fi +for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" +do + test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} + sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special + # files actually), so we avoid doing that. + if test -f "$cache_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} + case $cache_file in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; + *) . "./$cache_file";; + esac + fi +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + >$cache_file +fi + +# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same +# value. +ac_cache_corrupted=false +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value + eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value + case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in + set,) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,set) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,);; + *) + if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then + # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. + ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` + ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` + if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} + eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} + fi;; + esac + # Pass precious variables to config.status. + if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then + case $ac_new_val in + *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; + esac + case " $ac_configure_args " in + *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + esac + fi +done +if $ac_cache_corrupted; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + + +am__api_version='1.11' + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do + if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, +# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. +# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory +# whose full name contains unusual characters. +ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. +ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. +ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. + + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs +# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. +case $as_dir/ in + ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ + /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ + ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ + /usr/ucb/* ) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root + # by default. + for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + : + elif test $ac_prog = install && + grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. + : + else + rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir + echo one > conftest.one + echo two > conftest.two + mkdir conftest.dir + if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && + test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && + test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && + test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two + then + ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" + break 3 + fi + fi + fi + done + done + ;; +esac + +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + INSTALL=$ac_install_sh + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 +$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory +# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. +am_lf=' +' +case `pwd` in + *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unsafe absolute working directory name" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: unsafe absolute working directory name" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +case $srcdir in + *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac + +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$*" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi + + test "$2" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +test "$program_prefix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" +# Use a double $ so make ignores it. +test "$program_suffix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" +# Double any \ or $. +# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. +ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' +program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` + +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` + +if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; + *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; + esac +fi +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} +fi + +if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; + *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" + esac +fi + +# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user +# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right +# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake +# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP +if test -n "$STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then + ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP + # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP +if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then + STRIP=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP + fi +else + STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" +fi + +fi +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } +if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then + if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue + case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( + 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ + 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ + 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) + ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext + break 3;; + esac + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi + + if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then + MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version + MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 +$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } + +mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" +case $mkdir_p in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; + */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; +esac + +for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK +if test -n "$AWK"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 +$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$AWK" && break +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } +set x ${MAKE-make} +ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` +if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF +SHELL = /bin/sh +all: + @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' +_ACEOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in + *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; + *) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; +esac +rm -f conftest.make +fi +if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + SET_MAKE= +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + +rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null +mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null +if test -d .tst; then + am__leading_dot=. +else + am__leading_dot=_ +fi +rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null + +if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then + # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output + # is not polluted with repeated "-I." + am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' + # test to see if srcdir already configured + if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +fi + +# test whether we have cygpath +if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then + if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' + else + CYGPATH_W=echo + fi +fi + + +# Define the identity of the package. + PACKAGE='gconf-editor' + VERSION='2.28.0' + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define VERSION "$VERSION" +_ACEOF + +# Some tools Automake needs. + +ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} + + +AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} + + +AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} + + +AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} + + +MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} + +# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on +# some platforms. +# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. + +AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} + +am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' + + + + + +ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" + + +if test -z "$enable_maintainer_mode"; then + enable_maintainer_mode=yes +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to disable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to disable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. +if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval +else + USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=yes +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 +$as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } + if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then + MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= + MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' +else + MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' + MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= +fi + + MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether NLS is requested... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-nls was given. +if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_nls; USE_NLS=$enableval +else + USE_NLS=yes +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_NLS" >&5 +$as_echo "$USE_NLS" >&6; } + + +DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" + +ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" + + +am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +am__doit: + @echo this is the am__doit target +.PHONY: am__doit +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } +am__include="#" +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. +case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( +*the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU + ;; +esac +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( + *the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=.include + am__quote="\"" + _am_result=BSD + ;; + esac +fi + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $_am_result" >&5 +$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } +rm -f confinc confmf + +# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. +if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; +fi + +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' +fi + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + AMDEP_TRUE= + AMDEP_FALSE='#' +else + AMDEP_TRUE='#' + AMDEP_FALSE= +fi + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" +# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. +# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition +# of exeext. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } +ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` + +# The possible output files: +ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" + +ac_rmfiles= +for ac_file in $ac_files +do + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; + esac +done +rm -f $ac_rmfiles + +if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. +# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' +# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, +# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to +# Autoconf. +for ac_file in $ac_files '' +do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) + ;; + [ab].out ) + # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most + # certainly right. + break;; + *.* ) + if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; + then :; else + ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + fi + # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not + # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' + # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. + # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of + # actually working. + break;; + * ) + break;; + esac +done +test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= + +else + ac_file='' +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } +if test -z "$ac_file"; then + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; } +fi + +ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext + +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } +# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 +# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + if { ac_try='./$ac_file' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + cross_compiling=no + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + fi + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + +rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) +# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will +# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with +# `rm'. +for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + break;; + * ) break;; + esac +done +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +fi + +rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext +ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue; + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; + *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` + break;; + esac +done +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +fi + +rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } +OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext +ac_objext=$OBJEXT +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + CFLAGS="" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } +if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 +$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } +CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type + + if + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then + am__fastdepCC_TRUE= + am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' +else + am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' + am__fastdepCC_FALSE= +fi + + + + + +case "$am__api_version" in + 1.01234) + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Automake 1.5 or newer is required to use intltool" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: Automake 1.5 or newer is required to use intltool" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +if test -n "0.35.0"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for intltool >= 0.35.0" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for intltool >= 0.35.0... " >&6; } + + INTLTOOL_REQUIRED_VERSION_AS_INT=`echo 0.35.0 | awk -F. '{ print $ 1 * 1000 + $ 2 * 100 + $ 3; }'` + INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION=`intltool-update --version | head -1 | cut -d" " -f3` + INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION_AS_INT=`echo $INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION | awk -F. '{ print $ 1 * 1000 + $ 2 * 100 + $ 3; }'` + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION found" >&5 +$as_echo "$INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION found" >&6; } + test "$INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION_AS_INT" -ge "$INTLTOOL_REQUIRED_VERSION_AS_INT" || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Your intltool is too old. You need intltool 0.35.0 or later." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: Your intltool is too old. You need intltool 0.35.0 or later." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +# Extract the first word of "intltool-update", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy intltool-update; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_UPDATE+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $INTLTOOL_UPDATE in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_UPDATE="$INTLTOOL_UPDATE" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_UPDATE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +INTLTOOL_UPDATE=$ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_UPDATE +if test -n "$INTLTOOL_UPDATE"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INTLTOOL_UPDATE" >&5 +$as_echo "$INTLTOOL_UPDATE" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +# Extract the first word of "intltool-merge", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy intltool-merge; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_MERGE+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $INTLTOOL_MERGE in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_MERGE="$INTLTOOL_MERGE" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_MERGE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +INTLTOOL_MERGE=$ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_MERGE +if test -n "$INTLTOOL_MERGE"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INTLTOOL_MERGE" >&5 +$as_echo "$INTLTOOL_MERGE" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +# Extract the first word of "intltool-extract", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy intltool-extract; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_EXTRACT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $INTLTOOL_EXTRACT in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_EXTRACT="$INTLTOOL_EXTRACT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_EXTRACT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT=$ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_EXTRACT +if test -n "$INTLTOOL_EXTRACT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INTLTOOL_EXTRACT" >&5 +$as_echo "$INTLTOOL_EXTRACT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +if test -z "$INTLTOOL_UPDATE" -o -z "$INTLTOOL_MERGE" -o -z "$INTLTOOL_EXTRACT"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: The intltool scripts were not found. Please install intltool." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: The intltool scripts were not found. Please install intltool." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + + INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE='%.desktop: %.desktop.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' +INTLTOOL_DIRECTORY_RULE='%.directory: %.directory.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_KEYS_RULE='%.keys: %.keys.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -k -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_PROP_RULE='%.prop: %.prop.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_OAF_RULE='%.oaf: %.oaf.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -o -p $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_PONG_RULE='%.pong: %.pong.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_SERVER_RULE='%.server: %.server.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -o -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_SHEET_RULE='%.sheet: %.sheet.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' +INTLTOOL_SOUNDLIST_RULE='%.soundlist: %.soundlist.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_UI_RULE='%.ui: %.ui.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_XML_RULE='%.xml: %.xml.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_XML_NOMERGE_RULE='%.xml: %.xml.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u /tmp $< $@' + INTLTOOL_XAM_RULE='%.xam: %.xml.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_KBD_RULE='%.kbd: %.kbd.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -m -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_CAVES_RULE='%.caves: %.caves.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE='%.schemas: %.schemas.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -s -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_THEME_RULE='%.theme: %.theme.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_SERVICE_RULE='%.service: %.service.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + INTLTOOL_POLICY_RULE='%.policy: %.policy.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< $@' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# Check the gettext tools to make sure they are GNU +# Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $XGETTEXT in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +XGETTEXT=$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT +if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $XGETTEXT" >&5 +$as_echo "$XGETTEXT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +# Extract the first word of "msgmerge", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy msgmerge; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MSGMERGE in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE="$MSGMERGE" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +MSGMERGE=$ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE +if test -n "$MSGMERGE"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MSGMERGE" >&5 +$as_echo "$MSGMERGE" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +# Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGFMT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MSGFMT in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +MSGFMT=$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT +if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MSGFMT" >&5 +$as_echo "$MSGFMT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +# Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $GMSGFMT in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" + ;; +esac +fi +GMSGFMT=$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT +if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $GMSGFMT" >&5 +$as_echo "$GMSGFMT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" -o -z "$MSGMERGE" -o -z "$MSGFMT"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: GNU gettext tools not found; required for intltool" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: GNU gettext tools not found; required for intltool" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +xgversion="`$XGETTEXT --version|grep '(GNU ' 2> /dev/null`" +mmversion="`$MSGMERGE --version|grep '(GNU ' 2> /dev/null`" +mfversion="`$MSGFMT --version|grep '(GNU ' 2> /dev/null`" +if test -z "$xgversion" -o -z "$mmversion" -o -z "$mfversion"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: GNU gettext tools not found; required for intltool" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: GNU gettext tools not found; required for intltool" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +# Extract the first word of "perl", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy perl; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_PERL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $INTLTOOL_PERL in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_PERL="$INTLTOOL_PERL" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_PERL="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +INTLTOOL_PERL=$ac_cv_path_INTLTOOL_PERL +if test -n "$INTLTOOL_PERL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INTLTOOL_PERL" >&5 +$as_echo "$INTLTOOL_PERL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +if test -z "$INTLTOOL_PERL"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: perl not found" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: perl not found" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for perl >= 5.8.1" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for perl >= 5.8.1... " >&6; } +$INTLTOOL_PERL -e "use 5.8.1;" > /dev/null 2>&1 +if test $? -ne 0; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: perl 5.8.1 is required for intltool" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: perl 5.8.1 is required for intltool" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +else + IT_PERL_VERSION="`$INTLTOOL_PERL -e \"printf '%vd', $^V\"`" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $IT_PERL_VERSION" >&5 +$as_echo "$IT_PERL_VERSION" >&6; } +fi +if test "x" != "xno-xml"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XML::Parser" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for XML::Parser... " >&6; } + if `$INTLTOOL_PERL -e "require XML::Parser" 2>/dev/null`; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5 +$as_echo "ok" >&6; } + else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: XML::Parser perl module is required for intltool" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: XML::Parser perl module is required for intltool" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +fi + +# Substitute ALL_LINGUAS so we can use it in po/Makefile + + +# Set DATADIRNAME correctly if it is not set yet +# (copied from glib-gettext.m4) +if test -z "$DATADIRNAME"; then + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + return _nl_msg_cat_cntr + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + DATADIRNAME=share +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + case $host in + *-*-solaris*) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for bind_textdomain_codeset" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for bind_textdomain_codeset... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define bind_textdomain_codeset to an innocuous variant, in case declares bind_textdomain_codeset. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define bind_textdomain_codeset innocuous_bind_textdomain_codeset + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char bind_textdomain_codeset (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char bind_textdomain_codeset (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_bind_textdomain_codeset || defined __stub___bind_textdomain_codeset +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return bind_textdomain_codeset (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" = x""yes; then + DATADIRNAME=share +else + DATADIRNAME=lib +fi + + ;; + *) + DATADIRNAME=lib + ;; + esac +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + CFLAGS="" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } +if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 +$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } +CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type + + if + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then + am__fastdepCC_TRUE= + am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' +else + am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' + am__fastdepCC_FALSE= +fi + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then + if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded + for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" + do + ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + # exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + break +fi + + done + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP + +fi + CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 +$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } +ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + # exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + : +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$GREP"; then + ac_path_GREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP +case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" + ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } + GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" + else + if test -z "$EGREP"; then + ac_path_EGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in egrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP +case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" + ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } + EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : +else + $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +case `pwd` in + *\ * | *\ *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;; +esac + + + +macro_version='2.2.6' +macro_revision='1.3012' + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + +# Make sure we can run config.sub. +$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_build_alias=$build_alias +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_build in +*-*-*) ;; +*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +build=$ac_cv_build +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_build +shift +build_cpu=$1 +build_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +build_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "x$host_alias" = x; then + ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build +else + ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_host in +*-*-*) ;; +*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +host=$ac_cv_host +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_host +shift +host_cpu=$1 +host_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +host_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ + for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do + ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" + done + echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed + $as_unset ac_script || ac_script= + if test -z "$SED"; then + ac_path_SED_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in sed gsed; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED +case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" + ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_SED=$SED +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } + SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" + rm -f conftest.sed + +test -z "$SED" && SED=sed +Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" + + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fgrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F" + else + if test -z "$FGREP"; then + ac_path_FGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in fgrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP +case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" + ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3 + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +else + ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; } + FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" + + +test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. +if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes +else + with_gnu_ld=no +fi + +ac_prog=ld +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } + case $host in + *-*-mingw*) + # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; + *) + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; + esac + case $ac_prog in + # Accept absolute paths. + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' + # Canonicalize the pathname of ld + ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + done + test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" + ;; + "") + # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. + ac_prog=ld + ;; + *) + # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. + with_gnu_ld=unknown + ;; + esac +elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } +fi +if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$LD"; then + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then + lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" + # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, + # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. + # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. + case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5 +$as_echo "$LD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi +test -z "$LD" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. +case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } +with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$NM"; then + # Let the user override the test. + lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" +else + lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then + lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" + fi + for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" + if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then + # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. + # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: + # nm: unknown option "B" ignored + # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file + case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" + break + ;; + *) + case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" + break + ;; + *) + lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but + continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + done + : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } +if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then + NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" +else + # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols" + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then + ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN +if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5 +$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then + ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN + for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols" +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN +if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then + DUMPBIN=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN + fi +fi + + + if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then + NM="$DUMPBIN" + fi +fi +test -z "$NM" && NM=nm + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" + echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6419: $ac_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) + cat conftest.err >&5 + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6422: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) + (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) + cat conftest.err >&5 + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6425: output\"" >&5) + cat conftest.out >&5 + if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" + fi + rm -f conftest* +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } +LN_S=$as_ln_s +if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 +$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } +fi + +# find the maximum length of command line arguments +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + i=0 + teststring="ABCD" + + case $build_os in + msdosdjgpp*) + # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc + # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun + # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this + # check would be larger than it should be. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right + ;; + + gnu*) + # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is + # no limit to the length of command line arguments. + # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes + # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. + # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, + # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience + # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). + # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by + # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + amigaos*) + # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. + # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) + # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. + if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs + fi + # And add a safety zone + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + ;; + + interix*) + # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 + ;; + + osf*) + # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure + # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not + # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. + # First set a reasonable default. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 + # + if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then + case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in + *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; + esac + fi + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 + ;; + sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) + kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` + if test -n "$kargmax"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 + fi + ;; + *) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` + if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + else + # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. + # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} + # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a + # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but + # we can't tell. + while { test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ + = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough + do + i=`expr $i + 1` + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + # Only check the string length outside the loop. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` + teststring= + # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on + # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the + # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` + fi + ;; + esac + +fi + +if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5 +$as_echo "none" >&6; } +fi +max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len + + + + + + +: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; } +# Try some XSI features +xsi_shell=no +( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" + test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ + = c,a/b,, \ + && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ + && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && xsi_shell=yes +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $xsi_shell" >&5 +$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; } + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; } +lt_shell_append=no +( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ + >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && lt_shell_append=yes +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; } + + +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_unset=unset +else + lt_unset=false +fi + + + + + +# test EBCDIC or ASCII +case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in + A) # ASCII based system + # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr + lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' + lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' + ;; + *) # EBCDIC based system + lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' + lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } +reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag +case $reload_flag in +"" | " "*) ;; +*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; +esac +reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' +case $host_os in + darwin*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' + else + reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' + fi + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then + ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP +if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 +$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then + ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP + # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP +if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then + OBJDUMP="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP + fi +else + OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" +fi + +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' +lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= +lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' +# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support +# interlibrary dependencies. +# 'none' -- dependencies not supported. +# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. +# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. +# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. +# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path +# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. +# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure +# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. + +case $host_os in +aix[4-9]*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +beos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +bsdi[45]*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so + ;; + +cygwin*) + # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + ;; + +mingw* | pw32*) + # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by + # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', + # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. + if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + fi + ;; + +cegcc) + # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + case $host_cpu in + i*86 ) + # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. + # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` + ;; + esac + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + fi + ;; + +gnu*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +hpux10.20* | hpux11*) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl + ;; + *) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + +interix[3-9]*) + # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libmagic=never-match;; + esac + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +# This must be Linux ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +newos6*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +openbsd*) + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +rdos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +solaris*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + case $host_vendor in + motorola) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` + ;; + ncr) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + sequent) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' + ;; + sni) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so + ;; + siemens) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + pc) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + esac + ;; + +tpf*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; +esac + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } +file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd +deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method +test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR +if test -n "$AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then + ac_ct_AR=$AR + # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR +if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then + AR="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + AR=$ac_ct_AR + fi +else + AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" +fi + +test -z "$AR" && AR=ar +test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP +if test -n "$STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then + ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP + # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP +if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then + STRIP=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP + fi +else + STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" +fi + +test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then + RANLIB=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB + fi +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +fi + +test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: + + + + + + +# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. +old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' +old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' +old_postuninstall_cmds= + +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd*) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" + ;; + *) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" + ;; + esac + old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC + + +# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + +# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. +# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] + +# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. +symcode='[BCDEGRST]' + +# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. +sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' + +# Define system-specific variables. +case $host_os in +aix*) + symcode='[BCDT]' + ;; +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' + ;; +hpux*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' + fi + ;; +irix* | nonstopux*) + symcode='[BCDEGRST]' + ;; +osf*) + symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' + ;; +solaris*) + symcode='[BDRT]' + ;; +sco3.2v5*) + symcode='[DT]' + ;; +sysv4.2uw2*) + symcode='[DT]' + ;; +sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + symcode='[ABDT]' + ;; +sysv4) + symcode='[DFNSTU]' + ;; +esac + +# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. +case `$NM -V 2>&1` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; +esac + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. +# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, +# so use this general approach. +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" + +# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain +opt_cr= +case $build_os in +mingw*) + opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp + ;; +esac + +# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. +for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do + + # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. + symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" + + # Write the raw and C identifiers. + if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function + # and D for any global variable. + # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, + # which start with @ or ?. + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\ +" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ +" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ +" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ +" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ +" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ +" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ +" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ +" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ +" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ +" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx" + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" + fi + + # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. + pipe_works=no + + rm -f conftest* + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +char nm_test_var; +void nm_test_func(void); +void nm_test_func(void){} +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} +_LT_EOF + + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # Now try to grab the symbols. + nlist=conftest.nm + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\"") >&5 + (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s "$nlist"; then + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then + mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" + else + rm -f "$nlist"T + fi + + # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. + if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +_LT_EOF + # Now generate the symbol file. + eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +const struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} +lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{ + { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, +_LT_EOF + $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +_LT_EOF + # Now try linking the two files. + mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext + lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + pipe_works=yes + fi + LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" + CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 + fi + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 + fi + else + echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 + fi + else + echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi + rm -rf conftest* conftst* + + # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. + if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then + break + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= + fi +done + +fi + +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= +fi +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5 +$as_echo "failed" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5 +$as_echo "ok" >&6; } +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. +if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; +fi + +test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes + +# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good +# libtool support. +case $host in +ia64-*-hpux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *ELF-32*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" + ;; + *ELF-64*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +*-*-irix6*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo '#line 7630 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" + ;; + esac + else + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -32" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -n32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + ;; + esac + fi + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ +s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *32-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" + ;; + ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" + ;; + s390x-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" + ;; + sparc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + *64-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" + ;; + s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" + ;; + sparc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +*-*-sco3.2v5*) + # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. + SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } + if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then + # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf + CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" + fi + ;; +sparc*-*solaris*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *64-bit*) + case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in + yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; + *) + if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +esac + +need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" + + + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin*) + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL +if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 +$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL + # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL +if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then + DSYMUTIL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL + fi +else + DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then + ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT +if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 +$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then + ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT + # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT +if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then + NMEDIT=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT + fi +else + NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$LIPO"; then + ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO +if test -n "$LIPO"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIPO" >&5 +$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then + ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO + # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO +if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then + LIPO=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO + fi +else + LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL +if test -n "$OTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then + ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL + # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy otool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL +if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then + OTOOL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL + fi +else + OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64 +if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL64" >&5 +$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then + ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64 + # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64 +if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then + OTOOL64=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64 + fi +else + OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no + if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then + # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override + # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE + # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the + # link flags. + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ +-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5 + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ + -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&5 + fi + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + rm -f conftest.* + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + echo "_main" > conftest.sym + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin1.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin*) # darwin 5.x on + # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults + # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment + # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in + 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + 10.[012]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + 10.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' + fi + if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' + else + _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' + fi + if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then + _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' + else + _lt_dsymutil= + fi + ;; + esac + +# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. + + + + + + + + + +for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ + inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h +do +as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + + +for ac_header in dlfcn.h +do +as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + + +# Set options + + + + enable_dlopen=no + + + enable_win32_dll=no + + + # Check whether --enable-shared was given. +if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_shared=yes ;; + no) enable_shared=no ;; + *) + enable_shared=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_shared=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_shared=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-static was given. +if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_static=yes ;; + no) enable_static=no ;; + *) + enable_static=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_static=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_static=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --with-pic was given. +if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval" +else + pic_mode=default +fi + + +test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default + + + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. +if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; + no) enable_fast_install=no ;; + *) + enable_fast_install=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_fast_install=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_fast_install=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + + +# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed +LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" + +# Always use our own libtool. +LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for objdir" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null +mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null +if test -d .libs; then + lt_cv_objdir=.libs +else + # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. + lt_cv_objdir=_libs +fi +rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } +objdir=$lt_cv_objdir + + + + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/" +_ACEOF + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some + # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems + # vanish in a puff of smoke. + if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES + fi + ;; +esac + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a +# double_quote_subst'ed string. +delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. +delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' + +# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions +no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' + +# Global variables: +ofile=libtool +can_build_shared=yes + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a + +with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" + +old_CC="$CC" +old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + +# Set sane defaults for various variables +test -z "$CC" && CC=cc +test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC +test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS +test -z "$LD" && LD=ld +test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o + +for cc_temp in $compiler""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` + + +# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it +test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file +case $deplibs_check_method in +file_magic*) + if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MAGIC_CMD in +[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac +fi + +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 +$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + + + +if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for file" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MAGIC_CMD in +[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/file; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac +fi + +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 +$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + else + MAGIC_CMD=: + fi +fi + + fi + ;; +esac + +# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script + +lt_save_CC="$CC" +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +# Source file extension for C test sources. +ac_ext=c + +# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. +objext=o +objext=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' + + + + + + + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC + +# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other +# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. +compiler_DEFAULT=$CC + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM conftest* + +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM -r conftest* + + +## CAVEAT EMPTOR: +## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change +## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly +## what you are doing... +if test -n "$compiler"; then + +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no + ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9072: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:9076: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" +else + : +fi + +fi + + + + + + + lt_prog_compiler_wl= +lt_prog_compiler_pic= +lt_prog_compiler_static= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + # PIC is the default for these OSes. + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style + # (--disable-auto-import) libraries + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + # PIC is the default on this platform + # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' + ;; + + hpux*) + # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit + # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag + # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + ;; + + interix[3-9]*) + # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. + # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. + ;; + + msdosdjgpp*) + # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries + # on systems that don't support them. + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + enable_shared=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic + fi + ;; + + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + else + # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. + case $host_os in + aix*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + else + lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' + fi + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' + ;; + + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but + # not for PA HP-UX. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' + ;; + esac + # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? + lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. + ecc*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. + # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. + icc* | ifort*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + # Lahey Fortran 8.1. + lf95*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared' + lt_prog_compiler_static='--static' + ;; + pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) + # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, + # which looks to be a dead project) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + ccc*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # All Alpha code is PIC. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + xl*) + # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C 5.9 + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + ;; + *Sun\ F*) + # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + + newsos6) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # All OSF/1 code is PIC. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + rdos*) + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + solaris*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + unicos*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + ;; + + uts4*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *) + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + ;; + esac + fi + +case $host_os in + # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: + *djgpp*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic= + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } + + + + + + +# +# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. +# +if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no + ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9411: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:9415: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then + case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in + "" | " "*) ;; + *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; + esac +else + lt_prog_compiler_pic= + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no +fi + +fi + + + + + + +# +# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. +# +wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" + echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then + # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + if test -s conftest.err; then + # Append any errors to the config.log. + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes + fi + else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes + fi + fi + $RM -r conftest* + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then + : +else + lt_prog_compiler_static= +fi + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9516: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:9520: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&5 + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9571: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:9575: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&5 + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } + + + + +hard_links="nottested" +if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then + # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } + hard_links=yes + $RM conftest* + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + touch conftest.a + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5 +$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } + if test "$hard_links" = no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} + need_locks=warn + fi +else + need_locks=no +fi + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } + + runpath_var= + allow_undefined_flag= + always_export_symbols=no + archive_cmds= + archive_expsym_cmds= + compiler_needs_object=no + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no + export_dynamic_flag_spec= + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + hardcode_automatic=no + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_direct_absolute=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld= + hardcode_libdir_separator= + hardcode_minus_L=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + inherit_rpath=no + link_all_deplibs=unknown + module_cmds= + module_expsym_cmds= + old_archive_from_new_cmds= + old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= + thread_safe_flag_spec= + whole_archive_flag_spec= + # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* + # included in the symbol list + include_expsyms= + # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude + # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or + # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', + # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. + exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' + # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out + # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if + # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot + # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in + # preloaded symbol tables. + # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. + extract_expsyms_cmds= + + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; + esac + + ld_shlibs=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + wlarc='${wl}' + + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + supports_anon_versioning=no + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 + *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... + *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... + *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions + *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + esac + + # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. + case $host_os in + aix[3-9]*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported +*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. +*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you +*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH +*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='' + ;; + m68k) + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=no + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + interix[3-9]*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; + + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu) + tmp_diet=no + if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then + case $cc_basename in + diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) + esac + fi + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ + && test "$tmp_diet" = no + then + tmp_addflag= + tmp_sharedflag='-shared' + case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in + pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + ;; + pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; + ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; + efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; + ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler + tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; + lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 + whole_archive_flag_spec= + tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; + xl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) + tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' + tmp_addflag= ;; + esac + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + compiler_needs_object=yes + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + esac + archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + + case $cc_basename in + xlf*) + # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself + whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir' + archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + ;; + esac + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' + wlarc= + else + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + ;; + + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably +*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not +*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always + # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the + # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so + # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + wlarc= + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + + if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then + runpath_var= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + export_dynamic_flag_spec= + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + else + # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) + case $host_os in + aix3*) + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=yes + archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac + + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi + + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. + + archive_cmds='' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + link_all_deplibs=yes + file_list_spec='${wl}-f,' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + ;; + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi + + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. + always_export_symbols=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + allow_undefined_flag='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + +lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ + p + } + }' +aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +fi +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi + + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" + archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + +lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ + p + } + }' +aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +fi +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi + + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. + archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='' + ;; + m68k) + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + bsdi[45]*) + export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' + # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. + old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' + # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. + old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' + fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + + + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_automatic=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + whole_archive_flag_spec='' + link_all_deplibs=yes + allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" + case $cc_basename in + ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; + *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; + esac + if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then + output_verbose_link_cmd=echo + archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" + module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" + archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + + ;; + + dgux*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + freebsd1*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor + # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o + # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little + # extra space). + freebsd2.2*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. + freebsd2*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + hpux9*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + ;; + + hpux10*) + if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + fi + ;; + + hpux11*) + if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + *) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not + # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and + # implicitly export all symbols. + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +int foo(void) {} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + else + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + inherit_rpath=yes + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out + else + archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + newsos6) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; + + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + else + case $host_os in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' + old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' + ;; + + osf3*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + + osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + + solaris*) + no_undefined_flag=' -z defs' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wlarc='${wl}' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + else + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Compilers 5.0"*) + wlarc='' + archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + *) + wlarc='${wl}' + archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + esac + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', + # but is careful enough not to reorder. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + else + whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + fi + ;; + esac + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + sunos4*) + if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then + # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o + # files that make .init and .fini sections work. + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB + ## CC just makes a GrossModule. + archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + sysv4.3*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_runpath_var=yes + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) + no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' + allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + link_all_deplibs=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + uts4*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac + + if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then + case $host in + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' + ;; + esac + fi + fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 +$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } +test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no + +with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# +# Do we need to explicitly link libc? +# +case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in +x|xyes) + # Assume -lc should be added + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + + if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $archive_cmds in + *'~'*) + # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. + ;; + '$CC '*) + # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some + # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc + # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } + $RM conftest* + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then + soname=conftest + lib=conftest + libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext + deplibs= + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl + pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic + compiler_flags=-v + linker_flags=-v + verstring= + output_objdir=. + libname=conftest + lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag + allow_undefined_flag= + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5 + (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + then + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + else + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + fi + allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag + else + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + fi + $RM conftest* + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 +$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } + ;; + esac + fi + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in + darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; + *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; + esac + lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` + if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then + # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator + # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is + # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should + # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it + # and add multilib dir if necessary. + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= + lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` + for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do + if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" + else + test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" + fi + done + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' +BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { + lt_foo=""; + lt_count=0; + for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { + if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { + if ($lt_i == "..") { + lt_count++; + } else { + if (lt_count == 0) { + lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; + } else { + lt_count--; + } + } + } + } + if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } + if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } +}'` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec` +else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" +fi +library_names_spec= +libname_spec='lib$name' +soname_spec= +shrext_cmds=".so" +postinstall_cmds= +postuninstall_cmds= +finish_cmds= +finish_eval= +shlibpath_var= +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown +version_type=none +dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" +need_lib_prefix=unknown +hardcode_into_libs=no + +# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version +# flags to be left without arguments +need_version=unknown + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + + # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + +aix[4-9]*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 supports IA64 + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + else + # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file + # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with + # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to + # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in + # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. + case $host_os in + aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) + if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' + echo ' yes ' + echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then + : + else + can_build_shared=no + fi + ;; + esac + # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct + # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to + # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so + # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not + # typical AIX shared libraries. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + else + # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 + # and later when we are not doing run time linking. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + fi + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + fi + ;; + +amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. + # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' + # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. + finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' + ;; + esac + ;; + +beos*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' + dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" + shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +bsdi[45]*) + version_type=linux + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" + # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and + # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow + # libtool to hard-code these into programs + ;; + +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + version_type=windows + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + + case $GCC,$host_os in + yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*) + library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' + # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds + postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ + test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ + $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ + chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ + if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then + eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; + fi' + postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ + $RM \$dlpath' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + + case $host_os in + cygwin*) + # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' + soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" + ;; + mingw* | cegcc*) + # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix + soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` + if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then + # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by + # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search + # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the + # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, + # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, + # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + ;; + pw32*) + # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' + library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + ;; + esac + ;; + + *) + library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' + ;; + esac + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' + # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in + shlibpath_var=PATH + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" + version_type=darwin + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH + shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' + + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' + ;; + +dgux*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +freebsd1*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new + # versioning mechanism, adjust this. + if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then + objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` + else + case $host_os in + freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; + *) objformat=elf ;; + esac + fi + version_type=freebsd-$objformat + case $version_type in + freebsd-elf*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + freebsd-*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' + need_version=yes + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_os in + freebsd2*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ + freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + +gnu*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to + # link against other versions. + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + shrext_cmds='.so' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + *) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + esac + # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. + postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' + ;; + +interix[3-9]*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $host_os in + nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; + *) + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + version_type=linux + else + version_type=irix + fi ;; + esac + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + case $host_os in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") + libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") + libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") + libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; + esac + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. +linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +# This must be Linux ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + save_libdir=$libdir + eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \ + LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + if ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes +fi + +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS + libdir=$save_libdir + + # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. + # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install + # before this can be enabled. + hardcode_into_libs=yes + + # Add ABI-specific directories to the system library path. + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib64 /usr/lib64 /lib /usr/lib" + + # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec $lt_ld_extra" + fi + + # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on + # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the + # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, + # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and + # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we + # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. + dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' + ;; + +netbsd*) + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' + else + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' + fi + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +newsos6) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + version_type=qnx + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' + ;; + +openbsd*) + version_type=sunos + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" + need_lib_prefix=no + # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. + case $host_os in + openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; + *) need_version=no ;; + esac + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + ;; + *) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + esac + else + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + fi + ;; + +os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_lib_prefix=no + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' + dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + version_type=osf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" + ;; + +rdos*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +solaris*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + # ldd complains unless libraries are executable + postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' + ;; + +sunos4*) + version_type=sunos + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + need_lib_prefix=no + fi + need_version=yes + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_vendor in + sni) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + need_lib_prefix=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + ;; + siemens) + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + motorola) + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' + ;; + esac + ;; + +sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + fi + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + version_type=freebsd-elf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' + case $host_os in + sco3.2v5*) + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" + ;; + esac + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' + ;; + +tpf*) + # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +uts4*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 +$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } +test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no + +variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" +fi + +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" +fi +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } +hardcode_action= +if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || + test -n "$runpath_var" || + test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then + + # We can hardcode non-existent directories. + if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && + # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we + # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library + # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one + ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && + test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then + # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. + hardcode_action=relink + else + # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. + hardcode_action=immediate + fi +else + # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing + # directories. + hardcode_action=unsupported +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 +$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } + +if test "$hardcode_action" = relink || + test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then + # Fast installation is not supported + enable_fast_install=no +elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || + test "$enable_shared" = no; then + # Fast installation is not necessary + enable_fast_install=needless +fi + + + + + + + if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then + enable_dlopen=unknown + enable_dlopen_self=unknown + enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown +else + lt_cv_dlopen=no + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + + case $host_os in + beos*) + lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + ;; + + mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + cygwin*) + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + darwin*) + # if libdl is installed we need to link against it + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" +else + + lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + +fi + + ;; + + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case declares shl_load. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char shl_load (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef shl_load + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char shl_load (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_shl_load || defined __stub___shl_load +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return shl_load (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_shl_load=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char shl_load (); +int +main () +{ +return shl_load (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case declares dlopen. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char dlopen (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef dlopen + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_dlopen || defined __stub___dlopen +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dld_link (); +int +main () +{ +return dld_link (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = x""yes; then + lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + ;; + esac + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then + enable_dlopen=yes + else + enable_dlopen=no + fi + + case $lt_cv_dlopen in + dlopen) + save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" + + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + + save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#line 12374 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +void fnord() { int i=42;} +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +} +_LT_EOF + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + lt_cv_dlopen_self=no + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } +if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#line 12470 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +void fnord() { int i=42;} +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +} +_LT_EOF + if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } + fi + + CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + LIBS="$save_LIBS" + ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; + esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +striplib= +old_striplib= +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } +if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then + test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" + test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else +# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough + case $host_os in + darwin*) + if test -n "$STRIP" ; then + striplib="$STRIP -x" + old_striplib="$STRIP -S" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + fi + ;; + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + ;; + esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + # Report which library types will actually be built + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 +$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } + + + + +fi +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +CC="$lt_save_CC" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool" + + + + +# Only expand once: + + +# Extract the first word of "gconftool-2", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gconftool-2; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GCONFTOOL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $GCONFTOOL in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_GCONFTOOL="$GCONFTOOL" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_GCONFTOOL="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +GCONFTOOL=$ac_cv_path_GCONFTOOL +if test -n "$GCONFTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $GCONFTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$GCONFTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + + if test "x$GCONF_SCHEMA_INSTALL_SOURCE" = "x"; then + GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE=`gconftool-2 --get-default-source` + else + GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE=$GCONF_SCHEMA_INSTALL_SOURCE + fi + + +# Check whether --with-gconf-source was given. +if test "${with_gconf_source+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_gconf_source; GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE="$withval" +fi + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using config source $GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE for schema installation" >&5 +$as_echo "Using config source $GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE for schema installation" >&6; } + + if test "x$GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR" = "x"; then + GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR='$(sysconfdir)/gconf/schemas' + fi + + +# Check whether --with-gconf-schema-file-dir was given. +if test "${with_gconf_schema_file_dir+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_gconf_schema_file_dir; GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR="$withval" +fi + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using $GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR as install directory for schema files" >&5 +$as_echo "Using $GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR as install directory for schema files" >&6; } + + # Check whether --enable-schemas-install was given. +if test "${enable_schemas_install+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_schemas_install; case ${enableval} in + yes|no) ;; + *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: bad value ${enableval} for --enable-schemas-install" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: bad value ${enableval} for --enable-schemas-install" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + esac +fi + + if test "$enable_schemas_install" != no; then + GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE= + GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_FALSE='#' +else + GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE='#' + GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_FALSE= +fi + + + + + + +if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $PKG_CONFIG in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG +if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 +$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then + ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG + # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG +if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then + PKG_CONFIG="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG + fi +else + PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" +fi + +fi +if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then + _pkg_min_version=0.9.0 + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; } + if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + PKG_CONFIG="" + fi + +fi + +gdu_cv_version_required=0.3.2 + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required... " >&6; } +if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ + { ($as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"gnome-doc-utils >= \$gdu_cv_version_required\"") >&5 + ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + gdu_cv_have_gdu=yes +else + gdu_cv_have_gdu=no +fi + +if test "$gdu_cv_have_gdu" = "yes"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + : +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required not found" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required not found" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + + + +# Check whether --with-help-dir was given. +if test "${with_help_dir+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_help_dir; +else + with_help_dir='${datadir}/gnome/help' +fi + +HELP_DIR="$with_help_dir" + + + +# Check whether --with-omf-dir was given. +if test "${with_omf_dir+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_omf_dir; +else + with_omf_dir='${datadir}/omf' +fi + +OMF_DIR="$with_omf_dir" + + + +# Check whether --with-help-formats was given. +if test "${with_help_formats+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_help_formats; +else + with_help_formats='' +fi + +DOC_USER_FORMATS="$with_help_formats" + + +# Check whether --enable-scrollkeeper was given. +if test "${enable_scrollkeeper+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_scrollkeeper; +else + enable_scrollkeeper=yes +fi + + if test "$gdu_cv_have_gdu" = "yes" -a "$enable_scrollkeeper" = "yes"; then + ENABLE_SK_TRUE= + ENABLE_SK_FALSE='#' +else + ENABLE_SK_TRUE='#' + ENABLE_SK_FALSE= +fi + + +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS="--disable-scrollkeeper $DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS" + + + if test "$gdu_cv_have_gdu" = "yes"; then + HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_TRUE= + HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_FALSE='#' +else + HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_TRUE='#' + HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_FALSE= +fi + + + + +if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then + case " $CFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall" ;; + esac +fi + + +pkg_failed=no +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GCONF_EDITOR" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for GCONF_EDITOR... " >&6; } + +if test -n "$GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS"; then + pkg_cv_GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS="$GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS" + elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then + if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ + { ($as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1\"") >&5 + ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + pkg_cv_GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1" 2>/dev/null` +else + pkg_failed=yes +fi + else + pkg_failed=untried +fi +if test -n "$GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS"; then + pkg_cv_GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS="$GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS" + elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then + if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ + { ($as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1\"") >&5 + ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + pkg_cv_GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1" 2>/dev/null` +else + pkg_failed=yes +fi + else + pkg_failed=untried +fi + + + +if test $pkg_failed = yes; then + +if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then + _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes +else + _pkg_short_errors_supported=no +fi + if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then + GCONF_EDITOR_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1" 2>&1` + else + GCONF_EDITOR_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1" 2>&1` + fi + # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs + echo "$GCONF_EDITOR_PKG_ERRORS" >&5 + + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Package requirements (gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1) were not met: + +$GCONF_EDITOR_PKG_ERRORS + +Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you +installed software in a non-standard prefix. + +Alternatively, you may set the environment variables GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS +and GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. +See the pkg-config man page for more details. +" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: Package requirements (gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1) were not met: + +$GCONF_EDITOR_PKG_ERRORS + +Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you +installed software in a non-standard prefix. + +Alternatively, you may set the environment variables GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS +and GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. +See the pkg-config man page for more details. +" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it +is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full +path to pkg-config. + +Alternatively, you may set the environment variables GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS +and GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. +See the pkg-config man page for more details. + +To get pkg-config, see . +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it +is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full +path to pkg-config. + +Alternatively, you may set the environment variables GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS +and GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. +See the pkg-config man page for more details. + +To get pkg-config, see . +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } +else + GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS + GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS=$pkg_cv_GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + : +fi + +if test "$enable_maintainer_mode" = "yes"; then + DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS="-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \ +-DG_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES -DGTK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES" + +fi + +# Extract the first word of "glib-genmarshal", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy glib-genmarshal; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GLIB_GENMARSHAL+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $GLIB_GENMARSHAL in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_GLIB_GENMARSHAL="$GLIB_GENMARSHAL" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_GLIB_GENMARSHAL="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +fi +GLIB_GENMARSHAL=$ac_cv_path_GLIB_GENMARSHAL +if test -n "$GLIB_GENMARSHAL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $GLIB_GENMARSHAL" >&5 +$as_echo "$GLIB_GENMARSHAL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + +GETTEXT_PACKAGE=gconf-editor + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GETTEXT_PACKAGE "$GETTEXT_PACKAGE" +_ACEOF + + + + +for ac_header in locale.h +do +as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + ( cat <<\_ASBOX +## --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ## +## Report this to http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf-editor ## +## --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ## +_ASBOX + ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES... " >&6; } +if test "${am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ +return LC_MESSAGES + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" >&5 +$as_echo "$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" >&6; } + if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1 +_ACEOF + + fi + fi + USE_NLS=yes + + + gt_cv_have_gettext=no + + CATOBJEXT=NONE + XGETTEXT=: + INTLLIBS= + + if test "${ac_cv_header_libintl_h+set}" = set; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for libintl.h" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for libintl.h... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_libintl_h+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_libintl_h" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_libintl_h" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking libintl.h usability" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking libintl.h usability... " >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking libintl.h presence" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking libintl.h presence... " >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: libintl.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: libintl.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + ( cat <<\_ASBOX +## --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ## +## Report this to http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf-editor ## +## --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ## +_ASBOX + ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for libintl.h" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for libintl.h... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_libintl_h+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_header_libintl_h=$ac_header_preproc +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_libintl_h" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_libintl_h" >&6; } + +fi +if test "x$ac_cv_header_libintl_h" = x""yes; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl="no" + libintl_extra_libs="" + + # + # First check in libc + # + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ngettext in libc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ngettext in libc... " >&6; } +if test "${gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include + +int +main () +{ +return !ngettext ("","", 1) + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" >&5 +$as_echo "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" >&6; } + + if test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" = "yes" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dgettext in libc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dgettext in libc... " >&6; } +if test "${gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include + +int +main () +{ +return !dgettext ("","") + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" >&5 +$as_echo "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" >&6; } + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" = "yes" ; then + +for ac_func in bind_textdomain_codeset +do +as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + fi + + # + # If we don't have everything we want, check in libintl + # + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes" \ + || test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" != "yes" \ + || test "$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" != "yes" ; then + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_intl_bindtextdomain+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char bindtextdomain (); +int +main () +{ +return bindtextdomain (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_intl_bindtextdomain=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_intl_bindtextdomain=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_bindtextdomain" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_intl_bindtextdomain" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_intl_bindtextdomain" = x""yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ngettext in -lintl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ngettext in -lintl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char ngettext (); +int +main () +{ +return ngettext (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext" = x""yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dgettext in -lintl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dgettext in -lintl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_intl_dgettext+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dgettext (); +int +main () +{ +return dgettext (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_intl_dgettext=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_intl_dgettext=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_dgettext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_intl_dgettext" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_intl_dgettext" = x""yes; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes +fi + +fi + +fi + + + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" != "yes" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if -liconv is needed to use gettext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if -liconv is needed to use gettext... " >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: " >&5 +$as_echo "" >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ngettext in -lintl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ngettext in -lintl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lintl -liconv $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char ngettext (); +int +main () +{ +return ngettext (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_intl_ngettext" = x""yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dcgettext in -lintl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dcgettext in -lintl... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_intl_dcgettext+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lintl -liconv $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dcgettext (); +int +main () +{ +return dcgettext (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_lib_intl_dcgettext=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_intl_dcgettext=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_intl_dcgettext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_intl_dcgettext" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_intl_dcgettext" = x""yes; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes + libintl_extra_libs=-liconv +else + : +fi + +else + : +fi + + fi + + # + # If we found libintl, then check in it for bind_textdomain_codeset(); + # we'll prefer libc if neither have bind_textdomain_codeset(), + # and both have dgettext and ngettext + # + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes" ; then + glib_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $libintl_extra_libs" + unset ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset + +for ac_func in bind_textdomain_codeset +do +as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + LIBS="$glib_save_LIBS" + + if test "$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" = "yes" ; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no + else + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \ + && test "$gt_cv_func_ngettext_libc" = "yes"; then + gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no + fi + fi + fi + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \ + || test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + gt_cv_have_gettext=yes + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + INTLLIBS="-lintl $libintl_extra_libs" + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_have_gettext" = "yes"; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1 +_ACEOF + + # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGFMT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case "$MSGFMT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="no" + ;; +esac +fi +MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" +if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MSGFMT" >&5 +$as_echo "$MSGFMT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then + glib_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS" + +for ac_func in dcgettext +do +as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } +as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} + $as_echo "$as_val"'` + if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + MSGFMT_OPTS= + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if msgfmt accepts -c" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if msgfmt accepts -c... " >&6; } + cat >conftest.foo <<_ACEOF + +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Project-Id-Version: test 1.0\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-15 12:01+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: test \n" +"Language-Team: C \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +_ACEOF +if { ($as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$MSGFMT -c -o /dev/null conftest.foo") >&5 + ($MSGFMT -c -o /dev/null conftest.foo) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + MSGFMT_OPTS=-c; { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +echo "$as_me: failed input was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.foo >&5 +fi + + # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $GMSGFMT in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" + ;; +esac +fi +GMSGFMT=$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT +if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $GMSGFMT" >&5 +$as_echo "$GMSGFMT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case "$XGETTEXT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" + ;; +esac +fi +XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" +if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $XGETTEXT" >&5 +$as_echo "$XGETTEXT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + return _nl_msg_cat_cntr + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + DATADIRNAME=share +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + case $host in + *-*-solaris*) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for bind_textdomain_codeset" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for bind_textdomain_codeset... " >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset+set}" = set; then + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define bind_textdomain_codeset to an innocuous variant, in case declares bind_textdomain_codeset. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define bind_textdomain_codeset innocuous_bind_textdomain_codeset + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char bind_textdomain_codeset (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char bind_textdomain_codeset (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_bind_textdomain_codeset || defined __stub___bind_textdomain_codeset +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return bind_textdomain_codeset (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then + ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset=no +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_func_bind_textdomain_codeset" = x""yes; then + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + DATADIRNAME=share +else + CATOBJEXT=.mo + DATADIRNAME=lib +fi + + ;; + *) + CATOBJEXT=.mo + DATADIRNAME=lib + ;; + esac +fi + +rm -rf conftest.dSYM +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LIBS="$glib_save_LIBS" + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + else + gt_cv_have_gettext=no + fi + fi + +fi + + + + if test "$gt_cv_have_gettext" = "yes" ; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define ENABLE_NLS 1 +_ACEOF + + fi + + if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then + : ; + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" >&5 +$as_echo "found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" >&6; } + XGETTEXT=":" + fi + fi + + # We need to process the po/ directory. + POSUB=po + + ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands default-1" + + + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" + POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" + done + + + + + + + + + + + + + + if test "$gt_cv_have_gettext" = "yes"; then + if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then + LINGUAS= + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for catalogs to be installed" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for catalogs to be installed... " >&6; } + NEW_LINGUAS= + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + if test "%UNSET%" != "${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"; then + desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" + else + desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" + fi + for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LINGUAS" >&5 +$as_echo "$LINGUAS" >&6; } + fi + + if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done + fi + fi + + MKINSTALLDIRS= + if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" + fi + if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" + fi + + + test -d po || mkdir po + if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then + if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then + posrcprefix="$srcdir/" + else + posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" + fi + else + posrcprefix="../" + fi + rm -f po/POTFILES + sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ + < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES + + + + + ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS="\${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}" + if test -n "$ac_macro_dir"; then + ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS="-I $ac_macro_dir $ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS" + fi + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-compile-warnings was given. +if test "${enable_compile_warnings+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_compile_warnings; +else + enable_compile_warnings="maximum" +fi + + + warnCFLAGS= + if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then + enable_compile_warnings=no + fi + + warning_flags= + realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + + case "$enable_compile_warnings" in + no) + warning_flags= + ;; + minimum) + warning_flags="-Wall" + ;; + yes) + warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes" + ;; + maximum|error) + warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith" + CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS" + for option in -Wno-sign-compare; do + SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether gcc understands $option" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether gcc understands $option... " >&6; } + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + has_option=yes +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + has_option=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $has_option" >&5 +$as_echo "$has_option" >&6; } + if test $has_option = yes; then + warning_flags="$warning_flags $option" + fi + unset has_option + unset SAVE_CFLAGS + done + unset option + if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then + warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror" + fi + ;; + *) + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + esac + CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking what warning flags to pass to the C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking what warning flags to pass to the C compiler... " >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $warning_flags" >&5 +$as_echo "$warning_flags" >&6; } + + # Check whether --enable-iso-c was given. +if test "${enable_iso_c+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_iso_c; +else + enable_iso_c=no +fi + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler... " >&6; } + complCFLAGS= + if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then + if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then + case " $CFLAGS " in + *\ \ -ansi\ \ *) ;; + *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;; + esac + case " $CFLAGS " in + *\ \ -pedantic\ \ *) ;; + *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;; + esac + fi + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $complCFLAGS" >&5 +$as_echo "$complCFLAGS" >&6; } + + WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS" + + + + + + if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then + DISABLE_DEPRECATED="-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DPANGO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGCONF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DBONOBO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DBONOBO_UI_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGNOME_VFS_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGNOME_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DLIBGLADE_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DWNCK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DLIBSOUP_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" + else + DISABLE_DEPRECATED="" + fi + + + +GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE=`gconftool-2 --get-default-source` + +# Check whether --with-gconf-defaults-source was given. +if test "${with_gconf_defaults_source+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_gconf_defaults_source; GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE="$withval" +fi + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE "$GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE" +_ACEOF + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using config source $GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE for default values" >&5 +$as_echo "Using config source $GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE for default values" >&6; } + +GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE=`echo $GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE | sed -e s/gconf.xml.defaults/gconf.xml.mandatory/` + +# Check whether --with-gconf-mandatory-source was given. +if test "${with_gconf_mandatory_source+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_gconf_mandatory_source; GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE="$withval" +fi + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE "$GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE" +_ACEOF + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using config source $GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE for mandatory values" >&5 +$as_echo "Using config source $GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE for mandatory values" >&6; } + +ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile data/Makefile data/gconf-editor.desktop.in data/icons/Makefile docs/Makefile src/Makefile po/Makefile.in" + + +cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. +# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't +# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it +# the --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when +# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the +# following values. + +_ACEOF + +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, we kill variables containing newlines. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote + # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + "s/'/'\\\\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" + ;; #( + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) | + sed ' + /^ac_cv_env_/b end + t clear + :clear + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ + t end + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ + :end' >>confcache +if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + if test -w "$cache_file"; then + test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + cat confcache >$cache_file + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +ac_libobjs= +ac_ltlibobjs= +for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue + # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. + ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' + ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` + # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR + # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. + ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" + ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' +done +LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs + +LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs + + + if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then + am__EXEEXT_TRUE= + am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' +else + am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' + am__EXEEXT_FALSE= +fi + +if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + + ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands po/stamp-it" + + +if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE}" && test -z "${GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${ENABLE_SK_TRUE}" && test -z "${ENABLE_SK_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"ENABLE_SK\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"ENABLE_SK\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +if test -z "${HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_FALSE}"; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} +ac_write_fail=0 +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} +cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in config.log if it exists. + +debug=false +ac_cs_recheck=false +ac_cs_silent=false +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -p' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +exec 6>&1 + +# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to +# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their +# values after options handling. +ac_log=" +This file was extended by GConf Editor $as_me 2.28.0, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63. Invocation command line was + + CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES + CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS + CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS + CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS + $ $0 $@ + +on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +" + +_ACEOF + +case $ac_config_files in *" +"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; +esac + +case $ac_config_headers in *" +"*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; +esac + + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# Files that config.status was made for. +config_files="$ac_config_files" +config_headers="$ac_config_headers" +config_commands="$ac_config_commands" + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_usage="\ +\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the +current configuration. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [FILE]... + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit + -q, --quiet, --silent + do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions + --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration file FILE + --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration header FILE + +Configuration files: +$config_files + +Configuration headers: +$config_headers + +Configuration commands: +$config_commands + +Report bugs to ." + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_version="\\ +GConf Editor config.status 2.28.0 +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63, + with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" + +Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." + +ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' +srcdir='$srcdir' +INSTALL='$INSTALL' +MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' +AWK='$AWK' +test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. +ac_need_defaults=: +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --*=*) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ac_shift=: + ;; + *) + ac_option=$1 + ac_optarg=$2 + ac_shift=shift + ;; + esac + + case $ac_option in + # Handling of the options. + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + ac_cs_recheck=: ;; + --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; + --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) + $ac_shift + case $ac_optarg in + *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES '$ac_optarg'" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) + $ac_shift + case $ac_optarg in + *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS '$ac_optarg'" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --he | --h) + # Conflict between --help and --header + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + --help | --hel | -h ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) + ac_cs_silent=: ;; + + # This is an error. + -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + + *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" + ac_need_defaults=false ;; + + esac + shift +done + +ac_configure_extra_args= + +if $ac_cs_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null + ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if \$ac_cs_recheck; then + set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion + shift + \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 + CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "\$@" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX + $as_echo "$ac_log" +} >&5 + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# +# INIT-COMMANDS +# +AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" + + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' +delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' +macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' + +LTCC='$LTCC' +LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' +compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' + +# Quote evaled strings. +for var in SED \ +GREP \ +EGREP \ +FGREP \ +LD \ +NM \ +LN_S \ +lt_SP2NL \ +lt_NL2SP \ +reload_flag \ +OBJDUMP \ +deplibs_check_method \ +file_magic_cmd \ +AR \ +AR_FLAGS \ +STRIP \ +RANLIB \ +CC \ +CFLAGS \ +compiler \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ +SHELL \ +ECHO \ +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ +lt_prog_compiler_wl \ +lt_prog_compiler_pic \ +lt_prog_compiler_static \ +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ +need_locks \ +DSYMUTIL \ +NMEDIT \ +LIPO \ +OTOOL \ +OTOOL64 \ +shrext_cmds \ +export_dynamic_flag_spec \ +whole_archive_flag_spec \ +compiler_needs_object \ +with_gnu_ld \ +allow_undefined_flag \ +no_undefined_flag \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \ +hardcode_libdir_separator \ +fix_srcfile_path \ +exclude_expsyms \ +include_expsyms \ +file_list_spec \ +variables_saved_for_relink \ +libname_spec \ +library_names_spec \ +soname_spec \ +finish_eval \ +old_striplib \ +striplib; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Double-quote double-evaled strings. +for var in reload_cmds \ +old_postinstall_cmds \ +old_postuninstall_cmds \ +old_archive_cmds \ +extract_expsyms_cmds \ +old_archive_from_new_cmds \ +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ +archive_cmds \ +archive_expsym_cmds \ +module_cmds \ +module_expsym_cmds \ +export_symbols_cmds \ +prelink_cmds \ +postinstall_cmds \ +postuninstall_cmds \ +finish_cmds \ +sys_lib_search_path_spec \ +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules. +case \$lt_ECHO in +*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\` + ;; +esac + +ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' +xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' +lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' + +# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our +# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. +if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + + + PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' + VERSION='$VERSION' + TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' + RM='$RM' + ofile='$ofile' + + + + + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + +# Handling of arguments. +for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets +do + case $ac_config_target in + "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;; + "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; + "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;; + "default-1") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS default-1" ;; + "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; + "data/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES data/Makefile" ;; + "data/gconf-editor.desktop.in") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES data/gconf-editor.desktop.in" ;; + "data/icons/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES data/icons/Makefile" ;; + "docs/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES docs/Makefile" ;; + "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;; + "po/Makefile.in") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES po/Makefile.in" ;; + "po/stamp-it") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS po/stamp-it" ;; + + *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac +done + + +# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, +# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. +# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely +# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. +if $ac_need_defaults; then + test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files + test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers + test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands +fi + +# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree +# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, +# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. +# Hook for its removal unless debugging. +# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: +# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. +$debug || +{ + tmp= + trap 'exit_status=$? + { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status +' 0 + trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 +} +# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. + +{ + tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && + test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" +} || +{ + tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM + (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") +} || +{ + $as_echo "$as_me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +} + +# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. +# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. +# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. +if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then + + +ac_cr=' ' +ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` +if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then + ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' +else + ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr +fi + +echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" && +_ACEOF + + +{ + echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && + echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && + echo "_ACEOF" +} >conf$$subs.sh || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'` +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do + . ./conf$$subs.sh || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` + if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done +rm -f conf$$subs.sh + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && +_ACEOF +sed -n ' +h +s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ +p +g +s/^[^!]*!// +:repl +t repl +s/'"$ac_delim"'$// +t delim +:nl +h +s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ +t more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ +p +n +b repl +:more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t nl +:delim +h +s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ +t more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ +p +b +:more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t delim +' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 +rm -f conf$$subs.awk +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +_ACAWK +cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && + for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 + FS = "" + +} +{ + line = $ 0 + nfields = split(line, field, "@") + substed = 0 + len = length(field[1]) + for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { + key = field[i] + keylen = length(key) + if (S_is_set[key]) { + value = S[key] + line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) + len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) + substed = 1 + } else + len += 1 + keylen + } + + print line +} + +_ACAWK +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then + sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" +else + cat +fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +_ACEOF + +# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), +# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and +# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty +# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ +s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ +s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ +s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ +s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ +s/:*$// +s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// +}' +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" + +# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. +# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. +# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. +if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then +cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || +BEGIN { +_ACEOF + +# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as +# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into +# config.h.in to produce config.h. + +# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease +# handling of long lines. +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false :; do + ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` + if test -z "$ac_t"; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done + +# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, +# likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash +# newline sequences. + +ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* +sed -n ' +s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g +t rset +:rset +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / +t def +d +:def +s/\\$// +t bsnl +s/["\\]/\\&/g +s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ +D["\1"]=" \3"/p +s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p +d +:bsnl +s/["\\]/\\&/g +s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ +D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p +t cont +s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p +t cont +d +:cont +n +s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g +t clear +:clear +s/\\$// +t bsnlc +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p +d +:bsnlc +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p +b cont +' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 + FS = "" +} +/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { + line = \$ 0 + split(line, arg, " ") + if (arg[1] == "#") { + defundef = arg[2] + mac1 = arg[3] + } else { + defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) + mac1 = arg[2] + } + split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) + macro = mac2[1] + prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) + if (D_is_set[macro]) { + # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". + print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] + next + } else { + # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, + # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required + # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. + if (defundef == "undef") { + print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" + next + } + } +} +{ print } +_ACAWK +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" + + +eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" +shift +for ac_tag +do + case $ac_tag in + :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; + esac + case $ac_mode$ac_tag in + :[FHL]*:*);; + :L* | :C*:*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; + :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; + esac + ac_save_IFS=$IFS + IFS=: + set x $ac_tag + IFS=$ac_save_IFS + shift + ac_file=$1 + shift + + case $ac_mode in + :L) ac_source=$1;; + :[FH]) + ac_file_inputs= + for ac_f + do + case $ac_f in + -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; + *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree + # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, + # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. + test -f "$ac_f" || + case $ac_f in + [\\/$]*) false;; + *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; + esac || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac + case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac + ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs '$ac_f'" + done + + # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't + # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: + # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ + configure_input='Generated from '` + $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' + `' by configure.' + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} + fi + # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. + case $configure_input in #( + *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) + ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | + sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( + *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; + esac + + case $ac_tag in + *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || +$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$ac_file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + { as_dir="$ac_dir" + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + + case $ac_mode in + :F) + # + # CONFIG_FILE + # + + case $INSTALL in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; + *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; + esac + ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P + case $MKDIR_P in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; + */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; + esac +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. +# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. +ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= + +ac_sed_dataroot=' +/datarootdir/ { + p + q +} +/@datadir@/p +/@docdir@/p +/@infodir@/p +/@localedir@/p +/@mandir@/p +' +case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in +*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; +*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + ac_datarootdir_hack=' + s&@datadir@&$datadir&g + s&@docdir@&$docdir&g + s&@infodir@&$infodir&g + s&@localedir@&$localedir&g + s&@mandir@&$mandir&g + s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; +esac +_ACEOF + +# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. +# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. +# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +:t +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t +s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t +s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t +s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t +s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t +s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t +s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t +$ac_datarootdir_hack +" +eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} + + rm -f "$tmp/stdin" + case $ac_file in + -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";; + *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";; + esac \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + :H) + # + # CONFIG_HEADER + # + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + { + $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ + && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" + } >"$tmp/config.h" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} + else + rm -f "$ac_file" + mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi + else + $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ + && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create -" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create -" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi +# Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. +_am_arg="$ac_file" +_am_stamp_count=1 +for _am_header in $config_headers :; do + case $_am_header in + $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) + break ;; + * ) + _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; + esac +done +echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || +$as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$_am_arg" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count + ;; + + :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} + ;; + esac + + + case $ac_file$ac_mode in + "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { + # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files + # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval + # if we detect the quoting. + case $CONFIG_FILES in + *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; + *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; + esac + shift + for mf + do + # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. + mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` + # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. + # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but + # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. + # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process + # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. + # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line + # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. + if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then + dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || +$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$mf" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + else + continue + fi + # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote + # from the Makefile without running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "am__include" && continue + am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` + # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with + # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the + # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the + # expansion. + for file in `sed -n " + s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || +$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + { as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done + done +} + ;; + "libtool":C) + + # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our + # commands through without removal of \ escapes. + if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST + fi + + cfgfile="${ofile}T" + trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 + $RM "$cfgfile" + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +#! $SHELL + +# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + +# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. +available_tags="" + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG + +# Which release of libtool.m4 was used? +macro_version=$macro_version +macro_revision=$macro_revision + +# Whether or not to build shared libraries. +build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared + +# Whether or not to build static libraries. +build_old_libs=$enable_static + +# What type of objects to build. +pic_mode=$pic_mode + +# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. +fast_install=$enable_fast_install + +# The host system. +host_alias=$host_alias +host=$host +host_os=$host_os + +# The build system. +build_alias=$build_alias +build=$build +build_os=$build_os + +# A sed program that does not truncate output. +SED=$lt_SED + +# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. +Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" + +# A grep program that handles long lines. +GREP=$lt_GREP + +# An ERE matcher. +EGREP=$lt_EGREP + +# A literal string matcher. +FGREP=$lt_FGREP + +# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. +NM=$lt_NM + +# Whether we need soft or hard links. +LN_S=$lt_LN_S + +# What is the maximum length of a command? +max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len + +# Object file suffix (normally "o"). +objext=$ac_objext + +# Executable file suffix (normally ""). +exeext=$exeext + +# whether the shell understands "unset". +lt_unset=$lt_unset + +# turn spaces into newlines. +SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL + +# turn newlines into spaces. +NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP + +# How to create reloadable object files. +reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag +reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds + +# An object symbol dumper. +OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP + +# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. +deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method + +# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic". +file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd + +# The archiver. +AR=$lt_AR +AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS + +# A symbol stripping program. +STRIP=$lt_STRIP + +# Commands used to install an old-style archive. +RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB +old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds +old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds + +# A C compiler. +LTCC=$lt_CC + +# LTCC compiler flags. +LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS + +# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. +global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe + +# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. +global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix + +# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. +objdir=$objdir + +# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. +SHELL=$lt_SHELL + +# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. +ECHO=$lt_ECHO + +# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". +MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD + +# Must we lock files when doing compilation? +need_locks=$lt_need_locks + +# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. +DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL + +# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. +NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT + +# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. +LIPO=$lt_LIPO + +# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. +OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL + +# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. +OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 + +# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). +libext=$libext + +# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). +shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds + +# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. +extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds + +# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and +# restored at link time. +variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink + +# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? +need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix + +# Do we need a version for libraries? +need_version=$need_version + +# Library versioning type. +version_type=$version_type + +# Shared library runtime path variable. +runpath_var=$runpath_var + +# Shared library path variable. +shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var + +# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec + +# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. +# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME +library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec + +# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. +soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec + +# Command to use after installation of a shared archive. +postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds + +# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. +postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds + +# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. +finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds + +# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but +# not shown. +finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval + +# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. +hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs + +# Compile-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec + +# Run-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec + +# Whether dlopen is supported. +dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen + +# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. +dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self + +# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. +dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static + +# Commands to strip libraries. +old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib +striplib=$lt_striplib + + +# The linker used to build libraries. +LD=$lt_LD + +# Commands used to build an old-style archive. +old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds + +# A language specific compiler. +CC=$lt_compiler + +# Is the compiler the GNU compiler? +with_gcc=$GCC + +# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. +no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl + +# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. +pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic + +# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. +link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static + +# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? +compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o + +# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. +build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc + +# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. +allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes + +# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. +export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec + +# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. +whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec + +# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. +compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object + +# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. +old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds + +# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds + +# Commands used to build a shared archive. +archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds +archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds + +# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building +# a shared archive. +module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds +module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds + +# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. +with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld + +# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. +allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag + +# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. +no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec + +# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary +# during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld + +# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary. +hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is +# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the +# library is relocated. +hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute + +# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L + +# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var + +# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR +# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked +# against it. +hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic + +# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries +# to runtime path list. +inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath + +# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. +link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs + +# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. +fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path + +# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. +always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols + +# The commands to list exported symbols. +export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds + +# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. +exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms + +# Symbols that must always be exported. +include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms + +# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. +prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds + +# Specify filename containing input files. +file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec + +# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. +hardcode_action=$hardcode_action + +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + +_LT_EOF + + case $host_os in + aix3*) + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some +# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems +# vanish in a puff of smoke. +if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES +fi +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + + + # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if + # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in + # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem + # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? + sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + case $xsi_shell in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +func_stripname () +{ + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. + func_stripname_result=${3} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} +} + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*} + func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=} +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + case ${1} in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; + *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; + esac +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=$(( $* )) +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=${#1} +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) # Bourne compatible functions. + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` +} + + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# func_strip_suffix prefix name +func_stripname () +{ + case ${2} in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;; + esac +} + +# sed scripts: +my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' +my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//' + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"` + func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"` +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` +} + +_LT_EOF +esac + +case $lt_shell_append in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$1+=\$2" +} +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$1=\$$1\$2" +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + + sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || + (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") + chmod +x "$ofile" + + ;; + "default-1":C) case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) + sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile + esac ;; + "po/stamp-it":C) + if ! grep "^# INTLTOOL_MAKEFILE$" "po/Makefile.in" > /dev/null ; then + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: po/Makefile.in.in was not created by intltoolize." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: po/Makefile.in.in was not created by intltoolize." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi + rm -f "po/stamp-it" "po/stamp-it.tmp" "po/POTFILES" "po/Makefile.tmp" + >"po/stamp-it.tmp" + sed '/^#/d + s/^[[].*] *// + /^[ ]*$/d + '"s|^| $ac_top_srcdir/|" \ + "$srcdir/po/POTFILES.in" | sed '$!s/$/ \\/' >"po/POTFILES" + + sed '/^POTFILES =/,/[^\\]$/ { + /^POTFILES =/!d + r po/POTFILES + } + ' "po/Makefile.in" >"po/Makefile" + rm -f "po/Makefile.tmp" + mv "po/stamp-it.tmp" "po/stamp-it" + ;; + + esac +done # for ac_tag + + +{ (exit 0); exit 0; } +_ACEOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save + +test $ac_write_fail = 0 || + { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + +# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. +# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. +# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open +# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its +# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, +# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and +# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we +# need to make the FD available again. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + ac_cs_success=: + ac_config_status_args= + test "$silent" = yes && + ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which + # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. + $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} +fi + + +echo " +Configuration Sources: +GConf default values source: ${GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE} +GConf mandatory values source: ${GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE}" diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98b5ab --- /dev/null +++ b/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +AC_INIT([GConf Editor], + [2.28.0], + [http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf-editor], + [gconf-editor]) +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/main.c]) + +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.9 foreign no-dist-gzip dist-bzip2]) +AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h]) + +if test -z "$enable_maintainer_mode"; then + enable_maintainer_mode=yes +fi +AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([enable]) + +IT_PROG_INTLTOOL([0.35.0]) + +AC_PROG_CC +AC_HEADER_STDC +AC_PROG_LIBTOOL +AC_PATH_PROG(GCONFTOOL, gconftool-2) +AM_GCONF_SOURCE_2 + +AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) +GNOME_DOC_INIT + +changequote(,)dnl +if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then + case " $CFLAGS " in + *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;; + *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall" ;; + esac +fi +changequote([,])dnl + +PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GCONF_EDITOR, + gconf-2.0 >= 2.9.2 + gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12.0 + dbus-glib-1) + +if test "$enable_maintainer_mode" = "yes"; then + DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS="-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED \ +-DG_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES -DGTK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES" + AC_SUBST(DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(GLIB_GENMARSHAL, glib-genmarshal) + +GETTEXT_PACKAGE=gconf-editor +AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE) +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, "$GETTEXT_PACKAGE", [The gettext package]) + +AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT +GNOME_COMMON_INIT +GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS([maximum]) +GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES + +dnl Get the GConf defaults source, and sed it to make the mandatory source. +GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE=`gconftool-2 --get-default-source` +AC_ARG_WITH(gconf-defaults-source, + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gconf-defaults-source], + [The GConf source of the default values]), + GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE="$withval",) +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE, "$GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE", [GConf defaults source]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([Using config source $GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE for default values]) + +GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE=`echo $GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE | sed -e s/gconf.xml.defaults/gconf.xml.mandatory/` +AC_ARG_WITH(gconf-mandatory-source, + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gconf-mandatory-source], + [The GConf source of the mandatory values]), + GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE="$withval",) +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE, "$GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE", [GConf mandatory source]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([Using config source $GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE for mandatory values]) + +AC_CONFIG_FILES([ +Makefile +data/Makefile +data/gconf-editor.desktop.in +data/icons/Makefile +docs/Makefile +src/Makefile +po/Makefile.in +]) + +AC_OUTPUT + +echo " +Configuration Sources: +GConf default values source: ${GCONF_DEFAULTS_SOURCE} +GConf mandatory values source: ${GCONF_MANDATORY_SOURCE}" diff --git a/data/Makefile.am b/data/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9749e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Utilitiesdir = $(datadir)/applications +schemasdir = $(GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR) + +SUBDIRS=icons + +Utilities_in_files = gconf-editor.desktop.in +Utilities_DATA = $(Utilities_in_files:.desktop.in=.desktop) +schemas_in_files = gconf-editor.schemas.in +schemas_DATA = $(schemas_in_files:.schemas.in=.schemas) +@INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE@ +@INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE@ + +CLEANFILES = $(Utilities_DATA) $(schemas_DATA) + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(Utilities_in_files) \ + $(schemas_in_files) + +if GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL +install-data-local: + if test -z "$(DESTDIR)" ; then \ + for p in $(schemas_DATA) ; do \ + GCONF_CONFIG_SOURCE=$(GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE) $(GCONFTOOL) --makefile-install-rule $$p ; \ + done \ + fi +else +install-data-local: +endif + diff --git a/data/Makefile.in b/data/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98ddc23 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,688 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +subdir = data +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ + $(srcdir)/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/intltool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.in +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = gconf-editor.desktop.in +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ + html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ + install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ + install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ + install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ + installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ + ps-recursive uninstall-recursive +am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; +am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ + $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ + *) f=$$p;; \ + esac; +am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; +am__install_max = 40 +am__nobase_strip_setup = \ + srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` +am__nobase_strip = \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" +am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ + sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ + $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ + if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ + { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ + END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' +am__base_list = \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' +am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)" \ + "$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)" +DATA = $(Utilities_DATA) $(schemas_DATA) +RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ + distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive +AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ + $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ + distdir +ETAGS = etags +CTAGS = ctags +DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +am__relativize = \ + dir0=`pwd`; \ + sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ + sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ + sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ + sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ + while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ + first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ + if test "$$first" != "."; then \ + if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ + dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ + dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ + else \ + first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ + if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ + dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ + else \ + dir2="../$$dir2"; \ + fi; \ + dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ + done; \ + reldir="$$dir2" +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = @ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS@ +ALL_LINGUAS = @ALL_LINGUAS@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS@ +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = @DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS@ +DOC_USER_FORMATS = @DOC_USER_FORMATS@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +GCONFTOOL = @GCONFTOOL@ +GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS = @GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS@ +GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS = @GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE = @GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR = @GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR@ +GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ +GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +GREP = @GREP@ +HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT = @INTLTOOL_EXTRACT@ +INTLTOOL_MERGE = @INTLTOOL_MERGE@ +INTLTOOL_PERL = @INTLTOOL_PERL@ +INTLTOOL_UPDATE = @INTLTOOL_UPDATE@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OMF_DIR = @OMF_DIR@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +Utilitiesdir = $(datadir)/applications +schemasdir = $(GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR) +SUBDIRS = icons +Utilities_in_files = gconf-editor.desktop.in +Utilities_DATA = $(Utilities_in_files:.desktop.in=.desktop) +schemas_in_files = gconf-editor.schemas.in +schemas_DATA = $(schemas_in_files:.schemas.in=.schemas) +CLEANFILES = $(Utilities_DATA) $(schemas_DATA) +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(Utilities_in_files) \ + $(schemas_in_files) + +all: all-recursive + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ + && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign data/Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign data/Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): +gconf-editor.desktop.in: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs +install-UtilitiesDATA: $(Utilities_DATA) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(Utilitiesdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)" + @list='$(Utilities_DATA)'; test -n "$(Utilitiesdir)" || list=; \ + for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; \ + done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)" || exit $$?; \ + done + +uninstall-UtilitiesDATA: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(Utilities_DATA)'; test -n "$(Utilitiesdir)" || list=; \ + files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ + test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)" && rm -f $$files +install-schemasDATA: $(schemas_DATA) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(schemasdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)" + @list='$(schemas_DATA)'; test -n "$(schemasdir)" || list=; \ + for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; \ + done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)" || exit $$?; \ + done + +uninstall-schemasDATA: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(schemas_DATA)'; test -n "$(schemasdir)" || list=; \ + files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ + test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)" && rm -f $$files + +# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd +# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. +# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, +# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' +# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); +# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. +$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): + @failcom='exit 1'; \ + for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ + case $$f in \ + *=* | --[!k]*);; \ + *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + dot_seen=yes; \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || eval $$failcom; \ + done; \ + if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ + fi; test -z "$$fail" + +$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): + @failcom='exit 1'; \ + for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ + case $$f in \ + *=* | --[!k]*);; \ + *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + case "$@" in \ + distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + esac; \ + rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ + rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + rev="$$rev ."; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + for subdir in $$rev; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || eval $$failcom; \ + done && test -z "$$fail" +tags-recursive: + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ + done +ctags-recursive: + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ + done + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + set x; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + include_option=--etags-include; \ + empty_fix=.; \ + else \ + include_option=--include; \ + empty_fix=; \ + fi; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ + set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + shift; \ + if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ + test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ + if test $$# -gt 0; then \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ + "$$@" $$unique; \ + else \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ + $$unique; \ + fi; \ + fi +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ + END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ + || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ + $$unique + +GTAGS: + here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ + || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ + $(am__relativize); \ + new_distdir=$$reldir; \ + dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ + $(am__relativize); \ + new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ + echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ + echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ + ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ + distdir="$$new_distdir" \ + am__remove_distdir=: \ + am__skip_length_check=: \ + am__skip_mode_fix=: \ + distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-recursive +all-am: Makefile $(DATA) +installdirs: installdirs-recursive +installdirs-am: + for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(Utilitiesdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(schemasdir)"; do \ + test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ + done +install: install-recursive +install-exec: install-exec-recursive +install-data: install-data-recursive +uninstall: uninstall-recursive + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-recursive +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-recursive + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-recursive + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-recursive + +dvi-am: + +html: html-recursive + +html-am: + +info: info-recursive + +info-am: + +install-data-am: install-UtilitiesDATA install-data-local \ + install-schemasDATA + +install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-recursive + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-recursive + +install-info-am: + +install-man: + +install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-recursive + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool + +pdf: pdf-recursive + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-recursive + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-UtilitiesDATA uninstall-schemasDATA + +.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \ + install-am install-strip tags-recursive + +.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ + all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ + ctags ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic \ + distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ + html-am info info-am install install-UtilitiesDATA install-am \ + install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ + install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ + install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ + install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ + install-schemasDATA install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ + installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ + maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ + mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ + uninstall uninstall-UtilitiesDATA uninstall-am \ + uninstall-schemasDATA + +@INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE@ +@INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE@ + +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@install-data-local: +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ if test -z "$(DESTDIR)" ; then \ +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ for p in $(schemas_DATA) ; do \ +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ GCONF_CONFIG_SOURCE=$(GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE) $(GCONFTOOL) --makefile-install-rule $$p ; \ +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ done \ +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_TRUE@ fi +@GCONF_SCHEMAS_INSTALL_FALSE@install-data-local: + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in b/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e8623f --- /dev/null +++ b/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +[Desktop Entry] +_Name=Configuration Editor +_Comment=Directly edit your entire configuration database +Exec=gconf-editor +Terminal=false +Type=Application +Icon=gconf-editor +StartupNotify=true +Categories=GNOME;GTK;System; +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=gconf-editor +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=2.28.0 diff --git a/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in b/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4de2dd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +[Desktop Entry] +_Name=Configuration Editor +_Comment=Directly edit your entire configuration database +Exec=gconf-editor +Terminal=false +Type=Application +Icon=gconf-editor +StartupNotify=true +Categories=GNOME;GTK;System; +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=gconf-editor +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=general +X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=@VERSION@ diff --git a/data/gconf-editor.schemas.in b/data/gconf-editor.schemas.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28f2fea --- /dev/null +++ b/data/gconf-editor.schemas.in @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + /schemas/apps/gconf-editor/bookmarks + /apps/gconf-editor/bookmarks + gconf-editor + list + string + [] + + Bookmarks + gconf-editor folder bookmarks + + + + diff --git a/data/icons/Makefile.am b/data/icons/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..033892d --- /dev/null +++ b/data/icons/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +NULL = + +public_icons_themes = \ + hicolor \ + $(NULL) + +public_icons = \ + hicolor_apps_48x48_gconf-editor.png \ + $(NULL) + +private_icons = \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-boolean.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-float.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-integer.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-list.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-pair.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-schema.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-string.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-undefined.png \ + $(NULL) + +noinst_DATA = \ + $(NULL) + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(public_icons) \ + $(private_icons) \ + $(noinst_DATA) \ + $(NULL) + +############################################################################### + +gtk_update_icon_cache = gtk-update-icon-cache -f -t + +update-icon-cache: + @-if test -z "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ + echo "Updating Gtk icon cache."; \ + for theme in $(public_icons_themes); do \ + $(gtk_update_icon_cache) $(datadir)/icons/$$theme; \ + done; \ + else \ + echo "*** Icon cache not updated. After (un)install, run this:"; \ + for theme in $(public_icons_themes); do \ + echo "*** $(gtk_update_icon_cache) $(datadir)/icons/$$theme"; \ + done; \ + fi + +install-icons: + for icon in $(public_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$icon $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done; \ + for icon in $(private_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$icon $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done + +uninstall-icons: + -for icon in $(public_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done; \ + for icon in $(private_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done + +install-data-local: install-icons update-icon-cache + +uninstall-local: uninstall-icons update-icon-cache diff --git a/data/icons/Makefile.in b/data/icons/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8bafc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/icons/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +subdir = data/icons +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/intltool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.in +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +DATA = $(noinst_DATA) +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = @ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS@ +ALL_LINGUAS = @ALL_LINGUAS@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS@ +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = @DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS@ +DOC_USER_FORMATS = @DOC_USER_FORMATS@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +GCONFTOOL = @GCONFTOOL@ +GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS = @GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS@ +GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS = @GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE = @GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR = @GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR@ +GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ +GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +GREP = @GREP@ +HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT = @INTLTOOL_EXTRACT@ +INTLTOOL_MERGE = @INTLTOOL_MERGE@ +INTLTOOL_PERL = @INTLTOOL_PERL@ +INTLTOOL_UPDATE = @INTLTOOL_UPDATE@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OMF_DIR = @OMF_DIR@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +NULL = +public_icons_themes = \ + hicolor \ + $(NULL) + +public_icons = \ + hicolor_apps_48x48_gconf-editor.png \ + $(NULL) + +private_icons = \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-boolean.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-float.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-integer.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-list.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-pair.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-schema.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-string.png \ + hicolor_status_16x16_type-undefined.png \ + $(NULL) + +noinst_DATA = \ + $(NULL) + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(public_icons) \ + $(private_icons) \ + $(noinst_DATA) \ + $(NULL) + + +############################################################################### +gtk_update_icon_cache = gtk-update-icon-cache -f -t +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ + && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign data/icons/Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign data/icons/Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs +tags: TAGS +TAGS: + +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: + + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(DATA) +installdirs: +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +html: html-am + +html-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: install-data-local + +install-dvi: install-dvi-am + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-am + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-info-am: + +install-man: + +install-pdf: install-pdf-am + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-am + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-local + +.MAKE: install-am install-strip + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ + distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ + dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ + install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ + install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ + install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ + install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ + uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local + + +update-icon-cache: + @-if test -z "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ + echo "Updating Gtk icon cache."; \ + for theme in $(public_icons_themes); do \ + $(gtk_update_icon_cache) $(datadir)/icons/$$theme; \ + done; \ + else \ + echo "*** Icon cache not updated. After (un)install, run this:"; \ + for theme in $(public_icons_themes); do \ + echo "*** $(gtk_update_icon_cache) $(datadir)/icons/$$theme"; \ + done; \ + fi + +install-icons: + for icon in $(public_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$icon $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done; \ + for icon in $(private_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$icon $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done + +uninstall-icons: + -for icon in $(public_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done; \ + for icon in $(private_icons); do \ + THEME=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + CONTEXT=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f2`; \ + SIZE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f3`; \ + ICONFILE=`echo $$icon | cut -d_ -f4`; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/icons/$$THEME/$$SIZE/$$CONTEXT/$$ICONFILE; \ + done + +install-data-local: install-icons update-icon-cache + +uninstall-local: uninstall-icons update-icon-cache + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_apps_48x48_gconf-editor.png b/data/icons/hicolor_apps_48x48_gconf-editor.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0aa5936 Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_apps_48x48_gconf-editor.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-boolean.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-boolean.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23d80c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-boolean.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-float.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-float.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff7d80d Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-float.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-integer.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-integer.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff7d80d Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-integer.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-list.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-list.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc6e223 Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-list.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-pair.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-pair.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5068f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-pair.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-schema.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-schema.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5af39db Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-schema.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-string.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-string.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e010133 Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-string.png differ diff --git a/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-undefined.png b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-undefined.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5068f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/data/icons/hicolor_status_16x16_type-undefined.png differ diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..df8eea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/depcomp @@ -0,0 +1,630 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free +# Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] + +Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies +as side-effects. + +Environment variables: + depmode Dependency tracking mode. + source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. + depfile Dependency file to output. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. + libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). + +Report bugs to . +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "depcomp $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then + echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. +depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | + sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} +tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} + +rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + +# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We +# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, +# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case +# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. +if test "$depmode" = hp; then + # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. + gccflag=-M + depmode=gcc +fi + +if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then + # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. + dashmflag=-xM + depmode=dashmstdout +fi + +cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" +if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then + # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g" + depmode=msvisualcpp +fi + +case "$depmode" in +gcc3) +## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what +## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like +## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. +## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon +## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they +## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here +## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; + *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; + esac + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + done + "$@" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" + ;; + +gcc) +## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's +## why we pick this rather obscure method: +## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end +## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. +## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) +## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like +## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). +## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse +## than renaming). + if test -z "$gccflag"; then + gccflag=-MD, + fi + "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. + sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ + -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" +## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. +## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file +## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is +## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding +## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do +## this for us directly. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory +## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as +## well. +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +sgi) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" + else + "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + + # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be + # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle + # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in + # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; + # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the + # dependency line. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ + tr ' +' ' ' >> "$depfile" + echo >> "$depfile" + + # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ + >> "$depfile" + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +aix) + # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies + # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the + # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the + # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. + # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u + "$@" -Wc,-M + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u + "$@" -M + fi + stat=$? + + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # That's a tab and a space in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +icc) + # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on + # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c + # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like + # foo.o: sub/foo.c + # foo.o: sub/foo.h + # which is wrong. We want: + # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c + # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h + # sub/foo.c: + # sub/foo.h: + # ICC 7.1 will output + # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h + # and will wrap long lines using \ : + # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ + # sub/foo.h ... \ + # ... + + "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', + # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | + sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp2) + # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 + # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option + # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named + # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that + # happens to be. + # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d + "$@" -Wc,+Maked + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + "$@" +Maked + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Add `dependent.h:' lines. + sed -ne '2,${ + s/^ *// + s/ \\*$// + s/$/:/ + p + }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" + ;; + +tru64) + # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side + # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. + # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put + # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # Subdirectories are respected. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a + # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to + # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. + # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. + # + # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now + # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two + # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and + # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because + # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer + # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is + # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring + # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. + tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 + "$@" -Wc,-MD + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d + "$@" -MD + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # That's a tab and a space in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +#nosideeffect) + # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect + # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. + +dashmstdout) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove `-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M + # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' + # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: + # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. + "$@" $dashmflag | + sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +dashXmstdout) + # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually + # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. + exit 1 + ;; + +makedepend) + "$@" || exit $? + # Remove any Libtool call + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + # X makedepend + shift + cleared=no eat=no + for arg + do + case $cleared in + no) + set ""; shift + cleared=yes ;; + esac + if test $eat = yes; then + eat=no + continue + fi + case "$arg" in + -D*|-I*) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove + # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. + -arch) + eat=yes ;; + -*|$object) + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + esac + done + obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` + touch "$tmpdepfile" + ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' +' | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak + ;; + +cpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove `-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + "$@" -E | + sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | + sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvisualcpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case "$arg" in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") + set fnord "$@" + shift + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift + shift + ;; + esac + done + "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo " " >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvcmsys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +none) + exec "$@" + ;; + +*) + echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/docs/C/figures/entry-blank.png b/docs/C/figures/entry-blank.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5068f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/entry-blank.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/figures/entry-bool.png b/docs/C/figures/entry-bool.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23d80c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/entry-bool.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/figures/entry-list.png b/docs/C/figures/entry-list.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc6e223 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/entry-list.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/figures/entry-number.png b/docs/C/figures/entry-number.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff7d80d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/entry-number.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/figures/entry-schema.png b/docs/C/figures/entry-schema.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5af39db Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/entry-schema.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/figures/entry-string.png b/docs/C/figures/entry-string.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e010133 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/entry-string.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/C/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb29d6c Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/C/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/C/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/C/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4afe569 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/C/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ + + + + + + +]> + + +
+ + + + Configuration Editor Manual + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + + + + + GNOME Documentation Project + + + &legal; + + + + + Sun + GNOME Documentation Team + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + Shaun + McCance + + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + + &app; can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs + + + + Version &manrevision; + &date; + + GNOME Documentation Project + GNOME Documentation Project + unreviewed + + + + Version 2.1 + August 2004 + + Sun GNOME Documentation Team + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + Version 2.0.1 + January 2004 + + Sun GNOME Documentation Team + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + This manual describes version &appversion; of &app;. + + Feedback + To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the &app; application or + this manual, follow the directions in the + GNOME Feedback Page. + + + + + + + GConf Editor + + + + Introduction + The GNOME Desktop and many applications use + GConf to store user preferences and + system configuration data. GConf + provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying + configuration management for users and system administrators. More + information about GConf can be found in the + GNOME System + Administrator's Guide. + &app; allows users to modify their + preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which + use GConf. Additionally, system administrators + can use &app; to set default and mandatory + settings which will affect all users. + Preferences are stored in GConf in a + hierarchy of keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies + your setting for that preference. For instance, the key + /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme stores which theme + you use in the game Five or More. + &app; enables you to modify your + configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not + use &app; to set preferences for the GNOME + Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For + information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version + of the GNOME Desktop User Guide for + your platform. + + + + Getting Started + + + To Start &app; + You can start &app; in the following + ways: + + + Applications menu + + Choose System Tools + Configuration Editor. + Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the + second method described below. + + + + Command line + + Execute the following command: + gconf-editor + + + + + + + When You Start &app; + When you start &app;, the following + window is displayed. +
+ <application>&app;</application> Window + + + + + + + Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, + Modification pane, Documentation pane. + + + +
+ The &app; window contains + the following panes: + + + Tree pane + Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in + GConf. Use this pane to display the keys + that you want to modify in the modification pane. The tree pane is on + the left side of the window. + + + Modification pane + + Displays the keys in the selected + GConf location in the tree pane. Use + this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to modify the + values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the + right side of the window. + The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate + what type of value you can enter for the key. For example, the check + mark icon beside the + /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates + that you can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See + for more information on each icon. + + + + Documentation pane + Displays documentation for the currently selected + key. Use this pane to read more information about the + GConf preference keys. + + + + Results pane (not shown) + Enables you to view the results of a search or to + search through the list of your recently viewed key names. The rest + of the window will show the information for whichever key you have + selected in this pane. The results pane will appear on the bottom of + the window when you list the recent keys or perform a search. + + + + + + + + Working with Windows + + Opening New Windows + There are a three types of window you can open in + &app;: Settings, + Defaults, and Mandatory. + What values &app; sets depends on what type + of window you have open. You can open each type of window with the + appropriate item under the File menu. + Since the settings in Defaults and + Mandatory windows affect all users of the + computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. + To change your preferences, you should use the + Settings window. + + + Settings + You can use the Settings + window to set your personal preferences. Changes made in the + Settings window only affect your desktop. + You cannot change the settings that the system administrator has + made mandatory. + + + + + Defaults + If you are a system administrator, you can use the + Defaults window to edit the default + settings for all users. If a user does not set the value of a key + explicitly, the value will be taken from the default settings. Users + can always override the default settings. + + + Mandatory + If you are a system administrator, you can use the + Mandatory window to edit the mandatory + settings for all users. When a mandatory value is set for a key, + users are not able to change that value. This can be used to lock + down certain options. + + + + + + Closing and Quitting + You can close a &app; window by selecting + FileClose Window + in that window. To close all &app; + windows and quit the application completely, select + FileQuit in any + &app; window. + + + + + Working with Keys + Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in + GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which + use GConf access the values of keys to determine + how to look and behave. When you change something in the + Preferences of an application, you are changing the + value associated to a key in GConf. + + + Copying a Key Name + To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to + copy in the modification pane. Choose Edit + Copy Key Name. You can paste the + key name into any other application. + + + Viewing Recent Key Names + To view recent key names, choose Edit + List Recent Keys. This action will + open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move + through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or + the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear + in the rest of the window. + Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you + just changed and don't remember where it is. + + A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and + clear buttons on the results pane should be explained. + + + Modifying the Value of a Key + The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can + take. See for more information on each icon. To + modify the value of a key, perform the following steps: + + Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify + in the modification pane. + Select the key to modify in the modification pane. + + To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click + in the Value column of the key. Type the new value + for the key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select + Edit Key from the popup menu. + To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the + Value column of the key to select or + deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-click on the + key and select Edit Key from the + popup menu. + To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and + select Edit Key from the popup menu. The + Edit Key dialog provides a list of the + values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each + particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and + move each value up or down in the list. + + + Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by + providing mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value + set, you will not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane + will display the label This key is not writable + if you are not allowed to edit the value of that key. + + + + + Finding Keys Quickly + To locate keys quickly, &app; allows you + to search the key names in GConf. Additionally, + you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need to access + frequently. + + + Using Bookmarks + To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location + from the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory + locations to your Bookmarks menu. + To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the + tree pane. Choose BookmarksAdd + Bookmark. + To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps: + + Choose Bookmarks + Edit bookmarks. + Select the bookmark in the + Edit bookmarks dialog, then click + Delete. + Click Close. + + + + Searching for Keys + To search for keys, perform the following steps: + + Choose Edit + Find. + Enter the keyword you want to search for in the + Search for field. You can also select the + optional check boxes Search also in key names + and Search also in key values. If these check boxes + are not selected, the search will only be performed on folder names. + Selecting these boxes will expand the search parameters. + Click Find. + + The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move + through the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through + the results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the + selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window. + + A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and + clear buttons on the results pane should be explained. + + + + + Default and Mandatory Settings + If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory + settings in GConf which will affect all users. + Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and + users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all + users, and they cannot override them. + You can use the Defaults and + Mandatory windows to edit and remove default + and mandatory settings. The Defaults and + Mandatory windows will only show you those + settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot + use these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, + you can set settings from the Settings window + to be default or mandatory. + To open a Defaults window, choose + FileNew Defaults + Window. To open a + Mandatory window, choose + FileNew Mandatory Window + . + + + Creating Default Settings + To create a default setting, perform the following steps: + + In the Settings window, use the + tree pane to display the key that you want to set as default. + Right-click on the key and select Set as + Default from the popup menu. + + + + Creating Mandatory Settings + To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps: + + In the Settings window, use the + tree pane to display the key that you want to set as + mandatory. + Right-click on the key and select Set as + Mandatory from the popup menu. + + + + Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings + You can use the Defaults and + Mandatory windows to modify and remove + default and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory + setting, use the appropriate window and modify the key as you would + for keys in the Settings window. See + for more information on modifying + keys. + To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following + steps: + + In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display + the key that you want to remove from the default or mandatory + settings. + Right-click on the key and select Unset + Key from the popup menu. + + + + + + Icons and Key Types + The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type + of value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible + icons and what types of values they represent. + + + + + Boolean key + Can be either true or false. + &app; will provide a check box for + this type of key. + + + + + Number key + Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or + floating point (fractional) numbers. + + + + + String key + Can hold any string of text. + + + + + Schema key + Used for documenting other keys. The documentation + for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the + /schemas directory. Users and system administrators + usually will not need to work with schema keys directly. + + + + + List key + Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must + be of the same type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or + string. + + + + + Pair key + Can hold exactly two values. The two values must + be one of the primitive types, but they do not have to be the same + type. Currently, &app; is unable to edit + pair keys. + + + + + Blank + Used when &app; does not + understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used + for pair keys. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/C/legal.xml b/docs/C/legal.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6906f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/C/legal.xml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation + License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published + by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, + no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find + a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS + distributed with this manual. + + This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals + distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this + manual separately from the collection, you can do so by + adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in + section 6 of the license. + + + + Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their + products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those + names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of + the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those + trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial + capital letters. + + + + DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED + UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE + WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: + + + + DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR + IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES + THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE + DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE + RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE + OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE + DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR + MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, + YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY + CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY + SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER + OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS + LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED + VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER + EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND + + + + UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL + THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), + CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, + INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY + DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION + OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH + PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY + DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER + INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS + OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR + MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR + LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE + DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, + EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF + THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/ChangeLog b/docs/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af80242 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +2009-04-21 Cosimo Cecchi + + * uk/gconf-editor.xml: remove this, as it's autogenerated. + +2009-04-04 Simos Xenitellis + + * el/figures/*.png: Added screenshot (Fotis Tsamis). + +==================== 2.26.0 ==================== + +2009-03-11 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th/th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2009-03-08 Philip Withnall + + * Makefile.am: + * en_GB/en_GB.po: Added British English translation. + +2009-03-04 Milo Casagrande + + * it/it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2009-02-24 Gil Forcada + + * ca/ca.po: Updated Catalan translation by Joan Duran. + * ca/figures/*.png: Updated the screenshot. + +2009-02-17 Daniel Nylander + + * sv/sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + * sv/figures/*png: Updated screenshot. + +2009-02-16 Simos Xenitellis + + * el/el.po: Added Greek translation by Jennie Petoumenou. + +2009-02-06 Mario Blättermann + + * de/de.po: Updated German translation + +2009-01-04 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR/pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + * pt_BR/figures/entry-*.png: Removed redundant screenshots. + +2008-11-14 Jorge Gonzalez + + * es/es.po: Updated Spanish translation + * es/figures/*.png: Added Spanish screenshots + +2008-11-12 Claude Paroz + + * Makefile.am: Updated DOC_FIGURES (forgotten in fix for #500308). + +2008-11-12 Claude Paroz + + * fr/figures/*: + * fr/fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2008-11-12 Claude Paroz + + * C/gconf-editor.xml: Added a note about distributions hiding the System + Tools menu, as Patrick Hulin suggested. + Fixes #500312. + +2008-11-12 Claude Paroz + + * C/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.*: Updated to current theme, thanks + to Patrick Hulin. + Fixes #500309. + +2008-11-12 Claude Paroz + + * C/figures/entry-*.png: Added missing icons. + Fixes #500308. + +2008-10-11 Nikita Belobrov + + * ru/ru.po: Added Russian translation. + +2008-09-30 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th/th.po: Updated Thai translation. + * th/figures/entry-*.png: Added missing icons. + (merged from gnome-2-24 branch) + +2008-09-30 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th/th.po: Updated Thai translation. + * th/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.{xcf,png}: Added screenshot. + (merged from gnome-2-24 branch) + +2008-09-29 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th/th.po: Updated Thai translation by Pongsatorn Parnpreeda. + (merged from gnome-2-24 branch) + +==================== 2.24.0.1 ==================== + +==================== 2.24.0 ==================== + +2008-09-21 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th/th.po: Updated Thai translation by Pongsatorn Parnpreeda (iaee). + +2008-09-20 Luca Ferretti + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2008-09-20 Mario Blättermann + + * de/de.po: Updated German translation + +2008-09-16 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * Makefile.am: Added 'th' to DOC_LINGUAS. + * th/th.po: Added Thai translation by Pongsatorn Parnpreeda (iaee). + +2008-09-06 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * Makefile.am: Added pt_BR. + * pt_BR/pt_BR.po: Added Brazilian Portuguese translation updated by + Fabrício Godoy. + * pt_BR/figures/*: Added screenshots by Fabrício Godoy. + +2008-06-16 Jordi Mas + + * Makefile.am: Added ca to DOC_LINGUAS. + * ca/ca.po: Catalan translation by Joan Duran + * ca/figures/*.png: Screenshots. + +2008-03-04 Jorge Gonzalez + + * es/es.po: Updated Spanish translation + +2007-12-31 Yannig Marchegay + + * oc.po: Updated Occitan translation. + 2007-08-27 Kjartan Maraas,,23491770 + + reviewed by: + + * uk/gconf-editor.xml: + +2007-07-28 Jan Arne Petersen + + * Makefile.am: Added de to DOC_LINGUAS. + + * de/de.po: Migrated and updated German translation. + + * de/Makefile.am: + * de/gconf-editor-de.omf: + * de/gconf-editor.xml: + * de/legal.xml: Removed unused files. + +2007-04-21 Jorge Gonzalez + + * Makefile.am: Added es to DOC_LINGUAS. + * es/es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + * es/figures/*.png: Updated screenshots. + +2007-03-28 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * Makefile.am: Added uk to DOC_LINGUAS. + +2007-03-12 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk/uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation. + +2007-03-05 Luca Ferretti + + * it/it.po: + Updated Italian translation. + + * it/figures/entry-*png + Copy entry icons from ../data/icons + +2006-12-05 Luca Ferretti + + * it/it.po: + * it/figures/*: + * Makefile.am: + Add Italian translation. + +2006-11-15 Kjartan Maraas + + * C/gconf-editor.xml: Add maintainer role to get the + build going. + +2006-10-23 Daniel Nylander + + * sv/sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + * sv/figures/*png: Updated screenshot. + +2006-10-23 Daniel Nylander + + * sv/sv.po: Added Swedish translation. + * sv/figures/*png: Added screenshot. + * Makefile.am: Added sv to DOC_LINGUAS. + +2006-10-10 Christophe Bliard + + * fr/fr.po: Migrated French translation to g-d-u and updated + translation. + * fr/Makefile.am fr/gconf-editor-fr.omf fr/gconf-editor.xml + fr/legal.xml: Removed old documentation files. + * Makefile.am: Added fr to DOC_LINGUAS. + diff --git a/docs/Makefile.am b/docs/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1f49dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +include $(top_srcdir)/gnome-doc-utils.make +dist-hook: doc-dist-hook + +DOC_MODULE = gconf-editor +DOC_ENTITIES = legal.xml +DOC_INCLUDES = +DOC_FIGURES = figures/entry-blank.png \ + figures/entry-bool.png \ + figures/entry-list.png \ + figures/entry-number.png \ + figures/entry-schema.png \ + figures/entry-string.png \ + figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png + +DOC_LINGUAS = ca cs de el en_GB es fr it oc pt_BR ru sv th uk zh_CN + +man_MANS = gconf-editor.1 + +EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) diff --git a/docs/Makefile.in b/docs/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..041bbc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +# gnome-doc-utils.make - make magic for building documentation +# Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Shaun McCance +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +################################################################################ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ + $(top_srcdir)/gnome-doc-utils.make ChangeLog +subdir = docs +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/intltool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.in +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; +am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ + $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ + *) f=$$p;; \ + esac; +am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; +am__install_max = 40 +am__nobase_strip_setup = \ + srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` +am__nobase_strip = \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" +am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ + sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ + $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ + if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ + { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ + END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' +am__base_list = \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' +man1dir = $(mandir)/man1 +am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" +NROFF = nroff +MANS = $(man_MANS) +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = @ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS@ +ALL_LINGUAS = @ALL_LINGUAS@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED@ +DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS = @DISABLE_DEPRECATED_CFLAGS@ +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = @DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS@ +DOC_USER_FORMATS = @DOC_USER_FORMATS@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +GCONFTOOL = @GCONFTOOL@ +GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS = @GCONF_EDITOR_CFLAGS@ +GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS = @GCONF_EDITOR_LIBS@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE = @GCONF_SCHEMA_CONFIG_SOURCE@ +GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR = @GCONF_SCHEMA_FILE_DIR@ +GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ +GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +GREP = @GREP@ +HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT = @INTLTOOL_EXTRACT@ +INTLTOOL_MERGE = @INTLTOOL_MERGE@ +INTLTOOL_PERL = @INTLTOOL_PERL@ +INTLTOOL_UPDATE = @INTLTOOL_UPDATE@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_OPTS = @MSGFMT_OPTS@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OMF_DIR = @OMF_DIR@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_FALSE@ +PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE = @PO_IN_DATADIR_TRUE@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +_clean_doc_header = $(if $(DOC_H_FILE),clean-doc-header) +_DOC_REAL_FORMATS = $(if $(DOC_USER_FORMATS),$(DOC_USER_FORMATS),$(DOC_FORMATS)) +_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS = $(if $(filter environment,$(origin LINGUAS)), \ + $(filter $(LINGUAS),$(DOC_LINGUAS)), \ + $(DOC_LINGUAS)) + +_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR = @abs_srcdir@ +_xml2po_mode = $(if $(DOC_ID),mallard,docbook) +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@_ENABLE_SK = true + +################################################################################ +db2omf_args = \ + --stringparam db2omf.basename $(DOC_MODULE) \ + --stringparam db2omf.format $(3) \ + --stringparam db2omf.dtd \ + $(shell xmllint --format $(2) | grep -h PUBLIC | head -n 1 \ + | sed -e 's/.*PUBLIC \(\"[^\"]*\"\).*/\1/') \ + --stringparam db2omf.lang $(notdir $(patsubst %/$(notdir $(2)),%,$(2))) \ + --stringparam db2omf.omf_dir "$(OMF_DIR)" \ + --stringparam db2omf.help_dir "$(HELP_DIR)" \ + --stringparam db2omf.omf_in "$(_DOC_OMF_IN)" \ + $(if $(_ENABLE_SK), \ + --stringparam db2omf.scrollkeeper_cl "$(_skcontentslist)") \ + $(_db2omf) $(2) + +_DOC_OMF_IN = $(if $(DOC_MODULE),$(wildcard $(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/$(DOC_MODULE).omf.in)) +_DOC_OMF_DB = $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN), \ + $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(DOC_MODULE)-$(lc).omf)) + +_DOC_OMF_HTML = $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN), \ + $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(DOC_MODULE)-html-$(lc).omf)) + + +# FIXME +_DOC_OMF_ALL = \ + $(if $(filter docbook,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)),$(_DOC_OMF_DB)) \ + $(if $(filter html HTML,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)),$(_DOC_OMF_HTML)) + + +################################################################################ +_DOC_C_MODULE = $(if $(DOC_MODULE),C/$(DOC_MODULE).xml) +_DOC_C_PAGES = $(foreach page,$(DOC_PAGES),C/$(page)) +_DOC_C_ENTITIES = $(foreach ent,$(DOC_ENTITIES),C/$(ent)) +_DOC_C_INCLUDES = $(foreach inc,$(DOC_INCLUDES),C/$(inc)) +_DOC_C_DOCS = \ + $(_DOC_C_ENTITIES) $(_DOC_C_INCLUDES) \ + $(_DOC_C_PAGES) $(_DOC_C_MODULE) + +_DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT = \ + $(_DOC_C_MODULE) $(_DOC_C_INCLUDES) \ + $(_DOC_C_PAGES) + +_DOC_C_FIGURES = $(if $(DOC_FIGURES), \ + $(foreach fig,$(DOC_FIGURES),C/$(fig)), \ + $(patsubst $(srcdir)/%,%,$(wildcard $(srcdir)/C/figures/*.png))) + + +# FIXME: probably have to shell escape to determine the file names +_DOC_C_HTML = $(foreach f, \ + $(shell xsltproc --xinclude \ + --stringparam db.chunk.basename "$(DOC_MODULE)" \ + $(_chunks) "C/$(DOC_MODULE).xml"), \ + C/$(f).xhtml) + + +############################################################################### +_DOC_POFILES = $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID), \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).po)) + +_DOC_LC_MODULES = $(if $(DOC_MODULE), \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(DOC_MODULE).xml)) + +_DOC_LC_PAGES = \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(foreach page,$(_DOC_C_PAGES), \ + $(lc)/$(notdir $(page)) )) + +_DOC_LC_INCLUDES = \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(foreach inc,$(_DOC_C_INCLUDES), \ + $(lc)/$(notdir $(inc)) )) + + +# FIXME: probably have to shell escape to determine the file names +_DOC_LC_HTML = \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(foreach doc,$(_DOC_C_HTML), \ + $(lc)/$(notdir $(doc)) )) + +_DOC_LC_DOCS = \ + $(_DOC_LC_MODULES) $(_DOC_LC_INCLUDES) $(_DOC_LC_PAGES) \ + $(if $(filter html HTML,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)),$(_DOC_LC_HTML)) + +_DOC_LC_FIGURES = $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS), \ + $(patsubst C/%,$(lc)/%,$(_DOC_C_FIGURES)) ) + +_DOC_SRC_FIGURES = \ + $(foreach fig,$(_DOC_C_FIGURES), $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS), \ + $(wildcard $(srcdir)/$(lc)/$(patsubst C/%,%,$(fig))) )) + +_DOC_POT = $(if $(DOC_MODULE),$(DOC_MODULE).pot) + +################################################################################ +_DOC_HTML_ALL = $(if $(filter html HTML,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)), \ + $(_DOC_C_HTML) $(_DOC_LC_HTML)) + +_DOC_HTML_TOPS = $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(DOC_MODULE).xhtml) +_clean_omf = $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),clean-doc-omf) +_clean_dsk = $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),clean-doc-dsk) +_clean_lc = $(if $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),clean-doc-lc) +_clean_dir = $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),clean-doc-dir) +_doc_install_dir = $(if $(DOC_ID),$(DOC_ID),$(DOC_MODULE)) +DOC_MODULE = gconf-editor +DOC_ENTITIES = legal.xml +DOC_INCLUDES = +DOC_FIGURES = figures/entry-blank.png \ + figures/entry-bool.png \ + figures/entry-list.png \ + figures/entry-number.png \ + figures/entry-schema.png \ + figures/entry-string.png \ + figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png + +DOC_LINGUAS = ca cs de el en_GB es fr it oc pt_BR ru sv th uk zh_CN +man_MANS = gconf-editor.1 +EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/gnome-doc-utils.make $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ + && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign docs/Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign docs/Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs +install-man1: $(man_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" + @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \ + { for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ + l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ + sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ + } | while read p; do \ + if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \ + done | \ + sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ + -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \ + sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \ + list=; while read file base inst; do \ + if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + test -z "$$files" || { \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \ + done; } + +uninstall-man1: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \ + files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ + l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ + sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ + } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ + -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ + test -z "$$files" || { \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" && rm -f $$files; } +tags: TAGS +TAGS: + +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: + + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @list='$(MANS)'; if test -n "$$list"; then \ + list=`for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; else :; fi; done`; \ + if test -n "$$list" && \ + grep 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list >/dev/null; then \ + echo "error: found man pages containing the \`missing help2man' replacement text:" >&2; \ + grep -l 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list | sed 's/^/ /' >&2; \ + echo " to fix them, install help2man, remove and regenerate the man pages;" >&2; \ + echo " typically \`make maintainer-clean' will remove them" >&2; \ + exit 1; \ + else :; fi; \ + else :; fi + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ + dist-hook +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(MANS) +installdirs: + for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \ + test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ + done +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-local mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-local + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +html: html-am + +html-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: install-data-local install-man + +install-dvi: install-dvi-am + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-am + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-info-am: + +install-man: install-man1 + +install-pdf: install-pdf-am + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-am + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic \ + maintainer-clean-local + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \ + mostlyclean-local + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-local uninstall-man + +uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 + +.MAKE: install-am install-strip + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ + clean-local dist-hook distclean distclean-generic \ + distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \ + html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ + install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi install-dvi-am \ + install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ + install-info install-info-am install-man install-man1 \ + install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ + maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ + mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-local pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ + uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local uninstall-man \ + uninstall-man1 + + +DOC_H_FILE ?= + +DOC_H_DOCS ?= + +$(DOC_H_FILE): $(DOC_H_DOCS); + @rm -f $@.tmp; touch $@.tmp; + echo 'const gchar* documentation_credits[] = {' >> $@.tmp + list='$(DOC_H_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + xmlpath="`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`:$(srcdir)/`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`"; \ + if ! test -f "$$doc"; then doc="$(srcdir)/$$doc"; fi; \ + xsltproc --path "$$xmlpath" $(_credits) $$doc; \ + done | sort | uniq \ + | awk 'BEGIN{s=""}{n=split($$0,w,"<");if(s!=""&&s!=substr(w[1],1,length(w[1])-1)){print s};if(n>1){print $$0;s=""}else{s=$$0}};END{if(s!=""){print s}}' \ + | sed -e 's/\\/\\\\/' -e 's/"/\\"/' -e 's/\(.*\)/\t"\1",/' >> $@.tmp + echo ' NULL' >> $@.tmp + echo '};' >> $@.tmp + echo >> $@.tmp + list='$(DOC_H_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + xmlpath="`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`:$(srcdir)/`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`"; \ + if ! test -f "$$doc"; then doc="$(srcdir)/$$doc"; fi; \ + docid=`echo "$$doc" | sed -e 's/.*\/\([^/]*\)\.xml/\1/' \ + | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z_]/_/g' | tr 'a-z' 'A-Z'`; \ + echo $$xmlpath; \ + ids=`xsltproc --xinclude --path "$$xmlpath" $(_ids) $$doc`; \ + for id in $$ids; do \ + echo '#define HELP_'`echo $$docid`'_'`echo $$id \ + | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z_]/_/g' | tr 'a-z' 'A-Z'`' "'$$id'"' >> $@.tmp; \ + done; \ + echo >> $@.tmp; \ + done; + cp $@.tmp $@ && rm -f $@.tmp + +dist-check-gdu: +@HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_FALSE@ @echo "*** GNOME Doc Utils must be installed in order to make dist" +@HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_FALSE@ @false + +.PHONY: dist-doc-header +dist-doc-header: $(DOC_H_FILE) + @if test -f "$(DOC_H_FILE)"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $${d}$(DOC_H_FILE) $(distdir)/$(DOC_H_FILE)"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$${d}$(DOC_H_FILE)" "$(distdir)/$(DOC_H_FILE)"; + +doc-dist-hook: dist-check-gdu $(if $(DOC_H_FILE),dist-doc-header) + +.PHONY: clean-doc-header +clean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +distclean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +mostlyclean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +maintainer-clean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +clean-doc-header: + rm -f $(DOC_H_FILE) + +all: $(DOC_H_FILE) + +################################################################################ + +DOC_MODULE ?= + +DOC_ID ?= + +DOC_PAGES ?= + +DOC_ENTITIES ?= + +DOC_INCLUDES ?= + +DOC_FIGURES ?= + +DOC_FORMATS ?= docbook + +DOC_LINGUAS ?= + +################################################################################ + +_xml2po ?= `which xml2po` + +_db2html ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable db2html gnome-doc-utils` +_db2omf ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable db2omf gnome-doc-utils` +_malrng ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable malrng gnome-doc-utils` +_chunks ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable xmldir gnome-doc-utils`/gnome/xslt/docbook/utils/chunks.xsl +_credits ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable xmldir gnome-doc-utils`/gnome/xslt/docbook/utils/credits.xsl +_ids ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable xmldir gnome-doc-utils`/gnome/xslt/docbook/utils/ids.xsl +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@_skpkgdatadir ?= `scrollkeeper-config --pkgdatadir` +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@_sklocalstatedir ?= `scrollkeeper-config --pkglocalstatedir` +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@_skcontentslist ?= $(_skpkgdatadir)/Templates/C/scrollkeeper_cl.xml + +$(_DOC_OMF_DB) : $(_DOC_OMF_IN) +$(_DOC_OMF_DB) : $(DOC_MODULE)-%.omf : %/$(DOC_MODULE).xml + @test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" != "xtrue" -o -f "$(_skcontentslist)" || { \ + echo "The file '$(_skcontentslist)' does not exist." >&2; \ + echo "Please check your ScrollKeeper installation." >&2; \ + exit 1; } + xsltproc -o $@ $(call db2omf_args,$@,$<,'docbook') || { rm -f "$@"; exit 1; } + +$(_DOC_OMF_HTML) : $(_DOC_OMF_IN) +$(_DOC_OMF_HTML) : $(DOC_MODULE)-html-%.omf : %/$(DOC_MODULE).xml +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@ @test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" != "xtrue" -o -f "$(_skcontentslist)" || { \ +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@ echo "The file '$(_skcontentslist)' does not exist" >&2; \ +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@ echo "Please check your ScrollKeeper installation." >&2; \ +@ENABLE_SK_TRUE@ exit 1; } + xsltproc -o $@ $(call db2omf_args,$@,$<,'xhtml') || { rm -f "$@"; exit 1; } + +.PHONY: omf +omf: $(_DOC_OMF_ALL) + +.PHONY: po +po: $(_DOC_POFILES) + +$(_DOC_POFILES): + @if ! test -d $(dir $@); then \ + echo "mkdir $(dir $@)"; \ + mkdir "$(dir $@)"; \ + fi + @if test ! -f $@ -a -f $(srcdir)/$@; then \ + echo "cp $(srcdir)/$@ $@"; \ + cp "$(srcdir)/$@" "$@"; \ + fi; + @docs=; \ + list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + docs="$$docs $(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/$$doc"; \ + done; \ + if ! test -f $@; then \ + echo "(cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e $$docs > $(notdir $@).tmp && \ + cp $(notdir $@).tmp $(notdir $@) && rm -f $(notdir $@).tmp)"; \ + (cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e $$docs > $(notdir $@).tmp && \ + cp $(notdir $@).tmp $(notdir $@) && rm -f $(notdir $@).tmp); \ + else \ + echo "(cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -u $(notdir $@) $$docs)"; \ + (cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -u $(notdir $@) $$docs); \ + fi + +# FIXME: fix the dependancy +# FIXME: hook xml2po up +$(_DOC_LC_DOCS) : $(_DOC_POFILES) +$(_DOC_LC_DOCS) : $(_DOC_C_DOCS) + if ! test -d $(dir $@); then mkdir $(dir $@); fi + if [ -f "C/$(notdir $@)" ]; then d="../"; else d="$(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/"; fi; \ + po="$(dir $@)$(patsubst %/$(notdir $@),%,$@).po"; \ + if [ -f "$${po}" ]; then po="../$${po}"; else po="$(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/$${po}"; fi; \ + (cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -p "$${po}" \ + "$${d}C/$(notdir $@)" > $(notdir $@).tmp && \ + cp $(notdir $@).tmp $(notdir $@) && rm -f $(notdir $@).tmp) +.PHONY: pot +pot: $(_DOC_POT) +$(_DOC_POT): $(_DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT) + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -o $@ $^ + +$(_DOC_HTML_TOPS): $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) + xsltproc -o $@ --xinclude --param db.chunk.chunk_top "false()" --stringparam db.chunk.basename "$(DOC_MODULE)" --stringparam db.chunk.extension ".xhtml" $(_db2html) $(patsubst %.xhtml,%.xml,$@) + +################################################################################ + +all: \ + $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) \ + $(_DOC_OMF_ALL) $(_DOC_DSK_ALL) \ + $(_DOC_HTML_ALL) $(_DOC_POFILES) + +################################################################################ + +.PHONY: clean-doc-omf clean-doc-dsk clean-doc-lc clean-doc-dir + +clean-doc-omf: ; rm -f $(_DOC_OMF_DB) $(_DOC_OMF_HTML) +clean-doc-dsk: ; rm -f $(_DOC_DSK_DB) $(_DOC_DSK_HTML) +clean-doc-lc: + rm -f $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) + @list='$(_DOC_POFILES)'; for po in $$list; do \ + if ! test "$$po" -ef "$(srcdir)/$$po"; then \ + echo "rm -f $$po"; \ + rm -f "$$po"; \ + fi; \ + done + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + if test -f "$$lc/.xml2po.mo"; then \ + echo "rm -f $$lc/.xml2po.mo"; \ + rm -f "$$lc/.xml2po.mo"; \ + fi; \ + done +clean-doc-dir: + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + for dir in `find $$lc -depth -type d`; do \ + if ! test $$dir -ef $(srcdir)/$$dir; then \ + echo "rmdir $$dir"; \ + rmdir "$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +clean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) +distclean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) +mostlyclean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) +maintainer-clean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) + +################################################################################ + +.PHONY: dist-doc-docs dist-doc-pages dist-doc-figs dist-doc-omf dist-doc-dsk +doc-dist-hook: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),dist-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_C_FIGURES),dist-doc-figs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),dist-doc-omf) +# $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),dist-doc-dsk) + +dist-doc-docs: $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) $(_DOC_POFILES) + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + echo " $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$$lc"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$lc"; \ + done + @list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) $(_DOC_POFILES)'; \ + for doc in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$doc"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + docdir=`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + if ! test -d "$(distdir)/$$docdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$$docdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$docdir"; \ + fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$doc $(distdir)/$$doc"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$doc" "$(distdir)/$$doc"; \ + done + +dist-doc-figs: $(_DOC_SRC_FIGURES) + @list='$(_DOC_C_FIGURES) $(_DOC_LC_FIGURES)'; \ + for fig in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$fig"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + if test -f "$$d$$fig"; then \ + figdir=`echo $$fig | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + if ! test -d "$(distdir)/$$figdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$$figdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$figdir"; \ + fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$fig $(distdir)/$$fig"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$fig" "$(distdir)/$$fig"; \ + fi; \ + done; + +dist-doc-omf: + @if test -f "$(_DOC_OMF_IN)"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$(_DOC_OMF_IN) $(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_OMF_IN))"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$(_DOC_OMF_IN)" "$(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_OMF_IN))" + +dist-doc-dsk: + @if test -f "$(_DOC_DSK_IN)"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$(_DOC_DSK_IN) $(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_DSK_IN))"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$(_DOC_DSK_IN)" "$(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_DSK_IN))" + +################################################################################ + +.PHONY: check-doc-docs check-doc-omf +check: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE),check-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(DOC_ID),check-doc-pages) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),check-doc-omf) + +check-doc-docs: $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + if test -f "$$lc"; \ + then d=; \ + xmlpath="$$lc"; \ + else \ + d="$(srcdir)/"; \ + xmlpath="$$lc:$(srcdir)/$$lc"; \ + fi; \ + echo "xmllint --noout --noent --path $$xmlpath --xinclude --postvalid $$d$$lc/$(DOC_MODULE).xml"; \ + xmllint --noout --noent --path "$$xmlpath" --xinclude --postvalid "$$d$$lc/$(DOC_MODULE).xml"; \ + done + +check-doc-pages: $(_DOC_C_PAGES) $(_DOC_LC_PAGES) + for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + if test -f "$$lc"; \ + then d=; \ + xmlpath="$$lc"; \ + else \ + d="$(srcdir)/"; \ + xmlpath="$$lc:$(srcdir)/$$lc"; \ + fi; \ + for page in $(DOC_PAGES); do \ + echo "xmllint --noout --noent --path $$xmlpath --xinclude --relaxng $(_malrng) $$d$$lc/$$page"; \ + xmllint --noout --noent --path "$$xmlpath" --xinclude --relaxng "$(_malrng)" "$$d$$lc/$$page"; \ + done; \ + done + +check-doc-omf: $(_DOC_OMF_ALL) + @list='$(_DOC_OMF_ALL)'; for omf in $$list; do \ + echo "xmllint --noout --xinclude --dtdvalid 'http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/dtds/scrollkeeper-omf-1.0/scrollkeeper-omf.dtd' $$omf"; \ + xmllint --noout --xinclude --dtdvalid 'http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/dtds/scrollkeeper-omf-1.0/scrollkeeper-omf.dtd' $$omf; \ + done + +################################################################################ + +.PHONY: install-doc-docs install-doc-html install-doc-figs install-doc-omf install-doc-dsk + +install-data-local: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),install-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_HTML_ALL),install-doc-html) \ + $(if $(_DOC_C_FIGURES),install-doc-figs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),install-doc-omf) +# $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),install-doc-dsk) + +install-doc-docs: + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$lc"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$lc; \ + done + @list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$doc"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + docdir="$$lc/"`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + docdir="$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$docdir"; \ + if ! test -d "$$docdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $$docdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$$docdir"; \ + fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$doc $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$doc $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc; \ + done + +install-doc-figs: + @list='$(patsubst C/%,%,$(_DOC_C_FIGURES))'; for fig in $$list; do \ + for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + figsymlink=false; \ + if test -f "$$lc/$$fig"; then \ + figfile="$$lc/$$fig"; \ + elif test -f "$(srcdir)/$$lc/$$fig"; then \ + figfile="$(srcdir)/$$lc/$$fig"; \ + else \ + figsymlink=true; \ + fi; \ + figdir="$$lc/"`echo $$fig | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + figdir="$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$figdir"; \ + if ! test -d "$$figdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $$figdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$$figdir"; \ + fi; \ + figbase=`echo $$fig | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + if $$figsymlink; then \ + echo "cd $$figdir && $(LN_S) -f ../../C/$$fig $$figbase"; \ + ( cd "$$figdir" && $(LN_S) -f "../../C/$$fig" "$$figbase" ); \ + else \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$figfile $$figdir$$figbase"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$figfile" "$$figdir$$figbase"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +install-doc-html: + echo install-html + +install-doc-omf: + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir) + @list='$(_DOC_OMF_ALL)'; for omf in $$list; do \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$omf $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$omf $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf; \ + done + @if test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" = "xtrue"; then \ + echo "scrollkeeper-update -p $(DESTDIR)$(_sklocalstatedir) -o $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)"; \ + scrollkeeper-update -p "$(DESTDIR)$(_sklocalstatedir)" -o "$(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)"; \ + fi; + +install-doc-dsk: + echo install-dsk + +################################################################################ + +.PHONY: uninstall-doc-docs uninstall-doc-html uninstall-doc-figs uninstall-doc-omf uninstall-doc-dsk +uninstall-local: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),uninstall-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_HTML_ALL),uninstall-doc-html) \ + $(if $(_DOC_C_FIGURES),uninstall-doc-figs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),uninstall-doc-omf) +# $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),uninstall-doc-dsk) + +uninstall-doc-docs: + @list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc"; \ + rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc"; \ + done + +uninstall-doc-figs: + @list='$(_DOC_C_FIGURES) $(_DOC_LC_FIGURES)'; for fig in $$list; do \ + echo "rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$fig"; \ + rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$fig"; \ + done; + +uninstall-doc-omf: + @list='$(_DOC_OMF_ALL)'; for omf in $$list; do \ + if test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" = "xtrue"; then \ + echo "scrollkeeper-uninstall -p $(_sklocalstatedir) $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + scrollkeeper-uninstall -p "$(_sklocalstatedir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + fi; \ + echo "rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + done +dist-hook: doc-dist-hook + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/docs/ca/ca.po b/docs/ca/ca.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8051d56 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/ca/ca.po @@ -0,0 +1,1151 @@ +# Traducció del gconf-editor de l'equip de Softcatalà. +# Copyright © 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Joan Duran , 2008, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-14 01:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-14 14:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Joan Duran \n" +"Language-Team: Catalan \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Manual de l'editor de la configuració" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Projecte de documentació del GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota " +"els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o " +"qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation, " +"sense seccions invariants, sense texts de portada i sense texts de " +"contraportada. Podeu trobar una còpia de la GFDL en aquest enllaç o en el fitxer COPYING-DOCS distribuït " +"amb aquest manual." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts " +"sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la " +"col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal " +"com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus " +"productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms " +"apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte " +"de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els " +"noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"EL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIX «TAL COM ÉS», SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA " +"NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES QUE EL DOCUMENT " +"O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NO TINGUI DEFECTES, SIGUI " +"COMERCIALITZABLE, SIGUI ADEQUAT PER A UN ÚS CONCRET O NO INFRINGEIXI CAP " +"LLEI. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT, EXACTITUD I RENDIMENT DEL " +"DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL " +"DOCUMENT RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS EN QUALSEVOL ASPECTE, VÓS (NO PAS L'ESCRIPTOR " +"INICIAL, L'AUTOR O CAP ALTRE COL·LABORADOR) ASSUMIU TOT EL COST DE " +"MANTENIMENT, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA CONSTITUEIX " +"UNA PART ESSENCIAL D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA. NO S'AUTORITZA L'ÚS DE CAP DOCUMENT " +"O VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT EXCEPTE SOTA AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA; I" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"EN CAP CAS I SOTA CAP INTERPRETACIÓ LEGAL, JA SIGUI PER AGREUJAMENT " +"(INCLOENT-HI LA NEGLIGÈNCIA), CONTRACTE O ALTRE CAS, L'AUTOR, L'ESCRIPTOR " +"ORIGINAL, QUALSEVOL DELS COL·LABORADORS O DISTRIBUÏDORS DEL DOCUMENT O UNA " +"VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NI CAP PROVEÏDOR D'AQUESTES PARTS NO SERAN " +"RESPONSABLES DAVANT DE NINGÚ PER CAP DANY DIRECTE, INDIRECTE, ESPECIAL, " +"ACCIDENTAL O CONSECUTIU DE QUALSEVOL TIPUS; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, " +"ELS DANYS PER PÈRDUA DE CLIENTS, INTERRUPCIONS DE LA FEINA, FALLADA O " +"MALFUNCIONAMENT DE L'ORDINADOR, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PÈRDUA O DANY RELACIONAT " +"AMB L'ÚS DEL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT, FINS I TOT SI " +"S'HA INFORMAT AQUESTA PART DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS DANYS." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"EL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIXEN SOTA ELS " +"TERMES DE LA LLICÈNCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓ LLIURE DE GNU, TENINT EN COMPTE QUE: " +"" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Equip de documentació del GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"L'editor de la configuració es pot utilitzar per a canviar les opcions de " +"configuració que utilitzen les aplicacions i que no estan disponibles a " +"través dels diàlegs de preferència." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Versió 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Setembre de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "sense revisar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Versió 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Agost de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Equip de documentació del GNOME de Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Versió 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Gener de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Aquest manual descriu la versió 2.8 de l'editor de la configuració." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Comentaris" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Per a informar d'un error o fer algun suggeriment sobre l'editor de la " +"configuració o aquest manual, seguiu les indicacions a la pàgina de comentaris del GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Editor GConf" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducció" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"L'escriptori del GNOME i moltes aplicacions utilitzen el GConf per a emmagatzemar les preferències de l'usuari i les dades de " +"configuració del sistema. El GConf proporciona " +"una ubicació central d'emmagatzematge per a les preferències, simplificant " +"la gestió de configuració als usuaris i administradors del sistema. Podeu " +"trobar més informació sobre el GConf a la Guia d'administrador del sistema " +"del GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"L'editor de la configuració permet als usuaris " +"modificar les seves preferències de tot l'escriptori del GNOME i de " +"qualsevol aplicació que utilitzi el GConf. De " +"forma addicional, els administradors del sistema poden utilitzar " +"l'editor de la configuració per a establir els " +"paràmetres predeterminats i els obligatoris que afectaran a tots els usuaris." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"Les preferències del GConf s'emmagatzemen en una " +"jerarquia de claus. Cada clau té un valor associat que especifica el " +"paràmetre de la preferència. Per exemple, la clau /apps/glines/" +"preferences/ball_theme emmagatzema quin tema s'utilitza en el joc " +"Cinc o més." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"L'editor de la configuració us permet modificar " +"directament la font de configuració. Si no sou un usuari experimentat, no " +"utilitzeu l'editor de la configuració per a " +"establir les preferències de l'escriptori del GNOME. En comptes, utilitzeu " +"les eines de preferències de l'escriptori del GNOME. Per a més informació " +"sobre com utilitzar les eines de preferències, vegeu l'última versió de la " +"Guia d'usuari de l'escriptori del GNOME de la vostre plataforma." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Inici" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Per a iniciar l'editor de la configuració" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Podeu iniciar l'editor de la configuració de les " +"maneres següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menú Aplicacions" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Eines del sistemaEditor de la configuració." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Algunes distribucions oculten aquest menú. En aquest cas, utilitzeu el segon " +"mètode descrit a sota." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Línia d'ordres" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Executeu l'ordre següent: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Quan inicieu l'editor de la configuració" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Quan inicieu l'editor de la configuració, es " +"mostrarà la finestra següent." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Finestra de l'editor de la configuració" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Mostra la finestra de l'editor GConf. On hi ha: la subfinestra de l'arbre, " +"la subfinestra de modificació i la subfinestra de documentació." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"La finestra de l'editor de la configuració conté " +"les subfinestres següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Subfinestra de l'arbre" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Us permet navegar per la jerarquia de claus del GConf. Utilitzeu aquesta subfinestra per a mostrar les claus que " +"voleu modificar en la subfinestra de modificació. La subfinestra de l'arbre " +"està a la banda esquerra de la finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Subfinestra de modificació" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Mostra les claus de la ubicació seleccionada del GConf en la subfinestra de l'arbre. Utilitzeu aquesta subfinestra per " +"a seleccionar claus que voleu modificar i per a modificar els valors " +"d'aquestes. La subfinestra de modificació està a la part superior de la " +"banda dreta de la finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Les icones al costat de les claus en la subfinestra de modificació indiquen " +"quin tipus de valor podeu introduir per a la clau. Per exemple, la icona " +"d'una marca de selecció al costat de la clau /system/http_proxy/" +"use_http_proxy indica que heu d'introduir un valor booleà (cert o " +"fals) per a la clau. Vegeu la per a més informació " +"sobre cada icona." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Subfinestra de documentació" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Mostra la documentació de la clau seleccionada actualment. Utilitzeu aquesta " +"subfinestra per a llegir més informació sobre les claus de preferència del " +"GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Subfinestra de resultats (no es mostra)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Us permet visualitzar els resultats d'una cerca o per a fer una cerca a " +"través de la llista de noms de claus visualitzades recentment. La resta de " +"la finestra mostrarà la informació de qualsevol clau que heu seleccionat en " +"aquesta subfinestra. La subfinestra de resultats apareixerà en la part " +"inferior de la finestra quan llisteu les claus recents o realitzeu una cerca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Treballar amb finestres" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Obrir finestres noves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha tres tipus de finestra que podeu obrir amb l'editor de la " +"configuració: Paràmetres, " +"Predeterminats i Obligatoris. El tipus de valors que l'editor de la " +"configuració estableix depèn del tipus de finestra que teniu " +"oberta. Podeu obrir cada tipus de finestra utilitzant l'element apropiat en " +"el menú Fitxer." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Ja que els paràmetres de les finestres Predeterminats i Obligatoris afecten a tots els " +"usuaris de l'ordinador, només un administrador del sistema pot utilitzar " +"aquests tipus de finestra. Per a canviar les vostres preferències, utilitzeu " +"la finestra Paràmetres." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paràmetres" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Podeu utilitzar la finestra Paràmetres per a " +"establir les preferències personals. Els canvis realitzats en la finestra " +"Paràmetres només afecten el vostre escriptori. No " +"podeu canviar els paràmetres que l'administrador del sistema ha fet " +"obligatoris." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Predeterminats" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Si sou un administrador del sistema, podeu utilitzar la finestra " +"Predeterminats per a editar els paràmetres " +"predeterminats de tots els usuaris. Si un usuari no ha establert " +"explícitament el valor d'una clau, el valor s'agafarà dels paràmetres " +"predeterminats. Els usuaris sempre poden sobreescriure els paràmetres " +"predeterminats." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Obligatoris" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Si sou un administrador del sistema, podeu utilitzar la finestra " +"Obligatoris per a editar els paràmetres " +"obligatoris de tots els usuaris. Quan s'estableix un valor obligatori per a " +"una clau, els usuaris no podran canviar aquest valor. Això es pot utilitzar " +"per a bloquejar algunes opcions." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Tancar i sortir" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Podeu tancar una finestra de l'editor de la configuració seleccionant FitxerTanca la finestra en aquesta " +"finestra. Per a tancar totes les finestres de l'editor de la " +"configuració i sortir completament de l'aplicació, seleccioneu " +"FitxerSurt en qualsevol finestra de l'editor de la " +"configuració." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Treballar amb claus" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Les claus són una manera de trobar un valor. Cada preferència emmagatzemada " +"en el GConf està assignada a una clau. Les " +"aplicacions que utilitzen el GConf accedeixen als " +"valors de les claus per a determinar com s'han de mostrar i comportar. Quan " +"canvieu alguna cosa en les Preferències d'una " +"aplicació, esteu canviant el valor associat a una clau del " +"GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Copiar el nom d'una clau" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Per a copiar el nom d'una clau al porta-retalls, seleccioneu el nom de la " +"clau que voleu copiar en la subfinestra de modificació. Seleccioneu " +"EditaCopia el nom de la clau. Podeu enganxar el nom de la clau a una altra " +"aplicació." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Visualitzar els noms de claus recents" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Per a visualitzar els noms de claus recents, seleccioneu " +"EditaLlista les claus recents. Aquesta acció obrirà la subfinestra de resultats " +"a la part inferior de la finestra actual. Us podeu moure a través de la " +"llista de resultats desplaçant-vos amunt i avall amb la barra de " +"desplaçament o les tecles de cursor. La informació de la clau o carpeta " +"seleccionada apareixerà en la resta de la finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Visualitzar claus recents és útil si necessiteu tornar a una clau que acabeu " +"de canviar i no recordeu on està." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Una captura de pantalla estaria molt bé. En particular s'haurien d'explicar " +"els botons tanca, copia i neteja de la subfinestra de resultats." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Modificar el valor d'una clau" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Les icones després del nom d'una clau mostren quin tipus de valor pot tenir " +"una clau. Vegeu la per a més informació sobre cada " +"icona. Per a modificar el valor d'una clau, realitzeu els passos següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Utilitzeu la subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu " +"modificar en la subfinestra de modificació." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la clau a modificar en la subfinestra de modificació." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Per a canviar el valor d'una clau d'enter o d'una clau de cadena, feu clic " +"en la columna Valor de la clau. Introduïu el valor nou " +"de la clau. De manera alternativa, feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la " +"clau i seleccioneu Edita la clau en el menú " +"emergent." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Per a canviar el valor d'una clau booleana, feu clic en la columna " +"Valor de la clau per a seleccionar o desseleccionar la " +"casella de selecció. De manera alternativa, feu clic amb el botó secundari " +"sobre la clau i seleccioneu Edita la clau en el " +"menú emergent." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Per a canviar el valor d'una clau de llista, feu clic amb el botó secundari " +"sobre la clau i seleccioneu Edita la clau en el " +"menú emergent. El diàleg Edita la clau " +"proporciona una llista dels valors associats a aquesta clau. Podeu utilitzar " +"aquest diàleg per a editar cada valor particular de la llista, afegir o " +"suprimir valors de la llista, i moure cada valor amunt i avall de la llista." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"L'administrador del sistema pot haver bloquejar algunes claus en " +"proporcionar valors obligatoris. Si la clau seleccionada té un valor " +"obligatori establert, no podreu editar el valor. La subfinestra de " +"documentació mostrarà l'etiqueta Aquesta clau no és escrivible si no podeu editar el valor de l'aquesta clau." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Trobar ràpidament les claus" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Per a ubicar ràpidament les claus, l'editor de la configuració us permet cercar els noms de les claus en el " +"GConf. Addicionalment, podeu utilitzar les " +"adreces d'interès per a trobar directoris de claus als quals necessiteu " +"accedir freqüentment." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Utilitzar les adreces d'interès" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Per a accedir a la ubicació d'un directori de les adreces d'interès, " +"seleccioneu la ubicació en el menú de Adreces d'interès. " +"Podeu afegir i suprimir ubicacions de directori al menú Adreces " +"d'interès." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Per a afegir un les adreces d'interès, seleccioneu la ubicació que voleu " +"marcar en la subfinestra de l'arbre. Seleccioneu " +"Adreces d'interèsAfegeix una " +"adreces d'interès." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per a suprimir una adreces d'interès, realitzeu els passos següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Adreces d'interèsEdita les adreces d'interès." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu l'adreça d'interès en el diàleg Edita les adreces " +"d'interès i feu clic a Suprimeix." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Feu clic a Tanca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Cercar claus" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per a cercar claus, realitzeu els passos següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu EditaCerca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu la paraula clau que voleu cercar en el camp Cerca. També podeu seleccionar les caselles de selecció opcionals " +"Cerca també als noms de les claus i Cerca " +"també als valors de les claus. Si aquestes caselles de selecció " +"no estan seleccionades, la cerca només es realitzarà en els nom de les " +"carpetes. Seleccionar aquestes caselles expandirà els paràmetres de la cerca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Feu clic a Cerca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Els resultats de la cerca apareixeran en la subfinestra de resultats. Per a " +"moure'us a través de la llista de resultats, primer seleccioneu aquesta " +"subfinestra. Llavors us podreu moure a través dels resultats amb la barra de " +"desplaçament o les tecles de cursor. La informació de la clau o carpeta " +"seleccionada apareixerà en la resta de la finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Si sou un administrador del sistema, podeu establir els paràmetres " +"predeterminats i els obligatoris del GConf que " +"afectaran tots els usuaris. Els paràmetres predeterminats són utilitzats per " +"l'usuari que no ha establert explícitament un valor, i els usuaris sempre " +"els poden sobreescriure. Els paràmetres obligatoris són utilitzats per tots " +"els usuaris, i aquests no els poden sobreescriure." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Podeu utilitzar les finestres Predeterminats i " +"Obligatoris per a editar i suprimir els " +"paràmetres predeterminats i els obligatoris. Les finestres " +"Predeterminats i Obligatoris només us mostren aquells paràmetres que ja són predeterminats o " +"obligatoris. No podeu utilitzar aquestes finestres per a crear paràmetres " +"predeterminats i obligatoris nous. Podeu establir paràmetres des de la " +"finestra Paràmetres perquè siguin predeterminats " +"o obligatoris." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Per a obrir una finestra Predeterminats, " +"seleccioneu FitxerNova finestra " +"de predeterminats. Per a obrir una finestra " +"Obligatoris, seleccioneu " +"FitxerNova finestra " +"d'obligatoris." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Crear paràmetres predeterminats" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per a crear un paràmetre predeterminat, realitzeu els passos següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"En la finestra Paràmetres, utilitzeu la " +"subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu establir com a " +"predeterminada." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu " +"Estableix com a predeterminada des del menú " +"emergent." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Crear paràmetres obligatoris" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per a crear un paràmetre obligatori, realitzeu els passos següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"En la finestra Paràmetres, utilitzeu la " +"subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu establir com a " +"obligatòria." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu " +"Estableix com obligatori des del menú emergent." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Modificar i suprimir paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"Podeu utilitzar les finestres Predeterminats i " +"Obligatoris per a modificar i suprimir els " +"paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris. Per a modificar un paràmetre " +"predeterminat o obligatori, utilitzeu la finestra adequada i modifiqueu la " +"clau com ho faríeu en la finestra Paràmetres. " +"Vegeu la per a més informació sobre com " +"modificar les claus." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Per a suprimir una clau predeterminada o obligatòria, realitzeu els passos " +"següents:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"En la finestra apropiada, utilitzeu la subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar " +"la clau que voleu suprimir dels paràmetres predeterminats o obligatoris." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu " +"Desestableix la clau des del menú emergent." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Icones i tipus de claus" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Les icones al costat de les claus en la subfinestra de modificació indiquen " +"quin tipus de valor podeu introduir per a la clau. La llista següent mostra " +"les icones possibles i els tipus de valors que representen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Clau booleana" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Pot ser certa o falsa. L'editor de la configuració proporcionarà una casella de selecció per a aquest tipus de " +"clau." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Clau numèrica" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Pot contenir números. Aquests poden ser números enters o de punt flotant " +"(fraccionari)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Clau de cadena" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Pot contenir qualsevol cadena de text." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Clau d'esquema" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Utilitzada per a documentar altres claus. La documentació de cada clau és " +"proporcionada per una clau separada, típicament dins del directori /" +"schemas. Els usuaris i els administradors del sistema normalment " +"no necessitaran treballar directament amb les claus d'esquema." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Clau de llista" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Llistes de longitud arbitrària. Cada element de la llista ha de ser del " +"mateix tipus, i del tipus primitiu booleà, numèric o cadena." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Clau en parella" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Ha de contenir exactament dos valors. Els dos valors han de ser de tipus " +"primitiu, però no tenen perquè tenir el mateix tipus. Actualment " +"l'editor de la configuració no pot editar claus " +"en parella." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Blanc" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Utilitzat quan l'editor de la configuració no " +"entén el tipus de la clau. Actualment la icona en blanc també s'utilitza en " +"les claus en parella." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Joan Duran , 2008, 2009" diff --git a/docs/ca/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/ca/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbc3171 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/ca/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/ca/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/ca/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a243ef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/ca/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Manual de l'editor de la configuració + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2008, 2009Joan Duran (jodufi@gmail.com) + + + + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + + + + Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation, sense seccions invariants, sense texts de portada i sense texts de contraportada. Podeu trobar una còpia de la GFDL en aquest enllaç o en el fitxer COPYING-DOCS distribuït amb aquest manual. + Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del GNOME distribuïts sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència. + + Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms apareguin en qualsevol documentació del GNOME, si els membres del Projecte de documentació del GNOME han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules. + + EL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIXEN SOTA ELS TERMES DE LA LLICÈNCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓ LLIURE DE GNU, TENINT EN COMPTE QUE: + + EL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIX «TAL COM ÉS», SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES QUE EL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NO TINGUI DEFECTES, SIGUI COMERCIALITZABLE, SIGUI ADEQUAT PER A UN ÚS CONCRET O NO INFRINGEIXI CAP LLEI. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT, EXACTITUD I RENDIMENT DEL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL DOCUMENT RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS EN QUALSEVOL ASPECTE, VÓS (NO PAS L'ESCRIPTOR INICIAL, L'AUTOR O CAP ALTRE COL·LABORADOR) ASSUMIU TOT EL COST DE MANTENIMENT, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA CONSTITUEIX UNA PART ESSENCIAL D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA. NO S'AUTORITZA L'ÚS DE CAP DOCUMENT O VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT EXCEPTE SOTA AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA; I + + + EN CAP CAS I SOTA CAP INTERPRETACIÓ LEGAL, JA SIGUI PER AGREUJAMENT (INCLOENT-HI LA NEGLIGÈNCIA), CONTRACTE O ALTRE CAS, L'AUTOR, L'ESCRIPTOR ORIGINAL, QUALSEVOL DELS COL·LABORADORS O DISTRIBUÏDORS DEL DOCUMENT O UNA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NI CAP PROVEÏDOR D'AQUESTES PARTS NO SERAN RESPONSABLES DAVANT DE NINGÚ PER CAP DANY DIRECTE, INDIRECTE, ESPECIAL, ACCIDENTAL O CONSECUTIU DE QUALSEVOL TIPUS; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, ELS DANYS PER PÈRDUA DE CLIENTS, INTERRUPCIONS DE LA FEINA, FALLADA O MALFUNCIONAMENT DE L'ORDINADOR, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PÈRDUA O DANY RELACIONAT AMB L'ÚS DEL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT, FINS I TOT SI S'HA INFORMAT AQUESTA PART DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS DANYS. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Equip de documentació del GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + + + + + L'editor de la configuració es pot utilitzar per a canviar les opcions de configuració que utilitzen les aplicacions i que no estan disponibles a través dels diàlegs de preferència. + + + + Versió 2.8 + Setembre de 2004 + + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + sense revisar + + + + Versió 2.1 + Agost de 2004 + + Equip de documentació del GNOME de Sun + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + + + + Versió 2.0.1 + Gener de 2004 + + Equip de documentació del GNOME de Sun + Projecte de documentació del GNOME + + + + Aquest manual descriu la versió 2.8 de l'editor de la configuració. + + Comentaris + Per a informar d'un error o fer algun suggeriment sobre l'editor de la configuració o aquest manual, seguiu les indicacions a la pàgina de comentaris del GNOME. + + + + + + Editor GConf + + + + Introducció + L'escriptori del GNOME i moltes aplicacions utilitzen el GConf per a emmagatzemar les preferències de l'usuari i les dades de configuració del sistema. El GConf proporciona una ubicació central d'emmagatzematge per a les preferències, simplificant la gestió de configuració als usuaris i administradors del sistema. Podeu trobar més informació sobre el GConf a la Guia d'administrador del sistema del GNOME. + L'editor de la configuració permet als usuaris modificar les seves preferències de tot l'escriptori del GNOME i de qualsevol aplicació que utilitzi el GConf. De forma addicional, els administradors del sistema poden utilitzar l'editor de la configuració per a establir els paràmetres predeterminats i els obligatoris que afectaran a tots els usuaris. + Les preferències del GConf s'emmagatzemen en una jerarquia de claus. Cada clau té un valor associat que especifica el paràmetre de la preferència. Per exemple, la clau /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme emmagatzema quin tema s'utilitza en el joc Cinc o més. + L'editor de la configuració us permet modificar directament la font de configuració. Si no sou un usuari experimentat, no utilitzeu l'editor de la configuració per a establir les preferències de l'escriptori del GNOME. En comptes, utilitzeu les eines de preferències de l'escriptori del GNOME. Per a més informació sobre com utilitzar les eines de preferències, vegeu l'última versió de la Guia d'usuari de l'escriptori del GNOME de la vostre plataforma. + + + + Inici + + + Per a iniciar l'editor de la configuració + Podeu iniciar l'editor de la configuració de les maneres següents: + + + Menú Aplicacions + + Seleccioneu Eines del sistemaEditor de la configuració. + Algunes distribucions oculten aquest menú. En aquest cas, utilitzeu el segon mètode descrit a sota. + + + + Línia d'ordres + + Executeu l'ordre següent: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Quan inicieu l'editor de la configuració + Quan inicieu l'editor de la configuració, es mostrarà la finestra següent. +
+ Finestra de l'<application>editor de la configuració</application> + + + + + + + Mostra la finestra de l'editor GConf. On hi ha: la subfinestra de l'arbre, la subfinestra de modificació i la subfinestra de documentació. + + + +
+ La finestra de l'editor de la configuració conté les subfinestres següents: + + + Subfinestra de l'arbre + Us permet navegar per la jerarquia de claus del GConf. Utilitzeu aquesta subfinestra per a mostrar les claus que voleu modificar en la subfinestra de modificació. La subfinestra de l'arbre està a la banda esquerra de la finestra. + + + Subfinestra de modificació + + Mostra les claus de la ubicació seleccionada del GConf en la subfinestra de l'arbre. Utilitzeu aquesta subfinestra per a seleccionar claus que voleu modificar i per a modificar els valors d'aquestes. La subfinestra de modificació està a la part superior de la banda dreta de la finestra. + Les icones al costat de les claus en la subfinestra de modificació indiquen quin tipus de valor podeu introduir per a la clau. Per exemple, la icona d'una marca de selecció al costat de la clau /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy indica que heu d'introduir un valor booleà (cert o fals) per a la clau. Vegeu la per a més informació sobre cada icona. + + + + Subfinestra de documentació + Mostra la documentació de la clau seleccionada actualment. Utilitzeu aquesta subfinestra per a llegir més informació sobre les claus de preferència del GConf. + + + + Subfinestra de resultats (no es mostra) + Us permet visualitzar els resultats d'una cerca o per a fer una cerca a través de la llista de noms de claus visualitzades recentment. La resta de la finestra mostrarà la informació de qualsevol clau que heu seleccionat en aquesta subfinestra. La subfinestra de resultats apareixerà en la part inferior de la finestra quan llisteu les claus recents o realitzeu una cerca. + + + + + + + + Treballar amb finestres + + Obrir finestres noves + Hi ha tres tipus de finestra que podeu obrir amb l'editor de la configuració: Paràmetres, Predeterminats i Obligatoris. El tipus de valors que l'editor de la configuració estableix depèn del tipus de finestra que teniu oberta. Podeu obrir cada tipus de finestra utilitzant l'element apropiat en el menú Fitxer. + Ja que els paràmetres de les finestres Predeterminats i Obligatoris afecten a tots els usuaris de l'ordinador, només un administrador del sistema pot utilitzar aquests tipus de finestra. Per a canviar les vostres preferències, utilitzeu la finestra Paràmetres. + + + Paràmetres + Podeu utilitzar la finestra Paràmetres per a establir les preferències personals. Els canvis realitzats en la finestra Paràmetres només afecten el vostre escriptori. No podeu canviar els paràmetres que l'administrador del sistema ha fet obligatoris. + + + + + Predeterminats + Si sou un administrador del sistema, podeu utilitzar la finestra Predeterminats per a editar els paràmetres predeterminats de tots els usuaris. Si un usuari no ha establert explícitament el valor d'una clau, el valor s'agafarà dels paràmetres predeterminats. Els usuaris sempre poden sobreescriure els paràmetres predeterminats. + + + Obligatoris + Si sou un administrador del sistema, podeu utilitzar la finestra Obligatoris per a editar els paràmetres obligatoris de tots els usuaris. Quan s'estableix un valor obligatori per a una clau, els usuaris no podran canviar aquest valor. Això es pot utilitzar per a bloquejar algunes opcions. + + + + + + Tancar i sortir + Podeu tancar una finestra de l'editor de la configuració seleccionant FitxerTanca la finestra en aquesta finestra. Per a tancar totes les finestres de l'editor de la configuració i sortir completament de l'aplicació, seleccioneu FitxerSurt en qualsevol finestra de l'editor de la configuració. + + + + + Treballar amb claus + Les claus són una manera de trobar un valor. Cada preferència emmagatzemada en el GConf està assignada a una clau. Les aplicacions que utilitzen el GConf accedeixen als valors de les claus per a determinar com s'han de mostrar i comportar. Quan canvieu alguna cosa en les Preferències d'una aplicació, esteu canviant el valor associat a una clau del GConf. + + + Copiar el nom d'una clau + Per a copiar el nom d'una clau al porta-retalls, seleccioneu el nom de la clau que voleu copiar en la subfinestra de modificació. Seleccioneu EditaCopia el nom de la clau. Podeu enganxar el nom de la clau a una altra aplicació. + + + Visualitzar els noms de claus recents + Per a visualitzar els noms de claus recents, seleccioneu EditaLlista les claus recents. Aquesta acció obrirà la subfinestra de resultats a la part inferior de la finestra actual. Us podeu moure a través de la llista de resultats desplaçant-vos amunt i avall amb la barra de desplaçament o les tecles de cursor. La informació de la clau o carpeta seleccionada apareixerà en la resta de la finestra. + Visualitzar claus recents és útil si necessiteu tornar a una clau que acabeu de canviar i no recordeu on està. + + Una captura de pantalla estaria molt bé. En particular s'haurien d'explicar els botons tanca, copia i neteja de la subfinestra de resultats. + + + Modificar el valor d'una clau + Les icones després del nom d'una clau mostren quin tipus de valor pot tenir una clau. Vegeu la per a més informació sobre cada icona. Per a modificar el valor d'una clau, realitzeu els passos següents: + + Utilitzeu la subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu modificar en la subfinestra de modificació. + Seleccioneu la clau a modificar en la subfinestra de modificació. + + Per a canviar el valor d'una clau d'enter o d'una clau de cadena, feu clic en la columna Valor de la clau. Introduïu el valor nou de la clau. De manera alternativa, feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu Edita la clau en el menú emergent. + Per a canviar el valor d'una clau booleana, feu clic en la columna Valor de la clau per a seleccionar o desseleccionar la casella de selecció. De manera alternativa, feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu Edita la clau en el menú emergent. + Per a canviar el valor d'una clau de llista, feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu Edita la clau en el menú emergent. El diàleg Edita la clau proporciona una llista dels valors associats a aquesta clau. Podeu utilitzar aquest diàleg per a editar cada valor particular de la llista, afegir o suprimir valors de la llista, i moure cada valor amunt i avall de la llista. + + + L'administrador del sistema pot haver bloquejar algunes claus en proporcionar valors obligatoris. Si la clau seleccionada té un valor obligatori establert, no podreu editar el valor. La subfinestra de documentació mostrarà l'etiqueta Aquesta clau no és escrivible si no podeu editar el valor de l'aquesta clau. + + + + + Trobar ràpidament les claus + Per a ubicar ràpidament les claus, l'editor de la configuració us permet cercar els noms de les claus en el GConf. Addicionalment, podeu utilitzar les adreces d'interès per a trobar directoris de claus als quals necessiteu accedir freqüentment. + + + Utilitzar les adreces d'interès + Per a accedir a la ubicació d'un directori de les adreces d'interès, seleccioneu la ubicació en el menú de Adreces d'interès. Podeu afegir i suprimir ubicacions de directori al menú Adreces d'interès. + Per a afegir un les adreces d'interès, seleccioneu la ubicació que voleu marcar en la subfinestra de l'arbre. Seleccioneu Adreces d'interèsAfegeix una adreces d'interès. + Per a suprimir una adreces d'interès, realitzeu els passos següents: + + Seleccioneu Adreces d'interèsEdita les adreces d'interès. + Seleccioneu l'adreça d'interès en el diàleg Edita les adreces d'interès i feu clic a Suprimeix. + Feu clic a Tanca. + + + + Cercar claus + Per a cercar claus, realitzeu els passos següents: + + Seleccioneu EditaCerca. + Introduïu la paraula clau que voleu cercar en el camp Cerca. També podeu seleccionar les caselles de selecció opcionals Cerca també als noms de les claus i Cerca també als valors de les claus. Si aquestes caselles de selecció no estan seleccionades, la cerca només es realitzarà en els nom de les carpetes. Seleccionar aquestes caselles expandirà els paràmetres de la cerca. + Feu clic a Cerca. + + Els resultats de la cerca apareixeran en la subfinestra de resultats. Per a moure'us a través de la llista de resultats, primer seleccioneu aquesta subfinestra. Llavors us podreu moure a través dels resultats amb la barra de desplaçament o les tecles de cursor. La informació de la clau o carpeta seleccionada apareixerà en la resta de la finestra. + + Una captura de pantalla estaria molt bé. En particular s'haurien d'explicar els botons tanca, copia i neteja de la subfinestra de resultats. + + + + + Paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris + Si sou un administrador del sistema, podeu establir els paràmetres predeterminats i els obligatoris del GConf que afectaran tots els usuaris. Els paràmetres predeterminats són utilitzats per l'usuari que no ha establert explícitament un valor, i els usuaris sempre els poden sobreescriure. Els paràmetres obligatoris són utilitzats per tots els usuaris, i aquests no els poden sobreescriure. + Podeu utilitzar les finestres Predeterminats i Obligatoris per a editar i suprimir els paràmetres predeterminats i els obligatoris. Les finestres Predeterminats i Obligatoris només us mostren aquells paràmetres que ja són predeterminats o obligatoris. No podeu utilitzar aquestes finestres per a crear paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris nous. Podeu establir paràmetres des de la finestra Paràmetres perquè siguin predeterminats o obligatoris. + Per a obrir una finestra Predeterminats, seleccioneu FitxerNova finestra de predeterminats. Per a obrir una finestra Obligatoris, seleccioneu FitxerNova finestra d'obligatoris. + + + Crear paràmetres predeterminats + Per a crear un paràmetre predeterminat, realitzeu els passos següents: + + En la finestra Paràmetres, utilitzeu la subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu establir com a predeterminada. + Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu Estableix com a predeterminada des del menú emergent. + + + + Crear paràmetres obligatoris + Per a crear un paràmetre obligatori, realitzeu els passos següents: + + En la finestra Paràmetres, utilitzeu la subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu establir com a obligatòria. + Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu Estableix com obligatori des del menú emergent. + + + + Modificar i suprimir paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris + Podeu utilitzar les finestres Predeterminats i Obligatoris per a modificar i suprimir els paràmetres predeterminats i obligatoris. Per a modificar un paràmetre predeterminat o obligatori, utilitzeu la finestra adequada i modifiqueu la clau com ho faríeu en la finestra Paràmetres. Vegeu la per a més informació sobre com modificar les claus. + Per a suprimir una clau predeterminada o obligatòria, realitzeu els passos següents: + + En la finestra apropiada, utilitzeu la subfinestra de l'arbre per a mostrar la clau que voleu suprimir dels paràmetres predeterminats o obligatoris. + Feu clic amb el botó secundari sobre la clau i seleccioneu Desestableix la clau des del menú emergent. + + + + + + Icones i tipus de claus + Les icones al costat de les claus en la subfinestra de modificació indiquen quin tipus de valor podeu introduir per a la clau. La llista següent mostra les icones possibles i els tipus de valors que representen. + + + + + Clau booleana + Pot ser certa o falsa. L'editor de la configuració proporcionarà una casella de selecció per a aquest tipus de clau. + + + + + Clau numèrica + Pot contenir números. Aquests poden ser números enters o de punt flotant (fraccionari). + + + + + Clau de cadena + Pot contenir qualsevol cadena de text. + + + + + Clau d'esquema + Utilitzada per a documentar altres claus. La documentació de cada clau és proporcionada per una clau separada, típicament dins del directori /schemas. Els usuaris i els administradors del sistema normalment no necessitaran treballar directament amb les claus d'esquema. + + + + + Clau de llista + Llistes de longitud arbitrària. Cada element de la llista ha de ser del mateix tipus, i del tipus primitiu booleà, numèric o cadena. + + + + + Clau en parella + Ha de contenir exactament dos valors. Els dos valors han de ser de tipus primitiu, però no tenen perquè tenir el mateix tipus. Actualment l'editor de la configuració no pot editar claus en parella. + + + + + Blanc + Utilitzat quan l'editor de la configuració no entén el tipus de la clau. Actualment la icona en blanc també s'utilitza en les claus en parella. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/cs/cs.po b/docs/cs/cs.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbf8e90 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/cs/cs.po @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +# Czech translation of gconf-editor help. +# Copyright (C) 2009 the author(s) of gconf-editor. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor help. +# Marek Černocký , 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor gnome-2-28\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-09 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-12 00:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Marek Černocký \n" +"Language-Team: Czech \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Czech\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: CZECH REPUBLIC\n" +"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; md5=4b9896597fef12a0ed1931638c470c92" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Příručka k Editoru nastavení " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Dokumentační projekt GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "Je povoleno kopírovat, šířit a/nebo upravovat tento dokument za podmínek GNU Free Documentation License, verze 1.1 nebo jakékoli další verze vydané nadací Free Software Foundation; bez neměnných oddílů, bez textů předních desek a bez textů zadních desek. Kopie této licence je zahrnuta v oddílu jménem GNU Free Documentation License nebo v souboru COPYING-DOCS dodávaném s touto příručkou." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license." +msgstr "Tato příručka je součástí kolekce příruček GNOME, distribuovaných pod licencí GNU FDL. Pokud chcete tento dokument šířit odděleně od kolekce, musíte přiložit kopii licence dle popisu v sekci 6 dané licence." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters." +msgstr "Mnoho užívaných jmen určených k zviditelnění produktů nebo služeb jsou ochranné známky. Na místech, kde jsou tato jména v dokumentaci užita a členové Dokumentačního projektu GNOME jsou si vědomi skutečnosti, že se jedná o ochrannou známku, je takové jméno psáno velkými písmeny celé nebo s velkým písmenem na začátku." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "DOKUMENT JE POSKYTOVÁN V PODOBĚ „JAK JE“ BEZ ZÁRUKY V JAKÉKOLIV PODOBĚ, NEPOSKYTUJÍ SE ANI ODVOZENÉ ZÁRUKY, ZÁRUKY, ŽE DOKUMENT, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÁ VERZE, JE BEZCHYBNÝ NEBO ZÁRUKY PRODEJNOSTI, VHODNOSTI PRO URČITÝ ÚČEL NEBO NEPORUŠENOSTI. RIZIKO NEKVALITY, NEPŘESNOSTI A ŠPATNÉHO PROVEDENÍ DOKUMENTU, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZE, LEŽÍ NA VÁS. POKUD KVŮLI TOMUTO DOKUMENTU, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZI, NASTANE PROBLÉM, VY (NIKOLIV PŮVODNÍ AUTOR NEBO JAKÝKOLIV PŘISPĚVATEL) PŘEBÍRÁTE JAKÉKOLIV NÁKLADY ZA NUTNÉ ÚPRAVY, OPRAVY ČI SLUŽBY. TOTO PROHLÁŠENÍ O ZÁRUCE PŘEDSTAVUJE ZÁKLADNÍ SOUČÁST TÉTO LICENCE. BEZ TOHOTO PROHLÁŠENÍ NENÍ, PODLE TÉTO DOHODY, POVOLENO UŽÍVÁNÍ ANI ÚPRAVY TOHOTO DOKUMENTU; DÁLE" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "ZA ŽÁDNÝCH OKOLNOSTÍ A ŽÁDNÝCH PRÁVNÍCH PŘEDPOKLADŮ, AŤ SE JEDNÁ O PŘEČIN (VČETNĚ NEDBALOSTNÍCH), SMLOUVU NEBO JINÉ, NENÍ AUTOR, PŮVODNÍ PISATEL, KTERÝKOLIV PŘISPĚVATEL NEBO KTERÝKOLIV DISTRIBUTOR TOHOTO DOKUMENTU NEBO UPRAVENÉ VERZE DOKUMENTU NEBO KTERÝKOLIV DODAVATEL NĚKTERÉ Z TĚCHTO STRAN ODPOVĚDNÝ NĚJAKÉ OSOBĚ ZA PŘÍMÉ, NEPŘÍMÉ, SPECIÁLNÍ, NAHODILÉ NEBO NÁSLEDNÉ ŠKODY JAKÉHOKOLIV CHARAKTERU, VČETNĚ, ALE NEJEN, ZA POŠKOZENÍ ZE ZTRÁTY DOBRÉHO JMÉNA, PŘERUŠENÍ PRÁCE, PORUCHY NEBO NESPRÁVNÉ FUNKCE POČÍTAČE NEBO JINÉHO A VŠECH DALŠÍCH ŠKOD NEBO ZTRÁT VYVSTÁVAJÍCÍCH Z NEBO VZTAHUJÍCÍCH SE K POUŽÍVÁNÍ TOHOTO DOKUMENTU NEBO UPRAVENÝCH VERZÍ DOKUMENTU, I KDYŽ BY TAKOVÁTO STRANA BYLA INFORMOVANÁ O MOŽNOSTI TAKOVÉHOTO POŠKOZENÍ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +msgstr "DOKUMENT A JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZE JSOU ŠÍŘENY V SOULADU SE ZNĚNÍM LICENCE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE S NÁSLEDUJÍCÍM USTANOVENÍM: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Dokumentační tým GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "Editor nastavení můžete použít ke změnám voleb nastavení, které používají aplikace, ale nenabízí k nim přístup ze svého dialogového okna předvoleb." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Verze 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Září 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "nerevidováno" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Verze 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Srpen 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Dokumentační tým GNOME firmy Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Verze 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Leden 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Tato příručka popisuje Editor nastavení ve verzi 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Ohlasy" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "Pokud chcete oznámit chybu nebo navrhnout vylepšení vztahující se k Editoru nastavení nebo této příručce, postupujte dle instrukcí na stránce Stránka s ohlasy na GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Editor GConf" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Úvod" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. More information about GConf can be found in the GNOME System Administrator's Guide." +msgstr "Pracovní prostředí GNOME a mnoho aplikací používá GConf k ukládání uživatelských předvoleb a údajů systémového nastavení. GConf poskytuje centrální úložné místo pro předvolby a zjednodušení správy nastavení pro uživatele a správce systému. Více informací o GConf můžete najít v Příručce správce systému GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor allows users to modify their preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use GConf. Additionally, system administrators can use Configuration Editor to set default and mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "Editor nastavení umožňuje uživatelům měnit své předvolby pro celé pracovní prostředí GNOME a některé aplikace, které využívají GConf. Správci systému mohou navíc použít Editor nastavení k určení výchozích a povinných nastavení, která se dotknou všech uživatelů." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game Five or More." +msgstr "Předvolby se v GConf ukládají v hierarchii klíčů. Každý klíč má přiřazenou hodnotu, která představuje vaše nastavení předvolby. Například klíč /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme uchovává informaci, jaký vzhled používáte ve hře Pět nebo víc." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor enables you to modify your configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not use Configuration Editor to set preferences for the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of the GNOME Desktop User Guide for your platform." +msgstr "Editor nastavení vám dovoluje měnit přímo své zdroje nastavení. Pokud nejste zkušený uživatel, nepoužívejte Editor nastavení k úpravám předvoleb pro pracovní prostředí GNOME. Místo toho použijte nástroje pro předvolby v pracovním prostředí GNOME. O tom, jak použít tyto nástroje, se dočtete v poslední verzi Příručky pro pracovní prostředí GNOME pro vaši platformu." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Začínáme" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Spuštění Editoru nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "You can start Configuration Editor in the following ways:" +msgstr "Editor nastavení můžete spustit následujícími způsoby:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Nabídka Aplikace" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "Zvolte Systémové nástrojeEditor nastavení." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method described below." +msgstr "Některé distribuce tuto nabídku skrývají. V takovém případě použijte druhý postup popsaný níže." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Příkazový řádek" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Spusťte následující příkaz: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Když spustíte Editor nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "When you start Configuration Editor, the following window is displayed." +msgstr "Když spustíte aplikaci Editor nastavení, zobrazí se následující okno." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Okno Editoru nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane." +msgstr "Ukazuje okno Editoru GConf. Popis obrázku: panel se stromem, panel úprav, panel dokumentace." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "The Configuration Editor window contains the following panes:" +msgstr "Okno Editoru nastavení obsahuje následující panely:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Panel se stromem" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "Umožňuje vám procházet hierarchii klíčů v GConf. Tento panel použijte k zobrazení klíčů, které chcete změnit, v panelu úprav. Panel se stromem se nachází v levé části okna." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Panel úprav" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "Displays the keys in the selected GConf location in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the right side of the window." +msgstr "Zobrazuje klíče pro umístění GConf vybrané v panelu se stromem. Tento panel použijte pro výběr klíčů, které chcete změnit nebo u nichž chcete změnit hodnoty. Panel úprav se nachází v pravé horní části okna." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "Ikona po straně každého klíče v panelu úprav označuje, jaký typ hodnoty můžete do klíče zadat. Například ikona zaškrtávacího pole po straně klíče /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy označuje, že můžete do klíče zadávat pravdivostní hodnoty (pravda nebo nepravda). vysvětluje, co která ikona znamená." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Panel dokumentace" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "Zobrazuje dokumentaci pro aktuálně vybraný klíč. V tomto panelu se dočtete další informace o klíčích předvoleb GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Panel výsledků (není zobrazený)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys or perform a search." +msgstr "Díky němu si můžete prohlížet výsledky vyhledávání a nebo procházet seznam názvů nedávno zobrazených klíčů. Ve zbytku okna se budou ukazovat údaje pro klíč, který máte v tomto panelu zrovna vybraný. Panel výsledků se objeví v dolní části okna, když si necháte vypsat nedávné klíče nebo provedete vyhledání." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Práce s okny" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Otevírání nových oken" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration Editor: Settings, Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "V Editoru nastavení můžete otevřít tři typy oken: Nastavení, Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení. Které z hodnot v Editoru nastavení zrovna nastavujete závisí na typu okna, které máte otevřené. Každý z typů oken můžete otevřít příslušnou položkou v nabídce Soubor." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "Since the settings in Defaults and Mandatory windows affect all users of the computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "Vzhledem k tomu, že nastavení v oknech Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení ovlivní všechny uživatele počítače, může tento typ oken používat pouze správce systému. K nastavení svých předvoleb byste měli použít okno Nastavení." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "You can use the Settings window to set your personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "Okno Nastavení můžete použít k nastavení svých osobních předvoleb. Změny v okně Nastavení ovlivní pouze vaše pracovní prostředí. Nastavení, která správce systému určil jako povinná, nemůžete měnit." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Výchozí" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "Pokud jste správcem systému, můžete použít okno Výchozí nastavení k úpravám výchozích nastavení pro uživatele. V případě, že uživatel nemá hodnotu daného klíče přímo nastavenou, použije se hodnota z výchozího nastavení. Uživatel může tuto hodnotu kdykoliv přepsat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Povinné" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "Pokud jste správcem systému, můžete použít okno Povinná nastavení k úpravám povinných nastavení pro uživatel. Pokud je pro hodnotu daného klíče nastavená povinná hodnota, uživatel nebude moci tuto hodnotu změnit. To se používá u některých voleb k zamknutí jejich hodnot." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Zavírání a ukončování" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "You can close a Configuration Editor window by selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all Configuration Editor windows and quit the application completely, select FileQuit in any Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "Okno Editoru nastavení můžete zavřít zvolením SouborZavřít okno v onom okně. Pokud chcete zavřít všechna okna Editoru nastavení a aplikaci úplně ukončit, zvolte SouborUkončit v kterémkoliv okně Editoru nastavení." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Práce s klíči" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which use GConf access the values of keys to determine how to look and behave. When you change something in the Preferences of an application, you are changing the value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "Klíče jsou způsob jak určit hodnotu. Všechny předvolby uložené v GConf jsou přiřazené do klíčů. Aplikace, které používají GConf, přistupují k hodnotám přes klíče, které určují jak hodnotu najít a jak s ní zacházet. Pokud změníte něco v Předvolbách aplikace, změníte tím hodnotu přidruženou ke klíči v GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Kopírování názvu klíče" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste the key name into any other application." +msgstr "Pokud si chcete zkopírovat název klíče do schránky, vyberte v panelu úprav klíč, jehož název chcete kopírovat. Zvolte UpravitKopírovat název klíče. Nyní můžete vložit název klíče do nějaké jiné aplikace." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Prohlížení názvů nedávných klíčů" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "Nedávné klíče si můžete prohlížet po zvolení UpravitVypsat nedávné klíče. Tím se v dolní části aktuálního okna otevře panel výsledků. Seznam můžete procházet pomocí posuvníků nebo klávesových šipek. Ve zbývající části okna se pro vybraný klíč budou zobrazovat odpovídající údaje." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "Prohlížení nedávných klíčů je užitečná funkce v situaci, kdy se potřebujete vrátit ke klíči, se kterým jste před chvílí pracovali a nemůžete si vzpomenou, kde se nacházel." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "Hodil by se snímek obrazovky. A bylo by dobré vysvětlit tlačítka Zavřít, Kopírovat a Smazat v panelu výsledků." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Změna hodnoty klíče" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. See for more information on each icon. To modify the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Ikona vedle názvu klíče ukazuje, jakých hodnot může klíč nabývat. uvádí ke každé ikoně přesnější popis. Pokud chcete hodnotu klíče změnit, proveďte následující kroky:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete měnit, v panelu úprav." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "V panelu úprav vyberte klíč, který chcete změnit." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the Value column of the key. Type the new value for the key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Hodnotu číselného nebo textového klíče změníte kliknutím do sloupce Hodnota v řádku daného klíče a zadáním nové hodnoty. Jinou možností je kliknout na klíč pravým tlačítkem a zvolit ve vyskakovací nabídce Upravit klíč." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Hodnotu pravdivostního klíče změníte kliknutím do sloupce Hodnota v řádku daného klíče, čímž se označí nebo odznačí zaškrtávací pole. Jinou možností je kliknout na klíč pravým tlačítkem a zvolit ve vyskakovací nabídce Upravit klíč." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu. The Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list." +msgstr "Když chcete změnit hodnotu klíče se seznamem, klikněte pravým tlačítkem na klíč a zvolte ve vyskakovací nabídce Upravit klíč. V dialogu Upravit klíč máte k dispozici seznam hodnot patřících danému klíči. V dialogu můžete upravovat jednotlivé hodnoty seznamu, přidávat nebo odebírat hodnoty seznamu a přesouvat hodnoty v seznamu nahoru a dolů." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit the value of that key." +msgstr "Váš správce systému může některé klíče uzamknout zadáním povinné hodnoty. Pokud má vybraný klíč přiřazenou povinnou hodnotu, nebudete moci hodnotu upravit. V takovém případě se v panelu s dokumentací zobrazí údaj Do tohoto klíče nelez zapisovat" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Rychlé hledávání klíčů" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor allows you to search the key names in GConf. Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need to access frequently." +msgstr "Abyste mohli klíče rychle vyhledávat, nabízí vám Editor nastavení funkci na vyhledávání klíčů v GConf podle názvu. Navíc můžete používat záložky pro vyhledávání klíčů, ke kterým potřebujete přistupovat často." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Používání záložek" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "Pro přístup k umístění složky ze svých záložek zvolte příslušné umístění v nabídce Záložky. Umístění můžete do nabídky Záložky přidávat a odebírat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree pane. Choose BookmarksAdd Bookmark." +msgstr "Pokud chcete přidat záložku, vyberte v panelu se stromem umístění, pro které záložku chcete. Po té zvolte ZáložkyPřidat záložku." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pokud chcete záložku odstranit, postupujte následovně:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "Zvolte ZáložkyUpravit záložky." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, then click Delete." +msgstr "V dialogovém okně Upravit záložky vyberte záložku a potom klikněte na Smazat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Klikněte na Zavřít." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Vyhledávání klíčů" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pokud chcete vyhledat klíč, proveďte to následovně:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "Choose EditFind." +msgstr "Zvolte UpravitHledat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes Search also in key names and Search also in key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand the search parameters." +msgstr "Zadejte do pole Vyhledat klíč, který chcete najít. Můžete také volitelně vybrat zaškrtávací pole Hledat také v názvech klíčů a Hledat také v hodnotách klíčů. Pokud nejsou tyto možnosti zvolené, bude se prohledávat pouze názvy složek. Výběrem těchto zaškrtávacích polí rozšíříte záběr hledání." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Klikněte na Hledat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "Výsledky hledání se objeví v panelu výsledků. Pokud chcete seznam výsledků procházet, tak nejdříve vyberte tento panel. Potom si můžete výsledky procházet pomocí posuvníků nebo klávesových šipek. Pro vybraný klíč se ihned budou objevovat informace v ostatních panelech." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Výchozí a povinná nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory settings in GConf which will affect all users. Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "Pokud jste správce systému, můžete v GConf nastavovat výchozí a povinná nastavení, která se týkají všech uživatelů. Výchozí nastavení se použijí v případě, že uživatel nemá danou hodnotu přímo nastavenou, a uživatel je může kdykoliv přepsat. Povinná nastavení se použijí vždy a pro všechny uživatele a uživatel je nemůže přepsat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and mandatory settings. The Defaults and Mandatory windows will only show you those settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can set settings from the Settings window to be default or mandatory." +msgstr "K úpravě a odstraňování výchozích a povinných nastavení můžete použít okna Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení. Okna Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení zobrazují pouze ta nastavení, která již byla určena jako výchozí nebo povinná. Tato okna nelze použít k vytvoření nových výchozích a povinných nastavení. Místo toho můžete v okně Nastavení určit u nastavení, zda je výchozí nebo povinné." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "To open a Defaults window, choose FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory window, choose FileNew Mandatory Window." +msgstr "Pokud chcete otevřít okno Výchozí nastavení, zvolte SouborNové okno výchozích nastavení. Pokud chcete otevřít okno Povinná nastavení, zvolte SouborNové okno povinných nastavení." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Vytváření výchozích nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Výchozí nastavení vytvoříte podle následujících kroků:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "V okně Nastavení použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete nastavit jako výchozí." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Set as Default from the popup menu." +msgstr "Klikněte na klíč pravým tlačítkem a ve vyskakovací nabídce zvolte Nastavit jako výchozí." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Vytváření povinných nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Povinné nastavení vytvoříte podle následujících kroků:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "V okně Nastavení použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete nastavit jako povinný." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "Klikněte na klíč pravým tlačítkem a ve vyskakovací nabídce zvolte Nastavit jako povinné." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Změna a odstraňování výchozích a povinných nastavení" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to modify and remove default and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "Ke změně nebo odstranění výchozích a povinných nastavení můžete použít okna Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení. Ke změně výchozího nebo povinného nastavení použijte příslušné okno a změňte klíč stejně jako když měníte klíče v okně Nastavení. Podrobné vysvětlení ke změnám klíčů podává ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pokud chcete výchozí nebo povinný klíč odstranit, postupujte následovně:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "V příslušném okně použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete odstranit z výchozího nebo povinného nastavení." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Klikněte pravým tlačítkem na klíč a ve vyskakovací nabídce zvolte Odstranit klíč." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Ikony a typy klíčů" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "Ikony po straně klíčů v panelu úprav označují, jaké typy hodnot můžete do klíče zadávat. V následujícím seznamu jsou uvedené možné ikony a typy hodnot, které představují." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Klíč s pravdivostní hodnotou" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "Může nabývat hodnoty pravda a nepravda. Editor nastavení poskytuje k nastavení tohoto typu klíče zaškrtávací pole." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Klíč s číselnou hodnotou" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) numbers." +msgstr "Může obsahovat čísla. Ta mohou být buď celá nebo desetinná." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Klíč s řetězcem" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Může obsahovat libovolný textový řetězec." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Klíč se schématem" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly." +msgstr "Používá se pro dokumentaci k dalším klíčům. Dokumentace pro každý z klíčů je uváděná v samostatném klíči, typicky ve složce /schemas. Uživatelé ani správci systému obvykle nepotřebují přímo pracovat s klíči se schématy." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Klíč se seznamem" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "Seznam libovolné délky. Všechny prvky seznamu musí být stejného typu a to jednoho ze základních typů - pravdivostní, číselný nebo řetězcový." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Klíč s párovou hodnotou" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "Může obsahovat přesně dvě hodnoty. Tyto dvě hodnoty musí být základního typu, ale ne nutně stejného. V současné době nelze v Editoru nastavení párové klíče upravovat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Neznámý" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "Used when Configuration Editor does not understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair keys." +msgstr "Prázdnou ikonu používá Editor nastavení v případě, že daný typ klíče nezná. V současnosti se prázdná ikona používá pro párové klíče." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Marek Černocký , 2009." + diff --git a/docs/cs/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/cs/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3d9f76 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/cs/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/cs/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/cs/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..11646f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/cs/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Příručka k Editoru nastavení + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2009.Marek Černocký (marek@manet.cz) + + + + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + + + + Je povoleno kopírovat, šířit a/nebo upravovat tento dokument za podmínek GNU Free Documentation License, verze 1.1 nebo jakékoli další verze vydané nadací Free Software Foundation; bez neměnných oddílů, bez textů předních desek a bez textů zadních desek. Kopie této licence je zahrnuta v oddílu jménem GNU Free Documentation License nebo v souboru COPYING-DOCS dodávaném s touto příručkou. + Tato příručka je součástí kolekce příruček GNOME, distribuovaných pod licencí GNU FDL. Pokud chcete tento dokument šířit odděleně od kolekce, musíte přiložit kopii licence dle popisu v sekci 6 dané licence. + + Mnoho užívaných jmen určených k zviditelnění produktů nebo služeb jsou ochranné známky. Na místech, kde jsou tato jména v dokumentaci užita a členové Dokumentačního projektu GNOME jsou si vědomi skutečnosti, že se jedná o ochrannou známku, je takové jméno psáno velkými písmeny celé nebo s velkým písmenem na začátku. + + DOKUMENT A JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZE JSOU ŠÍŘENY V SOULADU SE ZNĚNÍM LICENCE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE S NÁSLEDUJÍCÍM USTANOVENÍM: + + DOKUMENT JE POSKYTOVÁN V PODOBĚ „JAK JE“ BEZ ZÁRUKY V JAKÉKOLIV PODOBĚ, NEPOSKYTUJÍ SE ANI ODVOZENÉ ZÁRUKY, ZÁRUKY, ŽE DOKUMENT, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÁ VERZE, JE BEZCHYBNÝ NEBO ZÁRUKY PRODEJNOSTI, VHODNOSTI PRO URČITÝ ÚČEL NEBO NEPORUŠENOSTI. RIZIKO NEKVALITY, NEPŘESNOSTI A ŠPATNÉHO PROVEDENÍ DOKUMENTU, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZE, LEŽÍ NA VÁS. POKUD KVŮLI TOMUTO DOKUMENTU, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZI, NASTANE PROBLÉM, VY (NIKOLIV PŮVODNÍ AUTOR NEBO JAKÝKOLIV PŘISPĚVATEL) PŘEBÍRÁTE JAKÉKOLIV NÁKLADY ZA NUTNÉ ÚPRAVY, OPRAVY ČI SLUŽBY. TOTO PROHLÁŠENÍ O ZÁRUCE PŘEDSTAVUJE ZÁKLADNÍ SOUČÁST TÉTO LICENCE. BEZ TOHOTO PROHLÁŠENÍ NENÍ, PODLE TÉTO DOHODY, POVOLENO UŽÍVÁNÍ ANI ÚPRAVY TOHOTO DOKUMENTU; DÁLE + + + ZA ŽÁDNÝCH OKOLNOSTÍ A ŽÁDNÝCH PRÁVNÍCH PŘEDPOKLADŮ, AŤ SE JEDNÁ O PŘEČIN (VČETNĚ NEDBALOSTNÍCH), SMLOUVU NEBO JINÉ, NENÍ AUTOR, PŮVODNÍ PISATEL, KTERÝKOLIV PŘISPĚVATEL NEBO KTERÝKOLIV DISTRIBUTOR TOHOTO DOKUMENTU NEBO UPRAVENÉ VERZE DOKUMENTU NEBO KTERÝKOLIV DODAVATEL NĚKTERÉ Z TĚCHTO STRAN ODPOVĚDNÝ NĚJAKÉ OSOBĚ ZA PŘÍMÉ, NEPŘÍMÉ, SPECIÁLNÍ, NAHODILÉ NEBO NÁSLEDNÉ ŠKODY JAKÉHOKOLIV CHARAKTERU, VČETNĚ, ALE NEJEN, ZA POŠKOZENÍ ZE ZTRÁTY DOBRÉHO JMÉNA, PŘERUŠENÍ PRÁCE, PORUCHY NEBO NESPRÁVNÉ FUNKCE POČÍTAČE NEBO JINÉHO A VŠECH DALŠÍCH ŠKOD NEBO ZTRÁT VYVSTÁVAJÍCÍCH Z NEBO VZTAHUJÍCÍCH SE K POUŽÍVÁNÍ TOHOTO DOKUMENTU NEBO UPRAVENÝCH VERZÍ DOKUMENTU, I KDYŽ BY TAKOVÁTO STRANA BYLA INFORMOVANÁ O MOŽNOSTI TAKOVÉHOTO POŠKOZENÍ. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Dokumentační tým GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + + + + + Editor nastavení můžete použít ke změnám voleb nastavení, které používají aplikace, ale nenabízí k nim přístup ze svého dialogového okna předvoleb. + + + + Verze 2.8 + Září 2004 + + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + nerevidováno + + + + Verze 2.1 + Srpen 2004 + + Dokumentační tým GNOME firmy Sun + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + + + + Verze 2.0.1 + Leden 2004 + + Dokumentační tým GNOME firmy Sun + Dokumentační projekt GNOME + + + + Tato příručka popisuje Editor nastavení ve verzi 2.8 + + Ohlasy + Pokud chcete oznámit chybu nebo navrhnout vylepšení vztahující se k Editoru nastavení nebo této příručce, postupujte dle instrukcí na stránce Stránka s ohlasy na GNOME. + + + + + + Editor GConf + + + + Úvod + Pracovní prostředí GNOME a mnoho aplikací používá GConf k ukládání uživatelských předvoleb a údajů systémového nastavení. GConf poskytuje centrální úložné místo pro předvolby a zjednodušení správy nastavení pro uživatele a správce systému. Více informací o GConf můžete najít v Příručce správce systému GNOME. + Editor nastavení umožňuje uživatelům měnit své předvolby pro celé pracovní prostředí GNOME a některé aplikace, které využívají GConf. Správci systému mohou navíc použít Editor nastavení k určení výchozích a povinných nastavení, která se dotknou všech uživatelů. + Předvolby se v GConf ukládají v hierarchii klíčů. Každý klíč má přiřazenou hodnotu, která představuje vaše nastavení předvolby. Například klíč /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme uchovává informaci, jaký vzhled používáte ve hře Pět nebo víc. + Editor nastavení vám dovoluje měnit přímo své zdroje nastavení. Pokud nejste zkušený uživatel, nepoužívejte Editor nastavení k úpravám předvoleb pro pracovní prostředí GNOME. Místo toho použijte nástroje pro předvolby v pracovním prostředí GNOME. O tom, jak použít tyto nástroje, se dočtete v poslední verzi Příručky pro pracovní prostředí GNOME pro vaši platformu. + + + + Začínáme + + + Spuštění Editoru nastavení + Editor nastavení můžete spustit následujícími způsoby: + + + Nabídka Aplikace + + Zvolte Systémové nástrojeEditor nastavení. + Některé distribuce tuto nabídku skrývají. V takovém případě použijte druhý postup popsaný níže. + + + + Příkazový řádek + + Spusťte následující příkaz: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Když spustíte Editor nastavení + Když spustíte aplikaci Editor nastavení, zobrazí se následující okno. +
+ Okno <application>Editoru nastavení</application> + + + + + + + Ukazuje okno Editoru GConf. Popis obrázku: panel se stromem, panel úprav, panel dokumentace. + + + +
+ Okno Editoru nastavení obsahuje následující panely: + + + Panel se stromem + Umožňuje vám procházet hierarchii klíčů v GConf. Tento panel použijte k zobrazení klíčů, které chcete změnit, v panelu úprav. Panel se stromem se nachází v levé části okna. + + + Panel úprav + + Zobrazuje klíče pro umístění GConf vybrané v panelu se stromem. Tento panel použijte pro výběr klíčů, které chcete změnit nebo u nichž chcete změnit hodnoty. Panel úprav se nachází v pravé horní části okna. + Ikona po straně každého klíče v panelu úprav označuje, jaký typ hodnoty můžete do klíče zadat. Například ikona zaškrtávacího pole po straně klíče /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy označuje, že můžete do klíče zadávat pravdivostní hodnoty (pravda nebo nepravda). vysvětluje, co která ikona znamená. + + + + Panel dokumentace + Zobrazuje dokumentaci pro aktuálně vybraný klíč. V tomto panelu se dočtete další informace o klíčích předvoleb GConf. + + + + Panel výsledků (není zobrazený) + Díky němu si můžete prohlížet výsledky vyhledávání a nebo procházet seznam názvů nedávno zobrazených klíčů. Ve zbytku okna se budou ukazovat údaje pro klíč, který máte v tomto panelu zrovna vybraný. Panel výsledků se objeví v dolní části okna, když si necháte vypsat nedávné klíče nebo provedete vyhledání. + + + + + + + + Práce s okny + + Otevírání nových oken + V Editoru nastavení můžete otevřít tři typy oken: Nastavení, Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení. Které z hodnot v Editoru nastavení zrovna nastavujete závisí na typu okna, které máte otevřené. Každý z typů oken můžete otevřít příslušnou položkou v nabídce Soubor. + Vzhledem k tomu, že nastavení v oknech Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení ovlivní všechny uživatele počítače, může tento typ oken používat pouze správce systému. K nastavení svých předvoleb byste měli použít okno Nastavení. + + + Nastavení + Okno Nastavení můžete použít k nastavení svých osobních předvoleb. Změny v okně Nastavení ovlivní pouze vaše pracovní prostředí. Nastavení, která správce systému určil jako povinná, nemůžete měnit. + + + + + Výchozí + Pokud jste správcem systému, můžete použít okno Výchozí nastavení k úpravám výchozích nastavení pro uživatele. V případě, že uživatel nemá hodnotu daného klíče přímo nastavenou, použije se hodnota z výchozího nastavení. Uživatel může tuto hodnotu kdykoliv přepsat. + + + Povinné + Pokud jste správcem systému, můžete použít okno Povinná nastavení k úpravám povinných nastavení pro uživatel. Pokud je pro hodnotu daného klíče nastavená povinná hodnota, uživatel nebude moci tuto hodnotu změnit. To se používá u některých voleb k zamknutí jejich hodnot. + + + + + + Zavírání a ukončování + Okno Editoru nastavení můžete zavřít zvolením SouborZavřít okno v onom okně. Pokud chcete zavřít všechna okna Editoru nastavení a aplikaci úplně ukončit, zvolte SouborUkončit v kterémkoliv okně Editoru nastavení. + + + + + Práce s klíči + Klíče jsou způsob jak určit hodnotu. Všechny předvolby uložené v GConf jsou přiřazené do klíčů. Aplikace, které používají GConf, přistupují k hodnotám přes klíče, které určují jak hodnotu najít a jak s ní zacházet. Pokud změníte něco v Předvolbách aplikace, změníte tím hodnotu přidruženou ke klíči v GConf. + + + Kopírování názvu klíče + Pokud si chcete zkopírovat název klíče do schránky, vyberte v panelu úprav klíč, jehož název chcete kopírovat. Zvolte UpravitKopírovat název klíče. Nyní můžete vložit název klíče do nějaké jiné aplikace. + + + Prohlížení názvů nedávných klíčů + Nedávné klíče si můžete prohlížet po zvolení UpravitVypsat nedávné klíče. Tím se v dolní části aktuálního okna otevře panel výsledků. Seznam můžete procházet pomocí posuvníků nebo klávesových šipek. Ve zbývající části okna se pro vybraný klíč budou zobrazovat odpovídající údaje. + Prohlížení nedávných klíčů je užitečná funkce v situaci, kdy se potřebujete vrátit ke klíči, se kterým jste před chvílí pracovali a nemůžete si vzpomenou, kde se nacházel. + + Hodil by se snímek obrazovky. A bylo by dobré vysvětlit tlačítka Zavřít, Kopírovat a Smazat v panelu výsledků. + + + Změna hodnoty klíče + Ikona vedle názvu klíče ukazuje, jakých hodnot může klíč nabývat. uvádí ke každé ikoně přesnější popis. Pokud chcete hodnotu klíče změnit, proveďte následující kroky: + + Použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete měnit, v panelu úprav. + V panelu úprav vyberte klíč, který chcete změnit. + + Hodnotu číselného nebo textového klíče změníte kliknutím do sloupce Hodnota v řádku daného klíče a zadáním nové hodnoty. Jinou možností je kliknout na klíč pravým tlačítkem a zvolit ve vyskakovací nabídce Upravit klíč. + Hodnotu pravdivostního klíče změníte kliknutím do sloupce Hodnota v řádku daného klíče, čímž se označí nebo odznačí zaškrtávací pole. Jinou možností je kliknout na klíč pravým tlačítkem a zvolit ve vyskakovací nabídce Upravit klíč. + Když chcete změnit hodnotu klíče se seznamem, klikněte pravým tlačítkem na klíč a zvolte ve vyskakovací nabídce Upravit klíč. V dialogu Upravit klíč máte k dispozici seznam hodnot patřících danému klíči. V dialogu můžete upravovat jednotlivé hodnoty seznamu, přidávat nebo odebírat hodnoty seznamu a přesouvat hodnoty v seznamu nahoru a dolů. + + + Váš správce systému může některé klíče uzamknout zadáním povinné hodnoty. Pokud má vybraný klíč přiřazenou povinnou hodnotu, nebudete moci hodnotu upravit. V takovém případě se v panelu s dokumentací zobrazí údaj Do tohoto klíče nelez zapisovat + + + + + Rychlé hledávání klíčů + Abyste mohli klíče rychle vyhledávat, nabízí vám Editor nastavení funkci na vyhledávání klíčů v GConf podle názvu. Navíc můžete používat záložky pro vyhledávání klíčů, ke kterým potřebujete přistupovat často. + + + Používání záložek + Pro přístup k umístění složky ze svých záložek zvolte příslušné umístění v nabídce Záložky. Umístění můžete do nabídky Záložky přidávat a odebírat. + Pokud chcete přidat záložku, vyberte v panelu se stromem umístění, pro které záložku chcete. Po té zvolte ZáložkyPřidat záložku. + Pokud chcete záložku odstranit, postupujte následovně: + + Zvolte ZáložkyUpravit záložky. + V dialogovém okně Upravit záložky vyberte záložku a potom klikněte na Smazat. + Klikněte na Zavřít. + + + + Vyhledávání klíčů + Pokud chcete vyhledat klíč, proveďte to následovně: + + Zvolte UpravitHledat. + Zadejte do pole Vyhledat klíč, který chcete najít. Můžete také volitelně vybrat zaškrtávací pole Hledat také v názvech klíčů a Hledat také v hodnotách klíčů. Pokud nejsou tyto možnosti zvolené, bude se prohledávat pouze názvy složek. Výběrem těchto zaškrtávacích polí rozšíříte záběr hledání. + Klikněte na Hledat. + + Výsledky hledání se objeví v panelu výsledků. Pokud chcete seznam výsledků procházet, tak nejdříve vyberte tento panel. Potom si můžete výsledky procházet pomocí posuvníků nebo klávesových šipek. Pro vybraný klíč se ihned budou objevovat informace v ostatních panelech. + + Hodil by se snímek obrazovky. A bylo by dobré vysvětlit tlačítka Zavřít, Kopírovat a Smazat v panelu výsledků. + + + + + Výchozí a povinná nastavení + Pokud jste správce systému, můžete v GConf nastavovat výchozí a povinná nastavení, která se týkají všech uživatelů. Výchozí nastavení se použijí v případě, že uživatel nemá danou hodnotu přímo nastavenou, a uživatel je může kdykoliv přepsat. Povinná nastavení se použijí vždy a pro všechny uživatele a uživatel je nemůže přepsat. + K úpravě a odstraňování výchozích a povinných nastavení můžete použít okna Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení. Okna Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení zobrazují pouze ta nastavení, která již byla určena jako výchozí nebo povinná. Tato okna nelze použít k vytvoření nových výchozích a povinných nastavení. Místo toho můžete v okně Nastavení určit u nastavení, zda je výchozí nebo povinné. + Pokud chcete otevřít okno Výchozí nastavení, zvolte SouborNové okno výchozích nastavení. Pokud chcete otevřít okno Povinná nastavení, zvolte SouborNové okno povinných nastavení. + + + Vytváření výchozích nastavení + Výchozí nastavení vytvoříte podle následujících kroků: + + V okně Nastavení použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete nastavit jako výchozí. + Klikněte na klíč pravým tlačítkem a ve vyskakovací nabídce zvolte Nastavit jako výchozí. + + + + Vytváření povinných nastavení + Povinné nastavení vytvoříte podle následujících kroků: + + V okně Nastavení použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete nastavit jako povinný. + Klikněte na klíč pravým tlačítkem a ve vyskakovací nabídce zvolte Nastavit jako povinné. + + + + Změna a odstraňování výchozích a povinných nastavení + Ke změně nebo odstranění výchozích a povinných nastavení můžete použít okna Výchozí nastavení a Povinná nastavení. Ke změně výchozího nebo povinného nastavení použijte příslušné okno a změňte klíč stejně jako když měníte klíče v okně Nastavení. Podrobné vysvětlení ke změnám klíčů podává . + Pokud chcete výchozí nebo povinný klíč odstranit, postupujte následovně: + + V příslušném okně použijte panel se stromem k zobrazení klíče, který chcete odstranit z výchozího nebo povinného nastavení. + Klikněte pravým tlačítkem na klíč a ve vyskakovací nabídce zvolte Odstranit klíč. + + + + + + Ikony a typy klíčů + Ikony po straně klíčů v panelu úprav označují, jaké typy hodnot můžete do klíče zadávat. V následujícím seznamu jsou uvedené možné ikony a typy hodnot, které představují. + + + + + Klíč s pravdivostní hodnotou + Může nabývat hodnoty pravda a nepravda. Editor nastavení poskytuje k nastavení tohoto typu klíče zaškrtávací pole. + + + + + Klíč s číselnou hodnotou + Může obsahovat čísla. Ta mohou být buď celá nebo desetinná. + + + + + Klíč s řetězcem + Může obsahovat libovolný textový řetězec. + + + + + Klíč se schématem + Používá se pro dokumentaci k dalším klíčům. Dokumentace pro každý z klíčů je uváděná v samostatném klíči, typicky ve složce /schemas. Uživatelé ani správci systému obvykle nepotřebují přímo pracovat s klíči se schématy. + + + + + Klíč se seznamem + Seznam libovolné délky. Všechny prvky seznamu musí být stejného typu a to jednoho ze základních typů - pravdivostní, číselný nebo řetězcový. + + + + + Klíč s párovou hodnotou + Může obsahovat přesně dvě hodnoty. Tyto dvě hodnoty musí být základního typu, ale ne nutně stejného. V současné době nelze v Editoru nastavení párové klíče upravovat. + + + + + Neznámý + Prázdnou ikonu používá Editor nastavení v případě, že daný typ klíče nezná. V současnosti se prázdná ikona používá pro párové klíče. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/de/de.po b/docs/de/de.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fc4117 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/de/de.po @@ -0,0 +1,1180 @@ +# German translation of the gconf-editor manual. +# Keywan Najafi Tonekaboni , 2004, 2005. +# Jan Arne Petersen , 2007. +# Mario Blättermann , 2008, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor HEAD\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-12 09:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-06 23:32+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann \n" +"Language-Team: German \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "translated" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "translated" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "translated" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "translated" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "translated" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "translated" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "translated" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor-Handbuch" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or in " +"the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Das vorliegende Dokument kann gemäß den Bedingungen der GNU Free " +"Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 oder jeder späteren, von der Free " +"Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version ohne unveränderbare Abschnitte " +"sowie ohne Texte auf dem vorderen und hinteren Buchdeckel kopiert, verteilt " +"und/oder modifiziert werden. Eine Kopie der GFDL finden Sie unter diesem " +"Link oder in der mit diesem " +"Handbuch gelieferten Datei COPYING-DOCS." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Das vorliegende Handbuch ist Teil einer Reihe von GNOME-Handbüchern, die " +"unter der GFDL verteilt werden. Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch separat verteilen " +"möchten, können Sie dies tun, indem Sie dem Handbuch eine Kopie der Lizenz, " +"wie in Abschnitt 6 der Lizenz beschrieben, hinzufügen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Bei vielen der von Firmen zur Unterscheidung ihrer Produkte und " +"Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den Stellen, " +"an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und wenn die " +"Mitglieder des GNOME Documentation Project über diese Marken informiert " +"wurden, sind die Namen in Grossbuchstaben oder mit großen Anfangsbuchstaben " +"geschrieben." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK " +"AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED " +"VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR " +"CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS " +"LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS " +"AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"DAS DOKUMENT WIRD »WIE VORLIEGEND« GELIEFERT, OHNE JEGLICHE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG, " +"WEDER AUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT " +"BESCHRÄNKT AUF, GEWÄHRLEISTUNGEN, DASS DAS DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE " +"VERSION DES DOKUMENTS FREI VON HANDELSÜBLICHEN FEHLERN UND FÜR EINEN " +"BESTIMMTEN ZWECK GEEIGNET IST UND KEINE RECHTE DRITTER VERLETZT. JEGLICHES " +"RISIKO IN BEZUG AUF DIE QUALITÄT, GENAUIGKEIT UND LEISTUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER " +"EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS TRAGEN SIE. SOLLTE SICH EIN " +"DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DAVON IN IRGENDEINER WEISE ALS " +"FEHLERHAFT ERWEISEN, TRAGEN SIE (NICHT DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, AUTOR " +"ODER EIN MITWIRKENDER) DIE KOSTEN FÜR JEGLICHE ERFORDERLICHE SERVICE-, " +"REPARATUR- UND KORREKTURMASSNAHMEN: DIESE BESCHRÄNKUNG DER GEWÄHRLEISTUNG IST " +"WESENTLICHER BESTANDTEIL DIESER LIZENZ. JEDE VERWENDUNG EINES DOKUMENTS ODER " +"EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS UNTERLIEGT DIESER BESCHRÄNKUNG; UND" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR " +"ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY " +"CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK " +"STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR " +"LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"UNTER KEINEN UMSTÄNDEN UND GEMÄSS KEINER RECHTSLEHRE, WEDER AUFGRUND VON " +"UNERLAUBTEN HANDLUNGEN (EINSCHLIESSLICH FAHRLÄSSIGKEIT), VERTRÄGEN ODER " +"SONSTIGEM, KANN DER AUTOR, DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, EIN MITWIRKENDER ODER " +"EIN VERTEILER DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS " +"ODER EIN LIEFERANT EINER DIESER PARTEIEN VON EINER PERSON FÜR DIREKTE, " +"INDIREKTE, BESONDERE, ZUFÄLLIGE ODER ALS FOLGE AUFGETRETENE SCHÄDEN " +"IRGENDEINER ART, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, SCHÄDEN DURCH " +"GESCHÄFTSWERTVERLUSTE, ARBEITSAUSFÄLLE, COMPUTERAUSFÄLLE ODER -" +"FUNKTIONSSTÖRUNGEN ODER JEGLICHE ANDERE SCHÄDEN ODER VERLUSTE, DIE DURCH ODER " +"IM ZUSAMMENHANG MIT DER VERWENDUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN " +"VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ENTSTANDEN SIND, SELBST WENN DIESE PARTEI ÜBER MÖGLICHE " +"SCHÄDEN INFORMIERT WORDEN SEIN SOLLTE, HAFTBAR GEMACHT WERDEN." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"DAS DOKUMENT UND MODIFIZIERTE VERSIONEN DES DOKUMENTS WERDEN GEMÄSS DER " +"BEDINGUNGEN DER GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE MIT DER FOLGENDEN VEREINBARUNG " +"BEREITGESTELLT: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "GNOME-Dokumentationsteam" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"Der Konfigurationseditor kann zum Ändern der von den Anwendungen verwendeten " +"Konfigurationseinstellungen verwendet werden, falls diese nicht in den " +"Einstellungsdialogen verfügbar sind" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Version 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "September 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "noch nicht revidiert" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Version 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "August 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Sun GNOME-Dokumentationsteam" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Version 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Januar 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Dieses Handbuch beschreibt Version 2.8 von Konfigurationseditor." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Rückmeldungen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen Programmfehler melden möchten oder Vorschläge zur Anwendung " +"Konfigurationseditor oder zu diesem Handbuch haben, folgen Sie den " +"Anweisungen auf der GNOME-" +"Seite für Rückmeldungen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf-Editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Einführung" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying " +"configuration management for users and system administrators. More " +"information about GConf can be found in the GNOME System Administrator's Guide." +msgstr "" +"Der GNOME-Desktop und viele Programme benutzen GConf zum Speichern von Benutzereinstellungen und System-" +"Konfigurationsdaten. GConf bietet einen " +"gemeinsamen Speicherort für Einstellungen. Dadurch wird die " +"Konfigurationsverwaltung für Benutzer und Systemadministratoren vereinfacht. " +"Weitere Informationen über GConf finden sich im " +"GNOME Desktop-Administrator-" +"Handbuch." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can use " +"Configuration Editor to set default and mandatory " +"settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"Der Konfigurationseditor erlaubt dem Benutzer, an " +"einer zentralen Stelle Einstellungen für den gesamten GNOME-Desktop und jede " +"Anwendung, welche GConf verwendet, vorzunehmen. " +"Des Weiteren können Systemadministratoren den " +"Konfigurationseditor verwenden, um Systemvorgaben " +"festzulegen, welche sich auf alle Benutzer auswirken." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game Five " +"or More." +msgstr "" +"Die Einstellungen werden in GConf in einer " +"Hierarchie von Schlüsseln gespeichert. Jeder Schlüssel hat einen zugeordneten " +"Wert, welcher Ihre Einstellung für die jeweilige Option speichert. Zum " +"Beispiel speichert /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme " +"welches Thema Sie für das Spiel Zeilen verwenden " +"möchten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not use " +"Configuration Editor to set preferences for the " +"GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For " +"information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of the " +"GNOME Desktop User Guide for your " +"platform." +msgstr "" +"Der Konfigurationseditor ermöglicht Ihnen, die " +"Konfigurationsdatenbank direkt zu bearbeiten. Wenn Sie kein erfahrener " +"Benutzer sind, sollten Sie den Konfigurationseditor nicht verwenden, um Einstellungen für den GNOME-Desktop " +"festzulegen. Stattdessen sollten Sie die Konfigurationswerkzeuge des GNOME-" +"Desktops einsetzen. Weitere Informationen über die Konfigurationswerkzeuge " +"finden sich in der aktuellen Version des GNOME-Benutzerhandbuches für Ihre Plattform." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Erste Schritte" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor starten" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Anwendung Konfigurationseditor auf " +"eine der folgenden Arten starten:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Anwendungs-Menü" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie SystemwerkzeugeKonfigurationseditor." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Einige Distributionen verbergen dieses Menü. In diesem Fall gehen Sie bitte " +"nach der zweiten unten beschriebenen Methode vor." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Befehlszeile" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Führen Sie folgenden Befehl aus: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Beim Start des Konfigurationseditors" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the following " +"window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Start des Konfigurationseditors wird " +"folgendes Fenster angezeigt:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Das Konfigurationseditor-Fenster" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Stellt Konfigurationseditor-Fenster dar. Kennzeichnungen: " +"Baumansichtsbereich, Modifikationsbereich, Dokumentationsbereich." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"Das Fenster des Konfigurationseditors beinhaltet " +"folgende Bereiche:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Baumansicht" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht Ihnen, in der Hierarchie der Schlüsselnamen von " +"GConf zu navigieren. Benutzen Sie diesen Bereich " +"zum Anzeigen der Schlüssel, welche Sie im Modifikationsbereich ändern " +"möchten. Die Baumansicht ist auf der linken Seite des Fensters." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Modifikationsbereich" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to " +"modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the " +"right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Stellt die Schlüssel aus dem jeweiligen GConf-" +"Speicherort dar, welcher in der Baumansicht ausgewählt wurde. Benutzen Sie " +"diesen Bereich um Schlüssel, die Sie bearbeiten möchten, auszuwählen, sowie " +"deren Werte zu ändern. Der Modifikationsbereich befindet sich im oberen Teil " +"der rechten Seite des Fensters." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Die Symbole links neben den Schlüsseln im Modifikationsbereich weisen darauf " +"hin, welche Art von Wert Sie für diesen Schlüssel eingeben können. Zum " +"Beispiel weist das Symbol neben dem Schlüssel /system/http_proxy/" +"use_http_proxy darauf hin, dass Sie hier einen boole'schen Wert " +"(wahr oder falsch) für den Schlüssel einstellen können. Siehe für weitere Informationen zu den jeweiligen Symbolen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Dokumentationsbereich" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Zeigt die Dokumentation zum momentan ausgewählten Schlüssel. Benutzen Sie " +"diesen Bereich um weitere Informationen über den GConf-Konfigurationsschlüssel zu erhalten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Ergebnisbereich (nicht angezeigt)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys or " +"perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht Ihnen, die Suchergebnisse anzuschauen oder die Liste der zuletzt " +"angezeigten Schlüssel zu durchsuchen. Der übrige Bereich des Fensters zeigt " +"die Information zum ausgewählten Schlüssel an. Der Ergebnisbereich wird " +"unterhalb des Fensters erscheinen, wenn Sie die zuletzt bearbeiteten " +"Schlüssel anzeigen lassen oder eine Suche beginnen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Die Programm-Fenster" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Ein neues Fenster öffnen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"Sie können drei Arten von Fenstern im Konfigurationseditor öffnen: Einstellungen, " +"Vorgaben und Mandatory. " +"Welche Werte der Konfigurationseditor einstellt, " +"hängt von der Art des geöffneten Fensters ab. Sie können die einzelnen " +"Fenster mit dem entsprechenden Eintrag im Datei-Menü " +"öffnen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Da die Einstellungen im Vorgabefenster und " +"Mandatory-Fenster alle Benutzer des Computers " +"betreffen, können nur System-Administratoren diese Fensterarten öffnen. Um " +"Ihre persönlichen Einstellungen anzupassen, können Sie das " +"Einstellungsfenster benutzen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings " +"window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings that the " +"system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Einstellungsfenster zur Anpassung " +"an persönliche Vorlieben verwenden. Das Einstellungsfenster betrifft nur Ihren Desktop. Sie können jedoch keine " +"Einstellungen verändern, welche der System-Administrator als verbindlich " +"(mandatory) festgelegt hat." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Vorgaben" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Systemverwalter sind, können Sie das Vorgabefenster zum Bearbeiten der Systemvorgaben für alle Benutzer verwenden. " +"Werte, die ein Benutzer nicht explizit festlegt, werden aus den " +"Systemvorgaben gelesen. Benutzer können die Systemvorgaben immer " +"überschreiben." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Mandatory" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Systemverwalter sind, können Sie das Mandatory-Fenster zum Bearbeiten der verbindlichen Systemvorgaben für alle " +"Benutzer verwenden. Wenn ein verbindlicher Wert für einen Schlüssel " +"eingestellt ist, können die Benutzer diesen Wert nicht ändern. Hiermit können " +"bestimmte Optionen gesperrt werden." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Schließen und Beenden" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Sie können ein Konfigurationseditor-Fenster " +"schließen, indem Sie DateiFenster " +"schließen im entsprechenden Fenster wählen. Um " +"alle Konfigurationseditor-Fenster zu schließen und " +"die gesamte Anwendung zu beenden, wählen Sie DateiBeenden in einem beliebigen " +"Konfigurationseditor-Fenster." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Mit Schlüsseln arbeiten" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which use " +"GConf access the values of keys to determine how " +"to look and behave. When you change something in the Preferences of an application, you are changing the value associated to a key " +"in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Schlüssel bieten eine Möglichkeit, einen Wert nachzuschauen. Jede in " +"GConf gespeicherte Einstellung ist einem Schlüssel " +"zugewiesen. Anwendungen, welche GConf verwenden, " +"greifen auf die Werte der Schlüssel zurück, um Darstellung und Verhalten " +"festzustellen. Wenn Sie etwas in den Einstellungen " +"verändern, ändern Sie den Wert im GConf " +"zugewiesenen Schlüssel." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Kopieren eines Schlüsselnamens" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Um einen Schlüsselnamen in die Zwischenablage zu kopieren, wählen Sie den zu " +"kopierenden Schlüsselnamen im Modifikationsbereich. Wählen Sie " +"BearbeitenSchlüsselname kopieren. Sie können den Schlüsselnamen in einer beliebigen " +"anderen Anwendung einfügen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Betrachten der zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüsselnamen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This action " +"will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move " +"through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or the " +"arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the " +"rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Zum Betrachten der zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüsselnamen wählen Sie " +"BearbeitenZuletzt bearbeitete " +"Schlüssel. Hierdurch wird der Ergebnisbereich im " +"unteren Teil des aktuellen Fensters geöffnet. Sie können sich durch die " +"Ergebnisliste bewegen, indem Sie die Liste mit dem Rollbalken oder den " +"Pfeiltasten auf- und abrollen. Die Informationen zum ausgewählten Schlüssel " +"oder Ordner erscheinen im übrigen Bereich des Fensters." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Das Betrachten der zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüssel ist nützlich, wenn Sie zu " +"einem Schlüssel zurückkehren möchten, aber sich nicht mehr erinnern, wo " +"dieser sich befindet." + +# Wird nicht im späteren Handbuch angezeigt, es ist nur eine Hilfe für den Übersetzer. +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Ein Bildschirmfoto sollte in Ordnung sein. Im Einzelnen bedeutet das, dass " +"die Schaltflächen zum Schließen, Kopieren und Löschen sowie der " +"Ergebnisbereich dargestellt sein sollten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Den Wert eines Schlüssels verändern" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. See " +" for more information on each icon. To modify the " +"value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Die Symbole neben den Schlüsselnamen weisen darauf hin, welche Art von Wert " +"der Schlüssel annehmen kann. Siehe für weitere " +"Informationen zu den jeweiligen Symbolen. Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, " +"um den Wert eines Schlüssels zu verändern:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Benutzen Sie die Baumansicht, um den zu bearbeitenden Schlüssel im " +"Modifikationsbereich anzuzeigen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Wählen Sie den zu bearbeitenden Schlüssel im Modifikationsbereich aus." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the key. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Um den Wert eines Ganzzahl- oder Zeichenketten-Schlüssels zu verändern, " +"klicken Sie in die Werte-Spalte des Schlüssels. Geben " +"Sie den neuen Wert für den Schlüssel ein. Alternativ können Sie auch mit " +"einem Rechtsklick auf den Schlüssel das Kontext-Menü aufrufen und " +"Schlüssel bearbeiten auswählen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value " +"column of the key to select or deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-" +"click on the key and select Edit Key from the " +"popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Um den Wert eines boole'schen Schlüssels zu verändern, klicken Sie in der " +"Werte-Spalte des Schlüssels auf das Ankreuzfeld. Durch " +"an- bzw. abwählen können Sie den Wert verändern. Alternativ können Sie auch " +"mit einem Rechtsklick auf den Schlüssel das Kontext-Menü aufrufen und " +"Schlüssel bearbeiten auswählen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value " +"in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or " +"down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Um den Wert eines Listen-Schlüssels zu verändern, rufen Sie mit einem " +"Rechtsklick auf den Schlüssel das Kontextmenü auf und wählen Sie " +"Schlüssel bearbeiten. Der Schlüssel " +"bearbeiten-Dialog liefert eine Liste von Werten, welche dem " +"Schlüssel zugeordnet sind. Sie können diesen Dialog nutzen, um jeden " +"einzelnen Wert zu bearbeiten, der Liste einen Wert hinzufügen oder zu " +"entfernen und jeden hinauf und hinunter zu bewegen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will not " +"be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"Ihr System-Administrator hat möglicherweise bestimmte Schlüssel gesperrt, " +"indem er Werte als verbindlich (mandatory) festgelegt hat. Sollte für den " +"ausgewählten Schlüssel ein verbindlicher Wert eingestellt sein, so können Sie " +"diesen Wert nicht bearbeiten. Der Dokumentationsbereich wird Ihnen die " +"Beschriftung Dieser Schlüssel ist nicht überschreibbar " +"anzeigen, wenn es Ihnen nicht erlaubt ist den Wert des Schlüssels zu " +"verändern." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Schnell die Schlüssel finden" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need " +"to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Um einen Schlüssel schnell ausfindig zu machen, erlaubt es Ihnen der " +"Konfigurationseditor nach dem Schlüsselnamen in " +"GConf zu suchen. Darüber hinaus können Sie " +"Lesezeichen verwenden, um Ordner von Schlüsseln zu finden, auf welche Sie " +"häufig zugreifen müssen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Lesezeichen verwenden" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Um auf einen Ordner-Speicherort in Ihren Lesezeichen zuzugreifen, wählen Sie " +"das Lesezeichen-Menü. Sie können Ordner-Speicherorte Ihrem " +"Lesezeichen-Menü hinzufügen und entfernen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Lesezeichen hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie den Speicherort, für den Sie ein " +"Lesezeichen hinzufügen möchten in der Baumansicht. Anschließend wählen Sie " +"LesezeichenLesezeichen " +"hinzufügen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um ein Lesezeichen zu löschen:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie LesezeichenLesezeichen " +"bearbeiten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie das Lesezeichen im Lesezeichen bearbeiten-Dialog und klicken Sie auf Löschen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Schließen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Nach Schlüsseln suchen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um nach Schlüsseln zu suchen:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie BearbeitenSuchen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search will " +"only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand the " +"search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie das Stichwort nach dem Sie suchen möchten im Suchen nach-Feld ein. Sie können optional auch die Ankreuzfelder Auch " +"Schlüsselnamen durchsuchen und Auch Schlüsselwerte " +"durchsuchen auswählen. Wenn diese Ankreuzfelder nicht ausgewählt " +"sind, werden nur die Ordnernamen durchsucht. Das Auswählen dieser " +"Ankreuzfelder erweitert die Suchparameter." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Suchen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Die Ergebnisse Ihrer Suche erscheinen im Ergebnisbereich. Um sich durch die " +"Ergebnisliste zu bewegen, wählen Sie zuerst diesen Bereich. Anschließend " +"können Sie sich durch die Ergebnisse bewegen, indem Sie mit dem Rollbalken " +"oder den Pfeiltasten auf- und abrollen. Die Informationen zum ausgewählten " +"Schlüssel oder Ordner erscheinen im übrigen Bereich des Fensters." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Systemvorgaben und Mandatory-Einstellungen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory settings " +"in GConf which will affect all users. Default " +"settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and users can " +"always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all users, and " +"they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Systemverwalter sind, können Sie Systemvorgaben und verbindliche " +"Systemeinstellungen (Mandatory-Einstellungen) in GConf einstellen, welche sich auf alle Benutzer auswirken. " +"Systemvorgaben werden verwendet, wenn der Benutzer nicht ausdrücklich einen " +"anderen Wert einstellt. Die verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen werden immer " +"für alle Benutzer verwendet und der Benutzer kann diese auch nicht " +"überschreiben." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Vorgabe- und Mandatory-" +"Fenster zum Bearbeiten und Entfernen von Systemvorgaben und " +"verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen verwenden. Vorgabefenster und Mandatory-Fenster zeigen Ihnen " +"nur jene Einstellungen, welche bereits als Vorgabe oder verbindliche " +"Einstellung festgelegt sind. Sie können diese Fenster nicht zum Erstellen " +"neuer Systemvorgaben und verbindlicher Systemeinstellungen verwenden. " +"Stattdessen können Sie im Einstellungsfenster " +"Einstellungen als Systemvorgabe oder verbindliche Systemeinstellung festlegen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Vorgabefenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie " +"DateiNeues Vorgabefenster . Um ein Mandatory-Fenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie DateiNeues Mandatory-Fenster." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Systemvorgaben erstellen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um eine Systemvorgabe zu erstellen:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"Benutzen Sie im Einstellungsfenster die " +"Baumansicht, um den Schlüssel anzeigen zu lassen, welchen Sie als " +"Systemvorgabe festlegen möchten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick das Kontext-Menü auf und wählen Sie " +"Zur Vorgabe machen aus." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Verbindliche Systemeinstellungen erstellen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um eine verbindliche Systemeinstellung " +"(Mandatory-Systemeinstellung) zu erstellen:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Benutzen Sie im Einstellungsfenster die " +"Baumansicht, um den Schlüssel anzeigen zu lassen, welchen Sie als " +"verbindliche Systemeinstellung festlegen möchten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick das Kontext-Menü auf und wählen Sie " +"Zum Mandatory machen aus." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "" +"Verändern und entfernen von Systemvorgaben und verbindlichen " +"Systemeinstellungen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"Sie könnnen das Vorgabefenster und das " +"Mandatory-Fenster zum Verändern und Entfernen von " +"Systemvorgaben und verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen verwenden. Verwenden Sie " +"das zugehörige Fenster um eine Systemvorgabe oder eine verbindliche " +"Systemeinstellung zu verändern auf die gleiche Art, wie Sie im " +"Einstellungsfenster Schlüssel verändern würden. " +"Siehe für weitere Information zum Verändern " +"von Schlüsseln." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um eine Systemvorgabe oder eine " +"verbindliche Systemeinstellung zu löschen:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want " +"to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"Benutzen Sie im zugehörigen Fenster die Baumansicht um den Schlüssel anzeigen " +"zu lassen, welchen Sie aus den Systemvorgaben oder verbindlichen " +"Systemeinstellungen löschen möchten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick das Kontext-Menü auf und wählen Sie " +"Schlüssel zurücksetzen aus." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Symbole und Schlüssel-Typen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Die Symbole neben den Schlüsseln im Modifikationsbereich weisen darauf hin, " +"welche Art von Wert für den Schlüssel eingegeben werden können. Die folgende " +"Liste zeigt die möglichen Symbole und welche Art von Wert sie repräsentieren:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Boole'scher Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Hat entweder wahr oder falsch als Wert. Der " +"Konfigurationseditor stellt ein Ankreuzfeld für " +"diese Art von Schlüssel zur Verfügung." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Zahl-Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Kann Zahlen enthalten. Diese können Ganzzahlen oder Gleitkommazahlen (Brüche) " +"sein." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Zeichenketten-Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Kann eine beliebige Zeichenkette enthalten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Schema-Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas directory. " +"Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema " +"keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Wird zur Dokumentation anderer Schlüssel verwendet. Die Dokumentation für " +"jeden Schlüssel wird von einem separaten Schlüssel geliefert, typischerweise " +"innerhalb des /schemas Ordners. Benutzer und System-" +"Administratoren müssen normalerweise nicht mit den Schemata-Schlüsseln direkt " +"arbeiten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Listen-Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same type, " +"and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Listen beliebiger Länge. Jedes Element der Liste muss von der gleichen Art " +"sein, und zwar von einem der primitiven Typen (Boole'scher, Zahl oder " +"Zeichenkette)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Paar-Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Enthält genau zwei Werte. Die zwei Werte müssen von einem der primitiven " +"Typen sein, aber sie müssen nicht der gleiche Typ sein. Derzeit ist der " +"Konfigurationseditor nicht in der Lage Paar-" +"Schlüssel zu bearbeiten." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Leerer Schlüssel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not understand " +"the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Wird verwendet, wenn der Konfigurationseditor den " +"Typ eines Schlüssels nicht versteht. Das Leer-Symbol wird derzeit auch für " +"Paar-Schlüssel verwendet." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Keywan Najafi Tonekaboni , 2004, 2005\n" +"Jan Arne Petersen , 2007\n" +"Mario Blättermann , 2008, 2009" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "unused" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "unused" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "unused" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "unused" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "unused" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "unused" diff --git a/docs/de/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/de/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42f9554 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/de/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/de/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/de/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78c0063 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/de/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Konfigurationseditor-Handbuch + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2004, 2005Keywan Najafi Tonekaboni (keywan@uni-duisburg.de)2007Jan Arne Petersen (jap@gnome.org)2008, 2009Mario Blättermann (mariobl@gnome.org) + + + + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + + + + Das vorliegende Dokument kann gemäß den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 oder jeder späteren, von der Free Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version ohne unveränderbare Abschnitte sowie ohne Texte auf dem vorderen und hinteren Buchdeckel kopiert, verteilt und/oder modifiziert werden. Eine Kopie der GFDL finden Sie unter diesem Link oder in der mit diesem Handbuch gelieferten Datei COPYING-DOCS. + Das vorliegende Handbuch ist Teil einer Reihe von GNOME-Handbüchern, die unter der GFDL verteilt werden. Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch separat verteilen möchten, können Sie dies tun, indem Sie dem Handbuch eine Kopie der Lizenz, wie in Abschnitt 6 der Lizenz beschrieben, hinzufügen. + + Bei vielen der von Firmen zur Unterscheidung ihrer Produkte und Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den Stellen, an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und wenn die Mitglieder des GNOME Documentation Project über diese Marken informiert wurden, sind die Namen in Grossbuchstaben oder mit großen Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben. + + DAS DOKUMENT UND MODIFIZIERTE VERSIONEN DES DOKUMENTS WERDEN GEMÄSS DER BEDINGUNGEN DER GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE MIT DER FOLGENDEN VEREINBARUNG BEREITGESTELLT: + + DAS DOKUMENT WIRD »WIE VORLIEGEND« GELIEFERT, OHNE JEGLICHE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG, WEDER AUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, GEWÄHRLEISTUNGEN, DASS DAS DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DES DOKUMENTS FREI VON HANDELSÜBLICHEN FEHLERN UND FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK GEEIGNET IST UND KEINE RECHTE DRITTER VERLETZT. JEGLICHES RISIKO IN BEZUG AUF DIE QUALITÄT, GENAUIGKEIT UND LEISTUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS TRAGEN SIE. SOLLTE SICH EIN DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DAVON IN IRGENDEINER WEISE ALS FEHLERHAFT ERWEISEN, TRAGEN SIE (NICHT DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, AUTOR ODER EIN MITWIRKENDER) DIE KOSTEN FÜR JEGLICHE ERFORDERLICHE SERVICE-, REPARATUR- UND KORREKTURMASSNAHMEN: DIESE BESCHRÄNKUNG DER GEWÄHRLEISTUNG IST WESENTLICHER BESTANDTEIL DIESER LIZENZ. JEDE VERWENDUNG EINES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS UNTERLIEGT DIESER BESCHRÄNKUNG; UND + + + UNTER KEINEN UMSTÄNDEN UND GEMÄSS KEINER RECHTSLEHRE, WEDER AUFGRUND VON UNERLAUBTEN HANDLUNGEN (EINSCHLIESSLICH FAHRLÄSSIGKEIT), VERTRÄGEN ODER SONSTIGEM, KANN DER AUTOR, DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, EIN MITWIRKENDER ODER EIN VERTEILER DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ODER EIN LIEFERANT EINER DIESER PARTEIEN VON EINER PERSON FÜR DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, BESONDERE, ZUFÄLLIGE ODER ALS FOLGE AUFGETRETENE SCHÄDEN IRGENDEINER ART, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, SCHÄDEN DURCH GESCHÄFTSWERTVERLUSTE, ARBEITSAUSFÄLLE, COMPUTERAUSFÄLLE ODER -FUNKTIONSSTÖRUNGEN ODER JEGLICHE ANDERE SCHÄDEN ODER VERLUSTE, DIE DURCH ODER IM ZUSAMMENHANG MIT DER VERWENDUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ENTSTANDEN SIND, SELBST WENN DIESE PARTEI ÜBER MÖGLICHE SCHÄDEN INFORMIERT WORDEN SEIN SOLLTE, HAFTBAR GEMACHT WERDEN. + + + + + + + + + Sun + GNOME-Dokumentationsteam + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + + + + Shaun + McCance + + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + + + + + Der Konfigurationseditor kann zum Ändern der von den Anwendungen verwendeten Konfigurationseinstellungen verwendet werden, falls diese nicht in den Einstellungsdialogen verfügbar sind + + + + Version 2.8 + September 2004 + + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + noch nicht revidiert + + + + Version 2.1 + August 2004 + + Sun GNOME-Dokumentationsteam + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + + + + Version 2.0.1 + Januar 2004 + + Sun GNOME-Dokumentationsteam + GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt + + + + Dieses Handbuch beschreibt Version 2.8 von Konfigurationseditor. + + Rückmeldungen + Wenn Sie einen Programmfehler melden möchten oder Vorschläge zur Anwendung Konfigurationseditor oder zu diesem Handbuch haben, folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf der GNOME-Seite für Rückmeldungen. + + + + + + GConf-Editor + + + + Einführung + Der GNOME-Desktop und viele Programme benutzen GConf zum Speichern von Benutzereinstellungen und System-Konfigurationsdaten. GConf bietet einen gemeinsamen Speicherort für Einstellungen. Dadurch wird die Konfigurationsverwaltung für Benutzer und Systemadministratoren vereinfacht. Weitere Informationen über GConf finden sich im GNOME Desktop-Administrator-Handbuch. + Der Konfigurationseditor erlaubt dem Benutzer, an einer zentralen Stelle Einstellungen für den gesamten GNOME-Desktop und jede Anwendung, welche GConf verwendet, vorzunehmen. Des Weiteren können Systemadministratoren den Konfigurationseditor verwenden, um Systemvorgaben festzulegen, welche sich auf alle Benutzer auswirken. + Die Einstellungen werden in GConf in einer Hierarchie von Schlüsseln gespeichert. Jeder Schlüssel hat einen zugeordneten Wert, welcher Ihre Einstellung für die jeweilige Option speichert. Zum Beispiel speichert /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme welches Thema Sie für das Spiel Zeilen verwenden möchten. + Der Konfigurationseditor ermöglicht Ihnen, die Konfigurationsdatenbank direkt zu bearbeiten. Wenn Sie kein erfahrener Benutzer sind, sollten Sie den Konfigurationseditor nicht verwenden, um Einstellungen für den GNOME-Desktop festzulegen. Stattdessen sollten Sie die Konfigurationswerkzeuge des GNOME-Desktops einsetzen. Weitere Informationen über die Konfigurationswerkzeuge finden sich in der aktuellen Version des GNOME-Benutzerhandbuches für Ihre Plattform. + + + + Erste Schritte + + + Konfigurationseditor starten + Sie können die Anwendung Konfigurationseditor auf eine der folgenden Arten starten: + + + Anwendungs-Menü + + Wählen Sie SystemwerkzeugeKonfigurationseditor. + Einige Distributionen verbergen dieses Menü. In diesem Fall gehen Sie bitte nach der zweiten unten beschriebenen Methode vor. + + + + Befehlszeile + + Führen Sie folgenden Befehl aus: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Beim Start des Konfigurationseditors + Nach dem Start des Konfigurationseditors wird folgendes Fenster angezeigt: +
+ Das <application>Konfigurationseditor</application>-Fenster + + + + + + + Stellt Konfigurationseditor-Fenster dar. Kennzeichnungen: Baumansichtsbereich, Modifikationsbereich, Dokumentationsbereich. + + + +
+ Das Fenster des Konfigurationseditors beinhaltet folgende Bereiche: + + + Baumansicht + Ermöglicht Ihnen, in der Hierarchie der Schlüsselnamen von GConf zu navigieren. Benutzen Sie diesen Bereich zum Anzeigen der Schlüssel, welche Sie im Modifikationsbereich ändern möchten. Die Baumansicht ist auf der linken Seite des Fensters. + + + Modifikationsbereich + + Stellt die Schlüssel aus dem jeweiligen GConf-Speicherort dar, welcher in der Baumansicht ausgewählt wurde. Benutzen Sie diesen Bereich um Schlüssel, die Sie bearbeiten möchten, auszuwählen, sowie deren Werte zu ändern. Der Modifikationsbereich befindet sich im oberen Teil der rechten Seite des Fensters. + Die Symbole links neben den Schlüsseln im Modifikationsbereich weisen darauf hin, welche Art von Wert Sie für diesen Schlüssel eingeben können. Zum Beispiel weist das Symbol neben dem Schlüssel /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy darauf hin, dass Sie hier einen boole'schen Wert (wahr oder falsch) für den Schlüssel einstellen können. Siehe für weitere Informationen zu den jeweiligen Symbolen. + + + + Dokumentationsbereich + Zeigt die Dokumentation zum momentan ausgewählten Schlüssel. Benutzen Sie diesen Bereich um weitere Informationen über den GConf-Konfigurationsschlüssel zu erhalten. + + + + Ergebnisbereich (nicht angezeigt) + Ermöglicht Ihnen, die Suchergebnisse anzuschauen oder die Liste der zuletzt angezeigten Schlüssel zu durchsuchen. Der übrige Bereich des Fensters zeigt die Information zum ausgewählten Schlüssel an. Der Ergebnisbereich wird unterhalb des Fensters erscheinen, wenn Sie die zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüssel anzeigen lassen oder eine Suche beginnen. + + + + + + + + Die Programm-Fenster + + Ein neues Fenster öffnen + Sie können drei Arten von Fenstern im Konfigurationseditor öffnen: Einstellungen, Vorgaben und Mandatory. Welche Werte der Konfigurationseditor einstellt, hängt von der Art des geöffneten Fensters ab. Sie können die einzelnen Fenster mit dem entsprechenden Eintrag im Datei-Menü öffnen. + Da die Einstellungen im Vorgabefenster und Mandatory-Fenster alle Benutzer des Computers betreffen, können nur System-Administratoren diese Fensterarten öffnen. Um Ihre persönlichen Einstellungen anzupassen, können Sie das Einstellungsfenster benutzen. + + + Einstellungen + Sie können das Einstellungsfenster zur Anpassung an persönliche Vorlieben verwenden. Das Einstellungsfenster betrifft nur Ihren Desktop. Sie können jedoch keine Einstellungen verändern, welche der System-Administrator als verbindlich (mandatory) festgelegt hat. + + + + + Vorgaben + Wenn Sie Systemverwalter sind, können Sie das Vorgabefenster zum Bearbeiten der Systemvorgaben für alle Benutzer verwenden. Werte, die ein Benutzer nicht explizit festlegt, werden aus den Systemvorgaben gelesen. Benutzer können die Systemvorgaben immer überschreiben. + + + Mandatory + Wenn Sie Systemverwalter sind, können Sie das Mandatory-Fenster zum Bearbeiten der verbindlichen Systemvorgaben für alle Benutzer verwenden. Wenn ein verbindlicher Wert für einen Schlüssel eingestellt ist, können die Benutzer diesen Wert nicht ändern. Hiermit können bestimmte Optionen gesperrt werden. + + + + + + Schließen und Beenden + Sie können ein Konfigurationseditor-Fenster schließen, indem Sie DateiFenster schließen im entsprechenden Fenster wählen. Um alle Konfigurationseditor-Fenster zu schließen und die gesamte Anwendung zu beenden, wählen Sie DateiBeenden in einem beliebigen Konfigurationseditor-Fenster. + + + + + Mit Schlüsseln arbeiten + Schlüssel bieten eine Möglichkeit, einen Wert nachzuschauen. Jede in GConf gespeicherte Einstellung ist einem Schlüssel zugewiesen. Anwendungen, welche GConf verwenden, greifen auf die Werte der Schlüssel zurück, um Darstellung und Verhalten festzustellen. Wenn Sie etwas in den Einstellungen verändern, ändern Sie den Wert im GConf zugewiesenen Schlüssel. + + + Kopieren eines Schlüsselnamens + Um einen Schlüsselnamen in die Zwischenablage zu kopieren, wählen Sie den zu kopierenden Schlüsselnamen im Modifikationsbereich. Wählen Sie BearbeitenSchlüsselname kopieren. Sie können den Schlüsselnamen in einer beliebigen anderen Anwendung einfügen. + + + Betrachten der zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüsselnamen + Zum Betrachten der zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüsselnamen wählen Sie BearbeitenZuletzt bearbeitete Schlüssel. Hierdurch wird der Ergebnisbereich im unteren Teil des aktuellen Fensters geöffnet. Sie können sich durch die Ergebnisliste bewegen, indem Sie die Liste mit dem Rollbalken oder den Pfeiltasten auf- und abrollen. Die Informationen zum ausgewählten Schlüssel oder Ordner erscheinen im übrigen Bereich des Fensters. + Das Betrachten der zuletzt bearbeiteten Schlüssel ist nützlich, wenn Sie zu einem Schlüssel zurückkehren möchten, aber sich nicht mehr erinnern, wo dieser sich befindet. + + Ein Bildschirmfoto sollte in Ordnung sein. Im Einzelnen bedeutet das, dass die Schaltflächen zum Schließen, Kopieren und Löschen sowie der Ergebnisbereich dargestellt sein sollten. + + + Den Wert eines Schlüssels verändern + Die Symbole neben den Schlüsselnamen weisen darauf hin, welche Art von Wert der Schlüssel annehmen kann. Siehe für weitere Informationen zu den jeweiligen Symbolen. Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um den Wert eines Schlüssels zu verändern: + + Benutzen Sie die Baumansicht, um den zu bearbeitenden Schlüssel im Modifikationsbereich anzuzeigen. + Wählen Sie den zu bearbeitenden Schlüssel im Modifikationsbereich aus. + + Um den Wert eines Ganzzahl- oder Zeichenketten-Schlüssels zu verändern, klicken Sie in die Werte-Spalte des Schlüssels. Geben Sie den neuen Wert für den Schlüssel ein. Alternativ können Sie auch mit einem Rechtsklick auf den Schlüssel das Kontext-Menü aufrufen und Schlüssel bearbeiten auswählen. + Um den Wert eines boole'schen Schlüssels zu verändern, klicken Sie in der Werte-Spalte des Schlüssels auf das Ankreuzfeld. Durch an- bzw. abwählen können Sie den Wert verändern. Alternativ können Sie auch mit einem Rechtsklick auf den Schlüssel das Kontext-Menü aufrufen und Schlüssel bearbeiten auswählen. + Um den Wert eines Listen-Schlüssels zu verändern, rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick auf den Schlüssel das Kontextmenü auf und wählen Sie Schlüssel bearbeiten. Der Schlüssel bearbeiten-Dialog liefert eine Liste von Werten, welche dem Schlüssel zugeordnet sind. Sie können diesen Dialog nutzen, um jeden einzelnen Wert zu bearbeiten, der Liste einen Wert hinzufügen oder zu entfernen und jeden hinauf und hinunter zu bewegen. + + + Ihr System-Administrator hat möglicherweise bestimmte Schlüssel gesperrt, indem er Werte als verbindlich (mandatory) festgelegt hat. Sollte für den ausgewählten Schlüssel ein verbindlicher Wert eingestellt sein, so können Sie diesen Wert nicht bearbeiten. Der Dokumentationsbereich wird Ihnen die Beschriftung Dieser Schlüssel ist nicht überschreibbar anzeigen, wenn es Ihnen nicht erlaubt ist den Wert des Schlüssels zu verändern. + + + + + Schnell die Schlüssel finden + Um einen Schlüssel schnell ausfindig zu machen, erlaubt es Ihnen der Konfigurationseditor nach dem Schlüsselnamen in GConf zu suchen. Darüber hinaus können Sie Lesezeichen verwenden, um Ordner von Schlüsseln zu finden, auf welche Sie häufig zugreifen müssen. + + + Lesezeichen verwenden + Um auf einen Ordner-Speicherort in Ihren Lesezeichen zuzugreifen, wählen Sie das Lesezeichen-Menü. Sie können Ordner-Speicherorte Ihrem Lesezeichen-Menü hinzufügen und entfernen. + Um ein Lesezeichen hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie den Speicherort, für den Sie ein Lesezeichen hinzufügen möchten in der Baumansicht. Anschließend wählen Sie LesezeichenLesezeichen hinzufügen. + Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um ein Lesezeichen zu löschen: + + Wählen Sie LesezeichenLesezeichen bearbeiten. + Wählen Sie das Lesezeichen im Lesezeichen bearbeiten-Dialog und klicken Sie auf Löschen. + Klicken Sie auf Schließen. + + + + Nach Schlüsseln suchen + Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um nach Schlüsseln zu suchen: + + Wählen Sie BearbeitenSuchen. + Geben Sie das Stichwort nach dem Sie suchen möchten im Suchen nach-Feld ein. Sie können optional auch die Ankreuzfelder Auch Schlüsselnamen durchsuchen und Auch Schlüsselwerte durchsuchen auswählen. Wenn diese Ankreuzfelder nicht ausgewählt sind, werden nur die Ordnernamen durchsucht. Das Auswählen dieser Ankreuzfelder erweitert die Suchparameter. + Klicken Sie auf Suchen. + + Die Ergebnisse Ihrer Suche erscheinen im Ergebnisbereich. Um sich durch die Ergebnisliste zu bewegen, wählen Sie zuerst diesen Bereich. Anschließend können Sie sich durch die Ergebnisse bewegen, indem Sie mit dem Rollbalken oder den Pfeiltasten auf- und abrollen. Die Informationen zum ausgewählten Schlüssel oder Ordner erscheinen im übrigen Bereich des Fensters. + + Ein Bildschirmfoto sollte in Ordnung sein. Im Einzelnen bedeutet das, dass die Schaltflächen zum Schließen, Kopieren und Löschen sowie der Ergebnisbereich dargestellt sein sollten. + + + + + Systemvorgaben und Mandatory-Einstellungen + Wenn Sie Systemverwalter sind, können Sie Systemvorgaben und verbindliche Systemeinstellungen (Mandatory-Einstellungen) in GConf einstellen, welche sich auf alle Benutzer auswirken. Systemvorgaben werden verwendet, wenn der Benutzer nicht ausdrücklich einen anderen Wert einstellt. Die verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen werden immer für alle Benutzer verwendet und der Benutzer kann diese auch nicht überschreiben. + Sie können die Vorgabe- und Mandatory-Fenster zum Bearbeiten und Entfernen von Systemvorgaben und verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen verwenden. Vorgabefenster und Mandatory-Fenster zeigen Ihnen nur jene Einstellungen, welche bereits als Vorgabe oder verbindliche Einstellung festgelegt sind. Sie können diese Fenster nicht zum Erstellen neuer Systemvorgaben und verbindlicher Systemeinstellungen verwenden. Stattdessen können Sie im Einstellungsfenster Einstellungen als Systemvorgabe oder verbindliche Systemeinstellung festlegen. + Um ein Vorgabefenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie DateiNeues Vorgabefenster . Um ein Mandatory-Fenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie DateiNeues Mandatory-Fenster. + + + Systemvorgaben erstellen + Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um eine Systemvorgabe zu erstellen: + + Benutzen Sie im Einstellungsfenster die Baumansicht, um den Schlüssel anzeigen zu lassen, welchen Sie als Systemvorgabe festlegen möchten. + Rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick das Kontext-Menü auf und wählen Sie Zur Vorgabe machen aus. + + + + Verbindliche Systemeinstellungen erstellen + Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um eine verbindliche Systemeinstellung (Mandatory-Systemeinstellung) zu erstellen: + + Benutzen Sie im Einstellungsfenster die Baumansicht, um den Schlüssel anzeigen zu lassen, welchen Sie als verbindliche Systemeinstellung festlegen möchten. + Rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick das Kontext-Menü auf und wählen Sie Zum Mandatory machen aus. + + + + Verändern und entfernen von Systemvorgaben und verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen + Sie könnnen das Vorgabefenster und das Mandatory-Fenster zum Verändern und Entfernen von Systemvorgaben und verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen verwenden. Verwenden Sie das zugehörige Fenster um eine Systemvorgabe oder eine verbindliche Systemeinstellung zu verändern auf die gleiche Art, wie Sie im Einstellungsfenster Schlüssel verändern würden. Siehe für weitere Information zum Verändern von Schlüsseln. + Führen Sie folgende Schritte durch, um eine Systemvorgabe oder eine verbindliche Systemeinstellung zu löschen: + + Benutzen Sie im zugehörigen Fenster die Baumansicht um den Schlüssel anzeigen zu lassen, welchen Sie aus den Systemvorgaben oder verbindlichen Systemeinstellungen löschen möchten. + Rufen Sie mit einem Rechtsklick das Kontext-Menü auf und wählen Sie Schlüssel zurücksetzen aus. + + + + + + Symbole und Schlüssel-Typen + Die Symbole neben den Schlüsseln im Modifikationsbereich weisen darauf hin, welche Art von Wert für den Schlüssel eingegeben werden können. Die folgende Liste zeigt die möglichen Symbole und welche Art von Wert sie repräsentieren: + + + + + Boole'scher Schlüssel + Hat entweder wahr oder falsch als Wert. Der Konfigurationseditor stellt ein Ankreuzfeld für diese Art von Schlüssel zur Verfügung. + + + + + Zahl-Schlüssel + Kann Zahlen enthalten. Diese können Ganzzahlen oder Gleitkommazahlen (Brüche) sein. + + + + + Zeichenketten-Schlüssel + Kann eine beliebige Zeichenkette enthalten. + + + + + Schema-Schlüssel + Wird zur Dokumentation anderer Schlüssel verwendet. Die Dokumentation für jeden Schlüssel wird von einem separaten Schlüssel geliefert, typischerweise innerhalb des /schemas Ordners. Benutzer und System-Administratoren müssen normalerweise nicht mit den Schemata-Schlüsseln direkt arbeiten. + + + + + Listen-Schlüssel + Listen beliebiger Länge. Jedes Element der Liste muss von der gleichen Art sein, und zwar von einem der primitiven Typen (Boole'scher, Zahl oder Zeichenkette). + + + + + Paar-Schlüssel + Enthält genau zwei Werte. Die zwei Werte müssen von einem der primitiven Typen sein, aber sie müssen nicht der gleiche Typ sein. Derzeit ist der Konfigurationseditor nicht in der Lage Paar-Schlüssel zu bearbeiten. + + + + + Leerer Schlüssel + Wird verwendet, wenn der Konfigurationseditor den Typ eines Schlüssels nicht versteht. Das Leer-Symbol wird derzeit auch für Paar-Schlüssel verwendet. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/el/el.po b/docs/el/el.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01170c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/el/el.po @@ -0,0 +1,633 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor-help.HEAD.po to Greek +# Jennie Petoumenou , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor-help.HEAD\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-10 08:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-16 20:10+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jennie Petoumenou \n" +"Language-Team: Greek \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Εγχειρίδιο του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Δίνεται άδεια για αντιγραφή, διανομή και/ή τροποποίηση του εγγράφου υπό τους " +"όρους της Ελεύθερης Άδειας Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL), Έκδοση 1.1 ή " +"μεταγενέστερη εκδιδόμενη από το Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού χωρίς Σταθερά " +"Εδάφια, χωρίς Εξώφυλλα Κειμένου, και χωρίς Οπισθόφυλλα Κειμένου. Μπορείτε να " +"βρείτε ένα αντίγραφο της GFDL σε αυτόν τον σύνδεσμο ή στο αρχείο COPYING-DOCS που διανεμήθηκε με αυτόν " +"τον οδηγό." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Αυτή η τεκμηρίωση είναι μέρος της συλλογής τεκμηρίωσης του GNOME όπως " +"διανέμεται υπό τους όρους του GFDL. Εάν επιθυμείτε να διανείμετε αυτή την " +"τεκμηρίωση ξεχωριστά από την συλλογή, μπορείτε να το κάνετε εάν η τεκμηρίωση " +"συνοδεύεται από αντίγραφο της άδειας (GFDL) όπως περιγράφεται στον τομέα 6 " +"της άδειας." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Πολλά από τα ονόματα που χρησιμοποιούνται από εταιρίες για να ξεχωρίσουν τα " +"προϊόντα και τις υπηρεσίες είναι σήματα κατατεθέν. Όπου αυτά τα ονόματα " +"εμφανίζονται στην τεκμηρίωση GNOME, και τα μέλη της ομάδας τεκμηρίωσης GNOME " +"έχουν γνώση αυτών, τότε αυτά αναγράφονται με κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες ή με " +"αρχικούς κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"Η ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΤΑΙ \"ΩΣ ΕΧΕΙ\", ΧΩΡΙΣ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΕΓΓΥΗΣΗ ΟΤΙ ΜΠΟΡΕΙ ΝΑ " +"ΕΞΥΠΗΡΕΤΗΣΕΙ ΚΑΠΟΙΟ ΣΚΟΠΟ Η ΟΤΙ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΧΩΡΙΣ ΣΦΑΛΜΑ. ΟΛΟΚΛΗΡΗ Η ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΓΙΑ " +"ΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΟΤΗΤΑ, ΑΚΡΙΒΕΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ " +"ΑΥΤΗΣ ΑΝΗΚΕΙ ΣΕ ΕΣΑΣ. ΕΑΝ Η ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΛΑΘΟΣ " +"ΚΑΤΑ ΚΑΠΟΙΟ ΤΡΟΠΟ ΕΣΕΙΣ ΑΝΑΛΑΜΒΑΝΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΗΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗΣ. Η ΑΠΑΛΛΑΓΗ " +"ΕΥΘΥΝΗΣ ΠΟΥ ΣΥΝΟΔΕΥΕΙ ΑΥΤΗ ΤΗΝ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΑΝΑΠΟΣΠΑΣΤΟ ΚΟΜΜΑΤΙ ΑΥΤΗΣ. " +"ΚΑΜΙΑ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΔΕΝ ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΕΤΑΙ ΠΑΡΑ ΜΟΝΟ ΕΑΝ " +"ΣΥΝΟΔΕΥΕΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΑΠΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΕΥΘΥΝΗΣ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"ΣΕ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΠΕΡΙΠΤΩΣΗ ΚΑΙ ΥΠΟ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΝΟΜΙΚΗ ΣΥΝΘΗΚΗ, ΕΙΤΕ ΜΕΣΩ ΣΥΜΒΟΛΑΙΩΝ Ή " +"ΑΛΛΙΩΣ, ΔΕΝ ΕΥΘΥΝΟΝΤΑΙ Ο ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΕΑΣ, Ο ΔΙΑΝΟΜΕΑΣ, Η ΑΛΛΟΣ ΣΥΝΥΠΕΥΘΥΝΟΣ ΓΙΑ " +"ΤΗΝ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ, ΓΙΑ ΕΜΜΕΣΕΣ Η ΑΜΕΣΕΣ, ΤΥΧΑΙΕΣ Ή ΜΗ ΖΗΜΙΕΣ " +"ΠΑΝΤΩΣ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ ΠΟΥ ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ/Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ " +"ΑΥΤΗΣ ΑΚΟΜΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΑΡΞΕΙ ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΙΘΑΝΟΤΗΤΑ ΥΠΑΡΞΗΣ " +"ΤΕΤΟΙΩΝ ΖΗΜΙΩΝ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +msgstr "" +"ΤΟ ΈΓΓΡΑΦΟ ΚΑΙ ΤΡΟΠΟΠΟΙΗΜΕΝΕΣ ΕΚΔΟΣΕΙΣ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΠΑΡΕΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΥΠΟ ΤΟΥΣ ΟΡΟΥΣ ΤΗΣ " +"ΑΔΕΙΑΣ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΕΡΑΙΤΕΡΩ ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΗ ΟΤΙ: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Ομάδα Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για να αλλάξετε ορισμένες ρυθμίσεις των εφαρμογών σας που ενδεχομένως δεν είναι διαθέσιμες από τους διαλόγους προτιμήσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Έκδοση 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Σεπτέμβριος 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "μη αναθεωρημένη" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Έκδοση 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Αύγουστος 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Ομάδα Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME της Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Έκδοση 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Ιανουάριος 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο περιγράφει την έκδοση 2.8 του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Ανάδραση" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Για να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα ή να κάνετε μια πρόταση σχετικά με τον " +"Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων ή το εγχειρίδιό του, ακολουθήστε τις " +"οδηγίες στη σελίδα " +"ανάδρασης GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf Editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Εισαγωγή" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. More information about GConf can be found in the GNOME System Administrator's Guide." +msgstr "" +"Η επιφάνεια εργασίας του GNOME, καθώς και πολλές εφαρμογές, χρησιμοποιούν το GConf για να αποθηκεύουν προτιμήσεις και ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος. Το " +" GCOnf προσφέρει έναν κεντρικό χώρο για την αποθήκευση ρυθμίσεων, απλοποιώντας κατ' αυτόν τον τρόπο το έργο της διαχείρισης των ρυθμίσεων, τόσο για τους χρήστες όσο και για τους διαχειριστές του συστήματος. Μπορείτε να βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες για το GConf στον Οδηγό διαχειριστή συστήματος του GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor allows users to modify their preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use GConf. Additionally, system administrators can use Configuration Editor to set default and mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "Ο επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να μεταβάλλουν τις προτιμήσεις τους για όλη την επιφάνεια εργασίας του GNOME, καθώς και για τις εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το GConf. Επιπλέον, οι διαχειριστές του συστήματος μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για να επιλέγουν προεπιλεγμένες ή υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις που θα ισχύουν για όλους τους χρήστες." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game Five or More." +msgstr "Στο GConf οι προτιμήσεις αποθηκεύονται σε μία ιεραρχία κλειδιών. Κάθε κλειδί συνδέεται με μία τιμή, η οποία αποτελεί την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για τη συγκεκριμένη προτίμηση. Για παράδειγμα, το κλειδί /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme καθορίζει ποιο θέμα χρησιμοποιείται στο παιχνίδι Πέντε ή περισσότερα." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor enables you to modify your configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not use Configuration Editor to set preferences for the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of the GNOME Desktop User Guide for your platform." +msgstr "Ο επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων σας επιτρέπει να τροποποιείτε απευθείας τον πηγαίο κώδικα των ρυθμίσεών σας. Αν δεν είστε έμπειρος χρήστης, μη χρησιμοποιείτε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για να ρυθμίσετε τις προτιμήσεις σας για την επιφάνεια εργασίας του GNOME. Χρησιμοποιήστε καλύτερα τα διάφορα εργαλεία προτιμήσεων της επιφάνειας εργασίας του GNOME. Για πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη χρήση των εργαλείων προτιμήσεων, δείτε την τελευταία έκδοση του Οδηγού χρήστη επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME για την πλατφόρμα σας." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Ξεκινώντας" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "You can start Configuration Editor in the following ways:" +msgstr "Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων με τους εξής τρόπους:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Μενού Εφαρμογές" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Εργαλεία συστήματοςΕπεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method described below." +msgstr "Σε ορισμένες διανομές αυτό το μενού είναι κρυμμένο. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση χρησιμοποιήστε τη δεύτερη μέθοδο, που περιγράφεται παρακάτω." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Γραμμή εντολών" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Εκτελέστε την ακόλουθη εντολή: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Μετά την εκκίνηση του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "When you start Configuration Editor, the following window is displayed." +msgstr "Αφού εκκινήσετε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων, εμφανίζεται το ακόλουθο παράθυρο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Παράθυρο επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane." +msgstr "Εμφανίζει το παράθυρο του GConf Editor. Περιέχει: πλαίσιο δέντρου, πλαίσιο τροποποίησης, πλαίσιο τεκμηρίωσης." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "The Configuration Editor window contains the following panes:" +msgstr "Το παράθυρο του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων περιέχει τα παρακάτω πλαίσια:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Πλαίσιο δέντρου" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "Επιτρέπει την περιήγηση στην ιεραρχία κλειδιών του GConf. Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να εμφανίσετε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης τα κλειδιά που θέλετε να αλλάξετε." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Πλαίσιο τροποποίησης" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "Displays the keys in the selected GConf location in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the right side of the window." +msgstr "Εμφανίζει τα κλειδιά που έχουν επιλεχθεί στο πλαίσιο δέντρου του GConf. Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να επιλέξετε τα κλειδιά που θέλετε να τροποποιήσετε και να αλλάξετε τις τιμές τους. Το πλαίσιο τροποποίησης βρίσκεται στην πάνω δεξιά πλευρά του παραθύρου." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "Τα εικονίδια δίπλα από τα κλειδιά του πλαισίου τροποποίησης δείχνουν τι τύπους τιμών μπορείτε να εισάγετε για κάθε κλειδί. Για παράδειγμα, η εικόνα με το τσεκαρισμένο τετραγωνίδιο δίπλα από το κλειδί /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy υποδεικνύει ότι πρέπει να εισάγετε μία λογική τιμή (true=αληθές ή false=ψευδές) για το κλειδί. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με καθένα εικονίδιο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Πλαίσιο τεκμηρίωσης" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "Εμφανίζει τη διαθέσιμη τεκμηρίωση για το εκάστοτε επιλεγμένο κλειδί. Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να αποκτήσετε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα κλειδιά προτιμήσεων του GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων (δε φαίνεται)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys or perform a search." +msgstr "Σας επιτρέπει να δείτε τα αποτελέσματα μιας αναζήτησης ή να κάνετε αναζήτηση στη λίστα των πρόσφατα προβεβλημένων ονομάτων κλειδιών. Στο υπόλοιπο παράθυρο θα εμφανίζονται οι πληροφορίες για το κλειδί που επιλέξατε σε αυτό το πλαίσιο. Το πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων εμφανίζεται στο κάτω μέρος του παραθύρου, όταν εμφανίζετε τη λίστα πρόσφατων κλειδιών ή όταν κάνετε αναζήτηση." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Εργασία με παράθυρα" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Άνοιγμα νέων παραθύρων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration Editor: Settings, Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "Υπάρχουν τρεις τύποι παραθύρων που μπορείτε να ανοίξετε στον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων: Ρυθμίσεις, Προεπιλογές και Υποχρεωτικά. Οι τιμές που θα ορίσει ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων εξαρτώνται από τον τύπο του παραθύρου που είναι ανοιχτό. Μπορείτε να ανοίξετε καθένα από τους τρεις τύπους παραθύρων από το μενού Αρχείο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "Since the settings in Defaults and Mandatory windows affect all users of the computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "Επειδή οι ρυθμίσεις στα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών ισχύουν για όλους τους χρήστες του υπολογιστή, μόνο οι διαχειριστές του συστήματος μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν αυτούς τους τύπους παραθύρων. Για να αλλάξετετις προσωπικές σας προτιμήσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "You can use the Settings window to set your personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιείτε το παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων για να ορίζετε τις προσωπικές σας προτιμήσεις. Οι αλλαγές που γίνονται στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων ισχύουν μόνο για τη δική σας επιφάνεια εργασίας. Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις που έχει καθορίσει ο διαχειριστής του συστήματος." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Προεπιλογές" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "Αν είστε διαχειριστής του συστήματος, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το παράθυρο Προεπιλογών για να αλλάξετε τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις για όλους τους χρήστες. Αν ο χρήστης δεν έχει ορίσει ο ίδιος την τιμή ενός κλειδιού, θα χρησιμοποιείται η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή. Οι χρήστες έχουν πάντα το δικαίωμα να αλλάξουν τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Υποχρεωτικά" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "Αν είστε διαχειριστής του συστήματος, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το παράθυρο Υποχρεωτικών για να αλλάξετε τις υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις για όλους τους χρήστες. Όποτε ορίζεται μία υποχρεωτική τιμή για ένα κλειδί, οι χρήστες δεν μπορούν να αλλάξουν την τιμή του. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη δυνατότητα για να κλειδώσετε ορισμένες επιλογές." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Κλείσιμο και έξοδος" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "You can close a Configuration Editor window by selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all Configuration Editor windows and quit the application completely, select FileQuit in any Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να κλείσετε ένα παράθυρο του Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων επιλέγοντας ΑρχείοΚλείσιμο παραθύρου από το συγκεκριμένο παράθυρο. Για να κλείσετε όλα τα παράθυρα του Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων και να εγκαταλείψετε οριστικά την εφαρμογή, επιλέξτε ΑρχείοΈξοδος σε οποιοδήποτε παράθυρο του Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Εργασία με κλειδιά" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which use GConf access the values of keys to determine how to look and behave. When you change something in the Preferences of an application, you are changing the value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "Τα κλειδιά είναι ένας τρόπος εντοπισμού μιας τιμής. Κάθε προτίμηση του GConf είναι συνδεδεμένη με ένα κλειδί. Οι εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το GConf ανατρέχουν στις τιμές των κλειδιών για να καθορίσουν την εμφάνιση και τη συμπεριφορά τους. Όταν κάνετε μια αλλαγή στις Προτιμήσεις μιας εφαρμογής, ουσιαστικά αλλάζετε την τιμή του αντίστοιχου κλειδιού στο GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Αντιγραφή του ονόματος ενός κλειδιού" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste the key name into any other application." +msgstr "Για να αντιγράψετε το όνομα ενός κλειδιού στο πρόχειρο, επιλέξτε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης το όνομα του κλειδιού που επιθυμείτε να αντιγράψετε. Επιλέξτε ΕπεξεργασίαΑντιγραφή ονοματος κλειδιού. Μπορείτε να επικολλήσετε το όνομα του κλειδιού σε οποιαδήποτε άλλη εφαρμογή." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Προβολή πρόσφατων ονομάτων κλειδιών" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "Για να προβάλετε τα πιο πρόσφατα ονόματα κλειδιών επιλέξτε ΕπεξεργασίαΛίστα πρόσφατων κλειδιών. Θα εμφανιστεί το πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων στο κάτω μέρος του τρέχοντος παραθύρου. Μπορείτε να μετακινηθείτε ψηλότερα ή χαμηλότερα στη λίστα των αποτελεσμάτων χρησιμοποιώντας τη γραμμή κύλισης ή τα βέλη. Στο υπόλοιπο παράθυρο θα εμφανίζονται οι πληροφορίες για το επιλεγμένο κλειδί ή φάκελο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "Η λίστα των πρόσφατων κλειδιών είναι χρήσιμη αν θέλετε να επιστρέψετε σε ένα κλειδί που μόλις αλλάξατε και δεν θυμάστε που βρίσκεται." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "Εδώ ίσως χρειάζεται ένα στιγμιότυπο. Συγκεκριμένα, θα έπρεπε να επεξηγούνται τα κουμπιά κλεισίματος, αντιγραφής και εκκαθάρισης του πλαισίου αποτελεσμάτων." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Τροποποίηση της τιμής ενός κλειδιού" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. See for more information on each icon. To modify the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Τα εικονίδια δίπλα στο όνομα ενός κλειδιού δείχνουν τι είδους τιμή μπορεί να πάρει το συγκεκριμένο κλειδί. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα εικονίδια αυτά. Για να τροποποιήσετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που επιθυμείτε να αλλάξετε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το κλειδί που σκοπεύετε να αλλάξετε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the Value column of the key. Type the new value for the key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού που δέχεται ακέραιες ή αλφαριθμητικές τιμές, κάντε κλικ στη στήλη Τιμή του κλειδιού και εισάγετε τη νέα τιμή. Εναλλακτικά, κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία κλειδιού από το μενού που εμφανίζεται." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού που δέχεται λογικές τιμές κάντε κλικ στη στήλη Τιμή του κλειδιού προκειμένου να επιλέξετε ή να αποεπιλέξετε το τετραγωνίδιο. Εναλλακτικά, κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία κλειδιού από το μενού που εμφανίζεται." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu. The Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list." +msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού που δέχεται λίστα τιμών κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία κλειδιού από το μενού που εμφανίζεται. Ο διάλογος επεξεργασίας κλειδιού θα σας προτείνει μία λίστα με τις διαθέσιμες τιμές. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το διάλογο αυτό για να τροποποιήσετε συγκεκριμένες τιμές της λίστας, για να προσθέσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε τιμές από τη λίστα, καθώς και για να μετακινήσετε κάθε τιμή ψηλότερα ή χαμηλότερα στη λίστα." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit the value of that key." +msgstr "Ο διαχειριστής του συστήματός σας μπορεί να έχει κλειδώσει κάποια κλειδιά, ορίζοντας υποχρεωτικές τιμές για αυτά. Αν το κλειδί που επιλέξατε διαθέτει υποχρεωτική τιμή, τότε δεν θα μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την τιμή του. Αν δεν επιτρέπεται να αλλάξετε την τιμή του κλειδιού, στο πλαίσιο τεκμηρίωσης θα εμφανίζεται η ετικέτα Το κλειδί δεν είναι εγγράψιμο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Εύκολη αναζήτηση κλειδιών" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor allows you to search the key names in GConf. Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need to access frequently." +msgstr "Για να είστε σε θέση να εντοπίσετε γρήγορα ένα κλειδί ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων σας επιτρέπει να κάνετε αναζητήσεις με βάση τα ονόματα των κλειδιών στο GConf. Επίσης, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιείτε σελιδοδείκτες για να βρίσκετε εύκολα καταλόγους κλειδιών που χρησιμοποιείτε συχνά." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Χρήση σελιδοδεικτών" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "Για να εμφανίσετε έναν κατάλογο που βρίσκεται στους σελιδοδείκτες σας, επιλέξτε την τοποθεσία του από το μενού Σελιδοδείκτες. Το μενού Σελιδοδείκτες σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα τόσο να προσθέτετε όσο και να αφαιρείτε καταλόγους." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree pane. Choose BookmarksAdd Bookmark." +msgstr "Για να προσθέσετε έναν σελιδοδείκτη, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τοποθεσία από το πλαίσιο δέντρου. Στη συνέχεια, επιλέξτε ΣελιδοδείκτεςΠροσθήκη σελιδοδείκτη." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Για να διαγράψετε ένα σελιδοδείκτη, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ΣελιδοδείκτεςΕπεξεργασία σελιδοδεικτών." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, then click Delete." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον κατάλληλο σελιδοδείκτη από το διάλογο Επεξεργασία σελιδοδεικτών και πατήστε Διαγραφή." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Πατήστε Κλείσιμο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση κλειδιών" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Για να αναζητήσετε κλειδιά, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "Choose EditFind." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ΕπεξεργασίαΕύρεση." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes Search also in key names and Search also in key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand the search parameters." +msgstr "Εισάγετε τη λέξη κλειδί που ψάχνετε στο πεδίο Αναζήτηση για. Προαιρετικά, μπορείτε επίσης να τσεκάρετε τις επιλογές Αναζήτηση και στα ονόματα κλειδιού και Αναζήτηση και στις τιμές κλειδιού. Αν δεν τσεκάρετε τις παραπάνω επιλογές, η αναζήτηση θα αφορά μόνο τα ονόματα των φακέλων. Αν τις τσεκάρετε, τότε διευρύνετε τις παραμέτρους της αναζήτησής σας." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Πατήστε Εύρεση." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "Τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης θα εμφανιστούν στο πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων. Για να μετακινηθείτε μέσα στο πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων, πρέπει πρώτα να το επιλέξετε. Έτσι, θα μπορείτε πλέον να μετακινηθείτε χαμηλότερα ή ψηλότερα, χρησιμοποιώντας τη γραμμή κύλισης ή τα βέλη. Οι πληροφορίες για το επιλεγμένο κλειδί ή φάκελο θα εμφανίζονται στο υπόλοιπο παράθυρο." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory settings in GConf which will affect all users. Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Αν είστε διαχειριστής του συστήματος, μπορείτε να ορίσετε στο " +"GConf προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις που θα ισχύουν για όλους τους χρήστες. Οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις χρησιμοποιούνται μόνο όταν ο χρήστης δεν έχει ορίσει ο ίδιος μία τιμή. Οι χρήστες διατηρούν το δικαίωμα να αλλάξουν αυτές τις τιμές. Οι υποχρεωτικές τιμές εφαρμόζονται υποχρεωτικά για όλους τους χρήστες, και οι χρήστες δεν έχουν δικαίωμα να τις αλλάξουν." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and mandatory settings. The Defaults and Mandatory windows will only show you those settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can set settings from the Settings window to be default or mandatory." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να αφαιρέσετε προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις. Στα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών θα εμφανίζονται μόνο οι ρυθμίσεις που έχουν ήδη οριστεί ως προεπιλεγμένες ή υποχρεωτικές. Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα παράθυρα για να δημιουργήσετε νέες προεπιλεγμένες ή υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις. Αυτό που πρέπει να κάνετε σε μια τέτοια περίπτωση είναι να ορίσετε κάποιες ρυθμίσεις ως υποχρεωτικές ή προεπιλεγμένες από το παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "To open a Defaults window, choose FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory window, choose FileNew Mandatory Window." +msgstr "Για να ανοίξετε ένα παράθυρο Προεπιλογών, επιλέξτε ΑρχείοΝέο παράθυρο προεπιλογών. Για να ανοίξετε ένα παράθυρο Υποχρεωτικών, επιλέξτε ΑρχείοΝέο παράθυρο υποχρεωτικών." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Δημιουργία προεπιλεγμένων ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε μια προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "Στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που σας ενδιαφέρει." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Set as Default from the popup menu." +msgstr "Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Ορισμός ως προεπιλογή από το μενού." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Δημιουργία υποχρεωτικών ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε μία υποχρεωτική ρύθμιση, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "Στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων, χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που σας ενδιαφέρει." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Ορισμός ως υποχρεωτικό από το μενού." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Τροποποίηση και αφαίρεση προεπιλεγμένων και υποχρεωτικών ρυθμίσεων" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to modify and remove default and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών για να τροποποιήσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις. Για να τροποποιήσετε μία προεπιλεγμένη ή υποχρεωτική ρύθμιση, χρησιμοποιήστε το κατάλληλο παράθυρο και τροποποιήστε το κλειδί που σας ενδιαφέρει με τον ίδιο ακριβώς τρόπο που θα το κάνατε και στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με την τροποποίηση κλειδιών." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα προεπιλεγμένο ή υποχρεωτικό κλειδί, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "Στο κατάλληλο παράθυρο, χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Ακύρωση ορισμού κλειδιού από το μενού." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Εικονίδια και τύποι κλειδιών" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "Τα εικονίδια δίπλα από τα κλειδιά στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης υποδεικνύουν τι τύπους τιμών μπορείτε να εισάγετε για το συγκεκριμένο κλειδί. Ακολουθεί μία λίστα με τα διάφορα εικονίδια και τους τύπους τιμών στους οποίους αντιστοιχούν." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Λογικό κλειδί" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "Μπορεί να είναι είτε αληθές είτε ψευδές (true ή false). Για αυτόν τον τύπο κλειδιού ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων εμφανίζει ένα τετραγωνίδιο που μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ή να αποεπιλέξετε." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Αριθμητικό κλειδί" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) numbers." +msgstr "Δέχεται αριθμούς. Οι αριθμοί μπορεί να είναι είτε ακέραιοι, είτε αριθμοί κινητής υποδιαστολής (κλασματικοί)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Αλφαριθμητικό κλειδί" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Δέχεται κείμενο σε οποιαδήποτε μορφή." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Κλειδί σχήματος" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιείται για την τεκμηρίωση άλλων κλειδιών. Η τεκμηρίωση κάθε κλειδιού περιέχεται σε ένα ξεχωριστό κλειδί, που βρίσκεται συνήθως στον κατάλογο /schemas. Υπό φυσιολογικές συνθήκες, οι χρήστες και οι διαχειριστές του συστήματος δεν χρειάζεται να δουλεύουν απευθείας με τα κλειδιά αυτά." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Κλειδί λίστας" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "Λίστες μη προκαθορισμένου μήκους. Κάθε στοιχείο της λίστας πρέπει να ανήκει στον ίδιο τύπο, ο οποίος επιλέγεται μεταξύ των πρωτογενών τύπων: λογικός, αριθμητικός, αλφαριθμητικός." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Κλειδί ζεύγους" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "Δέχεται ακριβώς δύο τιμές. Οι τιμές πρέπει να ανήκουν σε κάποιον πρωτογενή τύπο, αλλά δεν είναι απαραίτητο να ανήκουν και οι δύο στον ίδιο τύπο. Προς το παρόν, ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων δεν υποστηρίζει την επεξεργασία κλειδιών ζεύγους." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Κενό" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "Used when Configuration Editor does not understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair keys." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιείται όταν ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων δεν μπορεί να ερμηνεύσει τον τύπο του κλειδιού. Προς το παρόν, το εικονίδιο αυτό χρησιμοποιείται και για τα κλειδιά ζεύγους." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Τζένη Πετούμενου " + diff --git a/docs/el/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/el/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27045f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/el/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/el/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/el/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f895386 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/el/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Εγχειρίδιο του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + + + + + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + + + + Δίνεται άδεια για αντιγραφή, διανομή και/ή τροποποίηση του εγγράφου υπό τους όρους της Ελεύθερης Άδειας Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL), Έκδοση 1.1 ή μεταγενέστερη εκδιδόμενη από το Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού χωρίς Σταθερά Εδάφια, χωρίς Εξώφυλλα Κειμένου, και χωρίς Οπισθόφυλλα Κειμένου. Μπορείτε να βρείτε ένα αντίγραφο της GFDL σε αυτόν τον σύνδεσμο ή στο αρχείο COPYING-DOCS που διανεμήθηκε με αυτόν τον οδηγό. + Αυτή η τεκμηρίωση είναι μέρος της συλλογής τεκμηρίωσης του GNOME όπως διανέμεται υπό τους όρους του GFDL. Εάν επιθυμείτε να διανείμετε αυτή την τεκμηρίωση ξεχωριστά από την συλλογή, μπορείτε να το κάνετε εάν η τεκμηρίωση συνοδεύεται από αντίγραφο της άδειας (GFDL) όπως περιγράφεται στον τομέα 6 της άδειας. + + Πολλά από τα ονόματα που χρησιμοποιούνται από εταιρίες για να ξεχωρίσουν τα προϊόντα και τις υπηρεσίες είναι σήματα κατατεθέν. Όπου αυτά τα ονόματα εμφανίζονται στην τεκμηρίωση GNOME, και τα μέλη της ομάδας τεκμηρίωσης GNOME έχουν γνώση αυτών, τότε αυτά αναγράφονται με κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες ή με αρχικούς κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες. + + ΤΟ ΈΓΓΡΑΦΟ ΚΑΙ ΤΡΟΠΟΠΟΙΗΜΕΝΕΣ ΕΚΔΟΣΕΙΣ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΠΑΡΕΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΥΠΟ ΤΟΥΣ ΟΡΟΥΣ ΤΗΣ ΑΔΕΙΑΣ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΕΡΑΙΤΕΡΩ ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΗ ΟΤΙ: + + Η ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΤΑΙ "ΩΣ ΕΧΕΙ", ΧΩΡΙΣ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΕΓΓΥΗΣΗ ΟΤΙ ΜΠΟΡΕΙ ΝΑ ΕΞΥΠΗΡΕΤΗΣΕΙ ΚΑΠΟΙΟ ΣΚΟΠΟ Η ΟΤΙ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΧΩΡΙΣ ΣΦΑΛΜΑ. ΟΛΟΚΛΗΡΗ Η ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΟΤΗΤΑ, ΑΚΡΙΒΕΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΑΝΗΚΕΙ ΣΕ ΕΣΑΣ. ΕΑΝ Η ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΛΑΘΟΣ ΚΑΤΑ ΚΑΠΟΙΟ ΤΡΟΠΟ ΕΣΕΙΣ ΑΝΑΛΑΜΒΑΝΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΗΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗΣ. Η ΑΠΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΕΥΘΥΝΗΣ ΠΟΥ ΣΥΝΟΔΕΥΕΙ ΑΥΤΗ ΤΗΝ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΑΝΑΠΟΣΠΑΣΤΟ ΚΟΜΜΑΤΙ ΑΥΤΗΣ. ΚΑΜΙΑ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΔΕΝ ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΕΤΑΙ ΠΑΡΑ ΜΟΝΟ ΕΑΝ ΣΥΝΟΔΕΥΕΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΑΠΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΕΥΘΥΝΗΣ. + + + ΣΕ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΠΕΡΙΠΤΩΣΗ ΚΑΙ ΥΠΟ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΝΟΜΙΚΗ ΣΥΝΘΗΚΗ, ΕΙΤΕ ΜΕΣΩ ΣΥΜΒΟΛΑΙΩΝ Ή ΑΛΛΙΩΣ, ΔΕΝ ΕΥΘΥΝΟΝΤΑΙ Ο ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΕΑΣ, Ο ΔΙΑΝΟΜΕΑΣ, Η ΑΛΛΟΣ ΣΥΝΥΠΕΥΘΥΝΟΣ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ, ΓΙΑ ΕΜΜΕΣΕΣ Η ΑΜΕΣΕΣ, ΤΥΧΑΙΕΣ Ή ΜΗ ΖΗΜΙΕΣ ΠΑΝΤΩΣ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ ΠΟΥ ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ/Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΑΚΟΜΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΑΡΞΕΙ ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΙΘΑΝΟΤΗΤΑ ΥΠΑΡΞΗΣ ΤΕΤΟΙΩΝ ΖΗΜΙΩΝ. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Ομάδα Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + + + + + Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για να αλλάξετε ορισμένες ρυθμίσεις των εφαρμογών σας που ενδεχομένως δεν είναι διαθέσιμες από τους διαλόγους προτιμήσεων + + + + Έκδοση 2.8 + Σεπτέμβριος 2004 + + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + μη αναθεωρημένη + + + + Έκδοση 2.1 + Αύγουστος 2004 + + Ομάδα Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME της Sun + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + + + + Έκδοση 2.0.1 + Ιανουάριος 2004 + + Ομάδα Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME της Sun + Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης GNOME + + + + Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο περιγράφει την έκδοση 2.8 του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων + + Ανάδραση + Για να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα ή να κάνετε μια πρόταση σχετικά με τον Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων ή το εγχειρίδιό του, ακολουθήστε τις οδηγίες στη σελίδα ανάδρασης GNOME. + + + + + + GConf Editor + + + + Εισαγωγή + Η επιφάνεια εργασίας του GNOME, καθώς και πολλές εφαρμογές, χρησιμοποιούν το GConf για να αποθηκεύουν προτιμήσεις και ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος. Το GCOnf προσφέρει έναν κεντρικό χώρο για την αποθήκευση ρυθμίσεων, απλοποιώντας κατ' αυτόν τον τρόπο το έργο της διαχείρισης των ρυθμίσεων, τόσο για τους χρήστες όσο και για τους διαχειριστές του συστήματος. Μπορείτε να βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες για το GConf στον Οδηγό διαχειριστή συστήματος του GNOME. + Ο επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να μεταβάλλουν τις προτιμήσεις τους για όλη την επιφάνεια εργασίας του GNOME, καθώς και για τις εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το GConf. Επιπλέον, οι διαχειριστές του συστήματος μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για να επιλέγουν προεπιλεγμένες ή υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις που θα ισχύουν για όλους τους χρήστες. + Στο GConf οι προτιμήσεις αποθηκεύονται σε μία ιεραρχία κλειδιών. Κάθε κλειδί συνδέεται με μία τιμή, η οποία αποτελεί την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για τη συγκεκριμένη προτίμηση. Για παράδειγμα, το κλειδί /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme καθορίζει ποιο θέμα χρησιμοποιείται στο παιχνίδι Πέντε ή περισσότερα. + Ο επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων σας επιτρέπει να τροποποιείτε απευθείας τον πηγαίο κώδικα των ρυθμίσεών σας. Αν δεν είστε έμπειρος χρήστης, μη χρησιμοποιείτε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για να ρυθμίσετε τις προτιμήσεις σας για την επιφάνεια εργασίας του GNOME. Χρησιμοποιήστε καλύτερα τα διάφορα εργαλεία προτιμήσεων της επιφάνειας εργασίας του GNOME. Για πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη χρήση των εργαλείων προτιμήσεων, δείτε την τελευταία έκδοση του Οδηγού χρήστη επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME για την πλατφόρμα σας. + + + + Ξεκινώντας + + + Εκκίνηση του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων + Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων με τους εξής τρόπους: + + + Μενού Εφαρμογές + + Επιλέξτε Εργαλεία συστήματοςΕπεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων. + Σε ορισμένες διανομές αυτό το μενού είναι κρυμμένο. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση χρησιμοποιήστε τη δεύτερη μέθοδο, που περιγράφεται παρακάτω. + + + + Γραμμή εντολών + + Εκτελέστε την ακόλουθη εντολή: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Μετά την εκκίνηση του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων + Αφού εκκινήσετε τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων, εμφανίζεται το ακόλουθο παράθυρο. +
+ Παράθυρο <application>επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων</application> + + + + + + + Εμφανίζει το παράθυρο του GConf Editor. Περιέχει: πλαίσιο δέντρου, πλαίσιο τροποποίησης, πλαίσιο τεκμηρίωσης. + + + +
+ Το παράθυρο του επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων περιέχει τα παρακάτω πλαίσια: + + + Πλαίσιο δέντρου + Επιτρέπει την περιήγηση στην ιεραρχία κλειδιών του GConf. Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να εμφανίσετε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης τα κλειδιά που θέλετε να αλλάξετε. + + + Πλαίσιο τροποποίησης + + Εμφανίζει τα κλειδιά που έχουν επιλεχθεί στο πλαίσιο δέντρου του GConf. Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να επιλέξετε τα κλειδιά που θέλετε να τροποποιήσετε και να αλλάξετε τις τιμές τους. Το πλαίσιο τροποποίησης βρίσκεται στην πάνω δεξιά πλευρά του παραθύρου. + Τα εικονίδια δίπλα από τα κλειδιά του πλαισίου τροποποίησης δείχνουν τι τύπους τιμών μπορείτε να εισάγετε για κάθε κλειδί. Για παράδειγμα, η εικόνα με το τσεκαρισμένο τετραγωνίδιο δίπλα από το κλειδί /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy υποδεικνύει ότι πρέπει να εισάγετε μία λογική τιμή (true=αληθές ή false=ψευδές) για το κλειδί. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με καθένα εικονίδιο. + + + + Πλαίσιο τεκμηρίωσης + Εμφανίζει τη διαθέσιμη τεκμηρίωση για το εκάστοτε επιλεγμένο κλειδί. Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να αποκτήσετε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα κλειδιά προτιμήσεων του GConf. + + + + Πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων (δε φαίνεται) + Σας επιτρέπει να δείτε τα αποτελέσματα μιας αναζήτησης ή να κάνετε αναζήτηση στη λίστα των πρόσφατα προβεβλημένων ονομάτων κλειδιών. Στο υπόλοιπο παράθυρο θα εμφανίζονται οι πληροφορίες για το κλειδί που επιλέξατε σε αυτό το πλαίσιο. Το πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων εμφανίζεται στο κάτω μέρος του παραθύρου, όταν εμφανίζετε τη λίστα πρόσφατων κλειδιών ή όταν κάνετε αναζήτηση. + + + + + + + + Εργασία με παράθυρα + + Άνοιγμα νέων παραθύρων + Υπάρχουν τρεις τύποι παραθύρων που μπορείτε να ανοίξετε στον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων: Ρυθμίσεις, Προεπιλογές και Υποχρεωτικά. Οι τιμές που θα ορίσει ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων εξαρτώνται από τον τύπο του παραθύρου που είναι ανοιχτό. Μπορείτε να ανοίξετε καθένα από τους τρεις τύπους παραθύρων από το μενού Αρχείο. + Επειδή οι ρυθμίσεις στα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών ισχύουν για όλους τους χρήστες του υπολογιστή, μόνο οι διαχειριστές του συστήματος μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν αυτούς τους τύπους παραθύρων. Για να αλλάξετετις προσωπικές σας προτιμήσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων. + + + Ρυθμίσεις + Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιείτε το παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων για να ορίζετε τις προσωπικές σας προτιμήσεις. Οι αλλαγές που γίνονται στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων ισχύουν μόνο για τη δική σας επιφάνεια εργασίας. Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις που έχει καθορίσει ο διαχειριστής του συστήματος. + + + + + Προεπιλογές + Αν είστε διαχειριστής του συστήματος, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το παράθυρο Προεπιλογών για να αλλάξετε τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις για όλους τους χρήστες. Αν ο χρήστης δεν έχει ορίσει ο ίδιος την τιμή ενός κλειδιού, θα χρησιμοποιείται η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή. Οι χρήστες έχουν πάντα το δικαίωμα να αλλάξουν τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις. + + + Υποχρεωτικά + Αν είστε διαχειριστής του συστήματος, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το παράθυρο Υποχρεωτικών για να αλλάξετε τις υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις για όλους τους χρήστες. Όποτε ορίζεται μία υποχρεωτική τιμή για ένα κλειδί, οι χρήστες δεν μπορούν να αλλάξουν την τιμή του. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη δυνατότητα για να κλειδώσετε ορισμένες επιλογές. + + + + + + Κλείσιμο και έξοδος + Μπορείτε να κλείσετε ένα παράθυρο του Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων επιλέγοντας ΑρχείοΚλείσιμο παραθύρου από το συγκεκριμένο παράθυρο. Για να κλείσετε όλα τα παράθυρα του Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων και να εγκαταλείψετε οριστικά την εφαρμογή, επιλέξτε ΑρχείοΈξοδος σε οποιοδήποτε παράθυρο του Επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων. + + + + + Εργασία με κλειδιά + Τα κλειδιά είναι ένας τρόπος εντοπισμού μιας τιμής. Κάθε προτίμηση του GConf είναι συνδεδεμένη με ένα κλειδί. Οι εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το GConf ανατρέχουν στις τιμές των κλειδιών για να καθορίσουν την εμφάνιση και τη συμπεριφορά τους. Όταν κάνετε μια αλλαγή στις Προτιμήσεις μιας εφαρμογής, ουσιαστικά αλλάζετε την τιμή του αντίστοιχου κλειδιού στο GConf. + + + Αντιγραφή του ονόματος ενός κλειδιού + Για να αντιγράψετε το όνομα ενός κλειδιού στο πρόχειρο, επιλέξτε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης το όνομα του κλειδιού που επιθυμείτε να αντιγράψετε. Επιλέξτε ΕπεξεργασίαΑντιγραφή ονοματος κλειδιού. Μπορείτε να επικολλήσετε το όνομα του κλειδιού σε οποιαδήποτε άλλη εφαρμογή. + + + Προβολή πρόσφατων ονομάτων κλειδιών + Για να προβάλετε τα πιο πρόσφατα ονόματα κλειδιών επιλέξτε ΕπεξεργασίαΛίστα πρόσφατων κλειδιών. Θα εμφανιστεί το πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων στο κάτω μέρος του τρέχοντος παραθύρου. Μπορείτε να μετακινηθείτε ψηλότερα ή χαμηλότερα στη λίστα των αποτελεσμάτων χρησιμοποιώντας τη γραμμή κύλισης ή τα βέλη. Στο υπόλοιπο παράθυρο θα εμφανίζονται οι πληροφορίες για το επιλεγμένο κλειδί ή φάκελο. + Η λίστα των πρόσφατων κλειδιών είναι χρήσιμη αν θέλετε να επιστρέψετε σε ένα κλειδί που μόλις αλλάξατε και δεν θυμάστε που βρίσκεται. + + Εδώ ίσως χρειάζεται ένα στιγμιότυπο. Συγκεκριμένα, θα έπρεπε να επεξηγούνται τα κουμπιά κλεισίματος, αντιγραφής και εκκαθάρισης του πλαισίου αποτελεσμάτων. + + + Τροποποίηση της τιμής ενός κλειδιού + Τα εικονίδια δίπλα στο όνομα ενός κλειδιού δείχνουν τι είδους τιμή μπορεί να πάρει το συγκεκριμένο κλειδί. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα εικονίδια αυτά. Για να τροποποιήσετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα: + + Χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που επιθυμείτε να αλλάξετε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης. + Επιλέξτε το κλειδί που σκοπεύετε να αλλάξετε στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης. + + Για να αλλάξετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού που δέχεται ακέραιες ή αλφαριθμητικές τιμές, κάντε κλικ στη στήλη Τιμή του κλειδιού και εισάγετε τη νέα τιμή. Εναλλακτικά, κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία κλειδιού από το μενού που εμφανίζεται. + Για να αλλάξετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού που δέχεται λογικές τιμές κάντε κλικ στη στήλη Τιμή του κλειδιού προκειμένου να επιλέξετε ή να αποεπιλέξετε το τετραγωνίδιο. Εναλλακτικά, κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία κλειδιού από το μενού που εμφανίζεται. + Για να αλλάξετε την τιμή ενός κλειδιού που δέχεται λίστα τιμών κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία κλειδιού από το μενού που εμφανίζεται. Ο διάλογος επεξεργασίας κλειδιού θα σας προτείνει μία λίστα με τις διαθέσιμες τιμές. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το διάλογο αυτό για να τροποποιήσετε συγκεκριμένες τιμές της λίστας, για να προσθέσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε τιμές από τη λίστα, καθώς και για να μετακινήσετε κάθε τιμή ψηλότερα ή χαμηλότερα στη λίστα. + + + Ο διαχειριστής του συστήματός σας μπορεί να έχει κλειδώσει κάποια κλειδιά, ορίζοντας υποχρεωτικές τιμές για αυτά. Αν το κλειδί που επιλέξατε διαθέτει υποχρεωτική τιμή, τότε δεν θα μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την τιμή του. Αν δεν επιτρέπεται να αλλάξετε την τιμή του κλειδιού, στο πλαίσιο τεκμηρίωσης θα εμφανίζεται η ετικέτα Το κλειδί δεν είναι εγγράψιμο. + + + + + Εύκολη αναζήτηση κλειδιών + Για να είστε σε θέση να εντοπίσετε γρήγορα ένα κλειδί ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων σας επιτρέπει να κάνετε αναζητήσεις με βάση τα ονόματα των κλειδιών στο GConf. Επίσης, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιείτε σελιδοδείκτες για να βρίσκετε εύκολα καταλόγους κλειδιών που χρησιμοποιείτε συχνά. + + + Χρήση σελιδοδεικτών + Για να εμφανίσετε έναν κατάλογο που βρίσκεται στους σελιδοδείκτες σας, επιλέξτε την τοποθεσία του από το μενού Σελιδοδείκτες. Το μενού Σελιδοδείκτες σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα τόσο να προσθέτετε όσο και να αφαιρείτε καταλόγους. + Για να προσθέσετε έναν σελιδοδείκτη, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τοποθεσία από το πλαίσιο δέντρου. Στη συνέχεια, επιλέξτε ΣελιδοδείκτεςΠροσθήκη σελιδοδείκτη. + Για να διαγράψετε ένα σελιδοδείκτη, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα: + + Επιλέξτε ΣελιδοδείκτεςΕπεξεργασία σελιδοδεικτών. + Επιλέξτε τον κατάλληλο σελιδοδείκτη από το διάλογο Επεξεργασία σελιδοδεικτών και πατήστε Διαγραφή. + Πατήστε Κλείσιμο. + + + + Αναζήτηση κλειδιών + Για να αναζητήσετε κλειδιά, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα: + + Επιλέξτε ΕπεξεργασίαΕύρεση. + Εισάγετε τη λέξη κλειδί που ψάχνετε στο πεδίο Αναζήτηση για. Προαιρετικά, μπορείτε επίσης να τσεκάρετε τις επιλογές Αναζήτηση και στα ονόματα κλειδιού και Αναζήτηση και στις τιμές κλειδιού. Αν δεν τσεκάρετε τις παραπάνω επιλογές, η αναζήτηση θα αφορά μόνο τα ονόματα των φακέλων. Αν τις τσεκάρετε, τότε διευρύνετε τις παραμέτρους της αναζήτησής σας. + Πατήστε Εύρεση. + + Τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης θα εμφανιστούν στο πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων. Για να μετακινηθείτε μέσα στο πλαίσιο αποτελεσμάτων, πρέπει πρώτα να το επιλέξετε. Έτσι, θα μπορείτε πλέον να μετακινηθείτε χαμηλότερα ή ψηλότερα, χρησιμοποιώντας τη γραμμή κύλισης ή τα βέλη. Οι πληροφορίες για το επιλεγμένο κλειδί ή φάκελο θα εμφανίζονται στο υπόλοιπο παράθυρο. + + Εδώ ίσως χρειάζεται ένα στιγμιότυπο. Συγκεκριμένα, θα έπρεπε να επεξηγούνται τα κουμπιά κλεισίματος, αντιγραφής και εκκαθάρισης του πλαισίου αποτελεσμάτων. + + + + + Προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις + Αν είστε διαχειριστής του συστήματος, μπορείτε να ορίσετε στο GConf προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις που θα ισχύουν για όλους τους χρήστες. Οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις χρησιμοποιούνται μόνο όταν ο χρήστης δεν έχει ορίσει ο ίδιος μία τιμή. Οι χρήστες διατηρούν το δικαίωμα να αλλάξουν αυτές τις τιμές. Οι υποχρεωτικές τιμές εφαρμόζονται υποχρεωτικά για όλους τους χρήστες, και οι χρήστες δεν έχουν δικαίωμα να τις αλλάξουν. + Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να αφαιρέσετε προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις. Στα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών θα εμφανίζονται μόνο οι ρυθμίσεις που έχουν ήδη οριστεί ως προεπιλεγμένες ή υποχρεωτικές. Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα παράθυρα για να δημιουργήσετε νέες προεπιλεγμένες ή υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις. Αυτό που πρέπει να κάνετε σε μια τέτοια περίπτωση είναι να ορίσετε κάποιες ρυθμίσεις ως υποχρεωτικές ή προεπιλεγμένες από το παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων. + Για να ανοίξετε ένα παράθυρο Προεπιλογών, επιλέξτε ΑρχείοΝέο παράθυρο προεπιλογών. Για να ανοίξετε ένα παράθυρο Υποχρεωτικών, επιλέξτε ΑρχείοΝέο παράθυρο υποχρεωτικών. + + + Δημιουργία προεπιλεγμένων ρυθμίσεων + Για να δημιουργήσετε μια προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα: + + Στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που σας ενδιαφέρει. + Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Ορισμός ως προεπιλογή από το μενού. + + + + Δημιουργία υποχρεωτικών ρυθμίσεων + Για να δημιουργήσετε μία υποχρεωτική ρύθμιση, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα: + + Στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων, χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που σας ενδιαφέρει. + Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Ορισμός ως υποχρεωτικό από το μενού. + + + + Τροποποίηση και αφαίρεση προεπιλεγμένων και υποχρεωτικών ρυθμίσεων + Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα παράθυρα Προεπιλογών και Υποχρεωτικών για να τροποποιήσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε προεπιλεγμένες και υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις. Για να τροποποιήσετε μία προεπιλεγμένη ή υποχρεωτική ρύθμιση, χρησιμοποιήστε το κατάλληλο παράθυρο και τροποποιήστε το κλειδί που σας ενδιαφέρει με τον ίδιο ακριβώς τρόπο που θα το κάνατε και στο παράθυρο Ρυθμίσεων. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με την τροποποίηση κλειδιών. + Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα προεπιλεγμένο ή υποχρεωτικό κλειδί, ακολουθήστε τα εξής βήματα: + + Στο κατάλληλο παράθυρο, χρησιμοποιήστε το πλαίσιο δέντρου για να εμφανίσετε το κλειδί που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε. + Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο κλειδί και επιλέξτε Ακύρωση ορισμού κλειδιού από το μενού. + + + + + + Εικονίδια και τύποι κλειδιών + Τα εικονίδια δίπλα από τα κλειδιά στο πλαίσιο τροποποίησης υποδεικνύουν τι τύπους τιμών μπορείτε να εισάγετε για το συγκεκριμένο κλειδί. Ακολουθεί μία λίστα με τα διάφορα εικονίδια και τους τύπους τιμών στους οποίους αντιστοιχούν. + + + + + Λογικό κλειδί + Μπορεί να είναι είτε αληθές είτε ψευδές (true ή false). Για αυτόν τον τύπο κλειδιού ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων εμφανίζει ένα τετραγωνίδιο που μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ή να αποεπιλέξετε. + + + + + Αριθμητικό κλειδί + Δέχεται αριθμούς. Οι αριθμοί μπορεί να είναι είτε ακέραιοι, είτε αριθμοί κινητής υποδιαστολής (κλασματικοί). + + + + + Αλφαριθμητικό κλειδί + Δέχεται κείμενο σε οποιαδήποτε μορφή. + + + + + Κλειδί σχήματος + Χρησιμοποιείται για την τεκμηρίωση άλλων κλειδιών. Η τεκμηρίωση κάθε κλειδιού περιέχεται σε ένα ξεχωριστό κλειδί, που βρίσκεται συνήθως στον κατάλογο /schemas. Υπό φυσιολογικές συνθήκες, οι χρήστες και οι διαχειριστές του συστήματος δεν χρειάζεται να δουλεύουν απευθείας με τα κλειδιά αυτά. + + + + + Κλειδί λίστας + Λίστες μη προκαθορισμένου μήκους. Κάθε στοιχείο της λίστας πρέπει να ανήκει στον ίδιο τύπο, ο οποίος επιλέγεται μεταξύ των πρωτογενών τύπων: λογικός, αριθμητικός, αλφαριθμητικός. + + + + + Κλειδί ζεύγους + Δέχεται ακριβώς δύο τιμές. Οι τιμές πρέπει να ανήκουν σε κάποιον πρωτογενή τύπο, αλλά δεν είναι απαραίτητο να ανήκουν και οι δύο στον ίδιο τύπο. Προς το παρόν, ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων δεν υποστηρίζει την επεξεργασία κλειδιών ζεύγους. + + + + + Κενό + Χρησιμοποιείται όταν ο Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων δεν μπορεί να ερμηνεύσει τον τύπο του κλειδιού. Προς το παρόν, το εικονίδιο αυτό χρησιμοποιείται και για τα κλειδιά ζεύγους. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/en_GB/en_GB.po b/docs/en_GB/en_GB.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53c95d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en_GB/en_GB.po @@ -0,0 +1,1117 @@ +# English (British) translation. +# Copyright (C) 2009 The GNOME Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Philip Withnall , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-08 15:33+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 15:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" +"Language-Team: British English \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Configuration Editor Manual" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "GNOME Documentation Project" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the licence." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENCE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORISED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "GNOME Documentation Team" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change " +"configuration options used by applications that may not be available through " +"Preference dialogues." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Version 2.8" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "September 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "unreviewed" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Version 2.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "August 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Version 2.0.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "January 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Feedback" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the " +"Configuration Editor application or this manual, " +"follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf Editor" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Getting Started" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "To Start Configuration Editor" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Applications menu" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Command line" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "When You Start Configuration Editor" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Configuration Editor Window" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Shows Configuration Editor window. Callouts: Tree " +"pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Tree pane" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Modification pane" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Documentation pane" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Results pane (not shown)" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Working with Windows" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Opening New Windows" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Settings" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Defaults" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Mandatory" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Closing and Quitting" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Working with Keys" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Copying a Key Name" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Viewing Recent Key Names" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." + +#. REMARK +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, the close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Modifying the Value of a Key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialogue provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialogue to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Finding Keys Quickly" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Using Bookmarks" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks " +"dialogue, then click Delete." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Click Close." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Searching for Keys" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Choose EditFind." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Click Find." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Default and Mandatory Settings" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Creating Default Settings" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Creating Mandatory Settings" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Icons and Key Types" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Boolean key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Number key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " String key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Can hold any string of text." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Schema key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a separate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " List key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Pair key" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Blank" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Philip Withnall , 2009" diff --git a/docs/en_GB/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/en_GB/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b46d074 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en_GB/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Configuration Editor Manual + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2009Philip Withnall (philip@tecnocode.co.uk) + + + + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. + This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. + + Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. + + DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: + + DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENCE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORISED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND + + + UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + + + + + + + + Sun + GNOME Documentation Team + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + Shaun + McCance + + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + + Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogues. + + + + Version 2.8 + September 2004 + + GNOME Documentation Project + GNOME Documentation Project + unreviewed + + + + Version 2.1 + August 2004 + + Sun GNOME Documentation Team + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + Version 2.0.1 + January 2004 + + Sun GNOME Documentation Team + GNOME Documentation Project + + + + This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor. + + Feedback + To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. + + + + + + GConf Editor + + + + Introduction + The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. More information about GConf can be found in the GNOME System Administrator's Guide. + Configuration Editor allows users to modify their preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use GConf. Additionally, system administrators can use Configuration Editor to set default and mandatory settings which will affect all users. + Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game Five or More. + Configuration Editor enables you to modify your configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not use Configuration Editor to set preferences for the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of the GNOME Desktop User Guide for your platform. + + + + Getting Started + + + To Start Configuration Editor + You can start Configuration Editor in the following ways: + + + Applications menu + + Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor. + Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method described below. + + + + Command line + + Execute the following command: gconf-editor + + + + + + + When You Start Configuration Editor + When you start Configuration Editor, the following window is displayed. +
+ <application>Configuration Editor</application> Window + + + + + + + Shows Configuration Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane. + + + +
+ The Configuration Editor window contains the following panes: + + + Tree pane + Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window. + + + Modification pane + + Displays the keys in the selected GConf location in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the right side of the window. + The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon. + + + + Documentation pane + Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read more information about the GConf preference keys. + + + + Results pane (not shown) + Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys or perform a search. + + + + + + + + Working with Windows + + Opening New Windows + There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration Editor: Settings, Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of window with the appropriate item under the File menu. + Since the settings in Defaults and Mandatory windows affect all users of the computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To change your preferences, you should use the Settings window. + + + Settings + You can use the Settings window to set your personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings that the system administrator has made mandatory. + + + + + Defaults + If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the default settings. Users can always override the default settings. + + + Mandatory + If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. This can be used to lock down certain options. + + + + + + Closing and Quitting + You can close a Configuration Editor window by selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all Configuration Editor windows and quit the application completely, select FileQuit in any Configuration Editor window. + + + + + Working with Keys + Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which use GConf access the values of keys to determine how to look and behave. When you change something in the Preferences of an application, you are changing the value associated to a key in GConf. + + + Copying a Key Name + To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste the key name into any other application. + + + Viewing Recent Key Names + To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window. + Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just changed and don't remember where it is. + + A screenshot may be in order. In particular, the close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained. + + + Modifying the Value of a Key + The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. See for more information on each icon. To modify the value of a key, perform the following steps: + + Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the modification pane. + Select the key to modify in the modification pane. + + To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the Value column of the key. Type the new value for the key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu. + To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu. + To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu. The Edit Key dialogue provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialogue to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list. + + + Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit the value of that key. + + + + + Finding Keys Quickly + To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor allows you to search the key names in GConf. Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need to access frequently. + + + Using Bookmarks + To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory locations to your Bookmarks menu. + To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree pane. Choose BookmarksAdd Bookmark. + To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps: + + Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks. + Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialogue, then click Delete. + Click Close. + + + + Searching for Keys + To search for keys, perform the following steps: + + Choose EditFind. + Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes Search also in key names and Search also in key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand the search parameters. + Click Find. + + The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window. + + A screenshot may be in order. In particular, the close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained. + + + + + Default and Mandatory Settings + If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory settings in GConf which will affect all users. Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all users, and they cannot override them. + You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and mandatory settings. The Defaults and Mandatory windows will only show you those settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can set settings from the Settings window to be default or mandatory. + To open a Defaults window, choose FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory window, choose FileNew Mandatory Window. + + + Creating Default Settings + To create a default setting, perform the following steps: + + In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as default. + Right-click on the key and select Set as Default from the popup menu. + + + + Creating Mandatory Settings + To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps: + + In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as mandatory. + Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu. + + + + Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings + You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to modify and remove default and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys. + To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps: + + In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to remove from the default or mandatory settings. + Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from the popup menu. + + + + + + Icons and Key Types + The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons and what types of values they represent. + + + + + Boolean key + Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor will provide a check box for this type of key. + + + + + Number key + Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) numbers. + + + + + String key + Can hold any string of text. + + + + + Schema key + Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a separate key, typically under the /schemas directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly. + + + + + List key + Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string. + + + + + Pair key + Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys. + + + + + Blank + Used when Configuration Editor does not understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair keys. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/es/es.po b/docs/es/es.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..967e064 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/es/es.po @@ -0,0 +1,1167 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.help.HEAD.po to Español +# Jorge González , 2007, 2008. +# spanish translation for gconf-editor manual +# traducción al español del manual de gconf-editor +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.help.HEAD\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-12 09:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-14 22:03+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jorge González \n" +"Language-Team: Español \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Manual del Editor de configuración" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Proyecto de Documentación GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Se permite copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento bajo los términos " +"de la GNU Free Documentacion License (GFDL), Versión 1.1 o cualquiera de las " +"últimas versiones publicadas por la Free Software Foundation sin Seciones " +"Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y sin Textos de Contraportada. Se puede " +"encontrar una copia de la GFDL en este enlace o en el archivo COPYING-DOCS distribuido con este manual." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Este manual es parte de una colección de manuales de GNOME distribuidos bajo " +"la GFDL. Si se quiere distribuir este manual separadamente de la colección, " +"se puede hacer añadiendo una copia de licencia del manual, como la descrita " +"en la sección 6 de la licencia." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Muchos de los nombres utilizados por compañías para distinguir sus productos " +"y servicios son declarados como marcas registradas. Cuando estos nombres " +"aparecen en cualquiera documentación de GNOME, y los miembros de " +"Documentación del Proyecto GNOME son conscientes de estas marcas " +"registradas, entonces estos nombres están en letras mayúsculas o empiezan " +"por letra mayúscula." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"EL DOCUMENTO SE PROPORCIONA \"TAL CUAL\", SIN GARANTÍA DE NINGÚN TIPO, NI " +"EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN, GARANTÍA DE QUE EL " +"DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE CAREZCA DE DEFECTOS COMERCIALES, SEA " +"ADECUADO A UN FIN CONCRETO O INCUMPLA ALGUNA NORMATIVA. TODO EL RIESGO " +"RELATIVO A LA CALIDAD, PRECISIÓN Y UTILIDAD DEL DOCUMENTO O SU VERSIÓN " +"MODIFICADA RECAE EN USTED. SI CUALQUIER DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE " +"AQUÉL RESULTARA DEFECTUOSO EN CUALQUIER ASPECTO, USTED (Y NO EL REDACTOR " +"INICIAL, AUTOR O CONTRIBUYENTE) ASUMIRÁ LOS COSTES DE TODA REPARACIÓN, " +"MANTENIMIENTO O CORRECCIÓN NECESARIOS. ESTA RENUNCIA DE GARANTÍA ES UNA " +"PARTE ESENCIAL DE ESTA LICENCIA. NO SE AUTORIZA EL USO DE NINGÚN DOCUMENTO " +"NI VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE POR EL PRESENTE, SALVO DENTRO DEL CUMPLIMIENTO " +"DE LA RENUNCIA;Y" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"BAJO NINGUNA CIRCUNSTANCIA NI BAJO NINGUNA TEORÍA LEGAL, SEA POR ERROR " +"(INCLUYENDO NEGLIGENCIA), CONTRATO O DE ALGÚN OTRO MODO, EL AUTOR, EL " +"ESCRITOR INICIAL, CUALQUIER CONTRIBUIDOR, O CUALQUIER DISTRIBUIDOR DEL " +"DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENTO, O CUALQUIER PROVEEDOR DE " +"CUALQUIERA DE ESAS PARTES, SERÁ RESPONSABLE ANTE NINGUNA PERSONA POR NINGÚN " +"DAÑO DIRECTO, INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O DERIVADO DE NINGÚN TIPO, " +"INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN DAÑOS POR PÉRDIDA DE MERCANCÍAS, PARO TÉCNICO, " +"FALLO INFORMÁTICO O MAL FUNCIONAMIENTO O CUALQUIER OTRO POSIBLE DAÑO O " +"PÉRDIDAS DERIVADAS O RELACIONADAS CON EL USO DEL DOCUMENTO O SUS VERSIONES " +"MODIFICADAS, AUNQUE DICHA PARTE HAYA SIDO INFORMADA DE LA POSIBILIDAD DE QUE " +"SE PRODUJESEN DICHOS DAÑOS." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"ESTE DOCUMENTO Y LAS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS DEL MISMO SE OFRECEN SEGÚN LAS " +"CONDICIONES ESTABLECIDAS EN LA LICENCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓN LIBRE DE GNU (GFDL) " +"Y TENIENDO EN CUENTA QUE: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Equipo de documentación de GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"El Editor de configuración se puede usar para cambiar las opciones de " +"configuración que usan las aplicaciones y que pueden no estar disponibles a " +"través de los diálogos de Preferencias" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Versión 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Septiembre de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "sin revisar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Versión 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Agosto de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Equipo de documentación de Sun GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Versión 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Enero de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Este manual describe la versión 2.8 de Editor de configuración." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Comentarios" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Para informar sobre un fallo o hacer sugerencias sobre la aplicación Editor " +"de configuración o sobre este manual, siga las indicaciones en la Página de comentarios de GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Editor de configuración" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"El escritorio GNOME y muchas aplicaciones utilizan GConf para almacenar las preferencias del usuario y los datos de " +"configuración del sistema. GConf proporciona una " +"ubicación de almacenamiento central para las preferencias, simplificando la " +"administración de la configuración para los usuarios y administradores del " +"sistema. Para obtener más información acerca de GConf visite la guía " +"para administradores del sistema de GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"El Editor de configuración le permite modificar " +"sus preferencias para todo el escritorio GNOME y cualquier aplicación que " +"use GConf. Adicionalmente, los administradores " +"del sistema pueden usar el Editor de configuración para establecer los ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios que " +"afecten a todos los usuarios." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"Las preferencias se almacenan en GConf en una " +"jerarquía de claves. Cada clave tiene asociado un valor que especifica su " +"configuración para esa preferencia. Por ejemplo, la clave /apps/" +"glines/preferences/ball_theme almacena el tema usado en " +"Cinco o más." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"El Editor de configuración le permite modificar " +"su configuración directamente. Si no es un usuario experimentado, no utilice " +"el Editor de configuración para establecer " +"preferencias para el escritorio GNOME. En su lugar, utilice las herramientas " +"de preferencias en el escritorio GNOME. Para obtener más información acerca " +"de cómo usar las herramientas de preferencias, lea la última versión de la " +"Guía del usuario del escritorio GNOME para su plataforma." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Inicio" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Para iniciar el Editor de configuración" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar el Editor de configuración de las " +"formas siguientes:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menú Aplicaciones" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Elija Herramientas del sistemaEditor de configuración." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Algunas distribuciones ocultan este menú. En ese caso, use el segundo método " +"abajo descrito." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Línea de comandos" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Ejecute el siguiente comando: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Cuando inicie el Editor de configuración" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Cuando inicie el Editor de configuración se " +"mostrará la siguiente ventana." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Ventana de Editor de configuración" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la ventana del Editor de configuración. Con: Panel del árbol, panel " +"de modificaciones, panel de documentación." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"La ventana del Editor de configuración contiene " +"los siguientes paneles:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Panel del árbol" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Le permite navegar por la jerarquía de claves en GConf. Utilice este panel para mostrar las claves que quiere " +"modificar en el panel de modificaciones. El panel del árbol está a la parte " +"izquierda de la ventana." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Panel de modificaciones" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Muestra las claves en la ubicación GConf " +"seleccionada en el panel del árbol. Use este panel para seleccionar las " +"claves que quiera modificar así como para modificar los valores de las " +"claves. El panel de modificaciones está situado en la parte superior de la " +"parte derecha de la ventana." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Los iconos al lado de las claves del panel de modificaciones indican qué " +"tipo de valor puede introducir para la clave. Por ejemplo, el icono de " +"casilla de verificación al lado de la clave /system/http_proxy/" +"use_http_proxy indica que puede introducir un valor Booleano " +"(verdadero o falso) para la clave. Para obtener más información sobre cada " +"icono vea ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Panel de documentación" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la documentación para la clave actualmente seleccionada. Utilice " +"este panel para leer más información acerca de las preferencias de las " +"claves GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Panel de resultados (no se muestra)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Le permite ver el resultado de una búsqueda o buscar a través de la lista de " +"nombres de claves vistas recientemente. El resto de la ventana muestra la " +"información de cualquiera que sea la clave seleccionada en este panel. El " +"panel de resultados aparecerá en la parte inferior de la ventana cuando se " +"listen las claves vistas recientemente o se realice una búsqueda." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Trabajar con las ventanas" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Abrir nuevas ventanas" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"Hay tres tipos de ventana que puede abrir en el Editor de " +"configuración: Configuración, " +"Predeterminados, y Obligatorios. Los valores que el Editor de configuración ajusta dependen de qué tipo de ventana está abierta. Puede " +"abrir cada tipo de ventana con el elemento apropiado en el menú " +"Archivo." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Ya que los ajustes en las ventanas de Predeterminados y Obligatorios afectan a todos los " +"usuarios del equipo, sólo un administrador del sistema puede usar esos tipos " +"de ventana. Para cambiar sus preferencias, debe usar la ventana de " +"Configuración." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Puede usar la ventana de Configuración para " +"establecer sus preferencias personales. Los cambios realizados en la ventana " +"de Configuración sólo afectarán a su escritorio. " +"No puede cambiar los ajustes que el administrador del sistema ha establecido " +"como obligatorios." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Predeterminados" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Si es un administrador del sistema, puede usar la ventana de " +"Predeterminados para editar los ajustes " +"predeterminados para todos los usuarios. Si un usuario no establece " +"explícitamente el valor para una clave, el valor se tomará de los ajustes " +"predeterminados. Los usuarios siempre pueden sobreescribir los ajustes " +"predeterminados." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Obligatorios" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Si es un administrador del sistema, puede usar la ventana de " +"Obligatorios para editar los ajustes obligatorios " +"para todos los usuarios. Cuando se establece un valor obligatorio para una " +"clave, los usuarios no pueden cambiarlo. Esto puede usarse para bloquear " +"ciertas opciones." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Cerrar y salir" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Puede cerrar una ventana del Editor de configuración seleccionando ArchivoCerrar ventana en esa " +"ventana. Para cerrar todas las ventanas del Editor de " +"configuración y salir completamente de la aplicación, " +"seleccione ArchivoSalir en cualquiera de las ventanas del " +"Editor de configuración." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Trabajar con las claves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Las claves son una manera de buscar un valor. Cada preferencia almacenada en " +"GConf se asigna a una clave. Las aplicaciones que " +"usan GConf acceden a los valores de las claves " +"para determinar cómo deben mostrarse y comportarse. Cuando cambia algo en " +"las Preferencias de una aplicación, está cambiando los " +"valores asociados a una clave en GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Copiar el nombre de una clave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Para copiar el nombre de una clave al portapapeles, seleccione el nombre de " +"la clave que quiere copiar del panel de modificaciones. " +"ElijaEditarCopiar el nombre de " +"la clave. Puede pegar el nombre de la clave en " +"cualquier otra aplicación." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Ver los nombres de claves recientes" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Para ver los nombres de las claves recientes, elija " +"EditarListar claves recientes. Esta acción abrirá el panel de resultados en la " +"parte inferior de la ventana actual. Puede moverse a través de la lista de " +"resultados desplazándose arriba y abajo con la barra de desplazamiento y las " +"teclas de flechas. La información para la clave o carpeta seleccionada se " +"mostrará en el resto de la ventana." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Ver las claves recientes es útil si necesita volver a una clave que acaba de " +"cambiar y no recuerda dónde está." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Una captura de pantalla sería correcto. En particular, los botones de " +"cerrar, copiar y limpiar en el panel de resultados deberían estar explicados." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Modificar el valor de una clave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Los iconos al lado del nombre de la clave muestran qué tipo de valor puede " +"tomar la clave. Lea para obtener más información " +"acerca de cada icono. Para modificar el valor de una clave, realice los " +"siguientes pasos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Use el panel del árbol para mostrar la llave que quiere modificar en el " +"panel de modificaciones." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Seleccione la clave a modificar en el panel de modificaiones." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el valor de una clave de tipo entero o texto, pulse en la " +"columna Valor de la clave. Escriba el nuevo valor para " +"la clave. Alternativamente, pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la " +"clave y seleccione Editar clave del menú " +"emergente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el valor de una clave Booleana, pulse en la columna " +"Valor de la clave para seleccionar o deseleccionar la " +"casilla de verificación. Alternativamente, pulse con el botón derecho del " +"ratón sobre la clave y seleccione Editar clave " +"del menú emergente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el valor de una lista de claves, pulse con el botón derecho del " +"ratón y seleccione Editar clave del menú " +"emergente. El diálogo Editar clave proporciona " +"una lista de valores asociados a esa clave. Puede usar este diálogo para " +"editar cada uno de los valores en la lista, añadir o eliminar valores de la " +"lista y mover cada uno de los valores arriba o abajo de la lista." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"El administrador de su sistema puede que haya bloqueado ciertas claves " +"proporcionando valores obligatorios. Si la clave seleccionada tiene ajustado " +"un valor obligatorio, no será capaz de editar el valor. El panel de " +"documentación mostrará la etiqueta Esta clave no es editable si no le está permitido editar el valor de esa clave." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Buscar claves rápidamente" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Para localizar claves rápidamente, el Editor de configuración le permite buscar nombres de claves en GConf. Adicionalmente, puede usar marcadores para buscar directorios " +"de claves a los que necesite acceder frecuentemente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Usar marcadores" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a una ruta de directorio en sus marcadores, elija la ubicación " +"del menú de Marcadores. Puede añadir y eliminar rutas de " +"directorios en su menú Marcadores." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Para añadir un marcador, seleccione la ubicación que quiere marcar en el " +"panel del árbol. Elija MarcadoresAñadir marcador." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para borrar un marcador realice los siguientes pasos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Elija MarcadoresEditar " +"marcadores." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el marcador del diálogo Editar marcadores y después pulse Borrar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Pulse Cerrar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Buscar claves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para buscar claves realice los siguientes pasos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Elija EditarBuscar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca la palabra clave que quiera buscar en el campo Buscar. También puede seleccionar las opciones Buscar también " +"en los nombres de las claves y Buscar también en los " +"valores de las claves de las casillas de verificación. Si estas " +"casillas no están seleccionadas, la búsqueda sólo se realizará en los " +"nombres de carpetas. Al seleccionar estas casillas se expanden los " +"parámetros de búsqueda." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Pulse Buscar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Los resultados de la búsqueda se mostrarán en el panel de resultados. Para " +"moverse a través de la lista de resultados, primero seleccione el panel. " +"Después puede moverse a través de los resultados con la barra de " +"desplazamiento o las teclas de flechas. La información de la llave " +"seleccionada o de la carpeta se mostrará en el resto de la ventana." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Si es un administrador del sistema puede establecer ajustes predeterminados " +"y obligatorios en GConf que afectarán a todos los " +"usuarios. Los ajustes predeterminados se usan cuando el usuario no ha " +"establecido un valor explícitamente, y los usuarios siempre pueden " +"sobreescribirlos. Los ajustes obligatorios siempre se usan para todos los " +"usuarios y éstos no pueden sobreescribirlos." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Puede usar las ventanas de Predeterminados y " +"Obligatorios para editar y eliminar ajustes " +"predeterminados y obligatorios. Las ventanas de " +"Predeterminados y Obligatorios sólo mostrarán aquellos valores que son predeterminados u " +"obligatorios. No puede usar esas ventanas para crear nuevos ajustes " +"predeterminados u obligatorios. En su lugar, puede establecer ajustes desde " +"la ventana de Configuración como predeterminados " +"u obligatorios." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Para abrir una ventana de Predeterminados, elija " +"ArchivoVentana de " +"predeterminados nueva. Para abrir una ventana de " +"Obligatorios elija ArchivoVentana de obligatorios nueva." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Crear ajustes predeterminados" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para crear un ajuste predeterminado realice los siguientes pasos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"En la ventana de Configuración, use el panel del " +"árbol para mostrar la llave que quiere establecer como predeterminada." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la clave y seleccione " +"Establecer como predeterminado del menú emergente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Crear ajustes obligatorios" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para crear un ajuste obligatorio realice los siguientes pasos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"En la ventana de Configuración, use el panel del " +"árbol para mostrar la clave que quiere establecer como obligatoria." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la clave y seleccione " +"Establecer como obligatorio del menú emergente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Modificar y eliminar ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"Puede usar las ventanas de Obligatorios y " +"Predeterminados para modificar y eliminar los " +"ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios. Para modificar un ajuste " +"predeterminado u obligatorio use la ventana apropiada y modifique la clave " +"igual que si lo hiciese en la ventana de Configuración. Lea para obtener más " +"información acerca de modificar claves." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar una clave predeterminada u obligatoria realice los siguientes " +"pasos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"En la ventana apropiada, use el panel del árbol para mostrar la clave que " +"quiere eliminar de los ajustes predeterminados u obligatorios." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione Desestablecer " +"clave del menú emergente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Iconos y tipos de claves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Los iconos al lado de las claves del panel de modificaciones indican qué " +"tipo de valor puede introducir para la clave. La siguiente lista muestra los " +"posibles iconos y qué tipo de valores representan." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Clave Booleana" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Puede ser verdadero o falso. El Editor de configuración proporcionará una casilla de verificación para este tipo de " +"clave." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Clave numérica" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Pueden contener números. Éstos pueden ser enteros o números en coma flotante " +"(fraccionales)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Clave de texto" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Puede contener cualquier cadena de texto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Clave de esquema" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Se usan para documentar otras claves. La documentación para cada clave se " +"proporciona por una clave separada, típicamente bajo el directorio /" +"schemas. Generalmente los usuarios y administradores del sistema " +"no necesitan trabajar con claves de esquemas directamente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Lista de claves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Listas de longitud determinada. Cada elemento de la lista debe ser del mismo " +"tipo, y de tipo Booleano, numérico o de texto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Clave de parejas" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Puede contener exactamente dos valores. Los dos valores deben ser de tipo " +"primitivo, pero no tienen por qué ser del mismo tipo. El Editor " +"de configuración no puede editar una clave de parejas." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Vacío" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Se usa cuando el Editor de configuración no " +"comprende el tipo de clave. El icono vacío también se usa para claves de " +"parejas." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Jorge González , 2007-2008" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" diff --git a/docs/es/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/es/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2373d69 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/es/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/es/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/es/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..816a5a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/es/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Manual del Editor de configuración + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2007-2008Jorge González (jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org) + + + + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + + + + Se permite copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento bajo los términos de la GNU Free Documentacion License (GFDL), Versión 1.1 o cualquiera de las últimas versiones publicadas por la Free Software Foundation sin Seciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y sin Textos de Contraportada. Se puede encontrar una copia de la GFDL en este enlace o en el archivo COPYING-DOCS distribuido con este manual. + Este manual es parte de una colección de manuales de GNOME distribuidos bajo la GFDL. Si se quiere distribuir este manual separadamente de la colección, se puede hacer añadiendo una copia de licencia del manual, como la descrita en la sección 6 de la licencia. + + Muchos de los nombres utilizados por compañías para distinguir sus productos y servicios son declarados como marcas registradas. Cuando estos nombres aparecen en cualquiera documentación de GNOME, y los miembros de Documentación del Proyecto GNOME son conscientes de estas marcas registradas, entonces estos nombres están en letras mayúsculas o empiezan por letra mayúscula. + + ESTE DOCUMENTO Y LAS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS DEL MISMO SE OFRECEN SEGÚN LAS CONDICIONES ESTABLECIDAS EN LA LICENCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓN LIBRE DE GNU (GFDL) Y TENIENDO EN CUENTA QUE: + + EL DOCUMENTO SE PROPORCIONA "TAL CUAL", SIN GARANTÍA DE NINGÚN TIPO, NI EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN, GARANTÍA DE QUE EL DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE CAREZCA DE DEFECTOS COMERCIALES, SEA ADECUADO A UN FIN CONCRETO O INCUMPLA ALGUNA NORMATIVA. TODO EL RIESGO RELATIVO A LA CALIDAD, PRECISIÓN Y UTILIDAD DEL DOCUMENTO O SU VERSIÓN MODIFICADA RECAE EN USTED. SI CUALQUIER DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE AQUÉL RESULTARA DEFECTUOSO EN CUALQUIER ASPECTO, USTED (Y NO EL REDACTOR INICIAL, AUTOR O CONTRIBUYENTE) ASUMIRÁ LOS COSTES DE TODA REPARACIÓN, MANTENIMIENTO O CORRECCIÓN NECESARIOS. ESTA RENUNCIA DE GARANTÍA ES UNA PARTE ESENCIAL DE ESTA LICENCIA. NO SE AUTORIZA EL USO DE NINGÚN DOCUMENTO NI VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE POR EL PRESENTE, SALVO DENTRO DEL CUMPLIMIENTO DE LA RENUNCIA;Y + + + BAJO NINGUNA CIRCUNSTANCIA NI BAJO NINGUNA TEORÍA LEGAL, SEA POR ERROR (INCLUYENDO NEGLIGENCIA), CONTRATO O DE ALGÚN OTRO MODO, EL AUTOR, EL ESCRITOR INICIAL, CUALQUIER CONTRIBUIDOR, O CUALQUIER DISTRIBUIDOR DEL DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENTO, O CUALQUIER PROVEEDOR DE CUALQUIERA DE ESAS PARTES, SERÁ RESPONSABLE ANTE NINGUNA PERSONA POR NINGÚN DAÑO DIRECTO, INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O DERIVADO DE NINGÚN TIPO, INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN DAÑOS POR PÉRDIDA DE MERCANCÍAS, PARO TÉCNICO, FALLO INFORMÁTICO O MAL FUNCIONAMIENTO O CUALQUIER OTRO POSIBLE DAÑO O PÉRDIDAS DERIVADAS O RELACIONADAS CON EL USO DEL DOCUMENTO O SUS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS, AUNQUE DICHA PARTE HAYA SIDO INFORMADA DE LA POSIBILIDAD DE QUE SE PRODUJESEN DICHOS DAÑOS. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Equipo de documentación de GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + + + + + El Editor de configuración se puede usar para cambiar las opciones de configuración que usan las aplicaciones y que pueden no estar disponibles a través de los diálogos de Preferencias + + + + Versión 2.8 + Septiembre de 2004 + + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + sin revisar + + + + Versión 2.1 + Agosto de 2004 + + Equipo de documentación de Sun GNOME + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + + + + Versión 2.0.1 + Enero de 2004 + + Equipo de documentación de Sun GNOME + Proyecto de Documentación GNOME + + + + Este manual describe la versión 2.8 de Editor de configuración. + + Comentarios + Para informar sobre un fallo o hacer sugerencias sobre la aplicación Editor de configuración o sobre este manual, siga las indicaciones en la Página de comentarios de GNOME. + + + + + + Editor de configuración + + + + Introducción + El escritorio GNOME y muchas aplicaciones utilizan GConf para almacenar las preferencias del usuario y los datos de configuración del sistema. GConf proporciona una ubicación de almacenamiento central para las preferencias, simplificando la administración de la configuración para los usuarios y administradores del sistema. Para obtener más información acerca de GConf visite la guía para administradores del sistema de GNOME. + El Editor de configuración le permite modificar sus preferencias para todo el escritorio GNOME y cualquier aplicación que use GConf. Adicionalmente, los administradores del sistema pueden usar el Editor de configuración para establecer los ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios que afecten a todos los usuarios. + Las preferencias se almacenan en GConf en una jerarquía de claves. Cada clave tiene asociado un valor que especifica su configuración para esa preferencia. Por ejemplo, la clave /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme almacena el tema usado en Cinco o más. + El Editor de configuración le permite modificar su configuración directamente. Si no es un usuario experimentado, no utilice el Editor de configuración para establecer preferencias para el escritorio GNOME. En su lugar, utilice las herramientas de preferencias en el escritorio GNOME. Para obtener más información acerca de cómo usar las herramientas de preferencias, lea la última versión de la Guía del usuario del escritorio GNOME para su plataforma. + + + + Inicio + + + Para iniciar el Editor de configuración + Puede iniciar el Editor de configuración de las formas siguientes: + + + Menú Aplicaciones + + Elija Herramientas del sistemaEditor de configuración. + Algunas distribuciones ocultan este menú. En ese caso, use el segundo método abajo descrito. + + + + Línea de comandos + + Ejecute el siguiente comando: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Cuando inicie el Editor de configuración + Cuando inicie el Editor de configuración se mostrará la siguiente ventana. +
+ Ventana de <application>Editor de configuración</application> + + + + + + + Muestra la ventana del Editor de configuración. Con: Panel del árbol, panel de modificaciones, panel de documentación. + + + +
+ La ventana del Editor de configuración contiene los siguientes paneles: + + + Panel del árbol + Le permite navegar por la jerarquía de claves en GConf. Utilice este panel para mostrar las claves que quiere modificar en el panel de modificaciones. El panel del árbol está a la parte izquierda de la ventana. + + + Panel de modificaciones + + Muestra las claves en la ubicación GConf seleccionada en el panel del árbol. Use este panel para seleccionar las claves que quiera modificar así como para modificar los valores de las claves. El panel de modificaciones está situado en la parte superior de la parte derecha de la ventana. + Los iconos al lado de las claves del panel de modificaciones indican qué tipo de valor puede introducir para la clave. Por ejemplo, el icono de casilla de verificación al lado de la clave /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy indica que puede introducir un valor Booleano (verdadero o falso) para la clave. Para obtener más información sobre cada icono vea . + + + + Panel de documentación + Muestra la documentación para la clave actualmente seleccionada. Utilice este panel para leer más información acerca de las preferencias de las claves GConf. + + + + Panel de resultados (no se muestra) + Le permite ver el resultado de una búsqueda o buscar a través de la lista de nombres de claves vistas recientemente. El resto de la ventana muestra la información de cualquiera que sea la clave seleccionada en este panel. El panel de resultados aparecerá en la parte inferior de la ventana cuando se listen las claves vistas recientemente o se realice una búsqueda. + + + + + + + + Trabajar con las ventanas + + Abrir nuevas ventanas + Hay tres tipos de ventana que puede abrir en el Editor de configuración: Configuración, Predeterminados, y Obligatorios. Los valores que el Editor de configuración ajusta dependen de qué tipo de ventana está abierta. Puede abrir cada tipo de ventana con el elemento apropiado en el menú Archivo. + Ya que los ajustes en las ventanas de Predeterminados y Obligatorios afectan a todos los usuarios del equipo, sólo un administrador del sistema puede usar esos tipos de ventana. Para cambiar sus preferencias, debe usar la ventana de Configuración. + + + Configuración + Puede usar la ventana de Configuración para establecer sus preferencias personales. Los cambios realizados en la ventana de Configuración sólo afectarán a su escritorio. No puede cambiar los ajustes que el administrador del sistema ha establecido como obligatorios. + + + + + Predeterminados + Si es un administrador del sistema, puede usar la ventana de Predeterminados para editar los ajustes predeterminados para todos los usuarios. Si un usuario no establece explícitamente el valor para una clave, el valor se tomará de los ajustes predeterminados. Los usuarios siempre pueden sobreescribir los ajustes predeterminados. + + + Obligatorios + Si es un administrador del sistema, puede usar la ventana de Obligatorios para editar los ajustes obligatorios para todos los usuarios. Cuando se establece un valor obligatorio para una clave, los usuarios no pueden cambiarlo. Esto puede usarse para bloquear ciertas opciones. + + + + + + Cerrar y salir + Puede cerrar una ventana del Editor de configuración seleccionando ArchivoCerrar ventana en esa ventana. Para cerrar todas las ventanas del Editor de configuración y salir completamente de la aplicación, seleccione ArchivoSalir en cualquiera de las ventanas del Editor de configuración. + + + + + Trabajar con las claves + Las claves son una manera de buscar un valor. Cada preferencia almacenada en GConf se asigna a una clave. Las aplicaciones que usan GConf acceden a los valores de las claves para determinar cómo deben mostrarse y comportarse. Cuando cambia algo en las Preferencias de una aplicación, está cambiando los valores asociados a una clave en GConf. + + + Copiar el nombre de una clave + Para copiar el nombre de una clave al portapapeles, seleccione el nombre de la clave que quiere copiar del panel de modificaciones. ElijaEditarCopiar el nombre de la clave. Puede pegar el nombre de la clave en cualquier otra aplicación. + + + Ver los nombres de claves recientes + Para ver los nombres de las claves recientes, elija EditarListar claves recientes. Esta acción abrirá el panel de resultados en la parte inferior de la ventana actual. Puede moverse a través de la lista de resultados desplazándose arriba y abajo con la barra de desplazamiento y las teclas de flechas. La información para la clave o carpeta seleccionada se mostrará en el resto de la ventana. + Ver las claves recientes es útil si necesita volver a una clave que acaba de cambiar y no recuerda dónde está. + + Una captura de pantalla sería correcto. En particular, los botones de cerrar, copiar y limpiar en el panel de resultados deberían estar explicados. + + + Modificar el valor de una clave + Los iconos al lado del nombre de la clave muestran qué tipo de valor puede tomar la clave. Lea para obtener más información acerca de cada icono. Para modificar el valor de una clave, realice los siguientes pasos: + + Use el panel del árbol para mostrar la llave que quiere modificar en el panel de modificaciones. + Seleccione la clave a modificar en el panel de modificaiones. + + Para cambiar el valor de una clave de tipo entero o texto, pulse en la columna Valor de la clave. Escriba el nuevo valor para la clave. Alternativamente, pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la clave y seleccione Editar clave del menú emergente. + Para cambiar el valor de una clave Booleana, pulse en la columna Valor de la clave para seleccionar o deseleccionar la casilla de verificación. Alternativamente, pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la clave y seleccione Editar clave del menú emergente. + Para cambiar el valor de una lista de claves, pulse con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione Editar clave del menú emergente. El diálogo Editar clave proporciona una lista de valores asociados a esa clave. Puede usar este diálogo para editar cada uno de los valores en la lista, añadir o eliminar valores de la lista y mover cada uno de los valores arriba o abajo de la lista. + + + El administrador de su sistema puede que haya bloqueado ciertas claves proporcionando valores obligatorios. Si la clave seleccionada tiene ajustado un valor obligatorio, no será capaz de editar el valor. El panel de documentación mostrará la etiqueta Esta clave no es editable si no le está permitido editar el valor de esa clave. + + + + + Buscar claves rápidamente + Para localizar claves rápidamente, el Editor de configuración le permite buscar nombres de claves en GConf. Adicionalmente, puede usar marcadores para buscar directorios de claves a los que necesite acceder frecuentemente. + + + Usar marcadores + Para acceder a una ruta de directorio en sus marcadores, elija la ubicación del menú de Marcadores. Puede añadir y eliminar rutas de directorios en su menú Marcadores. + Para añadir un marcador, seleccione la ubicación que quiere marcar en el panel del árbol. Elija MarcadoresAñadir marcador. + Para borrar un marcador realice los siguientes pasos: + + Elija MarcadoresEditar marcadores. + Seleccione el marcador del diálogo Editar marcadores y después pulse Borrar. + Pulse Cerrar. + + + + Buscar claves + Para buscar claves realice los siguientes pasos: + + Elija EditarBuscar. + Introduzca la palabra clave que quiera buscar en el campo Buscar. También puede seleccionar las opciones Buscar también en los nombres de las claves y Buscar también en los valores de las claves de las casillas de verificación. Si estas casillas no están seleccionadas, la búsqueda sólo se realizará en los nombres de carpetas. Al seleccionar estas casillas se expanden los parámetros de búsqueda. + Pulse Buscar. + + Los resultados de la búsqueda se mostrarán en el panel de resultados. Para moverse a través de la lista de resultados, primero seleccione el panel. Después puede moverse a través de los resultados con la barra de desplazamiento o las teclas de flechas. La información de la llave seleccionada o de la carpeta se mostrará en el resto de la ventana. + + Una captura de pantalla sería correcto. En particular, los botones de cerrar, copiar y limpiar en el panel de resultados deberían estar explicados. + + + + + Ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios + Si es un administrador del sistema puede establecer ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios en GConf que afectarán a todos los usuarios. Los ajustes predeterminados se usan cuando el usuario no ha establecido un valor explícitamente, y los usuarios siempre pueden sobreescribirlos. Los ajustes obligatorios siempre se usan para todos los usuarios y éstos no pueden sobreescribirlos. + Puede usar las ventanas de Predeterminados y Obligatorios para editar y eliminar ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios. Las ventanas de Predeterminados y Obligatorios sólo mostrarán aquellos valores que son predeterminados u obligatorios. No puede usar esas ventanas para crear nuevos ajustes predeterminados u obligatorios. En su lugar, puede establecer ajustes desde la ventana de Configuración como predeterminados u obligatorios. + Para abrir una ventana de Predeterminados, elija ArchivoVentana de predeterminados nueva. Para abrir una ventana de Obligatorios elija ArchivoVentana de obligatorios nueva. + + + Crear ajustes predeterminados + Para crear un ajuste predeterminado realice los siguientes pasos: + + En la ventana de Configuración, use el panel del árbol para mostrar la llave que quiere establecer como predeterminada. + Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la clave y seleccione Establecer como predeterminado del menú emergente. + + + + Crear ajustes obligatorios + Para crear un ajuste obligatorio realice los siguientes pasos: + + En la ventana de Configuración, use el panel del árbol para mostrar la clave que quiere establecer como obligatoria. + Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la clave y seleccione Establecer como obligatorio del menú emergente. + + + + Modificar y eliminar ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios + Puede usar las ventanas de Obligatorios y Predeterminados para modificar y eliminar los ajustes predeterminados y obligatorios. Para modificar un ajuste predeterminado u obligatorio use la ventana apropiada y modifique la clave igual que si lo hiciese en la ventana de Configuración. Lea para obtener más información acerca de modificar claves. + Para eliminar una clave predeterminada u obligatoria realice los siguientes pasos: + + En la ventana apropiada, use el panel del árbol para mostrar la clave que quiere eliminar de los ajustes predeterminados u obligatorios. + Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione Desestablecer clave del menú emergente. + + + + + + Iconos y tipos de claves + Los iconos al lado de las claves del panel de modificaciones indican qué tipo de valor puede introducir para la clave. La siguiente lista muestra los posibles iconos y qué tipo de valores representan. + + + + + Clave Booleana + Puede ser verdadero o falso. El Editor de configuración proporcionará una casilla de verificación para este tipo de clave. + + + + + Clave numérica + Pueden contener números. Éstos pueden ser enteros o números en coma flotante (fraccionales). + + + + + Clave de texto + Puede contener cualquier cadena de texto. + + + + + Clave de esquema + Se usan para documentar otras claves. La documentación para cada clave se proporciona por una clave separada, típicamente bajo el directorio /schemas. Generalmente los usuarios y administradores del sistema no necesitan trabajar con claves de esquemas directamente. + + + + + Lista de claves + Listas de longitud determinada. Cada elemento de la lista debe ser del mismo tipo, y de tipo Booleano, numérico o de texto. + + + + + Clave de parejas + Puede contener exactamente dos valores. Los dos valores deben ser de tipo primitivo, pero no tienen por qué ser del mismo tipo. El Editor de configuración no puede editar una clave de parejas. + + + + + Vacío + Se usa cuando el Editor de configuración no comprende el tipo de clave. El icono vacío también se usa para claves de parejas. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/fr/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/fr/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d402033 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/fr/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/fr/fr.po b/docs/fr/fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..650f964 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/fr/fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@ +# French translation of gconf-editor documentation. +# Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor documentation package. +# +# Aymeric Nys , 2006. +# Claude Paroz , 2006-2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor doc\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-12 10:37+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-12 11:14+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Claude Paroz \n" +"Language-Team: GNOME French Team \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Manuel de l’éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Projet de documentation GNOME" + +# Mentions légales +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Permission vous est donnée de copier, distribuer et/ou modifier ce document " +"selon les termes de la Licence GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 " +"ou ultérieure publiée par la Free Software Foundation sans section " +"inaltérable, sans texte de première page de couverture ni texte de dernière " +"page de couverture. Vous trouverez un exemplaire de cette licence en suivant " +"ce lien ou dans le fichier " +"COPYING-DOCS fourni avec le présent manuel." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Ce manuel fait partie de la collection de manuels GNOME distribués selon les " +"termes de la licence de documentation libre GNU. Si vous souhaitez " +"distribuer ce manuel indépendamment de la collection, vous devez joindre un " +"exemplaire de la licence au document, comme indiqué dans la section 6 de " +"celle-ci." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des noms utilisés par les entreprises pour distinguer leurs " +"produits et services sont des marques déposées. Lorsque ces noms " +"apparaissent dans la documentation GNOME et que les membres du projet de " +"Documentation GNOME sont informés de l'existence de ces marques déposées, " +"soit ces noms entiers, soit leur première lettre est en majuscule." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"LE PRÉSENT DOCUMENT EST FOURNI « TEL QUEL », SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE, EXPRESSE " +"OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, ET SANS LIMITATION, LES GARANTIES DE " +"MARCHANDABILITÉ, D'ADÉQUATION À UN OBJECTIF PARTICULIER OU DE NON INFRACTION " +"DU DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION MODIFIÉE. L'UTILISATEUR ASSUME TOUT RISQUE " +"RELATIF À LA QUALITÉ, À LA PERTINENCE ET À LA PERFORMANCE DU DOCUMENT OU DE " +"SA VERSION DE MISE À JOUR. SI LE DOCUMENT OU SA VERSION MODIFIÉE S'AVÉRAIT " +"DÉFECTUEUSE, L'UTILISATEUR (ET NON LE RÉDACTEUR INITIAL, L'AUTEUR, NI TOUT " +"AUTRE PARTICIPANT) ENDOSSERA LES COÛTS DE TOUTE INTERVENTION, RÉPARATION OU " +"CORRECTION NÉCESSAIRE. CETTE DÉNÉGATION DE RESPONSABILITÉ CONSTITUE UNE " +"PARTIE ESSENTIELLE DE CETTE LICENCE. AUCUNE UTILISATION DE CE DOCUMENT OU DE " +"SA VERSION MODIFIÉE N'EST AUTORISÉE AUX TERMES DU PRÉSENT ACCORD, EXCEPTÉ " +"SOUS CETTE DÉNÉGATION DE RESPONSABILITÉ ; " + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"EN AUCUNE CIRCONSTANCE ET SOUS AUCUNE INTERPRÉTATION DE LA LOI, QU'IL " +"S'AGISSE D'UN DÉLIT CIVIL (Y COMPRIS LA NÉGLIGENCE), CONTRACTUEL OU AUTRE, " +"L'AUTEUR, LE RÉDACTEUR INITIAL, TOUT PARTICIPANT OU TOUT DISTRIBUTEUR DE CE " +"DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION MODIFIÉE, OU TOUT FOURNISSEUR DE L'UNE DE CES " +"PARTIES NE POURRA ÊTRE TENU RESPONSABLE À L'ÉGARD DE QUICONQUE POUR TOUT " +"DOMMAGE DIRECT, INDIRECT, PARTICULIER, OU ACCIDENTEL DE TOUT TYPE Y COMPRIS, " +"SANS LIMITATION, LES DOMMAGES LIÉS À LA PERTE DE CLIENTÈLE, À UN ARRÊT DE " +"TRAVAIL, À UNE DÉFAILLANCE OU UN MAUVAIS FONCTIONNEMENT INFORMATIQUE, OU À " +"TOUT AUTRE DOMMAGE OU PERTE LIÉE À L'UTILISATION DU DOCUMENT ET DE SES " +"VERSIONS MODIFIÉES, MÊME SI LADITE PARTIE A ÉTÉ INFORMÉE DE L'ÉVENTUALITÉ DE " +"TELS DOMMAGES." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"LE PRÉSENT DOCUMENT ET SES VERSIONS MODIFIÉES SONT FOURNIS SELON LES TERMES " +"DE LA LICENCE DE DOCUMENTATION LIBRE GNU SACHANT QUE : " + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Équipe de documentation GNOME" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"L'éditeur de configuration permet de modifier certaines options de " +"configuration inaccessibles depuis les préférences d'une application." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Version 2.8" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Septembre 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "non relu" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Version 2.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Août 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Équipe de documentation GNOME de Sun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Version 2.0.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Janvier 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Ce manuel documente la version 2.8 de l’Éditeur de configuration." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Votre avis" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Pour signaler une anomalie ou émettre une suggestion concernant ce programme " +"ou ce manuel, procédez comme indiqué à la Page de réactions sur GNOME." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Éditeur GConf" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"Le bureau GNOME et d’autres applications utilisent GConf pour enregistrer les préférences des utilisateurs et les " +"données de configuration du système. GConf " +"fournit un lieu central pour l’enregistrement des préférences, simplifiant " +"la gestion des configurations pour les utilisateurs et administrateurs " +"système. Plus d’informations au sujet de GConf " +"sont disponibles dans le Guide de l’administrateur système GNOME." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"L’éditeur de configuration permet aux " +"utilisateurs de modifier leurs préférences pour l’ensemble du bureau GNOME " +"et pour n’importe quelle application utilisant GConf. De plus, les administrateurs système peuvent utiliser " +"l’éditeur de configuration pour régler les " +"valeurs par défaut et obligatoires des paramètres qui affecteront tous les " +"utilisateurs." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"Les valeurs des préférences sont enregistrées par GConf en une hiérarchie de clés. Chaque clé a une valeur associée qui " +"définit un paramétrage pour cette préférence. Par exemple, la clé /" +"apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme enregistre le thème utilisé par " +"le jeu Cinq ou plus." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"L’éditeur de configuration permet de modifier " +"directement la source de votre configuration. Si vous n’êtes pas un " +"utilisateur expérimenté, n’utilisez pas l’éditeur de " +"configuration pour définir vos préférences du bureau GNOME. À " +"la place, utilisez les outils fournis par le bureau GNOME pour gérer vos " +"préférences. Pour plus d'informations sur la façon d’utiliser ces outils, " +"consultez la dernière version du Guide " +"d'utilisation du bureau GNOME de votre plate-forme." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Premiers pas" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Démarrage de l’éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez démarrer l’éditeur de configuration " +"des façons suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menu Applications" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez Outils systèmeÉditeur de configuration." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Certaines distributions masquent ce menu. Dans ce cas, utilisez la " +"seconde méthode décrite ci-dessous." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Ligne de commande" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Exécutez la commande suivante : gconf-editor" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Au démarrage de l’éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Au démarrage de l’éditeur de configuration, la " +"fenêtre suivante est affichée." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Fenêtre de l'Éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Montre la fenêtre de l’éditeur GConf. Légende : volet représentant " +"l’arborescence des clés, volet de modification, volet de documentation." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"La fenêtre de l’éditeur de configuration contient " +"les volets suivants :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Arborescence des clés" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Permet de naviguer la hiérarchie de clés dans GConf. Utilisez ce volet pour afficher les clés à modifier dans le " +"volet de modification. L’arborescence occupe la partie gauche de la fenêtre." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Volet de modification" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les clés de l’emplacement sélectionné dans l’arborescence. Utilisez " +"ce volet pour sélectionner les clés à modifier et pour modifier leurs " +"valeurs. Le volet de modification occupe la partie supérieure droite de la " +"fenêtre." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Dans le volet de modification, des icônes se trouvent à côté des clés. Ces " +"icônes indiquent le type de valeur acceptable pour les clés. Par exemple, " +"l’icône avec une coche à côté de la clé /system/http_proxy/" +"use_http_proxy signale l’utilisation d’une valeur booléenne (Vrai " +"ou Faux) pour cette clé. Consultez pour plus " +"d’informations sur chaque icône." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Volet de documentation" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Ce volet affiche la documentation de la clé sélectionnée. Utilisez ce volet " +"pour lire les informations au sujet des clés de préférence de " +"GConf." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Volet de résultats (non montré)" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Ce volet permet de voir le résultat d’une recherche ou de rechercher à " +"travers la liste des clés récemment vues. Le reste de la fenêtre montre les " +"informations de la clé sélectionnée. Le volet de résultats apparaît au bas " +"de la fenêtre lorsque vous listez les clés récentes ou effectuez une " +"recherche." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Utilisation des fenêtres" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Ouverture de nouvelles fenêtres" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"L’éditeur de configuration possède trois types de " +"fenêtre : Paramètres, Paramètres par " +"défaut, et Paramètres obligatoires. " +"Les valeurs que l’éditeur de configuration va " +"régler dépendent du type de fenêtre ouverte. Vous pouvez ouvrir chaque type " +"de fenêtre avec le sous-menu approprié dans le menu Fichier." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Dans la mesure où les réglages dans les fenêtres Paramètres par " +"défaut et Paramètres obligatoires " +"affectent tous les utilisateurs de l’ordinateur, seul un administrateur " +"système est autorisé à utiliser ces fenêtres. Pour changer vos préférences, " +"vous devez utiliser la fenêtre Paramètres." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paramètres" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"La fenêtre Paramètres permet de régler vos " +"préférences personnelles. Les changements effectués dans cette fenêtre " +"n’affectent que votre bureau. Vous ne pouvez pas changer les réglages que " +"l’administrateur système a rendus obligatoires." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Paramètres par défaut" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes un administrateur système, vous pouvez utiliser la fenêtre " +"Paramètres par défaut pour éditer les réglages " +"par défaut de tous les utilisateurs. Si un utilisateur ne règle pas " +"explicitement la valeur d’une clé, la valeur employée proviendra des " +"réglages par défaut. Les utilisateurs peuvent toujours redéfinir les " +"réglages par défaut." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Paramètres obligatoires" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes un administrateur système, la fenêtre Paramètres " +"obligatoires permet d'éditer les réglages obligatoires de tous " +"les utilisateurs. Lorsqu’une valeur obligatoire est définie pour une clé, " +"les utilisateurs n’ont pas la possibilité de changer cette valeur. Ceci peut " +"être utilisé pour verrouiller certaines options." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Fermer et quitter" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez fermer une fenêtre de l’éditeur de configuration en sélectionnant FichierFermer la fenêtre. Pour " +"fermer toutes les fenêtres de l’éditeur de configuration et quitter complètement l’application, sélectionnez " +"FichierQuitter dans n’importe quelle fenêtre de l’application." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Utilisation des clés" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Une clé est un moyen pour accéder à une valeur. Chaque préférence " +"enregistrée dans GConf est associée à une clé. " +"Les applications utilisant GConf accèdent aux " +"valeurs de ces clés pour déterminer leur apparence et leur comportement. " +"Lorsque vous changez quelque chose dans les Préférences " +"d’une application, vous changez une valeur associée à une clé dans " +"GConf." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Copie du nom d’une clé" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Pour copier le nom d’une clé dans le presse-papiers, sélectionnez le nom de " +"la clé à copier dans le volet de modification. Choisissez " +"ÉditionCopier le nom de la clé. Vous pouvez coller le nom de la clé dans " +"n’importe quelle autre application." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Affichage des clés récentes" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher les clés récentes, choisissez ÉditionAfficher les clés récentes. " +"Cette action ouvre le volet de résultats au bas de la fenêtre courante. Vous " +"pouvez vous déplacer dans la liste de résultats en faisant défiler la barre " +"de défilement ou en utilisant les touches fléchées. L’information relative à " +"la clé sélectionnée ou au dossier s'affiche dans le reste de la fenêtre." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Voir une clé récente est utile si vous devez retrouver une clé que vous avez " +"changé récemment, mais que vous ne vous souvenez plus de sa localisation." + +#. REMARK +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Une capture d'écran pourrait être judicieuse. Il faudrait notamment " +"expliquer les boutons fermer, copier et effacer dans le volet des résultats." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Modification de la valeur d’une clé" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"L’icône située à côté du nom d’une clé montre le type de valeur que cette " +"clé peut prendre. Consultez pour plus " +"d’informations sur chaque icône. Pour modifier la valeur d’une clé, suivez " +"les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez l’arborescence pour afficher dans le volet de modification la clé à " +"modifier." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Sélectionnez la clé à modifier dans le volet de modification." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Pour changer la valeur d’une clé représentant un nombre entier ou une chaîne " +"de caractères, cliquez sur la colonne Valeur de la clé. " +"Saisissez la nouvelle valeur pour la clé. Vous pouvez aussi cliquer avec le " +"bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et choisir Éditer la clé du menu contextuel." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Pour changer la valeur d’une clé booléenne, cliquez dans la colonne " +"Valeur de la clé pour cocher ou décocher la case. Vous " +"pouvez aussi cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et choisir " +"Éditer la clé depuis le menu contextuel." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Pour changer la valeur d’une clé de type liste, cliquez avec le bouton droit " +"de la souris sur la clé et choisir Éditer la clé " +"du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Éditer la clé " +"fournit une liste de valeurs associées à cette clé. Vous pouvez utiliser " +"cette boîte de dialogue pour éditer chaque valeur de la liste, ajouter ou " +"retirer des valeurs de la liste et déplacer chaque valeur dans la liste." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"Votre administrateur système a peut-être verrouillé certaines clés en " +"fournissant des valeurs obligatoires. Si une valeur obligatoire est définie " +"pour la clé sélectionnée, vous ne pouvez pas la modifier. Le volet de " +"documentation affiche le texte Cette clé est en lecture seule si vous n’êtes pas autorisé à éditer la valeur de cette clé." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Recherche rapide d'une clé" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Pour localiser rapidement une clé, il est possible d’effectuer une recherche " +"sur le nom de la clé. Vous pouvez également utiliser les signets pour " +"accéder aux clés ou répertoires que vous utilisez fréquemment." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Utilisation des signets" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à un répertoire à partir d’un signet, choisissez le répertoire " +"dans le menu Signets. Vous pouvez ajouter ou enlever des " +"répertoires à ce menu." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un signet, sélectionnez le répertoire à ajouter dans " +"l’arborescence, puis choisissez SignetsAjouter un signet." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pour supprimer un signet, effectuez les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez SignetsÉditer les " +"signets." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le signet dans la fenêtre Éditer les signets, puis cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Fermer." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Recherche de clés" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pour rechercher des clés, effectuez les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez ÉditionRechercher." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez le mot clé à rechercher dans le champ Rechercher. Vous avez aussi la possibilité de cocher les cases " +"Rechercher aussi les noms de clé et " +"Rechercher aussi les valeurs de clé. Si ces cases ne " +"sont pas cochées, la recherche s’effectue seulement sur les noms de " +"répertoire. Cocher ces cases étend la recherche." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Rechercher." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Les résultats de la recherche apparaissent dans le volet de résultats. Pour " +"vous déplacer dans la liste, sélectionnez d’abord le volet. Ensuite, vous " +"pouvez vous déplacer avec la barre de défilement ou les touches fléchées. " +"Les informations d’une clé ou d’un répertoire sélectionné s’affichent dans " +"le reste de la fenêtre." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Réglages par défaut et obligatoires" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes un administrateur système, vous pouvez fixer des réglages par " +"défauts et obligatoires qui affecteront tous les utilisateurs. Les réglages " +"par défaut sont utilisés lorsqu’un utilisateur n’a pas réglé une valeur " +"explicitement. Les utilisateurs peuvent redéfinir ces valeurs. Les réglages " +"obligatoires sont toujours utilisés par tous les utilisateurs, et ils ne " +"peuvent pas être redéfinis par les utilisateurs." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utilisez les fenêtres Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres obligatoires pour " +"éditer et supprimer les réglages par défaut et obligatoires. Les fenêtres " +"Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres " +"obligatoires ne montrent que les réglages qui sont mis par " +"défaut ou obligatoires. Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser ces fenêtres pour créer " +"de nouveaux réglages par défaut ou obligatoires. Utilisez la fenêtre " +"Paramètres pour cela." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Pour ouvrir une fenêtre Paramètres par défaut, " +"choisissez FichierNouvelle " +"fenêtre de réglages par défaut. Pour ouvrir une " +"fenêtre Paramètres obligatoires, choisissez " +"FichierNouvelle fenêtre de " +"réglages obligatoires." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Création de réglages par défaut" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pour créer un réglage par défaut, effectuez les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre Paramètres, utilisez " +"l’arborescence pour afficher la clé à définir par défaut." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez " +"Définir par défaut à partir du menu contextuel." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Création de réglages obligatoires" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Pour créer des réglages obligatoires, effectuez les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre Paramètres, utilisez " +"l’arborescence pour afficher la clé à définir comme obligatoire." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez " +"Définir comme obligatoire à partir du menu " +"contextuel." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Modification et suppression de réglages par défaut et obligatoires" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser les fenêtres Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres obligatoires pour " +"modifier ou supprimer un réglage par défaut ou obligatoire. Pour cela, " +"utilisez la fenêtre appropriée et modifiez la clé comme vous le feriez dans " +"la fenêtre Paramètres. Consultez pour plus d’informations sur la modification des clés." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer une clé par défaut ou obligatoire, effectuez les étapes " +"suivantes :" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre appropriée, utilisez l’arborescence pour afficher la clé à " +"retirer des réglages par défaut ou obligatoire." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et sélectionnez " +"Désactiver la clé dans le menu contextuel." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Icônes et types de clé" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Les icônes à côté des clés dans le volet de modification indiquent le type " +"de valeur acceptable pour les clés. La liste suivante montre les icônes " +"utilisées et les types de valeurs qu’elles représentent." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Clé booléenne" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Peut être soit vrai, soit faux. L’éditeur de configuration fournit une case à cocher pour ce type de clé." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Clé numérique" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Peut contenir des nombres. Il peut s’agir de nombres entiers ou de nombres " +"réels." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Clé chaîne de caractères" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Peut contenir n’importe quelle chaîne de caractères." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Clé schéma" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Ce type de clé est utilisé pour documenter d’autres clés. La documentation " +"pour chaque clé est fournie par une clé séparée, typiquement dans le " +"répertoire /schemas. Habituellement, les utilisateurs et " +"administrateurs système n’ont pas besoin de travailler avec les clés schéma " +"directement." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Clé liste" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Listes de longueur arbitraire. Chaque élément de la liste doit être du même " +"type, et d’un type primitif : booléen, numérique ou chaîne de caractères." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Clé paire" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Peut contenir exactement deux valeurs. Les deux valeurs doivent être d’un " +"type primitif, mais elles n’ont pas besoin d’être du même type. " +"Actuellement, l’éditeur de configuration est " +"incapable d’éditer les clés paires." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Vide" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Utilisé lorsque l’éditeur de configuration ne " +"comprend pas le type de la clé. L’icône vide est aussi utilisée pour les " +"clés paires." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Aymeric Nys , 2006.\n" +"Claude Paroz , 2006-2008." + diff --git a/docs/fr/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/fr/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f20881 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/fr/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Manuel de l’éditeur de configuration + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2006.Aymeric Nys (aymeric@nnx.com)2006-2008.Claude Paroz (claude@2xlibre.net) + + + + Projet de documentation GNOME + + + + Permission vous est donnée de copier, distribuer et/ou modifier ce document selon les termes de la Licence GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 ou ultérieure publiée par la Free Software Foundation sans section inaltérable, sans texte de première page de couverture ni texte de dernière page de couverture. Vous trouverez un exemplaire de cette licence en suivant ce lien ou dans le fichier COPYING-DOCS fourni avec le présent manuel. + Ce manuel fait partie de la collection de manuels GNOME distribués selon les termes de la licence de documentation libre GNU. Si vous souhaitez distribuer ce manuel indépendamment de la collection, vous devez joindre un exemplaire de la licence au document, comme indiqué dans la section 6 de celle-ci. + + La plupart des noms utilisés par les entreprises pour distinguer leurs produits et services sont des marques déposées. Lorsque ces noms apparaissent dans la documentation GNOME et que les membres du projet de Documentation GNOME sont informés de l'existence de ces marques déposées, soit ces noms entiers, soit leur première lettre est en majuscule. + + LE PRÉSENT DOCUMENT ET SES VERSIONS MODIFIÉES SONT FOURNIS SELON LES TERMES DE LA LICENCE DE DOCUMENTATION LIBRE GNU SACHANT QUE : + + LE PRÉSENT DOCUMENT EST FOURNI « TEL QUEL », SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, ET SANS LIMITATION, LES GARANTIES DE MARCHANDABILITÉ, D'ADÉQUATION À UN OBJECTIF PARTICULIER OU DE NON INFRACTION DU DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION MODIFIÉE. L'UTILISATEUR ASSUME TOUT RISQUE RELATIF À LA QUALITÉ, À LA PERTINENCE ET À LA PERFORMANCE DU DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION DE MISE À JOUR. SI LE DOCUMENT OU SA VERSION MODIFIÉE S'AVÉRAIT DÉFECTUEUSE, L'UTILISATEUR (ET NON LE RÉDACTEUR INITIAL, L'AUTEUR, NI TOUT AUTRE PARTICIPANT) ENDOSSERA LES COÛTS DE TOUTE INTERVENTION, RÉPARATION OU CORRECTION NÉCESSAIRE. CETTE DÉNÉGATION DE RESPONSABILITÉ CONSTITUE UNE PARTIE ESSENTIELLE DE CETTE LICENCE. AUCUNE UTILISATION DE CE DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION MODIFIÉE N'EST AUTORISÉE AUX TERMES DU PRÉSENT ACCORD, EXCEPTÉ SOUS CETTE DÉNÉGATION DE RESPONSABILITÉ ; + + + EN AUCUNE CIRCONSTANCE ET SOUS AUCUNE INTERPRÉTATION DE LA LOI, QU'IL S'AGISSE D'UN DÉLIT CIVIL (Y COMPRIS LA NÉGLIGENCE), CONTRACTUEL OU AUTRE, L'AUTEUR, LE RÉDACTEUR INITIAL, TOUT PARTICIPANT OU TOUT DISTRIBUTEUR DE CE DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION MODIFIÉE, OU TOUT FOURNISSEUR DE L'UNE DE CES PARTIES NE POURRA ÊTRE TENU RESPONSABLE À L'ÉGARD DE QUICONQUE POUR TOUT DOMMAGE DIRECT, INDIRECT, PARTICULIER, OU ACCIDENTEL DE TOUT TYPE Y COMPRIS, SANS LIMITATION, LES DOMMAGES LIÉS À LA PERTE DE CLIENTÈLE, À UN ARRÊT DE TRAVAIL, À UNE DÉFAILLANCE OU UN MAUVAIS FONCTIONNEMENT INFORMATIQUE, OU À TOUT AUTRE DOMMAGE OU PERTE LIÉE À L'UTILISATION DU DOCUMENT ET DE SES VERSIONS MODIFIÉES, MÊME SI LADITE PARTIE A ÉTÉ INFORMÉE DE L'ÉVENTUALITÉ DE TELS DOMMAGES. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Équipe de documentation GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Projet de documentation GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Projet de documentation GNOME + + + + + L'éditeur de configuration permet de modifier certaines options de configuration inaccessibles depuis les préférences d'une application. + + + + Version 2.8 + Septembre 2004 + + Projet de documentation GNOME + Projet de documentation GNOME + non relu + + + + Version 2.1 + Août 2004 + + Équipe de documentation GNOME de Sun + Projet de documentation GNOME + + + + Version 2.0.1 + Janvier 2004 + + Équipe de documentation GNOME de Sun + Projet de documentation GNOME + + + + Ce manuel documente la version 2.8 de l’Éditeur de configuration. + + Votre avis + Pour signaler une anomalie ou émettre une suggestion concernant ce programme ou ce manuel, procédez comme indiqué à la Page de réactions sur GNOME. + + + + + + Éditeur GConf + + + + Introduction + Le bureau GNOME et d’autres applications utilisent GConf pour enregistrer les préférences des utilisateurs et les données de configuration du système. GConf fournit un lieu central pour l’enregistrement des préférences, simplifiant la gestion des configurations pour les utilisateurs et administrateurs système. Plus d’informations au sujet de GConf sont disponibles dans le Guide de l’administrateur système GNOME. + L’éditeur de configuration permet aux utilisateurs de modifier leurs préférences pour l’ensemble du bureau GNOME et pour n’importe quelle application utilisant GConf. De plus, les administrateurs système peuvent utiliser l’éditeur de configuration pour régler les valeurs par défaut et obligatoires des paramètres qui affecteront tous les utilisateurs. + Les valeurs des préférences sont enregistrées par GConf en une hiérarchie de clés. Chaque clé a une valeur associée qui définit un paramétrage pour cette préférence. Par exemple, la clé /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme enregistre le thème utilisé par le jeu Cinq ou plus. + L’éditeur de configuration permet de modifier directement la source de votre configuration. Si vous n’êtes pas un utilisateur expérimenté, n’utilisez pas l’éditeur de configuration pour définir vos préférences du bureau GNOME. À la place, utilisez les outils fournis par le bureau GNOME pour gérer vos préférences. Pour plus d'informations sur la façon d’utiliser ces outils, consultez la dernière version du Guide d'utilisation du bureau GNOME de votre plate-forme. + + + + Premiers pas + + + Démarrage de l’éditeur de configuration + Vous pouvez démarrer l’éditeur de configuration des façons suivantes : + + + Menu Applications + + Choisissez Outils systèmeÉditeur de configuration. + Certaines distributions masquent ce menu. Dans ce cas, utilisez la seconde méthode décrite ci-dessous. + + + + Ligne de commande + + Exécutez la commande suivante : gconf-editor + + + + + + + Au démarrage de l’éditeur de configuration + Au démarrage de l’éditeur de configuration, la fenêtre suivante est affichée. +
+ Fenêtre de l'<application>Éditeur de configuration</application> + + + + + + + Montre la fenêtre de l’éditeur GConf. Légende : volet représentant l’arborescence des clés, volet de modification, volet de documentation. + + + +
+ La fenêtre de l’éditeur de configuration contient les volets suivants : + + + Arborescence des clés + Permet de naviguer la hiérarchie de clés dans GConf. Utilisez ce volet pour afficher les clés à modifier dans le volet de modification. L’arborescence occupe la partie gauche de la fenêtre. + + + Volet de modification + + Affiche les clés de l’emplacement sélectionné dans l’arborescence. Utilisez ce volet pour sélectionner les clés à modifier et pour modifier leurs valeurs. Le volet de modification occupe la partie supérieure droite de la fenêtre. + Dans le volet de modification, des icônes se trouvent à côté des clés. Ces icônes indiquent le type de valeur acceptable pour les clés. Par exemple, l’icône avec une coche à côté de la clé /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy signale l’utilisation d’une valeur booléenne (Vrai ou Faux) pour cette clé. Consultez pour plus d’informations sur chaque icône. + + + + Volet de documentation + Ce volet affiche la documentation de la clé sélectionnée. Utilisez ce volet pour lire les informations au sujet des clés de préférence de GConf. + + + + Volet de résultats (non montré) + Ce volet permet de voir le résultat d’une recherche ou de rechercher à travers la liste des clés récemment vues. Le reste de la fenêtre montre les informations de la clé sélectionnée. Le volet de résultats apparaît au bas de la fenêtre lorsque vous listez les clés récentes ou effectuez une recherche. + + + + + + + + Utilisation des fenêtres + + Ouverture de nouvelles fenêtres + L’éditeur de configuration possède trois types de fenêtre : Paramètres, Paramètres par défaut, et Paramètres obligatoires. Les valeurs que l’éditeur de configuration va régler dépendent du type de fenêtre ouverte. Vous pouvez ouvrir chaque type de fenêtre avec le sous-menu approprié dans le menu Fichier. + Dans la mesure où les réglages dans les fenêtres Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres obligatoires affectent tous les utilisateurs de l’ordinateur, seul un administrateur système est autorisé à utiliser ces fenêtres. Pour changer vos préférences, vous devez utiliser la fenêtre Paramètres. + + + Paramètres + La fenêtre Paramètres permet de régler vos préférences personnelles. Les changements effectués dans cette fenêtre n’affectent que votre bureau. Vous ne pouvez pas changer les réglages que l’administrateur système a rendus obligatoires. + + + + + Paramètres par défaut + Si vous êtes un administrateur système, vous pouvez utiliser la fenêtre Paramètres par défaut pour éditer les réglages par défaut de tous les utilisateurs. Si un utilisateur ne règle pas explicitement la valeur d’une clé, la valeur employée proviendra des réglages par défaut. Les utilisateurs peuvent toujours redéfinir les réglages par défaut. + + + Paramètres obligatoires + Si vous êtes un administrateur système, la fenêtre Paramètres obligatoires permet d'éditer les réglages obligatoires de tous les utilisateurs. Lorsqu’une valeur obligatoire est définie pour une clé, les utilisateurs n’ont pas la possibilité de changer cette valeur. Ceci peut être utilisé pour verrouiller certaines options. + + + + + + Fermer et quitter + Vous pouvez fermer une fenêtre de l’éditeur de configuration en sélectionnant FichierFermer la fenêtre. Pour fermer toutes les fenêtres de l’éditeur de configuration et quitter complètement l’application, sélectionnez FichierQuitter dans n’importe quelle fenêtre de l’application. + + + + + Utilisation des clés + Une clé est un moyen pour accéder à une valeur. Chaque préférence enregistrée dans GConf est associée à une clé. Les applications utilisant GConf accèdent aux valeurs de ces clés pour déterminer leur apparence et leur comportement. Lorsque vous changez quelque chose dans les Préférences d’une application, vous changez une valeur associée à une clé dans GConf. + + + Copie du nom d’une clé + Pour copier le nom d’une clé dans le presse-papiers, sélectionnez le nom de la clé à copier dans le volet de modification. Choisissez ÉditionCopier le nom de la clé. Vous pouvez coller le nom de la clé dans n’importe quelle autre application. + + + Affichage des clés récentes + Pour afficher les clés récentes, choisissez ÉditionAfficher les clés récentes. Cette action ouvre le volet de résultats au bas de la fenêtre courante. Vous pouvez vous déplacer dans la liste de résultats en faisant défiler la barre de défilement ou en utilisant les touches fléchées. L’information relative à la clé sélectionnée ou au dossier s'affiche dans le reste de la fenêtre. + Voir une clé récente est utile si vous devez retrouver une clé que vous avez changé récemment, mais que vous ne vous souvenez plus de sa localisation. + + Une capture d'écran pourrait être judicieuse. Il faudrait notamment expliquer les boutons fermer, copier et effacer dans le volet des résultats. + + + Modification de la valeur d’une clé + L’icône située à côté du nom d’une clé montre le type de valeur que cette clé peut prendre. Consultez pour plus d’informations sur chaque icône. Pour modifier la valeur d’une clé, suivez les étapes suivantes : + + Utilisez l’arborescence pour afficher dans le volet de modification la clé à modifier. + Sélectionnez la clé à modifier dans le volet de modification. + + Pour changer la valeur d’une clé représentant un nombre entier ou une chaîne de caractères, cliquez sur la colonne Valeur de la clé. Saisissez la nouvelle valeur pour la clé. Vous pouvez aussi cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et choisir Éditer la clé du menu contextuel. + Pour changer la valeur d’une clé booléenne, cliquez dans la colonne Valeur de la clé pour cocher ou décocher la case. Vous pouvez aussi cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et choisir Éditer la clé depuis le menu contextuel. + Pour changer la valeur d’une clé de type liste, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et choisir Éditer la clé du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Éditer la clé fournit une liste de valeurs associées à cette clé. Vous pouvez utiliser cette boîte de dialogue pour éditer chaque valeur de la liste, ajouter ou retirer des valeurs de la liste et déplacer chaque valeur dans la liste. + + + Votre administrateur système a peut-être verrouillé certaines clés en fournissant des valeurs obligatoires. Si une valeur obligatoire est définie pour la clé sélectionnée, vous ne pouvez pas la modifier. Le volet de documentation affiche le texte Cette clé est en lecture seule si vous n’êtes pas autorisé à éditer la valeur de cette clé. + + + + + Recherche rapide d'une clé + Pour localiser rapidement une clé, il est possible d’effectuer une recherche sur le nom de la clé. Vous pouvez également utiliser les signets pour accéder aux clés ou répertoires que vous utilisez fréquemment. + + + Utilisation des signets + Pour accéder à un répertoire à partir d’un signet, choisissez le répertoire dans le menu Signets. Vous pouvez ajouter ou enlever des répertoires à ce menu. + Pour ajouter un signet, sélectionnez le répertoire à ajouter dans l’arborescence, puis choisissez SignetsAjouter un signet. + Pour supprimer un signet, effectuez les étapes suivantes : + + Choisissez SignetsÉditer les signets. + Sélectionnez le signet dans la fenêtre Éditer les signets, puis cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer. + Cliquez sur Fermer. + + + + Recherche de clés + Pour rechercher des clés, effectuez les étapes suivantes : + + Choisissez ÉditionRechercher. + Saisissez le mot clé à rechercher dans le champ Rechercher. Vous avez aussi la possibilité de cocher les cases Rechercher aussi les noms de clé et Rechercher aussi les valeurs de clé. Si ces cases ne sont pas cochées, la recherche s’effectue seulement sur les noms de répertoire. Cocher ces cases étend la recherche. + Cliquez sur Rechercher. + + Les résultats de la recherche apparaissent dans le volet de résultats. Pour vous déplacer dans la liste, sélectionnez d’abord le volet. Ensuite, vous pouvez vous déplacer avec la barre de défilement ou les touches fléchées. Les informations d’une clé ou d’un répertoire sélectionné s’affichent dans le reste de la fenêtre. + + Une capture d'écran pourrait être judicieuse. Il faudrait notamment expliquer les boutons fermer, copier et effacer dans le volet des résultats. + + + + + Réglages par défaut et obligatoires + Si vous êtes un administrateur système, vous pouvez fixer des réglages par défauts et obligatoires qui affecteront tous les utilisateurs. Les réglages par défaut sont utilisés lorsqu’un utilisateur n’a pas réglé une valeur explicitement. Les utilisateurs peuvent redéfinir ces valeurs. Les réglages obligatoires sont toujours utilisés par tous les utilisateurs, et ils ne peuvent pas être redéfinis par les utilisateurs. + Vous pouvez utilisez les fenêtres Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres obligatoires pour éditer et supprimer les réglages par défaut et obligatoires. Les fenêtres Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres obligatoires ne montrent que les réglages qui sont mis par défaut ou obligatoires. Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser ces fenêtres pour créer de nouveaux réglages par défaut ou obligatoires. Utilisez la fenêtre Paramètres pour cela. + Pour ouvrir une fenêtre Paramètres par défaut, choisissez FichierNouvelle fenêtre de réglages par défaut. Pour ouvrir une fenêtre Paramètres obligatoires, choisissez FichierNouvelle fenêtre de réglages obligatoires. + + + Création de réglages par défaut + Pour créer un réglage par défaut, effectuez les étapes suivantes : + + Dans la fenêtre Paramètres, utilisez l’arborescence pour afficher la clé à définir par défaut. + Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Définir par défaut à partir du menu contextuel. + + + + Création de réglages obligatoires + Pour créer des réglages obligatoires, effectuez les étapes suivantes : + + Dans la fenêtre Paramètres, utilisez l’arborescence pour afficher la clé à définir comme obligatoire. + Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Définir comme obligatoire à partir du menu contextuel. + + + + Modification et suppression de réglages par défaut et obligatoires + Vous pouvez utiliser les fenêtres Paramètres par défaut et Paramètres obligatoires pour modifier ou supprimer un réglage par défaut ou obligatoire. Pour cela, utilisez la fenêtre appropriée et modifiez la clé comme vous le feriez dans la fenêtre Paramètres. Consultez pour plus d’informations sur la modification des clés. + Pour supprimer une clé par défaut ou obligatoire, effectuez les étapes suivantes : + + Dans la fenêtre appropriée, utilisez l’arborescence pour afficher la clé à retirer des réglages par défaut ou obligatoire. + Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la clé et sélectionnez Désactiver la clé dans le menu contextuel. + + + + + + Icônes et types de clé + Les icônes à côté des clés dans le volet de modification indiquent le type de valeur acceptable pour les clés. La liste suivante montre les icônes utilisées et les types de valeurs qu’elles représentent. + + + + + Clé booléenne + Peut être soit vrai, soit faux. L’éditeur de configuration fournit une case à cocher pour ce type de clé. + + + + + Clé numérique + Peut contenir des nombres. Il peut s’agir de nombres entiers ou de nombres réels. + + + + + Clé chaîne de caractères + Peut contenir n’importe quelle chaîne de caractères. + + + + + Clé schéma + Ce type de clé est utilisé pour documenter d’autres clés. La documentation pour chaque clé est fournie par une clé séparée, typiquement dans le répertoire /schemas. Habituellement, les utilisateurs et administrateurs système n’ont pas besoin de travailler avec les clés schéma directement. + + + + + Clé liste + Listes de longueur arbitraire. Chaque élément de la liste doit être du même type, et d’un type primitif : booléen, numérique ou chaîne de caractères. + + + + + Clé paire + Peut contenir exactement deux valeurs. Les deux valeurs doivent être d’un type primitif, mais elles n’ont pas besoin d’être du même type. Actuellement, l’éditeur de configuration est incapable d’éditer les clés paires. + + + + + Vide + Utilisé lorsque l’éditeur de configuration ne comprend pas le type de la clé. L’icône vide est aussi utilisée pour les clés paires. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/gconf-editor.1 b/docs/gconf-editor.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4be0e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/gconf-editor.1 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.TH GCONF\-EDITOR 1 "12 June 2003" +.SH NAME +gconf\-editor \- an editor for the GConf configuration system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B gconf\-editor +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fBGConf\-Editor\fP is a tool used for editing the GConf configuration +database. +It might be useful when the proper configuration utility for some +software provides no way of changing some option. +.SH USAGE +The main window consists of a tree showing the GConf configuration +database hierarchy, a list of the keys available, and documentation +for the selected key. + +Key values can be changed by either changing them directly in the +list, or right clicking on them and selecting \fIEdit key\fP. +Changes take immediate effect in running programs. +New keys can be added by right clicking in the list and selecting +\fINew key\fP. + +Bookmarks may be set for quick lookup of a key later. +.SH NOTES +This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. +This is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. +Use this tool at your own risk. +.SH AUTHOR +Anders Carlsson . +.br +This manual page was written by G\[:o]ran Weinholt for the Debian project, +but may be used by others. +.SH REPORTING BUGS +Please report bugs at http://bugzilla.gnome.org/. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR gconfd\-2 (1), +.BR gconftool\-2 (1). + +.I http://www.gnome.org/projects/gconf/ diff --git a/docs/gconf-editor.omf.in b/docs/gconf-editor.omf.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2407d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/gconf-editor.omf.in @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + + + user's guide + + + + + diff --git a/docs/it/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/it/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2578cd Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/it/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/it/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/it/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..099658e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/it/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Manuale dell'editor di configurazione + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2009Milo Casagrande (milo@ubuntu.com)2004, 2007.Luca Ferretti (elle.uca@infinito.it) + + + + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + + + + Questo documento può essere copiato, distribuito e/o modificato solo in conformità con i termini della GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) Versione 1.1 o delle versioni successive pubblicate dalla Free Software Foundation senza sezioni invariabili, frontespizi e testi di copertina. Una copia della GFDL è disponibile presso questo link o nel file COPYING-DOCS distribuito con questo manuale. + Questo manuale fa parte di una raccolta di manuali GNOME distribuita in conformità con la GFDL. Per poter distribuire questo manuale separatamente, è necessario inserirvi una copia della licenza, come descritto nella sezione 6 della licenza. + + Molti dei nomi usati dalle aziende per distinguere i propri prodotti e servizi sono rivendicati come marchi. Quando questi nomi compaiono nella documentazione di GNOME, e i partecipanti al GNOME Documentation Project sono consapevoli del loro utilizzo, essi vengono scritti in lettere maiuscole o con l'iniziale maiuscola. + + QUESTO DOCUMENTO E LE SUE VERSIONI MODIFICATE VENGONO FORNITI IN BASE AI TERMINI DELLA GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE, CON L'INTESA CHE: + + IL DOCUMENTO VIENE FORNITO SENZA GARANZIE DI ALCUN TIPO, ESPLICITE O IMPLICITE, INCLUSE, MA SENZA LIMITAZIONE, LE GARANZIE ATTESTANTI CHE IL DOCUMENTO O LE SUE VERSIONI MODIFICATE SIANO PRIVI DI DIFETTI, COMMERCIALIZZABILI, IDONEI A UN DETERMINATO SCOPO O CHE NON VIOLINO DIRITTI DI TERZI. SI DECLINA QUALUNQUE RESPONSABILITÀ RIGUARDO AI RISCHI INERENTI LA QUALITÀ, L'ACCURATEZZA E LE PRESTAZIONI DEL DOCUMENTO O DI UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA. QUALORA UN DOCUMENTO O UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA DOVESSERO PRESENTARE QUALUNQUE TIPO DI DIFETTO, IL COSTO DI EVENTUALI INTERVENTI DI ASSISTENZA, RIPARAZIONE O CORREZIONE SARÀ A CARICO DELL'UTENTE (NON DEL REDATTORE INIZIALE, DELL'AUTORE O DI ALTRI COLLABORATORI). QUESTA LIMITAZIONE DELLA GARANZIA COSTITUISCE PARTE ESSENZIALE DELLA LICENZA. L'USO DEL DOCUMENTO O DELLE SUE VERSIONI MODIFICATE È CONSENTITO SOLO ENTRO I TERMINI DI QUESTA LIMITAZIONE DELLA GARANZIA; + + + IN NESSUNA CIRCOSTANZA E PER NESSUNA RAGIONE LEGALE, INCLUSI I PRINCIPI DI COLPA (INCLUSA LA NEGLIGENZA), ACCORDO CONTRATTUALE O ALTRO, SARÀ POSSIBILE CONSIDERARE L'AUTORE, IL REDATTORE INIZIALE, GLI ALTRI COLLABORATORI, QUALUNQUE DISTRIBUTORE DEL DOCUMENTO O DI UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA O QUALUNQUE FORNITORE DELLE PERSONE CITATE, RESPONSABILE NEI CONFRONTI DI QUALUNQUE PERSONA PER DANNI DIRETTI, INDIRETTI, SPECIALI, INCIDENTALI O CONSEGUENTI DI QUALUNQUE NATURA, INCLUSI, MA SENZA LIMITAZIONE, I DANNI PER PERDITA DI AVVIAMENTO, INTERRUZIONE DEL LAVORO, GUASTO O MALFUNZIONAMENTO DEL COMPUTER O QUALUNQUE ALTRO DANNO O PERDITA DERIVANTE O CORRELATA ALL'USO DEL DOCUMENTO O DI UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA, ANCHE QUALORA LE PERSONE CITATE FOSSERO STATE INFORMATE DELLA POSSIBILITÀ DI TALI DANNI. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Gruppo Documentazione di GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + + + + + L'editor di configurazione può essere usato per cambiare quelle opzioni di configurazione usate dalle applicazioni che non sono disponibili attraverso i dialoghi di preferenze. + + + + Versione 2.8 + Settembre 2004 + + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + non revisionato + + + + Versione 2.1 + Agosto 2004 + + Gruppo documentazione Sun GNOME + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + + + + Versione 2.0.1 + Gennaio 2004 + + Gruppo documentazione Sun GNOME + Progetto Documentazione di GNOME + + + + Questo manuale descrive la versione 2.8 di Editor di configurazione. + + Commenti + Per segnalare un problema o inviare suggerimenti sull'applicazione Editor di configurazione o su questo manuale, seguire le istruzioni presenti alla Pagina dei commenti di GNOME + + + + + + GConf Editor + + + + Introduzione + Lo GNOME Desktop e molte applicazioni fanno uso di GConf per memorizzare dati riguardanti le preferenze degli utenti e la configurazione di sistema. GConf fornisce una posizione centralizzata per memorizzare le preferenze, semplificando la gestione della configurazione sia agli utenti che agli amministratori di sistema. Maggiori informazioni su GConf possono essere trovate nella Guida per l'amministrazione del sistema. + L'Editor di configurazione permette agli utenti di modificare le proprie preferenze per l'intero GNOME Desktop e per ogni applicazione che faccia uso di GConf. Inoltre gli amministratori di sistema possono usare Editor di configurazione per impostare i valori predefiniti e vincolanti che hanno effetto su tutti gli utenti. + In GConf le preferenze sono memorizzate in una gerarchia di chiavi. Ogni chiave ha un valore associato, il quale specifica l'impostazione di quella preferenza per un certo utente. Ad esempio, la chiave /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme memorizza il tema usato nel gioco Five or More. + Editor di configurazione consente di modificare la propria sorgente di configurazione in modo diretto. Se non si è un utente esperto, è preferibile non usare Editor di configurazione per impostare le preferenze del proprio GNOME Desktop. Al suo posto è bene usare gli strumenti di preferenze forniti dallo GNOME Desktop. Per informazioni su come usare gli strumenti di preferenze, consultare l'ultima versione della Guida per l'utente per la propria piattaforma. + + + + Per cominciare + + + Avviare Editor di configurazione + È possibile avviare Editor di configurazione nei modi seguenti: + + + Menu Applicazioni + + Scegliere Strumenti di sistemaEditor di configurazione. + Alcune distribuzioni nascondono questo menù. In questi casi, usare il secondo metodo descritto più avanti. + + + + Riga di comando + + Eseguire il comando: gconf-editor + + + + + + + All'avvio di Editor di configurazione + Quando si avvia Editor di configurazione, viene mostrata la seguente finestra. +
+ Finestra di <application>Editor di configurazione</application> + + + + + + + Mostra la finestra di GConf Editor. Richiami: riquadro albero, riquadro modifica, riquadro documentazione. + + + +
+ La finestra di Editor di configurazione contiene i seguenti riquadri: + + + Riquadro albero + Consente di esplorare la gerarchia delle chiavi di GConf. Usare questo riquadro per visualizzare nel riquadro di modifica le chiavi che si desidera modificare. Il riquadro albero è sul lato sinistro della finestra. + + + Riquadro di modifica + + Mostra le chiavi presenti nella posizione GConf selezionata nel riquadro albero. Usare questo riquadro per selezionare le chiavi che si vuole modificare e per modificare i valori delle chiavi. Il riquadro di modifica è nella parte superiore del lato sinistro della finestra. + Le icone accanto alle chiavi nel riquadro di modifica indicano quale tipo di valore è possibile immettere la chiave. Ad esempio l'icona a forma di casella di spunta accanto alla chiave /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy, indica che è possibile immettere un valore booleano (vero o falso) per la chiave. Consultare per maggiori informazioni su ciascuna icona. + + + + Riquadro documentazione + Mostra la documentazione per la chiave selezionata. Usare questo riquadro per leggere maggiori informazioni sulle chiavi di preferenza GConf. + + + + Riquadro risultati (non mostrato) + Consente di visualizzare i risultati di una ricerca, o di cercare all'interno di una lista di nomi di chiavi recentemente visualizzata. Le altre parti della finestra mostreranno le informazioni in accordo ad ogni chiave selezionata in questo riquadro. Il riquadro risultati appare nella parte inferiore della finestra quando si elencano le chiavi recenti o si esegue una ricerca. + + + + + + + + Lavorare con le finestre + + Aprire nuove finestre + Ci sono tre tipi di finestre che è possibile aprire in Editor di configurazione: Impostazioni, Predefinite e Vincolanti. Il valore che verrà impostato con Editor di configurazione dipende dal tipo di finestra che si è aperta. È possibile aprire ciascun tipo di finestra per mezzo delle voci appropriate sotto il menu File. + Poiché le impostazioni nelle finestre Predefinite e Vincolanti hanno effetto su tutti gli utenti del computer, solo l'amministratore di sistema può usare questo tipi di finestra. Per cambiare le proprie preferenze si dovrebbe usare la finestra Impostazioni. + + + Impostazioni + È possibile usare la finestra Impostazioni per impostare le proprie preferenze personali. Le modifiche apportate nella finestra Impostazioni hanno effetto solo nel proprio desktop. Non è possibile comunque modificare le impostazioni che l'amministratore di sistema ha reso vincolanti. + + + + + Predefinite + Se si è un amministratore di sistema è possibile usare la finestra Predefinite per modificare i valori predefiniti per tutti gli utenti. Se un utente non imposta il valore di una chiave esplicitamente, il valore usato è quello delle impostazioni predefinite. Agli utenti risulta comunque possibile sovrascrivere i valori predefiniti. + + + Vincolanti + Se si è un amministratore di sistema è possibile usare la finestra Vincolanti per modificare i valori vincolanti per tutti gli utenti. Quando viene impostato un valore vincolante per una chiave, gli utenti non possono modificare quel valore. Questa caratteristica può essere usata per applicare il lockdown di determinate opzioni. + + + + + + Chiusura ed uscita + È possibile chiudere una finestra di Editor di configurazione selezionando FileChiudi finestra in quella finestra. Per chiudere tutte le finestre di Editor di configurazione e per uscire dall'applicazione in modo definitivo, selezionare FileEsci in una finestra qualsiasi dell'applicazione. + + + + + Lavorare con le chiavi + Le chiavi sono un modo osservare un valore. Ciascuna preferenza memorizzata in GConf è assegnata ad una chiave. Le applicazioni che fanno uso di GConf accedono al valore della chiave per determinare il loro aspetto e comportamento. Quando si cambia qualcosa nelle Preferenze di un'applicazione, si cambia il valore associato ad una chiave di GConf. + + + Copia di un nome di chiave + Per copiare un nome di chiave negli appunti, selezionare il nome di chiave che si vuole copiare nel riquadro modifica. Scegliere ModificaCopia nome chiave. È possibile incollare il nome di chiave all'interno di ogni altra applicazione. + + + Visualizzazione nomi di chiavi recenti + Per visualizzare i nomi di chiavi recenti, scegliere ModificaElenca chiavi recenti. Questa azione fa aprire il riquadro risultati nella parte inferiore della finestra in uso. È possibile spostarsi nella lista dei risultati facendola scorrere verso l'alto o verso il basso con la barra di scorrimento o con i tasti freccia. Le informazioni sulle chiave o cartella selezionata appaiono nelle altre parti della finestra. + La visualizzazione delle chiavi recenti è utile se si ha la necessità di ritornare ad una chiave appena cambiata, ma non si ricorda dove sia. + + Non serve tradurre + + + Modifica del valore di una chiave + Le icone accanto al nome della chiave mostrano il tipo di valore che la chiave può assumere. Consultare per maggiori informazioni su ciascuna icona. Per modificare il valore di una chiave, procedere come segue: + + Usare il riquadro albero per mostrare nel riquadro di modifica la chiave che si vuole modificare. + Selezionare nel riquadro di modifica la chiave da modificare. + + Per cambiare il valore di una chiave numerica o una chiave stringa, fare clic sulla colonna Valore della chiave, poi digitare il nuovo valore per la chiave. In alternativa, fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Modifica chiave dal menu a comparsa. + Per cambiare il valore di una chiave booleana, fare clic nella colonna Valore della chiave per selezionare o deselezionare la casella di spunta. In alternativa, fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Modifica chiave dal menu a comparsa. + Per cambiare il valore di una chiave lista, fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Modifica chiave dal menu a comparsa. La finestra di dialogo Modifica chiave fornisce una lista dei valori associati a quella chiave: è possibile usare tale dialogo per modificare ogni valore nella lista, aggiungere o rimuovere valori dalla lista e muovere ogni valore in alto o in basso nella lista. + + + È possibile che l'amministratore di sistema abbia disabilitato certe chiavi fornendone dei valori vincolanti. Se la chiave selezionata ha impostato un valore vincolante, allora non è possibile modificare il valore. Se non si ha il permesso di modificare il valore di una chiave, nel riquadro di modifica viene mostrata la scritta Questa chiave non è scrivibile. + + + + + Trovare rapidamente le chiavi + Per localizzare rapidamente le chiavi, Editor di configurazione consente di cercare il nome della chiave in GConf. Inoltre è possibile usare dei segnalibri per trovare le directory delle chiavi a cui si necessita di accedere frequentemente. + + + Uso dei segnalibri + Per accedere ad una posizione di directory nei propri segnalibri, scegliere tale posizione dal menu Segnalibri. È possibile aggiungere o rimuovere posizioni di directory al proprio menu Segnalibri. + Per aggiungere un segnalibro, selezionare nel riquadro albero la posizione che si vuole segnare. Scegliere poi SegnalibriAggiungi segnalibro. + Per eliminare un segnalibro, procedere come segue: + + Scegliere SegnalibriModifica segnalibri. + Selezionare il segnalibro nella finestra di dialogo Modifica segnalibri, quindi fare clic su Elimina. + Fare clic su Chiudi. + + + + Ricerca di chiavi + Per cercare delle chiavi, procedere come segue: + + Scegliere ModificaTrova. + Inserire nel campo Cerca la parola chiave che si vuole cercare. È anche possibile selezionare le caselle di spunta opzionali Cerca anche nei nomi di chiave e Cerca anche nei valori di chiave. Se queste caselle di spunta non sono selezionate, la ricerca verrà eseguita solo sui nomi delle cartelle. Selezionare tali caselle per espande i parametri di ricerca. + Fare clic su Trova. + + I risultati della ricerca appaiono nel riquadro dei risultati. Per spostarsi nell'elenco dei risultati, in primo luogo selezionare tale riquadro, quindi spostarsi nei risultati con la barra di scorrimento o i tasti freccia. Le informazioni sulla chiave o sulla cartella selezionata appaiono nelle altre parti della finestra. + + Non serve tradurre + + + + + Impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti + Gli amministratori di sistema possono impostare valori predefiniti e vincolanti in GConf, con effetto su tutti gli utenti. Le impostazioni predefinite sono usate quando l'utente non ha esplicitamente impostato un valore e sono scavalcabili dall'utente. Le impostazioni vincolanti sono sempre usate per tutti gli utenti e non possono essere scavalcate. + È possibile usare le finestre Predefinite e Vincolanti per modificare e rimuovere impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti. Tali finestre mostrano solo quelle impostazioni che sono già state rese predefinite o vincolanti. Non è possibile usarle per creare nuove impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti. È invece possibile fare si che le impostazioni scelte nella finestra Impostazioni vengano rese predefinite o vincolanti. + Per aprire una finestra Predefinite, scegliere FileNuova finestra predefinite. Per aprire una finestra Vincolanti, scegliere FileNuova finestra vincolanti. + + + Creazione di impostazioni predefinite + Per creare una impostazione predefinita, procedere come segue: + + Nella finestra Impostazioni usare il riquadro albero per mostrare la chiave che si vuole impostare come predefinita. + Fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Imposta come predefinito dal menu a comparsa. + + + + Creazione di impostazioni vincolanti + Per creare una impostazione vincolante, procedere come segue: + + Nella finestra Impostazioni usare il riquadro albero per mostrare la chiave che si vuole impostare come vincolante. + Fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Imposta come vincolante dal menu a comparsa. + + + + Modifica e rimozione di impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti + È possibile usare le finestre Predefinite e Vincolanti per modificare e rimuovere le impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti. Per modificare tali impostazioni, usare la finestra relativa e modificare la chiave così come si fa nella finestra Impostazioni. Per maggiori informazioni su come modificare le chiavi, consultare . + Per rimuovere una chiave predefinita o vincolante, procedere come segue: + + Nella finestra appropriata usare il riquadro albero per mostrare la chiave che si vuole rimuovere dalle impostazioni predefinite o vincolanti. + Fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Azzera chiave dal menu a comparsa. + + + + + + Icone e tipi di chiave + Le icone accanto alle chiavi nel riquadro di modifica indicano quale tipo di valore è possibile immettere per la chiave. L'elenco che segue mostra le possibili icone ed il tipo di valore che rappresentano. + + + + + Chiave booleana + Può essere impostata a vero o falso. Editor di configurazione fornisce una casella di spunta per questo tipo di chiave. + + + + + Chiave numerica + Può contenere numeri, sia interi che floating point (cioè con la virgola). + + + + + Chiave stringa + Può contenere una stringa di testo qualsiasi. + + + + + Chiave schema + Usata per documentare altre chiavi. La documentazione per ciascuna chiave è fornita in una chiave separata, di solito all'interno della directory /schemas. Tanto gli utenti, quanto gli amministratori di sistema di solito non dovrebbero avere necessità di operare direttamente sulle chiavi schema. + + + + + Chiave lista + Lista di lunghezza arbitraria. Tutti gli elementi della lista devono essere sia dello stesso tipo sia di tipo primitivo (booleano, numerico o stringa). + + + + + Chiave coppia + Può contenere esattamente due valori. Tali valori debbono essere entrambi tipi primitivi, ma non necessariamente dello stesso tipo. Al momento Editor di configurazione non è in grado di modificare chiavi coppia. + + + + + In bianco + Usata quando Editor di configurazione non riconosce il tipo di chiave. Al momento questa icona è usata anche per le chiavi coppia. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/it/it.po b/docs/it/it.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9674544 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/it/it.po @@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@ +# Italian translation of gconf-editor manual +# Copyright (C) 2004-2009 the Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Luca Ferretti , 2004-2007 +# Milo Casagrande , 2009 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor 2.8.x manual\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-02 15:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-04 19:46+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n" +"Language-Team: Italian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "immagine tradotta" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "non da fare" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "non da fare" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "non da fare" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "non da fare" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "non da fare" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "non da fare" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Manuale dell'editor di configurazione" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Progetto Documentazione di GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Questo documento può essere copiato, distribuito e/o modificato solo in " +"conformità con i termini della GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) " +"Versione 1.1 o delle versioni successive pubblicate dalla Free Software " +"Foundation senza sezioni invariabili, frontespizi e testi di copertina. Una " +"copia della GFDL è disponibile presso questo link o nel file COPYING-DOCS distribuito con questo " +"manuale." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Questo manuale fa parte di una raccolta di manuali GNOME distribuita in " +"conformità con la GFDL. Per poter distribuire questo manuale separatamente, " +"è necessario inserirvi una copia della licenza, come descritto nella sezione " +"6 della licenza." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Molti dei nomi usati dalle aziende per distinguere i propri prodotti e " +"servizi sono rivendicati come marchi. Quando questi nomi compaiono nella " +"documentazione di GNOME, e i partecipanti al GNOME Documentation Project " +"sono consapevoli del loro utilizzo, essi vengono scritti in lettere " +"maiuscole o con l'iniziale maiuscola." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"IL DOCUMENTO VIENE FORNITO SENZA GARANZIE DI ALCUN TIPO, ESPLICITE O " +"IMPLICITE, INCLUSE, MA SENZA LIMITAZIONE, LE GARANZIE ATTESTANTI CHE IL " +"DOCUMENTO O LE SUE VERSIONI MODIFICATE SIANO PRIVI DI DIFETTI, " +"COMMERCIALIZZABILI, IDONEI A UN DETERMINATO SCOPO O CHE NON VIOLINO DIRITTI " +"DI TERZI. SI DECLINA QUALUNQUE RESPONSABILITÀ RIGUARDO AI RISCHI INERENTI LA " +"QUALITÀ, L'ACCURATEZZA E LE PRESTAZIONI DEL DOCUMENTO O DI UNA SUA VERSIONE " +"MODIFICATA. QUALORA UN DOCUMENTO O UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA DOVESSERO " +"PRESENTARE QUALUNQUE TIPO DI DIFETTO, IL COSTO DI EVENTUALI INTERVENTI DI " +"ASSISTENZA, RIPARAZIONE O CORREZIONE SARÀ A CARICO DELL'UTENTE (NON DEL " +"REDATTORE INIZIALE, DELL'AUTORE O DI ALTRI COLLABORATORI). QUESTA " +"LIMITAZIONE DELLA GARANZIA COSTITUISCE PARTE ESSENZIALE DELLA LICENZA. L'USO " +"DEL DOCUMENTO O DELLE SUE VERSIONI MODIFICATE È CONSENTITO SOLO ENTRO I " +"TERMINI DI QUESTA LIMITAZIONE DELLA GARANZIA;" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"IN NESSUNA CIRCOSTANZA E PER NESSUNA RAGIONE LEGALE, INCLUSI I PRINCIPI DI " +"COLPA (INCLUSA LA NEGLIGENZA), ACCORDO CONTRATTUALE O ALTRO, SARÀ POSSIBILE " +"CONSIDERARE L'AUTORE, IL REDATTORE INIZIALE, GLI ALTRI COLLABORATORI, " +"QUALUNQUE DISTRIBUTORE DEL DOCUMENTO O DI UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA O " +"QUALUNQUE FORNITORE DELLE PERSONE CITATE, RESPONSABILE NEI CONFRONTI DI " +"QUALUNQUE PERSONA PER DANNI DIRETTI, INDIRETTI, SPECIALI, INCIDENTALI O " +"CONSEGUENTI DI QUALUNQUE NATURA, INCLUSI, MA SENZA LIMITAZIONE, I DANNI PER " +"PERDITA DI AVVIAMENTO, INTERRUZIONE DEL LAVORO, GUASTO O MALFUNZIONAMENTO " +"DEL COMPUTER O QUALUNQUE ALTRO DANNO O PERDITA DERIVANTE O CORRELATA ALL'USO " +"DEL DOCUMENTO O DI UNA SUA VERSIONE MODIFICATA, ANCHE QUALORA LE PERSONE " +"CITATE FOSSERO STATE INFORMATE DELLA POSSIBILITÀ DI TALI DANNI." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"QUESTO DOCUMENTO E LE SUE VERSIONI MODIFICATE VENGONO FORNITI IN BASE AI " +"TERMINI DELLA GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE, CON L'INTESA CHE: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Gruppo Documentazione di GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"L'editor di configurazione può essere usato per cambiare quelle opzioni di " +"configurazione usate dalle applicazioni che non sono disponibili attraverso " +"i dialoghi di preferenze." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Versione 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Settembre 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "non revisionato" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Versione 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Agosto 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Gruppo documentazione Sun GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Versione 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Gennaio 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Questo manuale descrive la versione 2.8 di Editor di configurazione." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Commenti" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Per segnalare un problema o inviare suggerimenti sull'applicazione Editor di " +"configurazione o su questo manuale, seguire le istruzioni presenti alla " +"Pagina dei commenti di " +"GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf Editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"Lo GNOME Desktop e molte applicazioni fanno uso di GConf per memorizzare dati riguardanti le preferenze degli utenti e " +"la configurazione di sistema. GConf fornisce una " +"posizione centralizzata per memorizzare le preferenze, semplificando la " +"gestione della configurazione sia agli utenti che agli amministratori di " +"sistema. Maggiori informazioni su GConf possono " +"essere trovate nella Guida " +"per l'amministrazione del sistema." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"L'Editor di configurazione permette agli utenti " +"di modificare le proprie preferenze per l'intero GNOME Desktop e per ogni " +"applicazione che faccia uso di GConf. Inoltre gli " +"amministratori di sistema possono usare Editor di " +"configurazione per impostare i valori predefiniti e vincolanti " +"che hanno effetto su tutti gli utenti." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"In GConf le preferenze sono memorizzate in una " +"gerarchia di chiavi. Ogni chiave ha un valore associato, il quale specifica " +"l'impostazione di quella preferenza per un certo utente. Ad esempio, la " +"chiave /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme memorizza il " +"tema usato nel gioco Five or More." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"Editor di configurazione consente di modificare " +"la propria sorgente di configurazione in modo diretto. Se non si è un utente " +"esperto, è preferibile non usare Editor di configurazione per impostare le preferenze del proprio GNOME Desktop. Al suo " +"posto è bene usare gli strumenti di preferenze forniti dallo GNOME Desktop. " +"Per informazioni su come usare gli strumenti di preferenze, consultare " +"l'ultima versione della Guida per l'utente per la propria piattaforma." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Per cominciare" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Avviare Editor di configurazione" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"È possibile avviare Editor di configurazione nei " +"modi seguenti:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menu Applicazioni" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere Strumenti di sistemaEditor di configurazione." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Alcune distribuzioni nascondono questo menù. In questi casi, usare il " +"secondo metodo descritto più avanti." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Riga di comando" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Eseguire il comando: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "All'avvio di Editor di configurazione" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Quando si avvia Editor di configurazione, viene " +"mostrata la seguente finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Finestra di Editor di configurazione" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Mostra la finestra di GConf Editor. Richiami: riquadro albero, riquadro " +"modifica, riquadro documentazione." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"La finestra di Editor di configurazione contiene " +"i seguenti riquadri:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Riquadro albero" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Consente di esplorare la gerarchia delle chiavi di GConf. Usare questo riquadro per visualizzare nel riquadro di " +"modifica le chiavi che si desidera modificare. Il riquadro albero è sul lato " +"sinistro della finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Riquadro di modifica" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Mostra le chiavi presenti nella posizione GConf " +"selezionata nel riquadro albero. Usare questo riquadro per selezionare le " +"chiavi che si vuole modificare e per modificare i valori delle chiavi. Il " +"riquadro di modifica è nella parte superiore del lato sinistro della " +"finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Le icone accanto alle chiavi nel riquadro di modifica indicano quale tipo di " +"valore è possibile immettere la chiave. Ad esempio l'icona a forma di " +"casella di spunta accanto alla chiave /system/http_proxy/" +"use_http_proxy, indica che è possibile immettere un valore " +"booleano (vero o falso) per la chiave. Consultare " +"per maggiori informazioni su ciascuna icona." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Riquadro documentazione" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Mostra la documentazione per la chiave selezionata. Usare questo riquadro " +"per leggere maggiori informazioni sulle chiavi di preferenza " +"GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Riquadro risultati (non mostrato)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Consente di visualizzare i risultati di una ricerca, o di cercare " +"all'interno di una lista di nomi di chiavi recentemente visualizzata. Le " +"altre parti della finestra mostreranno le informazioni in accordo ad ogni " +"chiave selezionata in questo riquadro. Il riquadro risultati appare nella " +"parte inferiore della finestra quando si elencano le chiavi recenti o si " +"esegue una ricerca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Lavorare con le finestre" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Aprire nuove finestre" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"Ci sono tre tipi di finestre che è possibile aprire in Editor " +"di configurazione: Impostazioni, " +"Predefinite e Vincolanti. Il valore che verrà impostato con Editor di " +"configurazione dipende dal tipo di finestra che si è aperta. È " +"possibile aprire ciascun tipo di finestra per mezzo delle voci appropriate " +"sotto il menu File." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Poiché le impostazioni nelle finestre Predefinite " +"e Vincolanti hanno effetto su tutti gli utenti " +"del computer, solo l'amministratore di sistema può usare questo tipi di " +"finestra. Per cambiare le proprie preferenze si dovrebbe usare la finestra " +"Impostazioni." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"È possibile usare la finestra Impostazioni per " +"impostare le proprie preferenze personali. Le modifiche apportate nella " +"finestra Impostazioni hanno effetto solo nel " +"proprio desktop. Non è possibile comunque modificare le impostazioni che " +"l'amministratore di sistema ha reso vincolanti." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Predefinite" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Se si è un amministratore di sistema è possibile usare la finestra " +"Predefinite per modificare i valori predefiniti " +"per tutti gli utenti. Se un utente non imposta il valore di una chiave " +"esplicitamente, il valore usato è quello delle impostazioni predefinite. " +"Agli utenti risulta comunque possibile sovrascrivere i valori predefiniti." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Vincolanti" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Se si è un amministratore di sistema è possibile usare la finestra " +"Vincolanti per modificare i valori vincolanti per " +"tutti gli utenti. Quando viene impostato un valore vincolante per una " +"chiave, gli utenti non possono modificare quel valore. Questa caratteristica " +"può essere usata per applicare il lockdown di determinate opzioni." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Chiusura ed uscita" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"È possibile chiudere una finestra di Editor di configurazione selezionando FileChiudi finestra in quella " +"finestra. Per chiudere tutte le finestre di Editor di " +"configurazione e per uscire dall'applicazione in modo " +"definitivo, selezionare FileEsci in una finestra " +"qualsiasi dell'applicazione." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Lavorare con le chiavi" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Le chiavi sono un modo osservare un valore. Ciascuna preferenza memorizzata " +"in GConf è assegnata ad una chiave. Le " +"applicazioni che fanno uso di GConf accedono al " +"valore della chiave per determinare il loro aspetto e comportamento. Quando " +"si cambia qualcosa nelle Preferenze di un'applicazione, " +"si cambia il valore associato ad una chiave di GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Copia di un nome di chiave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Per copiare un nome di chiave negli appunti, selezionare il nome di chiave " +"che si vuole copiare nel riquadro modifica. Scegliere " +"ModificaCopia nome chiave. È possibile incollare il nome di chiave " +"all'interno di ogni altra applicazione." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Visualizzazione nomi di chiavi recenti" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Per visualizzare i nomi di chiavi recenti, scegliere " +"ModificaElenca chiavi recenti. Questa azione fa aprire il riquadro risultati " +"nella parte inferiore della finestra in uso. È possibile spostarsi nella " +"lista dei risultati facendola scorrere verso l'alto o verso il basso con la " +"barra di scorrimento o con i tasti freccia. Le informazioni sulle chiave o " +"cartella selezionata appaiono nelle altre parti della finestra." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"La visualizzazione delle chiavi recenti è utile se si ha la necessità di " +"ritornare ad una chiave appena cambiata, ma non si ricorda dove sia." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "Non serve tradurre" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Modifica del valore di una chiave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Le icone accanto al nome della chiave mostrano il tipo di valore che la " +"chiave può assumere. Consultare per maggiori " +"informazioni su ciascuna icona. Per modificare il valore di una chiave, " +"procedere come segue:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Usare il riquadro albero per mostrare nel riquadro di modifica la chiave che " +"si vuole modificare." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Selezionare nel riquadro di modifica la chiave da modificare." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Per cambiare il valore di una chiave numerica o una chiave stringa, fare " +"clic sulla colonna Valore della chiave, poi digitare il " +"nuovo valore per la chiave. In alternativa, fare clic col tasto destro sulla " +"chiave e selezionare Modifica chiave dal menu a " +"comparsa." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Per cambiare il valore di una chiave booleana, fare clic nella colonna " +"Valore della chiave per selezionare o deselezionare la " +"casella di spunta. In alternativa, fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e " +"selezionare Modifica chiave dal menu a comparsa." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Per cambiare il valore di una chiave lista, fare clic col tasto destro sulla " +"chiave e selezionare Modifica chiave dal menu a " +"comparsa. La finestra di dialogo Modifica chiave " +"fornisce una lista dei valori associati a quella chiave: è possibile usare " +"tale dialogo per modificare ogni valore nella lista, aggiungere o rimuovere " +"valori dalla lista e muovere ogni valore in alto o in basso nella lista." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"È possibile che l'amministratore di sistema abbia disabilitato certe chiavi " +"fornendone dei valori vincolanti. Se la chiave selezionata ha impostato un " +"valore vincolante, allora non è possibile modificare il valore. Se non si ha " +"il permesso di modificare il valore di una chiave, nel riquadro di modifica " +"viene mostrata la scritta Questa chiave non è scrivibile." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Trovare rapidamente le chiavi" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Per localizzare rapidamente le chiavi, Editor di " +"configurazione consente di cercare il nome della chiave in " +"GConf. Inoltre è possibile usare dei segnalibri " +"per trovare le directory delle chiavi a cui si necessita di accedere " +"frequentemente." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Uso dei segnalibri" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Per accedere ad una posizione di directory nei propri segnalibri, scegliere " +"tale posizione dal menu Segnalibri. È possibile " +"aggiungere o rimuovere posizioni di directory al proprio menu " +"Segnalibri." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere un segnalibro, selezionare nel riquadro albero la posizione " +"che si vuole segnare. Scegliere poi SegnalibriAggiungi segnalibro." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per eliminare un segnalibro, procedere come segue:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere SegnalibriModifica " +"segnalibri." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare il segnalibro nella finestra di dialogo Modifica " +"segnalibri, quindi fare clic su Elimina." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Fare clic su Chiudi." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Ricerca di chiavi" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per cercare delle chiavi, procedere come segue:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere ModificaTrova." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Inserire nel campo Cerca la parola chiave che si vuole " +"cercare. È anche possibile selezionare le caselle di spunta opzionali " +"Cerca anche nei nomi di chiave e Cerca anche " +"nei valori di chiave. Se queste caselle di spunta non sono " +"selezionate, la ricerca verrà eseguita solo sui nomi delle cartelle. " +"Selezionare tali caselle per espande i parametri di ricerca." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Fare clic su Trova." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"I risultati della ricerca appaiono nel riquadro dei risultati. Per spostarsi " +"nell'elenco dei risultati, in primo luogo selezionare tale riquadro, quindi " +"spostarsi nei risultati con la barra di scorrimento o i tasti freccia. Le " +"informazioni sulla chiave o sulla cartella selezionata appaiono nelle altre " +"parti della finestra." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Gli amministratori di sistema possono impostare valori predefiniti e " +"vincolanti in GConf, con effetto su tutti gli " +"utenti. Le impostazioni predefinite sono usate quando l'utente non ha " +"esplicitamente impostato un valore e sono scavalcabili dall'utente. Le " +"impostazioni vincolanti sono sempre usate per tutti gli utenti e non possono " +"essere scavalcate." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"È possibile usare le finestre Predefinite e " +"Vincolanti per modificare e rimuovere " +"impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti. Tali finestre mostrano solo quelle " +"impostazioni che sono già state rese predefinite o vincolanti. Non è " +"possibile usarle per creare nuove impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti. È " +"invece possibile fare si che le impostazioni scelte nella finestra " +"Impostazioni vengano rese predefinite o " +"vincolanti." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Per aprire una finestra Predefinite, scegliere " +"FileNuova finestra predefinite. Per aprire una finestra Vincolanti, scegliere FileNuova finestra vincolanti." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Creazione di impostazioni predefinite" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per creare una impostazione predefinita, procedere come segue:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"Nella finestra Impostazioni usare il riquadro " +"albero per mostrare la chiave che si vuole impostare come predefinita." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Imposta " +"come predefinito dal menu a comparsa." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Creazione di impostazioni vincolanti" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Per creare una impostazione vincolante, procedere come segue:" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Nella finestra Impostazioni usare il riquadro " +"albero per mostrare la chiave che si vuole impostare come vincolante." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Imposta " +"come vincolante dal menu a comparsa." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Modifica e rimozione di impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"È possibile usare le finestre Predefinite e " +"Vincolanti per modificare e rimuovere le " +"impostazioni predefinite e vincolanti. Per modificare tali impostazioni, " +"usare la finestra relativa e modificare la chiave così come si fa nella " +"finestra Impostazioni. Per maggiori informazioni " +"su come modificare le chiavi, consultare ." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Per rimuovere una chiave predefinita o vincolante, procedere come segue:" + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"Nella finestra appropriata usare il riquadro albero per mostrare la chiave " +"che si vuole rimuovere dalle impostazioni predefinite o vincolanti." + +# GNOME-2-24 +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic col tasto destro sulla chiave e selezionare Azzera " +"chiave dal menu a comparsa." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Icone e tipi di chiave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Le icone accanto alle chiavi nel riquadro di modifica indicano quale tipo di " +"valore è possibile immettere per la chiave. L'elenco che segue mostra le " +"possibili icone ed il tipo di valore che rappresentano." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Chiave booleana" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Può essere impostata a vero o falso. Editor di configurazione fornisce una casella di spunta per questo tipo di chiave." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Chiave numerica" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Può contenere numeri, sia interi che floating point (cioè con la virgola)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Chiave stringa" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Può contenere una stringa di testo qualsiasi." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Chiave schema" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Usata per documentare altre chiavi. La documentazione per ciascuna chiave è " +"fornita in una chiave separata, di solito all'interno della directory " +"/schemas. Tanto gli utenti, quanto gli amministratori di " +"sistema di solito non dovrebbero avere necessità di operare direttamente " +"sulle chiavi schema." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Chiave lista" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Lista di lunghezza arbitraria. Tutti gli elementi della lista devono essere " +"sia dello stesso tipo sia di tipo primitivo (booleano, numerico o stringa)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Chiave coppia" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Può contenere esattamente due valori. Tali valori debbono essere entrambi " +"tipi primitivi, ma non necessariamente dello stesso tipo. Al momento " +"Editor di configurazione non è in grado di " +"modificare chiavi coppia." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " In bianco" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Usata quando Editor di configurazione non " +"riconosce il tipo di chiave. Al momento questa icona è usata anche per le " +"chiavi coppia." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Milo Casagrande , 2009\n" +"Luca Ferretti , 2004, 2007." diff --git a/docs/oc/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/oc/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c55f20 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/oc/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Configuration Editor Manual + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + + + + + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + + + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation + License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published + by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, + no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find + a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS + distributed with this manual. + + This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals + distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this + manual separately from the collection, you can do so by + adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in + section 6 of the license. + + + + Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their + products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those + names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of + the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those + trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial + capital letters. + + + + DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED + UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE + WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: + + + + DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR + IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES + THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE + DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE + RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE + OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE + DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR + MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, + YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY + CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY + SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER + OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS + LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED + VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER + EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND + + + + UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL + THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), + CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, + INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY + DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION + OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH + PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY + DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER + INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS + OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR + MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR + LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE + DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, + EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF + THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + + + + + + + + + + Sun + Còla de documentacion de GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + + + + + Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs + + + + Version 2.8 + Setembre de 2004 + + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + unreviewed + + + + Version 2.1 + Agost de 2004 + + Còla Sun de documentacion de GNOME + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + + + + Version 2.0.1 + January 2004 + + Còla Sun de documentacion de GNOME + Projècte de documentacion de GNOME + + + + This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor. + + Feedback + To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or + this manual, follow the directions in the + GNOME Feedback Page. + + + + + + + GConf Editor + + + + Introduccion + The GNOME Desktop and many applications use + GConf to store user preferences and + system configuration data. GConf + provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying + configuration management for users and system administrators. More + information about GConf can be found in the + GNOME System + Administrator's Guide. + Configuration Editor allows users to modify their + preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which + use GConf. Additionally, system administrators + can use Configuration Editor to set default and mandatory + settings which will affect all users. + Preferences are stored in GConf in a + hierarchy of keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies + your setting for that preference. For instance, the key + /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme stores which theme + you use in the game Five or More. + Configuration Editor enables you to modify your + configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not + use Configuration Editor to set preferences for the GNOME + Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For + information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version + of the GNOME Desktop User Guide for + your platform. + + + + Per començar + + + To Start Configuration Editor + You can start Configuration Editor in the following + ways: + + + Menut Applications + + Choose System Tools + Configuration Editor. + Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the + second method described below. + + + + Linha de comanda + + Execute the following command: + gconf-editor + + + + + + + When You Start Configuration Editor + When you start Configuration Editor, the following + window is displayed. +
+ <application>Configuration Editor</application> Window + + + + + + + Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, + Modification pane, Documentation pane. + + + +
+ The Configuration Editor window contains + the following panes: + + + Tree pane + Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in + GConf. Use this pane to display the keys + that you want to modify in the modification pane. The tree pane is on + the left side of the window. + + + Modification pane + + Displays the keys in the selected + GConf location in the tree pane. Use + this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to modify the + values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the + right side of the window. + The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate + what type of value you can enter for the key. For example, the check + mark icon beside the + /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates + that you can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See + for more information on each icon. + + + + Documentation pane + Displays documentation for the currently selected + key. Use this pane to read more information about the + GConf preference keys. + + + + Results pane (not shown) + Enables you to view the results of a search or to + search through the list of your recently viewed key names. The rest + of the window will show the information for whichever key you have + selected in this pane. The results pane will appear on the bottom of + the window when you list the recent keys or perform a search. + + + + + + + + Working with Windows + + Opening New Windows + There are a three types of window you can open in + Configuration Editor: Settings, + Defaults, and Mandatory. + What values Configuration Editor sets depends on what type + of window you have open. You can open each type of window with the + appropriate item under the File menu. + Since the settings in Defaults and + Mandatory windows affect all users of the + computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. + To change your preferences, you should use the + Settings window. + + + Paramètres + You can use the Settings + window to set your personal preferences. Changes made in the + Settings window only affect your desktop. + You cannot change the settings that the system administrator has + made mandatory. + + + + + Valors per defaut + If you are a system administrator, you can use the + Defaults window to edit the default + settings for all users. If a user does not set the value of a key + explicitly, the value will be taken from the default settings. Users + can always override the default settings. + + + Mandatory + If you are a system administrator, you can use the + Mandatory window to edit the mandatory + settings for all users. When a mandatory value is set for a key, + users are not able to change that value. This can be used to lock + down certain options. + + + + + + Closing and Quitting + You can close a Configuration Editor window by selecting + FileClose Window + in that window. To close all Configuration Editor + windows and quit the application completely, select + FileQuit in any + Configuration Editor window. + + + + + Working with Keys + Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in + GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which + use GConf access the values of keys to determine + how to look and behave. When you change something in the + Preferences of an application, you are changing the + value associated to a key in GConf. + + + Copying a Key Name + To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to + copy in the modification pane. Choose Edit + Copy Key Name. You can paste the + key name into any other application. + + + Viewing Recent Key Names + To view recent key names, choose Edit + List Recent Keys. This action will + open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move + through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or + the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear + in the rest of the window. + Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you + just changed and don't remember where it is. + + A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and + clear buttons on the results pane should be explained. + + + Modifying the Value of a Key + The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can + take. See for more information on each icon. To + modify the value of a key, perform the following steps: + + Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify + in the modification pane. + Select the key to modify in the modification pane. + + To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click + in the Value column of the key. Type the new value + for the key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select + Edit Key from the popup menu. + To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the + Value column of the key to select or + deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-click on the + key and select Edit Key from the + popup menu. + To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and + select Edit Key from the popup menu. The + Edit Key dialog provides a list of the + values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each + particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and + move each value up or down in the list. + + + Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by + providing mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value + set, you will not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane + will display the label This key is not writable + if you are not allowed to edit the value of that key. + + + + + Finding Keys Quickly + To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor allows you + to search the key names in GConf. Additionally, + you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need to access + frequently. + + + Using Bookmarks + To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location + from the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory + locations to your Bookmarks menu. + To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the + tree pane. Choose BookmarksAdd + Bookmark. + To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps: + + Choose Bookmarks + Edit bookmarks. + Select the bookmark in the + Edit bookmarks dialog, then click + Delete. + Click Close. + + + + Searching for Keys + To search for keys, perform the following steps: + + Choose Edit + Find. + Enter the keyword you want to search for in the + Search for field. You can also select the + optional check boxes Search also in key names + and Search also in key values. If these check boxes + are not selected, the search will only be performed on folder names. + Selecting these boxes will expand the search parameters. + Click Find. + + The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move + through the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through + the results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the + selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window. + + A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and + clear buttons on the results pane should be explained. + + + + + Default and Mandatory Settings + If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory + settings in GConf which will affect all users. + Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and + users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all + users, and they cannot override them. + You can use the Defaults and + Mandatory windows to edit and remove default + and mandatory settings. The Defaults and + Mandatory windows will only show you those + settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot + use these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, + you can set settings from the Settings window + to be default or mandatory. + To open a Defaults window, choose + FileNew Defaults + Window. To open a + Mandatory window, choose + FileNew Mandatory Window + . + + + Creating Default Settings + To create a default setting, perform the following steps: + + In the Settings window, use the + tree pane to display the key that you want to set as default. + Right-click on the key and select Set as + Default from the popup menu. + + + + Creating Mandatory Settings + To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps: + + In the Settings window, use the + tree pane to display the key that you want to set as + mandatory. + Right-click on the key and select Set as + Mandatory from the popup menu. + + + + Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings + You can use the Defaults and + Mandatory windows to modify and remove + default and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory + setting, use the appropriate window and modify the key as you would + for keys in the Settings window. See + for more information on modifying + keys. + To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following + steps: + + In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display + the key that you want to remove from the default or mandatory + settings. + Right-click on the key and select Unset + Key from the popup menu. + + + + + + Icons and Key Types + The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type + of value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible + icons and what types of values they represent. + + + + + Boolean key + Can be either true or false. + Configuration Editor will provide a check box for + this type of key. + + + + + Number key + Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or + floating point (fractional) numbers. + + + + + String key + Can hold any string of text. + + + + + Schema key + Used for documenting other keys. The documentation + for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the + /schemas directory. Users and system administrators + usually will not need to work with schema keys directly. + + + + + List key + Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must + be of the same type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or + string. + + + + + Pair key + Can hold exactly two values. The two values must + be one of the primitive types, but they do not have to be the same + type. Currently, Configuration Editor is unable to edit + pair keys. + + + + + Blank + Used when Configuration Editor does not + understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used + for pair keys. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/oc/oc.po b/docs/oc/oc.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc6c5db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/oc/oc.po @@ -0,0 +1,851 @@ +# Translation of oc.po to Occitan +# Occitan translation of evince documentation. +# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the evince documentation package. +# +# Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2006-2008 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: oc\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-10 19:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-27 13:33+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) \n" +"Language-Team: Occitan \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:185(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=de0c8c06af293c34b21608810e244b23" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=de0c8c06af293c34b21608810e244b23" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:482(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:490(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:497(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:503(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:512(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:520(None) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:529(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Projècte de documentacion de GNOME" + +# Mentions légales +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Còla de documentacion de GNOME" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Version 2.8" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Setembre de 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Version 2.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Agost de 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Còla Sun de documentacion de GNOME" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Version 2.0.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduccion" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Per començar" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menut Applications" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:166(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Linha de comanda" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:168(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:176(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:177(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:180(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:188(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:194(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:198(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:199(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:205(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:207(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:212(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:221(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:222(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:228(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:229(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:241(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:244(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:250(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:257(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paramètres" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:258(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:267(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Valors per defaut" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:268(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:275(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:276(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:286(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:287(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:297(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:298(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:306(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:307(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:313(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:314(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:320(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" + +#. REMARK +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:323(remark) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:405(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:327(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:328(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:332(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:340(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:345(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:353(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:362(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:363(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:369(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:370(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:373(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:376(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:383(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:387(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:388(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:398(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:411(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:412(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:417(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:425(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:433(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:434(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:443(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:444(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:449(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:454(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:455(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:462(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:465(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:468(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:475(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:476(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:481(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:484(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:489(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:492(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:496(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:499(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:502(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:505(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:511(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:514(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:519(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:522(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:528(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:531(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) " + diff --git a/docs/pt_BR/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/pt_BR/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f5c594 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/pt_BR/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/pt_BR/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/pt_BR/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45d9f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/pt_BR/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Manual do Editor de Configurações + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2008Fabrício Godoy (skarllot@gmail.com)2009Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle (leonardof@gnome.org) + + + + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + + + + Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; sem Seções Invariantes, sem Textos de Capa Frontal, e sem Textos de Contracapa. Você pode encontrar uma cópia da licença GFDL no link ou no arquivo COPYING-DOCS distribuído com este manual. + Este manual é parte da coleção de manuais do GNOME distribuídos sob a GFDL. Se você quiser distribuí-lo separadamente da coleção, você pode fazê-lo adicionando ao manual uma cópia da licença, como descrito na seção 6 da licença. + + Muitos dos nomes usados por empresas para distinguir seus produtos e serviços são reivindicados como marcas registradas. Onde esses nomes aparecem em qualquer documentação do GNOME e os membros do Projeto de Documentação do GNOME estiverem cientes dessas marcas registradas, os nomes aparecerão impressos em letras maiúsculas ou com iniciais em maiúsculas. + + O DOCUMENTO E VERSÕES MODIFICADAS DO DOCUMENTO SÃO FORNECIDOS SOB OS TERMOS DA GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE COM O ENTENDIMENTO ADICIONAL DE QUE: + + O DOCUMENTO É FORNECIDO NA BASE "COMO ESTÁ", SEM GARANTIAS DE QUALQUER TIPO, TANTO EXPRESSA OU IMPLÍCITA, INCLUINDO, MAS NÃO LIMITADO A, GARANTIAS DE QUE O DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA DO DOCUMENTO SEJA COMERCIALIZÁVEL, LIVRE DE DEFEITOS, PRÓPRIO PARA UM PROPÓSITO ESPECÍFICO OU SEM INFRAÇÕES. TODO O RISCO A RESPEITO DA QUALIDADE, EXATIDÃO, E DESEMPENHO DO DOCUMENTO OU VERSÕES MODIFICADAS DO DOCUMENTO É DE SUA RESPONSABILIDADE. SE ALGUM DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA SE PROVAR DEFEITUOSO EM QUALQUER ASPECTO, VOCÊ (NÃO O ESCRITOR INICIAL, AUTOR OU QUALQUER CONTRIBUIDOR) ASSUME O CUSTO DE QUALQUER SERVIÇO NECESSÁRIO, REPARO OU CORREÇÃO. ESSA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIAS CONSTITUI UMA PARTE ESSENCIAL DESTA LICENÇA. NENHUM USO DESTE DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA DESTE DOCUMENTO É AUTORIZADO SE NÃO FOR SOB ESSA RENÚNCIA; E + + + SOB NENHUMA CIRCUNSTÂNCIA E SOB NENHUMA TEORIA LEGAL, TANTO EM DANO (INCLUINDO NEGLIGÊNCIA), CONTRATO, OU OUTROS, DEVEM O AUTOR, ESCRITOR INICIAL, QUALQUER CONTRIBUIDOR, OU QUALQUER DISTRIBUIDOR DO DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA DO DOCUMENTO, OU QUALQUER FORNECEDOR DE ALGUMA DESSAS PARTES, SER CONSIDERADOS RESPONSÁVEIS A QUALQUER PESSOA POR QUALQUER DANO, SEJA DIRETO, INDIRETO, ESPECIAL, ACIDENTAL OU CONSEQÜENCIAL DE QUALQUER INDIVÍDUO, INCLUINDO, MAS NÃO LIMITADO A, DANOS POR PERDA DE BOA VONTADE, TRABALHO PARADO, FALHA OU MAU FUNCIONAMENTO DO COMPUTADOR, OU QUALQUER E TODOS OS OUTROS DANOS OU PERDAS RESULTANTES OU RELACIONADOS AO USO DO DOCUMENTO E VERSÕES MODIFICADAS, MESMO QUE TAL PARTE TENHA SIDO INFORMADA DA POSSIBILIDADE DE TAIS DANOS. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Time de Documentação do GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + + + + + O Editor de Configurações pode ser usado para alterar as opções de configuração usadas pelos aplicativos, opções essas que podem não estar disponíveis por meio das janelas de preferências + + + + Versão 2.8 + Setembro de 2004 + + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + não-revisado + + + + Versão 2.1 + Agosto de 2004 + + Time de Documentação da Sun para o GNOME + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + + + + Versão 2.0.1 + Janeiro de 2004 + + Time de Documentação da Sun para o GNOME + Projeto de Documentação do GNOME + + + + Este manual descreve a versão 2.8 do Editor de Configurações. + + Feedback + Para relatar um erro ou fazer uma sugestão relacionada ao aplicativo Editor de Configurações ou este manual, veja a página de feedback do GNOME. + + + + + + Editor GConf + + + + Introdução + O ambiente GNOME e muitos aplicativos usam o GConf para armazenar preferências de usuário e dados de configuração do sistema. O GConf fornece um local centralizado de armazenamento para preferências, simplificando o gerenciamento de configurações para usuários e administradores de sistema. Mais informações sobre o GConf podem ser encontradas no Guia do Administrador de Sistemas do GNOME. + O Editor de Configurações permite que os usuários modifiquem suas preferências para todo o ambiente do GNOME e qualquer aplicativo que use o GConf. Além disso, administradores do sistema podem usar o Editor de Configurações para definir configurações padrão e obrigatórias que afetarão todos usuários. + As preferências são armazenadas no GConf em uma hierarquia de chaves. Cada chave tem um valor associado especificando sua definição para aquela preferência. Por exemplo, a chave /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme armazena qual tema você usa no jogo Cinco ou Mais. + O Editor de Configurações permite que você modifique suas fontes de configurações diretamente. Se você não for um usuário experiente, não use o Editor de Configurações para definir preferências para o ambiente GNOME. Ao invés disso, use as ferramentas de preferências do ambiente GNOME. Para informações sobre como usar as ferramentas de preferências, veja a última versão do Guia do Usuário do GNOME para sua plataforma. + + + + Primeiros passos + + + Iniciando o Editor de Configurações + Você pode iniciar o Editor de Configurações das seguintes maneiras: + + + Menu Aplicativos + + Vá até Ferramentas do SistemaEditor de Configurações. + Algumas distribuições ocultam esse menu. Nesse caso, use o segundo método, descrito abaixo. + + + + Linha de comando + + Execute o seguinte comando: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Quando você inicia o Editor de Configurações + Quando você inicia o Editor de Configurações a seguinte janela é exibida. +
+ A janela do <application>Editor de Configurações</application> + + + + + + + Mostra a janela do Editor GConf com o painel hierárquico, painel de modificações e o painel de documentação. + + + +
+ A janela do Editor de Configurações contém os seguintes painéis: + + + Painel hierárquico + Permite que você navegue na hierarquia de chaves do GConf. Use esse painel para exibir as chaves que você quer modificar no painel de modificações. O painel hierárquico está do lado esquerdo da janela. + + + Painel de modificações + + Exibe as chaves do local do GConf de acordo com o que foi selecionado pelo painel hierárquico. Use esse painel para selecionar chaves que você quer modificar e modificar os valores dessas chaves. O painel de modificações está na parte superior direita da janela. + Os ícones ao lado das chaves no painel de modificações indicam qual o tipo de valor que você pode inserir para a chave. Por exemplo, o ícone de marca de seleção ao lado da chave /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy indica que você pode inserir um valor Booleano (verdadeiro ou falso) para a chave. Veja a para mais informações de cada ícone. + + + + Painel de documentação + Exibe a documentação da chave atualmente selecionada. Use esse painel para ter mais informações sobre as chaves de preferências do GConf. + + + + Painel de resultados (não mostrado) + Permite que você veja os resultados da pesquisa ou pesquisar através da sua lista de nomes de chaves vistas recentemente. O resto da janela exibe informações de qualquer chave que você tiver selecionado nesse painel. O painel de resultados aparecerá na parte inferior da janela quando você listar chaves recentes ou fizer uma pesquisa. + + + + + + + + Trabalhando com janelas + + Abrindo novas janelas + Há três tipos de janelas que você pode abrir no Editor de Configurações: Configurações, Configurações padrão e Configurações obrigatórias. Os valores que o Editor de Configurações define dependem de qual tipo de janela você abriu. Você pode abrir cada tipo de janela com o item apropriado por meio do menu Arquivo. + Como as configurações das janelas Configurações padrão e Configurações obrigatórias afetam todos os usuários do computador, apenas administradores do sistema podem usar esses tipos de janelas. Para mudar suas preferências, você deve usar a janela Configurações. + + + Configurações + Você pode usar a janela Configurações para definir suas preferências pessoais. Mudanças feitas na janela Configurações apenas afetam sua área de trabalho. Você não pode mudar as configurações que o administrador do sistema definiu como obrigatórias. + + + + + Configurações padrão + Se você for um administrador do sistema, você pode usar a janela Configurações padrão para editar as configurações iniciais para todos os usuários. Se um usuário não definir um valor para a chave explicitamente, o valor será pego das configurações padrão. Os usuários sempre podem sobrescrever as configurações padrão. + + + Configurações obrigatórias + Se você for um administrador do sistema, você pode usar a janela Configurações obrigatórias para editar as configurações obrigatórias para todos os usuários. Quando um valor obrigatório for definido para uma chave, os usuários não poderão mudar este valor. Isso pode ser usado para bloquear certas opções. + + + + + + Fechando e saindo + Você pode fechar uma janela do Editor de Configurações selecionado ArquivoFechar janela nesta janela. Para fechar todas as janelas do Editor de Configurações e sair do aplicativo completamente, vá até ArquivoSair em qualquer janela do Editor de Configurações. + + + + + Trabalhando com chaves + Por meio das chaves você é capaz de buscar por um valor. Todas preferências armazenadas no GConf têm uma chave determinada. Os aplicativos que usam o GConf acessam os valores das chaves para determinar como se parecer e se comportar. Quando você muda algo nas preferências de um aplicativo, você está mudando o valor associado a uma chave do GConf. + + + Copiando o nome de uma chave + Para copiar um nome de chave para a área de transferência, selecione o nome da chave que você quer copiar no painel de modificações. Vá até EditarCopiar nome da chave. Você pode colar o nome da chave em qualquer outro aplicativo. + + + Vendo os nomes de chaves recentes + Para ver os nomes de chaves recentes, vá até EditarListar chaves recentes. Esta ação abrirá o painel de resultados na parte inferior da janela atual. Você pode mover-se na lista de resultados rolando para cima ou para baixo com a barra de rolagem ou as teclas de direção. As informações da chave ou pasta selecionada aparecerão normalmente na janela. + Ver chaves recentes é útil se você precisa voltar para uma chave que você acabou de mudar e não se lembra de onde ela está. + + Uma captura de tela pode estar em seqüência. Particularmente, os botões fechar, copiar e limpar no painel de resultados deveriam ser explicados. + + + Modificando o valor de uma chave + Os ícones próximos ao nome da chave exibem o tipo de valor que a chave pode receber. Veja a para mais informações sobre cada ícone. Para modificar o valor de uma chave, efetue os seguintes passos: + + Use o painel hierárquico para exibir a chave que você quer modificar no painel de modificações. + Selecione a chave para modificá-la no painel de modificações. + + Para alterar o valor de uma chave de tipo número inteiro ou uma chave de tipo texto, clique na coluna Valor da chave. Digite o novo valor para a chave. Alternativamente, clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Editar chave do menu de contexto. + Para alterar o valor de uma chave Booleana, clique na coluna Valor da chave para marcar ou desmarcar a caixa de seleção. Alternativamente, clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Editar chave do menu de contexto. + Para alterar o valor de uma chave de tipo lista, clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Editar chave do menu de contexto. O diálogo Editar chave fornece uma lista de valores associados àquela chave. Você pode usar esta janela para editar cada valor da lista individualmente, adicionar ou remover valores da lista, e mover cada valor para cima ou para baixo na lista. + + + Seu administrador do sistema pode ter bloqueado certas chaves estabelecendo valores obrigatórios. Se a chave selecionada tiver um valor obrigatório definido, você não será capaz de editar o valor. O painel de documentação exibirá o rótulo Esta chave não é gravável se você não tiver permissão para editar o valor dessa chave. + + + + + Localizando chaves rapidamente + Para localizar chaves rapidamente, o Editor de Configurações permite que você pesquise os nomes de chave no GConf. Além disso, você pode usar marcadores para localizar diretórios de chaves que você precise acessar com freqüência. + + + Usando marcadores + Para acessar um local de diretório em seus marcadores, escolha o local do menu Marcadores. Você pode adicionar e remover locais de diretórios do seu menu Marcadores. + Para adicionar um marcador, selecione o local que você quer marcar no painel hierárquico. Escolha MarcadoresAdicionar marcador. + Para excluir um marcador, efetue os seguintes passos: + + Vá até MarcadoresEditar marcadores. + Selecione o marcador no diálogo Editar marcadores, depois clique em Excluir. + Clique em Fechar. + + + + Pesquisando chaves + Para pesquisar chaves, efetue os seguintes passos: + + Vá até EditarLocalizar. + Digite a palavra chave que você quer localizar no campo Pesquisar por. Opcionalmente, você pode selecionar as caixas de seleção Pesquisar também em nome de chaves e Pesquisar também em valores de chaves. Se essas caixas de seleção não estiverem selecionadas, a busca será feita apenas nos nomes de pasta. Selecionando essas caixas os parâmetros de busca serão expandidos. + Clique em Localizar. + + Os resultados da busca aparecerão no painel de resultados. Para navegar entre a lista de resultados, primeiro selecione esse painel. Então, você pode navegar entre os resultados usando a barra de rolagem ou as teclas de direção. As informações referentes à chave selecionada aparecerão no restante da janela. + + Uma captura de tela pode estar em seqüência. Particularmente, os botões fechar, copiar e limpar no painel de resultados deveriam ser explicados. + + + + + Configurações padrão e obrigatórias + Se você for um administrador do sistema, você pode definir as configurações padrão e obrigatórias no GConf que afetam todos usuários. As configurações padrão são usadas quando o usuário não definiu um valor explicitamente, e os usuários podem sempre sobrescrevê-las. Configurações obrigatórias são sempre usadas por todos usuários, e eles não podem sobrescrevê-las. + Você pode usar as janelas Configurações padrão e Configurações obrigatórias para editar e remover as configurações padrão e obrigatórias. As janelas Configurações padrão e Configurações obrigatórias apenas exibirão as configurações definidas como padrão ou obrigatórias. Você não pode usar essas janelas para criar novas configurações padrão ou obrigatórias. Entretanto, você pode definir as configurações como padrão ou obrigatórias pela janela Configurações. + Para abrir uma janela Configurações padrão, vá até ArquivoNova janela de configurações padrão. Para abrir uma janela Configurações obrigatórias, vá até ArquivoNova janela de configurações obrigatórias. + + + Criando configurações padrão + Para criar uma configuração padrão, efetue os seguintes passos: + + Na janela Configurações, use o painel hierárquico para exibir a chave que você quer definir o valor como padrão. + Clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Definir com padrão do menu de contexto. + + + + Criando configurações obrigatórias + Para criar uma configuração obrigatória, efetue os seguintes passos: + + Na janela Configurações, use o painel hierárquico para exibir a chave que você quer definir o valor como obrigatório. + Clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Definir como obrigatório do menu de contexto. + + + + Modificando e removendo configurações padrão e obrigatórias + Você pode usar as janelas Configurações padrão e Configurações obrigatórias para modificar e remover configurações padrão e obrigatórias. Para modificar uma configuração padrão ou obrigatória, use a janela apropriada e modifique a chave da mesma maneira que você faria com as chaves na janela Configurações. Veja a para mais informações em como modificar chaves. + Para remover uma chave padrão ou obrigatória, efetue os seguintes passos: + + Na janela apropriada, use o painel hierárquico para exibir a chave que você quer remover das configurações padrão ou obrigatórias. + Clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Limpar chave do menu de contexto. + + + + + + Tipos de ícones e chaves + Os ícones ao lado das chaves no painel de modificações indicam qual o tipo do valor que você pode inserir para a chave. A seguinte lista mostra os possíveis ícones e quais tipos de valores eles representam. + + + + + Chave Booleana + Pode ser tanto verdadeira quanto falsa. O Editor de Configurações fornecerá uma caixa de seleção para este tipo de chave. + + + + + Chave numérica + Pode armazenar números. Estes podem ser tanto números inteiros quanto números de ponto flutuante (fracionários). + + + + + Chave de texto + Pode armazenar qualquer seqüência de texto. + + + + + Chave esquema + Usada para documentar outras chaves. A documentação de cada chave é fornecida por uma chave separada, tipicamente através do diretório /schemas. Usuários e administradores do sistema geralmente não precisam lidar diretamente com chaves esquema. + + + + + Chave em lista + Lista de tamanho arbitrário. Cada elemento da lista precisa ser do mesmo tipo, que pode ser um dos tipos primitivos: booleana, numérica ou texto. + + + + + Chave dupla + Pode armazenar exatamente dois valores. Os dois valores precisam ser um dos tipos primitivos, mas eles não têm que ser do mesmo tipo. Atualmente, o Editor de Configurações não é capaz de editar chaves duplas. + + + + + Vazia + Usada quando o Editor de Configurações não é capaz de interpretar o tipo de chave. O ícone vazio é também atualmente usado para chaves duplas. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/pt_BR/pt_BR.po b/docs/pt_BR/pt_BR.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68aa2e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/pt_BR/pt_BR.po @@ -0,0 +1,1148 @@ +# Brazilian Portuguese translation of gconf-editor help. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Evolution package. +# Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Fabrício Godoy , 2008. +# Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle , 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor help HEAD\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-12 09:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-01 00:16-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "Essa imagem não precisa de tradução" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "Essa imagem não precisa de tradução" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "Essa imagem não precisa de tradução" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "Essa imagem não precisa de tradução" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "Essa imagem não precisa de tradução" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "Essa imagem não precisa de tradução" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Editor de Configurações" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Projeto de Documentação do GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento " +"sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation " +"License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free " +"Software Foundation; sem Seções Invariantes, sem Textos de Capa Frontal, e " +"sem Textos de Contracapa. Você pode encontrar uma cópia da licença GFDL no " +"link ou no arquivo COPYING-" +"DOCS distribuído com este manual." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Este manual é parte da coleção de manuais do GNOME distribuídos sob a GFDL. " +"Se você quiser distribuí-lo separadamente da coleção, você pode fazê-lo " +"adicionando ao manual uma cópia da licença, como descrito na seção 6 da " +"licença." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Muitos dos nomes usados por empresas para distinguir seus produtos e " +"serviços são reivindicados como marcas registradas. Onde esses nomes " +"aparecem em qualquer documentação do GNOME e os membros do Projeto de " +"Documentação do GNOME estiverem cientes dessas marcas registradas, os nomes " +"aparecerão impressos em letras maiúsculas ou com iniciais em maiúsculas." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"O DOCUMENTO É FORNECIDO NA BASE \"COMO ESTÁ\", SEM GARANTIAS DE QUALQUER " +"TIPO, TANTO EXPRESSA OU IMPLÍCITA, INCLUINDO, MAS NÃO LIMITADO A, GARANTIAS " +"DE QUE O DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA DO DOCUMENTO SEJA COMERCIALIZÁVEL, " +"LIVRE DE DEFEITOS, PRÓPRIO PARA UM PROPÓSITO ESPECÍFICO OU SEM INFRAÇÕES. " +"TODO O RISCO A RESPEITO DA QUALIDADE, EXATIDÃO, E DESEMPENHO DO DOCUMENTO OU " +"VERSÕES MODIFICADAS DO DOCUMENTO É DE SUA RESPONSABILIDADE. SE ALGUM " +"DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA SE PROVAR DEFEITUOSO EM QUALQUER ASPECTO, " +"VOCÊ (NÃO O ESCRITOR INICIAL, AUTOR OU QUALQUER CONTRIBUIDOR) ASSUME O CUSTO " +"DE QUALQUER SERVIÇO NECESSÁRIO, REPARO OU CORREÇÃO. ESSA RENÚNCIA DE " +"GARANTIAS CONSTITUI UMA PARTE ESSENCIAL DESTA LICENÇA. NENHUM USO DESTE " +"DOCUMENTO OU VERSÃO MODIFICADA DESTE DOCUMENTO É AUTORIZADO SE NÃO FOR SOB " +"ESSA RENÚNCIA; E" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"SOB NENHUMA CIRCUNSTÂNCIA E SOB NENHUMA TEORIA LEGAL, TANTO EM DANO " +"(INCLUINDO NEGLIGÊNCIA), CONTRATO, OU OUTROS, DEVEM O AUTOR, ESCRITOR " +"INICIAL, QUALQUER CONTRIBUIDOR, OU QUALQUER DISTRIBUIDOR DO DOCUMENTO OU " +"VERSÃO MODIFICADA DO DOCUMENTO, OU QUALQUER FORNECEDOR DE ALGUMA DESSAS " +"PARTES, SER CONSIDERADOS RESPONSÁVEIS A QUALQUER PESSOA POR QUALQUER DANO, " +"SEJA DIRETO, INDIRETO, ESPECIAL, ACIDENTAL OU CONSEQÜENCIAL DE QUALQUER " +"INDIVÍDUO, INCLUINDO, MAS NÃO LIMITADO A, DANOS POR PERDA DE BOA VONTADE, " +"TRABALHO PARADO, FALHA OU MAU FUNCIONAMENTO DO COMPUTADOR, OU QUALQUER E " +"TODOS OS OUTROS DANOS OU PERDAS RESULTANTES OU RELACIONADOS AO USO DO " +"DOCUMENTO E VERSÕES MODIFICADAS, MESMO QUE TAL PARTE TENHA SIDO INFORMADA DA " +"POSSIBILIDADE DE TAIS DANOS." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"O DOCUMENTO E VERSÕES MODIFICADAS DO DOCUMENTO SÃO FORNECIDOS SOB OS TERMOS " +"DA GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE COM O ENTENDIMENTO ADICIONAL DE QUE: " +"" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Time de Documentação do GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"O Editor de Configurações pode ser usado para alterar as opções de " +"configuração usadas pelos aplicativos, opções essas que podem não estar " +"disponíveis por meio das janelas de preferências" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Versão 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Setembro de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "não-revisado" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Versão 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Agosto de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Time de Documentação da Sun para o GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Versão 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Janeiro de 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Este manual descreve a versão 2.8 do Editor de Configurações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Feedback" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Para relatar um erro ou fazer uma sugestão relacionada ao aplicativo Editor " +"de Configurações ou este manual, veja a página de feedback do GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Editor GConf" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +# O GNOME System Admnistrator's Guide ainda não foi traduzido. Quando isso +# acontecer, precisaremos garantir que a tradução de seu título coincida com +# a tradução nessa mensagem. +# +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"O ambiente GNOME e muitos aplicativos usam o GConf para armazenar preferências de usuário e dados de configuração " +"do sistema. O GConf fornece um local centralizado " +"de armazenamento para preferências, simplificando o gerenciamento de " +"configurações para usuários e administradores de sistema. Mais informações " +"sobre o GConf podem ser encontradas no Guia do Administrador de Sistemas do " +"GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"O Editor de Configurações permite que os usuários " +"modifiquem suas preferências para todo o ambiente do GNOME e qualquer " +"aplicativo que use o GConf. Além disso, " +"administradores do sistema podem usar o Editor de " +"Configurações para definir configurações padrão e obrigatórias " +"que afetarão todos usuários." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"As preferências são armazenadas no GConf em uma " +"hierarquia de chaves. Cada chave tem um valor associado especificando sua " +"definição para aquela preferência. Por exemplo, a chave /apps/" +"glines/preferences/ball_theme armazena qual tema você usa no jogo " +"Cinco ou Mais." + +# Precisamos manter a tradução de "GNOME User Guide" consistente com a +# tradução do título do documento em si. +# +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"O Editor de Configurações permite que você " +"modifique suas fontes de configurações diretamente. Se você não for um " +"usuário experiente, não use o Editor de Configurações para definir preferências para o ambiente GNOME. Ao invés " +"disso, use as ferramentas de preferências do ambiente GNOME. Para " +"informações sobre como usar as ferramentas de preferências, veja a última " +"versão do Guia do Usuário do GNOME " +"para sua plataforma." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Primeiros passos" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Iniciando o Editor de Configurações" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar o Editor de Configurações das " +"seguintes maneiras:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menu Aplicativos" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Vá até Ferramentas do SistemaEditor de Configurações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "" +"Algumas distribuições ocultam esse menu. Nesse caso, use o segundo método, " +"descrito abaixo." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Linha de comando" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Execute o seguinte comando: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Quando você inicia o Editor de Configurações" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Quando você inicia o Editor de Configurações a " +"seguinte janela é exibida." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "A janela do Editor de Configurações" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Mostra a janela do Editor GConf com o painel hierárquico, painel de " +"modificações e o painel de documentação." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"A janela do Editor de Configurações contém os " +"seguintes painéis:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Painel hierárquico" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Permite que você navegue na hierarquia de chaves do GConf. Use esse painel para exibir as chaves que você quer modificar " +"no painel de modificações. O painel hierárquico está do lado esquerdo da " +"janela." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Painel de modificações" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Exibe as chaves do local do GConf de acordo com o " +"que foi selecionado pelo painel hierárquico. Use esse painel para selecionar " +"chaves que você quer modificar e modificar os valores dessas chaves. O " +"painel de modificações está na parte superior direita da janela." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Os ícones ao lado das chaves no painel de modificações indicam qual o tipo " +"de valor que você pode inserir para a chave. Por exemplo, o ícone de marca " +"de seleção ao lado da chave /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy indica que você pode inserir um valor Booleano (verdadeiro ou " +"falso) para a chave. Veja a para mais informações " +"de cada ícone." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Painel de documentação" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Exibe a documentação da chave atualmente selecionada. Use esse painel para " +"ter mais informações sobre as chaves de preferências do GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Painel de resultados (não mostrado)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Permite que você veja os resultados da pesquisa ou pesquisar através da sua " +"lista de nomes de chaves vistas recentemente. O resto da janela exibe " +"informações de qualquer chave que você tiver selecionado nesse painel. O " +"painel de resultados aparecerá na parte inferior da janela quando você " +"listar chaves recentes ou fizer uma pesquisa." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Trabalhando com janelas" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Abrindo novas janelas" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"Há três tipos de janelas que você pode abrir no Editor de " +"Configurações: Configurações, " +"Configurações padrão e Configurações " +"obrigatórias. Os valores que o Editor de " +"Configurações define dependem de qual tipo de janela você " +"abriu. Você pode abrir cada tipo de janela com o item apropriado por meio do " +"menu Arquivo." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Como as configurações das janelas Configurações padrão e Configurações obrigatórias afetam " +"todos os usuários do computador, apenas administradores do sistema podem " +"usar esses tipos de janelas. Para mudar suas preferências, você deve usar a " +"janela Configurações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Configurações" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar a janela Configurações para " +"definir suas preferências pessoais. Mudanças feitas na janela " +"Configurações apenas afetam sua área de trabalho. " +"Você não pode mudar as configurações que o administrador do sistema definiu " +"como obrigatórias." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Configurações padrão" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Se você for um administrador do sistema, você pode usar a janela " +"Configurações padrão para editar as configurações " +"iniciais para todos os usuários. Se um usuário não definir um valor para a " +"chave explicitamente, o valor será pego das configurações padrão. Os " +"usuários sempre podem sobrescrever as configurações padrão." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Configurações obrigatórias" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Se você for um administrador do sistema, você pode usar a janela " +"Configurações obrigatórias para editar as " +"configurações obrigatórias para todos os usuários. Quando um valor " +"obrigatório for definido para uma chave, os usuários não poderão mudar este " +"valor. Isso pode ser usado para bloquear certas opções." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Fechando e saindo" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Você pode fechar uma janela do Editor de Configurações selecionado ArquivoFechar janela nesta janela. " +"Para fechar todas as janelas do Editor de Configurações e sair do aplicativo completamente, vá até " +"ArquivoSair em qualquer janela do Editor de Configurações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Trabalhando com chaves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Por meio das chaves você é capaz de buscar por um valor. Todas preferências " +"armazenadas no GConf têm uma chave determinada. " +"Os aplicativos que usam o GConf acessam os " +"valores das chaves para determinar como se parecer e se comportar. Quando " +"você muda algo nas preferências de um aplicativo, você " +"está mudando o valor associado a uma chave do GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Copiando o nome de uma chave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Para copiar um nome de chave para a área de transferência, selecione o nome " +"da chave que você quer copiar no painel de modificações. Vá até " +"EditarCopiar nome da chave. Você pode colar o nome da chave em qualquer outro " +"aplicativo." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Vendo os nomes de chaves recentes" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Para ver os nomes de chaves recentes, vá até EditarListar chaves recentes. Esta " +"ação abrirá o painel de resultados na parte inferior da janela atual. Você " +"pode mover-se na lista de resultados rolando para cima ou para baixo com a " +"barra de rolagem ou as teclas de direção. As informações da chave ou pasta " +"selecionada aparecerão normalmente na janela." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Ver chaves recentes é útil se você precisa voltar para uma chave que você " +"acabou de mudar e não se lembra de onde ela está." + +# Essa mensagem não deverá ser exibida. +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Uma captura de tela pode estar em seqüência. Particularmente, os botões " +"fechar, copiar e limpar no painel de resultados deveriam ser explicados." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Modificando o valor de uma chave" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Os ícones próximos ao nome da chave exibem o tipo de valor que a chave pode " +"receber. Veja a para mais informações sobre cada " +"ícone. Para modificar o valor de uma chave, efetue os seguintes passos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"Use o painel hierárquico para exibir a chave que você quer modificar no " +"painel de modificações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Selecione a chave para modificá-la no painel de modificações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o valor de uma chave de tipo número inteiro ou uma chave de " +"tipo texto, clique na coluna Valor da chave. Digite o " +"novo valor para a chave. Alternativamente, clique com o botão direito na " +"chave e selecione Editar chave do menu de " +"contexto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o valor de uma chave Booleana, clique na coluna " +"Valor da chave para marcar ou desmarcar a caixa de " +"seleção. Alternativamente, clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione " +"Editar chave do menu de contexto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o valor de uma chave de tipo lista, clique com o botão direito " +"na chave e selecione Editar chave do menu de " +"contexto. O diálogo Editar chave fornece uma " +"lista de valores associados àquela chave. Você pode usar esta janela para " +"editar cada valor da lista individualmente, adicionar ou remover valores da " +"lista, e mover cada valor para cima ou para baixo na lista." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"Seu administrador do sistema pode ter bloqueado certas chaves estabelecendo " +"valores obrigatórios. Se a chave selecionada tiver um valor obrigatório " +"definido, você não será capaz de editar o valor. O painel de documentação " +"exibirá o rótulo Esta chave não é gravável se você não " +"tiver permissão para editar o valor dessa chave." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Localizando chaves rapidamente" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Para localizar chaves rapidamente, o Editor de Configurações permite que você pesquise os nomes de chave no " +"GConf. Além disso, você pode usar marcadores para " +"localizar diretórios de chaves que você precise acessar com freqüência." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Usando marcadores" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar um local de diretório em seus marcadores, escolha o local do " +"menu Marcadores. Você pode adicionar e remover locais de " +"diretórios do seu menu Marcadores." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um marcador, selecione o local que você quer marcar no painel " +"hierárquico. Escolha MarcadoresAdicionar marcador." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para excluir um marcador, efetue os seguintes passos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Vá até MarcadoresEditar " +"marcadores." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o marcador no diálogo Editar marcadores, depois clique em Excluir." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Clique em Fechar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Pesquisando chaves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para pesquisar chaves, efetue os seguintes passos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Vá até EditarLocalizar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Digite a palavra chave que você quer localizar no campo Pesquisar " +"por. Opcionalmente, você pode selecionar as caixas de seleção " +"Pesquisar também em nome de chaves e " +"Pesquisar também em valores de chaves. Se essas caixas " +"de seleção não estiverem selecionadas, a busca será feita apenas nos nomes " +"de pasta. Selecionando essas caixas os parâmetros de busca serão expandidos." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Clique em Localizar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Os resultados da busca aparecerão no painel de resultados. Para navegar " +"entre a lista de resultados, primeiro selecione esse painel. Então, você " +"pode navegar entre os resultados usando a barra de rolagem ou as teclas de " +"direção. As informações referentes à chave selecionada aparecerão no " +"restante da janela." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Configurações padrão e obrigatórias" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Se você for um administrador do sistema, você pode definir as configurações " +"padrão e obrigatórias no GConf que afetam todos " +"usuários. As configurações padrão são usadas quando o usuário não definiu um " +"valor explicitamente, e os usuários podem sempre sobrescrevê-las. " +"Configurações obrigatórias são sempre usadas por todos usuários, e eles não " +"podem sobrescrevê-las." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar as janelas Configurações padrão e " +"Configurações obrigatórias para editar e remover " +"as configurações padrão e obrigatórias. As janelas " +"Configurações padrão e Configurações " +"obrigatórias apenas exibirão as configurações definidas como " +"padrão ou obrigatórias. Você não pode usar essas janelas para criar novas " +"configurações padrão ou obrigatórias. Entretanto, você pode definir as " +"configurações como padrão ou obrigatórias pela janela " +"Configurações." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Para abrir uma janela Configurações padrão, vá " +"até ArquivoNova janela de " +"configurações padrão. Para abrir uma janela " +"Configurações obrigatórias, vá até " +"ArquivoNova janela de " +"configurações obrigatórias." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Criando configurações padrão" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para criar uma configuração padrão, efetue os seguintes passos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"Na janela Configurações, use o painel hierárquico " +"para exibir a chave que você quer definir o valor como padrão." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Definir com " +"padrão do menu de contexto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Criando configurações obrigatórias" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Para criar uma configuração obrigatória, efetue os seguintes passos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Na janela Configurações, use o painel hierárquico " +"para exibir a chave que você quer definir o valor como obrigatório." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Definir como " +"obrigatório do menu de contexto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Modificando e removendo configurações padrão e obrigatórias" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar as janelas Configurações padrão e " +"Configurações obrigatórias para modificar e " +"remover configurações padrão e obrigatórias. Para modificar uma configuração " +"padrão ou obrigatória, use a janela apropriada e modifique a chave da mesma " +"maneira que você faria com as chaves na janela Configurações. Veja a para mais informações em " +"como modificar chaves." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Para remover uma chave padrão ou obrigatória, efetue os seguintes passos:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"Na janela apropriada, use o painel hierárquico para exibir a chave que você " +"quer remover das configurações padrão ou obrigatórias." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Clique com o botão direito na chave e selecione Limpar chave do menu de contexto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Tipos de ícones e chaves" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Os ícones ao lado das chaves no painel de modificações indicam qual o tipo " +"do valor que você pode inserir para a chave. A seguinte lista mostra os " +"possíveis ícones e quais tipos de valores eles representam." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Chave Booleana" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser tanto verdadeira quanto falsa. O Editor de " +"Configurações fornecerá uma caixa de seleção para este tipo de " +"chave." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Chave numérica" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Pode armazenar números. Estes podem ser tanto números inteiros quanto " +"números de ponto flutuante (fracionários)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Chave de texto" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Pode armazenar qualquer seqüência de texto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Chave esquema" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Usada para documentar outras chaves. A documentação de cada chave é " +"fornecida por uma chave separada, tipicamente através do diretório /" +"schemas. Usuários e administradores do sistema geralmente não " +"precisam lidar diretamente com chaves esquema." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Chave em lista" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Lista de tamanho arbitrário. Cada elemento da lista precisa ser do mesmo " +"tipo, que pode ser um dos tipos primitivos: booleana, numérica ou texto." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Chave dupla" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Pode armazenar exatamente dois valores. Os dois valores precisam ser um dos " +"tipos primitivos, mas eles não têm que ser do mesmo tipo. Atualmente, o " +"Editor de Configurações não é capaz de editar " +"chaves duplas." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Vazia" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Usada quando o Editor de Configurações não é " +"capaz de interpretar o tipo de chave. O ícone vazio é também atualmente " +"usado para chaves duplas." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Fabrício Godoy , 2008\n" +"Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle , 2009" diff --git a/docs/ru/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/ru/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20f367e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/ru/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Руководство по редактору конфигурации + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2008Никита Белобров (qvzqvz@gmail.com) + + + + Проект документирования GNOME + + + + Разрешается копировать, распространять и/или изменять этот документ на условиях лицензии GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), версии 1.1 или любой более поздней версии, опубликованной Фондом свободного программного обеспечения (Free Software Foundation), без неизменяемых частей и без текстов на обложках. Вы можете найти копию лицензии GFDL по этой ссылке или в файле COPYING-DOCS, распространяемом с этим документом. + Это руководство — часть документации GNOME, которая распространяется на условиях лицензии GNU FDL. Если вы хотите распространять это руководство отдельно от остальной документации, вам следует приложить к руководству копию лицензии, как описано в разделе 6 лицензии. + + Некоторые имена и марки используются компаниями для обозначения их продуктов и услуг и являются торговыми марками. Там, где эти имена присутствуют в документации и там, где участники проекта документирования GNOME знают об этом, имена выделяются заглавными буквами или начальной заглавной буквой. + + ДОКУМЕНТ И ИЗМЕНЁННЫЕ ВЕРСИИ ДОКУМЕНТА ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЮТСЯ ПОЛЬЗОВАТЕЛЮ НА УСЛОВИЯХ ЛИЦЕНЗИИ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE С УВЕДОМЛЕНИЕМ О ТОМ, ЧТО: + + ДОКУМЕНТ РАСПРОСТРАНЯЕТСЯ «КАК ЕСТЬ», БЕЗ ВСЯКИХ ГАРАНТИЙ, ЯВНЫХ ИЛИ НЕЯВНЫХ, ВКЛЮЧАЯ, БЕЗ ОГРАНИЧЕНИЙ, ГАРАНТИИ ТОГО, ЧТО ДОКУМЕНТ ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННАЯ ВЕРСИЯ ДОКУМЕНТА СВОБОДНА ОТ ДЕФЕКТОВ, ПРИГОДНА К ПРОДАЖЕ, ПРИГОДНА К ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЮ В ОПРЕДЕЛЁННЫХ ЦЕЛЯХ ИЛИ НЕ НАРУШАЕТ ЗАКОНЫ. ВЕСЬ РИСК, КАСАЮЩИЙСЯ КАЧЕСТВА, ТОЧНОСТИ ИЛИ ПРАВИЛЬНОСТИ ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННЫХ ВЕРСИЙ ДОКУМЕНТА, ЛЕЖИТ НА ВАС. ЕСЛИ ДОКУМЕНТ ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННАЯ ВЕРСИЯ ДОКУМЕНТА ИМЕЕТ НЕДОСТАТКИ, ВЫ (А НЕ АВТОР ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ЕГО ПОМОЩНИК) БЕРЁТЕ НА СЕБЯ СТОИМОСТЬ ЛЮБОЙ НЕОБХОДИМОЙ ДОРАБОТКИ, КОРРЕКЦИИ ИЛИ ВОССТАНОВЛЕНИЯ. ЭТОТ ОТКАЗ ОТ ГАРАНТИЙ СОСТАВЛЯЕТ ВАЖНУЮ ЧАСТЬ ЛИЦЕНЗИИ. НИКАКОЕ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННОЙ ВЕРСИИ ДОКУМЕНТА НЕ ДОПУСКАЕТСЯ БЕЗ ДАННОГО ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЯ И + + + НИ ПРИ КАКИХ ОБСТОЯТЕЛЬСТВАХ И НИ ПРИ КАКОМ ЗАКОННОМ СПОСОБЕ, НИ ПО КАКОМУ СОГЛАШЕНИЮ ИЛИ ДРУГОЙ ПРИЧИНЕ, АВТОР, СОЗДАТЕЛЬ, ПОМОЩНИКИ ИЛИ РАСПРОСТРАНИТЕЛИ ДОКУМЕНТА НЕ НЕСУТ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬ ЗА ПРЯМОЙ, КОСВЕННЫЙ, СПЕЦИАЛЬНЫЙ, СЛУЧАЙНЫЙ ИЛИ ПРЕДНАМЕРЕННЫЙ УЩЕРБ ЛЮБОГО СВОЙСТВА, ВКЛЮЧАЯ, БЕЗ ОГРАНИЧЕНИЯ, ПОТЕРЮ РЕПУТАЦИИ, РАБОТОСПОСОБНОСТИ, КОМПЬЮТЕРНЫЕ СБОИ ИЛИ ПОЛОМКИ, ИЛИ ЛЮБОЙ ДРУГОЙ УЩЕРБ ИЛИ ПОТЕРИ, ВОЗНИКАЮЩИЕ ВСЛЕДСТВИЕ ИЛИ СВЯЗАННЫЕ С ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕМ ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННЫХ ВЕРСИЙ ДОКУМЕНТА, ДАЖЕ ЕСЛИ СТОРОНА БЫЛА УВЕДОМЛЕНА О ВОЗМОЖНОСТИ ТАКОГО УЩЕРБА. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Команда документирования GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Проект документирования GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Проект документирования GNOME + + + + + Редактор конфигурации используется для изменения настроек приложений, которые могут быть не доступны в диалогах параметров приложений. + + + + Версия 2.8 + Сентябрь 2004г. + + Проект документирования GNOME + Проект документирования GNOME + без изменений + + + + Версия 2.1 + Август 2004 г. + + Группа документирования GNOME компании Sun + Проект документирования GNOME + + + + Версия 2.0.1 + Январь 2004 г. + + Группа документирования GNOME компании Sun + Проект документирования GNOME + + + + Это руководство описывает редактор конфигурации 2.8. + + Отзывы + Чтобы сообщить об ошибке или внести предложение по работе редактора конфигурации или этому руководству, перейдите на страницу страница отзывов GNOME и следуйте дальнейшим указаниям. + + + + + + Редактор конфигурации GConf + + + + Введение + Рабочий стол GNOME и другие приложения используют GConf для сохранения пользовательских и системных настроек. GConf предоставляет централизованное хранилище настроек, упрощая управление конфигурациями пользователям и системным администраторам. Более подробная информация о GConf находится в Руководстве системного администратора GNOME. + Редактор конфигурации позволяет пользователям изменять все настройки рабочего стола GNOME и приложений, использующих GConf. Кроме того, системные администраторы могут с помощью Редактора конфигурации устанавливать обязательные значения и значения по умолчанию, которые повлияют на всех пользователей. + Настройки хранятся в GConf в виде иерархии ключей конфигурации. Каждый ключ имеет соответствующее значение, определяющее предпочтения для данной настройки. Например, ключ /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme определяет тему, используемую в игре Пять или больше. + Редактор конфигурации позволяет напрямую редактировать базу настроек. Если вы не опытный пользователь, не используйте Редактор конфигурации. Вместо этого используйте диалоги настройки параметров рабочего стола GNOME для установки его параметров. Для получения дополнительной информации по инструментам настройки рабочего стола GNOME обратитесь к последней версии Руководства пользователей рабочего стола GNOME для требуемой платформы. + + + + Начало работы + + + Запуск редактора конфигурации GNOME + Запустить Редактор конфигурации можно следующими способами: + + + Меню Приложения + + Выберите СистемныеРедактор конфигурации. + Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the + second method described below. + + + + Командная строка + + Выполните команду gconf-editor + + + + + + + Начало работы с редактором конфигурации + При запуске редактора конфигурации отображается следующее окно: +
+ Окно <application>редактора конфигурации</application> + + + + + + + Показывает главное окно редактора GConf. Открыты: область дерева конфигурации, область редактирования, область описания ключа. + + + +
+ Главное окно редактора конфигурации содержит следующие области: + + + Область дерева конфигурации + Позволяет просматривать ключи конфигурации GConf в виде иерархии. В этой области отображаются ключи, значения которых можно изменить в области редактирования. Область дерева конфигурации располагается в главном окне слева. + + + Область редактирования + + Отображает ключи, выбранные в области дерева конфигурации GConf. В этой области выбираются параметры для редактирования и происходит непосредственное редактирование значений ключей. Область редактирования находится вверху справа главного окна. + Значки около ключей конфигурации в области редактирования показывают тип значения, которое можно указать для ключа. Например, значок установки флажка около параметра /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy показывает, что для него можно указать только булево значение: истина или ложь. Подробное описание каждого значка находится в разделе . + + + + Область описания + Отображает описание выбранного ключа конфигурации. В этой области содержится дополнительная информация по ключам GConf. + + + + Область результатов (не показана) + Позволяет просматривать результаты поиска или выполнять поиск среди списка недавно просмотренных ключей конфигурации. Информация по выбранному параметру в этой области будет отображена в оставшейся части главного окна. Область результатов появляется внизу главного окна для отображения списка недавно просмотренных параметров или при поиске. + + + + + + + + Работа с окнами + + Открытие нового окна + В редакторе конфигурации открываются следующие типы окон: Параметры, Параметры по умолчанию и Принудительные параметры. Устанавливаемые редактором конфигурации значения зависят от типа открываемого окна. Окно любого типа может быть открыто с помощью соответствующего пункта меню Файл. + Так как настройки в окнах Параметры по умолчанию и Принудительные параметры влияют на всех пользователей компьютера, только системный администратор может использовать эти окна. Для изменения настроек пользователя необходимо использовать окно Параметры. + + + Параметры + Окно Параметры используется для установки индивидуальных предпочтений. Изменения, сделанные в этом окне влияют только на рабочий стол пользователя. Параметры, указанные системным администратором как принудительные, не могут быть изменены в этом окне. + + + + + Параметры по умолчанию + Системный администратор может использовать окно Параметры по умолчанию для установки значений параметров по умолчанию для всех пользователей. В этом случае, если пользователь явно не указал другое значение ключа, будет использовано значение по умолчанию. Пользователи всегда могут переопределить значения по умолчанию. + + + Принудительные параметры + Системный администратор может использовать окно Принудительные параметры для установки принудительных значений ключей конфигурации для всех пользователей, при этом пользователь не сможет изменить значение таких параметров. Это может быть использовано для блокировки определённых параметров конфигурации. + + + + + + Закрытие окон и завершение работы приложения + Закрыть окно редактора конфигурации можно, выбрав пункт меню ФайлЗакрыть окно в соответствующем окне. Для закрытия всех окон редактора конфигурации и завершения работы приложения необходимо выбрать пункт меню ФайлВыход в любом окне приложения. + + + + + Работа с ключами + Наименования ключей конфигурации — это способ поиска нужного значения. Любая настройка, находящаяся в GConf, является значением какого-либо ключа. Приложения, использующие GConf, определяют свое поведение и внешний вид значениями ключей конфигурации. При изменении параметров приложения фактически изменяются значения ключей конфигурации в GConf. + + + Копирование наименования ключа + Чтобы скопировать наименование ключа в буфер обмена необходимо: выбрать требуемый параметр в области редактирования, выбрать пункт меню ПравкаКопировать имя ключа. Затем вставить наименование ключа в другое приложение. + + + Просмотр имён последних ключей + Для просмотра имён последних ключей, с которыми происходила работа, необходимо выбрать пункт меню ПравкаСписок последних ключей, благодаря чему появится область результатов внизу текущего окна. Перемещаться по списку в окне результатов можно с использованием ползунка или клавиш со стрелками. Информация о выбранном ключе или папке появится в оставшейся части окна. + Просмотр последних ключей полезен, если необходимо вернуться к недавно редактируемому ключу, местоположение которого забыто. + + Возможно, необходим снимок экрана. В частности, могут объясняться кнопки закрытия окна, копирования и очистки в области результатов. + + + Изменение значения ключа + Значок около наименования ключа показывает тип значения, которое он может принимать. За описанием каждого значка обратитесь к разделу . Для изменения значения ключа необходимо выполнить следующие действия: + + В области дерева конфигурации указать ключ, который необходимо изменить в области редактирования. + Выбрать ключ для изменения в области редактирования. + + Для изменения целочисленного или строкового значения необходимо щёлкнуть мышью на колонке Значение ключа и ввести новое значение. Или щёлкнуть мышью на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню Изменение ключа. + Для изменения булева значения необходимо щёлкнуть мышью на колонке Значение ключа и установить или снять флажок. Или щёлкнуть мышью на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню Изменение ключа. + Для изменения значения типа «список» необходимо щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши на ключе и выбрать пункт Изменение ключа всплывающего меню. Диалог Изменение ключа содержит список значений для выбранного ключа. С помощью этого диалога можно редактировать значение каждого элемента списка, добавлять или удалять значения, а также передвигать значения в списке вверх и вниз. + + + Системный администратор может заблокировать определённые ключи, установив для них принудительные значения. Если для выбранных ключей установлены принудительные значения, то пользователь не может их изменить. Если у пользователя нет прав изменять значение ключа, то в области описания будет выведена метка Ключ защищён от записи. + + + + + Быстрый поиск ключей + Для быстрого поиска ключей, редактор конфигурации позволяет искать ключи в GConf по наименованию. Также можно устанавливать закладки на папки ключей, к которым необходим регулярный доступ. + + + Использование закладок + Для доступа к папке, указанной в закладках, необходимо выбрать соответствующий пункт меню Закладки. В этом же разделе меню можно добавлять или удалять ссылки на папки. + Для добавления закладки необходимо: выбрать нужную папку в области дерева конфигурации, выбрать пункт меню ЗакладкиДобавить закладку. + Для удаления закладки необходимо выполнить следующее: + + Выбрать пункт меню ЗакладкиРедактировать закладки. + Выбрать нужную закладку в диалоге Изменить закладки и нажать кнопку Удалить. + Нажать кнопку Закрыть. + + + + Поиск ключей + Для поиска ключей необходимо выполнить следующие действия: + + Выбрать пункт меню ПравкаНайти. + Ввести ключевое слово, которое необходимо найти, в поле Искать:. Дополнительно можно установить флажки Искать также среди имён ключей и Искать также среди значений ключей. Если ни один из указанных флагов не установлен, то поиск будет выполнен только среди имён папок. Установка этих флажков расширяет параметры поиска. + Нажать кнопку Найти. + + Результаты поиска будут отражены в области результатов. Для перемещения по списку результатов необходимо: выбрать область результатов, перемещаться по списку с использованием ползунка или клавиш со стрелками. Информация о выбранном ключе появится в оставшейся части главного окна. + + Возможно, необходим снимок экрана. В частности, могут объясняться кнопки закрытия окна, копирования и очистки в области результатов. + + + + + Параметры по умолчанию и принудительные параметры. + Системный администратор может установить настройки по умолчанию и принудительные настройки в GConf, которые повлияют на всех пользователей. Значения по умолчанию используются, если пользователь явно не указал иного, поэтому пользователи всегда могут их переопределить. Принудительные настройки используются всегда для всех пользователей, и пользователи не могут их переопределить. + Для редактирования параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров предназначены окна Параметры по умолчанию и Принудительные параметры соответственно. Эти окна показывают только те параметры, которые уже были указаны как принудительные или по умолчанию, поэтому в этих окнах невозможно создать новый принудительный параметр или параметр по умолчанию. Указать параметр как принудительный или по умолчанию можно в окне Параметры. + Чтобы открыть окно Параметры по умолчанию, необходимо выбрать пункт меню ФайлНовое окно параметров по умолчанию. Чтобы открыть окно Принудительных параметров , необходимо выбрать пункт меню ФайлНовое окно принудительных параметров. + + + Создание параметров по умолчанию + Чтобы создать параметр по умолчанию, необходимо выполнить следующие шаги: + + В окне Параметры с помощью области дерева конфигурации найти ключ, который необходимо сделать по умолчанию. + Щёлкнуть мышью на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню Установить по умолчанию. + + + + Создание принудительных параметров + Для создания принудительного параметра необходимо выполнить следующие действия: + + В окне Параметры с помощью области дерева конфигурации найти ключ, который необходимо сделать принудительным. + Щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню Установить как обязательное. + + + + Изменение и удаление параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров + Для изменения и удаления параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров необходимо воспользоваться окнами Параметры по умолчанию и Обязательные параметры. Для изменения значений параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров необходимо использовать соответствующие окна и модифицировать ключи также как в окне Параметры. За подробной информацией обратитесь к разделу . + Для удаления параметра по умолчанию или принудительного параметра необходимо выполнить следующие шаги: + + В соответствующем окне с помощью области дерева конфигурации найти требуемый ключ. + Щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню Сбросить умолчание. + + + + + + Значки и типы ключей + Значки около ключей в области редактирования показывают тип значения, которое может принимать ключ. Ниже перечислены возможные значки и типы значений, которые они обозначают: + + + + + Булевый ключ + Может принимать значения истина или ложь. Редактор конфигурации использует флажок для установки и просмотра ключа этого типа. + + + + + Числовой ключ + Хранит числовые значения: как целочисленные, так и с плавающей запятой (дробные). + + + + + Строковый ключ + Хранит любую текстовую строку. + + + + + Ключ схемы + Используется для документирования ключей. Информация по каждому ключу располагается в отдельном ключе, обычно в папке /schemas. Обычно пользователям и системным администраторам не требуется работать с ключами схем напрямую. + + + + + Ключ со списком + Хранит список произвольной длины. Все элементы списка должны быть одного типа, который должен быть примитивным: булево, число или строка. + + + + + Парный ключ + Хранит ровно два значения. Оба ключа должны быть примитивного типа, но не обязательно одинаковых типов. В настоящее время Редактор конфигурации не поддерживает редактирование парных ключей. + + + + + Не определено + Если Редактор конфигурации не может распознать тип ключа, то используется этот значок. В настоящее время значок неопределённого значения также используется для парных ключей. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/ru/ru.po b/docs/ru/ru.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2417cc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/ru/ru.po @@ -0,0 +1,1115 @@ +# Russian translation for gconf-editor help +# Copyright 2008 Free Software Foundation Inc. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor help trunk\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-29 08:38+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-08 14:41+0400\n" +"Last-Translator: Nikita Belobrov \n" +"Language-Team: Russian =2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:185(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=de0c8c06af293c34b21608810e244b23" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=de0c8c06af293c34b21608810e244b23" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:482(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:490(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:497(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:503(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:512(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:520(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:529(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Руководство по редактору конфигурации" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Проект документирования GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Разрешается копировать, распространять и/или изменять этот документ на " +"условиях лицензии GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), версии 1.1 или " +"любой более поздней версии, опубликованной Фондом свободного программного " +"обеспечения (Free Software Foundation), без неизменяемых частей и без " +"текстов на обложках. Вы можете найти копию лицензии GFDL по этой ссылке или в файле COPYING-DOCS, " +"распространяемом с этим документом." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство — часть документации GNOME, которая распространяется на " +"условиях лицензии GNU FDL. Если вы хотите распространять это руководство " +"отдельно от остальной документации, вам следует приложить к руководству " +"копию лицензии, как описано в разделе 6 лицензии." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые имена и марки используются компаниями для обозначения их продуктов " +"и услуг и являются торговыми марками. Там, где эти имена присутствуют в " +"документации и там, где участники проекта документирования GNOME знают об этом, " +"имена выделяются заглавными буквами или начальной заглавной буквой." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"ДОКУМЕНТ РАСПРОСТРАНЯЕТСЯ «КАК ЕСТЬ», БЕЗ ВСЯКИХ ГАРАНТИЙ, ЯВНЫХ ИЛИ НЕЯВНЫХ, " +"ВКЛЮЧАЯ, БЕЗ ОГРАНИЧЕНИЙ, ГАРАНТИИ ТОГО, ЧТО ДОКУМЕНТ ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННАЯ ВЕРСИЯ " +"ДОКУМЕНТА СВОБОДНА ОТ ДЕФЕКТОВ, ПРИГОДНА К ПРОДАЖЕ, ПРИГОДНА К ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЮ " +"В ОПРЕДЕЛЁННЫХ ЦЕЛЯХ ИЛИ НЕ НАРУШАЕТ ЗАКОНЫ. ВЕСЬ РИСК, КАСАЮЩИЙСЯ КАЧЕСТВА, " +"ТОЧНОСТИ ИЛИ ПРАВИЛЬНОСТИ ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННЫХ ВЕРСИЙ ДОКУМЕНТА, ЛЕЖИТ " +"НА ВАС. ЕСЛИ ДОКУМЕНТ ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННАЯ ВЕРСИЯ ДОКУМЕНТА ИМЕЕТ НЕДОСТАТКИ, ВЫ " +"(А НЕ АВТОР ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ЕГО ПОМОЩНИК) БЕРЁТЕ НА СЕБЯ СТОИМОСТЬ ЛЮБОЙ " +"НЕОБХОДИМОЙ ДОРАБОТКИ, КОРРЕКЦИИ ИЛИ ВОССТАНОВЛЕНИЯ. ЭТОТ ОТКАЗ ОТ ГАРАНТИЙ " +"СОСТАВЛЯЕТ ВАЖНУЮ ЧАСТЬ ЛИЦЕНЗИИ. НИКАКОЕ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ " +"ИЗМЕНЁННОЙ ВЕРСИИ ДОКУМЕНТА НЕ ДОПУСКАЕТСЯ БЕЗ ДАННОГО ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЯ И" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"НИ ПРИ КАКИХ ОБСТОЯТЕЛЬСТВАХ И НИ ПРИ КАКОМ ЗАКОННОМ СПОСОБЕ, НИ ПО КАКОМУ " +"СОГЛАШЕНИЮ ИЛИ ДРУГОЙ ПРИЧИНЕ, АВТОР, СОЗДАТЕЛЬ, ПОМОЩНИКИ ИЛИ " +"РАСПРОСТРАНИТЕЛИ ДОКУМЕНТА НЕ НЕСУТ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬ ЗА ПРЯМОЙ, КОСВЕННЫЙ, " +"СПЕЦИАЛЬНЫЙ, СЛУЧАЙНЫЙ ИЛИ ПРЕДНАМЕРЕННЫЙ УЩЕРБ ЛЮБОГО СВОЙСТВА, ВКЛЮЧАЯ, " +"БЕЗ ОГРАНИЧЕНИЯ, ПОТЕРЮ РЕПУТАЦИИ, РАБОТОСПОСОБНОСТИ, КОМПЬЮТЕРНЫЕ СБОИ ИЛИ " +"ПОЛОМКИ, ИЛИ ЛЮБОЙ ДРУГОЙ УЩЕРБ ИЛИ ПОТЕРИ, ВОЗНИКАЮЩИЕ ВСЛЕДСТВИЕ ИЛИ " +"СВЯЗАННЫЕ С ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕМ ДОКУМЕНТА ИЛИ ИЗМЕНЁННЫХ ВЕРСИЙ ДОКУМЕНТА, ДАЖЕ " +"ЕСЛИ СТОРОНА БЫЛА УВЕДОМЛЕНА О ВОЗМОЖНОСТИ ТАКОГО УЩЕРБА." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"ДОКУМЕНТ И ИЗМЕНЁННЫЕ ВЕРСИИ ДОКУМЕНТА ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЮТСЯ ПОЛЬЗОВАТЕЛЮ НА " +"УСЛОВИЯХ ЛИЦЕНЗИИ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE С УВЕДОМЛЕНИЕМ О ТОМ, ЧТО: " +"" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Команда документирования GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"Редактор конфигурации используется для изменения настроек приложений, " +"которые могут быть не доступны в диалогах параметров приложений." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Версия 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "Сентябрь 2004г." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "без изменений" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Версия 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Август 2004 г." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Группа документирования GNOME компании Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Версия 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Январь 2004 г." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Это руководство описывает редактор конфигурации 2.8." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Отзывы" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы сообщить об ошибке или внести предложение по работе редактора " +"конфигурации или этому руководству, перейдите на страницу страница отзывов GNOME и следуйте " +"дальнейшим указаниям." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Редактор конфигурации GConf" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"Рабочий стол GNOME и другие приложения используют GConf для сохранения пользовательских и системных настроек. " +"GConf предоставляет централизованное хранилище " +"настроек, упрощая управление конфигурациями пользователям и системным " +"администраторам. Более подробная информация о GConf находится в Руководстве системного администратора GNOME." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"Редактор конфигурации позволяет пользователям " +"изменять все настройки рабочего стола GNOME и приложений, использующих " +"GConf. Кроме того, системные администраторы могут " +"с помощью Редактора конфигурации устанавливать " +"обязательные значения и значения по умолчанию, которые повлияют на всех " +"пользователей." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"Настройки хранятся в GConf в виде иерархии ключей " +"конфигурации. Каждый ключ имеет соответствующее значение, определяющее " +"предпочтения для данной настройки. Например, ключ /apps/glines/" +"preferences/ball_theme определяет тему, используемую в игре " +"Пять или больше." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"Редактор конфигурации позволяет напрямую " +"редактировать базу настроек. Если вы не опытный пользователь, не используйте " +"Редактор конфигурации. Вместо этого " +"используйте диалоги настройки параметров рабочего стола GNOME для установки его параметров. Для " +"получения дополнительной информации по инструментам настройки рабочего стола GNOME " +"обратитесь к последней версии Руководства " +"пользователей рабочего стола GNOME для требуемой платформы." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Начало работы" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Запуск редактора конфигурации GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Запустить Редактор конфигурации можно следующими " +"способами:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Меню Приложения" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Выберите СистемныеРедактор " +"конфигурации." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:166(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Командная строка" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Выполните команду gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:176(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Начало работы с редактором конфигурации" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:177(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"При запуске редактора конфигурации отображается " +"следующее окно:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:180(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Окно редактора конфигурации" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:188(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Показывает главное окно редактора GConf. Открыты: область дерева " +"конфигурации, область редактирования, область описания ключа." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:194(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"Главное окно редактора конфигурации содержит " +"следующие области:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:198(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Область дерева конфигурации" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:199(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Позволяет просматривать ключи конфигурации GConf " +"в виде иерархии. В этой области отображаются ключи, значения которых можно " +"изменить в области редактирования. Область дерева конфигурации располагается " +"в главном окне слева." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:205(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Область редактирования" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Отображает ключи, выбранные в области дерева конфигурации " +"GConf. В этой области выбираются параметры для " +"редактирования и происходит непосредственное редактирование значений ключей. " +"Область редактирования находится вверху справа главного окна." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:212(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Значки около ключей конфигурации в области редактирования показывают тип " +"значения, которое можно указать для ключа. Например, значок установки флажка " +"около параметра /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy " +"показывает, что для него можно указать только булево значение: истина или " +"ложь. Подробное описание каждого значка находится в разделе ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:221(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Область описания" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:222(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Отображает описание выбранного ключа конфигурации. В этой области содержится " +"дополнительная информация по ключам GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:228(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Область результатов (не показана)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:229(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Позволяет просматривать результаты поиска или выполнять поиск среди списка " +"недавно просмотренных ключей конфигурации. Информация по выбранному " +"параметру в этой области будет отображена в оставшейся части главного окна. " +"Область результатов появляется внизу главного окна для отображения списка " +"недавно просмотренных параметров или при поиске." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:241(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Работа с окнами" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Открытие нового окна" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:244(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"В редакторе конфигурации открываются следующие " +"типы окон: Параметры, Параметры по " +"умолчанию и Принудительные параметры. Устанавливаемые редактором конфигурации значения зависят от типа открываемого окна. Окно любого типа " +"может быть открыто с помощью соответствующего пункта меню Файл." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:250(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Так как настройки в окнах Параметры по умолчанию " +"и Принудительные параметры влияют на всех " +"пользователей компьютера, только системный администратор может использовать " +"эти окна. Для изменения настроек пользователя необходимо использовать окно " +"Параметры." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:257(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Параметры" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:258(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Окно Параметры используется для установки " +"индивидуальных предпочтений. Изменения, сделанные в этом окне влияют только " +"на рабочий стол пользователя. Параметры, указанные системным администратором " +"как принудительные, не могут быть изменены в этом окне." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:267(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Параметры по умолчанию" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:268(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Системный администратор может использовать окно Параметры по " +"умолчанию для установки значений параметров по умолчанию для " +"всех пользователей. В этом случае, если пользователь явно не указал другое " +"значение ключа, будет использовано значение по умолчанию. Пользователи " +"всегда могут переопределить значения по умолчанию." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:275(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Принудительные параметры" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:276(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Системный администратор может использовать окно Принудительные " +"параметры для установки принудительных значений ключей " +"конфигурации для всех пользователей, при этом пользователь не сможет " +"изменить значение таких параметров. Это может быть использовано для " +"блокировки определённых параметров конфигурации." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:286(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Закрытие окон и завершение работы приложения" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:287(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Закрыть окно редактора конфигурации можно, выбрав " +"пункт меню ФайлЗакрыть окно в соответствующем окне. Для закрытия всех окон " +"редактора конфигурации и завершения работы " +"приложения необходимо выбрать пункт меню ФайлВыход в любом окне " +"приложения." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:297(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Работа с ключами" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:298(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Наименования ключей конфигурации — это способ поиска нужного значения. Любая " +"настройка, находящаяся в GConf, является " +"значением какого-либо ключа. Приложения, использующие GConf, определяют свое поведение и внешний вид значениями ключей " +"конфигурации. При изменении параметров приложения " +"фактически изменяются значения ключей конфигурации в GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:306(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Копирование наименования ключа" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:307(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы скопировать наименование ключа в буфер обмена необходимо: выбрать " +"требуемый параметр в области редактирования, выбрать пункт меню " +"ПравкаКопировать имя " +"ключа. Затем вставить наименование ключа в другое " +"приложение." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:313(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Просмотр имён последних ключей" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:314(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Для просмотра имён последних ключей, с которыми происходила работа, необходимо " +"выбрать пункт меню ПравкаСписок последних ключей, " +"благодаря чему появится область результатов внизу текущего окна. " +"Перемещаться по списку в окне результатов можно с использованием ползунка " +"или клавиш со стрелками. Информация о выбранном ключе или папке появится в " +"оставшейся части окна." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:320(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Просмотр последних ключей полезен, если необходимо вернуться к недавно " +"редактируемому ключу, местоположение которого забыто." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:323(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:405(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Возможно, необходим снимок экрана. В частности, могут объясняться кнопки " +"закрытия окна, копирования и очистки в области результатов." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:327(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Изменение значения ключа" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:328(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Значок около наименования ключа показывает тип значения, которое он может " +"принимать. За описанием каждого значка обратитесь к разделу . Для изменения значения ключа необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:332(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "" +"В области дерева конфигурации указать ключ, который необходимо изменить в " +"области редактирования." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Выбрать ключ для изменения в области редактирования." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Для изменения целочисленного или строкового значения необходимо щёлкнуть " +"мышью на колонке Значение ключа и ввести новое " +"значение. Или щёлкнуть мышью на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню " +"Изменение ключа." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:340(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Для изменения булева значения необходимо щёлкнуть мышью на колонке " +"Значение ключа и установить или снять флажок. Или " +"щёлкнуть мышью на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню " +"Изменение ключа." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:345(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Для изменения значения типа «список» необходимо щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши " +"на ключе и выбрать пункт Изменение ключа " +"всплывающего меню. Диалог Изменение ключа " +"содержит список значений для выбранного ключа. С помощью этого диалога можно " +"редактировать значение каждого элемента списка, добавлять или удалять " +"значения, а также передвигать значения в списке вверх и вниз." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:353(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"Системный администратор может заблокировать определённые ключи, установив " +"для них принудительные значения. Если для выбранных ключей установлены " +"принудительные значения, то пользователь не может их изменить. Если у " +"пользователя нет прав изменять значение ключа, то в области описания будет " +"выведена метка Ключ защищён от записи." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:362(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Быстрый поиск ключей" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:363(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Для быстрого поиска ключей, редактор конфигурации " +"позволяет искать ключи в GConf по наименованию. " +"Также можно устанавливать закладки на папки ключей, к которым необходим " +"регулярный доступ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:369(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Использование закладок" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:370(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Для доступа к папке, указанной в закладках, необходимо выбрать " +"соответствующий пункт меню Закладки. В этом же разделе " +"меню можно добавлять или удалять ссылки на папки." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:373(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Для добавления закладки необходимо: выбрать нужную папку в области дерева " +"конфигурации, выбрать пункт меню ЗакладкиДобавить закладку." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:376(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Для удаления закладки необходимо выполнить следующее:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Выбрать пункт меню ЗакладкиРедактировать закладки." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Выбрать нужную закладку в диалоге Изменить закладки и нажать кнопку Удалить." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:383(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Нажать кнопку Закрыть." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:387(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Поиск ключей" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:388(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Для поиска ключей необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Выбрать пункт меню ПравкаНайти." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"Ввести ключевое слово, которое необходимо найти, в поле Искать:. Дополнительно можно установить флажки Искать также " +"среди имён ключей и Искать также среди значений ключей. Если ни один из указанных флагов не установлен, то поиск будет " +"выполнен только среди имён папок. Установка этих флажков расширяет параметры " +"поиска." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:398(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Нажать кнопку Найти." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Результаты поиска будут отражены в области результатов. Для перемещения по " +"списку результатов необходимо: выбрать область результатов, перемещаться по " +"списку с использованием ползунка или клавиш со стрелками. Информация о " +"выбранном ключе появится в оставшейся части главного окна." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:411(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Параметры по умолчанию и принудительные параметры." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:412(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Системный администратор может установить настройки по умолчанию и " +"принудительные настройки в GConf, которые " +"повлияют на всех пользователей. Значения по умолчанию используются, если " +"пользователь явно не указал иного, поэтому пользователи всегда могут их " +"переопределить. Принудительные настройки используются всегда для всех " +"пользователей, и пользователи не могут их переопределить." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:417(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Для редактирования параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров " +"предназначены окна Параметры по умолчанию и " +"Принудительные параметры соответственно. Эти окна " +"показывают только те параметры, которые уже были указаны как принудительные " +"или по умолчанию, поэтому в этих окнах невозможно создать новый " +"принудительный параметр или параметр по умолчанию. Указать параметр как " +"принудительный или по умолчанию можно в окне Параметры." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:425(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы открыть окно Параметры по умолчанию, " +"необходимо выбрать пункт меню ФайлНовое окно параметров по умолчанию. Чтобы открыть окно Принудительных параметров , необходимо выбрать пункт меню ФайлНовое окно принудительных параметров." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:433(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Создание параметров по умолчанию" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:434(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать параметр по умолчанию, необходимо выполнить следующие шаги:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"В окне Параметры с помощью области дерева " +"конфигурации найти ключ, который необходимо сделать по умолчанию." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Щёлкнуть мышью на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню " +"Установить по умолчанию." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:443(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Создание принудительных параметров" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:444(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Для создания принудительного параметра необходимо выполнить следующие " +"действия:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"В окне Параметры с помощью области дерева " +"конфигурации найти ключ, который необходимо сделать принудительным." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:449(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню " +"Установить как обязательное." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:454(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "" +"Изменение и удаление параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:455(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"Для изменения и удаления параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров " +"необходимо воспользоваться окнами Параметры по умолчанию и Обязательные параметры. Для " +"изменения значений параметров по умолчанию и принудительных параметров " +"необходимо использовать соответствующие окна и модифицировать ключи также " +"как в окне Параметры. За подробной информацией " +"обратитесь к разделу ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:462(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Для удаления параметра по умолчанию или принудительного параметра необходимо " +"выполнить следующие шаги:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:465(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"В соответствующем окне с помощью области дерева конфигурации найти требуемый " +"ключ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:468(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши на ключе и выбрать пункт всплывающего меню " +"Сбросить умолчание." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:475(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Значки и типы ключей" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:476(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Значки около ключей в области редактирования показывают тип значения, " +"которое может принимать ключ. Ниже перечислены возможные значки и типы " +"значений, которые они обозначают:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:481(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Булевый ключ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Может принимать значения истина или ложь. Редактор " +"конфигурации использует флажок для установки и просмотра ключа " +"этого типа." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:489(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Числовой ключ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Хранит числовые значения: как целочисленные, так и с плавающей запятой " +"(дробные)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:496(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Строковый ключ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Хранит любую текстовую строку." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:502(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Ключ схемы" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Используется для документирования ключей. Информация по каждому ключу " +"располагается в отдельном ключе, обычно в папке /schemas. " +"Обычно пользователям и системным администраторам не требуется работать с " +"ключами схем напрямую." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:511(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Ключ со списком" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Хранит список произвольной длины. Все элементы списка должны быть одного " +"типа, который должен быть примитивным: булево, число или строка." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:519(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Парный ключ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Хранит ровно два значения. Оба ключа должны быть примитивного типа, но не " +"обязательно одинаковых типов. В настоящее время Редактор " +"конфигурации не поддерживает редактирование парных ключей." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:528(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Не определено" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:531(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Если Редактор конфигурации не может распознать " +"тип ключа, то используется этот значок. В настоящее время значок " +"неопределённого значения также используется для парных ключей." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Никита Белобров , 2008" diff --git a/docs/sv/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/sv/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..661c3a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/sv/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/sv/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/sv/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f745d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/sv/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Handbok för Konfigurationsredigerare + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2006, 2009Daniel Nylander (po@danielnylander.se) + + + + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + + + + Tillstånd att kopiera, distribuera och/eller modifiera detta dokument ges under villkoren i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller senare, utgivet av Free Software Foundation utan standardavsnitt och omslagstexter. En kopia av GFDL finns att hämta på denna länk eller i filen COPYING-DOCS som medföljer denna handbok. + Denna handbok utgör en av flera GNOME-handböcker som distribueras under villkoren i GFDL. Om du vill distribuera denna handbok separat från övriga handböcker kan du göra detta genom att lägga till en kopia av licensavtalet i handboken enligt instruktionerna i avsnitt 6 i licensavtalet. + + Flera namn på produkter och tjänster är registrerade varumärken. I de fall dessa namn förekommer i GNOME-dokumentation - och medlemmarna i GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet är medvetna om dessa varumärken - är de skrivna med versaler eller med inledande versal. + + DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS UNDER VILLKOREN I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ENDAST UNDER FÖLJANDE FÖRUTSÄTTNINGAR: + + DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS I "BEFINTLIGT SKICK" UTAN NÅGRA SOM HELST GARANTIER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, GARANTIER ATT DOKUMENTET ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET INTE INNEHÅLLER NÅGRA FELAKTIGHETER, ÄR LÄMPLIGT FÖR ETT VISST ÄNDAMÅL ELLER INTE STRIDER MOT LAG. HELA RISKEN VAD GÄLLER KVALITET, EXAKTHET OCH UTFÖRANDE AV DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET LIGGER HELT OCH HÅLLET PÅ ANVÄNDAREN. OM ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT SKULLE VISA SIG INNEHÅLLA FELAKTIGHETER I NÅGOT HÄNSEENDE ÄR DET DU (INTE DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN, FÖRFATTAREN ELLER NÅGON ANNAN MEDARBETARE) SOM FÅR STÅ FÖR ALLA EVENTUELLA KOSTNADER FÖR SERVICE, REPARATIONER ELLER KORRIGERINGAR. DENNA GARANTIFRISKRIVNING UTGÖR EN VÄSENTLIG DEL AV DETTA LICENSAVTAL. DETTA INNEBÄR ATT ALL ANVÄNDNING AV ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT BEVILJAS ENDAST UNDER DENNA ANSVARSFRISKRIVNING; + + + UNDER INGA OMSTÄNDIGHETER ELLER INOM RAMEN FÖR NÅGON LAGSTIFTNING, OAVSETT OM DET GÄLLER KRÄNKNING (INKLUSIVE VÅRDSLÖSHET), KONTRAKT ELLER DYLIKT, SKA FÖRFATTAREN, DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN ELLER ANNAN MEDARBETARE ELLER ÅTERFÖRSÄLJARE AV DOKUMENTET ELLER AV EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET ELLER NÅGON LEVERANTÖR TILL NÅGON AV NÄMNDA PARTER STÄLLAS ANSVARIG GENTEMOT NÅGON FÖR NÅGRA DIREKTA, INDIREKTA, SÄRSKILDA ELLER OFÖRUTSEDDA SKADOR ELLER FÖLJDSKADOR AV NÅGOT SLAG, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, SKADOR BETRÄFFANDE FÖRLORAD GOODWILL, HINDER I ARBETET, DATORHAVERI ELLER NÅGRA ANDRA TÄNKBARA SKADOR ELLER FÖRLUSTER SOM KAN UPPKOMMA PÅ GRUND AV ELLER RELATERAT TILL ANVÄNDNINGEN AV DOKUMENTET ELLER MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET, ÄVEN OM PART SKA HA BLIVIT INFORMERAD OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDANA SKADOR. + + + + + + + + + Suns + GNOME-dokumentationsteam + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + + + + + Konfigurationsredigerare kan användas för att ändra konfigurationsalternativ som används av program som kanske inte finns tillgängliga genom inställningsdialogerna + + + + Version 2.8 + September 2004 + + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + ej granskad + + + + Version 2.1 + Augusti 2004 + + Suns GNOME-dokumentationsteam + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + + + + Version 2.0.1 + Januari 2004 + + Suns GNOME-dokumentationsteam + Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME + + + + Den här handboken beskriver version 2.8 av Konfigurationsredigerare. + + Återkoppling + För att rapportera ett fel eller skicka in förslag angående programmet Konfigurationsredigerare eller den här handboken, följ anvisningarna på GNOME:s återkopplingssida. + + + + + + GConf-redigerare + + + + Introduktion + GNOME-skrivbordet och många program använder GConf för att lagra användarinställningar och systemkonfigurationsdata. GConf tillhandahåller en central lagringsplats för inställningar, som gör konfigurationshantering enklare för användare och systemadministratörer. Mer information om GConf kan hittas i Systemadministrationsguide för GNOME-skrivbordet. + Konfigurationsredigerare låter användare ändra sina inställningar för hela GNOME-skrivbordet och de program som använder GConf. Dessutom kan systemadministratörer använda Konfigurationsredigerare för att ställa in standard och obligatoriska inställningar som påverkar alla användare. + Inställningar lagras i GConf i en nyckelhierarki. Varje nyckel har ett tilldelat värde som anger din inställning för för just den inställningen. Till exempel, nyckeln /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme lagrar vilket tema som du använder i spelet Fem eller mer. + Konfigurationsredigerare låter dig ändra din konfigurationskälla direkt. Om du inte är en erfaren användare, använd inte Konfigurationsredigerare för att ställa in inställningar för GNOME-skrivbordet. Använd istället inställningsverktygen i GNOME-skrivbordet. För information om hur man använder inställningsverktygen, se den senaste versionen av Skrivbordsanvändarguide för GNOME för din plattform. + + + + Komma igång + + + Starta Konfigurationsredigerare + Du kan starta Konfigurationsredigerare på följande sätt: + + + Menyn Program + + Välj SystemverktygKonfigurationsredigerare. + Vissa distributioner döljer denna meny. Om så är fallet så bör du använda den andra metoden som beskrivs nedan. + + + + Kommandorad + + Kör följande kommando: gconf-editor + + + + + + + När du startar Konfigurationsredigerare + När du startar Konfigurationsredigerare kommer följande fönster att visas. +
+ <application>Konfigurationsredigerare</application>-fönstret + + + + + + + Visar GConf-redigeraren. Innehåller: Trädpanel, Modifieringspanel, Dokumentationspanel. + + + +
+ Konfigurationsredigerare-fönstret innehåller följande paneler: + + + Trädpanel + Låter dig navigera i nyckelhierarkin i GConf. Använd den här panelen för att visa nycklarna som du vill ändra i modifieringspanelen. Trädpanelen är på vänstra sidan av fönstret. + + + Modifieringspanel + + Visar nycklarna i den valda GConf-platsen i trädpanelen. Använd den här panelen för att välja nycklarna som du vill ändra och för att ändra värdet för nycklarna. Modifieringspanelen är i den övre delen av högra sidan av fönstret. + Ikonerna bredvid nycklarna i modifieringspanelen indikerar vilken typ av värde som du kan ange för nyckeln. Till exempel, den kryssade ikonen bredvid nyckeln /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy indikerar att du kan ange en booleskt värde (sant eller falskt) för nyckeln. Se för mer information om varje ikon. + + + + Dokumentationspanel + Visar dokumentation för den för närvarande valda nyckeln. Använd den här panelen för att läsa mer information om inställningsnycklarna i GConf. + + + + Resultatpanel (visas inte) + Låter dig visa resultatet för en sökning eller för att söka genom listan av dina senaste visade nyckelnamn. Resten av fönstret kommer att visa informationen för den nyckel som du har vald i den här panelen. Resultatpanelen kommer att visas på nedre delen av fönstret när du listar de senaste nycklarna eller genomför en sökning. + + + + + + + + Arbeta med fönster + + Öppna nya fönster + Det finns tre typer av fönster som du kan öppna i Konfigurationsredigerare: Inställningar, Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska inställningar. Vilka värden som Konfigurationsredigerare ställer in beror på vilken typ av fönster du har öppnat. Du kan öppna varje typ av fönster med lämpligt menyobjekt under menyn Arkiv. + Eftersom inställningarna i Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska inställningar påverkar alla användare på datorn, kan endast en systemadministratör använda dessa fönstertyper. För att ändra dina inställningar bör du använda Inställningar-fönstret. + + + Inställningar + Du kan använda Inställningar-fönstret till att ställa in dina personliga inställningar. Ändringar som görs i Inställningar-fönstret påverkar endast ditt skrivbord. Du kan inte ändra inställningarna som systemadministratören har satt som obligatoriska. + + + + + Standardvärden + Om du är en systemadministratör kan du använda Standardinställningar-fönstret för att redigera standardinställningar för alla användare. Om en användare inte uttryckligen ställer in ett värde för en nyckel, kommer värdet att tas från standardinställningarna. Användare kan alltid åsidosätta standardinställningar. + + + Obligatorisk + Om du är en systemadministratör kan du använda Obligatorisk-fönstret för att redigera obligatoriska inställningar för alla användare. När ett obligatoriskt värde är inställt för en nyckel, kan inte användarna ändra det värdet. Det här kan användas för att låsa vissa alternativ. + + + + + + Stänga och avsluta + Du kan stänga ett Konfigurationsredigerare-fönster genom att välja ArkivStäng fönster i det fönstret. För att stänga alla Konfigurationsredigerare-fönster och avsluta hela programmet, välj ArkivAvsluta i något av Konfigurationsredigerare-fönstren. + + + + + Arbeta med nycklar + Nycklar är ett sätt att slå upp ett värde på. Varje inställning som lagras i GConf tilldelas en nyckel. Program som använder GConf läser av värdet på nycklarna för att bestämma hur de ska se ut och uppträda. När du ändrar någonting i Inställningar i ett program, ändrar du värdet som tilldelats en nyckel i GConf. + + + Kopiera ett nyckelnamn + För att kopiera ett nyckelnamn till urklipp, välj nyckelnamnet som du vill kopiera i modifieringspanelen. Välj RedigeraKopiera nyckelnamn. Du kan klistra in nyckelnamnet i valfritt program. + + + Visa senaste nyckelnamnen + För att visa senaste nyckelnamnen, välj RedigeraVisa senaste nycklar i lista. Den här åtgärden kommer att öppna resultatpanelen i nederdelen av det aktuella fönstret. Du kan röra dig genom resultatlistan genom att rulla upp eller ner med rullisten eller piltangenterna. Informationen för den valda nyckeln eller mappen visas i resten av fönstret. + Visa senaste nycklar är användbart om du behöver gå tillbaka till en nyckel som du precis ändrat men inte minns var den fanns. + + En skärmbild kanske behövs. Speciellt knapparna för stängning, kopiering och tömning i resultatpanelen bör förklaras. + + + Ändra värdet för en nyckel + Ikonerna bredvid nyckelnamnet visa vilket sorts värde som nyckeln kan innehålla. Se för mer information om varje ikon. Genomför följande steg för att ändra värdet på en nyckel: + + Använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ändra i modifieringspanelen. + Välj nyckeln som ska ändras i modifieringspanelen. + + För att ändra värdet på en heltalsnyckel eller en strängnyckel, klicka på kolumnen Värde för nyckeln. Skriv sedan in det nya värdet för nyckeln. Alternativt, högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Redigera nyckel från popup-menyn. + För att ändra värdet för en boolesk nyckel, klicka i kolumnen Värde för nyckeln för att kryssa för eller avkryssa kryssrutan. Alternativt, högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Redigera nyckel från popup-menyn. + För att ändra värdet för en listnyckel, högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Redigera nyckel från popup-menyn. Dialogrutan Redigera nyckel tillhandahåller en lista över värden som associeras med den nyckeln. Du kan använda den här dialogrutan för att redigera varje specifikt värde i listan, lägga till eller ta bort värden från listan, och flytta varje värde upp eller ner i listan. + + + Din systemadministratör kan ha låst vissa nycklar genom att tillhandahålla obligatoriska värden. Om den valda nyckeln har ett obligatoriskt värde inställt, kommer du inte kunna redigera värdet. Dokumentationspanelen kommer att visa etiketten Denna nyckel är inte skrivbar om du inte tillåts att redigera värdet för den nyckeln. + + + + + Hitta nycklar snabbt + För att snabbt hitta nycklar, låter Konfigurationsredigerare dig att söka efter nyckelnamnen i GConf. Dessutom kan du använda bokmärken för att hitta nyckelkataloger som du behöver komma åt ofta. + + + Använda bokmärken + För att komma åt en katalogplats i dina bokmärken, välj platsen från Bokmärken-menyn. Du kan lägga till och ta bort katalogplatser i din Bokmärken-meny. + För att lägga till ett bokmärke, välj platsen som du vill bokmärka i trädpanelen. Välj BokmärkenLägg till bokmärke. + Genomför följande steg för att ta bort ett bokmärke: + + Välj BokmärkenRedigera bokmärken. + Välj bokmärket i dialogrutan Redigera bokmärken, klicka sedan på Ta bort. + Klicka på Stäng. + + + + Sök efter nycklar + Genomför följande steg för att söka efter nycklar: + + Välj RedigeraSök. + Ange nyckelordet du vill söka efter i Sök efter-fältet. Du kan även kryssa för de valfria kryssrutorna Sök även i nyckelnamn och Sök även i nyckelvärden. Om dessa kryssrutor inte har kryssats för, kommer sökningen endast att genomföras på mappnamnen. Kryssa för dessa rutor kommer att utöka sökparametrarna. + Klicka på Sök. + + Resultatet från sökningen kommer att visas i resultatpanelen. För att röra dig genom resultatlistan, välj först den panelen. Sedan kan du röra dig genom resultaten med rullisten eller piltangenterna. Informationen för den valda nyckeln eller mappen kommer att visas i resten av fönstret. + + En skärmbild kanske behövs. Speciellt knapparna för stängning, kopiering och tömning i resultatpanelen bör förklaras. + + + + + Standard och obligatoriska inställningar + Om du är en systemadministratör kan du ställa in standard och obligatoriska inställningar i GConf vilka kommer att påverka alla användare. Standardinställningar användas när en användare inte uttryckligen har ställt in ett värde, och användare kan alltid åsidosätta dem. Obligatoriska inställningar används alltid för alla användare, och de kan inte åsidosätta dem. + Du kan använda fönstren för Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska för att redigera och ta bort standard och obligatoriska inställningar. Fönstren för Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska kommer endast att visa dig de inställningar som redan har gjorts till standard eller obligatoriska. Du kan inte använda dessa fönster för att skapa nya standard eller obligatoriska inställningar. Istället kan du ställa in inställningar från fönstret Inställningar till att vara standard eller obligatoriska. + För att öppna ett Standardinställningsfönster, välj ArkivNytt standardinställningsfönster. För att öppna ett Oobligatoriskt fönster, välj ArkivNytt obligatoriskt fönster. + + + Skapa standardinställningar + Genomför följande steg för att skapa en standardinställning: + + I Inställningar-fönstret, använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ställa in som standardinställning. + Högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Ställ in som standard från popup-menyn. + + + + Skapa obligatoriska inställningar + Genomför följande steg för att skapa en obligatorisk inställning: + + I Inställningar-fönstret, använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ställa in som obligatorisk inställning. + Högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Ställ in som obligatorisk från popup-menyn. + + + + Ändra och ta bort standard och obligatoriska inställningar + Du kan använda fönstren för Standardinställningar och Obligatorisk för att ändra och ta bort standard och obligatoriska inställningar. För att ändra en standard eller obligatorisk inställning, använd det passande fönstret och ändra nyckeln precis på samma sätt som för nycklar i Inställningar-fönstret. Se för mer information om hur man ändrar nycklar. + Genomför följande steg för att ta bort en standard eller obligatorisk nyckel: + + I det passande fönstret, använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ta bort från standard eller obligatoriska inställningarna. + Högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Nollställ nyckel från popup-menyn. + + + + + + Ikoner och nyckeltyper + Ikonerna bredvid nycklarna i modifieringspanelen indikerar vilken typ av värde du kan ange för nyckeln. Följande lista visar de möjliga ikonerna och vilka typer av värden de representerar. + + + + + Boolesk nyckel + Kan vara antingen sant eller falskt. Konfigurationsredigerare kommer att tillhandahålla en kryssruta för den här typen av nycklar. + + + + + Siffernyckel + Kan innehålla siffror. Dessa kan antingen vara heltal eller flyttal (bråk). + + + + + Strängnyckel + Kan innehåll alla sorters textsträngar. + + + + + Schemanyckel + Används för att dokumentera andra nycklar. Dokumentationen för varje nyckel tillhandahålls av en separat nyckel, vanligtvis under katalogen /schemas. Användare och systemadministratörer behöver normalt sett inte arbeta direkt med schemanycklar. + + + + + Listnyckel + Listor av godtycklig längd. Varje element av listan måste vara av samma typ, och en av de primitiva typerna boolesk, siffra eller sträng. + + + + + Parnyckel + Kan innehålla exakt två värden. De två värdena måste vara en av de primitiva typerna, men de kan behöver inte vara av samma typ. För närvarande kan inte Konfigurationsredigerare redigera parnycklar. + + + + + Blank + Används när Konfigurationsredigerare inte förstår nyckeltypen. Den blanka ikonen används även för parnycklar. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/sv/sv.po b/docs/sv/sv.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa1113b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/sv/sv.po @@ -0,0 +1,611 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor doc\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-12 09:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-17 02:08+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander \n" +"Language-Team: Swedish \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Handbok för Konfigurationsredigerare" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "Tillstånd att kopiera, distribuera och/eller modifiera detta dokument ges under villkoren i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller senare, utgivet av Free Software Foundation utan standardavsnitt och omslagstexter. En kopia av GFDL finns att hämta på denna länk eller i filen COPYING-DOCS som medföljer denna handbok." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license." +msgstr "Denna handbok utgör en av flera GNOME-handböcker som distribueras under villkoren i GFDL. Om du vill distribuera denna handbok separat från övriga handböcker kan du göra detta genom att lägga till en kopia av licensavtalet i handboken enligt instruktionerna i avsnitt 6 i licensavtalet." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters." +msgstr "Flera namn på produkter och tjänster är registrerade varumärken. I de fall dessa namn förekommer i GNOME-dokumentation - och medlemmarna i GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet är medvetna om dessa varumärken - är de skrivna med versaler eller med inledande versal." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS I \"BEFINTLIGT SKICK\" UTAN NÅGRA SOM HELST GARANTIER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, GARANTIER ATT DOKUMENTET ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET INTE INNEHÅLLER NÅGRA FELAKTIGHETER, ÄR LÄMPLIGT FÖR ETT VISST ÄNDAMÅL ELLER INTE STRIDER MOT LAG. HELA RISKEN VAD GÄLLER KVALITET, EXAKTHET OCH UTFÖRANDE AV DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET LIGGER HELT OCH HÅLLET PÅ ANVÄNDAREN. OM ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT SKULLE VISA SIG INNEHÅLLA FELAKTIGHETER I NÅGOT HÄNSEENDE ÄR DET DU (INTE DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN, FÖRFATTAREN ELLER NÅGON ANNAN MEDARBETARE) SOM FÅR STÅ FÖR ALLA EVENTUELLA KOSTNADER FÖR SERVICE, REPARATIONER ELLER KORRIGERINGAR. DENNA GARANTIFRISKRIVNING UTGÖR EN VÄSENTLIG DEL AV DETTA LICENSAVTAL. DETTA INNEBÄR ATT ALL ANVÄNDNING AV ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT BEVILJAS ENDAST UNDER DENNA ANSVARSFRISKRIVNING;" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "UNDER INGA OMSTÄNDIGHETER ELLER INOM RAMEN FÖR NÅGON LAGSTIFTNING, OAVSETT OM DET GÄLLER KRÄNKNING (INKLUSIVE VÅRDSLÖSHET), KONTRAKT ELLER DYLIKT, SKA FÖRFATTAREN, DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN ELLER ANNAN MEDARBETARE ELLER ÅTERFÖRSÄLJARE AV DOKUMENTET ELLER AV EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET ELLER NÅGON LEVERANTÖR TILL NÅGON AV NÄMNDA PARTER STÄLLAS ANSVARIG GENTEMOT NÅGON FÖR NÅGRA DIREKTA, INDIREKTA, SÄRSKILDA ELLER OFÖRUTSEDDA SKADOR ELLER FÖLJDSKADOR AV NÅGOT SLAG, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, SKADOR BETRÄFFANDE FÖRLORAD GOODWILL, HINDER I ARBETET, DATORHAVERI ELLER NÅGRA ANDRA TÄNKBARA SKADOR ELLER FÖRLUSTER SOM KAN UPPKOMMA PÅ GRUND AV ELLER RELATERAT TILL ANVÄNDNINGEN AV DOKUMENTET ELLER MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET, ÄVEN OM PART SKA HA BLIVIT INFORMERAD OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDANA SKADOR." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +msgstr "DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS UNDER VILLKOREN I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ENDAST UNDER FÖLJANDE FÖRUTSÄTTNINGAR: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Suns" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "GNOME-dokumentationsteam" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigerare kan användas för att ändra konfigurationsalternativ som används av program som kanske inte finns tillgängliga genom inställningsdialogerna" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Version 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "September 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "ej granskad" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Version 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Augusti 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Suns GNOME-dokumentationsteam" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Version 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Januari 2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "Den här handboken beskriver version 2.8 av Konfigurationsredigerare." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Återkoppling" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "För att rapportera ett fel eller skicka in förslag angående programmet Konfigurationsredigerare eller den här handboken, följ anvisningarna på GNOME:s återkopplingssida." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf-redigerare" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. More information about GConf can be found in the GNOME System Administrator's Guide." +msgstr "GNOME-skrivbordet och många program använder GConf för att lagra användarinställningar och systemkonfigurationsdata. GConf tillhandahåller en central lagringsplats för inställningar, som gör konfigurationshantering enklare för användare och systemadministratörer. Mer information om GConf kan hittas i Systemadministrationsguide för GNOME-skrivbordet." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor allows users to modify their preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use GConf. Additionally, system administrators can use Configuration Editor to set default and mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigerare låter användare ändra sina inställningar för hela GNOME-skrivbordet och de program som använder GConf. Dessutom kan systemadministratörer använda Konfigurationsredigerare för att ställa in standard och obligatoriska inställningar som påverkar alla användare." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game Five or More." +msgstr "Inställningar lagras i GConf i en nyckelhierarki. Varje nyckel har ett tilldelat värde som anger din inställning för för just den inställningen. Till exempel, nyckeln /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme lagrar vilket tema som du använder i spelet Fem eller mer." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "Configuration Editor enables you to modify your configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not use Configuration Editor to set preferences for the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of the GNOME Desktop User Guide for your platform." +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigerare låter dig ändra din konfigurationskälla direkt. Om du inte är en erfaren användare, använd inte Konfigurationsredigerare för att ställa in inställningar för GNOME-skrivbordet. Använd istället inställningsverktygen i GNOME-skrivbordet. För information om hur man använder inställningsverktygen, se den senaste versionen av Skrivbordsanvändarguide för GNOME för din plattform." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Komma igång" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Starta Konfigurationsredigerare" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "You can start Configuration Editor in the following ways:" +msgstr "Du kan starta Konfigurationsredigerare på följande sätt:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "Menyn Program" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "Välj SystemverktygKonfigurationsredigerare." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method described below." +msgstr "Vissa distributioner döljer denna meny. Om så är fallet så bör du använda den andra metoden som beskrivs nedan." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "Kommandorad" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Kör följande kommando: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "När du startar Konfigurationsredigerare" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "When you start Configuration Editor, the following window is displayed." +msgstr "När du startar Konfigurationsredigerare kommer följande fönster att visas." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigerare-fönstret" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane." +msgstr "Visar GConf-redigeraren. Innehåller: Trädpanel, Modifieringspanel, Dokumentationspanel." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "The Configuration Editor window contains the following panes:" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigerare-fönstret innehåller följande paneler:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Trädpanel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "Låter dig navigera i nyckelhierarkin i GConf. Använd den här panelen för att visa nycklarna som du vill ändra i modifieringspanelen. Trädpanelen är på vänstra sidan av fönstret." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Modifieringspanel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "Displays the keys in the selected GConf location in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of the right side of the window." +msgstr "Visar nycklarna i den valda GConf-platsen i trädpanelen. Använd den här panelen för att välja nycklarna som du vill ändra och för att ändra värdet för nycklarna. Modifieringspanelen är i den övre delen av högra sidan av fönstret." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "Ikonerna bredvid nycklarna i modifieringspanelen indikerar vilken typ av värde som du kan ange för nyckeln. Till exempel, den kryssade ikonen bredvid nyckeln /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy indikerar att du kan ange en booleskt värde (sant eller falskt) för nyckeln. Se för mer information om varje ikon." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Dokumentationspanel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "Visar dokumentation för den för närvarande valda nyckeln. Använd den här panelen för att läsa mer information om inställningsnycklarna i GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Resultatpanel (visas inte)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys or perform a search." +msgstr "Låter dig visa resultatet för en sökning eller för att söka genom listan av dina senaste visade nyckelnamn. Resten av fönstret kommer att visa informationen för den nyckel som du har vald i den här panelen. Resultatpanelen kommer att visas på nedre delen av fönstret när du listar de senaste nycklarna eller genomför en sökning." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Arbeta med fönster" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Öppna nya fönster" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration Editor: Settings, Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "Det finns tre typer av fönster som du kan öppna i Konfigurationsredigerare: Inställningar, Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska inställningar. Vilka värden som Konfigurationsredigerare ställer in beror på vilken typ av fönster du har öppnat. Du kan öppna varje typ av fönster med lämpligt menyobjekt under menyn Arkiv." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "Since the settings in Defaults and Mandatory windows affect all users of the computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "Eftersom inställningarna i Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska inställningar påverkar alla användare på datorn, kan endast en systemadministratör använda dessa fönstertyper. För att ändra dina inställningar bör du använda Inställningar-fönstret." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Inställningar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "You can use the Settings window to set your personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "Du kan använda Inställningar-fönstret till att ställa in dina personliga inställningar. Ändringar som görs i Inställningar-fönstret påverkar endast ditt skrivbord. Du kan inte ändra inställningarna som systemadministratören har satt som obligatoriska." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Standardvärden" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "Om du är en systemadministratör kan du använda Standardinställningar-fönstret för att redigera standardinställningar för alla användare. Om en användare inte uttryckligen ställer in ett värde för en nyckel, kommer värdet att tas från standardinställningarna. Användare kan alltid åsidosätta standardinställningar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Obligatorisk" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "Om du är en systemadministratör kan du använda Obligatorisk-fönstret för att redigera obligatoriska inställningar för alla användare. När ett obligatoriskt värde är inställt för en nyckel, kan inte användarna ändra det värdet. Det här kan användas för att låsa vissa alternativ." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Stänga och avsluta" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "You can close a Configuration Editor window by selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all Configuration Editor windows and quit the application completely, select FileQuit in any Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "Du kan stänga ett Konfigurationsredigerare-fönster genom att välja ArkivStäng fönster i det fönstret. För att stänga alla Konfigurationsredigerare-fönster och avsluta hela programmet, välj ArkivAvsluta i något av Konfigurationsredigerare-fönstren." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Arbeta med nycklar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which use GConf access the values of keys to determine how to look and behave. When you change something in the Preferences of an application, you are changing the value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "Nycklar är ett sätt att slå upp ett värde på. Varje inställning som lagras i GConf tilldelas en nyckel. Program som använder GConf läser av värdet på nycklarna för att bestämma hur de ska se ut och uppträda. När du ändrar någonting i Inställningar i ett program, ändrar du värdet som tilldelats en nyckel i GConf." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Kopiera ett nyckelnamn" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste the key name into any other application." +msgstr "För att kopiera ett nyckelnamn till urklipp, välj nyckelnamnet som du vill kopiera i modifieringspanelen. Välj RedigeraKopiera nyckelnamn. Du kan klistra in nyckelnamnet i valfritt program." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Visa senaste nyckelnamnen" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "För att visa senaste nyckelnamnen, välj RedigeraVisa senaste nycklar i lista. Den här åtgärden kommer att öppna resultatpanelen i nederdelen av det aktuella fönstret. Du kan röra dig genom resultatlistan genom att rulla upp eller ner med rullisten eller piltangenterna. Informationen för den valda nyckeln eller mappen visas i resten av fönstret." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "Visa senaste nycklar är användbart om du behöver gå tillbaka till en nyckel som du precis ändrat men inte minns var den fanns." + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "En skärmbild kanske behövs. Speciellt knapparna för stängning, kopiering och tömning i resultatpanelen bör förklaras." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Ändra värdet för en nyckel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. See for more information on each icon. To modify the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Ikonerna bredvid nyckelnamnet visa vilket sorts värde som nyckeln kan innehålla. Se för mer information om varje ikon. Genomför följande steg för att ändra värdet på en nyckel:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ändra i modifieringspanelen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Välj nyckeln som ska ändras i modifieringspanelen." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the Value column of the key. Type the new value for the key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "För att ändra värdet på en heltalsnyckel eller en strängnyckel, klicka på kolumnen Värde för nyckeln. Skriv sedan in det nya värdet för nyckeln. Alternativt, högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Redigera nyckel från popup-menyn." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "För att ändra värdet för en boolesk nyckel, klicka i kolumnen Värde för nyckeln för att kryssa för eller avkryssa kryssrutan. Alternativt, högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Redigera nyckel från popup-menyn." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu. The Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list." +msgstr "För att ändra värdet för en listnyckel, högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Redigera nyckel från popup-menyn. Dialogrutan Redigera nyckel tillhandahåller en lista över värden som associeras med den nyckeln. Du kan använda den här dialogrutan för att redigera varje specifikt värde i listan, lägga till eller ta bort värden från listan, och flytta varje värde upp eller ner i listan." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit the value of that key." +msgstr "Din systemadministratör kan ha låst vissa nycklar genom att tillhandahålla obligatoriska värden. Om den valda nyckeln har ett obligatoriskt värde inställt, kommer du inte kunna redigera värdet. Dokumentationspanelen kommer att visa etiketten Denna nyckel är inte skrivbar om du inte tillåts att redigera värdet för den nyckeln." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Hitta nycklar snabbt" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor allows you to search the key names in GConf. Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you need to access frequently." +msgstr "För att snabbt hitta nycklar, låter Konfigurationsredigerare dig att söka efter nyckelnamnen i GConf. Dessutom kan du använda bokmärken för att hitta nyckelkataloger som du behöver komma åt ofta." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Använda bokmärken" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "För att komma åt en katalogplats i dina bokmärken, välj platsen från Bokmärken-menyn. Du kan lägga till och ta bort katalogplatser i din Bokmärken-meny." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree pane. Choose BookmarksAdd Bookmark." +msgstr "För att lägga till ett bokmärke, välj platsen som du vill bokmärka i trädpanelen. Välj BokmärkenLägg till bokmärke." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ta bort ett bokmärke:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "Välj BokmärkenRedigera bokmärken." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, then click Delete." +msgstr "Välj bokmärket i dialogrutan Redigera bokmärken, klicka sedan på Ta bort." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Klicka på Stäng." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Sök efter nycklar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att söka efter nycklar:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "Choose EditFind." +msgstr "Välj RedigeraSök." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes Search also in key names and Search also in key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand the search parameters." +msgstr "Ange nyckelordet du vill söka efter i Sök efter-fältet. Du kan även kryssa för de valfria kryssrutorna Sök även i nyckelnamn och Sök även i nyckelvärden. Om dessa kryssrutor inte har kryssats för, kommer sökningen endast att genomföras på mappnamnen. Kryssa för dessa rutor kommer att utöka sökparametrarna." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Klicka på Sök." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "Resultatet från sökningen kommer att visas i resultatpanelen. För att röra dig genom resultatlistan, välj först den panelen. Sedan kan du röra dig genom resultaten med rullisten eller piltangenterna. Informationen för den valda nyckeln eller mappen kommer att visas i resten av fönstret." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Standard och obligatoriska inställningar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory settings in GConf which will affect all users. Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "Om du är en systemadministratör kan du ställa in standard och obligatoriska inställningar i GConf vilka kommer att påverka alla användare. Standardinställningar användas när en användare inte uttryckligen har ställt in ett värde, och användare kan alltid åsidosätta dem. Obligatoriska inställningar används alltid för alla användare, och de kan inte åsidosätta dem." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and mandatory settings. The Defaults and Mandatory windows will only show you those settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can set settings from the Settings window to be default or mandatory." +msgstr "Du kan använda fönstren för Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska för att redigera och ta bort standard och obligatoriska inställningar. Fönstren för Standardinställningar och Obligatoriska kommer endast att visa dig de inställningar som redan har gjorts till standard eller obligatoriska. Du kan inte använda dessa fönster för att skapa nya standard eller obligatoriska inställningar. Istället kan du ställa in inställningar från fönstret Inställningar till att vara standard eller obligatoriska." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "To open a Defaults window, choose FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory window, choose FileNew Mandatory Window." +msgstr "För att öppna ett Standardinställningsfönster, välj ArkivNytt standardinställningsfönster. För att öppna ett Oobligatoriskt fönster, välj ArkivNytt obligatoriskt fönster." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Skapa standardinställningar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa en standardinställning:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "I Inställningar-fönstret, använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ställa in som standardinställning." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Set as Default from the popup menu." +msgstr "Högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Ställ in som standard från popup-menyn." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Skapa obligatoriska inställningar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa en obligatorisk inställning:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "In the Settings window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "I Inställningar-fönstret, använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ställa in som obligatorisk inställning." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "Högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Ställ in som obligatorisk från popup-menyn." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Ändra och ta bort standard och obligatoriska inställningar" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "You can use the Defaults and Mandatory windows to modify and remove default and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "Du kan använda fönstren för Standardinställningar och Obligatorisk för att ändra och ta bort standard och obligatoriska inställningar. För att ändra en standard eller obligatorisk inställning, använd det passande fönstret och ändra nyckeln precis på samma sätt som för nycklar i Inställningar-fönstret. Se för mer information om hur man ändrar nycklar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ta bort en standard eller obligatorisk nyckel:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "I det passande fönstret, använd trädpanelen för att visa nyckeln som du vill ta bort från standard eller obligatoriska inställningarna." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "Högerklicka på nyckeln och välj Nollställ nyckel från popup-menyn." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Ikoner och nyckeltyper" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "Ikonerna bredvid nycklarna i modifieringspanelen indikerar vilken typ av värde du kan ange för nyckeln. Följande lista visar de möjliga ikonerna och vilka typer av värden de representerar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Boolesk nyckel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "Kan vara antingen sant eller falskt. Konfigurationsredigerare kommer att tillhandahålla en kryssruta för den här typen av nycklar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Siffernyckel" + +# Bråk? +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) numbers." +msgstr "Kan innehålla siffror. Dessa kan antingen vara heltal eller flyttal (bråk)." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Strängnyckel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Kan innehåll alla sorters textsträngar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Schemanyckel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly." +msgstr "Används för att dokumentera andra nycklar. Dokumentationen för varje nyckel tillhandahålls av en separat nyckel, vanligtvis under katalogen /schemas. Användare och systemadministratörer behöver normalt sett inte arbeta direkt med schemanycklar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Listnyckel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "Listor av godtycklig längd. Varje element av listan måste vara av samma typ, och en av de primitiva typerna boolesk, siffra eller sträng." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Parnyckel" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "Kan innehålla exakt två värden. De två värdena måste vara en av de primitiva typerna, men de kan behöver inte vara av samma typ. För närvarande kan inte Konfigurationsredigerare redigera parnycklar." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Blank" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "Used when Configuration Editor does not understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair keys." +msgstr "Används när Konfigurationsredigerare inte förstår nyckeltypen. Den blanka ikonen används även för parnycklar." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Daniel Nylander , 2006, 2009" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + diff --git a/docs/th/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/th/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07ff4e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/th/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/th/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/th/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e951b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/th/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + คู่มือ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง + + 2547 + Sun Microsystems + + + + + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + + + + อนุญาตให้ทำซ้ำ เผยแพร่ และ/หรือ ดัดแปลงเอกสารนี้ได้ ภายใต้เงื่อนไขของ GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) รุ่น 1.1 หรือรุ่นถัดมารุ่นใด ๆ ที่เผยแพร่โดยมูลนิธิซอฟต์แวร์เสรี โดยไม่มี หัวข้อห้ามเปลี่ยน ไม่มี ข้อความปกหน้า และไม่มี ข้อความปกหลัง คุณสามารถอ่านสำเนาของ GFDL ได้จาก ลิงก์นี้ หรือในแฟ้ม COPYING-DOCS ที่เผยแพร่มาพร้อมกับคู่มือนี้" + คู่มือนี้ เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของชุดคู่มือ GNOME ที่เผยแพร่ภายใต้ GFDL ถ้าคุณต้องการเผยแพร่คู่มือนี้แยกต่างหากจากชุด คุณสามารถทำได้โดยเพิ่มสำเนาของสัญญาอนุญาตไปกับคู่มือ ตามที่อธิบายในข้อ 6 ของสัญญาอนุญาต + + มีชื่อหลายชื่อที่บริษัทต่าง ๆ ใช้แยกความแตกต่างของผลิตภัณฑ์และบริการของตนจากบริษัทอื่น และอ้างเป็นเครื่องหมายการค้า ที่ใดก็ตามที่ชื่อเหล่านั้นปรากฏในเอกสารของ GNOME และสมาชิกโครงการเอกสาร GNOME ได้รับทราบเกี่ยวกับเครื่องหมายการค้าเหล่านั้น ชื่อเหล่านั้นจะเขียนด้วยตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่ หรือขึ้นต้นด้วยตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่ + + เอกสารนี้และฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้ เผยแพร่ภายใต้เงื่อนไขของ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE พร้อมด้วยความเข้าใจในสิ่งต่อไปนี้: + + เอกสารนี้ เผยแพร่ตามสภาพที่เป็น โดยไม่มีการรับประกันใด ๆ ทั้งสิ้น ไม่ว่าจะโดยชัดแจ้งหรือโดยนัย ซึ่งรวมถึงโดยไม่ได้จำกัดเพียงการรับประกันว่าเอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้จะปลอดจากข้อผิดพลาดที่อาจเรียกร้องความเสียหายได้ หรือเหมาะกับวัตถุประสงค์เฉพาะใด ๆ หรือไม่มีการละเมิดสิทธิ์ ความเสี่ยงทั้งหมดเกี่ยวกับคุณภาพ ความถูกต้อง และประสิทธิภาพของเอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้ อยู่ที่ตัวคุณ หากมีการพิสูจน์พบว่าเอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงมีข้อบกพร่องในแง่ใด ๆ ก็ตาม คุณ (ไม่ใช่ผู้เขียนเริ่มแรก หรือผู้ร่วมสมทบใด ๆ) จะรับภาระค่าใช้จ่ายของการให้บริการ การซ่อมแซมหรือแก้ไขที่จำเป็น คำปฏิเสธความรับผิดชอบเกี่ยวกับการรับประกันนี้ เป็นส่วนสำคัญของสัญญาอนุญาตนี้ ไม่อนุญาตให้ใช้เอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้ นอกจากจะอยู่ภายใต้คำปฏิเสธความรับผิดชอบนี้ และ + + + ไม่มีสภาวะใดและทฤษฎีทางกฎหมายใด ไม่ว่าจะในการล่วงละเมิด (รวมถึงการละเลย), ในสัญญา หรืออื่น ๆ ที่ผู้เขียน ผู้เขียนเริ่มแรก ผู้ร่วมสมทบใด ๆ หรือผู้เผยแพร่เอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลง หรือผู้สนับสนุนแก่กลุ่มคนดังกล่าว จะมีภาระผูกพันต่อบุคคลใดในความเสียหายโดยตรง โดยอ้อม โดยพิเศษ โดยบังเอิญ หรือโดยผลพวง ของสิ่งใด รวมถึงโดยไม่จำกัดเพียงความเสียหายในเรื่องความสูญเสียเจตนาดี การสะดุดของงาน ความล้มเหลวหรือการทำงานผิดพลาดของคอมพิวเตอร์ หรือความเสียหายหรือความสูญเสียอื่นใดทั้งหมด ที่เกิดขึ้นจาก หรือเกี่ยวข้องกับการใช้เอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลง แม้กลุ่มบุคคลเหล่านั้นจะได้รับทราบความเป็นไปได้ของความเสียหายดังกล่าวก็ตาม + + + + + + + + + Sun + ทีมเอกสาร GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + + + + + เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง สามารถใช้เปลี่ยนตัวเลือกที่ใช้โดยโปรแกรมต่าง ๆ อันอาจตั้งค่าผ่านกล่องโต้ตอบปรับแต่งของโปรแกรมได้ + + + + รุ่น 2.8 + กันยายน 2547 + + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + ยังไม่ตรวจทาน + + + + รุ่น 2.1 + สิงหาคม 2547 + + ทีมเอกสาร GNOME ของ Sun + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + + + + รุ่น 2.0.1 + มกราคม 2547 + + ทีมเอกสาร GNOME ของ Sun + โครงการเอกสาร GNOME + + + + คู่มือนี้อธิบายเครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง รุ่น 2.8 + + ข้อเสนอแนะ + หากพบปัญหาหรือมีข้อเสนอแนะสำหรับ โปรแกรมเครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง หรือเกี่ยวกับคู่มือนี้ กรุณาแจ้งให้เราทราบ ตามขั้นตอนใน หน้าเสนอแนะ GNOME + + + + + + GConf Editor + + + + เกริ่นนำ + เดสก์ท็อป GNOME และโปรแกรมอีกมากมายใช้ GConf เก็บข้อมูลการปรับแต่งของผู้ใช้และข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของระบบ GConf เป็นศูนย์กลางเก็บข้อมูลในการปรับแต่งค่า ทำให้ง่ายสำหรับผู้ใช้และผู้ดูแลระบบในการจัดการการตั้งค่า ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับ GConf ได้ที่ คู่มือผู้ดูแลระบบ GNOME + เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง อนุญาตให้ผู้ใช้แก้ไขค่าปรับแต่งของเดสก์ท็อป GNOME ทั้งหมด และโปรแกรมใด ๆ ที่ใช้ GConf ได้ นอกจากนี้ ผู้ดูแลระบบยังสามารถใช้ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ตั้งค่าปริยาย และค่าบังคับที่จะให้มีผลต่อผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดได้ด้วย + การเก็บค่าปรับแต่งใน GConf เป็นการจัดระบบตามลำดับชั้นของคีย์ แต่ละคีย์มีค่ากำกับซึ่งระบุค่าสำหรับการปรับแต่งนั้น ๆ ตัวอย่างเช่น คีย์ /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme จะเก็บรูปแบบลูกแก้วที่ใช้ในเกม หยิบห้า + เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ให้อำนาจคุณในการแก้ไขการตั้งค่าจากแหล่งที่มาโดยตรง ถ้าคุณไม่มีประสบการณ์ในการใช้งาน ก็ไม่ควรใช้ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ในการปรับแต่งเดสก์ท็อป GNOME แต่ควรใช้เครื่องมือปรับแต่งต่าง ๆ ในเดสก์ท็อป GNOME แทน ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับวิธีใช้เครื่องมือปรับแต่งได้ที่ คู่มือผู้ใช้เดสก์ท็อป GNOME รุ่นล่าสุดสำหรับแพลตฟอร์มของคุณ + + + + เริ่มใช้โปรแกรม + + + การเปิดใช้เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง + คุณสามารถเปิด เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ได้ด้วยวิธีต่าง ๆ ต่อไปนี้: + + + เมนู โปรแกรม + + เลือก เครื่องมือระบบเครื่องมือการแก้ไขค่าตั้ง. + ผู้จัดแจกบางเจ้าอาจซ่อนเมนูนี้ไว้ ในกรณีนี้ ให้ใช้วิธีที่สองแทน + + + + บรรดทัดคำสั่ง + + เรียกคำสั่งต่อไปนี้: gconf-editor + + + + + + + เมื่อคุณเปิดใช้เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง + เมื่อคุณเปิดใช้ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะปรากฏหน้าต่างต่อไปนี้ +
+ หน้าต่าง <application>เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง</application> + + + + + + + แสดงหน้าต่าง GConf Editor ชี้ส่วนประกอบ: ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้, ช่องแก้ไขค่า, ช่องคำอธิบายประกอบ + + + +
+ หน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะมีช่องต่าง ๆ ต่อไปนี้: + + + ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้ + ช่วยคุณท่องดูลำดับชั้นของคีย์ใน GConf ใช้ช่องนี้เลือกแสดงคีย์ที่คุณต้องการแก้ไขในช่องแก้ไขค่า ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้จะอยู่ทางด้านซ้ายของหน้าต่าง + + + ช่องแก้ไขค่า + + แสดงคีย์ของ GConf ที่เลือกไว้ในช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้ ใช้ช่องนี้เพื่อเลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการแก้ไข รวมทั้งแก้ไขค่าของคีย์ ช่องแก้ไขค่าจะอยู่ในส่วนบนของฝั่งขวาของหน้าต่าง + ไอคอนที่อยู่ข้างคีย์ในช่องแก้ไขค่าจะบ่งบอกว่าคุณสามารถป้อนค่าชนิดใดได้สำหรับคีย์นั้น ๆ ตัวอย่างเช่น ไอคอนรูปกาเครื่องหมายข้างคีย์ /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy จะบ่งบอกว่าคุณสามารถป้อนค่าบูลีน (จริงหรือเท็จ) สำหรับคีย์นี้ได้ ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมสำหรับไอคอนแต่ละแบบได้ที่ + + + + ช่องคำอธิบายประกอบ + แสดงคำอธิบายประกอบสำหรับคีย์ที่เลือกอยู่ ใช้ช่องนี้เพื่ออ่านข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคีย์ปรับแต่งของ GConf + + + + ช่องผลลัพธ์ (ไม่ได้แสดง) + ใช้ดูผลลัพธ์ของการค้นหา หรือไล่ดูรายชื่อของคีย์ที่คุณดูล่าสุด ส่วนอื่น ๆ ทั้งหมดของหน้าต่างจะแสดงข้อมูลของคีย์ที่คุณเลือกในช่องนี้ ช่องผลลัพธ์จะปรากฏที่ด้านล่างของหน้าต่าง เมื่อคุณสั่งแสดงรายชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด หรือค้นหาคีย์ + + + + + + + + การทำงานกับหน้าต่าง + + การเปิดหน้าต่างใหม่ + หน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถเปิดได้ใน เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง มี 3 รูปแบบ: ค่าตั้ง, ค่าปริยาย, และ ค่าบังคับ ค่าที่ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะตั้งจะขึ้นอยู่กับชนิดของหน้าต่างที่คุณเปิด คุณสามารถเปิดหน้าต่างแต่ละแบบกับรายการที่เหมาะสมได้จากรายการใต้เมนู แฟ้ม + เนื่องจากการตั้งค่าในหน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และ ค่าบังคับ จะมีผลต่อผู้ใช้เครื่องทั้งหมด จึงมีผู้ดูแลระบบเท่านั้นที่สามารถใช้หน้าต่างชนิดเหล่านี้ได้ ในการเปลี่ยนค่าปรับแต่งของคุณ คุณควรใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง เท่านั้น + + + ค่าตั้ง + คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ในการตั้งค่าปรับแต่งส่วนตัวของคุณ การเปลี่ยนค่าในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง จะมีผลต่อเดสก์ท็อปของคุณเท่านั้น และคุณไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนค่าตั้งที่ผู้ดูแลระบบกำหนดเป็นค่าบังคับได้ + + + + + ค่าปริยาย + ถ้าคุณเป็นผู้ดูแลระบบ คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย กำหนดค่าตั้งปริยายสำหรับผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดได้ ถ้าผู้ใช้ไม่ได้ตั้งค่าของคีย์ ค่าที่จะใช้จะมาจากค่าปริยายนี้ และผู้ใช้สามารถตั้งค่าทับค่าปริยายได้เสมอ + + + ค่าบังคับ + ถ้าคุณเป็นผู้ดูแลระบบ คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ กำหนดค่าตั้งบังคับสำหรับผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดได้ และเมื่อได้กำหนดค่าบังคับสำหรับคีย์ใดแล้ว ผู้ใช้จะไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนค่าคีย์นั้นได้อีก วิธีนี้สามารถใช้จำกัดการใช้งานตัวเลือกบางอย่างได้ + + + + + + การปิดและการออก + คุณสามารถปิดหน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ได้ โดยเลือกเมนู แฟ้มปิดหน้าต่าง ในหน้าต่างที่ต้องการปิด หากต้องการปิดหน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ทั้งหมด และออกจากโปรแกรมโดยสมบูรณ์ ก็เลือกเมนู แฟ้มออก ในหน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง หน้าต่างใดก็ได้ + + + + + การทำงานกับคีย์ + คีย์คือวิธีการเปิดหาค่า ค่าปรับแต่งทุก ๆ ค่าที่เก็บใน GConf จะถูกกำหนดให้กับคีย์ โปรแกรมที่ใช้ GConf จะอ่านค่าของคีย์ต่าง ๆ เพื่อกำหนดหน้าตาและพฤติกรรมของตัวโปรแกรมเอง เมื่อคุณเปลี่ยนค่าบางอย่างใน การปรับแต่ง ของโปรแกรม คุณก็กำลังเปลี่ยนค่าที่เชื่อมโยงกับคีย์ใดคีย์หนึ่งใน GConf นั่นเอง + + + การคัดลอกชื่อคีย์ + การคัดลอกชื่อคีย์ไปยังคลิปบอร์ด ทำได้โดยเลือกชื่อคีย์ที่คุณต้องการคัดลอกในช่องแก้ไขค่า แล้วเลือกเมนู แก้ไขคัดลอกชื่อคีย์ จากนั้น คุณสามารถแปะชื่อคีย์ลงในโปรแกรมอื่นใดก็ได้ + + + การดูชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด + การดูชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด ทำได้โดยเลือกเมนู แก้ไขรายชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด การกระทำนี้จะเปิดช่องผลลัพธ์ที่ด้านล่างของหน้าต่างปัจจุบัน คุณสามารถเลื่อนดูรายชื่อผลลัพธ์ได้ด้วยการเลื่อนแถบเลื่อนขี้นลง หรือใช้ปุ่มลูกศร เมื่อเลือกรายการในรายชื่อ ข้อมูลของคีย์หรือโฟลเดอร์ที่เลือกจะปรากฏในส่วนอื่น ๆ ทั้งหมดของหน้าต่าง + การดูคีย์ล่าสุดมีประโยชน์เมื่อคุณต้องการกลับไปยังคีย์ที่เพิ่งเปลี่ยนไป แต่จำไม่ได้ว่าอยู่ที่ไหน + + อาจต้องการภาพหน้าจอ โดยเฉพาะปุ่มปิด, คัดลอก, และล้างที่อยู่ในช่องผลลัพธ์ ควรจะขยายความ + + + การแก้ไขค่าของคีย์ + ไอคอนที่อยู่ถัดจากชื่อคีย์ จะแสดงชนิดของค่าที่คีย์จะรับ ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับไอคอนแต่ละแบบได้ที่ ขั้นตอนการแก้ไขค่าของคีย์คือ: + + ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการแก้ไข เพื่อแสดงในช่องแก้ไขค่า + เลือกคีย์ที่จะแก้ไขในช่องแก้ไขค่า + + การเปลี่ยนค่าของคีย์เลขจำนวนเต็มหรือคีย์ข้อความ ให้คลิกในคอลัมน์ ค่า ของคีย์ แล้วพิมพ์ค่าใหม่สำหรับคีย์นั้น หรืออีกวิธีหนึ่ง คุณสามารถคลิกขวาบนคีย์ แล้วเลือก แก้ไขคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น + การเปลี่ยนค่าของคีย์บูลีน ให้คลิกในคอลัมน์ ค่า ของคีย์ เพื่อกาหรือเลิกกากล่องกา หรืออีกวิธีหนึ่ง คุณสามารถคลิกขวาบนคีย์ แล้วเลือก แก้ไขคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น + การเปลี่ยนค่าของคีย์ที่เป็นรายชื่อ ให้คลิกขวาบนคีย์ แล้วเลือก แก้ไขคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น กล่องโต้ตอบ แก้ไขคีย์ จะแสดงรายชื่อของค่าสำหรับคีย์นั้น คุณสามารถใช้กล่องโต้ตอบนี้แก้ไขค่าแต่ละค่าในรายชื่อ หรือเพิ่มหรือลบค่าในรายชื่อได้ รวมทั้งย้ายลำดับของค่าขึ้นหรือลงในรายชื่อ + + + ผู้ดูแลระบบของคุณอาจจำกัดการแก้ไขคีย์บางคีย์ โดยกำหนดค่าบังคับไว้ ถ้าคีย์ที่เลือกมีการกำหนดค่าบังคับไว้ คุณจะไม่สามารถแก้ไขค่าได้ และช่องคำอธิบายประกอบจะแสดงข้อความว่า คีย์นี้ไม่สามารถเขียนได้ + + + + + การหาคีย์แบบรวดเร็ว + ในการหาตำแหน่งของคีย์แบบรวดเร็ว เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ให้คุณค้นหาชื่อคีย์ GConf ที่ต้องการได้ นอกจากนี้ คุณยังสามารถใช้ที่คั่นหน้าช่วยในการหาไดเรกทอรีของคีย์ที่คุณต้องใช้บ่อย ๆ ได้เช่นกัน + + + การใช้ที่คั่นหน้า + การเข้าถึงตำแหน่งไดเรกทอรีในที่คั่นหน้าของคุณ ให้เลือกตำแหน่งที่ตั้งจากเมนู ที่คั่นหน้า และคุณสามารถเพิ่มหรือลบไดเรกทอรีในเมนู ที่คั่นหน้า ของคุณได้ + การเพิ่มที่คั่นหน้า ให้เลือกตำแหน่งที่ตั้งที่คุณต้องการคั่นหน้าในช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้ แล้วเลือกเมนู ที่คั่นหน้าเพิ่มที่คั่นหน้า + ขั้นตอนการลบที่คั่นหน้าคือ: + + เลือกเมนู ที่คั่นหน้าแก้ไขที่คั่นหน้า + เลือกที่คั่นหน้าที่ต้องการลบในกล่องโต้ตอบ แก้ไขที่คั่นหน้า แล้วคลิกปุ่ม ลบ + คลิกปุ่ม ปิด + + + + การค้นหาคีย์ + ขั้นตอนการค้นหาคีย์คือ: + + เลือกเมนู แก้ไขหา + พิมพ์คำที่ต้องการค้นหาในช่อง ค้นหา คุณสามารถเลือกเพิ่มเติมในกล่องกา ค้นหาชื่อคีย์ด้วย และ ค้นหาค่าคีย์ด้วย ก็ได้ ถ้าไม่ได้เลือกกล่องกาเหล่านี้ การค้นหาจะหาในส่วนชื่อโฟลเดอร์อย่างเดียว การเลือกกล่องกาจะขยายขอบเขตการค้นหา + คลิกปุ่ม หา + + ผลลัพธ์จากการค้นหาจะปรากฏในช่องผลลัพธ์ การเลื่อนดูรายชื่อผลลัพธ์ อันดับแรกให้เลือกที่ช่องผลลัพธ์ดังกล่าว จากนั้น คุณสามารถเลื่อนดูผลลัพธ์โดยเลื่อนแถบเลื่อนขี้นลง หรือใช้ปุ่มลูกศรก็ได้ เมื่อเลือกคีย์หรือโฟลเดอร์ ข้อมูลของสิ่งที่เลือกจะปรากฏในส่วนอื่น ๆ ทั้งหมดของหน้าต่าง + + อาจต้องการภาพหน้าจอ โดยเฉพาะปุ่มปิด, คัดลอก, และล้างที่อยู่ในช่องผลลัพธ์ ควรจะขยายความ + + + + + ค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับ + ถ้าคุณเป็นผู้ดูแลระบบ คุณสามารถตั้งค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับใน GConf ได้ ซึ่งจะมีผลต่อผู้ใช้ทั้งหมด ค่าปริยายจะเป็นค่าที่ถูกใช้เมื่อผู้ใช้ไม่ได้ตั้งค่าอะไร และผู้ใช้สามารถตั้งค่าทับได้เสมอ ส่วนค่าบังคับจะเป็นค่าที่ถูกใช้เสมอกับผู้ใช้ทั้งหมด และไม่สามารถตั้งค่าทับได้ + คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และหน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ แก้ไขและลบค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับได้ หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และหน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ จะแสดงเฉพาะค่าตั้งที่ได้กำหนดเป็นค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับไว้เท่านั้น คุณไม่สามารถใช้หน้าต่างเหล่านี้สร้างค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับขึ้นมาใหม่ได้ แต่คุณสามารถเลือกกำหนดค่าตั้งจากหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ให้เป็นค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับได้ + การเปิดหน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย ให้เลือกเมนู แฟ้มหน้าต่างค่าปริยายใหม่ การเปิดหน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ ให้เลือกเมนู แฟ้มหน้าต่างค่าบังคับใหม่ + + + การสร้างค่าตั้งปริยาย + ขั้นตอนการสร้างค่าตั้งปริยายคือ: + + ในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการตั้งค่าปริยาย + คลิกขวาที่คีย์และเลือก ตั้งเป็นค่าปริยาย จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น + + + + การสร้างค่าตั้งบังคับ + ขั้นตอนการสร้างค่าตั้งบังคับคือ: + + ในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการตั้งค่าบังคับ + คลิกขวาที่คีย์และเลือก ตั้งเป็นค่าบังคับ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น + + + + การแก้ไขและการลบค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับ + คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และหน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ แก้ไขและลบค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับได้ การแก้ไขค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับ ให้ใช้หน้าต่างที่เหมาะสมแก้ไขคีย์ในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมสำหรับการแก้ไขคีย์ได้ที่ + ขั้นตอนการลบค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับคือ: + + ในหน้าต่างที่เหมาะสม ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการลบออกจากค่าปริยายหรือค่าตั้งบังคับ + คลิกขวาที่คีย์และเลือก ล้างค่าคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น + + + + + + ไอคอนและชนิดของคีย์ + ไอคอนที่อยู่ข้างคีย์ในช่องแก้ไขค่าจะบ่งบอกว่าคุณสามารถป้อนค่าชนิดใดได้สำหรับคีย์นั้น ๆ รายชื่อต่อไปนี้จะแสดงไอคอนที่เป็นไปได้ และชนิดของค่าที่ไอคอนนั้น ๆ บ่งชี้ + + + + + คีย์บูลีน + สามารถเป็นค่าจริงหรือเท็จอย่างใดอย่างหนึ่ง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะมีกล่องกาสำหรับคีย์ชนิดนี้ + + + + + คีย์ตัวเลข + สามารถเก็บตัวเลขได้ คีย์เหล่านี้เป็นได้ทั้งจำนวนเต็มหรือตัวเลขทศนิยม (เศษส่วน) + + + + + คีย์ข้อความ + สามารถเก็บข้อความได้ + + + + + คีย์ schema + ใช้เก็บคำอธิบายประกอบคีย์อื่น ๆ คำอธิบายสำหรับแต่ละคีย์จะเก็บในคีย์แยกต่างหาก ซึ่งโดยทั่วไปจะอยู่ภายใต้ไดเรกทอรี /schemas โดยปกติผู้ใช้และผู้ดูแลระบบจะไม่จำเป็นต้องทำงานผ่านคีย์ schema โดยตรง + + + + + คีย์รายชื่อ + เป็นรายชื่อไม่จำกัดจำนวนสมาชิก สมาชิกแต่ละตัวในรายชื่อจะต้องเป็นชนิดเดียวกัน และเป็นชนิดพื้นฐาน คือบูลีน ตัวเลข หรือข้อความ อย่างใดอย่างหนึ่งเท่านั้น + + + + + คีย์จับคู่ + สามารถเก็บค่าได้สองค่า โดยค่าทั้งสองต้องเป็นชนิดพื้นฐานเท่านั้น แต่ไม่จำเป็นต้องเป็นชนิดเดียวกัน ขณะนี้ เครื่องแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ยังไม่สามารถแก้ไขคีย์จับคู่ได้ + + + + + ว่าง + ใช้เมื่อ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ไม่เข้าใจชนิดของคีย์นั้น ขณะนี้ ไอคอนว่างจะใช้สำหรับคีย์จับคู่เช่นกัน + + + +
diff --git a/docs/th/th.po b/docs/th/th.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed1412c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/th/th.po @@ -0,0 +1,1065 @@ +# Thai translation of gconf-editor help. +# Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Pongsatorn Parnpreeda (iaee) , 2008. +# Theppitak Karoonboonyanan , 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor help\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-12 09:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-11 17:21+0700\n" +"Last-Translator: Theppitak Karoonboonyanan \n" +"Language-Team: Thai \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "คู่มือ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2547" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "โครงการเอกสาร GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"อนุญาตให้ทำซ้ำ เผยแพร่ และ/หรือ ดัดแปลงเอกสารนี้ได้ ภายใต้เงื่อนไขของ GNU Free " +"Documentation License (GFDL) รุ่น 1.1 หรือรุ่นถัดมารุ่นใด ๆ ที่เผยแพร่โดยมูลนิธิซอฟต์แวร์เสรี " +"โดยไม่มี หัวข้อห้ามเปลี่ยน ไม่มี ข้อความปกหน้า และไม่มี ข้อความปกหลัง คุณสามารถอ่านสำเนาของ " +"GFDL ได้จาก ลิงก์นี้ หรือในแฟ้ม " +"COPYING-DOCS ที่เผยแพร่มาพร้อมกับคู่มือนี้\"" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"คู่มือนี้ เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของชุดคู่มือ GNOME ที่เผยแพร่ภายใต้ GFDL " +"ถ้าคุณต้องการเผยแพร่คู่มือนี้แยกต่างหากจากชุด " +"คุณสามารถทำได้โดยเพิ่มสำเนาของสัญญาอนุญาตไปกับคู่มือ ตามที่อธิบายในข้อ 6 ของสัญญาอนุญาต" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"มีชื่อหลายชื่อที่บริษัทต่าง ๆ ใช้แยกความแตกต่างของผลิตภัณฑ์และบริการของตนจากบริษัทอื่น " +"และอ้างเป็นเครื่องหมายการค้า ที่ใดก็ตามที่ชื่อเหล่านั้นปรากฏในเอกสารของ GNOME " +"และสมาชิกโครงการเอกสาร GNOME ได้รับทราบเกี่ยวกับเครื่องหมายการค้าเหล่านั้น " +"ชื่อเหล่านั้นจะเขียนด้วยตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่ หรือขึ้นต้นด้วยตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"เอกสารนี้ เผยแพร่ตามสภาพที่เป็น โดยไม่มีการรับประกันใด ๆ ทั้งสิ้น ไม่ว่าจะโดยชัดแจ้งหรือโดยนัย " +"ซึ่งรวมถึงโดยไม่ได้จำกัดเพียงการรับประกันว่าเอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้จะปลอดจากข้อผิดพลาดที่อาจเรียกร้องความเสียหายได้ " +"หรือเหมาะกับวัตถุประสงค์เฉพาะใด ๆ หรือไม่มีการละเมิดสิทธิ์ ความเสี่ยงทั้งหมดเกี่ยวกับคุณภาพ " +"ความถูกต้อง และประสิทธิภาพของเอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้ อยู่ที่ตัวคุณ " +"หากมีการพิสูจน์พบว่าเอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงมีข้อบกพร่องในแง่ใด ๆ ก็ตาม คุณ (ไม่ใช่ผู้เขียนเริ่มแรก " +"หรือผู้ร่วมสมทบใด ๆ) จะรับภาระค่าใช้จ่ายของการให้บริการ การซ่อมแซมหรือแก้ไขที่จำเป็น " +"คำปฏิเสธความรับผิดชอบเกี่ยวกับการรับประกันนี้ เป็นส่วนสำคัญของสัญญาอนุญาตนี้ " +"ไม่อนุญาตให้ใช้เอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้ นอกจากจะอยู่ภายใต้คำปฏิเสธความรับผิดชอบนี้ " +"และ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"ไม่มีสภาวะใดและทฤษฎีทางกฎหมายใด ไม่ว่าจะในการล่วงละเมิด (รวมถึงการละเลย), ในสัญญา " +"หรืออื่น ๆ ที่ผู้เขียน ผู้เขียนเริ่มแรก ผู้ร่วมสมทบใด ๆ หรือผู้เผยแพร่เอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลง " +"หรือผู้สนับสนุนแก่กลุ่มคนดังกล่าว จะมีภาระผูกพันต่อบุคคลใดในความเสียหายโดยตรง โดยอ้อม โดยพิเศษ " +"โดยบังเอิญ หรือโดยผลพวง ของสิ่งใด " +"รวมถึงโดยไม่จำกัดเพียงความเสียหายในเรื่องความสูญเสียเจตนาดี การสะดุดของงาน " +"ความล้มเหลวหรือการทำงานผิดพลาดของคอมพิวเตอร์ หรือความเสียหายหรือความสูญเสียอื่นใดทั้งหมด " +"ที่เกิดขึ้นจาก หรือเกี่ยวข้องกับการใช้เอกสารนี้หรือฉบับดัดแปลง " +"แม้กลุ่มบุคคลเหล่านั้นจะได้รับทราบความเป็นไปได้ของความเสียหายดังกล่าวก็ตาม" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"เอกสารนี้และฉบับดัดแปลงของเอกสารนี้ เผยแพร่ภายใต้เงื่อนไขของ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION " +"LICENSE พร้อมด้วยความเข้าใจในสิ่งต่อไปนี้: " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "ทีมเอกสาร GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง สามารถใช้เปลี่ยนตัวเลือกที่ใช้โดยโปรแกรมต่าง ๆ " +"อันอาจตั้งค่าผ่านกล่องโต้ตอบปรับแต่งของโปรแกรมได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "รุ่น 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "กันยายน 2547" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "ยังไม่ตรวจทาน" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "รุ่น 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "สิงหาคม 2547" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "ทีมเอกสาร GNOME ของ Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "รุ่น 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "มกราคม 2547" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "คู่มือนี้อธิบายเครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง รุ่น 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "ข้อเสนอแนะ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"หากพบปัญหาหรือมีข้อเสนอแนะสำหรับ โปรแกรมเครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง หรือเกี่ยวกับคู่มือนี้ " +"กรุณาแจ้งให้เราทราบ ตามขั้นตอนใน หน้าเสนอแนะ GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf Editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "เกริ่นนำ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"เดสก์ท็อป GNOME และโปรแกรมอีกมากมายใช้ GConf " +"เก็บข้อมูลการปรับแต่งของผู้ใช้และข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของระบบ GConf " +"เป็นศูนย์กลางเก็บข้อมูลในการปรับแต่งค่า ทำให้ง่ายสำหรับผู้ใช้และผู้ดูแลระบบในการจัดการการตั้งค่า " +"ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับ GConf ได้ที่ คู่มือผู้ดูแลระบบ GNOME" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง อนุญาตให้ผู้ใช้แก้ไขค่าปรับแต่งของเดสก์ท็อป " +"GNOME ทั้งหมด และโปรแกรมใด ๆ ที่ใช้ GConf ได้ นอกจากนี้ " +"ผู้ดูแลระบบยังสามารถใช้ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ตั้งค่าปริยาย " +"และค่าบังคับที่จะให้มีผลต่อผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดได้ด้วย" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"การเก็บค่าปรับแต่งใน GConf เป็นการจัดระบบตามลำดับชั้นของคีย์ " +"แต่ละคีย์มีค่ากำกับซึ่งระบุค่าสำหรับการปรับแต่งนั้น ๆ ตัวอย่างเช่น คีย์ /apps/glines/" +"preferences/ball_theme จะเก็บรูปแบบลูกแก้วที่ใช้ในเกม หยิบห้า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง " +"ให้อำนาจคุณในการแก้ไขการตั้งค่าจากแหล่งที่มาโดยตรง ถ้าคุณไม่มีประสบการณ์ในการใช้งาน " +"ก็ไม่ควรใช้ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ในการปรับแต่งเดสก์ท็อป GNOME " +"แต่ควรใช้เครื่องมือปรับแต่งต่าง ๆ ในเดสก์ท็อป GNOME แทน " +"ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับวิธีใช้เครื่องมือปรับแต่งได้ที่ คู่มือผู้ใช้เดสก์ท็อป GNOME รุ่นล่าสุดสำหรับแพลตฟอร์มของคุณ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "เริ่มใช้โปรแกรม" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "การเปิดใช้เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเปิด เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ได้ด้วยวิธีต่าง ๆ ต่อไปนี้:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "เมนู โปรแกรม" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"เลือก เครื่องมือระบบเครื่องมือการแก้ไขค่าตั้ง." + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "ผู้จัดแจกบางเจ้าอาจซ่อนเมนูนี้ไว้ ในกรณีนี้ ให้ใช้วิธีที่สองแทน" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "บรรดทัดคำสั่ง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "เรียกคำสั่งต่อไปนี้: gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "เมื่อคุณเปิดใช้เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"เมื่อคุณเปิดใช้ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะปรากฏหน้าต่างต่อไปนี้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "หน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"แสดงหน้าต่าง GConf Editor ชี้ส่วนประกอบ: ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้, ช่องแก้ไขค่า, " +"ช่องคำอธิบายประกอบ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "หน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะมีช่องต่าง ๆ ต่อไปนี้:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"ช่วยคุณท่องดูลำดับชั้นของคีย์ใน GConf " +"ใช้ช่องนี้เลือกแสดงคีย์ที่คุณต้องการแก้ไขในช่องแก้ไขค่า ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้จะอยู่ทางด้านซ้ายของหน้าต่าง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "ช่องแก้ไขค่า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"แสดงคีย์ของ GConf ที่เลือกไว้ในช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้ " +"ใช้ช่องนี้เพื่อเลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการแก้ไข รวมทั้งแก้ไขค่าของคีย์ " +"ช่องแก้ไขค่าจะอยู่ในส่วนบนของฝั่งขวาของหน้าต่าง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"ไอคอนที่อยู่ข้างคีย์ในช่องแก้ไขค่าจะบ่งบอกว่าคุณสามารถป้อนค่าชนิดใดได้สำหรับคีย์นั้น ๆ ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"ไอคอนรูปกาเครื่องหมายข้างคีย์ /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy " +"จะบ่งบอกว่าคุณสามารถป้อนค่าบูลีน (จริงหรือเท็จ) สำหรับคีย์นี้ได้ " +"ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมสำหรับไอคอนแต่ละแบบได้ที่ " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "ช่องคำอธิบายประกอบ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"แสดงคำอธิบายประกอบสำหรับคีย์ที่เลือกอยู่ ใช้ช่องนี้เพื่ออ่านข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคีย์ปรับแต่งของ " +"GConf" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "ช่องผลลัพธ์ (ไม่ได้แสดง)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"ใช้ดูผลลัพธ์ของการค้นหา หรือไล่ดูรายชื่อของคีย์ที่คุณดูล่าสุด ส่วนอื่น ๆ " +"ทั้งหมดของหน้าต่างจะแสดงข้อมูลของคีย์ที่คุณเลือกในช่องนี้ ช่องผลลัพธ์จะปรากฏที่ด้านล่างของหน้าต่าง " +"เมื่อคุณสั่งแสดงรายชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด หรือค้นหาคีย์" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "การทำงานกับหน้าต่าง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "การเปิดหน้าต่างใหม่" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"หน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถเปิดได้ใน เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง มี 3 รูปแบบ: " +"ค่าตั้ง, ค่าปริยาย, และ " +"ค่าบังคับ ค่าที่ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง จะตั้งจะขึ้นอยู่กับชนิดของหน้าต่างที่คุณเปิด " +"คุณสามารถเปิดหน้าต่างแต่ละแบบกับรายการที่เหมาะสมได้จากรายการใต้เมนู แฟ้ม" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"เนื่องจากการตั้งค่าในหน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และ " +"ค่าบังคับ จะมีผลต่อผู้ใช้เครื่องทั้งหมด " +"จึงมีผู้ดูแลระบบเท่านั้นที่สามารถใช้หน้าต่างชนิดเหล่านี้ได้ ในการเปลี่ยนค่าปรับแต่งของคุณ " +"คุณควรใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง เท่านั้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "ค่าตั้ง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ในการตั้งค่าปรับแต่งส่วนตัวของคุณ " +"การเปลี่ยนค่าในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง จะมีผลต่อเดสก์ท็อปของคุณเท่านั้น " +"และคุณไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนค่าตั้งที่ผู้ดูแลระบบกำหนดเป็นค่าบังคับได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "ค่าปริยาย" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"ถ้าคุณเป็นผู้ดูแลระบบ คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย " +"กำหนดค่าตั้งปริยายสำหรับผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดได้ ถ้าผู้ใช้ไม่ได้ตั้งค่าของคีย์ ค่าที่จะใช้จะมาจากค่าปริยายนี้ " +"และผู้ใช้สามารถตั้งค่าทับค่าปริยายได้เสมอ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "ค่าบังคับ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"ถ้าคุณเป็นผู้ดูแลระบบ คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ " +"กำหนดค่าตั้งบังคับสำหรับผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดได้ และเมื่อได้กำหนดค่าบังคับสำหรับคีย์ใดแล้ว " +"ผู้ใช้จะไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนค่าคีย์นั้นได้อีก วิธีนี้สามารถใช้จำกัดการใช้งานตัวเลือกบางอย่างได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "การปิดและการออก" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถปิดหน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ได้ โดยเลือกเมนู " +"แฟ้มปิดหน้าต่าง ในหน้าต่างที่ต้องการปิด หากต้องการปิดหน้าต่าง " +"เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ทั้งหมด และออกจากโปรแกรมโดยสมบูรณ์ " +"ก็เลือกเมนู แฟ้มออก ในหน้าต่าง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง หน้าต่างใดก็ได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "การทำงานกับคีย์" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"คีย์คือวิธีการเปิดหาค่า ค่าปรับแต่งทุก ๆ ค่าที่เก็บใน GConf " +"จะถูกกำหนดให้กับคีย์ โปรแกรมที่ใช้ GConf จะอ่านค่าของคีย์ต่าง " +"ๆ เพื่อกำหนดหน้าตาและพฤติกรรมของตัวโปรแกรมเอง เมื่อคุณเปลี่ยนค่าบางอย่างใน " +"การปรับแต่ง ของโปรแกรม " +"คุณก็กำลังเปลี่ยนค่าที่เชื่อมโยงกับคีย์ใดคีย์หนึ่งใน GConf นั่นเอง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "การคัดลอกชื่อคีย์" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"การคัดลอกชื่อคีย์ไปยังคลิปบอร์ด ทำได้โดยเลือกชื่อคีย์ที่คุณต้องการคัดลอกในช่องแก้ไขค่า แล้วเลือกเมนู " +"แก้ไขคัดลอกชื่อคีย์ จากนั้น คุณสามารถแปะชื่อคีย์ลงในโปรแกรมอื่นใดก็ได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "การดูชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"การดูชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด ทำได้โดยเลือกเมนู แก้ไขรายชื่อคีย์ล่าสุด " +"การกระทำนี้จะเปิดช่องผลลัพธ์ที่ด้านล่างของหน้าต่างปัจจุบัน " +"คุณสามารถเลื่อนดูรายชื่อผลลัพธ์ได้ด้วยการเลื่อนแถบเลื่อนขี้นลง หรือใช้ปุ่มลูกศร " +"เมื่อเลือกรายการในรายชื่อ ข้อมูลของคีย์หรือโฟลเดอร์ที่เลือกจะปรากฏในส่วนอื่น ๆ ทั้งหมดของหน้าต่าง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "การดูคีย์ล่าสุดมีประโยชน์เมื่อคุณต้องการกลับไปยังคีย์ที่เพิ่งเปลี่ยนไป แต่จำไม่ได้ว่าอยู่ที่ไหน" + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"อาจต้องการภาพหน้าจอ โดยเฉพาะปุ่มปิด, คัดลอก, และล้างที่อยู่ในช่องผลลัพธ์ ควรจะขยายความ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "การแก้ไขค่าของคีย์" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"ไอคอนที่อยู่ถัดจากชื่อคีย์ จะแสดงชนิดของค่าที่คีย์จะรับ ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับไอคอนแต่ละแบบได้ที่ " +" ขั้นตอนการแก้ไขค่าของคีย์คือ:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการแก้ไข เพื่อแสดงในช่องแก้ไขค่า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "เลือกคีย์ที่จะแก้ไขในช่องแก้ไขค่า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"การเปลี่ยนค่าของคีย์เลขจำนวนเต็มหรือคีย์ข้อความ ให้คลิกในคอลัมน์ ค่า " +"ของคีย์ แล้วพิมพ์ค่าใหม่สำหรับคีย์นั้น หรืออีกวิธีหนึ่ง คุณสามารถคลิกขวาบนคีย์ แล้วเลือก " +"แก้ไขคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"การเปลี่ยนค่าของคีย์บูลีน ให้คลิกในคอลัมน์ ค่า ของคีย์ " +"เพื่อกาหรือเลิกกากล่องกา หรืออีกวิธีหนึ่ง คุณสามารถคลิกขวาบนคีย์ แล้วเลือก " +"แก้ไขคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"การเปลี่ยนค่าของคีย์ที่เป็นรายชื่อ ให้คลิกขวาบนคีย์ แล้วเลือก แก้ไขคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น กล่องโต้ตอบ แก้ไขคีย์ " +"จะแสดงรายชื่อของค่าสำหรับคีย์นั้น คุณสามารถใช้กล่องโต้ตอบนี้แก้ไขค่าแต่ละค่าในรายชื่อ " +"หรือเพิ่มหรือลบค่าในรายชื่อได้ รวมทั้งย้ายลำดับของค่าขึ้นหรือลงในรายชื่อ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"ผู้ดูแลระบบของคุณอาจจำกัดการแก้ไขคีย์บางคีย์ โดยกำหนดค่าบังคับไว้ " +"ถ้าคีย์ที่เลือกมีการกำหนดค่าบังคับไว้ คุณจะไม่สามารถแก้ไขค่าได้ " +"และช่องคำอธิบายประกอบจะแสดงข้อความว่า คีย์นี้ไม่สามารถเขียนได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "การหาคีย์แบบรวดเร็ว" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"ในการหาตำแหน่งของคีย์แบบรวดเร็ว เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง " +"ให้คุณค้นหาชื่อคีย์ GConf ที่ต้องการได้ นอกจากนี้ " +"คุณยังสามารถใช้ที่คั่นหน้าช่วยในการหาไดเรกทอรีของคีย์ที่คุณต้องใช้บ่อย ๆ ได้เช่นกัน" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "การใช้ที่คั่นหน้า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"การเข้าถึงตำแหน่งไดเรกทอรีในที่คั่นหน้าของคุณ ให้เลือกตำแหน่งที่ตั้งจากเมนู ที่คั่นหน้า และคุณสามารถเพิ่มหรือลบไดเรกทอรีในเมนู ที่คั่นหน้า ของคุณได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"การเพิ่มที่คั่นหน้า ให้เลือกตำแหน่งที่ตั้งที่คุณต้องการคั่นหน้าในช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้ แล้วเลือกเมนู " +"ที่คั่นหน้าเพิ่มที่คั่นหน้า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนการลบที่คั่นหน้าคือ:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"เลือกเมนู ที่คั่นหน้าแก้ไขที่คั่นหน้า" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"เลือกที่คั่นหน้าที่ต้องการลบในกล่องโต้ตอบ แก้ไขที่คั่นหน้า " +"แล้วคลิกปุ่ม ลบ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม ปิด" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "การค้นหาคีย์" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนการค้นหาคีย์คือ:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"เลือกเมนู แก้ไขหา" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"พิมพ์คำที่ต้องการค้นหาในช่อง ค้นหา คุณสามารถเลือกเพิ่มเติมในกล่องกา " +"ค้นหาชื่อคีย์ด้วย และ ค้นหาค่าคีย์ด้วย ก็ได้ " +"ถ้าไม่ได้เลือกกล่องกาเหล่านี้ การค้นหาจะหาในส่วนชื่อโฟลเดอร์อย่างเดียว " +"การเลือกกล่องกาจะขยายขอบเขตการค้นหา" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม หา" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"ผลลัพธ์จากการค้นหาจะปรากฏในช่องผลลัพธ์ การเลื่อนดูรายชื่อผลลัพธ์ " +"อันดับแรกให้เลือกที่ช่องผลลัพธ์ดังกล่าว จากนั้น คุณสามารถเลื่อนดูผลลัพธ์โดยเลื่อนแถบเลื่อนขี้นลง " +"หรือใช้ปุ่มลูกศรก็ได้ เมื่อเลือกคีย์หรือโฟลเดอร์ ข้อมูลของสิ่งที่เลือกจะปรากฏในส่วนอื่น ๆ " +"ทั้งหมดของหน้าต่าง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "ค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"ถ้าคุณเป็นผู้ดูแลระบบ คุณสามารถตั้งค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับใน GConf ได้ ซึ่งจะมีผลต่อผู้ใช้ทั้งหมด ค่าปริยายจะเป็นค่าที่ถูกใช้เมื่อผู้ใช้ไม่ได้ตั้งค่าอะไร " +"และผู้ใช้สามารถตั้งค่าทับได้เสมอ ส่วนค่าบังคับจะเป็นค่าที่ถูกใช้เสมอกับผู้ใช้ทั้งหมด " +"และไม่สามารถตั้งค่าทับได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และหน้าต่าง " +"ค่าบังคับ แก้ไขและลบค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับได้ หน้าต่าง " +"ค่าปริยาย และหน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ จะแสดงเฉพาะค่าตั้งที่ได้กำหนดเป็นค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับไว้เท่านั้น " +"คุณไม่สามารถใช้หน้าต่างเหล่านี้สร้างค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับขึ้นมาใหม่ได้ " +"แต่คุณสามารถเลือกกำหนดค่าตั้งจากหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง " +"ให้เป็นค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"การเปิดหน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย ให้เลือกเมนู " +"แฟ้มหน้าต่างค่าปริยายใหม่ การเปิดหน้าต่าง ค่าบังคับ " +"ให้เลือกเมนู แฟ้มหน้าต่างค่าบังคับใหม่" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "การสร้างค่าตั้งปริยาย" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนการสร้างค่าตั้งปริยายคือ:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"ในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง " +"ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการตั้งค่าปริยาย" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "คลิกขวาที่คีย์และเลือก ตั้งเป็นค่าปริยาย จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "การสร้างค่าตั้งบังคับ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนการสร้างค่าตั้งบังคับคือ:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"ในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง " +"ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการตั้งค่าบังคับ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "คลิกขวาที่คีย์และเลือก ตั้งเป็นค่าบังคับ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "การแก้ไขและการลบค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถใช้หน้าต่าง ค่าปริยาย และหน้าต่าง " +"ค่าบังคับ แก้ไขและลบค่าปริยายและค่าบังคับได้ " +"การแก้ไขค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับ ให้ใช้หน้าต่างที่เหมาะสมแก้ไขคีย์ในหน้าต่าง ค่าตั้ง ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมสำหรับการแก้ไขคีย์ได้ที่ " + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนการลบค่าปริยายหรือค่าบังคับคือ:" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"ในหน้าต่างที่เหมาะสม ใช้ช่องแผนผังรูปต้นไม้เลือกคีย์ที่คุณต้องการลบออกจากค่าปริยายหรือค่าตั้งบังคับ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "คลิกขวาที่คีย์และเลือก ล้างค่าคีย์ จากเมนูที่ผุดขึ้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "ไอคอนและชนิดของคีย์" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"ไอคอนที่อยู่ข้างคีย์ในช่องแก้ไขค่าจะบ่งบอกว่าคุณสามารถป้อนค่าชนิดใดได้สำหรับคีย์นั้น ๆ " +"รายชื่อต่อไปนี้จะแสดงไอคอนที่เป็นไปได้ และชนิดของค่าที่ไอคอนนั้น ๆ บ่งชี้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " คีย์บูลีน" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"สามารถเป็นค่าจริงหรือเท็จอย่างใดอย่างหนึ่ง เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง " +"จะมีกล่องกาสำหรับคีย์ชนิดนี้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " คีย์ตัวเลข" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "สามารถเก็บตัวเลขได้ คีย์เหล่านี้เป็นได้ทั้งจำนวนเต็มหรือตัวเลขทศนิยม (เศษส่วน)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " คีย์ข้อความ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "สามารถเก็บข้อความได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " คีย์ schema" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"ใช้เก็บคำอธิบายประกอบคีย์อื่น ๆ คำอธิบายสำหรับแต่ละคีย์จะเก็บในคีย์แยกต่างหาก " +"ซึ่งโดยทั่วไปจะอยู่ภายใต้ไดเรกทอรี /schemas " +"โดยปกติผู้ใช้และผู้ดูแลระบบจะไม่จำเป็นต้องทำงานผ่านคีย์ schema โดยตรง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " คีย์รายชื่อ" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"เป็นรายชื่อไม่จำกัดจำนวนสมาชิก สมาชิกแต่ละตัวในรายชื่อจะต้องเป็นชนิดเดียวกัน และเป็นชนิดพื้นฐาน " +"คือบูลีน ตัวเลข หรือข้อความ อย่างใดอย่างหนึ่งเท่านั้น" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " คีย์จับคู่" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"สามารถเก็บค่าได้สองค่า โดยค่าทั้งสองต้องเป็นชนิดพื้นฐานเท่านั้น แต่ไม่จำเป็นต้องเป็นชนิดเดียวกัน " +"ขณะนี้ เครื่องแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ยังไม่สามารถแก้ไขคีย์จับคู่ได้" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " ว่าง" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"ใช้เมื่อ เครื่องมือแก้ไขค่าตั้ง ไม่เข้าใจชนิดของคีย์นั้น ขณะนี้ " +"ไอคอนว่างจะใช้สำหรับคีย์จับคู่เช่นกัน" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Pongsatorn Parnpreeda (iaee) " + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" diff --git a/docs/uk/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png b/docs/uk/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..baeb577 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/uk/figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png differ diff --git a/docs/uk/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/uk/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a80e96f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/uk/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + Довідка з редактора конфігурації + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + + + + + Проект документування GNOME + + + + Дозволяється копіювати, розповсюджувати та/або змінювати цей документ на умовах ліцензії GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), версії 1.1 або будь-якої старшої версії, що опублікована Free Software Foundation без інваріантних розділів, тексту титульної сторінки, та тексту фінальної сторінки. Копію GFDL можна знайти за адресою або у файлі COPYING-DOCS, що постачається з цією довідкою. + Ця довідка є частиною збірки документації з GNOME, що постачається на умовах ліцензії GFDL. Якщо ви бажаєте розповсюджувати цю довідку окремо від збірки, можете це зробити додавши до довідки копію ліцензії, як описано у пункті 6 ліцензії. + + Більшість назв, що використовуються компаніями для розповсюдження їх продуктів та послуг є торговими марками. Якщо такі назви зустрічаються у документації з GNOME та учасникам проекту документування GNOME відомо, що вони є торговими марками, тоді ці назви пишуться великими літерами або починаються з великої літери. + + ДОКУМЕНТ ТА ЗМІНЕНІ ВЕРСІЇ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ ПОСТАЧАЮТЬСЯ НА УМОВАХ ВІЛЬНОЇ ЛІЦЕНЗІЇ ДЛЯ ДОКУМЕНТАЦІЇ GNU З ПОДАЛЬШИМ РОЗУМІННЯМ ЩО: + + ДОКУМЕНТ НАДАЄТЬСЯ "ЯК Є", БЕЗ БУДЬ-ЯКИХ ГАРАНТІЇ, ЯВНИХ ЧИ НЕЯВНИХ, ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ, АЛЕ НЕ ОБМЕЖУЮЧИСЬ, ГАРАНТІЙ ЩО ЦЕЙ ДОКУМЕНТ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНА ВЕРСІЯ ДОКУМЕНТА ВІЛЬНІ ВІД ДЕФЕКТІВ, ПРИДАТНІ ДО ПРОДАЖУ, ВІДПОВІДАЮТЬ ПЕВНІЙ МЕТІ АБО НЕ ПОРУШУЮТЬ ЧИЇСЬ ПРАВА. ВЕСЬ РИЗИК ЗА ЯКІСТЬ, ТОЧНІСТЬ, ТА ЧИННІСТЬ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ АБО ЙОГО ЗМІНЕНИХ ВЕРСІЙ ЛЕЖИТЬ НА ВАС. ЯКЩО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ ДОКУМЕНТ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНА ВЕРСІЯ БУДУТЬ ВИЗНАНІ ДЕФЕКТНИМИ У БУДЬ-ЯКОМУ ВІДНОШЕННІ, ВИ (НЕ ПОЧАТКОВИЙ УКЛАДАЧ, АВТОР АБО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ СПІВАВТОР) БЕРЕТЕ НА СЕБЕ ВИТРАТИ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКЕ НЕОБХІДНЕ ОБСЛУГОВУВАННЯ, РЕМОНТ ЧИ ВИПРАВЛЕННЯ. ЦЯ ВІДМОВА ВІД ГАРАНТІЙ СКЛАДАЄ ВАЖЛИВУ ЧАСТИНУ ЦІЄЇ ЛІЦЕНЗІЇ. НЕ ДОПУСКАЄТЬСЯ ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ АБО ЙОГО ЗМІНЕНОЇ ВЕРСІЇ БЕЗ ПРИЙНЯТТЯ ЦІЄЇ ВІДМОВИ; ТА + + + НІ ЗА ЯКИХ ОБСТАВИН ТА ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКОГО ЗАКОНОДАВСТВА, ЧИ ТО ГРОМАДЯНСЬКОЇ ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНОСТІ (ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ ХАЛАТНІСТЬ), ДОГОВОРУ, ЧИ ЧОГОСЬ ІНШОГО, АВТОР, ПОЧАТКОВИЙ УКЛАДАЧ, БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ СПІВАВТОР, АБО ДИСТРИБ'ЮТОР ДОКУМЕНТУ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНОЇ ВЕРСІЇ ДОКУМЕНТУ, АБО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ ПОСТАЧАЛЬНИК БУДЬ-ЯКОЇ З ЦИХ СТОРІН, НЕ НЕСЕ ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНІСТЬ ПЕРЕД БУДЬ-ЯКОЮ ОСОБОЮ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКІ ПРЯМІ, НЕПРЯМІ, ОСОБЛИВІ, ВИПАДКОВІ, АБО ІСТОТНІ ЗБИТКИ БУДЬ-ЯКОГО ХАРАКТЕРУ ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ, АЛЕ НЕ ОБМЕЖУЮЧИСЬ, ЗБИТКАМИ ВІД ВТРАТИ ПРЕСТИЖУ, ЗУПИНКИ РОБОТИ, ЗБОЇВ АБО НЕСПРАВНОСТЕЙ КОМП'ЮТЕРА, АБО БУДЬ-ЯКІ ІНШІ ЗБИТКИ АБО ВТРАТИ ЩО ВИНИКЛИ БЕЗВІДНОСНО АБО ВНАСЛІДОК ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ ТА ЗМІНЕНИХ ВЕРСІЙ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ, НАВІТЬ ЯКЩО ЦІ СТОРОНИ, МОЖЛИВО, БУЛИ ПРОІНФОРМОВАНІ ПРО МОЖЛИВІСТЬ ТАКИХ ЗБИТКІВ. + + + + + + + + + Sun + Команда документування GNOME + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + Проект документування GNOME + + + + Shaun + McCance + + Проект документування GNOME + + + + + Редактор конфігурації можна використовувати для зміни параметрів конфігурації програм, які недоступні у діалозі Параметри + + + + Версія 2.8 + September 2004 + + Проект документування GNOME + Проект документування GNOME + без рецензії + + + + Версія 2.1 + Серпень 2004 + + Sun команда документування GNOME + Проект документування GNOME + + + + Версія 2.0.1 + Січень 2004 + + Sun команда документування GNOME + Проект документування GNOME + + + + У довідці описується програма Редактор конфігурації версії 2.8 + + Зворотній зв'язок + Щоб сповістити про помилку або внести пропозицію відносно програми Редактор конфігурації чи цієї довідки, слідуйте інструкціям, наведеним на Сторінка зворотного зв'язку GNOME. + + + + + + Редактор GConf + + + + Введення + Середовище GNOME та багато інших програм використовують GConf для зберігання уподобань користувача та системних конфігураційних даних. GConf є центральним місцем зберігання параметрів, що спрощує керування параметрами для користувачів та адміністраторів. Додаткову інформацію про GConf можна отримати у Посібнику системного адміністратора GNOME. + Редактор конфігурації дозволяє користувачам змінювати параметри середовища GNOME та окремих програм, що користуються GConf. Окрім того, системні адміністратори можуть використовувати Редактор конфігурації для встановлення типових та призначених параметрів, які впливатимуть на усіх користувачів. + У GConf параметри зберігаються у вигляді ієрархічних ключів. З кожним ключем пов'язане значення цього ключа. Наприклад, ключ /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme визначає тему, яка використовується у грі П'ять або більше. + Редактор конфігурації дозволяє змінювати параметри безпосередньо. Якщо ви не є досвідченим користувачем, не користуйтесь програмою Редактор конфігурації для зміни параметрів середовища GNOME. Натомість, використовуйте інструменти налаштовування, що входять до середовища GNOME. Інформацію про ці інструменти дивіться у останній версії Посібника користувача GNOME для вашої платформи. + + + + Початок роботи + + + Запуск редактора конфігурації + Програму Редактор конфігурації можна запустити кількома способами: + + + З меню Програми + + Виберіть СистемаРедактор конфігурації. + Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the + second method described below. + + + + З командного рядка + + Виконайте наступну команду: gconf-editor + + + + + + + Після запуску редактора конфігурації + Після запуску програми Редактор конфігурації, відкривається наступне вікно: +
+ Вікно <application>Редактор конфігурації</application> + + + + + + + Показано вікно редактора GConf. Callouts: Панель відображення дерева, панель внесення змін, панель документації. + + + +
+ Вікно програми Редактор конфігурації містить наступні сторінки: + + + Панель відображення дерева + Дозволяє переміщуватись по ієрархії ключів GConf. Використовуйте панель для відображення ключів, які ви бажаєте змінити у панелі внесення змін. Панель відображення дерева знаходиться у лівій частині вікна. + + + Панель внесення змін + + Відображає ключі у вибраній адресі GConf. Використовуйте панель для вибору ключів, які ви хочете змінити, та зміни значень цих ключів. Панель внесення змін знаходиться вгорі правої частини вікна. + Значки поруч з ключами у панелі внесення змін показують тип значення ключа. Наприклад, значок з галочкою поруч з ключем /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy означає, що для ключа можна встановити логічне значення (true або false). Докладніше про кожен значок дивіться у . + + + + Панель документації + Відображає документацію про поточний вибраний ключ. Використовуйте цю панель для отримання докладнішої інформації про ключ GConf. + + + + Панель результату (не показано) + Дозволяє переглядати результати пошуку або шукати у списку недавно переглянутий ключів. У решті вікна відображається інформація про будь-який виділений у цій панелі ключ.Панель результату з'являється внизу вікна, коли ви переглядаєте список останніх ключів або виконуєте пошук. + + + + + + + + Робота з вікнами + + Відкриття вікон + У програмі Редактор конфігурації можна відкривати три типи вікон: Параметри, Типові значення, та Призначені параметри. Виставлені програмою Редактор конфігурації значення, залежать від типу вікна. Ви можете відкрити кожен тип вікон у відповідному пункті меню Файл. + Оскільки параметри у вікнах Типові параметри та Призначені параметри впливають на усіх користувачів комп'ютера, їх значення може змінювати лише системний адміністратор. Для зміни уподобань слід використовувати вікно Параметри. + + + Параметри + Вікно Параметри можна використовувати для встановлення особистих параметрів. Зроблені у цьому вікні впливають лише на ваш робочий стіл. Ви не можете змінювати параметри, які системний адміністратор зробив призначеними. + + + + + Типові значення + Якщо ви - системний адміністратор, ви можете у вікні Типові параметри змінити типові параметри для усіх користувачів. Якщо користувач явно не встановив власне значення ключа, тоді значення береться з типових параметрів. Користувачі завжди можуть перевизначити типові параметри. + + + Обов'язкове + Якщо ви - системний адміністратор, у вікні призначені параметри можете змінити призначені параметри для усіх користувачів. Якщо для ключа встановлено призначене значення, користувачі не можуть змінювати це значення. Це можна використовувати для блокування певних параметрів. + + + + + + Завершення та вихід + Вікно Редактор конфігурації можна закрити вибравши у ньому ФайлЗакрити вікно. Для закривання усіх вікон Редактор конфігурації та повного виходу з програми виберіть ФайлВийти. + + + + + Робота з ключами + Ключ - це спосіб пошуку значення. Кожен параметр, що зберігається у GConf, пов'язаний з ключем. Програми, які використовують GConf беруть значення ключів для визначення свого вигляду та поведінки. Коли ви змінюєте щось у Параметрах програми, ваші зміни пов'язуються з відповідними ключами у GConf. + + + Копіювання назви ключа + Щоб скопіювати назву ключа, виділіть її у панелі внесення змін. Виберіть ПравкаКопіювати назву ключа. Тепер назву ключа можна вставити у іншу програму. + + + Перегляд назв недавніх ключів + Для перегляду назв недавніх ключів, виберіть ПравкаПерелік недавніх ключів. У нижній частині вікна відкриється панель з результатами . Ви можете переміщуватись по списку прокручуючи його вниз та вгору користуючись смугою прокрутки або клавішами зі стрілками. Інформація про вибраний ключ або теку відображається у іншій частині вікна. + Перегляд останніх ключів корисний, якщо треба повернутись до ключа, який ви недавно змінили, але не пам'ятаєте його. + + Знімок екрану був би доречний. Зокрема, треба розтлумачити кнопки закривання,копіювання, та очищення на панелі результату. + + + Зміна значення ключа + Значки поруч з назвою ключа показують значення якого типу може приймати ключ. Докладніше про ці значки дивіться у . Щоб змінити значення ключа, виконайте наступні дії: + + Відкрийте потрібний ключ у панелі відображення дерева. + Виділіть ключ для зміни у панелі модифікації ключа. + + Щоб змінити значення ключа, що має тип цілого числа, клацніть на ключі у стовпчику Значення. Введіть нове значення ключа. Або клацніть правою кнопкою та у контекстному меню виберіть Правка ключа. + Щоб змінити значення ключа, що має логічний тип, клацніть на ключі у стовпчику Значення, для відмітки чи зняття відмітки з поля. Або клацніть правою кнопкою на ключі і у контекстному меню виберіть Правка ключа. + Щоб змінити значення ключа, яке має тип списку, клацніть на ключі та у контекстному меню виберіть Правка ключа. У діалоговому вікні Правка ключа виведеться список значень, що пов'язані з цим ключем. У діалозі можна змінювати окреме значення списку, додавати чи видаляти значення зі списку, та переміщувати кожне значення вгору чи вниз по списку. + + + Системний адміністратор може блокувати певні ключі вказуючи призначені значення. Якщо виділений ключ має призначене значення, ви не можете його редагувати. Якщо вам не дозволено редагувати ключ, у панелі документації відобразиться позначка Ключ недоступний для запису. + + + + + Швидкий пошук ключа + Для швидкого пошуку ключів, Редактор конфігурації дозволяє шукати назви ключів у GConf. Окрім того, можна використовувати закладки для пошуку каталогів ключів, якими ви часто користуєтесь. + + + Використання закладок + Щоб отримати доступ до каталогу у закладках, виберіть меню Закладки. Можна додавати чи видаляти адреси каталогів вашого меню Закладки. + Щоб додати закладку, у панелі перегляду дерева виберіть адресу на яку створюється закладка. Виберіть ЗакладкиДодати закладку. + Для видалення закладки виконайте наступні дії: + + Виберіть ЗакладкиПравка закладок. + Виберіть закладку у діалозі Правка закладок, потім натисніть Видалити. + Натисніть Закрити. + + + + Пошук ключів + Щоб знайти ключ, виконайте наступні дії: + + Виберіть ПравкаЗнайти. + У полі Шукати введіть ключ, який треба знайти. Також можна відмітити поле Шукати також у назвах ключів та Шукати також у значеннях ключів. Якщо поля не відмічені, пошук ведеться лише у назвах тек. + Натисніть Знайти. + + Результат пошуку виводиться у панелі відображення результату. для переміщення по списку спочатку виділіть цю панель. Прокручувати результати можна смугою прокрутки або клавішами зі стрілками. Інформація про виділений ключ або теку відображатиметься у іншій частині вікна. + + Знімок екрану був би доречний. Зокрема, треба розтлумачити кнопки закривання,копіювання, та очищення на панелі результату. + + + + + Типові та обов'язкові параметри + Якщо ви системний адміністратор, можете встановити у GConf типові та призначені параметри, які впливатимуть на усіх користувачів. Типові параметри використовуються коли користувач не встановив значення явно, але користувачі завжди можуть перевизначити ці параметри. Призначені параметри використовуються для усіх користувачів, та користувачі не можуть перевизначати призначені параметри. + У вікнах Типові параметри та Призначені параметри можна редагувати та видаляти типові та призначені параметри. У вікнах Типові параметри та Призначені параметри відображаються лише ті параметри, які зроблені типовими або призначеними. У цих вікнах не можна створити нові типові чи призначені параметри. Натомість, їх можна встановити у вікні Параметри. + Щоб відкрити вікно Типові параметри виберіть ФайлСтворити вікно типових параметрів. Щоб відкрити вікно Призначені параметри виберіть ФайлСтворити вікно призначених параметрів. + + + Створення типових параметрів + Для створення типових параметрів виконайте наступні кроки: + + У панелі відображення дерева вікна Параметри відкрийте ключ, який треба зробити типовим. + Клацніть правою кнопкою на ключі та у контекстному меню виберіть Встановити як типовий. + + + + Створення призначених параметрів + Для створення призначених параметрів виконайте наступні кроки: + + У панелі відображення дерева вікна Параметри відкрийте ключ, який треба зробити призначеним. + Клацніть правою кнопкою на ключі та у контекстному меню виберіть Встановити як призначений. + + + + Зміна та видалення типових та призначених параметрів + У вікнах Типові параметри та Призначені параметри можна змінити або видалити типові чи призначені параметри. Щоб змінити типовий або призначений параметр, у відповідному вікні змініть ключ таким самим чином, як ви б це робили у вікні Параметри. Докладніше про зміну ключа дивіться . + Щоб видалити типовий або призначений параметр, виконайте наступні кроки: + + У панелі перегляду дерева відповідного вікна відкрийте ключ, який ви хочете видалити. + Клацніть правою кнопкою миші та у контекстному меню виберіть Видалити ключ. + + + + + + Значки та типи ключів + Значки поруч з ключами у панелі зміни значень відображають тип значення, яке може приймати ключ. У наступному списку показані можливі значки та типи значень, які вони представляють. + + + + + Логічний ключ. + Може бути логічною одиницею або логічним нулем. Редактор конфігурації відображає цей тип ключа у вигляді поля з відміткою. + + + + + Числовий ключ + Може зберігати числа. Числа можуть бути цілими або з рухомою комою (дробові). + + + + + Символьний ключ + Може зберігати рядок тексту. + + + + + Ключ-схема + Використовується для документування інших ключів. Документація до кожного ключа надається у окремому ключі, зазвичай у каталозі /schemas. Користувачі та системні адміністратори зазвичай не працюють з такими ключами безпосередньо. + + + + + Ключ-список + Список довільної довжини. Усі елементи списку мають бути одного типу, та одним з базових типів: логічне значення, число чи рядок. + + + + + Пара ключів + Може зберігати рівно два значення. Два значення можуть бути одним з базових типів, але не повинні мати однаковий тип. Наразі, Редактор конфігурації не підтримує редагування пари ключів. + + + + + Чистий + Використовується коли Редактор конфігурації не розпізнає тип ключа. Чистий значок також використовується для пари ключів. + + + +
diff --git a/docs/uk/uk.po b/docs/uk/uk.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1afc263 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/uk/uk.po @@ -0,0 +1,1092 @@ +# Ukrainian translation of gconf-editor manual +# Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Maxim Dziumanenko , 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor manual\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-12 09:48+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-22 23:44+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Maxim Dziumanenko \n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../C/legal.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"Дозволяється копіювати, розповсюджувати та/або змінювати цей документ на " +"умовах ліцензії GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), версії 1.1 або будь-" +"якої старшої версії, що опублікована Free Software Foundation без " +"інваріантних розділів, тексту титульної сторінки, та тексту фінальної " +"сторінки. Копію GFDL можна знайти за " +"адресою або у файлі COPYING-DOCS, що постачається з цією довідкою." + +#: ../C/legal.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"Ця довідка є частиною збірки документації з GNOME, що постачається на умовах " +"ліцензії GFDL. Якщо ви бажаєте розповсюджувати цю довідку окремо від збірки, " +"можете це зробити додавши до довідки копію ліцензії, як описано у пункті 6 " +"ліцензії." + +#: ../C/legal.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Більшість назв, що використовуються компаніями для розповсюдження їх " +"продуктів та послуг є торговими марками. Якщо такі назви зустрічаються у " +"документації з GNOME та учасникам проекту документування GNOME відомо, що " +"вони є торговими марками, тоді ці назви пишуться великими літерами або " +"починаються з великої літери." + +#: ../C/legal.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"ДОКУМЕНТ НАДАЄТЬСЯ \"ЯК Є\", БЕЗ БУДЬ-ЯКИХ ГАРАНТІЇ, ЯВНИХ ЧИ НЕЯВНИХ, " +"ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ, АЛЕ НЕ ОБМЕЖУЮЧИСЬ, ГАРАНТІЙ ЩО ЦЕЙ ДОКУМЕНТ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНА ВЕРСІЯ " +"ДОКУМЕНТА ВІЛЬНІ ВІД ДЕФЕКТІВ, ПРИДАТНІ ДО ПРОДАЖУ, ВІДПОВІДАЮТЬ ПЕВНІЙ МЕТІ " +"АБО НЕ ПОРУШУЮТЬ ЧИЇСЬ ПРАВА. ВЕСЬ РИЗИК ЗА ЯКІСТЬ, ТОЧНІСТЬ, ТА ЧИННІСТЬ " +"ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ АБО ЙОГО ЗМІНЕНИХ ВЕРСІЙ ЛЕЖИТЬ НА ВАС. ЯКЩО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ " +"ДОКУМЕНТ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНА ВЕРСІЯ БУДУТЬ ВИЗНАНІ ДЕФЕКТНИМИ У БУДЬ-ЯКОМУ " +"ВІДНОШЕННІ, ВИ (НЕ ПОЧАТКОВИЙ УКЛАДАЧ, АВТОР АБО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ СПІВАВТОР) БЕРЕТЕ " +"НА СЕБЕ ВИТРАТИ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКЕ НЕОБХІДНЕ ОБСЛУГОВУВАННЯ, РЕМОНТ ЧИ ВИПРАВЛЕННЯ. " +"ЦЯ ВІДМОВА ВІД ГАРАНТІЙ СКЛАДАЄ ВАЖЛИВУ ЧАСТИНУ ЦІЄЇ ЛІЦЕНЗІЇ. НЕ " +"ДОПУСКАЄТЬСЯ ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ АБО ЙОГО ЗМІНЕНОЇ ВЕРСІЇ БЕЗ " +"ПРИЙНЯТТЯ ЦІЄЇ ВІДМОВИ; ТА" + +#: ../C/legal.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"НІ ЗА ЯКИХ ОБСТАВИН ТА ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКОГО ЗАКОНОДАВСТВА, ЧИ ТО ГРОМАДЯНСЬКОЇ " +"ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНОСТІ (ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ ХАЛАТНІСТЬ), ДОГОВОРУ, ЧИ ЧОГОСЬ ІНШОГО, АВТОР, " +"ПОЧАТКОВИЙ УКЛАДАЧ, БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ СПІВАВТОР, АБО ДИСТРИБ'ЮТОР ДОКУМЕНТУ ЧИ " +"ЗМІНЕНОЇ ВЕРСІЇ ДОКУМЕНТУ, АБО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ ПОСТАЧАЛЬНИК БУДЬ-ЯКОЇ З ЦИХ " +"СТОРІН, НЕ НЕСЕ ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНІСТЬ ПЕРЕД БУДЬ-ЯКОЮ ОСОБОЮ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКІ ПРЯМІ, " +"НЕПРЯМІ, ОСОБЛИВІ, ВИПАДКОВІ, АБО ІСТОТНІ ЗБИТКИ БУДЬ-ЯКОГО ХАРАКТЕРУ " +"ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ, АЛЕ НЕ ОБМЕЖУЮЧИСЬ, ЗБИТКАМИ ВІД ВТРАТИ ПРЕСТИЖУ, ЗУПИНКИ РОБОТИ, " +"ЗБОЇВ АБО НЕСПРАВНОСТЕЙ КОМП'ЮТЕРА, АБО БУДЬ-ЯКІ ІНШІ ЗБИТКИ АБО ВТРАТИ ЩО " +"ВИНИКЛИ БЕЗВІДНОСНО АБО ВНАСЛІДОК ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ ТА ЗМІНЕНИХ " +"ВЕРСІЙ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ, НАВІТЬ ЯКЩО ЦІ СТОРОНИ, МОЖЛИВО, БУЛИ ПРОІНФОРМОВАНІ " +"ПРО МОЖЛИВІСТЬ ТАКИХ ЗБИТКІВ." + +#: ../C/legal.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"ДОКУМЕНТ ТА ЗМІНЕНІ ВЕРСІЇ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ ПОСТАЧАЮТЬСЯ НА УМОВАХ ВІЛЬНОЇ " +"ЛІЦЕНЗІЇ ДЛЯ ДОКУМЕНТАЦІЇ GNU З ПОДАЛЬШИМ РОЗУМІННЯМ ЩО: " + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:185(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=de0c8c06af293c34b21608810e244b23" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=de0c8c06af293c34b21608810e244b23" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:482(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:490(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:497(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:503(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:512(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:520(None) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:529(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" +msgstr "@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "Довідка з редактора конфігурації" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "Проект документування GNOME" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Команда документування GNOME" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "" +"Редактор конфігурації можна використовувати для зміни параметрів " +"конфігурації програм, які недоступні у діалозі Параметри" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Версія 2.8" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "без рецензії" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "Версія 2.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "Серпень 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Sun команда документування GNOME" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "Версія 2.0.1" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "Січень 2004" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "У довідці описується програма Редактор конфігурації версії 2.8" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Зворотній зв'язок" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"Щоб сповістити про помилку або внести пропозицію відносно програми Редактор " +"конфігурації чи цієї довідки, слідуйте інструкціям, наведеним на Сторінка зворотного зв'язку GNOME." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "Редактор GConf" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введення" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"Середовище GNOME та багато інших програм використовують GConf для зберігання уподобань користувача та системних " +"конфігураційних даних. GConf є центральним місцем " +"зберігання параметрів, що спрощує керування параметрами для користувачів та " +"адміністраторів. Додаткову інформацію про GConf " +"можна отримати у Посібнику " +"системного адміністратора GNOME." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"Редактор конфігурації дозволяє користувачам " +"змінювати параметри середовища GNOME та окремих програм, що користуються " +"GConf. Окрім того, системні адміністратори " +"можуть використовувати Редактор конфігурації для " +"встановлення типових та призначених параметрів, які впливатимуть на усіх " +"користувачів." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"У GConf параметри зберігаються у вигляді " +"ієрархічних ключів. З кожним ключем пов'язане значення цього ключа. " +"Наприклад, ключ /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme " +"визначає тему, яка використовується у грі П'ять або більше." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"Редактор конфігурації дозволяє змінювати " +"параметри безпосередньо. Якщо ви не є досвідченим користувачем, не " +"користуйтесь програмою Редактор конфігурації для " +"зміни параметрів середовища GNOME. Натомість, використовуйте інструменти " +"налаштовування, що входять до середовища GNOME. Інформацію про ці " +"інструменти дивіться у останній версії Посібника користувача GNOME для вашої платформи." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Початок роботи" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Запуск редактора конфігурації" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "" +"Програму Редактор конфігурації можна запустити " +"кількома способами:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "З меню Програми" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть СистемаРедактор " +"конфігурації." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:166(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "З командного рядка" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:168(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "Виконайте наступну команду: gconf-editor" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:176(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Після запуску редактора конфігурації" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:177(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Після запуску програми Редактор конфігурації, " +"відкривається наступне вікно:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:180(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "Вікно Редактор конфігурації" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:188(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "" +"Показано вікно редактора GConf. Callouts: Панель відображення дерева, панель " +"внесення змін, панель документації." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:194(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "" +"Вікно програми Редактор конфігурації містить " +"наступні сторінки:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:198(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "Панель відображення дерева" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:199(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Дозволяє переміщуватись по ієрархії ключів GConf. " +"Використовуйте панель для відображення ключів, які ви бажаєте змінити у " +"панелі внесення змін. Панель відображення дерева знаходиться у лівій частині " +"вікна." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:205(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "Панель внесення змін" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:207(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"Відображає ключі у вибраній адресі GConf. " +"Використовуйте панель для вибору ключів, які ви хочете змінити, та зміни " +"значень цих ключів. Панель внесення змін знаходиться вгорі правої частини " +"вікна." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:212(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"Значки поруч з ключами у панелі внесення змін показують тип значення ключа. " +"Наприклад, значок з галочкою поруч з ключем /system/http_proxy/" +"use_http_proxy означає, що для ключа можна встановити логічне " +"значення (true або false). Докладніше про кожен значок дивіться у ." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:221(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "Панель документації" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:222(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"Відображає документацію про поточний вибраний ключ. Використовуйте цю панель " +"для отримання докладнішої інформації про ключ GConf." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:228(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "Панель результату (не показано)" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:229(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"Дозволяє переглядати результати пошуку або шукати у списку недавно " +"переглянутий ключів. У решті вікна відображається інформація про будь-який " +"виділений у цій панелі ключ.Панель результату з'являється внизу вікна, коли " +"ви переглядаєте список останніх ключів або виконуєте пошук." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:241(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "Робота з вікнами" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "Відкриття вікон" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:244(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"У програмі Редактор конфігурації можна відкривати " +"три типи вікон: Параметри, Типові " +"значення, та Призначені параметри. " +"Виставлені програмою Редактор конфігурації " +"значення, залежать від типу вікна. Ви можете відкрити кожен тип вікон у " +"відповідному пункті меню Файл." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:250(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"Оскільки параметри у вікнах Типові параметри та " +"Призначені параметри впливають на усіх " +"користувачів комп'ютера, їх значення може змінювати лише системний " +"адміністратор. Для зміни уподобань слід використовувати вікно " +"Параметри." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:257(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Параметри" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:258(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"Вікно Параметри можна використовувати для " +"встановлення особистих параметрів. Зроблені у цьому вікні впливають лише на " +"ваш робочий стіл. Ви не можете змінювати параметри, які системний " +"адміністратор зробив призначеними." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:267(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Типові значення" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:268(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви - системний адміністратор, ви можете у вікні Типові " +"параметри змінити типові параметри для усіх користувачів. Якщо " +"користувач явно не встановив власне значення ключа, тоді значення береться " +"з типових параметрів. Користувачі завжди можуть перевизначити типові " +"параметри." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:275(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "Обов'язкове" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:276(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви - системний адміністратор, у вікні призначені " +"параметри можете змінити призначені параметри для усіх " +"користувачів. Якщо для ключа встановлено призначене значення, користувачі не " +"можуть змінювати це значення. Це можна використовувати для блокування певних " +"параметрів." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:286(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "Завершення та вихід" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:287(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"Вікно Редактор конфігурації можна закрити " +"вибравши у ньому ФайлЗакрити " +"вікно. Для закривання усіх вікон " +"Редактор конфігурації та повного виходу з " +"програми виберіть ФайлВийти." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:297(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "Робота з ключами" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:298(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"Ключ - це спосіб пошуку значення. Кожен параметр, що зберігається у " +"GConf, пов'язаний з ключем. Програми, які " +"використовують GConf беруть значення ключів для " +"визначення свого вигляду та поведінки. Коли ви змінюєте щось у " +"Параметрах програми, ваші зміни пов'язуються з " +"відповідними ключами у GConf." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:306(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "Копіювання назви ключа" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:307(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скопіювати назву ключа, виділіть її у панелі внесення змін. Виберіть " +"ПравкаКопіювати назву ключа. Тепер назву ключа можна вставити у іншу програму." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:313(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "Перегляд назв недавніх ключів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:314(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Для перегляду назв недавніх ключів, виберіть ПравкаПерелік недавніх ключів. У " +"нижній частині вікна відкриється панель з результатами . Ви можете " +"переміщуватись по списку прокручуючи його вниз та вгору користуючись смугою " +"прокрутки або клавішами зі стрілками. Інформація про вибраний ключ або теку " +"відображається у іншій частині вікна." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:320(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"Перегляд останніх ключів корисний, якщо треба повернутись до ключа, який ви " +"недавно змінили, але не пам'ятаєте його." + +#. REMARK +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:323(remark) ../C/gconf-editor.xml:405(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "" +"Знімок екрану був би доречний. Зокрема, треба розтлумачити кнопки закривання," +"копіювання, та очищення на панелі результату." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:327(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "Зміна значення ключа" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:328(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Значки поруч з назвою ключа показують значення якого типу може приймати " +"ключ. Докладніше про ці значки дивіться у . Щоб " +"змінити значення ключа, виконайте наступні дії:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:332(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "Відкрийте потрібний ключ у панелі відображення дерева." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "Виділіть ключ для зміни у панелі модифікації ключа." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити значення ключа, що має тип цілого числа, клацніть на ключі у " +"стовпчику Значення. Введіть нове значення ключа. Або " +"клацніть правою кнопкою та у контекстному меню виберіть Правка " +"ключа." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:340(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити значення ключа, що має логічний тип, клацніть на ключі у " +"стовпчику Значення, для відмітки чи зняття відмітки з " +"поля. Або клацніть правою кнопкою на ключі і у контекстному меню виберіть " +"Правка ключа." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:345(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити значення ключа, яке має тип списку, клацніть на ключі та у " +"контекстному меню виберіть Правка ключа. У " +"діалоговому вікні Правка ключа виведеться список " +"значень, що пов'язані з цим ключем. У діалозі можна змінювати окреме " +"значення списку, додавати чи видаляти значення зі списку, та переміщувати " +"кожне значення вгору чи вниз по списку." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:353(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"Системний адміністратор може блокувати певні ключі вказуючи призначені " +"значення. Якщо виділений ключ має призначене значення, ви не можете його " +"редагувати. Якщо вам не дозволено редагувати ключ, у панелі документації " +"відобразиться позначка Ключ недоступний для запису." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:362(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "Швидкий пошук ключа" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:363(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"Для швидкого пошуку ключів, Редактор конфігурації " +"дозволяє шукати назви ключів у GConf. Окрім того, " +"можна використовувати закладки для пошуку каталогів ключів, якими ви часто " +"користуєтесь." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:369(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "Використання закладок" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:370(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати доступ до каталогу у закладках, виберіть меню " +"Закладки. Можна додавати чи видаляти адреси каталогів " +"вашого меню Закладки." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:373(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати закладку, у панелі перегляду дерева виберіть адресу на яку " +"створюється закладка. Виберіть ЗакладкиДодати закладку." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:376(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Для видалення закладки виконайте наступні дії:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть ЗакладкиПравка " +"закладок." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть закладку у діалозі Правка закладок, " +"потім натисніть Видалити." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:383(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Натисніть Закрити." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:387(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "Пошук ключів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:388(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Щоб знайти ключ, виконайте наступні дії:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть ПравкаЗнайти." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"У полі Шукати введіть ключ, який треба знайти. Також " +"можна відмітити поле Шукати також у назвах ключів та " +"Шукати також у значеннях ключів. Якщо поля не " +"відмічені, пошук ведеться лише у назвах тек. " + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:398(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "Натисніть Знайти." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"Результат пошуку виводиться у панелі відображення результату. для " +"переміщення по списку спочатку виділіть цю панель. Прокручувати результати " +"можна смугою прокрутки або клавішами зі стрілками. Інформація про виділений " +"ключ або теку відображатиметься у іншій частині вікна." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:411(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Типові та обов'язкові параметри" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:412(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви системний адміністратор, можете встановити у GConf типові та призначені параметри, які впливатимуть на усіх " +"користувачів. Типові параметри використовуються коли користувач не встановив " +"значення явно, але користувачі завжди можуть перевизначити ці параметри. " +"Призначені параметри використовуються для усіх користувачів, та користувачі " +"не можуть перевизначати призначені параметри." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:417(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"У вікнах Типові параметри та " +"Призначені параметри можна редагувати та видаляти " +"типові та призначені параметри. У вікнах Типові параметри та Призначені параметри " +"відображаються лише ті параметри, які зроблені типовими або призначеними. У " +"цих вікнах не можна створити нові типові чи призначені параметри. " +"Натомість, їх можна встановити у вікні Параметри." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:425(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"Щоб відкрити вікно Типові параметри виберіть " +"ФайлСтворити вікно типових " +"параметрів. Щоб відкрити вікно " +"Призначені параметри виберіть " +"ФайлСтворити вікно призначених " +"параметрів." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:433(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "Створення типових параметрів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:434(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Для створення типових параметрів виконайте наступні кроки:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"У панелі відображення дерева вікна Параметри " +"відкрийте ключ, який треба зробити типовим." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Клацніть правою кнопкою на ключі та у контекстному меню виберіть " +"Встановити як типовий." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:443(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Створення призначених параметрів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:444(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "Для створення призначених параметрів виконайте наступні кроки:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"У панелі відображення дерева вікна Параметри " +"відкрийте ключ, який треба зробити призначеним." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:449(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Клацніть правою кнопкою на ключі та у контекстному меню виберіть " +"Встановити як призначений." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:454(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "Зміна та видалення типових та призначених параметрів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:455(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"У вікнах Типові параметри та " +"Призначені параметри можна змінити або видалити " +"типові чи призначені параметри. Щоб змінити типовий або призначений " +"параметр, у відповідному вікні змініть ключ таким самим чином, як ви б це " +"робили у вікні Параметри. Докладніше про зміну " +"ключа дивіться ." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:462(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Щоб видалити типовий або призначений параметр, виконайте наступні кроки:" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:465(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "" +"У панелі перегляду дерева відповідного вікна відкрийте ключ, який ви хочете " +"видалити." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:468(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"Клацніть правою кнопкою миші та у контекстному меню виберіть " +"Видалити ключ." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:475(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "Значки та типи ключів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:476(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"Значки поруч з ключами у панелі зміни значень відображають тип значення, яке " +"може приймати ключ. У наступному списку показані можливі значки та типи " +"значень, які вони представляють." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:481(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr " Логічний ключ." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:484(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"Може бути логічною одиницею або логічним нулем. Редактор " +"конфігурації відображає цей тип ключа у вигляді поля з " +"відміткою." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:489(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr " Числовий ключ" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:492(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Може зберігати числа. Числа можуть бути цілими або з рухомою комою (дробові)." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:496(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr " Символьний ключ" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:499(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "Може зберігати рядок тексту." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:502(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr " Ключ-схема" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:505(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"Використовується для документування інших ключів. Документація до кожного " +"ключа надається у окремому ключі, зазвичай у каталозі /schemas. Користувачі та системні адміністратори зазвичай не працюють з " +"такими ключами безпосередньо." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:511(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr " Ключ-список" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:514(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"Список довільної довжини. Усі елементи списку мають бути одного типу, та " +"одним з базових типів: логічне значення, число чи рядок." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:519(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr " Пара ключів" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:522(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"Може зберігати рівно два значення. Два значення можуть бути одним з базових " +"типів, але не повинні мати однаковий тип. Наразі, Редактор " +"конфігурації не підтримує редагування пари ключів." + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:528(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr " Чистий" + +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:531(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"Використовується коли Редактор конфігурації не " +"розпізнає тип ключа. Чистий значок також використовується для пари ключів." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: ../C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Максим Дзюманенко 2005, 2007" diff --git a/docs/zh_CN/gconf-editor.xml b/docs/zh_CN/gconf-editor.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..898893f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/zh_CN/gconf-editor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ + + + + + + + +]> + +
+ + + + 配置编辑器手册 + + 2004 + Sun Microsystems + 2009.Awgnl (y.z.h@gmx.com) + + + + GNOME 文档项目 + + + + 对于本文档的复制、分发和／或修改必须遵循自由软件基金会 (Free Software Foundation) 发布的 GNU 自由文档许可证 (GFDL) 版本 1.1 或更高版本，该许可证没有固定的部分、没有封面和背页文本。您可以在此链接上或在随本手册一起分发的 COPYING-DOCS 文件中找到 GFDL 的副本。 + 本手册是在 GFDL 许可之下分发的 GNOME 手册集合的一部分。如果想要单独分发此手册，可以在手册中添加该许可证的一份副本然后分发，如该许可证的第 6 部分所述。 + + 各个公司使用的许多用于区别它们产品和服务的名称都声明为商标。在所有的 GNOME 文档以及 GNOME 文档项目的成员中，这些名称都是以全大写字母或首字母大写显示，从而表明它们是商标。 + + 本文档以及文档的修改版本都是在遵循 GNU 自由文档许可证的条款下提供，这表示具有以下含义： + + 文档按“原样”提供，不提供任何明示或暗示的保证，包括但不限于：文档或文档的修改版本没有适销性方面的缺陷、适合特定目的的适用性，以及没有侵权行为。您将自行承担本文档以及文档修改版本的质量、准确性以及性能方面的风险。如果任何文档或文档修改版本存在缺陷，您(而不是最初的编写者、作者或撰写人)将承担所有必需的服务、维修或更正的费用。此免责声明是本许可证的重要组成部分。如果不接受此免责声明，那么您就没有权利使用任何文档或文档的修改版本；并且 + + + 无论在任何情况以及在任何法律理论下，本文档或文档修改版本的作者、最初的编写者、任何撰写人或任何分发者，或者任意这些方的任何提供者都不对任何人由于使用本"文档或文档修改版本引起或带来的任何直接的、间接的、特殊的、偶然的或继发的损失承担任何民事(包括疏忽)、合同或其它方面的责任，这些损失包括但不限于信誉损失、工作停止、计算机失败或故障，或任何以及所有其它损失或由此引发的或与之相关的损失，即使这些方已被告知存在出现此类损失的可能性时也是如此。 + + + + + + + + + Sun + GNOME 文档团队 + Sun Microsystems + + + Angela + Boyle + + GNOME 文档项目 + + + + Shaun + McCance + + GNOME 文档项目 + + + + + 配置编辑器是用来更改被应用程序使用而通过首选项对话框无法更改的配置选项 + + + + Version 2.8 + 2004年9月 + + GNOME 文档项目 + GNOME 文档项目 + 没有复审 + + + + 版本 2.1 + 2004年8月 + + Sun GNOME 文档团队 + GNOME 文档项目 + + + + 版本 2.0.1 + 2004年1月 + + Sun GNOME 文档团队 + GNOME 文档项目 + + + + 本手册描述 2.8 版的配置编辑器 + + 反馈 + 如要对配置编辑器程序或本手册报告错误或提出建议，可以参考在 GNOME 反馈页面中的指导。 + + + + + + GConf 编辑器 + + + + 简介 + GNOME 桌面和许多应用程序使用 GConf 存储用户的参数配置和系统配置数据。GConf 为参数配置提供了一个重要的存储位置，为用户和系统管理员提供了一个简化的配置管理方式。更多的关于 GConf 的信息可以在 GNOME 系统管理员指南 中找到。 + 配置编辑器允许用户修改他们整个 GNOME 桌面环境和任何使用 GConf 的应用程序的参数配置。并且，系统管理员可以使用配置编辑器设置能影响到所有用户的默认值和强制项。 + 参数配置以分层次的键的形式存储于 GConf 中。每一个键与一个值结合用来指定您此选项的设置。例如，键 /apps/glines/preferences/ball_theme 存储了您在游戏 Five or More (连珠消球)中的主题。 + 配置编辑器使您能够直接更改您的配置源。如果您不是一个经验丰富的使用者，不要使用配置编辑器来设置 GNOME 桌面环境的参数，而是在 GNOME 桌面设置中使用首选项工具。 关于使用首选项工具的信息，参看在您平台上最新版本的 GNOME 桌面环境用户指南。 + + + + 入门指南 + + + 配置编辑器的启动 + 您可以用以下的方式启动配置编辑器： + + + 应用程序菜单 + + 选择系统工具配置编辑器。 + 一些发行版中隐藏了此菜单。在这种情况下，使用后面描述的第二种方法。 + + + + 命令行 + + 执行下面的命令：gconf-editor + + + + + + + 当您启动了配置编辑器 + 当您启动了配置编辑器，会显示下面的窗口。 +
+ <application>配置编辑器</application>窗口 + + + + + + + 显示 GConf 编辑器窗口。插图编号：树窗格，修改窗格，文档窗格。 + + + +
+ 配置编辑器窗口包括下列窗格： + + + 树窗格 + 使您可以通过分层结构的键操纵 GConf。您可以使用此窗格将您想要修改的键显示在修改窗格中。树窗格在窗口的左边。 + + + 修改窗格 + + 显示在树窗格中 GConf 被选中的键。使用此窗格选中您想修改的键并修改键值。修改窗格在窗口的右上角。 + 在修改窗格中键旁边的图标显示了您能够为此键输入的值的类型。例如，键 /system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy 旁边的复选标记图标表示您能够为此键输入一个布尔值(真或假)。查看获得各图标更多的信息。 + + + + 文档窗格 + 显示此时选中键的文档。使用此窗格读取关于 GConf 中选项的键信息。 + + + + 结果窗格(未显示) + 使您能够查看搜索的结果或让您通过列出最近的键进行查找。窗口的其余部分会显示您在此窗格中选中的任一键的信息。当您列出最近的键或执行一次搜索时结果窗格将出现在窗口的底部。 + + + + + + + + 窗口操作 + + 打开新窗口 + 您可以在配置编辑器中打开三种类型的窗口：设置、默认值和强制值。配置编辑器基于您打开的窗口的类型设置相应类型的值。选择相应的条目您可以在文件菜单下打开每一种窗口类型。 + 因为默认值与强制值窗口的设置会影响到电脑所有的使用者，所以仅有系统管理员可以使用这些类型的窗口。要更改您的参数配置，您可以使用设置窗口。 + + + 设置 + 您可以使用设置窗口设置您个人的参数配置。在设置窗口中做出的改变仅会影响您的桌面。您无法改变系统管理员已经做出的强制值的设置。 + + + + + 默认值 + 如果您是一位系统管理员，您可以使用默认值窗口为所有用户编辑默认设置。如果一位用户没有直接设置键值，默认设置的值会被采用。用户总能更改默认设置。 + + + 强制值 + 如果您是一位系统管理员，您可以使用强制值窗口为所有用户编辑强制设置。当一个键被设置为强制值，用户将不可更改此值。此可以用于锁定特定选项。 + + + + + + 关闭退出 + 您可以在窗口中通过选择文件关闭窗口来关闭配置编辑器。若要关闭所有的配置编辑器窗口完全退出程序，在任一配置编辑器中选择文件退出。 + + + + + 键操作 + 键是查阅值的一种途径。在 GConf 中存储的每一个选项分配了一个键。使用 GConf 的程序通过访问键值来决定自己的外观和行为。当您在一个程序的首选项中做出一些改变的时候，您也同时改变了在GConf中与之相关联的键值。 + + + 复制键名 + 在修改窗格中选择您想复制的键名，选择编辑复制键名，可以复制键名到剪贴板。您可以粘贴键名到任何其它程序。 + + + 查看最近使用的键名 + 选择编辑列出最近的键，可以查看最近使用的键名。此动作会在当前窗口底部打开结果窗格。您可以用滚动滚动条或按方向键的方式查看结果列表。您选中的键或文件夹的信息会在窗口其余部分显示。 + 当您需要恢复一个您刚改动过的键而又忘了它在哪时，查看最近使用的键是很有用的。 + + 截图或许是整齐的。特别地，关闭、复制和清除也能在结果窗格中找到。 + + + 修改键值 + 在键名旁边的图标显示了此键所能取值的类型。查看以获得各图标更多的信息。要更改键值，按以下的步骤执行： + + 使用树窗格显示您想在修改窗格中修改的键。 + 在修改窗格中选取键。 + + 修改整数型或字符串型的键。在键的值栏中单击，为此键输入新值。或者，在键上右击，从弹出菜单中选择编辑键。 + 更改布尔值类型的键，在键的值栏中选择或取消选择复选框。或者，在键上右击，从弹出菜单中选择编辑键。 + 改变列表型键的值，在键上右击，从弹出菜单中选择编辑键。编辑键对话框提供与此键相关联的一列值。您可以使用这个对话框编辑在列中每一特定的值，增加或删除列中的值，还可以使每一值在列中上下移动。 + + + 您的系统管理员可能通过强制值已经锁定某些键。如果选中的键已被设置强制值，您将不能编辑此值。如果您不被允许编辑此键值，文档窗格中会显示此键不可写的标注。 + + + + + 键的快速查找 + 快速确定键的位置，配置编辑器允许您在GConf中搜索键名。另外，对于您需要经常访问的键您可以使用书签来快速定位键所在的目录。 + + + 使用书签 + 访问在您书签中的目录位置，从书签菜单中选择相应位置。您可以在您书签菜单中添加或删除目录位置。 + 添加一个书签，在树窗格中选中您想标记的位置。选择书签添加书签。 + 删除一个书签，执行以下步骤： + + 选择书签编辑书签。 + 在编辑书签对话框中选中书签，然后点删除。 + 点击关闭。 + + + + 搜索键 + 要搜索键，请执行以下步骤： + + 选择编辑查找。 + 在搜索框中输入您想搜索的关键字。您可以选中也在键名中搜索和也在键值中搜索的复选框。如果这些复选框没被选中，搜索只会在目录名上执行。选中这些复选框会扩大搜索范围。 + 单击查找。 + + 搜索结果会显示在结果窗格中。想在结果列表中浏览，首先选中此窗格，然后您可以用滚动滚动条或按方向键的方式查看结果列表。您选中的键或目录的信息会在窗口其余部分显示。 + + 截图或许是整齐的。特别地，关闭、复制和清除也能在结果窗格中找到。 + + + + + 默认值和强制值设置 + 如果您是位系统管理员，您可以在 GConf 中设置默认值和强制值以影响所有用户。默认值的设置用于当用户没有明确设置的键值，并且用户可以修改它们。强制值的设置总会应用于所有的用户，并且他们无法修改。 + 您可以使用默认值和强制值窗口来编辑或删除默认值和强制值项。默认值和强制值窗口仅为您显示那些已经设为默认值和强制值的键。您不能使用这些窗口来建立新的默认值或强制值项，而是，您要在设置窗口中将一些项设置为默认值或强制值。 + 选择文件新建默认值窗口以打开一个默认值窗口。选择文件新建强制值窗口以打开一个强制值窗口。 + + + 建立默认值设置 + 建立默认值，执行以下步骤： + + 在设置窗口中，使用树窗格显示出您想设为默认值的键。 + 在此键上右击，在弹出菜单中选择设为默认值。 + + + + 建立强制值设置 + 建立强制值，执行以下步骤： + + 在设置窗口中，使用树窗格显示出您想设为强制值的键。 + 在此键上右击，在弹出菜单中选择设为强制值。 + + + + 修改或移除默认值或强制值项 + 您可以在默认值和强制值窗口中修改或删除默认值和强制值项。修改一个默认值或强制值项要使用相应的窗口，在设置窗口中修改您想修改的键。查看获得修改键值的更多信息。 + 删除一个默认值或强制值键，执行以下步骤： + + 在相应窗口中，使用树窗格显示出您想从默认值或强制值设置中删除的键。 + 在此键上右击，从弹出窗口中选择清除键。 + + + + + + 图标和键类型 + 在修改窗格中键旁边的图标显示了您能够为此键输入的值的类型。下面的列表显示可能出现的图标和它们代表的值的类型。 + + + + + 布尔值类型的键 + 可以取真或假。配置编辑器为这种类型的键提供一个复选框。 + + + + + 数类型的键 + 可以赋数值。这些键的值可以是整数或是浮点的(分数的)数值中的一种。 + + + + + 字符串类型的键 + 可以赋以文本的字符串值。 + + + + + 模式类型的键 + 用来为其它键建立文档。每一个键的文档由一个单独的键提供，典型地在/schemas目录下。用户和系统管理员通常不需要对模式类型的键采取操作。 + + + + + 列表类型的键 + 任意长度的列表。列表中的每一元素必须有相同的类型，且是布尔值、数或字符串中这样基本类型中的一个。 + + + + + 值对类型的键 + 可以准确地赋以两个值。这两个值必须属于基本类型中的一种，但它们可以有不同类型。目前，配置编辑器还不支持编辑值对类型的键。 + + + + + 空白 + 用于配置编辑器无法理解的类型的键。空白的图标目前也用于值对类型的键。 + + + +
diff --git a/docs/zh_CN/zh_CN.po b/docs/zh_CN/zh_CN.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c1134b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/zh_CN/zh_CN.po @@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@ +# Translation of gconf-editor-help.master.po to Simplified Chinese. +# Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Awgnl , 2009. +# Aron Xu , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: GNOME 2.28\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 21:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-15 23:13+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: Aron Xu \n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (simplified) \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:187(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/gconf_editor_anno_window.png'; " +"md5=e8bcda23f3fbe88915bd1850be62f9e8" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:484(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-bool.png'; md5=2966eb7f1115df0eb45da84d5e1ec202" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:492(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-number.png'; md5=ed3c59de590c2f556fc88c11db5d3ce5" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:499(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-string.png'; md5=6e66a2292b70c4b4332af98b07c4cb5d" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:505(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-schema.png'; md5=6eafa713ecb0e6452e00c44c9c373dea" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:514(None) +msgid "@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-list.png'; md5=f11b0fcf542ccd936409c2c4a85da634" + +#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. +#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:522(None) C/gconf-editor.xml:531(None) +msgid "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" +msgstr "" +"@@image: 'figures/entry-blank.png'; md5=ef9f97ca90eeffda318fe6b39bd3ed87" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:22(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Manual" +msgstr "配置编辑器手册" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:24(year) +msgid "2004" +msgstr "2004" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:25(holder) C/gconf-editor.xml:47(orgname) +msgid "Sun Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun Microsystems" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(publishername) C/gconf-editor.xml:53(orgname) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:60(orgname) C/gconf-editor.xml:83(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:84(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:93(para) +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:101(para) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "GNOME 文档项目" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:2(para) +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any " +"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant " +"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy " +"of the GFDL at this link or " +"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual." +msgstr "" +"对于本文档的复制、分发和／或修改必须遵循自由软件基金会 (Free Software " +"Foundation) 发布的 GNU 自由文档许可证 (GFDL) 版本 1.1 或更高版本，该许可证没" +"有固定的部分、没有封面和背页文本。您可以在此链接上或在随本手册一起分发的 COPYING-DOCS 文件中找到 GFDL 的副" +"本。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:12(para) +msgid "" +"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the " +"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, " +"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in " +"section 6 of the license." +msgstr "" +"本手册是在 GFDL 许可之下分发的 GNOME 手册集合的一部分。如果想要单独分发此手" +"册，可以在手册中添加该许可证的一份副本然后分发，如该许可证的第 6 部分所述。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:19(para) +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made " +"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"各个公司使用的许多用于区别它们产品和服务的名称都声明为商标。在所有的 GNOME 文" +"档以及 GNOME 文档项目的成员中，这些名称都是以全大写字母或首字母大写显示，从而" +"表明它们是商标。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:35(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, " +"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT " +"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS " +"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE " +"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR " +"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL " +"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY " +"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN " +"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION " +"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND" +msgstr "" +"文档按“原样”提供，不提供任何明示或暗示的保证，包括但不限于：文档或文档的修改" +"版本没有适销性方面的缺陷、适合特定目的的适用性，以及没有侵权行为。您将自行承" +"担本文档以及文档修改版本的质量、准确性以及性能方面的风险。如果任何文档或文档" +"修改版本存在缺陷，您(而不是最初的编写者、作者或撰写人)将承担所有必需的服务、" +"维修或更正的费用。此免责声明是本许可证的重要组成部分。如果不接受此免责声明，" +"那么您就没有权利使用任何文档或文档的修改版本；并且" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:55(para) +msgid "" +"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING " +"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY " +"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE " +"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON " +"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF " +"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, " +"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES " +"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED " +"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE " +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES." +msgstr "" +"无论在任何情况以及在任何法律理论下，本文档或文档修改版本的作者、最初的编写" +"者、任何撰写人或任何分发者，或者任意这些方的任何提供者都不对任何人由于使用本" +"\"文档或文档修改版本引起或带来的任何直接的、间接的、特殊的、偶然的或继发的损" +"失承担任何民事(包括疏忽)、合同或其它方面的责任，这些损失包括但不限于信誉损" +"失、工作停止、计算机失败或故障，或任何以及所有其它损失或由此引发的或与之相关" +"的损失，即使这些方已被告知存在出现此类损失的可能性时也是如此。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:28(para) +msgid "" +"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS " +"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: " +"" +msgstr "" +"本文档以及文档的修改版本都是在遵循 GNU 自由文档许可证的条款下提供，这表示具有" +"以下含义：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:45(firstname) +msgid "Sun" +msgstr "Sun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:46(surname) +msgid "GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "GNOME 文档团队" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:50(firstname) +msgid "Angela" +msgstr "Angela" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:51(surname) +msgid "Boyle" +msgstr "Boyle" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:57(firstname) +msgid "Shaun" +msgstr "Shaun" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:58(surname) +msgid "McCance" +msgstr "McCance" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:76(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by " +"applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs" +msgstr "配置编辑器是用来更改被应用程序使用而通过首选项对话框无法更改的配置选项" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:80(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.8" +msgstr "Version 2.8" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:81(date) +msgid "September 2004" +msgstr "2004年9月" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:85(para) +msgid "unreviewed" +msgstr "没有复审" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:89(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.1" +msgstr "版本 2.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:90(date) +msgid "August 2004" +msgstr "2004年8月" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:92(para) C/gconf-editor.xml:100(para) +msgid "Sun GNOME Documentation Team" +msgstr "Sun GNOME 文档团队" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:97(revnumber) +msgid "Version 2.0.1" +msgstr "版本 2.0.1" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:98(date) +msgid "January 2004" +msgstr "2004年1月" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:105(releaseinfo) +msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of Configuration Editor." +msgstr "本手册描述 2.8 版的配置编辑器" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:107(title) +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "反馈" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:108(para) +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor " +"application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page." +msgstr "" +"如要对配置编辑器程序或本手册报告错误或提出建议，可以参考在 GNOME 反馈页面中的指导。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:118(primary) +msgid "GConf Editor" +msgstr "GConf 编辑器" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:122(title) +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "简介" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:123(para) +msgid "" +"The GNOME Desktop and many applications use GConf " +"to store user preferences and system configuration data. GConf provides a central storage location for preferences, " +"simplifying configuration management for users and system administrators. " +"More information about GConf can be found in the " +"GNOME System Administrator's " +"Guide." +msgstr "" +"GNOME 桌面和许多应用程序使用 GConf 存储用户的参数" +"配置和系统配置数据。GConf 为参数配置提供了一个重要" +"的存储位置，为用户和系统管理员提供了一个简化的配置管理方式。更多的关于 " +"GConf 的信息可以在 GNOME 系统管理员指南 中找到。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:131(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor allows users to modify their " +"preferences for the entire GNOME Desktop and any applications which use " +"GConf. Additionally, system administrators can " +"use Configuration Editor to set default and " +"mandatory settings which will affect all users." +msgstr "" +"配置编辑器允许用户修改他们整个 GNOME 桌面环境和任" +"何使用 GConf 的应用程序的参数配置。并且，系统管理" +"员可以使用配置编辑器设置能影响到所有用户的默认值和" +"强制项。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:136(para) +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in GConf in a hierarchy of " +"keys. Each key has an associated value which specifies your setting for that " +"preference. For instance, the key /apps/glines/preferences/" +"ball_theme stores which theme you use in the game " +"Five or More." +msgstr "" +"参数配置以分层次的键的形式存储于 GConf 中。每一个" +"键与一个值结合用来指定您此选项的设置。例如，键 /apps/glines/" +"preferences/ball_theme 存储了您在游戏 Five or More (连珠消球)中的主题。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:141(para) +msgid "" +"Configuration Editor enables you to modify your " +"configuration source directly. If you are not an experienced user, do not " +"use Configuration Editor to set preferences for " +"the GNOME Desktop. Instead, use the preference tools in the GNOME Desktop. " +"For information about how to use preference tools, see the latest version of " +"the GNOME Desktop User Guide for " +"your platform." +msgstr "" +"配置编辑器使您能够直接更改您的配置源。如果您不是一" +"个经验丰富的使用者，不要使用配置编辑器来设置 " +"GNOME 桌面环境的参数，而是在 GNOME 桌面设置中使用首选项工具。 关于使用首选项" +"工具的信息，参看在您平台上最新版本的 GNOME 桌" +"面环境用户指南。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:151(title) +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门指南" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:154(title) +msgid "To Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "配置编辑器的启动" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:155(para) +msgid "" +"You can start Configuration Editor in the " +"following ways:" +msgstr "您可以用以下的方式启动配置编辑器：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:159(term) +msgid "Applications menu" +msgstr "应用程序菜单" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:161(para) +msgid "" +"Choose System ToolsConfiguration Editor." +msgstr "" +"选择系统工具配置编辑器。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:163(para) +msgid "" +"Some distributions hide this menu. In this case, use the second method " +"described below." +msgstr "一些发行版中隐藏了此菜单。在这种情况下，使用后面描述的第二种方法。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:168(term) +msgid "Command line" +msgstr "命令行" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:170(para) +msgid "Execute the following command: gconf-editor" +msgstr "执行下面的命令：gconf-editor" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:178(title) +msgid "When You Start Configuration Editor" +msgstr "当您启动了配置编辑器" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:179(para) +msgid "" +"When you start Configuration Editor, the " +"following window is displayed." +msgstr "当您启动了配置编辑器，会显示下面的窗口。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:182(title) +msgid "Configuration Editor Window" +msgstr "配置编辑器窗口" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:190(phrase) +msgid "" +"Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, " +"Documentation pane." +msgstr "显示 GConf 编辑器窗口。插图编号：树窗格，修改窗格，文档窗格。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:196(para) +msgid "" +"The Configuration Editor window contains the " +"following panes:" +msgstr "配置编辑器窗口包括下列窗格：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:200(term) +msgid "Tree pane" +msgstr "树窗格" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:201(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to navigate the hierarchy of keys in GConf. Use this pane to display the keys that you want to modify in " +"the modification pane. The tree pane is on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" +"使您可以通过分层结构的键操纵 GConf。您可以使用此窗" +"格将您想要修改的键显示在修改窗格中。树窗格在窗口的左边。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:207(term) +msgid "Modification pane" +msgstr "修改窗格" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:209(para) +msgid "" +"Displays the keys in the selected GConf location " +"in the tree pane. Use this pane to select keys that you want to modify and " +"to modify the values of keys. The modification pane is in the upper part of " +"the right side of the window." +msgstr "" +"显示在树窗格中 GConf 被选中的键。使用此窗格选中您" +"想修改的键并修改键值。修改窗格在窗口的右上角。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:214(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. For example, the check mark icon beside the " +"/system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy key indicates that you " +"can enter a Boolean value (true or false) for the key. See for more information on each icon." +msgstr "" +"在修改窗格中键旁边的图标显示了您能够为此键输入的值的类型。例如，键 /" +"system/http_proxy/use_http_proxy 旁边的复选标记图标表示您能够为此键" +"输入一个布尔值(真或假)。查看获得各图标更多的信息。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:223(term) +msgid "Documentation pane" +msgstr "文档窗格" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:224(para) +msgid "" +"Displays documentation for the currently selected key. Use this pane to read " +"more information about the GConf preference keys." +msgstr "" +"显示此时选中键的文档。使用此窗格读取关于 GConf 中" +"选项的键信息。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:230(term) +msgid "Results pane (not shown)" +msgstr "结果窗格(未显示)" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:231(para) +msgid "" +"Enables you to view the results of a search or to search through the list of " +"your recently viewed key names. The rest of the window will show the " +"information for whichever key you have selected in this pane. The results " +"pane will appear on the bottom of the window when you list the recent keys " +"or perform a search." +msgstr "" +"使您能够查看搜索的结果或让您通过列出最近的键进行查找。窗口的其余部分会显示您" +"在此窗格中选中的任一键的信息。当您列出最近的键或执行一次搜索时结果窗格将出现" +"在窗口的底部。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:243(title) +msgid "Working with Windows" +msgstr "窗口操作" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:245(title) +msgid "Opening New Windows" +msgstr "打开新窗口" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:246(para) +msgid "" +"There are a three types of window you can open in Configuration " +"Editor: Settings, " +"Defaults, and Mandatory. What values Configuration Editor " +"sets depends on what type of window you have open. You can open each type of " +"window with the appropriate item under the File menu." +msgstr "" +"您可以在配置编辑器中打开三种类型的窗口：" +"设置、默认值和" +"强制值。配置编辑器基于" +"您打开的窗口的类型设置相应类型的值。选择相应的条目您可以在文件菜单下打开每一种窗口类型。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:252(para) +msgid "" +"Since the settings in Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows affect all users of the " +"computer, only a system administrator can use these types of windows. To " +"change your preferences, you should use the Settings window." +msgstr "" +"因为默认值与强制值窗口" +"的设置会影响到电脑所有的使用者，所以仅有系统管理员可以使用这些类型的窗口。要" +"更改您的参数配置，您可以使用设置窗口。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:259(application) +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:260(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Settings window to set your " +"personal preferences. Changes made in the Settings window only affect your desktop. You cannot change the settings " +"that the system administrator has made mandatory." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用设置窗口设置您个人的参数配置。在" +"设置窗口中做出的改变仅会影响您的桌面。您无法改变系" +"统管理员已经做出的强制值的设置。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:269(application) +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "默认值" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:270(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Defaults window to edit the default settings for all users. If a user " +"does not set the value of a key explicitly, the value will be taken from the " +"default settings. Users can always override the default settings." +msgstr "" +"如果您是一位系统管理员，您可以使用默认值窗口为所有" +"用户编辑默认设置。如果一位用户没有直接设置键值，默认设置的值会被采用。用户总" +"能更改默认设置。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:277(application) +msgid "Mandatory" +msgstr "强制值" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:278(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can use the Mandatory window to edit the mandatory settings for all users. When a " +"mandatory value is set for a key, users are not able to change that value. " +"This can be used to lock down certain options." +msgstr "" +"如果您是一位系统管理员，您可以使用强制值窗口为所有" +"用户编辑强制设置。当一个键被设置为强制值，用户将不可更改此值。此可以用于锁定" +"特定选项。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:288(title) +msgid "Closing and Quitting" +msgstr "关闭退出" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:289(para) +msgid "" +"You can close a Configuration Editor window by " +"selecting FileClose Window in that window. To close all " +"Configuration Editor windows and quit the " +"application completely, select FileQuit in any " +"Configuration Editor window." +msgstr "" +"您可以在窗口中通过选择文件关闭窗" +"口来关闭配置编辑器。若" +"要关闭所有的配置编辑器窗口完全退出程序，在任一" +"配置编辑器中选择文件退出。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:299(title) +msgid "Working with Keys" +msgstr "键操作" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:300(para) +msgid "" +"Keys are a way of looking up a value. Every preference stored in " +"GConf is assigned to a key. Applications which " +"use GConf access the values of keys to determine " +"how to look and behave. When you change something in the " +"Preferences of an application, you are changing the " +"value associated to a key in GConf." +msgstr "" +"键是查阅值的一种途径。在 GConf 中存储的每一个选项" +"分配了一个键。使用 GConf 的程序通过访问键值来决定" +"自己的外观和行为。当您在一个程序的首选项中做出一些改变的" +"时候，您也同时改变了在GConf中与之相关联的键值。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:308(title) +msgid "Copying a Key Name" +msgstr "复制键名" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:309(para) +msgid "" +"To copy a key name to the clipboard, select the key name you want to copy in " +"the modification pane. Choose EditCopy Key Name. You can paste " +"the key name into any other application." +msgstr "" +"在修改窗格中选择您想复制的键名，选择编辑复制键名，可以复制键名到剪贴" +"板。您可以粘贴键名到任何其它程序。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:315(title) +msgid "Viewing Recent Key Names" +msgstr "查看最近使用的键名" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:316(para) +msgid "" +"To view recent key names, choose EditList Recent Keys. This " +"action will open the results pane at the bottom of the current window. You " +"can move through the results list by scrolling up and down with the scroll " +"bar or the arrow keys. The information for the selected key or folder will " +"appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"选择编辑列出最近的键，可以查看最近使用的键名。此动作会在当前窗口底部打开" +"结果窗格。您可以用滚动滚动条或按方向键的方式查看结果列表。您选中的键或文件夹" +"的信息会在窗口其余部分显示。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:322(para) +msgid "" +"Viewing recent keys is useful if you need to get back to a key you just " +"changed and don't remember where it is." +msgstr "" +"当您需要恢复一个您刚改动过的键而又忘了它在哪时，查看最近使用的键是很有用的。" + +#. REMARK +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:325(remark) C/gconf-editor.xml:407(remark) +msgid "" +"A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear " +"buttons on the results pane should be explained." +msgstr "截图或许是整齐的。特别地，关闭、复制和清除也能在结果窗格中找到。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:329(title) +msgid "Modifying the Value of a Key" +msgstr "修改键值" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:330(para) +msgid "" +"The icons next to the key name show what kind of value that key can take. " +"See for more information on each icon. To modify " +"the value of a key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"在键名旁边的图标显示了此键所能取值的类型。查看以获得" +"各图标更多的信息。要更改键值，按以下的步骤执行：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:334(para) +msgid "" +"Use the tree pane to display the key that you want to modify in the " +"modification pane." +msgstr "使用树窗格显示您想在修改窗格中修改的键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:336(para) +msgid "Select the key to modify in the modification pane." +msgstr "在修改窗格中选取键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:338(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of an integer key or a string key, click in the " +"Value column of the key. Type the new value for the " +"key. Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"修改整数型或字符串型的键。在键的值栏中单击，为此键输入新" +"值。或者，在键上右击，从弹出菜单中选择编辑键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:342(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a Boolean key, click in the Value column of the key to select or deselect the check box. " +"Alternatively, right-click on the key and select Edit Key from the popup menu." +msgstr "" +"更改布尔值类型的键，在键的值栏中选择或取消选择复选框。或" +"者，在键上右击，从弹出菜单中选择编辑键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:347(para) +msgid "" +"To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select " +"Edit Key from the popup menu. The " +"Edit Key dialog provides a list of the values " +"associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular " +"value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value " +"up or down in the list." +msgstr "" +"改变列表型键的值，在键上右击，从弹出菜单中选择编辑键。编辑键对话框提供与此键相关联的一列" +"值。您可以使用这个对话框编辑在列中每一特定的值，增加或删除列中的值，还可以使" +"每一值在列中上下移动。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:355(para) +msgid "" +"Your system administrator may have locked down certain keys by providing " +"mandatory values. If the selected key has a mandatory value set, you will " +"not be able to edit the value. The documentation pane will display the label " +"This key is not writable if you are not allowed to edit " +"the value of that key." +msgstr "" +"您的系统管理员可能通过强制值已经锁定某些键。如果选中的键已被设置强制值，您将" +"不能编辑此值。如果您不被允许编辑此键值，文档窗格中会显示此键不可写" +"的标注。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:364(title) +msgid "Finding Keys Quickly" +msgstr "键的快速查找" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:365(para) +msgid "" +"To locate keys quickly, Configuration Editor " +"allows you to search the key names in GConf. " +"Additionally, you can use bookmarks to find directories of keys that you " +"need to access frequently." +msgstr "" +"快速确定键的位置，配置编辑器允许您在" +"GConf中搜索键名。另外，对于您需要经常访问的键您可" +"以使用书签来快速定位键所在的目录。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:371(title) +msgid "Using Bookmarks" +msgstr "使用书签" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:372(para) +msgid "" +"To access a directory location in your bookmarks, choose the location from " +"the Bookmarks menu. You can add and remove directory " +"locations to your Bookmarks menu." +msgstr "" +"访问在您书签中的目录位置，从书签菜单中选择相应位置。您可以" +"在您书签菜单中添加或删除目录位置。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:375(para) +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark, select the location that you want to bookmark in the tree " +"pane. Choose BookmarksAdd " +"Bookmark." +msgstr "" +"添加一个书签，在树窗格中选中您想标记的位置。选择书签添加书签。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:378(para) +msgid "To delete a bookmark, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "删除一个书签，执行以下步骤：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:380(para) +msgid "" +"Choose BookmarksEdit bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"选择书签编辑书签。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:382(para) +msgid "" +"Select the bookmark in the Edit bookmarks dialog, " +"then click Delete." +msgstr "" +"在编辑书签对话框中选中书签，然后点删除" +"。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:385(para) +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "点击关闭。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:389(title) +msgid "Searching for Keys" +msgstr "搜索键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:390(para) +msgid "To search for keys, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "要搜索键，请执行以下步骤：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:392(para) +msgid "" +"Choose EditFind." +msgstr "" +"选择编辑查找。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:394(para) +msgid "" +"Enter the keyword you want to search for in the Search for field. You can also select the optional check boxes " +"Search also in key names and Search also in " +"key values. If these check boxes are not selected, the search " +"will only be performed on folder names. Selecting these boxes will expand " +"the search parameters." +msgstr "" +"在搜索框中输入您想搜索的关键字。您可以选中也在" +"键名中搜索和也在键值中搜索的复选框。如果这些" +"复选框没被选中，搜索只会在目录名上执行。选中这些复选框会扩大搜索范围。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:400(para) +msgid "Click Find." +msgstr "单击查找。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:402(para) +msgid "" +"The results from the search will appear in the results pane. To move through " +"the results list, first select that pane. Then you can move through the " +"results with the scroll bar or the arrow keys. The information for the " +"selected key or folder will appear in the rest of the window." +msgstr "" +"搜索结果会显示在结果窗格中。想在结果列表中浏览，首先选中此窗格，然后您可以用" +"滚动滚动条或按方向键的方式查看结果列表。您选中的键或目录的信息会在窗口其余部" +"分显示。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:413(title) +msgid "Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "默认值和强制值设置" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:414(para) +msgid "" +"If you are a system administrator, you can set default and mandatory " +"settings in GConf which will affect all users. " +"Default settings are used when the user has not set a value explicitly, and " +"users can always override them. Mandatory settings are always used for all " +"users, and they cannot override them." +msgstr "" +"如果您是位系统管理员，您可以在 GConf 中设置默认值" +"和强制值以影响所有用户。默认值的设置用于当用户没有明确设置的键值，并且用户可" +"以修改它们。强制值的设置总会应用于所有的用户，并且他们无法修改。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:419(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to edit and remove default and " +"mandatory settings. The Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows will only show you those " +"settings which have already been made default or mandatory. You cannot use " +"these windows to create new default and mandatory settings. Instead, you can " +"set settings from the Settings window to be " +"default or mandatory." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用默认值和强制值窗口来编辑或删除默认值和强制值项。默认值和强制值窗口仅为您显示那些已经设为默认" +"值和强制值的键。您不能使用这些窗口来建立新的默认值或强制值项，而是，您要在" +"设置窗口中将一些项设置为默认值或强制值。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:427(para) +msgid "" +"To open a Defaults window, choose " +"FileNew Defaults Window. To open a Mandatory " +"window, choose FileNew Mandatory " +"Window." +msgstr "" +"选择文件新建默认值窗口以打开一个默认值窗口。选" +"择文件新建强制值窗口以打开一个强制值窗口。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:435(title) +msgid "Creating Default Settings" +msgstr "建立默认值设置" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:436(para) +msgid "To create a default setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "建立默认值，执行以下步骤：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:438(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as default." +msgstr "" +"在设置窗口中，使用树窗格显示出您想设为默认值的键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:440(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Default " +"from the popup menu." +msgstr "在此键上右击，在弹出菜单中选择设为默认值。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:445(title) +msgid "Creating Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "建立强制值设置" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:446(para) +msgid "To create a mandatory setting, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "建立强制值，执行以下步骤：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:448(para) +msgid "" +"In the Settings window, use the tree pane to " +"display the key that you want to set as mandatory." +msgstr "" +"在设置窗口中，使用树窗格显示出您想设为强制值的键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:451(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Set as Mandatory from the popup menu." +msgstr "在此键上右击，在弹出菜单中选择设为强制值。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:456(title) +msgid "Modifying and Removing Default and Mandatory Settings" +msgstr "修改或移除默认值或强制值项" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:457(para) +msgid "" +"You can use the Defaults and " +"Mandatory windows to modify and remove default " +"and mandatory settings. To modify a default or mandatory setting, use the " +"appropriate window and modify the key as you would for keys in the " +"Settings window. See for more information on modifying keys." +msgstr "" +"您可以在默认值和强制值" +"窗口中修改或删除默认值和强制值项。修改一个默认值或强制值项要使用相应的窗口，" +"在设置窗口中修改您想修改的键。查看获得修改键值的更多信息。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:464(para) +msgid "To remove a default or mandatory key, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "删除一个默认值或强制值键，执行以下步骤：" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:467(para) +msgid "" +"In the appropriate window, use the tree pane to display the key that you " +"want to remove from the default or mandatory settings." +msgstr "在相应窗口中，使用树窗格显示出您想从默认值或强制值设置中删除的键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:470(para) +msgid "" +"Right-click on the key and select Unset Key from " +"the popup menu." +msgstr "在此键上右击，从弹出窗口中选择清除键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:477(title) +msgid "Icons and Key Types" +msgstr "图标和键类型" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:478(para) +msgid "" +"The icons beside the keys in the modification pane indicate what type of " +"value you can enter for the key. The following list shows the possible icons " +"and what types of values they represent." +msgstr "" +"在修改窗格中键旁边的图标显示了您能够为此键输入的值的类型。下面的列表显示可能" +"出现的图标和它们代表的值的类型。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:483(term) +msgid " Boolean key" +msgstr "布尔值类型的键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:486(para) +msgid "" +"Can be either true or false. Configuration Editor " +"will provide a check box for this type of key." +msgstr "" +"可以取真或假。配置编辑器为这种类型的键提供一个复选" +"框。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:491(term) +msgid " Number key" +msgstr "数类型的键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:494(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold numbers. These can be either integer or floating point (fractional) " +"numbers." +msgstr "可以赋数值。这些键的值可以是整数或是浮点的(分数的)数值中的一种。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:498(term) +msgid " String key" +msgstr "字符串类型的键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:501(para) +msgid "Can hold any string of text." +msgstr "可以赋以文本的字符串值。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:504(term) +msgid " Schema key" +msgstr "模式类型的键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:507(para) +msgid "" +"Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided " +"by a seperate key, typically under the /schemas " +"directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work " +"with schema keys directly." +msgstr "" +"用来为其它键建立文档。每一个键的文档由一个单独的键提供，典型地在/" +"schemas目录下。用户和系统管理员通常不需要对模式类型的键采取操作。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:513(term) +msgid " List key" +msgstr "列表类型的键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:516(para) +msgid "" +"Lists of arbitrary length. Each element of the list must be of the same " +"type, and one of the primitive types of boolean, number, or string." +msgstr "" +"任意长度的列表。列表中的每一元素必须有相同的类型，且是布尔值、数或字符串中这" +"样基本类型中的一个。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:521(term) +msgid " Pair key" +msgstr "值对类型的键" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:524(para) +msgid "" +"Can hold exactly two values. The two values must be one of the primitive " +"types, but they do not have to be the same type. Currently, " +"Configuration Editor is unable to edit pair keys." +msgstr "" +"可以准确地赋以两个值。这两个值必须属于基本类型中的一种，但它们可以有不同类" +"型。目前，配置编辑器还不支持编辑值对类型的键。" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:530(term) +msgid " Blank" +msgstr "空白" + +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:533(para) +msgid "" +"Used when Configuration Editor does not " +"understand the type of key. The blank icon is also currently used for pair " +"keys." +msgstr "" +"用于配置编辑器无法理解的类型的键。空白的图标目前也" +"用于值对类型的键。" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2. +#: C/gconf-editor.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Awgnl , 2009." diff --git a/gnome-doc-utils.make b/gnome-doc-utils.make new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2df897c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-doc-utils.make @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +# gnome-doc-utils.make - make magic for building documentation +# Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Shaun McCance +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +################################################################################ +## @@ Generating Header Files + +## @ DOC_H_FILE +## The name of the header file to generate +DOC_H_FILE ?= + +## @ DOC_H_DOCS +## The input DocBook files for generating the header file +DOC_H_DOCS ?= + +$(DOC_H_FILE): $(DOC_H_DOCS); + @rm -f $@.tmp; touch $@.tmp; + echo 'const gchar* documentation_credits[] = {' >> $@.tmp + list='$(DOC_H_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + xmlpath="`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`:$(srcdir)/`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`"; \ + if ! test -f "$$doc"; then doc="$(srcdir)/$$doc"; fi; \ + xsltproc --path "$$xmlpath" $(_credits) $$doc; \ + done | sort | uniq \ + | awk 'BEGIN{s=""}{n=split($$0,w,"<");if(s!=""&&s!=substr(w[1],1,length(w[1])-1)){print s};if(n>1){print $$0;s=""}else{s=$$0}};END{if(s!=""){print s}}' \ + | sed -e 's/\\/\\\\/' -e 's/"/\\"/' -e 's/\(.*\)/\t"\1",/' >> $@.tmp + echo ' NULL' >> $@.tmp + echo '};' >> $@.tmp + echo >> $@.tmp + list='$(DOC_H_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + xmlpath="`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`:$(srcdir)/`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`"; \ + if ! test -f "$$doc"; then doc="$(srcdir)/$$doc"; fi; \ + docid=`echo "$$doc" | sed -e 's/.*\/\([^/]*\)\.xml/\1/' \ + | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z_]/_/g' | tr 'a-z' 'A-Z'`; \ + echo $$xmlpath; \ + ids=`xsltproc --xinclude --path "$$xmlpath" $(_ids) $$doc`; \ + for id in $$ids; do \ + echo '#define HELP_'`echo $$docid`'_'`echo $$id \ + | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z_]/_/g' | tr 'a-z' 'A-Z'`' "'$$id'"' >> $@.tmp; \ + done; \ + echo >> $@.tmp; \ + done; + cp $@.tmp $@ && rm -f $@.tmp + +dist-check-gdu: +if !HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS + @echo "*** GNOME Doc Utils must be installed in order to make dist" + @false +endif + +.PHONY: dist-doc-header +dist-doc-header: $(DOC_H_FILE) + @if test -f "$(DOC_H_FILE)"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $${d}$(DOC_H_FILE) $(distdir)/$(DOC_H_FILE)"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$${d}$(DOC_H_FILE)" "$(distdir)/$(DOC_H_FILE)"; + +doc-dist-hook: dist-check-gdu $(if $(DOC_H_FILE),dist-doc-header) + +.PHONY: clean-doc-header +_clean_doc_header = $(if $(DOC_H_FILE),clean-doc-header) +clean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +distclean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +mostlyclean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +maintainer-clean-local: $(_clean_doc_header) +clean-doc-header: + rm -f $(DOC_H_FILE) + +all: $(DOC_H_FILE) + + +################################################################################ +## @@ Generating Documentation Files + +## @ DOC_MODULE +## The name of the document being built +DOC_MODULE ?= + +## @ DOC_ID +## The unique identifier for a Mallard document +DOC_ID ?= + +## @ DOC_PAGES +## Page files in a Mallard document +DOC_PAGES ?= + +## @ DOC_ENTITIES +## Files included with a SYSTEM entity +DOC_ENTITIES ?= + +## @ DOC_INCLUDES +## Files included with XInclude +DOC_INCLUDES ?= + +## @ DOC_FIGURES +## Figures and other external data +DOC_FIGURES ?= + +## @ DOC_FORMATS +## The default formats to be built and installed +DOC_FORMATS ?= docbook +_DOC_REAL_FORMATS = $(if $(DOC_USER_FORMATS),$(DOC_USER_FORMATS),$(DOC_FORMATS)) + +## @ DOC_LINGUAS +## The languages this document is translated into +DOC_LINGUAS ?= +_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS = $(if $(filter environment,$(origin LINGUAS)), \ + $(filter $(LINGUAS),$(DOC_LINGUAS)), \ + $(DOC_LINGUAS)) + +_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR = @abs_srcdir@ + + +################################################################################ +## Variables for Bootstrapping + +_xml2po ?= `which xml2po` +_xml2po_mode = $(if $(DOC_ID),mallard,docbook) + +_db2html ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable db2html gnome-doc-utils` +_db2omf ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable db2omf gnome-doc-utils` +_malrng ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable malrng gnome-doc-utils` +_chunks ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable xmldir gnome-doc-utils`/gnome/xslt/docbook/utils/chunks.xsl +_credits ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable xmldir gnome-doc-utils`/gnome/xslt/docbook/utils/credits.xsl +_ids ?= `$(PKG_CONFIG) --variable xmldir gnome-doc-utils`/gnome/xslt/docbook/utils/ids.xsl + +if ENABLE_SK +_ENABLE_SK = true +_skpkgdatadir ?= `scrollkeeper-config --pkgdatadir` +_sklocalstatedir ?= `scrollkeeper-config --pkglocalstatedir` +_skcontentslist ?= $(_skpkgdatadir)/Templates/C/scrollkeeper_cl.xml +endif + + +################################################################################ +## @@ Rules for OMF Files + +db2omf_args = \ + --stringparam db2omf.basename $(DOC_MODULE) \ + --stringparam db2omf.format $(3) \ + --stringparam db2omf.dtd \ + $(shell xmllint --format $(2) | grep -h PUBLIC | head -n 1 \ + | sed -e 's/.*PUBLIC \(\"[^\"]*\"\).*/\1/') \ + --stringparam db2omf.lang $(notdir $(patsubst %/$(notdir $(2)),%,$(2))) \ + --stringparam db2omf.omf_dir "$(OMF_DIR)" \ + --stringparam db2omf.help_dir "$(HELP_DIR)" \ + --stringparam db2omf.omf_in "$(_DOC_OMF_IN)" \ + $(if $(_ENABLE_SK), \ + --stringparam db2omf.scrollkeeper_cl "$(_skcontentslist)") \ + $(_db2omf) $(2) + +## @ _DOC_OMF_IN +## The OMF input file +_DOC_OMF_IN = $(if $(DOC_MODULE),$(wildcard $(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/$(DOC_MODULE).omf.in)) + +## @ _DOC_OMF_DB +## The OMF files for DocBook output +_DOC_OMF_DB = $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN), \ + $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(DOC_MODULE)-$(lc).omf)) + +$(_DOC_OMF_DB) : $(_DOC_OMF_IN) +$(_DOC_OMF_DB) : $(DOC_MODULE)-%.omf : %/$(DOC_MODULE).xml + @test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" != "xtrue" -o -f "$(_skcontentslist)" || { \ + echo "The file '$(_skcontentslist)' does not exist." >&2; \ + echo "Please check your ScrollKeeper installation." >&2; \ + exit 1; } + xsltproc -o $@ $(call db2omf_args,$@,$<,'docbook') || { rm -f "$@"; exit 1; } + +## @ _DOC_OMF_HTML +## The OMF files for HTML output +_DOC_OMF_HTML = $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN), \ + $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(DOC_MODULE)-html-$(lc).omf)) + +$(_DOC_OMF_HTML) : $(_DOC_OMF_IN) +$(_DOC_OMF_HTML) : $(DOC_MODULE)-html-%.omf : %/$(DOC_MODULE).xml +if ENABLE_SK + @test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" != "xtrue" -o -f "$(_skcontentslist)" || { \ + echo "The file '$(_skcontentslist)' does not exist" >&2; \ + echo "Please check your ScrollKeeper installation." >&2; \ + exit 1; } +endif + xsltproc -o $@ $(call db2omf_args,$@,$<,'xhtml') || { rm -f "$@"; exit 1; } + +## @ _DOC_OMF_ALL +## All OMF output files to be built +# FIXME +_DOC_OMF_ALL = \ + $(if $(filter docbook,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)),$(_DOC_OMF_DB)) \ + $(if $(filter html HTML,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)),$(_DOC_OMF_HTML)) + +.PHONY: omf +omf: $(_DOC_OMF_ALL) + + +################################################################################ +## @@ C Locale Documents + +## @ _DOC_C_MODULE +## The top-level documentation file in the C locale +_DOC_C_MODULE = $(if $(DOC_MODULE),C/$(DOC_MODULE).xml) + +## @ _DOC_C_PAGES +## Page files in a Mallard document in the C locale +_DOC_C_PAGES = $(foreach page,$(DOC_PAGES),C/$(page)) + +## @ _DOC_C_ENTITIES +## Files included with a SYSTEM entity in the C locale +_DOC_C_ENTITIES = $(foreach ent,$(DOC_ENTITIES),C/$(ent)) + +## @ _DOC_C_XINCLUDES +## Files included with XInclude in the C locale +_DOC_C_INCLUDES = $(foreach inc,$(DOC_INCLUDES),C/$(inc)) + +## @ _DOC_C_DOCS +## All documentation files in the C locale +_DOC_C_DOCS = \ + $(_DOC_C_ENTITIES) $(_DOC_C_INCLUDES) \ + $(_DOC_C_PAGES) $(_DOC_C_MODULE) + +## @ _DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT +## All documentation files in the C locale, +## except files included with a SYSTEM entity +_DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT = \ + $(_DOC_C_MODULE) $(_DOC_C_INCLUDES) \ + $(_DOC_C_PAGES) + +## @ _DOC_C_FIGURES +## All figures and other external data in the C locale +_DOC_C_FIGURES = $(if $(DOC_FIGURES), \ + $(foreach fig,$(DOC_FIGURES),C/$(fig)), \ + $(patsubst $(srcdir)/%,%,$(wildcard $(srcdir)/C/figures/*.png))) + +## @ _DOC_C_HTML +## All HTML documentation in the C locale +# FIXME: probably have to shell escape to determine the file names +_DOC_C_HTML = $(foreach f, \ + $(shell xsltproc --xinclude \ + --stringparam db.chunk.basename "$(DOC_MODULE)" \ + $(_chunks) "C/$(DOC_MODULE).xml"), \ + C/$(f).xhtml) + +############################################################################### +## @@ Other Locale Documentation + +## @ _DOC_POFILES +## The .po files used for translating the document +_DOC_POFILES = $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID), \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).po)) + +.PHONY: po +po: $(_DOC_POFILES) + +## @ _DOC_LC_MODULES +## The top-level documentation files in all other locales +_DOC_LC_MODULES = $(if $(DOC_MODULE), \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(DOC_MODULE).xml)) + +## @ _DOC_LC_PAGES +## Page files in a Mallard document in all other locales +_DOC_LC_PAGES = \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(foreach page,$(_DOC_C_PAGES), \ + $(lc)/$(notdir $(page)) )) + +## @ _DOC_LC_XINCLUDES +## Files included with XInclude in all other locales +_DOC_LC_INCLUDES = \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(foreach inc,$(_DOC_C_INCLUDES), \ + $(lc)/$(notdir $(inc)) )) + +## @ _DOC_LC_HTML +## All HTML documentation in all other locales +# FIXME: probably have to shell escape to determine the file names +_DOC_LC_HTML = \ + $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(foreach doc,$(_DOC_C_HTML), \ + $(lc)/$(notdir $(doc)) )) + +## @ _DOC_LC_DOCS +## All documentation files in all other locales +_DOC_LC_DOCS = \ + $(_DOC_LC_MODULES) $(_DOC_LC_INCLUDES) $(_DOC_LC_PAGES) \ + $(if $(filter html HTML,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)),$(_DOC_LC_HTML)) + +## @ _DOC_LC_FIGURES +## All figures and other external data in all other locales +_DOC_LC_FIGURES = $(foreach lc,$(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS), \ + $(patsubst C/%,$(lc)/%,$(_DOC_C_FIGURES)) ) + +_DOC_SRC_FIGURES = \ + $(foreach fig,$(_DOC_C_FIGURES), $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS), \ + $(wildcard $(srcdir)/$(lc)/$(patsubst C/%,%,$(fig))) )) + +$(_DOC_POFILES): + @if ! test -d $(dir $@); then \ + echo "mkdir $(dir $@)"; \ + mkdir "$(dir $@)"; \ + fi + @if test ! -f $@ -a -f $(srcdir)/$@; then \ + echo "cp $(srcdir)/$@ $@"; \ + cp "$(srcdir)/$@" "$@"; \ + fi; + @docs=; \ + list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + docs="$$docs $(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/$$doc"; \ + done; \ + if ! test -f $@; then \ + echo "(cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e $$docs > $(notdir $@).tmp && \ + cp $(notdir $@).tmp $(notdir $@) && rm -f $(notdir $@).tmp)"; \ + (cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e $$docs > $(notdir $@).tmp && \ + cp $(notdir $@).tmp $(notdir $@) && rm -f $(notdir $@).tmp); \ + else \ + echo "(cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -u $(notdir $@) $$docs)"; \ + (cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -u $(notdir $@) $$docs); \ + fi + +# FIXME: fix the dependancy +# FIXME: hook xml2po up +$(_DOC_LC_DOCS) : $(_DOC_POFILES) +$(_DOC_LC_DOCS) : $(_DOC_C_DOCS) + if ! test -d $(dir $@); then mkdir $(dir $@); fi + if [ -f "C/$(notdir $@)" ]; then d="../"; else d="$(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/"; fi; \ + po="$(dir $@)$(patsubst %/$(notdir $@),%,$@).po"; \ + if [ -f "$${po}" ]; then po="../$${po}"; else po="$(_DOC_ABS_SRCDIR)/$${po}"; fi; \ + (cd $(dir $@) && \ + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -p "$${po}" \ + "$${d}C/$(notdir $@)" > $(notdir $@).tmp && \ + cp $(notdir $@).tmp $(notdir $@) && rm -f $(notdir $@).tmp) + +## @ _DOC_POT +## A pot file +_DOC_POT = $(if $(DOC_MODULE),$(DOC_MODULE).pot) +.PHONY: pot +pot: $(_DOC_POT) +$(_DOC_POT): $(_DOC_C_DOCS_NOENT) + $(_xml2po) -m $(_xml2po_mode) -e -o $@ $^ + + +################################################################################ +## @@ All Documentation + +## @ _DOC_HTML_ALL +## All HTML documentation, only if it's built +_DOC_HTML_ALL = $(if $(filter html HTML,$(_DOC_REAL_FORMATS)), \ + $(_DOC_C_HTML) $(_DOC_LC_HTML)) + +_DOC_HTML_TOPS = $(foreach lc,C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(DOC_MODULE).xhtml) + +$(_DOC_HTML_TOPS): $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) + xsltproc -o $@ --xinclude --param db.chunk.chunk_top "false()" --stringparam db.chunk.basename "$(DOC_MODULE)" --stringparam db.chunk.extension ".xhtml" $(_db2html) $(patsubst %.xhtml,%.xml,$@) + + +################################################################################ +## All + +all: \ + $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) \ + $(_DOC_OMF_ALL) $(_DOC_DSK_ALL) \ + $(_DOC_HTML_ALL) $(_DOC_POFILES) + + +################################################################################ +## Clean + +.PHONY: clean-doc-omf clean-doc-dsk clean-doc-lc clean-doc-dir + +clean-doc-omf: ; rm -f $(_DOC_OMF_DB) $(_DOC_OMF_HTML) +clean-doc-dsk: ; rm -f $(_DOC_DSK_DB) $(_DOC_DSK_HTML) +clean-doc-lc: + rm -f $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) + @list='$(_DOC_POFILES)'; for po in $$list; do \ + if ! test "$$po" -ef "$(srcdir)/$$po"; then \ + echo "rm -f $$po"; \ + rm -f "$$po"; \ + fi; \ + done + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + if test -f "$$lc/.xml2po.mo"; then \ + echo "rm -f $$lc/.xml2po.mo"; \ + rm -f "$$lc/.xml2po.mo"; \ + fi; \ + done +clean-doc-dir: + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + for dir in `find $$lc -depth -type d`; do \ + if ! test $$dir -ef $(srcdir)/$$dir; then \ + echo "rmdir $$dir"; \ + rmdir "$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +_clean_omf = $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),clean-doc-omf) +_clean_dsk = $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),clean-doc-dsk) +_clean_lc = $(if $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS),clean-doc-lc) +_clean_dir = $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),clean-doc-dir) + +clean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) +distclean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) +mostlyclean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) +maintainer-clean-local: \ + $(_clean_omf) $(_clean_dsk) \ + $(_clean_lc) $(_clean_dir) + + + +################################################################################ +## Dist + +.PHONY: dist-doc-docs dist-doc-pages dist-doc-figs dist-doc-omf dist-doc-dsk +doc-dist-hook: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),dist-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_C_FIGURES),dist-doc-figs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),dist-doc-omf) +# $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),dist-doc-dsk) + +dist-doc-docs: $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) $(_DOC_POFILES) + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + echo " $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$$lc"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$lc"; \ + done + @list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) $(_DOC_POFILES)'; \ + for doc in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$doc"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + docdir=`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + if ! test -d "$(distdir)/$$docdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$$docdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$docdir"; \ + fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$doc $(distdir)/$$doc"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$doc" "$(distdir)/$$doc"; \ + done + +dist-doc-figs: $(_DOC_SRC_FIGURES) + @list='$(_DOC_C_FIGURES) $(_DOC_LC_FIGURES)'; \ + for fig in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$fig"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + if test -f "$$d$$fig"; then \ + figdir=`echo $$fig | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + if ! test -d "$(distdir)/$$figdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$$figdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$figdir"; \ + fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$fig $(distdir)/$$fig"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$fig" "$(distdir)/$$fig"; \ + fi; \ + done; + +dist-doc-omf: + @if test -f "$(_DOC_OMF_IN)"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$(_DOC_OMF_IN) $(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_OMF_IN))"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$(_DOC_OMF_IN)" "$(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_OMF_IN))" + +dist-doc-dsk: + @if test -f "$(_DOC_DSK_IN)"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$(_DOC_DSK_IN) $(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_DSK_IN))"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$(_DOC_DSK_IN)" "$(distdir)/$(notdir $(_DOC_DSK_IN))" + + + +################################################################################ +## Check + +.PHONY: check-doc-docs check-doc-omf +check: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE),check-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(DOC_ID),check-doc-pages) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),check-doc-omf) + +check-doc-docs: $(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS) + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + if test -f "$$lc"; \ + then d=; \ + xmlpath="$$lc"; \ + else \ + d="$(srcdir)/"; \ + xmlpath="$$lc:$(srcdir)/$$lc"; \ + fi; \ + echo "xmllint --noout --noent --path $$xmlpath --xinclude --postvalid $$d$$lc/$(DOC_MODULE).xml"; \ + xmllint --noout --noent --path "$$xmlpath" --xinclude --postvalid "$$d$$lc/$(DOC_MODULE).xml"; \ + done + +check-doc-pages: $(_DOC_C_PAGES) $(_DOC_LC_PAGES) + for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + if test -f "$$lc"; \ + then d=; \ + xmlpath="$$lc"; \ + else \ + d="$(srcdir)/"; \ + xmlpath="$$lc:$(srcdir)/$$lc"; \ + fi; \ + for page in $(DOC_PAGES); do \ + echo "xmllint --noout --noent --path $$xmlpath --xinclude --relaxng $(_malrng) $$d$$lc/$$page"; \ + xmllint --noout --noent --path "$$xmlpath" --xinclude --relaxng "$(_malrng)" "$$d$$lc/$$page"; \ + done; \ + done + +check-doc-omf: $(_DOC_OMF_ALL) + @list='$(_DOC_OMF_ALL)'; for omf in $$list; do \ + echo "xmllint --noout --xinclude --dtdvalid 'http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/dtds/scrollkeeper-omf-1.0/scrollkeeper-omf.dtd' $$omf"; \ + xmllint --noout --xinclude --dtdvalid 'http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/dtds/scrollkeeper-omf-1.0/scrollkeeper-omf.dtd' $$omf; \ + done + + + +################################################################################ +## Install + +.PHONY: install-doc-docs install-doc-html install-doc-figs install-doc-omf install-doc-dsk + +_doc_install_dir = $(if $(DOC_ID),$(DOC_ID),$(DOC_MODULE)) + +install-data-local: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),install-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_HTML_ALL),install-doc-html) \ + $(if $(_DOC_C_FIGURES),install-doc-figs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),install-doc-omf) +# $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),install-doc-dsk) + +install-doc-docs: + @for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$lc"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$lc; \ + done + @list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$doc"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + docdir="$$lc/"`echo $$doc | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + docdir="$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$docdir"; \ + if ! test -d "$$docdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $$docdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$$docdir"; \ + fi; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$doc $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$doc $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc; \ + done + +install-doc-figs: + @list='$(patsubst C/%,%,$(_DOC_C_FIGURES))'; for fig in $$list; do \ + for lc in C $(_DOC_REAL_LINGUAS); do \ + figsymlink=false; \ + if test -f "$$lc/$$fig"; then \ + figfile="$$lc/$$fig"; \ + elif test -f "$(srcdir)/$$lc/$$fig"; then \ + figfile="$(srcdir)/$$lc/$$fig"; \ + else \ + figsymlink=true; \ + fi; \ + figdir="$$lc/"`echo $$fig | sed -e 's/^\(.*\/\).*/\1/' -e '/\//!s/.*//'`; \ + figdir="$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$figdir"; \ + if ! test -d "$$figdir"; then \ + echo "$(mkinstalldirs) $$figdir"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$$figdir"; \ + fi; \ + figbase=`echo $$fig | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + if $$figsymlink; then \ + echo "cd $$figdir && $(LN_S) -f ../../C/$$fig $$figbase"; \ + ( cd "$$figdir" && $(LN_S) -f "../../C/$$fig" "$$figbase" ); \ + else \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$figfile $$figdir$$figbase"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$figfile" "$$figdir$$figbase"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +install-doc-html: + echo install-html + +install-doc-omf: + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir) + @list='$(_DOC_OMF_ALL)'; for omf in $$list; do \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$omf $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$omf $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf; \ + done + @if test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" = "xtrue"; then \ + echo "scrollkeeper-update -p $(DESTDIR)$(_sklocalstatedir) -o $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)"; \ + scrollkeeper-update -p "$(DESTDIR)$(_sklocalstatedir)" -o "$(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)"; \ + fi; + +install-doc-dsk: + echo install-dsk + + + +################################################################################ +## Uninstall + +.PHONY: uninstall-doc-docs uninstall-doc-html uninstall-doc-figs uninstall-doc-omf uninstall-doc-dsk +uninstall-local: \ + $(if $(DOC_MODULE)$(DOC_ID),uninstall-doc-docs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_HTML_ALL),uninstall-doc-html) \ + $(if $(_DOC_C_FIGURES),uninstall-doc-figs) \ + $(if $(_DOC_OMF_IN),uninstall-doc-omf) +# $(if $(_DOC_DSK_IN),uninstall-doc-dsk) + +uninstall-doc-docs: + @list='$(_DOC_C_DOCS) $(_DOC_LC_DOCS)'; for doc in $$list; do \ + echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc"; \ + rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$doc"; \ + done + +uninstall-doc-figs: + @list='$(_DOC_C_FIGURES) $(_DOC_LC_FIGURES)'; for fig in $$list; do \ + echo "rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$fig"; \ + rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$fig"; \ + done; + +uninstall-doc-omf: + @list='$(_DOC_OMF_ALL)'; for omf in $$list; do \ + if test "x$(_ENABLE_SK)" = "xtrue"; then \ + echo "scrollkeeper-uninstall -p $(_sklocalstatedir) $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + scrollkeeper-uninstall -p "$(_sklocalstatedir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + fi; \ + echo "rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(OMF_DIR)/$(_doc_install_dir)/$$omf"; \ + done diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6781b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# install - install a program, script, or datafile + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was +# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the +# following copyright and license. +# +# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium +# +# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to +# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the +# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or +# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +# +# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +# +# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- +# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +# +# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not +# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- +# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- +# tium. +# +# +# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. + +nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $nl" + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit=${DOITPROG-} +if test -z "$doit"; then + doit_exec=exec +else + doit_exec=$doit +fi + +# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; +# or use environment vars. + +chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} +chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} +chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} +cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} +cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} +mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} +mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} +rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} +stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} + +posix_glob='?' +initialize_posix_glob=' + test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { + if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then + posix_glob= + else + posix_glob=: + fi + } +' + +posix_mkdir= + +# Desired mode of installed file. +mode=0755 + +chgrpcmd= +chmodcmd=$chmodprog +chowncmd= +mvcmd=$mvprog +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +stripcmd= + +src= +dst= +dir_arg= +dst_arg= + +copy_on_change=false +no_target_directory= + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE + or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY + or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... + or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... + +In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. +In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. +In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. + +Options: + --help display this help and exit. + --version display version info and exit. + + -c (ignored) + -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) + -d create directories instead of installing files. + -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. + -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. + -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. + -s $stripprog installed files. + -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. + -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. + +Environment variables override the default commands: + CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG + RMPROG STRIPPROG +" + +while test $# -ne 0; do + case $1 in + -c) ;; + + -C) copy_on_change=true;; + + -d) dir_arg=true;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift;; + + --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; + + -m) mode=$2 + case $mode in + *' '* | *' '* | *' +'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) + echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 + exit 1;; + esac + shift;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift;; + + -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; + + -t) dst_arg=$2 + shift;; + + -T) no_target_directory=true;; + + --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; + + --) shift + break;; + + -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 + exit 1;; + + *) break;; + esac + shift +done + +if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then + # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. + # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. + # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. + for arg + do + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. + set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" + shift # fnord + fi + shift # arg + dst_arg=$arg + done +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then + if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. + # This can happen when creating conditional directories. + exit 0 +fi + +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 + + # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. + # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. + case $mode in + # Optimize common cases. + *644) cp_umask=133;; + *755) cp_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw='% 200' + fi + cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; + *) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw=,u+rw + fi + cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; + esac +fi + +for src +do + # Protect names starting with `-'. + case $src in + -*) src=./$src;; + esac + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + dst=$src + dstdir=$dst + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + else + + # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command + # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad + # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then + echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + if test -z "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + dst=$dst_arg + # Protect names starting with `-'. + case $dst in + -*) dst=./$dst;; + esac + + # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work + # if double slashes aren't ignored. + if test -d "$dst"; then + if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + dstdir=$dst + dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` + dstdir_status=0 + else + # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. + dstdir=` + (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || + expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || + echo X"$dst" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q' + ` + + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + fi + fi + + obsolete_mkdir_used=false + + if test $dstdir_status != 0; then + case $posix_mkdir in + '') + # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. + # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. + umask=`umask` + case $stripcmd.$umask in + # Optimize common cases. + *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; + .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ + - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ + - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 + `;; + *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; + esac + + # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. + # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + mkdir_mode=-m$mode + else + mkdir_mode= + fi + + posix_mkdir=false + case $umask in + *[123567][0-7][0-7]) + # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which + # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. + ;; + *) + tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ + trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 + + if (umask $mkdir_umask && + exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + if test -z "$dir_arg" || { + # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. + # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or + # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. + # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. + ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + case $ls_ld_tmpdir in + d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; + d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; + *) false;; + esac && + $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { + ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" + } + } + then posix_mkdir=: + fi + rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" + else + # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. + rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null + fi + trap '' 0;; + esac;; + esac + + if + $posix_mkdir && ( + umask $mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" + ) + then : + else + + # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, + # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the + # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. + + case $dstdir in + /*) prefix='/';; + -*) prefix='./';; + *) prefix='';; + esac + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" + + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + $posix_glob set -f + set fnord $dstdir + shift + $posix_glob set +f + IFS=$oIFS + + prefixes= + + for d + do + test -z "$d" && continue + + prefix=$prefix$d + if test -d "$prefix"; then + prefixes= + else + if $posix_mkdir; then + (umask=$mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 + else + case $prefix in + *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; + *) qprefix=$prefix;; + esac + prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" + fi + fi + prefix=$prefix/ + done + + if test -n "$prefixes"; then + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + (umask $mkdir_umask && + eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || + test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 + obsolete_mkdir_used=true + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && + { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || + test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 + else + + # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. + dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ + rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ + + # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. + trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 + + # Copy the file name to the temp name. + (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && + + # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. + # + # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to + # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore + # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. + # + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && + + # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. + if $copy_on_change && + old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && + new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && + $posix_glob set -f && + set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + $posix_glob set +f && + + test "$old" = "$new" && + $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + rm -f "$dsttmp" + else + # Rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + + # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else + # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not + # support -f. + { + # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. + # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some + # systems and the destination file might be busy for other + # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new + # file should still install successfully. + { + test ! -f "$dst" || + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && + { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } + } || + { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 + (exit 1); exit 1 + } + } && + + # Now rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" + } + fi || exit 1 + + trap '' 0 + fi +done + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/ltmain.sh b/ltmain.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6939dcc --- /dev/null +++ b/ltmain.sh @@ -0,0 +1,8406 @@ +# Generated from ltmain.m4sh. + +# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6 +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, +# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + +# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... +# +# Provide generalized library-building support services. +# +# --config show all configuration variables +# --debug enable verbose shell tracing +# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files +# --features display basic configuration information and exit +# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE +# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries +# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages +# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG +# -v, --verbose print informational messages (default) +# --version print version information +# -h, --help print short or long help message +# +# MODE must be one of the following: +# +# clean remove files from the build directory +# compile compile a source file into a libtool object +# execute automatically set library path, then run a program +# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries +# install install libraries or executables +# link create a library or an executable +# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory +# +# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. +# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. +# +# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and +# include the following information: +# +# host-triplet: $host +# shell: $SHELL +# compiler: $LTCC +# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS +# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) +# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.2.6 +# automake: $automake_version +# autoconf: $autoconf_version +# +# Report bugs to . + +PROGRAM=ltmain.sh +PACKAGE=libtool +VERSION=2.2.6 +TIMESTAMP="" +package_revision=1.3012 + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac +fi +BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh + +# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode. +# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. +# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand +# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). +lt_user_locale= +lt_safe_locale= +for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES +do + eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then + save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var + $lt_var=C + export $lt_var + lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\" + lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\" + fi" +done + +$lt_unset CDPATH + + + + + +: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${ECHO="echo"} +: ${EGREP="/bin/grep -E"} +: ${FGREP="/bin/grep -F"} +: ${GREP="/bin/grep"} +: ${LN_S="ln -s"} +: ${MAKE="make"} +: ${MKDIR="mkdir"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} +: ${SED="/bin/sed"} +: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} +: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} + +# Global variables: +EXIT_SUCCESS=0 +EXIT_FAILURE=1 +EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. +EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. + +exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS + +# Make sure IFS has a sensible default +lt_nl=' +' +IFS=" $lt_nl" + +dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," +basename="s,^.*/,," + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` +} + +# Generated shell functions inserted here. + +# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh +# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of +# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special +# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the +# function. +progpath="$0" + +# The name of this program: +# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with +# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case: +func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" +progname=$func_basename_result +case $progname in + -*) progname=./$progname ;; +esac + +# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: +case $progpath in + [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; + *[\\/]*) + progdir=$func_dirname_result + progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` + progpath="$progdir/$progname" + ;; + *) + save_IFS="$IFS" + IFS=: + for progdir in $PATH; do + IFS="$save_IFS" + test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break + done + IFS="$save_IFS" + test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` + progpath="$progdir/$progname" + ;; +esac + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' +sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were +# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' +# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. +# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of +# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. +bs='\\' +bs2='\\\\' +bs4='\\\\\\\\' +dollar='\$' +sed_double_backslash="\ + s/$bs4/&\\ +/g + s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ + s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g + s/\n//g" + +# Standard options: +opt_dry_run=false +opt_help=false +opt_quiet=false +opt_verbose=false +opt_warning=: + +# func_echo arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode +# name if it has been set yet. +func_echo () +{ + $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*" +} + +# func_verbose arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. +func_verbose () +{ + $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} + + # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function + # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to + # work around that: + : +} + +# func_error arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. +func_error () +{ + $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 +} + +# func_warning arg... +# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. +func_warning () +{ + $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 + + # bash bug again: + : +} + +# func_fatal_error arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. +func_fatal_error () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +} + +# func_fatal_help arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a help hint, and exit. +func_fatal_help () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + func_fatal_error "$help" +} +help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default + + +# func_grep expression filename +# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. +func_grep () +{ + $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + + +# func_mkdir_p directory-path +# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. +func_mkdir_p () +{ + my_directory_path="$1" + my_dir_list= + + if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then + + # Protect directory names starting with `-' + case $my_directory_path in + -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; + esac + + # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... + while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do + # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited + # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. + my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" + + # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done + case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac + + # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop + my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` + done + my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'` + + save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' + for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do + IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" + # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes + # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't + # stop in that case! + $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : + done + IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" + + # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. + test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ + func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" + fi +} + + +# func_mktempdir [string] +# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running +# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If +# given, STRING is the basename for that directory. +func_mktempdir () +{ + my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" + + if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then + # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode + my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" + else + + # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost + my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` + + if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then + # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race + my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" + + save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` + umask 0077 + $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" + umask $save_mktempdir_umask + fi + + # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure + test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ + func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" + fi + + $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed +} + + +# func_quote_for_eval arg +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. +# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT +# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas +# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters +# which are still active within double quotes backslashified. +func_quote_for_eval () +{ + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"\$]*) + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; + *) + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; + esac + + case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting, command substitution and and variable + # expansion for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" + ;; + *) + func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" + esac +} + + +# func_quote_for_expand arg +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, +# but do not quote variable references. +func_quote_for_expand () +{ + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"]*) + my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \ + -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; + *) + my_arg="$1" ;; + esac + + case $my_arg in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" + ;; + esac + + func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" +} + + +# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] +# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. +func_show_eval () +{ + my_cmd="$1" + my_fail_exp="${2-:}" + + ${opt_silent-false} || { + func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else + eval "$my_cmd" + my_status=$? + if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else + eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" + fi + fi +} + + +# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] +# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. +func_show_eval_locale () +{ + my_cmd="$1" + my_fail_exp="${2-:}" + + ${opt_silent-false} || { + func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else + eval "$lt_user_locale + $my_cmd" + my_status=$? + eval "$lt_safe_locale" + if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else + eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" + fi + fi +} + + + + + +# func_version +# Echo version message to standard output and exit. +func_version () +{ + $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + exit $? +} + +# func_usage +# Echo short help message to standard output and exit. +func_usage () +{ + $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s/\$progname/'$progname'/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + $ECHO + $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" + exit $? +} + +# func_help +# Echo long help message to standard output and exit. +func_help () +{ + $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s*\$progname*'$progname'* + s*\$host*'"$host"'* + s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* + s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* + s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* + s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* + s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ + s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ + s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + exit $? +} + +# func_missing_arg argname +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global +# exit_cmd. +func_missing_arg () +{ + func_error "missing argument for $1" + exit_cmd=exit +} + +exit_cmd=: + + + + + +# Check that we have a working $ECHO. +if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then + # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. + shift +elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over + : +elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + # Yippee, $ECHO works! + : +else + # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work. + exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} +fi + +if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # used as fallback echo + shift + cat </dev/null 2>&1; then + taglist="$taglist $tagname" + + # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path + # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but + # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within + # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: + extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` + eval "$extractedcf" + else + func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" + fi + ;; + esac +} + +# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in +# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly. +{ + + # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument + case $1 in + clean|clea|cle|cl) + shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) + shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) + shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) + shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) + shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + link|lin|li|l) + shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) + shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + esac + + # Parse non-mode specific arguments: + while test "$#" -gt 0; do + opt="$1" + shift + + case $opt in + --config) func_config ;; + + --debug) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" + func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" + opt_debug='set -x' + $opt_debug + ;; + + -dlopen) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break + execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1" + shift + ;; + + --dry-run | -n) opt_dry_run=: ;; + --features) func_features ;; + --finish) mode="finish" ;; + + --mode) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break + case $1 in + # Valid mode arguments: + clean) ;; + compile) ;; + execute) ;; + finish) ;; + install) ;; + link) ;; + relink) ;; + uninstall) ;; + + # Catch anything else as an error + *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" + exit_cmd=exit + break + ;; + esac + + mode="$1" + shift + ;; + + --preserve-dup-deps) + opt_duplicate_deps=: ;; + + --quiet|--silent) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" + opt_silent=: + ;; + + --verbose| -v) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" + opt_silent=false + ;; + + --tag) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break + preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1" + func_enable_tag "$1" # tagname is set here + shift + ;; + + # Separate optargs to long options: + -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*) + func_opt_split "$opt" + set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + -\?|-h) func_usage ;; + --help) opt_help=: ;; + --version) func_version ;; + + -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; + + *) nonopt="$opt" + break + ;; + esac + done + + + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) + # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: + ;; + *) + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps + ;; + esac + + # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if + # anything was wrong. + $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE +} + +# func_check_version_match +# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same +# release of libtool. +func_check_version_match () +{ + if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then + if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then + if test -z "$macro_version"; then + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, +$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision +$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + + exit $EXIT_MISMATCH + fi +} + + +## ----------- ## +## Main. ## +## ----------- ## + +$opt_help || { + # Sanity checks first: + func_check_version_match + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then + func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" + fi + + test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE." + + + # Darwin sucks + eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + + + # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. + if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then + func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" + $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. + generic_help="$help" + help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information." +} + + +# func_lalib_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_lalib_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && + $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ + | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 +} + +# func_lalib_unsafe_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. +# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without +# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and +# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. +# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be +# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. +func_lalib_unsafe_p () +{ + lalib_p=no + if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then + for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 + do + read lalib_p_line + case "$lalib_p_line" in + \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; + esac + done + exec 0<&5 5<&- + fi + test "$lalib_p" = yes +} + +# func_ltwrapper_script_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_script_p () +{ + func_lalib_p "$1" +} + +# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_executable_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= + case $1 in + *.exe) ;; + *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; + esac + $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + +# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file +# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable +# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a +# temporary ltwrapper_script. +func_ltwrapper_scriptname () +{ + func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="" + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then + func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" + func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" + fi +} + +# func_ltwrapper_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" +} + + +# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd +# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. +# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. +# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! +func_execute_cmds () +{ + $opt_debug + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd in $1; do + IFS=$save_ifs + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" + done + IFS=$save_ifs +} + + +# func_source file +# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. +# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to +# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe +# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing +# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. +func_source () +{ + $opt_debug + case $1 in + */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; + *) . "./$1" ;; + esac +} + + +# func_infer_tag arg +# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and +# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. +# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile +# command doesn't match the default compiler. +# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' +func_infer_tag () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + case $@ in + # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, + # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;; + # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail + # if we don't check for them as well. + *) + for z in $available_tags; do + if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then + # Evaluate the configuration. + eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + case "$@ " in + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) + # The compiler in the base compile command matches + # the one in the tagged configuration. + # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. + tagname=$z + break + ;; + esac + fi + done + # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration + # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command + # line option must be used. + if test -z "$tagname"; then + func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" + func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" +# else +# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" + fi + ;; + esac + fi +} + + + +# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name +# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), +# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. +func_write_libtool_object () +{ + write_libobj=${1} + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + write_lobj=\'${2}\' + else + write_lobj=none + fi + + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + write_oldobj=\'${3}\' + else + write_oldobj=none + fi + + $opt_dry_run || { + cat >${write_libobj}T <?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ + && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." + func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" + objname="$func_basename_result" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname + + test -z "$base_compile" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" + + # Delete any leftover library objects. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + else + removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + fi + + # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + pic_mode=default + ;; + esac + if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported + pic_mode=default + fi + + # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does + # not support -o with -c + if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then + output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} + lockfile="$output_obj.lock" + else + output_obj= + need_locks=no + lockfile= + fi + + # Lock this critical section if it is needed + # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file + if test "$need_locks" = yes; then + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then + if test -f "$lockfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + removelist="$removelist $output_obj" + $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" + fi + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + removelist="$removelist $lockfile" + trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 + + if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then + eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" + fi + func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" + qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result + + # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. + fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile + + if test "$pic_mode" != no; then + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + else + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" + fi + + func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" + + if test -z "$output_obj"; then + # Place PIC objects in $objdir + command="$command -o $lobj" + fi + + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' + + if test "$need_locks" = warn && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +but it should contain: +$srcfile + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + + # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. + if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then + suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' + fi + fi + + # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" + else + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + fi + if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then + command="$command -o $obj" + fi + + # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. + command="$command$suppress_output" + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' + + if test "$need_locks" = warn && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +but it should contain: +$srcfile + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Just move the object if needed + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + fi + + $opt_dry_run || { + func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" + + # Unlock the critical section if it was locked + if test "$need_locks" != no; then + removelist=$lockfile + $RM "$lockfile" + fi + } + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +$opt_help || { +test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} +} + +func_mode_help () +{ + # We need to display help for each of the modes. + case $mode in + "") + # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments + # at the start of this file. + func_help + ;; + + clean) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... + +Remove files from the build directory. + +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed +to RM. + +If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated +with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; + + compile) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE + +Compile a source file into a libtool library object. + +This mode accepts the following additional options: + + -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE + -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes + -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only + -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only + -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking + -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking + +COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file +from the given SOURCEFILE. + +The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from +SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the +library object suffix, \`.lo'." + ;; + + execute) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... + +Automatically set library path, then run a program. + +This mode accepts the following additional options: + + -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path + +This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' +flags. + +If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated +into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library +directories are added to the library path. + +Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." + ;; + + finish) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... + +Complete the installation of libtool libraries. + +Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. + +The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use +the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." + ;; + + install) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... + +Install executables or libraries. + +INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be +either the \`install' or \`cp' program. + +The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: + + -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation + +The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only +BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." + ;; + + link) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... + +Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to +create an executable program. + +LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create +a program from several object files. + +The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: + + -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all + -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible + -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime + -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols + -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) + -export-symbols SYMFILE + try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE + -export-symbols-regex REGEX + try to export only the symbols matching REGEX + -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries + -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME + -module build a library that can dlopened + -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode + -no-install link a not-installable executable + -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols + -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects + -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects + -precious-files-regex REGEX + don't remove output files matching REGEX + -release RELEASE specify package release information + -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR + -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries + -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension + -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries + -static-libtool-libs + do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] + specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] + -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface + +All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. + +Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are +treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library +object files. + +If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, +only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is +required, except when creating a convenience library. + +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created +using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. + +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file +is created, otherwise an executable program is created." + ;; + + uninstall) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... + +Remove libraries from an installation directory. + +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed +to RM. + +If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. +Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'" + ;; + esac + + $ECHO + $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." + + exit $? +} + + # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary + $opt_help && func_mode_help + + +# func_mode_execute arg... +func_mode_execute () +{ + $opt_debug + # The first argument is the command name. + cmd="$nonopt" + test -z "$cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" + + # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. + for file in $execute_dlfiles; do + test -f "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" + + dir= + case $file in + *.la) + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + # Read the libtool library. + dlname= + library_names= + func_source "$file" + + # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. + if test -z "$dlname"; then + # Warn if it was a shared library. + test -n "$library_names" && \ + func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" + continue + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then + dir="$dir/$objdir" + else + if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.lo) + # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + ;; + + *) + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" + continue + ;; + esac + + # Get the absolute pathname. + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" + + # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. + if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" + else + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" + fi + done + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var + # rather than running their programs. + libtool_execute_magic="$magic" + + # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. + args= + for file + do + case $file in + -*) ;; + *) + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then + func_source "$file" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file="$progdir/$program" + elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file="$progdir/$program" + fi + ;; + esac + # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). + func_quote_for_eval "$file" + args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + + if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # Export the shlibpath_var. + eval "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + + # Restore saved environment variables + for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES + do + eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then + $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var + else + $lt_unset $lt_var + fi" + done + + # Now prepare to actually exec the command. + exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" + else + # Display what would be done. + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" + $ECHO "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + $ECHO "$cmd$args" + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} + +test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_finish arg... +func_mode_finish () +{ + $opt_debug + libdirs="$nonopt" + admincmds= + + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + for dir + do + libdirs="$libdirs $dir" + done + + for libdir in $libdirs; do + if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then + # Do each command in the finish commands. + func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds +'"$cmd"'"' + fi + if test -n "$finish_eval"; then + # Do the single finish_eval. + eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds + $cmds" + fi + done + fi + + # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. + $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + + $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed + $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:" + for libdir in $libdirs; do + $ECHO " $libdir" + done + $ECHO + $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" + $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" + $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" + $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" + $ECHO " during execution" + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" + $ECHO " during linking" + fi + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + libdir=LIBDIR + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + + $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" + fi + if test -n "$admincmds"; then + $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" + fi + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + $ECHO " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" + fi + $ECHO + + $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" + case $host in + solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) + $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" + $ECHO "pages." + ;; + *) + $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." + ;; + esac + $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_install arg... +func_mode_install () +{ + $opt_debug + # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of + # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). + if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || + # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. + $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" + install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " + arg=$1 + shift + else + install_prog= + arg=$nonopt + fi + + # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result" + + # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. + dest= + files= + opts= + prev= + install_type= + isdir=no + stripme= + for arg + do + if test -n "$dest"; then + files="$files $dest" + dest=$arg + continue + fi + + case $arg in + -d) isdir=yes ;; + -f) + case " $install_prog " in + *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;; + *) prev=$arg ;; + esac + ;; + -g | -m | -o) + prev=$arg + ;; + -s) + stripme=" -s" + continue + ;; + -*) + ;; + *) + # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + prev= + else + dest=$arg + continue + fi + ;; + esac + + # Aesthetically quote the argument. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + + test -z "$install_prog" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" + + if test -z "$files"; then + if test -z "$dest"; then + func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" + else + func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" + fi + fi + + # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. + func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" + dest=$func_stripname_result + + # Check to see that the destination is a directory. + test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes + if test "$isdir" = yes; then + destdir="$dest" + destname= + else + func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." + destdir="$func_dirname_result" + destname="$func_basename_result" + + # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. + set dummy $files; shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" + fi + case $destdir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + for file in $files; do + case $file in + *.lo) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + esac + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic="$magic" + + staticlibs= + future_libdirs= + current_libdirs= + for file in $files; do + + # Do each installation. + case $file in + *.$libext) + # Do the static libraries later. + staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" + ;; + + *.la) + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" + + library_names= + old_library= + relink_command= + func_source "$file" + + # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. + if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then + case "$current_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; + esac + else + # Note the libdir as a future libdir. + case "$future_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "/" "" + dir="$func_dirname_result" + dir="$dir$objdir" + + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. + inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` + + # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected + # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that + # are installed to the same prefix. + # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that + # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) + # but it's something to keep an eye on. + test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" + + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. + relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` + else + relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` + fi + + func_warning "relinking \`$file'" + func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ + 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' + fi + + # See the names of the shared library. + set dummy $library_names; shift + if test -n "$1"; then + realname="$1" + shift + + srcname="$realname" + test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T + + # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. + func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ + 'exit $?' + tstripme="$stripme" + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + case $realname in + *.dll.a) + tstripme="" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. + # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on + # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, + # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. + for linkname + do + test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ + && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" + done + fi + + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + lib="$destdir/$realname" + func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + instname="$dir/$name"i + func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' + + # Maybe install the static library, too. + test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" + ;; + + *.lo) + # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. + + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile="$destdir/$destname" + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile="$func_basename_result" + destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + fi + + # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. + case $destfile in + *.lo) + func_lo2o "$destfile" + staticdest=$func_lo2o_result + ;; + *.$objext) + staticdest="$destfile" + destfile= + ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" + ;; + esac + + # Install the libtool object if requested. + test -n "$destfile" && \ + func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' + + # Install the old object if enabled. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. + func_lo2o "$file" + staticobj=$func_lo2o_result + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' + fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + + *) + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile="$destdir/$destname" + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile="$func_basename_result" + destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + fi + + # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it + # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to + # install + stripped_ext="" + case $file in + *.exe) + if test ! -f "$file"; then + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + stripped_ext=".exe" + fi + ;; + esac + + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw*) + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + wrapper=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + *) + wrapper=$file + ;; + esac + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then + notinst_deplibs= + relink_command= + + func_source "$wrapper" + + # Check the variables that should have been set. + test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ + func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" + + finalize=yes + for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do + # Check to see that each library is installed. + libdir= + if test -f "$lib"; then + func_source "$lib" + fi + libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test + if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then + func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" + finalize=no + fi + done + + relink_command= + func_source "$wrapper" + + outputname= + if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + if test "$finalize" = yes; then + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" + file="$func_basename_result" + outputname="$tmpdir/$file" + # Replace the output file specification. + relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` + + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + if eval "$relink_command"; then : + else + func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" + $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + continue + fi + file="$outputname" + else + func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" + fi + } + else + # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. + file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` + fi + fi + + # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another + # one anyway + case $install_prog,$host in + */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) + case $file:$destfile in + *.exe:*.exe) + # this is ok + ;; + *.exe:*) + destfile=$destfile.exe + ;; + *:*.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" + destfile=$func_stripname_result + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' + $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + fi + ;; + esac + done + + for file in $staticlibs; do + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + + # Set up the ranlib parameters. + oldlib="$destdir/$name" + + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + done + + test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ + func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" + + if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then + # Maybe just do a dry run. + $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" + exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' + else + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} + +test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p +# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with +# a dlpreopen symbol table. +func_generate_dlsyms () +{ + $opt_debug + my_outputname="$1" + my_originator="$2" + my_pic_p="${3-no}" + my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` + my_dlsyms= + + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" + else + func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" + fi + fi + + if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then + case $my_dlsyms in + "") ;; + *.c) + # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. + nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" + + func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" + + # Parse the name list into a source file. + func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + + $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ +/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern \"C\" { +#endif + +/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ +" + + if test "$dlself" = yes; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" + + $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" + + # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. + progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + for progfile in $progfiles; do + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + done + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || { + $RM $export_symbols + eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + else + $opt_dry_run || { + eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' + eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + case $host in + *cygwin | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + fi + fi + + for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" + func_basename "$dlprefile" + name="$func_basename_result" + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } + done + + $opt_dry_run || { + # Make sure we have at least an empty file. + test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T + $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" + fi + + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | + if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then + sort -k 3 + else + sort +2 + fi | + uniq > "$nlist"S; then + : + else + $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S + fi + + if test -f "$nlist"S; then + eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' + else + $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + fi + + $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +typedef struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} lt_dlsymlist; +" + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because + runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation + on pseudo-relocs. */" + lt_dlsym_const= ;; + *osf5*) + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */" + lt_dlsym_const= ;; + *) + lt_dlsym_const=const ;; + esac + + $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; +$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{\ + { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," + + case $need_lib_prefix in + no) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + ;; + *) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + ;; + esac + $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif\ +" + } # !$opt_dry_run + + pic_flag_for_symtable= + case "$compile_command " in + *" -static "*) ;; + *) + case $host in + # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around + # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is + # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use + # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in + # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. + *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; + *-*-hpux*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; + *) + if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + symtab_cflags= + for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do + case $arg in + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; + *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;; + esac + done + + # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. + func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' + + # Clean up the generated files. + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' + + # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. + symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then + compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + else + compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + fi + ;; + *) + compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" + ;; + esac + else + # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to + # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe + # really was required. + + # Nullify the symbol file. + compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + fi +} + +# func_win32_libid arg +# return the library type of file 'arg' +# +# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs +# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument +# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. +func_win32_libid () +{ + $opt_debug + win32_libid_type="unknown" + win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` + case $win32_fileres in + *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import + win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" + ;; + *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static + if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | + $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then + win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | + $SED -n -e ' + 1,100{ + / I /{ + s,.*,import, + p + q + } + }'` + case $win32_nmres in + import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; + *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; + esac + fi + ;; + *DLL*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... + case $win32_fileres in + *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" +} + + + +# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib +func_extract_an_archive () +{ + $opt_debug + f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift + f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" + func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?' + if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" + fi +} + + +# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... +func_extract_archives () +{ + $opt_debug + my_gentop="$1"; shift + my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} + my_oldobjs="" + my_xlib="" + my_xabs="" + my_xdir="" + + for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do + # Extract the objects. + case $my_xlib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; + *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; + esac + func_basename "$my_xlib" + my_xlib="$func_basename_result" + my_xlib_u=$my_xlib + while :; do + case " $extracted_archives " in + *" $my_xlib_u "*) + func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 + extracted_serial=$func_arith_result + my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; + *) break ;; + esac + done + extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" + my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" + + func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" + + case $host in + *-darwin*) + func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" + # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run + $opt_dry_run || { + darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` + cd $my_xdir || exit $? + darwin_archive=$my_xabs + darwin_curdir=`pwd` + darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` + darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` + if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then + darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` + darwin_arch= + func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" + for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do + func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" + $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" + cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" + func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" + cd "$darwin_curdir" + $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" + done # $darwin_arches + ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) + darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` + darwin_file= + darwin_files= + for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do + darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP` + $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files + done # $darwin_filelist + $RM -rf unfat-$$ + cd "$darwin_orig_dir" + else + cd $darwin_orig_dir + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + fi # $darwin_arches + } # !$opt_dry_run + ;; + *) + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + ;; + esac + my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` + done + + func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" +} + + + +# func_emit_wrapper_part1 [arg=no] +# +# Emit the first part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout. +# For more information, see the description associated with +# func_emit_wrapper(), below. +func_emit_wrapper_part1 () +{ + func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=no + if test -n "$1" ; then + func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=$1 + fi + + $ECHO "\ +#! $SHELL + +# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# +# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool +# libraries that it depends on are installed. +# +# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. +# If it is, it will not operate correctly. + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//' +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac +fi +BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +relink_command=\"$relink_command\" + +# This environment variable determines our operation mode. +if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then + # install mode needs the following variables: + generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' + notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' +else + # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + ECHO=\"$qecho\" + file=\"\$0\" + # Make sure echo works. + if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then + # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. + shift + elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then + # Yippee, \$ECHO works! + : + else + # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work. + exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} + fi + fi\ +" + $ECHO "\ + + # Find the directory that this script lives in. + thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. + + # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. + file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + while test -n \"\$file\"; do + destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` + + # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. + if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then + case \"\$destdir\" in + [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; + *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; + esac + fi + + file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` + file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + done +" +} +# end: func_emit_wrapper_part1 + +# func_emit_wrapper_part2 [arg=no] +# +# Emit the second part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout. +# For more information, see the description associated with +# func_emit_wrapper(), below. +func_emit_wrapper_part2 () +{ + func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=no + if test -n "$1" ; then + func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=$1 + fi + + $ECHO "\ + + # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into + # the cwrapper. + WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1 + if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then + # special case for '.' + if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then + thisdir=\`pwd\` + fi + # remove .libs from thisdir + case \"\$thisdir\" in + *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; + $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; + esac + fi + + # Try to get the absolute directory name. + absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` + test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" +" + + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + $ECHO "\ + program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" + + if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || + { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ + test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then + + file=\"\$\$-\$program\" + + if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then + $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" + else + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + + $ECHO "\ + + # relink executable if necessary + if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then + if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : + else + $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + exit 1 + fi + fi + + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || + { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + else + $ECHO "\ + program='$outputname' + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" +" + fi + + $ECHO "\ + + if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" + + # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. + if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var + $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" + + # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var + # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed + $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` + + export $shlibpath_var +" + fi + + # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. + if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH + PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH +" + fi + + $ECHO "\ + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + # Run the actual program with our arguments. +" + case $host in + # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows + *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + $ECHO "\ + exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + + *) + $ECHO "\ + exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + esac + $ECHO "\ + \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi + else + # The program doesn't exist. + \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 + $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi\ +" +} +# end: func_emit_wrapper_part2 + + +# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] +# +# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. +# Don't directly open a file because we may want to +# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw +# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within +# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables +# set therein. +# +# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR +# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script +# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is +# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific +# behavior. +func_emit_wrapper () +{ + func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no + if test -n "$1" ; then + func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1 + fi + + # split this up so that func_emit_cwrapperexe_src + # can call each part independently. + func_emit_wrapper_part1 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}" + func_emit_wrapper_part2 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}" +} + + +# func_to_host_path arg +# +# Convert paths to host format when used with build tools. +# Intended for use with "native" mingw (where libtool itself +# is running under the msys shell), or in the following cross- +# build environments: +# $build $host +# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native] +# cygwin mingw +# *nix + wine mingw +# where wine is equipped with the `winepath' executable. +# In the native mingw case, the (msys) shell automatically +# converts paths for any non-msys applications it launches, +# but that facility isn't available from inside the cwrapper. +# Similar accommodations are necessary for $host mingw and +# $build cygwin. Calling this function does no harm for other +# $host/$build combinations not listed above. +# +# ARG is the path (on $build) that should be converted to +# the proper representation for $host. The result is stored +# in $func_to_host_path_result. +func_to_host_path () +{ + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1" ; then + case $host in + *mingw* ) + lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' + case $build in + *mingw* ) # actually, msys + # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result + lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=`( cmd //c echo "$1" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""` + func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + ;; + *cygwin* ) + func_to_host_path_tmp1=`cygpath -w "$1"` + func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + ;; + * ) + # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero + # error code, so we are forced to check the contents of + # stdout. On the other hand, if the command is not + # found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print + # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both + # error code of zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains + # the odd construction: + func_to_host_path_tmp1=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null` + if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_to_host_path_tmp1}"; then + func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + else + # Allow warning below. + func_to_host_path_result="" + fi + ;; + esac + if test -z "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then + func_error "Could not determine host path corresponding to" + func_error " '$1'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback: + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + fi + ;; + esac + fi +} +# end: func_to_host_path + +# func_to_host_pathlist arg +# +# Convert pathlists to host format when used with build tools. +# See func_to_host_path(), above. This function supports the +# following $build/$host combinations (but does no harm for +# combinations not listed here): +# $build $host +# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native] +# cygwin mingw +# *nix + wine mingw +# +# Path separators are also converted from $build format to +# $host format. If ARG begins or ends with a path separator +# character, it is preserved (but converted to $host format) +# on output. +# +# ARG is a pathlist (on $build) that should be converted to +# the proper representation on $host. The result is stored +# in $func_to_host_pathlist_result. +func_to_host_pathlist () +{ + func_to_host_pathlist_result="$1" + if test -n "$1" ; then + case $host in + *mingw* ) + lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from + # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them + # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. + func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2="$1" + # Once set for this call, this variable should not be + # reassigned. It is used in tha fallback case. + func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ + $SED -e 's|^:*||' -e 's|:*$||'` + case $build in + *mingw* ) # Actually, msys. + # Awkward: cmd appends spaces to result. + lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//" + func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`( cmd //c echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""` + func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + ;; + *cygwin* ) + func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`cygpath -w -p "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1"` + func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + ;; + * ) + # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert pathlists + func_to_host_pathlist_result="" + func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS=$IFS + IFS=: + for func_to_host_pathlist_f in $func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1 ; do + IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS + if test -n "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" ; then + func_to_host_path "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" + if test -n "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then + if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then + func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_path_result" + else + func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;$func_to_host_path_result" + fi + fi + fi + IFS=: + done + IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS + ;; + esac + if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then + func_error "Could not determine the host path(s) corresponding to" + func_error " '$1'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback. This may break if $1 contains DOS-style drive + # specifications. The fix is not to complicate the expression + # below, but for the user to provide a working wine installation + # with winepath so that path translation in the cross-to-mingw + # case works properly. + lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos="s|:|;|g" + func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\ + $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos"` + fi + # Now, add the leading and trailing path separators back + case "$1" in + :* ) func_to_host_pathlist_result=";$func_to_host_pathlist_result" + ;; + esac + case "$1" in + *: ) func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi +} +# end: func_to_host_pathlist + +# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src +# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout +# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because +# it depends on a number of variable set therein. +func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () +{ + cat < +#include +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# include +# include +# define setmode _setmode +#else +# include +# include +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include +# define HAVE_SETENV +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *realpath (const char *, char *); +int putenv (char *); +int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); +# endif +# endif +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined(PATH_MAX) +# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX +#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) +# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN +#else +# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 +#endif + +#ifndef S_IXOTH +# define S_IXOTH 0 +#endif +#ifndef S_IXGRP +# define S_IXGRP 0 +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC +# define stat _stat +# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED +# define intptr_t int +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR +# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ + defined (__OS2__) +# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' +# endif +# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) +#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ + (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) +#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ + +#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) +#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) +#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +#endif + +#ifndef FOPEN_WB +# define FOPEN_WB "w" +#endif +#ifndef _O_BINARY +# define _O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) +#define XFREE(stale) do { \ + if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ +} while (0) + +#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF +#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER +# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args +static void +ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start (args, fmt); + (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); + va_end (args); +} +#else +# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) +#endif + +const char *program_name = NULL; + +void *xmalloc (size_t num); +char *xstrdup (const char *string); +const char *base_name (const char *name); +char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); +char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); +int make_executable (const char *path); +int check_executable (const char *path); +char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); +void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...); +void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); +char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); +void lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg); +void lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg); +void lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg); +int lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value); +void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); +void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); + +static const char *script_text_part1 = +EOF + + func_emit_wrapper_part1 yes | + $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \ + -e 's/^/ "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/' + echo ";" + cat <"))); + for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++) + { + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) newargz[%d] : %s\n", i, (newargz[i] ? newargz[i] : ""))); + } + +EOF + + case $host_os in + mingw*) + cat <<"EOF" + /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */ + rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz); + if (rval == -1) + { + /* failed to start process */ + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": errno = %d\n", lt_argv_zero, errno)); + return 127; + } + return rval; +EOF + ;; + *) + cat <<"EOF" + execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz); + return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */ +EOF + ;; + esac + + cat <<"EOF" +} + +void * +xmalloc (size_t num) +{ + void *p = (void *) malloc (num); + if (!p) + lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted"); + + return p; +} + +char * +xstrdup (const char *string) +{ + return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), + string) : NULL; +} + +const char * +base_name (const char *name) +{ + const char *base; + +#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) + /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') + name += 2; +#endif + + for (base = name; *name; name++) + if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) + base = name + 1; + return base; +} + +int +check_executable (const char *path) +{ + struct stat st; + + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(check_executable) : %s\n", + path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); + if ((!path) || (!*path)) + return 0; + + if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) + && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) + return 1; + else + return 0; +} + +int +make_executable (const char *path) +{ + int rval = 0; + struct stat st; + + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable) : %s\n", + path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); + if ((!path) || (!*path)) + return 0; + + if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) + { + rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); + } + return rval; +} + +/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns + newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise + Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. +*/ +char * +find_executable (const char *wrapper) +{ + int has_slash = 0; + const char *p; + const char *p_next; + /* static buffer for getcwd */ + char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; + int tmp_len; + char *concat_name; + + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable) : %s\n", + wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); + + if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) + return NULL; + + /* Absolute path? */ +#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + else + { +#endif + if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } +#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) + } +#endif + + for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) + if (*p == '/') + { + has_slash = 1; + break; + } + if (!has_slash) + { + /* no slashes; search PATH */ + const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); + if (path != NULL) + { + for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) + { + const char *q; + size_t p_len; + for (q = p; *q; q++) + if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) + break; + p_len = q - p; + p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); + if (p_len == 0) + { + /* empty path: current directory */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + } + else + { + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); + concat_name[p_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); + } + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + } + /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ + } + /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + return NULL; +} + +char * +chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) +{ +#ifndef S_ISLNK + return xstrdup (pathspec); +#else + char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; + struct stat s; + char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); + char *p; + int has_symlinks = 0; + while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) + { + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", + tmp_pathspec)); + if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) + { + if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) + { + has_symlinks = 1; + break; + } + + /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ + p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; + while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + p--; + if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + { + /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ + break; + } + *p = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *errstr = strerror (errno); + lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr); + } + } + XFREE (tmp_pathspec); + + if (!has_symlinks) + { + return xstrdup (pathspec); + } + + tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); + if (tmp_pathspec == 0) + { + lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); + } + return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); +#endif +} + +char * +strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) +{ + size_t len, patlen; + + assert (str != NULL); + assert (pat != NULL); + + len = strlen (str); + patlen = strlen (pat); + + if (patlen <= len) + { + str += len - patlen; + if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) + *str = '\0'; + } + return str; +} + +static void +lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode, + const char *message, va_list ap) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode); + vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + + if (exit_status >= 0) + exit (exit_status); +} + +void +lt_fatal (const char *message, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start (ap, message); + lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap); + va_end (ap); +} + +void +lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", + (name ? name : ""), + (value ? value : ""))); + { +#ifdef HAVE_SETENV + /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ + char *str = xstrdup (value); + setenv (name, str, 1); +#else + int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; + char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); + sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); + if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) + { + XFREE (str); + } +#endif + } +} + +char * +lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) +{ + char *new_value; + if (orig_value && *orig_value) + { + int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); + int add_len = strlen (add); + new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); + if (to_end) + { + strcpy (new_value, orig_value); + strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); + } + else + { + strcpy (new_value, add); + strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); + } + } + else + { + new_value = xstrdup (add); + } + return new_value; +} + +int +lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value) +{ + const char *p; + int len; + if (!arg || !*arg) + return 1; + + p = strchr (arg, (int)'='); + + if (!p) + return 1; + + *value = xstrdup (++p); + + len = strlen (arg) - strlen (*value); + *name = XMALLOC (char, len); + strncpy (*name, arg, len-1); + (*name)[len - 1] = '\0'; + + return 0; +} + +void +lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg) +{ + char *name = NULL; + char *value = NULL; + + if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) + { + XFREE (name); + XFREE (value); + lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_set_opt, arg); + } + + lt_setenv (name, value); + XFREE (name); + XFREE (value); +} + +void +lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg) +{ + char *name = NULL; + char *value = NULL; + char *new_value = NULL; + + if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) + { + XFREE (name); + XFREE (value); + lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_prepend_opt, arg); + } + + new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + XFREE (name); + XFREE (value); +} + +void +lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg) +{ + char *name = NULL; + char *value = NULL; + char *new_value = NULL; + + if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) + { + XFREE (name); + XFREE (value); + lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_append_opt, arg); + } + + new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 1); + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + XFREE (name); + XFREE (value); +} + +void +lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + (name ? name : ""), + (value ? value : ""))); + + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ + int len = strlen (new_value); + while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) + { + new_value[len-1] = '\0'; + } + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} + +void +lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + (name ? name : ""), + (value ? value : ""))); + + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} + + +EOF +} +# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src + +# func_mode_link arg... +func_mode_link () +{ + $opt_debug + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and + # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out + # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra + # flag for every libtool invocation. + # allow_undefined=no + + # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying + # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not + # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify + # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain + # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + *) + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + esac + libtool_args=$nonopt + base_compile="$nonopt $@" + compile_command=$nonopt + finalize_command=$nonopt + + compile_rpath= + finalize_rpath= + compile_shlibpath= + finalize_shlibpath= + convenience= + old_convenience= + deplibs= + old_deplibs= + compiler_flags= + linker_flags= + dllsearchpath= + lib_search_path=`pwd` + inst_prefix_dir= + new_inherited_linker_flags= + + avoid_version=no + dlfiles= + dlprefiles= + dlself=no + export_dynamic=no + export_symbols= + export_symbols_regex= + generated= + libobjs= + ltlibs= + module=no + no_install=no + objs= + non_pic_objects= + precious_files_regex= + prefer_static_libs=no + preload=no + prev= + prevarg= + release= + rpath= + xrpath= + perm_rpath= + temp_rpath= + thread_safe=no + vinfo= + vinfo_number=no + weak_libs= + single_module="${wl}-single_module" + func_infer_tag $base_compile + + # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -shared) + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ + func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no + break + ;; + -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then + func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" + fi + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + -static) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=built + ;; + -static-libtool-libs) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + esac + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + break + ;; + esac + done + + # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. + test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes + + # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. + while test "$#" -gt 0; do + arg="$1" + shift + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result + func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + case $prev in + output) + func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" + func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" + ;; + esac + + case $prev in + dlfiles|dlprefiles) + if test "$preload" = no; then + # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. + func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" + func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" + preload=yes + fi + case $arg in + *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. + force) + if test "$dlself" = no; then + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + self) + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + dlself=yes + elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then + dlself=yes + else + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + *) + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" + else + dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + ;; + expsyms) + export_symbols="$arg" + test -f "$arg" \ + || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" + prev= + continue + ;; + expsyms_regex) + export_symbols_regex="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + framework) + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + case "$deplibs " in + *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; + *) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + prev= + continue + ;; + inst_prefix) + inst_prefix_dir="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + objectlist) + if test -f "$arg"; then + save_arg=$arg + moreargs= + for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` + do +# moreargs="$moreargs $fil" + arg=$fil + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test "$pic_object" = none && + test "$non_pic_object" = none; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test "$pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then + dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # Preload the old-style object. + dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + arg="$pic_object" + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" + + # A standard non-PIC object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then + arg="$non_pic_object" + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object="$pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + done + else + func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" + fi + arg=$save_arg + prev= + continue + ;; + precious_regex) + precious_files_regex="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + release) + release="-$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + rpath | xrpath) + # We need an absolute path. + case $arg in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + if test "$prev" = rpath; then + case "$rpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; + esac + else + case "$xrpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; + esac + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + shrext) + shrext_cmds="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + weak) + weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + xcclinker) + linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $qarg" + continue + ;; + xcompiler) + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $qarg" + continue + ;; + xlinker) + linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" + continue + ;; + *) + eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + fi # test -n "$prev" + + prevarg="$arg" + + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. + func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" + func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" + fi + continue + ;; + + -allow-undefined) + # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. + func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" + ;; + + -avoid-version) + avoid_version=yes + continue + ;; + + -dlopen) + prev=dlfiles + continue + ;; + + -dlpreopen) + prev=dlprefiles + continue + ;; + + -export-dynamic) + export_dynamic=yes + continue + ;; + + -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) + if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" + fi + if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then + prev=expsyms + else + prev=expsyms_regex + fi + continue + ;; + + -framework) + prev=framework + continue + ;; + + -inst-prefix-dir) + prev=inst_prefix + continue + ;; + + # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* + # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L + -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) + case $with_gcc/$host in + no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -L*) + func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg" + dir=$func_stripname_result + if test -z "$dir"; then + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" + else + func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" + fi + fi + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -z "$absdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" + dir="$absdir" + ;; + esac + case "$deplibs " in + *" -L$dir "*) ;; + *) + deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" + lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" + ;; + esac + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$dir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; + *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -l*) + if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*) + # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) + continue + ;; + *-*-os2*) + # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework + deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework" + continue + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + esac + elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then + case $host in + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. + continue + ;; + esac + fi + deplibs="$deplibs $arg" + continue + ;; + + -module) + module=yes + continue + ;; + + # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ + # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. + # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. + -model|-arch|-isysroot) + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -multi_module) + single_module="${wl}-multi_module" + continue + ;; + + -no-fast-install) + fast_install=no + continue + ;; + + -no-install) + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) + # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows + # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. + func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" + func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" + fast_install=no + ;; + *) no_install=yes ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -no-undefined) + allow_undefined=no + continue + ;; + + -objectlist) + prev=objectlist + continue + ;; + + -o) prev=output ;; + + -precious-files-regex) + prev=precious_regex + continue + ;; + + -release) + prev=release + continue + ;; + + -rpath) + prev=rpath + continue + ;; + + -R) + prev=xrpath + continue + ;; + + -R*) + func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" + dir=$func_stripname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -shared) + # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. + continue + ;; + + -shrext) + prev=shrext + continue + ;; + + -static | -static-libtool-libs) + # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. + # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that + # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects + # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least + # Digital Unix and AIX. + continue + ;; + + -thread-safe) + thread_safe=yes + continue + ;; + + -version-info) + prev=vinfo + continue + ;; + + -version-number) + prev=vinfo + vinfo_number=yes + continue + ;; + + -weak) + prev=weak + continue + ;; + + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Wl,*) + func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Xcompiler) + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -Xlinker) + prev=xlinker + continue + ;; + + -XCClinker) + prev=xcclinker + continue + ;; + + # -msg_* for osf cc + -msg_*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + + # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler + # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler + # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler + # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler + # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler + # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific + # compiler args for GCC + # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin + # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC + # @file GCC response files + -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ + -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler flag. + -* | +*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + + *.$objext) + # A standard object. + objs="$objs $arg" + ;; + + *.lo) + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test "$pic_object" = none && + test "$non_pic_object" = none; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test "$pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then + dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # Preload the old-style object. + dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + arg="$pic_object" + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" + + # A standard non-PIC object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then + arg="$non_pic_object" + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object="$pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.$libext) + # An archive. + deplibs="$deplibs $arg" + old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" + continue + ;; + + *.la) + # A libtool-controlled library. + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" + prev= + elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. + dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" + prev= + else + deplibs="$deplibs $arg" + fi + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler argument. + *) + # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need + # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + esac # arg + + # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. + if test -n "$arg"; then + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + fi + done # argument parsing loop + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" + + if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then + eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + fi + + oldlibs= + # calculate the name of the file, without its directory + func_basename "$output" + outputname="$func_basename_result" + libobjs_save="$libobjs" + + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var + eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` + else + shlib_search_path= + fi + eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" + eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" + + func_dirname "$output" "/" "" + output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" + # Create the object directory. + func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" + + # Determine the type of output + case $output in + "") + func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" + ;; + *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; + *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; + *.la) linkmode=lib ;; + *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. + esac + + specialdeplibs= + + libs= + # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries + # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) + for deplib in $deplibs; do + if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then + case "$libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + libs="$libs $deplib" + done + + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" + + # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps + # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are + # not to be eliminated). + pre_post_deps= + if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then + for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do + case "$pre_post_deps " in + *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;; + esac + pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep" + done + fi + pre_post_deps= + fi + + deplibs= + newdependency_libs= + newlib_search_path= + need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries + notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries + notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries + + case $linkmode in + lib) + passes="conv dlpreopen link" + for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do + case $file in + *.la) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + prog) + compile_deplibs= + finalize_deplibs= + alldeplibs=no + newdlfiles= + newdlprefiles= + passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" + ;; + *) passes="conv" + ;; + esac + + for pass in $passes; do + # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here + # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then + ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong + ## order, and fix it there properly + tmp_deplibs= + for deplib in $deplibs; do + tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" + done + deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" + fi + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || + test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then + libs="$deplibs" + deplibs= + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + case $pass in + dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; + dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; + link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; + esac + fi + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then + # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + # Ignore non-libtool-libs + dependency_libs= + case $lib in + *.la) func_source "$lib" ;; + esac + + # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library + # has declared as weak libs + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` + case " $weak_libs " in + *" $deplib_base "*) ;; + *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;; + esac + done + done + libs="$dlprefiles" + fi + if test "$pass" = dlopen; then + # Collect dlpreopened libraries + save_deplibs="$deplibs" + deplibs= + fi + + for deplib in $libs; do + lib= + found=no + case $deplib in + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib" + if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -l*) + if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then + func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" + continue + fi + func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + else + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + fi + for searchdir in $searchdirs; do + for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do + # Search the libtool library + lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" + if test -f "$lib"; then + if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then + found=yes + else + found=no + fi + break 2 + fi + done + done + if test "$found" != yes; then + # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + else # deplib is a libtool library + # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, + # We need to do some special things here, and not later. + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $deplib "*) + if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then + library_names= + old_library= + func_source "$lib" + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + ll="$l" + done + if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available + found=no + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir="$func_dirname_result" + lib=$ladir/$old_library + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + fi + fi + ;; + *) ;; + esac + fi + fi + ;; # -l + *.ltframework) + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -L*) + case $linkmode in + lib) + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$pass" = conv && continue + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" + ;; + prog) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + if test "$pass" = scan; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" + ;; + *) + func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" + ;; + esac # linkmode + continue + ;; # -L + -R*) + if test "$pass" = link; then + func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" + dir=$func_stripname_result + # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; + esac + fi + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + ;; + *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; + *.$libext) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + case $linkmode in + lib) + # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, + # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. + case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) + valid_a_lib=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \ + | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + valid_a_lib=yes + fi + ;; + pass_all) + valid_a_lib=yes + ;; + esac + if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." + $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + $ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" + $ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." + else + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" + $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + fi + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + prog) + if test "$pass" != link; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + continue + ;; + esac # linkmode + ;; # *.$libext + *.lo | *.$objext) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, + # we need to preload. + newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" + fi + fi + continue + ;; + %DEPLIBS%) + alldeplibs=yes + continue + ;; + esac # case $deplib + + if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : + else + func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" + fi + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ + || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir="$func_dirname_result" + + dlname= + dlopen= + dlpreopen= + libdir= + library_names= + old_library= + inherited_linker_flags= + # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, + # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink + installed=yes + shouldnotlink=no + avoidtemprpath= + + + # Read the .la file + func_source "$lib" + + # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" + if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then + tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` + for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do + case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; + *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; + esac + done + fi + dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || + test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || + { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then + test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" + test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" + fi + + if test "$pass" = conv; then + # Only check for convenience libraries + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + if test -z "$libdir"; then + if test -z "$old_library"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" + fi + # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. + convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" + fi + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" + done + continue + fi # $pass = conv + + + # Get the name of the library we link against. + linklib= + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + linklib="$l" + done + if test -z "$linklib"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" + fi + + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + if test "$pass" = dlopen; then + if test -z "$libdir"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" + fi + if test -z "$dlname" || + test "$dlopen_support" != yes || + test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking + # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any + # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't + # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. + dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs" + else + newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" + fi + continue + fi # $pass = dlopen + + # We need an absolute path. + case $ladir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; + *) + abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` + if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" + func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" + abs_ladir="$ladir" + fi + ;; + esac + func_basename "$lib" + laname="$func_basename_result" + + # Find the relevant object directory and library name. + if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then + if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." + dir="$ladir" + absdir="$abs_ladir" + libdir="$abs_ladir" + else + dir="$libdir" + absdir="$libdir" + fi + test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes + else + if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + dir="$ladir" + absdir="$abs_ladir" + # Remove this search path later + notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" + else + dir="$ladir/$objdir" + absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" + # Remove this search path later + notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" + fi + fi # $installed = yes + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" + name=$func_stripname_result + + # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then + if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then + func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" + fi + # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols + # are required to link). + if test -n "$old_library"; then + newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library" + # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. + elif test -n "$dlname"; then + newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" + else + newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" + fi + fi # $pass = dlpreopen + + if test -z "$libdir"; then + # Link the convenience library + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass + fi + continue + fi + + + if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then + newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + + linkalldeplibs=no + if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || + test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + linkalldeplibs=yes + fi + + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" + ;; + esac + # Need to link against all dependency_libs? + if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + # Need to hardcode shared library paths + # or/and link against static libraries + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" + done # for deplib + continue + fi # $linkmode = prog... + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + if test -n "$library_names" && + { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || + test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || + test -z "$old_library"; }; then + # We need to hardcode the library path + if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then + # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. + case "$temp_rpath:" in + *"$absdir:"*) ;; + *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;; + esac + fi + + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" + esac + ;; + esac + fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... + + if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && + { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || + { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && + test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then + # We only need to search for static libraries + continue + fi + fi + + link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically + use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs + if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then + use_static_libs=no + fi + if test -n "$library_names" && + { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) + # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded + notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" + need_relink=no + ;; + *) + if test "$installed" = no; then + notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" + need_relink=yes + fi + ;; + esac + # This is a shared library + + # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some + # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! + dlopenmodule="" + for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do + if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then + dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" + break + fi + done + if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then + $ECHO + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" + else + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" + fi + $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" + fi + if test "$linkmode" = lib && + test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" + esac + ;; + esac + fi + + if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then + # figure out the soname + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname="$1" + shift + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? + if test -n "$dlname"; then + soname="$dlname" + elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then + # bleh windows + case $host in + *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix="-$major" + ;; + esac + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname="$realname" + fi + + # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use + soroot="$soname" + func_basename "$soroot" + soname="$func_basename_result" + func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" + newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a + + # If the library has no export list, then create one now + if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : + else + func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Create $newlib + if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else + func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library + dir=$output_objdir + linklib=$newlib + fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" + + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + lib_linked=yes + case $hardcode_action in + immediate | unsupported) + if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then + add="$dir/$linklib" + case $host in + *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ + *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-darwin* ) + # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not + # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings + if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | + $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then + if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" + if test -z "$old_library" ; then + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" + $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" + else + add="$dir/$old_library" + fi + elif test -n "$old_library"; then + add="$dir/$old_library" + fi + fi + esac + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then + case $host in + *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; + esac + add_dir="-L$dir" + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then + add_shlibpath="$dir" + add="-l$name" + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + relink) + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && + test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then + add="$dir/$linklib" + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then + add_dir="-L$dir" + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + add_shlibpath="$dir" + add="-l$name" + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + *) lib_linked=no ;; + esac + + if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then + func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" + fi + + if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then + case :$compile_shlibpath: in + *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; + *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; + esac + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && + test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && + test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; + esac + fi + fi + fi + + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && + test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then + add="$libdir/$linklib" + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then + add_dir="-L$libdir" + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; + esac + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && + test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then + add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" + else + add="$libdir/$linklib" + fi + else + # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. + add_dir="-L$libdir" + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add="-l$name" + fi + + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + fi + fi + elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then + # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L + # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and + # shared platforms. + if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then + test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" + compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" + fi + elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Not a shared library + if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + # We're trying link a shared library against a static one + # but the system doesn't support it. + + # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so + # that the program can be linked against the static library. + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." + $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." + if test "$module" = yes; then + $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " + $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" + $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + else + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + link_static=yes + fi + fi # link shared/static library? + + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + if test -n "$dependency_libs" && + { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || + test "$build_old_libs" = yes || + test "$link_static" = yes; }; then + # Extract -R from dependency_libs + temp_deplibs= + for libdir in $dependency_libs; do + case $libdir in + -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" + temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result + case " $xrpath " in + *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; + *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; + esac;; + *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; + esac + done + dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" + fi + + newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" + # Link against this library + test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" + # ... and its dependency_libs + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" + done + + if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then + # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) path="$deplib" ;; + *.la) + func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + if test -z "$absdir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" + absdir="$dir" + fi + ;; + esac + if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + depdepl= + eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then + for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do + depdepl=$tmp + done + if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then + depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" + darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then + darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + fi + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" + linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" + path= + fi + fi + ;; + *) + path="-L$absdir/$objdir" + ;; + esac + else + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ + func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" + + path="-L$absdir" + fi + ;; + esac + case " $deplibs " in + *" $path "*) ;; + *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; + esac + done + fi # link_all_deplibs != no + fi # linkmode = lib + done # for deplib in $libs + if test "$pass" = link; then + if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then + compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" + else + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + fi + fi + dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then + # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries + for deplib in $save_deplibs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + done + fi + if test "$pass" != dlopen; then + if test "$pass" != conv; then + # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. + lib_search_path= + for dir in $newlib_search_path; do + case "$lib_search_path " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; + esac + done + newlib_search_path= + fi + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then + vars="deplibs" + else + vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" + fi + for var in $vars dependency_libs; do + # Add libraries to $var in reverse order + eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" + new_libs= + for deplib in $tmp_libs; do + # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so + # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally + # broken: + #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" + # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in + # practice: + case $deplib in + -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + -R*) ;; + *) + # And here is the reason: when a library appears more + # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or + # is implicitly linked in more than once by the + # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple + # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this + # with having the same library being listed as a + # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, + # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not + # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the + # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare + # enough that we require users that really mean to play + # such unportable linking tricks to link the library + # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it + # for duplicate removal. + case " $specialdeplibs " in + *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + *) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $new_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + done + eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" + done # for var + fi + # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs + # (they stay in deplibs) + tmp_libs= + for i in $dependency_libs ; do + case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in + *" $i "*) + i="" + ;; + esac + if test -n "$i" ; then + tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i" + fi + done + dependency_libs=$tmp_libs + done # for pass + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + fi + + case $linkmode in + oldlib) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ + func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + build_libtool_libs=no + oldlibs="$output" + objs="$objs$old_deplibs" + ;; + + lib) + # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. + case $outputname in + lib*) + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + ;; + *) + test "$module" = no && \ + func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" + + if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then + # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + else + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + libname=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + esac + + if test -n "$objs"; then + if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" + else + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" + $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" + libobjs="$libobjs $objs" + fi + fi + + test "$dlself" != no && \ + func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" + + set dummy $rpath + shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" + + install_libdir="$1" + + oldlibs= + if test -z "$rpath"; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Building a libtool convenience library. + # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so + # convenience libraries should have the same extension an + # archive normally would. + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" + build_libtool_libs=convenience + build_old_libs=yes + fi + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" + else + + # Parse the version information argument. + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' + set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 + shift + IFS="$save_ifs" + + test -n "$7" && \ + func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" + + # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages + # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts + # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible + + case $vinfo_number in + yes) + number_major="$1" + number_minor="$2" + number_revision="$3" + # + # There are really only two kinds -- those that + # use the current revision as the major version + # and those that subtract age and use age as + # a minor version. But, then there is irix + # which has an extra 1 added just for fun + # + case $version_type in + darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age="$number_minor" + revision="$number_revision" + ;; + freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos) + current="$number_major" + revision="$number_minor" + age="0" + ;; + irix|nonstopux) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age="$number_minor" + revision="$number_minor" + lt_irix_increment=no + ;; + esac + ;; + no) + current="$1" + revision="$2" + age="$3" + ;; + esac + + # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. + case $current in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $revision in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $age in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then + func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + fi + + # Calculate the version variables. + major= + versuffix= + verstring= + case $version_type in + none) ;; + + darwin) + # Like Linux, but with the current version available in + # verstring for coding it into the library header + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" + # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... + func_arith $current + 1 + minor_current=$func_arith_result + xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" + verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" + ;; + + freebsd-aout) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current.$revision"; + ;; + + freebsd-elf) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current" + ;; + + irix | nonstopux) + if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then + func_arith $current - $age + else + func_arith $current - $age + 1 + fi + major=$func_arith_result + + case $version_type in + nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; + *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; + esac + verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$revision + while test "$loop" -ne 0; do + func_arith $revision - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" + done + + # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. + major=.$major + versuffix="$major.$revision" + ;; + + linux) + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" + ;; + + osf) + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" + verstring="$current.$age.$revision" + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$age + while test "$loop" -ne 0; do + func_arith $current - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" + done + + # Make executables depend on our current version. + verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" + ;; + + qnx) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current" + ;; + + sunos) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current.$revision" + ;; + + windows) + # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one + # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix="-$major" + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" + ;; + esac + + # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. + if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then + major= + case $version_type in + darwin) + # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting + # problems, so we reset it completely + verstring= + ;; + *) + verstring="0.0" + ;; + esac + if test "$need_version" = no; then + versuffix= + else + versuffix=".0.0" + fi + fi + + # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided + if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then + major= + versuffix= + verstring="" + fi + + # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. + if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then + if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then + func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + fi + else + # Don't allow undefined symbols. + allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" + fi + + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" + libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + + if test "$mode" != relink; then + # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they + # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. + removelist= + tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` + for p in $tempremovelist; do + case $p in + *.$objext | *.gcno) + ;; + $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) + if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then + if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + continue + fi + fi + removelist="$removelist $p" + ;; + *) ;; + esac + done + test -n "$removelist" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" + fi + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then + oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + + # Transform .lo files to .o files. + oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + # Eliminate all temporary directories. + #for path in $notinst_path; do + # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"` + # deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"` + # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"` + #done + + if test -n "$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + temp_xrpath= + for libdir in $xrpath; do + temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; + esac + done + if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" + fi + fi + + # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened + old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" + dlfiles= + for lib in $old_dlfiles; do + case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; + esac + done + + # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files + old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" + dlprefiles= + for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do + case "$dlprefiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; + esac + done + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + if test -n "$rpath"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*) + # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework + deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework" + ;; + *-*-netbsd*) + # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + ;; + *) + # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. + if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then + deplibs="$deplibs -lc" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. + name_save=$name + libname_save=$libname + release_save=$release + versuffix_save=$versuffix + major_save=$major + # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think + # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to + # add it in twice. Is that correct? + release="" + versuffix="" + major="" + newdeplibs= + droppeddeps=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + pass_all) + # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. + # This might be a little naive. We might want to check + # whether the library exists or not. But this is on + # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just + # implementing what was already the behavior. + newdeplibs=$deplibs + ;; + test_compile) + # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its + # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it + # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check + # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. + $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c + cat > conftest.c </dev/null` + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + # Follow soft links. + if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | + $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then + continue + fi + # The statement above tries to avoid entering an + # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. + # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link + # loop can be closed while we follow links, + # but so what? + potlib="$potent_lib" + while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do + potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` + case $potliblink in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; + *) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; + esac + done + if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 10q | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + droppeddeps=yes + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib" ; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + for a_deplib in $deplibs; do + case $a_deplib in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $a_deplib "*) + newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test + if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \ + $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + droppeddeps=yes + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib" ; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + none | unknown | *) + newdeplibs="" + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \ + -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do + # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"` + done + fi + if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' | + $GREP . >/dev/null; then + $ECHO + if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." + else + $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." + fi + $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." + droppeddeps=yes + fi + ;; + esac + versuffix=$versuffix_save + major=$major_save + release=$release_save + libname=$libname_save + name=$name_save + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework + newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac + + if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then + if test "$module" = yes; then + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" + $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" + $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" + $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + else + $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" + $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" + $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." + + if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then + $ECHO + $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," + $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or" + $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," + $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + fi + fi + # Done checking deplibs! + deplibs=$newdeplibs + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac + + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + done + deplibs="$new_libs" + + # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). + library_names= + old_library= + dlname= + + # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then + # Hardcode the library paths + hardcode_libdirs= + dep_rpath= + rpath="$finalize_rpath" + test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" + for libdir in $rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then + eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\" + else + eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + rpath="$rpath$dir:" + done + eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" + fi + test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" + fi + + shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" + test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" + if test -n "$shlibpath"; then + eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" + fi + + # Get the real and link names of the library. + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname="$1" + shift + + if test -n "$soname_spec"; then + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname="$realname" + fi + if test -z "$dlname"; then + dlname=$soname + fi + + lib="$output_objdir/$realname" + linknames= + for link + do + linknames="$linknames $link" + done + + # Use standard objects if they are pic + test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + + delfiles= + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols" + fi + + orig_export_symbols= + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then + # exporting using user supplied symfile + if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then + # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out + # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag + # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. + # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare + # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the + # include_expsyms logic still works. + orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + export_symbols= + always_export_symbols=yes + fi + fi + ;; + esac + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + cmds=$export_symbols_cmds + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + func_len " $cmd" + len=$func_len_result + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + skipped_export=false + else + # The command line is too long to execute in one step. + func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." + skipped_export=: + # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be + # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. + break + fi + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + + tmp_deplibs= + for test_deplib in $deplibs; do + case " $convenience " in + *" $test_deplib "*) ;; + *) + tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" + ;; + esac + done + deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && + test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && + test -z "$libobjs"; then + # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. + # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + else + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated="$generated $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + fi + + if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then + eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" + linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" + fi + + # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking + if test "$mode" = relink; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? + fi + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" + cmds=$module_cmds + fi + else + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi + fi + + if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && + func_len " $test_cmds" && + len=$func_len_result && + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + : + else + # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise + # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker + # script. + + # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to + # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we + # want to use save_libobjs as it was before + # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't + # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. + # This may have to be revisited, in case too many + # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding + # the spec. + if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + fi + save_output=$output + output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` + + # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and + # initialize k to one. + test_cmds= + concat_cmds= + objlist= + last_robj= + k=1 + + if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript + func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" + $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + $ECHO "$obj" >> $output + done + $ECHO ')' >> $output + delfiles="$delfiles $output" + elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk + func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" + : > $output + set x $save_libobjs + shift + firstobj= + if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then + firstobj="$1 " + shift + fi + for obj + do + $ECHO "$obj" >> $output + done + delfiles="$delfiles $output" + output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\" + else + if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then + func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + + # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + if test "X$objlist" = X || + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + func_append objlist " $obj" + else + # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a + # command to the queue. + if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then + # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. + eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" + else + # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in + # the last one created. + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + func_arith $k + 1 + k=$func_arith_result + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + objlist=$obj + func_len " $last_robj" + func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + fi + done + # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last + # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object + # files will link in the last one created. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + delfiles="$delfiles $output" + + else + output= + fi + + if ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + libobjs=$output + # Append the command to create the export file. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + fi + + test -n "$save_libobjs" && + func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" + + # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $concat_cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$mode" = relink; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + + if ${skipped_export-false}; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + fi + + libobjs=$output + # Restore the value of output. + output=$save_output + + if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the + # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$module_cmds + fi + else + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$delfiles"; then + # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. + eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" + fi + + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated="$generated $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$mode" = relink; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$mode" = relink; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + # Create links to the real library. + for linkname in $linknames; do + if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then + func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' + fi + done + + # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. + if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then + # On all known operating systems, these are identical. + dlname="$soname" + fi + fi + ;; + + obj) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" + + case $output in + *.lo) + test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" + + libobj=$output + func_lo2o "$libobj" + obj=$func_lo2o_result + ;; + *) + libobj= + obj="$output" + ;; + esac + + # Delete the old objects. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj + + # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes + # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create + # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate + # the extraction. + reload_conv_objs= + gentop= + # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of + # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with + # turning comma into space.. + wl= + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" + reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'` + else + gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" + generated="$generated $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + fi + + # Create the old-style object. + reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test + + output="$obj" + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + + # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. + if test -z "$libobj"; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't + # accidentally link it into a program. + # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" + # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then + # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. + reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" + output="$libobj" + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + + prog) + case $host in + *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; + esac + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" + + test "$preload" = yes \ + && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ + && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ + && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ + func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac + + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors + # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). + if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in + 10.[0123]) + compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" + finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" + ;; + esac + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac + + + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $compile_deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + done + compile_deplibs="$new_libs" + + + compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" + finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" + + if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do + # This is the magic to use -rpath. + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; + esac + done + fi + + # Now hardcode the library paths + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + rpath="$rpath $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; + *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + compile_rpath="$rpath" + + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + rpath="$rpath $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + finalize_rpath="$rpath" + + if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. + compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" + + # template prelinking step + if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then + func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + wrappers_required=yes + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + wrappers_required=no + fi + ;; + *cegcc) + # Disable wrappers for cegcc, we are cross compiling anyway. + wrappers_required=no + ;; + *) + if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + wrappers_required=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then + # Replace the output file specification. + compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" + + # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. + exit_status=0 + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' + + # Delete the generated files. + if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' + fi + + exit $exit_status + fi + + if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then + compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" + fi + if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then + finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" + fi + + compile_var= + finalize_var= + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + rpath="$rpath$dir:" + done + compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " + fi + if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do + rpath="$rpath$dir:" + done + finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " + fi + fi + + if test "$no_install" = yes; then + # We don't need to create a wrapper script. + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + # Delete the old output file. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output + # Link the executable and exit + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then + # Fast installation is not supported + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" + + func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" + func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" + else + if test "$fast_install" != no; then + link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` + else + # fast_install is set to needless + relink_command= + fi + else + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" + fi + fi + + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` + + # Delete the old output files. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname + + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' + + # Now create the wrapper script. + func_verbose "creating $output" + + # Quote the relink command for shipping. + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + else + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" + fi + done + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + fi + + # Quote $ECHO for shipping. + if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then + case $progpath in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";; + *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";; + esac + qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + else + qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + fi + + # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. + $opt_dry_run || { + # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has + # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. + case $output in + *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result ;; + esac + # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions + case $host in + *cygwin*) + exeext=.exe + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" + outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; + *) exeext= ;; + esac + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." + output_name=$func_basename_result + output_path=$func_dirname_result + cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" + cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" + $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper + trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource + + # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, + # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- + # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be + # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. + $opt_dry_run || { + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource + $STRIP $cwrapper + } + + # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: + func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper + $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + $opt_dry_run || { + # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. + if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then + $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + fi + } + ;; + * ) + $RM $output + trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_wrapper no > $output + chmod +x $output + ;; + esac + } + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + esac + + # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. + for oldlib in $oldlibs; do + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then + oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" + addlibs="$convenience" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then + oldobjs="$libobjs_save" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" + if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then + oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj" + fi + fi + addlibs="$old_convenience" + fi + + if test -n "$addlibs"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated="$generated $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs + oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + + # Do each command in the archive commands. + if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds + else + + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated="$generated $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + + # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have + # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we + # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a + # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking + # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently + # not supported by libtool). + if (for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_basename_result" + done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated="$generated $gentop" + func_mkdir_p "$gentop" + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + counter=1 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + objbase="$func_basename_result" + case " $oldobjs " in + " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; + *[\ /]"$objbase "*) + while :; do + # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also + # overlaps. + newobj=lt$counter-$objbase + func_arith $counter + 1 + counter=$func_arith_result + case " $oldobjs " in + *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; + *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; + esac + done + func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" + oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj" + ;; + *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;; + esac + done + fi + eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + + func_len " $cmds" + len=$func_len_result + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + else + # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts + func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." + save_RANLIB=$RANLIB + RANLIB=: + objlist= + concat_cmds= + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + last_oldobj=$obj + done + eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + func_append objlist " $obj" + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + : + else + # the above command should be used before it gets too long + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + fi + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" + objlist= + len=$len0 + fi + done + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" + else + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" + fi + fi + fi + func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' + done + + test -n "$generated" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" + + # Now create the libtool archive. + case $output in + *.la) + old_library= + test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" + func_verbose "creating $output" + + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + else + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" + fi + done + # Quote the link command for shipping. + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then + relink_command= + fi + + # Only create the output if not a dry run. + $opt_dry_run || { + for installed in no yes; do + if test "$installed" = yes; then + if test -z "$install_libdir"; then + break + fi + output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i + # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones + newdependency_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + *.la) + func_basename "$deplib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name" + ;; + *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;; + esac + done + dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" + newdlfiles= + + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + func_basename "$lib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" + ;; + *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;; + esac + done + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for + # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we + # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into + # the library: + func_basename "$lib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" + ;; + esac + done + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + else + newdlfiles= + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs" + done + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs" + done + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + fi + $RM $output + # place dlname in correct position for cygwin + tdlname=$dlname + case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in + *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; + esac + $ECHO > $output "\ +# $outputname - a libtool library file +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# +# Please DO NOT delete this file! +# It is necessary for linking the library. + +# The name that we can dlopen(3). +dlname='$tdlname' + +# Names of this library. +library_names='$library_names' + +# The name of the static archive. +old_library='$old_library' + +# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. +inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' + +# Libraries that this one depends upon. +dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' + +# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library +weak_library_names='$weak_libs' + +# Version information for $libname. +current=$current +age=$age +revision=$revision + +# Is this an already installed library? +installed=$installed + +# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? +shouldnotlink=$module + +# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen +dlopen='$dlfiles' +dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' + +# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: +libdir='$install_libdir'" + if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then + $ECHO >> $output "\ +relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" + fi + done + } + + # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in + # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. + func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' + ;; + esac + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } && + func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_uninstall arg... +func_mode_uninstall () +{ + $opt_debug + RM="$nonopt" + files= + rmforce= + exit_status=0 + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic="$magic" + + for arg + do + case $arg in + -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; + -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;; + *) files="$files $arg" ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$RM" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" + + rmdirs= + + origobjdir="$objdir" + for file in $files; do + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + if test "X$dir" = X.; then + objdir="$origobjdir" + else + objdir="$dir/$origobjdir" + fi + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir" + + # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates + if test "$mode" = clean; then + case " $rmdirs " in + *" $objdir "*) ;; + *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; + esac + fi + + # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. + if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + test -f "$file"; then + : + elif test -d "$file"; then + exit_status=1 + continue + elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then + continue + fi + + rmfiles="$file" + + case $name in + *.la) + # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + func_source $dir/$name + + # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. + for n in $library_names; do + rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" + done + test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" + + case "$mode" in + clean) + case " $library_names " in + # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname + *" $dlname "*) ;; + *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;; + esac + test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" + ;; + uninstall) + if test -n "$library_names"; then + # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' + fi + + if test -n "$old_library"; then + # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' + fi + # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + *.lo) + # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + + # Read the .lo file + func_source $dir/$name + + # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. + if test -n "$pic_object" && + test "$pic_object" != none; then + rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object" + fi + + # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. + if test -n "$non_pic_object" && + test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *) + if test "$mode" = clean ; then + noexename=$name + case $file in + *.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" + noexename=$func_stripname_result + # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, + # add $file without .exe + rmfiles="$rmfiles $file" + ;; + esac + # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + relink_command= + func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + else + relink_command= + func_source $dir/$noexename + fi + + # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally + # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles + rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" + if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then + rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" + fi + if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then + rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c" + fi + fi + fi + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' + done + objdir="$origobjdir" + + # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files + for dir in $rmdirs; do + if test -d "$dir"; then + func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" + fi + done + + exit $exit_status +} + +{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } && + func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} + +test -z "$mode" && { + help="$generic_help" + func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" +} + +test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'" + +if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then + eval exec "$exec_cmd" + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +fi + +exit $exit_status + + +# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation +# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting +# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, +# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because +# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support +# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't +# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same +# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. +# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only +# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared +build_libtool_libs=no +build_old_libs=yes +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static +build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static + +# Local Variables: +# mode:shell-script +# sh-indentation:2 +# End: +# vi:sw=2 + diff --git a/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 b/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..402bb3e --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +dnl Do not call GNOME_DOC_DEFINES directly. It is split out from +dnl GNOME_DOC_INIT to allow gnome-doc-utils to bootstrap off itself. +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DOC_DEFINES], +[ +AC_ARG_WITH([help-dir], + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-help-dir=DIR], [path to help docs]),, + [with_help_dir='${datadir}/gnome/help']) +HELP_DIR="$with_help_dir" +AC_SUBST(HELP_DIR) + +AC_ARG_WITH([omf-dir], + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-omf-dir=DIR], [path to OMF files]),, + [with_omf_dir='${datadir}/omf']) +OMF_DIR="$with_omf_dir" +AC_SUBST(OMF_DIR) + +AC_ARG_WITH([help-formats], + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-help-formats=FORMATS], [list of formats]),, + [with_help_formats='']) +DOC_USER_FORMATS="$with_help_formats" +AC_SUBST(DOC_USER_FORMATS) + +AC_ARG_ENABLE([scrollkeeper], + [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-scrollkeeper], + [do not make updates to the scrollkeeper database])],, + enable_scrollkeeper=yes) +AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_SK],[test "$gdu_cv_have_gdu" = "yes" -a "$enable_scrollkeeper" = "yes"]) + +dnl disable scrollkeeper automatically for distcheck +DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS="--disable-scrollkeeper $DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS" +AC_SUBST(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) + +AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GNOME_DOC_UTILS],[test "$gdu_cv_have_gdu" = "yes"]) +]) + +# GNOME_DOC_INIT ([MINIMUM-VERSION],[ACTION-IF-FOUND],[ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) +# +AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DOC_INIT], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl + +ifelse([$1],,[gdu_cv_version_required=0.3.2],[gdu_cv_version_required=$1]) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required]) +PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required], + [gdu_cv_have_gdu=yes],[gdu_cv_have_gdu=no]) + +if test "$gdu_cv_have_gdu" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) + ifelse([$2],,[:],[$2]) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + ifelse([$3],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([gnome-doc-utils >= $gdu_cv_version_required not found])],[$3]) +fi + +GNOME_DOC_DEFINES +]) diff --git a/m4/intltool.m4 b/m4/intltool.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..122d773 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/intltool.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +## intltool.m4 - Configure intltool for the target system. -*-Shell-script-*- +## Copyright (C) 2001 Eazel, Inc. +## Author: Maciej Stachowiak +## Kenneth Christiansen +## +## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +## (at your option) any later version. +## +## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +## General Public License for more details. +## +## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +## +## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +dnl IT_PROG_INTLTOOL([MINIMUM-VERSION], [no-xml]) +# serial 40 IT_PROG_INTLTOOL +AC_DEFUN([IT_PROG_INTLTOOL], [ +AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl + +case "$am__api_version" in + 1.[01234]) + AC_MSG_ERROR([Automake 1.5 or newer is required to use intltool]) + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +if test -n "$1"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for intltool >= $1]) + + INTLTOOL_REQUIRED_VERSION_AS_INT=`echo $1 | awk -F. '{ print $ 1 * 1000 + $ 2 * 100 + $ 3; }'` + INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION=`intltool-update --version | head -1 | cut -d" " -f3` + [INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION_AS_INT=`echo $INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION | awk -F. '{ print $ 1 * 1000 + $ 2 * 100 + $ 3; }'` + ] + AC_MSG_RESULT([$INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION found]) + test "$INTLTOOL_APPLIED_VERSION_AS_INT" -ge "$INTLTOOL_REQUIRED_VERSION_AS_INT" || + AC_MSG_ERROR([Your intltool is too old. You need intltool $1 or later.]) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(INTLTOOL_UPDATE, [intltool-update]) +AC_PATH_PROG(INTLTOOL_MERGE, [intltool-merge]) +AC_PATH_PROG(INTLTOOL_EXTRACT, [intltool-extract]) +if test -z "$INTLTOOL_UPDATE" -o -z "$INTLTOOL_MERGE" -o -z "$INTLTOOL_EXTRACT"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([The intltool scripts were not found. Please install intltool.]) +fi + + INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE='%.desktop: %.desktop.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' +INTLTOOL_DIRECTORY_RULE='%.directory: %.directory.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_KEYS_RULE='%.keys: %.keys.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -k -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_PROP_RULE='%.prop: %.prop.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_OAF_RULE='%.oaf: %.oaf.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -o -p $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_PONG_RULE='%.pong: %.pong.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_SERVER_RULE='%.server: %.server.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -o -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_SHEET_RULE='%.sheet: %.sheet.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' +INTLTOOL_SOUNDLIST_RULE='%.soundlist: %.soundlist.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_UI_RULE='%.ui: %.ui.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_XML_RULE='%.xml: %.xml.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_XML_NOMERGE_RULE='%.xml: %.xml.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u /tmp $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_XAM_RULE='%.xam: %.xml.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_KBD_RULE='%.kbd: %.kbd.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -m -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_CAVES_RULE='%.caves: %.caves.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE='%.schemas: %.schemas.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -s -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_THEME_RULE='%.theme: %.theme.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_SERVICE_RULE='%.service: %.service.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -d -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + INTLTOOL_POLICY_RULE='%.policy: %.policy.in $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) $(wildcard $(top_srcdir)/po/*.po) ; LC_ALL=C $(INTLTOOL_MERGE) -x -u -c $(top_builddir)/po/.intltool-merge-cache $(top_srcdir)/po $< [$]@' + +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_DIRECTORY_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_KEYS_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_PROP_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_OAF_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_PONG_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_SERVER_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_SHEET_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_SOUNDLIST_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_UI_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_XAM_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_KBD_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_XML_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_XML_NOMERGE_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_CAVES_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_SCHEMAS_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_THEME_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_SERVICE_RULE) +_IT_SUBST(INTLTOOL_POLICY_RULE) + +# Check the gettext tools to make sure they are GNU +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge) +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt) +AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" -o -z "$MSGMERGE" -o -z "$MSGFMT"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU gettext tools not found; required for intltool]) +fi +xgversion="`$XGETTEXT --version|grep '(GNU ' 2> /dev/null`" +mmversion="`$MSGMERGE --version|grep '(GNU ' 2> /dev/null`" +mfversion="`$MSGFMT --version|grep '(GNU ' 2> /dev/null`" +if test -z "$xgversion" -o -z "$mmversion" -o -z "$mfversion"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU gettext tools not found; required for intltool]) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(INTLTOOL_PERL, perl) +if test -z "$INTLTOOL_PERL"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([perl not found]) +fi +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for perl >= 5.8.1]) +$INTLTOOL_PERL -e "use 5.8.1;" > /dev/null 2>&1 +if test $? -ne 0; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([perl 5.8.1 is required for intltool]) +else + IT_PERL_VERSION="`$INTLTOOL_PERL -e \"printf '%vd', $^V\"`" + AC_MSG_RESULT([$IT_PERL_VERSION]) +fi +if test "x$2" != "xno-xml"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for XML::Parser]) + if `$INTLTOOL_PERL -e "require XML::Parser" 2>/dev/null`; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([ok]) + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([XML::Parser perl module is required for intltool]) + fi +fi + +# Substitute ALL_LINGUAS so we can use it in po/Makefile +AC_SUBST(ALL_LINGUAS) + +# Set DATADIRNAME correctly if it is not set yet +# (copied from glib-gettext.m4) +if test -z "$DATADIRNAME"; then + AC_LINK_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], + [[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + return _nl_msg_cat_cntr]])], + [DATADIRNAME=share], + [case $host in + *-*-solaris*) + dnl On Solaris, if bind_textdomain_codeset is in libc, + dnl GNU format message catalog is always supported, + dnl since both are added to the libc all together. + dnl Hence, we'd like to go with DATADIRNAME=share + dnl in this case. + AC_CHECK_FUNC(bind_textdomain_codeset, + [DATADIRNAME=share], [DATADIRNAME=lib]) + ;; + *) + [DATADIRNAME=lib] + ;; + esac]) +fi +AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) + +IT_PO_SUBDIR([po]) + +]) + + +# IT_PO_SUBDIR(DIRNAME) +# --------------------- +# All po subdirs have to be declared with this macro; the subdir "po" is +# declared by IT_PROG_INTLTOOL. +# +AC_DEFUN([IT_PO_SUBDIR], +[AC_PREREQ([2.53])dnl We use ac_top_srcdir inside AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS. +dnl +dnl The following CONFIG_COMMANDS should be exetuted at the very end +dnl of config.status. +AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([ + AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([$1/stamp-it], [ + if [ ! grep "^# INTLTOOL_MAKEFILE$" "$1/Makefile.in" > /dev/null ]; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([$1/Makefile.in.in was not created by intltoolize.]) + fi + rm -f "$1/stamp-it" "$1/stamp-it.tmp" "$1/POTFILES" "$1/Makefile.tmp" + >"$1/stamp-it.tmp" + [sed '/^#/d + s/^[[].*] *// + /^[ ]*$/d + '"s|^| $ac_top_srcdir/|" \ + "$srcdir/$1/POTFILES.in" | sed '$!s/$/ \\/' >"$1/POTFILES" + ] + [sed '/^POTFILES =/,/[^\\]$/ { + /^POTFILES =/!d + r $1/POTFILES + } + ' "$1/Makefile.in" >"$1/Makefile"] + rm -f "$1/Makefile.tmp" + mv "$1/stamp-it.tmp" "$1/stamp-it" + ]) +])dnl +]) + +# _IT_SUBST(VARIABLE) +# ------------------- +# Abstract macro to do either _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE or AC_SUBST +# +AC_DEFUN([_IT_SUBST], +[ +AC_SUBST([$1]) +m4_ifdef([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1])]) +] +) + +# deprecated macros +AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_INTLTOOL], [IT_PROG_INTLTOOL]) +# A hint is needed for aclocal from Automake <= 1.9.4: +# AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INTLTOOL], ...) + diff --git a/m4/libtool.m4 b/m4/libtool.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..671cde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/libtool.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,7360 @@ +# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*- +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +]) + +# serial 56 LT_INIT + + +# LT_PREREQ(VERSION) +# ------------------ +# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION. +m4_defun([LT_PREREQ], +[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1, + [m4_default([$3], + [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required], + 63)])], + [$2])]) + + +# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR +# ------------------ +# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR], +[case `pwd` in + *\ * | *\ *) + AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;; +esac +]) + + +# LT_INIT([OPTIONS]) +# ------------------ +AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT], +[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT +AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl +AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl +AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl + +dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default: +m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl +m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl +dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4 +dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro: +AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl +m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl + +dnl Parse OPTIONS +_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) + +# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed +LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" + +# Always use our own libtool. +LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' +AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl + +_LT_SETUP + +# Only expand once: +m4_define([LT_INIT]) +])# LT_INIT + +# Old names: +AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) +AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) + + +# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) +# ------------------- +# Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. +m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME], +[for cc_temp in $1""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` +]) + + +# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS +# ---------------------- +# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set +# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'. +m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS], +[: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} +])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS + + +# _LT_SETUP +# --------- +m4_defun([_LT_SETUP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl +dnl +_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl +dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl +dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl +test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" +_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl +dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl +_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl +dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl + +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ +# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our +# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. +if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi +]) +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + +_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR + +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some + # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems + # vanish in a puff of smoke. + if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES + fi + ;; +esac + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a +# double_quote_subst'ed string. +delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. +delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' + +# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions +no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' + +# Global variables: +ofile=libtool +can_build_shared=yes + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a + +with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" + +old_CC="$CC" +old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + +# Set sane defaults for various variables +test -z "$CC" && CC=cc +test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC +test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS +test -z "$LD" && LD=ld +test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o + +_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + +# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it +test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file +case $deplibs_check_method in +file_magic*) + if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then + _LT_PATH_MAGIC + fi + ;; +esac + +# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script +LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC]) +_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG +_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG +_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS +])# _LT_SETUP + + +# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN +# --------------- +# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status' +# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool. Notably, +# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake, +# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], +[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir']) +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" +])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN + + +## ------------------------------------- ## +## Accumulate code for creating libtool. ## +## ------------------------------------- ## + +# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional +# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS +# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool' +# label. + + +# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS]) +# ---------------------------------------- +# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. +m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT], +[m4_ifval([$1], + [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT], + [$1 +])])]) + +# Initialize. +m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS]) +# ------------------------------ +# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. +m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL], +[m4_ifval([$1], + [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], + [$1 +])])]) + +# Initialize. +m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS]) +# ----------------------------------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS], +[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1]) +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2]) +]) + + +# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT]) +# ----------------------------- +# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing +# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already. +m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT], +[m4_ifval([$1], [ +m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])], + [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.]) +)]) + + + +## ------------------------ ## +## FIXME: Eliminate VARNAME ## +## ------------------------ ## + + +# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?]) +# ------------------------------------------------------------------- +# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script. +# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script. +# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on +# VARNAME. Any other value will be used directly. +m4_define([_LT_DECL], +[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ], + [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name], + [m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])]) + lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3]) + m4_ifval([$4], + [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])]) + lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], + [tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])]) +]) + + +# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION]) +# -------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])]) + + +# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# ------------------------------------------------ +m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames], +[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)]) + + +# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..]) +# --------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([_lt_decl_filter], +[m4_case([$#], + [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])], + [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])], + [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)], + [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)], + [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl +]) + + +# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# -------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames], +[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)]) + + +# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# --------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames], +[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)]) + + +# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# --------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged], +[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl +_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), + m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]), + m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))]) +m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged], +[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])]) + + +# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# ------------------------------------------------ +m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames], +[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), + m4_if([$2], [], + m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames), + m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl +]) +m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames], +[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1], + lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl +]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME]) +# ------------------------------------ +# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its +# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'. VARNAME +# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work. +m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE], +[$1='`$ECHO "X$][$1" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`']) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS +# ------------------------------ +# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when +# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all +# embedded single quotes properly. In configure, this macro expands +# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into: +# +# ='`$ECHO "X$" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS], +[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames), + [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) + + +# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS +# ---------------- +# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script +m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS], +[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl +available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl +]) + + +# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG]) +# ----------------------------------- +# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and +# expand to a commented shell variable setting: +# +# # Some comment about what VAR is for. +# visible_name=$lt_internal_name +m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE], +[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], + [description])))[]dnl +m4_pushdef([_libtool_name], + m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl +m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])), + [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1], + [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], + [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], + [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl +m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl +]) + + +# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS +# ----------------------- +# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables +# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool' +# script. Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG +# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS. +m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS], +[m4_foreach([_lt_var], + m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)), + [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) + + +# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG) +# ------------------------- +m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS], +[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames), + [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])]) + + +# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) +# ------------------------------ +m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS +# ------------------- +# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS. Thanks to the lists of +# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls +# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations +# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in +# for loops in `config.status'. Finally, any additional code accumulated +# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded. +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS], +[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT], + dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT, + dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status, + dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it + dnl needs to know what name is stored there: + [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], + [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])], + dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status, + dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now: + [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], + [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])]) +])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS + + +# Initialize. +m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT], +[ + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' +delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' +_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS +LTCC='$LTCC' +LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' +compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' + +# Quote evaled strings. +for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ +]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Double-quote double-evaled strings. +for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ +]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in + *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules. +case \$lt_ECHO in +*'\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"')dnl " + lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"\[$]/\[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'\` + ;; +esac + +_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT +]) + + +# LT_OUTPUT +# --------- +# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before +# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation +# tests. +AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT], +[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt} +AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT]) +cat >"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration. + +lt_cl_silent=false +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF +AS_SHELL_SANITIZE +_AS_PREPARE + +exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1 +exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log +{ + echo + AS_BOX([Running $as_me.]) +} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + +lt_cl_help="\ +\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration, +for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is +generated. + +Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]] + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number, then exit + -q, --quiet do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + +Report bugs to ." + +lt_cl_version="\ +m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl +m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION]) +configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING. + +Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it." + +while test $[#] != 0 +do + case $[1] in + --version | --v* | -V ) + echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;; + --debug | --d* | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q ) + lt_cl_silent=: ;; + + -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1] +Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; + + *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1] +Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; + esac + shift +done + +if $lt_cl_silent; then + exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null +fi +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF +_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF +AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile]) +_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS +AS_EXIT(0) +_LTEOF +chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT" + +# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection, +# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept +# open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing +# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + lt_cl_success=: + test "$silent" = yes && + lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet" + exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null + $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false + exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log + $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1) +fi +])# LT_OUTPUT + + +# _LT_CONFIG(TAG) +# --------------- +# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a +# default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise add code +# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the +# matching tagged config vars. +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([ + m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl + m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [ + # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our + # commands through without removal of \ escapes. + if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST + fi + + cfgfile="${ofile}T" + trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 + $RM "$cfgfile" + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +#! $SHELL + +# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +_LT_COPYING +_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG +_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS +_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + +_LT_EOF + + case $host_os in + aix3*) + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some +# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems +# vanish in a puff of smoke. +if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES +fi +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + _LT_PROG_LTMAIN + + # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if + # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in + # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem + # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? + sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS + + sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || + (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") + chmod +x "$ofile" +], +[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile" + +dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded +dnl in a comment (ie after a #). +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 +_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG) +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 +_LT_EOF +])dnl /m4_if +], +[m4_if([$1], [], [ + PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' + VERSION='$VERSION' + TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' + RM='$RM' + ofile='$ofile'], []) +])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS +])# _LT_CONFIG + + +# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG) +# --------------------- +# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool +# --tag option, using: +# autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1' +AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], []) + + +# C support is built-in for now +m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], []) +m4_define([_LT_TAGS], []) + + +# LT_LANG(LANG) +# ------------- +# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled. +AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG], +[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl +m4_case([$1], + [C], [_LT_LANG(C)], + [C++], [_LT_LANG(CXX)], + [Java], [_LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [Fortran 77], [_LT_LANG(F77)], + [Fortran], [_LT_LANG(FC)], + [Windows Resource], [_LT_LANG(RC)], + [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG], + [_LT_LANG($1)], + [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl +])# LT_LANG + + +# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME) +# ------------------ +m4_defun([_LT_LANG], +[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [], + [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl + m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl + m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl + _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl +])# _LT_LANG + + +# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG +# ----------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG], +[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], + [LT_LANG(CXX)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], + [LT_LANG(F77)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC], + [LT_LANG(FC)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])]) + +dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal +dnl pulling things in needlessly. +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], + [LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], + [LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ], + [LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) + m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) + m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC], + [LT_LANG(RC)], + [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])]) +])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG + +# Obsolete macros: +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], []) + + +# _LT_TAG_COMPILER +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + +_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl +_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl +_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl +_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC +])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + +# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +# ------------------------ +# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with +# the simple compiler test code. +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM conftest* +])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + + +# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE +# ---------------------- +# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with +# the simple link test code. +m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM -r conftest* +])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS +# ------------------------- +m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[ + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin*) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:]) + _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1], + [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1], + [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1], + [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1], + [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1], + [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod], + [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no + if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then + # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override + # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE + # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the + # link flags. + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ +-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ + -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + rm -f conftest.* + fi]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + echo "_main" > conftest.sym + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" + AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no]) + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + ]) + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin1.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin*) # darwin 5.x on + # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults + # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment + # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in + 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + 10.[[012]]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + 10.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' + fi + if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' + else + _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' + fi + if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then + _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' + else + _lt_dsymutil= + fi + ;; + esac +]) + + +# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES +# -------------------------- +# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin +m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES], +[ + m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS]) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" + case $cc_basename in + ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; + *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; + esac + if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then + output_verbose_link_cmd=echo + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + m4_if([$1], [CXX], +[ if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + fi +],[]) + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi +]) + +# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX +# ----------------------- +# Links a minimal program and checks the executable +# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, +# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used +# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. +# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according +# to the aix ld manual. +m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[ +lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ + p + } + }' +aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` +fi],[]) +if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi +])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX + + +# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG) +# ------------------- +m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT], +[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE], + [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)], + [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)]) +$1 +AC_DIVERT_POP +])# _LT_SHELL_INIT + + +# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH +# ----------------------- +# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which +# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], +[_LT_SHELL_INIT([ +# Check that we are running under the correct shell. +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +case X$lt_ECHO in +X*--fallback-echo) + # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). + ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','` + ;; +esac + +ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo} +if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then + # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. + shift +elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over + : +elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then + # Yippee, $ECHO works! + : +else + # Restart under the correct shell. + exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} +fi + +if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then + # used as fallback echo + shift + cat <<_LT_EOF +[$]* +_LT_EOF + exit 0 +fi + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then + if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then + # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it + for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do + # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... + if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null && + { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null + then + break + fi + done + fi + + if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + : + else + # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote + # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using + # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' + # + # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. + + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && + test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + ECHO="$dir/echo" + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + + if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then + # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. + if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. + ECHO='print -r' + elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } && + test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then + # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. + ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL + CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} + else + # Try using printf. + ECHO='printf %s\n' + if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + # Cool, printf works + : + elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL + export CONFIG_SHELL + SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" + export SHELL + ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" + elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && + echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && + test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then + ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" + else + # maybe with a smaller string... + prev=: + + for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do + if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null + then + break + fi + prev="$cmd" + done + + if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then + echo_test_string=`eval $prev` + export echo_test_string + exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"} + else + # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. + ECHO=echo + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi +fi + +# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from +# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. +lt_ECHO=$ECHO +if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then + lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo" +fi + +AC_SUBST(lt_ECHO) +]) +_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts]) +_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], + [An echo program that does not interpret backslashes]) +])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH + + +# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK +# --------------- +m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK], +[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], + [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) +test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes + +# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good +# libtool support. +case $host in +ia64-*-hpux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *ELF-32*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" + ;; + *ELF-64*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +*-*-irix6*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" + ;; + esac + else + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -32" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -n32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + ;; + esac + fi + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ +s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *32-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" + ;; + ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" + ;; + s390x-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" + ;; + sparc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + *64-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" + ;; + s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" + ;; + sparc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +*-*-sco3.2v5*) + # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. + SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, + [AC_LANG_PUSH(C) + AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) + AC_LANG_POP]) + if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then + # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf + CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" + fi + ;; +sparc*-*solaris*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *64-bit*) + case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in + yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; + *) + if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +esac + +need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" +])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK + + +# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE +# ------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false) +test -z "$AR" && AR=ar +test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru +_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver]) +_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1]) + +AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) +test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: +_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program]) + +AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) +test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: +_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1], + [Commands used to install an old-style archive]) + +# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. +old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' +old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' +old_postuninstall_cmds= + +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd*) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" + ;; + *) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" + ;; + esac + old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" +fi +_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2]) +_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2], + [Commands used to build an old-style archive]) +])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE + + +# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, +# [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) +# ---------------------------------------------------------------- +# Check whether the given compiler option works +AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], + [$2=no + m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="$3" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + $2=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* +]) + +if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then + m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) +else + m4_if([$6], , :, [$6]) +fi +])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], []) + + +# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, +# [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) +# ---------------------------------------------------- +# Check whether the given linker option works +AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], + [$2=no + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3" + echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then + # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + if test -s conftest.err; then + # Append any errors to the config.log. + cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + $2=yes + fi + else + $2=yes + fi + fi + $RM -r conftest* + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" +]) + +if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then + m4_if([$4], , :, [$4]) +else + m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) +fi +])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], []) + + +# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN +#--------------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +# find the maximum length of command line arguments +AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments]) +AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl + i=0 + teststring="ABCD" + + case $build_os in + msdosdjgpp*) + # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc + # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun + # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this + # check would be larger than it should be. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right + ;; + + gnu*) + # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is + # no limit to the length of command line arguments. + # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes + # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. + # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, + # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience + # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). + # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by + # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + amigaos*) + # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. + # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) + # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. + if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs + fi + # And add a safety zone + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + ;; + + interix*) + # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 + ;; + + osf*) + # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure + # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not + # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. + # First set a reasonable default. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 + # + if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then + case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in + *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; + esac + fi + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 + ;; + sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) + kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` + if test -n "$kargmax"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 + fi + ;; + *) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` + if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + else + # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. + # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} + # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a + # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but + # we can't tell. + while { test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ + = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough + do + i=`expr $i + 1` + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + # Only check the string length outside the loop. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` + teststring= + # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on + # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the + # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` + fi + ;; + esac +]) +if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(none) +fi +max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len +_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0], + [What is the maximum length of a command?]) +])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], []) + + +# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN], +[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl +])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN + + +# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, +# ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) +# ---------------------------------------------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], +[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + [$4] +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +[#line __oline__ "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +void fnord() { int i=42;} +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +}] +_LT_EOF + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + $3 + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* +])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF + + +# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF +# ------------------ +AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF], +[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl +if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then + enable_dlopen=unknown + enable_dlopen_self=unknown + enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown +else + lt_cv_dlopen=no + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + + case $host_os in + beos*) + lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + ;; + + mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + cygwin*) + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + darwin*) + # if libdl is installed we need to link against it + AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], + [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[ + lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + ]) + ;; + + *) + AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], + [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"], + [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], + [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"], + [AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], + [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"], + [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], + [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"], + [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], + [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"], + [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], + [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"]) + ]) + ]) + ]) + ]) + ]) + ;; + esac + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then + enable_dlopen=yes + else + enable_dlopen=no + fi + + case $lt_cv_dlopen in + dlopen) + save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" + + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + + save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself], + lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl + _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, + lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross) + ]) + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself], + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl + _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross) + ]) + fi + + CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + LIBS="$save_LIBS" + ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; + esac +fi +_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0], + [Whether dlopen is supported]) +_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0], + [Whether dlopen of programs is supported]) +_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0], + [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported]) +])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], []) + + +# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME]) +# --------------------------- +# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler. +# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O. +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* +]) +_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1], + [Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O + + +# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) +# ---------------------------------- +# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS], +[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1]) + +hard_links="nottested" +if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then + # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links]) + hard_links=yes + $RM conftest* + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + touch conftest.a + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links]) + if test "$hard_links" = no; then + AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe]) + need_locks=warn + fi +else + need_locks=no +fi +_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS + + +# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR], +[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir], +[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null +mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null +if test -d .libs; then + lt_cv_objdir=.libs +else + # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. + lt_cv_objdir=_libs +fi +rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null]) +objdir=$lt_cv_objdir +_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0], + [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl +m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/", + [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.]) +])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR + + +# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) +# -------------------------------------- +# Check hardcoding attributes. +m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs]) +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= +if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || + test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || + test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then + + # We can hardcode non-existent directories. + if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && + # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we + # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library + # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one + ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && + test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then + # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink + else + # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate + fi +else + # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing + # directories. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) + +if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink || + test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then + # Fast installation is not supported + enable_fast_install=no +elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || + test "$enable_shared" = no; then + # Fast installation is not necessary + enable_fast_install=needless +fi +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0], + [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable]) +])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH + + +# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) +striplib= +old_striplib= +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible]) +if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then + test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" + test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) +else +# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough + case $host_os in + darwin*) + if test -n "$STRIP" ; then + striplib="$STRIP -x" + old_striplib="$STRIP -S" + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + fi + ;; + *) + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + ;; + esac +fi +_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1]) +])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB + + +# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG]) +# ----------------------------- +# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics +m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) +m4_if([$1], + [], [ +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in + darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; + *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; + esac + lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` + if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then + # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator + # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is + # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should + # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it + # and add multilib dir if necessary. + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= + lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` + for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do + if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" + else + test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" + fi + done + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' +BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { + lt_foo=""; + lt_count=0; + for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { + if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { + if ($lt_i == "..") { + lt_count++; + } else { + if (lt_count == 0) { + lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; + } else { + lt_count--; + } + } + } + } + if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; } + if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; } +}'` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec` +else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" +fi]) +library_names_spec= +libname_spec='lib$name' +soname_spec= +shrext_cmds=".so" +postinstall_cmds= +postuninstall_cmds= +finish_cmds= +finish_eval= +shlibpath_var= +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown +version_type=none +dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" +need_lib_prefix=unknown +hardcode_into_libs=no + +# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version +# flags to be left without arguments +need_version=unknown + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + + # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + +aix[[4-9]]*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 supports IA64 + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + else + # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file + # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with + # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to + # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in + # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. + case $host_os in + aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*) + if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' + echo ' yes ' + echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then + : + else + can_build_shared=no + fi + ;; + esac + # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct + # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to + # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so + # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not + # typical AIX shared libraries. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + else + # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 + # and later when we are not doing run time linking. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + fi + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + fi + ;; + +amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. + # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' + # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. + finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' + ;; + esac + ;; + +beos*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' + dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" + shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +bsdi[[45]]*) + version_type=linux + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" + # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and + # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow + # libtool to hard-code these into programs + ;; + +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + version_type=windows + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + + case $GCC,$host_os in + yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*) + library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' + # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds + postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ + test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ + $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ + chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ + if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then + eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; + fi' + postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ + $RM \$dlpath' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + + case $host_os in + cygwin*) + # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' + soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" + ;; + mingw* | cegcc*) + # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix + soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` + if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then + # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by + # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search + # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the + # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, + # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, + # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + ;; + pw32*) + # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' + library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + ;; + esac + ;; + + *) + library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' + ;; + esac + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' + # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in + shlibpath_var=PATH + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" + version_type=darwin + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH + shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' +m4_if([$1], [],[ + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"]) + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' + ;; + +dgux*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +freebsd1*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new + # versioning mechanism, adjust this. + if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then + objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` + else + case $host_os in + freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;; + *) objformat=elf ;; + esac + fi + version_type=freebsd-$objformat + case $version_type in + freebsd-elf*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + freebsd-*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' + need_version=yes + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_os in + freebsd2*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \ + freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + +gnu*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to + # link against other versions. + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + shrext_cmds='.so' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + *) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + esac + # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. + postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' + ;; + +interix[[3-9]]*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $host_os in + nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; + *) + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + version_type=linux + else + version_type=irix + fi ;; + esac + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + case $host_os in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") + libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") + libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") + libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; + esac + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. +linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +# This must be Linux ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + save_libdir=$libdir + eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \ + LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\"" + AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], + [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null], + [shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])]) + LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS + libdir=$save_libdir + + # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. + # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install + # before this can be enabled. + hardcode_into_libs=yes + + # Add ABI-specific directories to the system library path. + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib64 /usr/lib64 /lib /usr/lib" + + # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec $lt_ld_extra" + fi + + # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on + # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the + # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, + # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and + # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we + # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. + dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' + ;; + +netbsd*) + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' + else + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' + fi + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +newsos6) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + version_type=qnx + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' + ;; + +openbsd*) + version_type=sunos + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" + need_lib_prefix=no + # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. + case $host_os in + openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; + *) need_version=no ;; + esac + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + ;; + *) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + esac + else + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + fi + ;; + +os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_lib_prefix=no + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' + dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + version_type=osf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" + ;; + +rdos*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +solaris*) + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + # ldd complains unless libraries are executable + postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' + ;; + +sunos4*) + version_type=sunos + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + need_lib_prefix=no + fi + need_version=yes + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_vendor in + sni) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + need_lib_prefix=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + ;; + siemens) + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + motorola) + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' + ;; + esac + ;; + +sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + fi + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + version_type=freebsd-elf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' + case $host_os in + sco3.2v5*) + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" + ;; + esac + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' + ;; + +tpf*) + # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. + version_type=linux + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +uts4*) + version_type=linux + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; +esac +AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker]) +test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no + +variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" +fi + +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" +fi +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" +fi + +_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1], + [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and + restored at link time]) +_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0], + [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?]) +_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?]) +_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type]) +_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0], [Shared library runtime path variable]) +_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable]) +_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0], + [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?]) +_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix]) +_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1], + [[List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. + The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]]) +_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1], + [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]]) +_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2], + [Command to use after installation of a shared archive]) +_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2], + [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive]) +_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2], + [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory]) +_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1], + [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but + not shown]]) +_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0], + [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2], + [Compile-time system search path for libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2], + [Run-time system search path for libraries]) +])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER + + +# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL) +# -------------------------- +# find a file program which can recognize shared library +AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, +[case $MAGIC_CMD in +[[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. +dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, +dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. + ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac]) +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0], + [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl +])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], []) + + +# _LT_PATH_MAGIC +# -------------- +# find a file program which can recognize a shared library +m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC], +[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) +if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) + else + MAGIC_CMD=: + fi +fi +])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC + + +# LT_PATH_LD +# ---------- +# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker +AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl + +AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], + [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], + [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], + [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl + +ac_prog=ld +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC]) + case $host in + *-*-mingw*) + # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; + *) + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; + esac + case $ac_prog in + # Accept absolute paths. + [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) + re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' + # Canonicalize the pathname of ld + ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + done + test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" + ;; + "") + # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. + ac_prog=ld + ;; + *) + # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. + with_gnu_ld=unknown + ;; + esac +elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) +else + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) +fi +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD, +[if test -z "$LD"; then + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then + lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" + # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, + # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. + # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. + case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &1 /dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + fi + ;; + +cegcc) + # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + case $host_cpu in + i*86 ) + # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. + # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` + ;; + esac + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + fi + ;; + +gnu*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +hpux10.20* | hpux11*) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'] + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl + ;; + *) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + +interix[[3-9]]*) + # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$' + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libmagic=never-match;; + esac + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +# This must be Linux ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +newos6*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +openbsd*) + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +rdos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +solaris*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + case $host_vendor in + motorola) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` + ;; + ncr) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + sequent) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' + ;; + sni) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib" + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so + ;; + siemens) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + pc) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + esac + ;; + +tpf*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; +esac +]) +file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd +deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method +test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown + +_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1], + [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects]) +_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1], + [Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic"]) +])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD + + +# LT_PATH_NM +# ---------- +# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister +AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM, +[if test -n "$NM"; then + # Let the user override the test. + lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" +else + lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then + lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" + fi + for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" + if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then + # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. + # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: + # nm: unknown option "B" ignored + # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file + case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" + break + ;; + *) + case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" + break + ;; + *) + lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but + continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + done + : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} +fi]) +if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then + NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" +else + # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. + AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, ["dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"], :) + AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN]) + if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then + NM="$DUMPBIN" + fi +fi +test -z "$NM" && NM=nm +AC_SUBST([NM]) +_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface], + [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" + echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" + fi + rm -f conftest*]) +])# LT_PATH_NM + +# Old names: +AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) +AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], []) + + +# LT_LIB_M +# -------- +# check for math library +AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +LIBM= +case $host in +*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) + # These system don't have libm, or don't need it + ;; +*-ncr-sysv4.3*) + AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw") + AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm") + ;; +*) + AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm") + ;; +esac +AC_SUBST([LIBM]) +])# LT_LIB_M + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], []) + + +# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) +# ------------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], +[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl + +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' + + _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, + [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) +fi +_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1], + [Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI + + +# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS +# ---------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl + +# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. +AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) +AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], +[ +# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. +# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] + +# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. +symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' + +# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. +sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' + +# Define system-specific variables. +case $host_os in +aix*) + symcode='[[BCDT]]' + ;; +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' + ;; +hpux*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' + fi + ;; +irix* | nonstopux*) + symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' + ;; +osf*) + symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' + ;; +solaris*) + symcode='[[BDRT]]' + ;; +sco3.2v5*) + symcode='[[DT]]' + ;; +sysv4.2uw2*) + symcode='[[DT]]' + ;; +sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + symcode='[[ABDT]]' + ;; +sysv4) + symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' + ;; +esac + +# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. +case `$NM -V 2>&1` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; +esac + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. +# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, +# so use this general approach. +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" + +# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain +opt_cr= +case $build_os in +mingw*) + opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp + ;; +esac + +# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. +for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do + + # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. + symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" + + # Write the raw and C identifiers. + if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function + # and D for any global variable. + # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, + # which start with @ or ?. + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\ +" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ +" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ +" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ +" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ +" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ +" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ +" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ +" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ +" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ +" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]" + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" + fi + + # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. + pipe_works=no + + rm -f conftest* + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +char nm_test_var; +void nm_test_func(void); +void nm_test_func(void){} +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} +_LT_EOF + + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + # Now try to grab the symbols. + nlist=conftest.nm + if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then + mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" + else + rm -f "$nlist"T + fi + + # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. + if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +_LT_EOF + # Now generate the symbol file. + eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +const struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} +lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] = +{ + { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, +_LT_EOF + $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +_LT_EOF + # Now try linking the two files. + mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext + lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + pipe_works=yes + fi + LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" + CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + else + echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + else + echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi + rm -rf conftest* conftst* + + # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. + if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then + break + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= + fi +done +]) +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= +fi +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) +fi + +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1], + [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names]) +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1], + [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration]) +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address], + [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1], + [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair]) +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], + [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1], + [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed]) +]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS + + +# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) +# --------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC], +[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC]) +m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ + # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + # PIC is the default for these OSes. + ;; + mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style + # (--disable-auto-import) libraries + m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + # PIC is the default on this platform + # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' + ;; + *djgpp*) + # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + ;; + interix[[3-9]]*) + # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. + # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic + fi + ;; + hpux*) + # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit + # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag + # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + ;; + *qnx* | *nto*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_os in + aix[[4-9]]*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' + fi + ;; + chorus*) + case $cc_basename in + cxch68*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" + ;; + esac + ;; + dgux*) + case $cc_basename in + ec++*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + ;; + ghcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' + fi + ;; + aCC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + interix*) + # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) + # Anyone wants to do a port? + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + # KAI C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + ecpc* ) + # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + icpc* ) + # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC. + # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + pgCC* | pgcpp*) + # Portland Group C++ compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + cxx*) + # Compaq C++ + # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha + # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + xlc* | xlC*) + # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C++ 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + lynxos*) + ;; + m88k*) + ;; + mvs*) + case $cc_basename in + cxx*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + *qnx* | *nto*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' + ;; + RCC*) + # Rational C++ 2.4.1 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + ;; + cxx*) + # Digital/Compaq C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha + # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + psos*) + ;; + solaris*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + gcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + sunos4*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # Sun C++ 4.x + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + lcc*) + # Lucid + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + esac + ;; + tandem*) + case $cc_basename in + NCC*) + # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + ;; + vxworks*) + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no + ;; + esac + fi +], +[ + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + # PIC is the default for these OSes. + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style + # (--disable-auto-import) libraries + m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + # PIC is the default on this platform + # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' + ;; + + hpux*) + # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit + # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag + # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + ;; + + interix[[3-9]]*) + # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. + # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. + ;; + + msdosdjgpp*) + # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries + # on systems that don't support them. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no + enable_shared=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic + fi + ;; + + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + else + # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. + case $host_os in + aix*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' + fi + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) + ;; + + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but + # not for PA HP-UX. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' + ;; + esac + # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. + ecc*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. + # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. + icc* | ifort*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + # Lahey Fortran 8.1. + lf95*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static' + ;; + pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) + # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, + # which looks to be a dead project) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + ccc*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # All Alpha code is PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + xl*) + # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + ;; + *Sun\ F*) + # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + + newsos6) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # All OSF/1 code is PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + + rdos*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + + solaris*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + + unicos*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no + ;; + + uts4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no + ;; + esac + fi +]) +case $host_os in + # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: + *djgpp*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" + ;; +esac +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) +_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1], + [How to pass a linker flag through the compiler]) + +# +# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. +# +if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then + _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)], + [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], + [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in + "" | " "*) ;; + *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; + esac], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) +fi +_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1], + [Additional compiler flags for building library objects]) + +# +# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. +# +wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" +_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), + $lt_tmp_static_flag, + [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) +_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1], + [Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC + + +# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) +# ---------------------------- +# See if the linker supports building shared libraries. +m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) +m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + case $host_os in + aix[[4-9]]*) + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + ;; + pw32*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[[ ]]__nm__/s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] +], [ + runpath_var= + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown + _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* + # included in the symbol list + _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= + # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude + # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or + # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', + # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] + # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out + # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if + # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot + # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in + # preloaded symbol tables. + # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. +dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above. + extract_expsyms_cmds= + + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; + esac + + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + wlarc='${wl}' + + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + fi + supports_anon_versioning=no + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 + *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... + *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... + *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions + *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + esac + + # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. + case $host_os in + aix[[3-9]]*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported +*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. +*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you +*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH +*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' + ;; + m68k) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + interix[[3-9]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; + + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu) + tmp_diet=no + if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then + case $cc_basename in + diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) + esac + fi + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ + && test "$tmp_diet" = no + then + tmp_addflag= + tmp_sharedflag='-shared' + case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in + pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + ;; + pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; + ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; + efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; + ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler + tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; + lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; + xl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) + tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' + tmp_addflag= ;; + esac + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + + case $cc_basename in + xlf*) + # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + ;; + esac + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' + wlarc= + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + ;; + + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably +*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not +*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always + # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the + # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so + # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + wlarc= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + + if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then + runpath_var= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + fi + else + # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) + case $host_os in + aix3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported + fi + ;; + + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac + + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi + + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. + + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= + fi + ;; + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi + + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' + ;; + m68k) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + bsdi[[45]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' + # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' + # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' + _LT_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) + ;; + + dgux*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + freebsd1*) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor + # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o + # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little + # extra space). + freebsd2.2*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. + freebsd2*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + hpux9*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + ;; + + hpux10*) + if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + fi + ;; + + hpux11*) + if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not + # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and + # implicitly export all symbols. + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" + AC_LINK_IFELSE(int foo(void) {}, + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + ) + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + newsos6) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; + + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + else + case $host_os in + openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + os2*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' + ;; + + osf3*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + ;; + + osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + ;; + + solaris*) + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wlarc='${wl}' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + else + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Compilers 5.0"*) + wlarc='' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + *) + wlarc='${wl}' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + esac + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', + # but is careful enough not to reorder. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + fi + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; + + sunos4*) + if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then + # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o + # files that make .init and .fini sections work. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB + ## CC just makes a GrossModule. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + ;; + motorola) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + sysv4.3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_runpath_var=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + fi + ;; + + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + uts4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + + if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then + case $host in + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym' + ;; + esac + fi + fi +]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) +test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no + +_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld + +_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2], + [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive]) + +# +# Do we need to explicitly link libc? +# +case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in +x|xyes) + # Assume -lc should be added + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + + if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in + *'~'*) + # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. + ;; + '$CC '*) + # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some + # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc + # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in]) + $RM conftest* + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then + soname=conftest + lib=conftest + libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext + deplibs= + wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) + pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) + compiler_flags=-v + linker_flags=-v + verstring= + output_objdir=. + libname=conftest + lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= + if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) + then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag + else + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + fi + $RM conftest* + AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)]) + ;; + esac + fi + ;; +esac + +_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0], + [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries]) +_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes], + [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0], + [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1], + [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1], + [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1], + [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2], + [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2], + [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2], + [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building + a shared archive.]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1], + [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1], + [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1], + [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1], + [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking. + This must work even if $libdir does not exist]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld], [1], + [[If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary + during linking. This must work even if $libdir does not exist]]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1], + [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes + DIR into the resulting binary]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes + DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is + "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the + library is relocated]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR + into the resulting binary]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR + into the resulting binary]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0], + [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR + into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked + against it]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0], + [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries + to runtime path list]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0], + [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [fix_srcfile_path], [1], + [Fix the shell variable $srcfile for the compiler]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0], + [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2], + [The commands to list exported symbols]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1], + [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1], + [Symbols that must always be exported]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2], + [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1], + [Specify filename containing input files]) +dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented +dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1], +dnl [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects]) +])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS + + +# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG]) +# ------------------------ +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably +# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write +# the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +lt_save_CC="$CC" +AC_LANG_PUSH(C) + +# Source file extension for C test sources. +ac_ext=c + +# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' + +_LT_TAG_COMPILER +# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other +# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. +compiler_DEFAULT=$CC + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +## CAVEAT EMPTOR: +## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change +## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly +## what you are doing... +if test -n "$compiler"; then + _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF + _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB + + # Report which library types will actually be built + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi +AC_LANG_POP +CC="$lt_save_CC" +])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG + + +# _LT_PROG_CXX +# ------------ +# Since AC_PROG_CXX is broken, in that it returns g++ if there is no c++ +# compiler, we have our own version here. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_CXX], +[ +pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_caught_CXX_error=yes]) +AC_PROG_CXX +if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && + ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || + (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then + AC_PROG_CXXCPP +else + _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes +fi +popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR]) +])# _LT_PROG_CXX + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX], []) + + +# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably +# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write +# the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_CXX])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl + +AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + +# Source file extension for C++ test sources. +ac_ext=cpp + +# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that +# the CXX compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) +# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, +# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. +if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then + # Code to be used in simple compile tests + lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" + + # Code to be used in simple link tests + lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }' + + # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. + _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code + _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + + # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. + lt_save_CC=$CC + lt_save_LD=$LD + lt_save_GCC=$GCC + GCC=$GXX + lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld + lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD + if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx + else + $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + fi + if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then + lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX + else + $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD + fi + test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX + CC=${CXX-"c++"} + compiler=$CC + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC + _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + + if test -n "$compiler"; then + # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the + # no_builtin_flag separately + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= + fi + + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + # Set up default GNU C++ configuration + + LT_PATH_LD + + # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the + # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to + # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) + wlarc='${wl}' + + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | + $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + fi + else + with_gnu_ld=no + wlarc= + + # A generic and very simple default shared library creation + # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native + # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should + # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on + # the platform it is being used on. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' + fi + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' + + else + GXX=no + with_gnu_ld=no + wlarc= + fi + + # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + case $host_os in + aix3*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + case $ld_flag in + *-brtl*) + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + ;; + esac + done + ;; + esac + + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi + + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. + + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' + + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= + fi + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi + + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to + # export. + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty + # executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared + # libraries. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; + + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + chorus*) + case $cc_basename in + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) + ;; + + dgux*) + case $cc_basename in + ec++*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + ghcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; + + freebsd[[12]]*) + # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before + # switch to ELF + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + freebsd-elf*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + ;; + + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF + # conventions + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + ;; + + gnu*) + ;; + + hpux9*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, + # but as the default + # location of the library. + + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + aCC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + hpux10*|hpux11*) + if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + ;; + esac + fi + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, + # but as the default + # location of the library. + ;; + esac + + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + aCC*) + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + fi + else + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + interix[[3-9]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; + irix5* | irix6*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # SGI C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is + # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included + # in the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` -o $lib' + fi + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes + ;; + + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler + + # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file + # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library + # to its proper name (with version) after linking. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + icpc* | ecpc* ) + # Intel C++ + with_gnu_ld=yes + # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols + # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and + # earlier do not add the objects themselves. + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Version 7."*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + *) # Version 8.0 or newer + tmp_idyn= + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + ;; + pgCC* | pgcpp*) + # Portland Group C++ compiler + case `$CC -V` in + *pgCC\ [[1-5]]* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~ + compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`"' + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~ + $AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`~ + $RANLIB $oldlib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + *) # Version 6 will use weak symbols + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + esac + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + ;; + cxx*) + # Compaq C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' + + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' + ;; + xl*) + # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C++ 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes + + # Not sure whether something based on + # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 + # would be better. + output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is + # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included + # in the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + + lynxos*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + m88k*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + mvs*) + case $cc_basename in + cxx*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' + wlarc= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + fi + # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + ;; + + openbsd2*) + # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + fi + output_verbose_link_cmd=echo + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler + + # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file + # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library + # to its proper name (with version) after linking. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # the KAI C++ compiler. + case $host in + osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; + *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; + esac + ;; + RCC*) + # Rational C++ 2.4.1 + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + cxx*) + case $host in + osf3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ + echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ + $RM $lib.exp' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + ;; + esac + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + case $host in + osf3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + ;; + esac + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' + + else + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + psos*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + sunos4*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # Sun C++ 4.x + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + lcc*) + # Lucid + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; + + solaris*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + + output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is + # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included + # in the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + gcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' + + # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + *) + # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker + if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' + if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' + else + # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this + # platform. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' + fi + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' + case $host_os in + solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + ;; + + tandem*) + case $cc_basename in + NCC*) + # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; + + vxworks*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + + AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) + test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no + + _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" + _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + + ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: + ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change + ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly + ## what you are doing... + _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) + fi # test -n "$compiler" + + CC=$lt_save_CC + LDCXX=$LD + LD=$lt_save_LD + GCC=$lt_save_GCC + with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld + lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD + lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld +fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes + +AC_LANG_POP +])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG + + +# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME]) +# --------------------------------- +# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose +# compiler output when linking a shared library. +# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary +# objects, libraries and library flags. +m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: +_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= + +dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, +dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, +dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each +dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, +dnl but it's only used here... +m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +int a; +void foo (void) { a = 0; } +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +class Foo +{ +public: + Foo (void) { a = 0; } +private: + int a; +}; +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF + subroutine foo + implicit none + integer*4 a + a=0 + return + end +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF + subroutine foo + implicit none + integer a + a=0 + return + end +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +public class foo { + private int a; + public void bar (void) { + a = 0; + } +}; +_LT_EOF +]) +dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary +dnl objects, libraries and library flags. +if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary + # objects, libraries and library flags. + + # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before + # the conftest object file. + pre_test_object_deps_done=no + + for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do + case $p in + + -L* | -R* | -l*) + # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. + # Remove the space. + if test $p = "-L" || + test $p = "-R"; then + prev=$p + continue + else + prev= + fi + + if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then + case $p in + -L* | -R*) + # Internal compiler library paths should come after those + # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the + # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}" + fi + ;; + # The "-l" case would never come before the object being + # linked, so don't bother handling this case. + esac + else + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.$objext) + # This assumes that the test object file only shows up + # once in the compiler output. + if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then + pre_test_object_deps_done=yes + continue + fi + + if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p" + fi + else + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p" + fi + fi + ;; + + *) ;; # Ignore the rest. + + esac + done + + # Clean up. + rm -f a.out a.exe +else + echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program" +fi + +$RM -f confest.$objext + +# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken +m4_if([$1], [CXX], +[case $host_os in +interix[[3-9]]*) + # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than + # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. + _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)= + ;; + +linux*) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C++ 5.9 + + # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is + # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying + # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as + # -library=stlport4 depends on it. + case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in + *" -library=stlport4 "*) + solaris_use_stlport4=yes + ;; + esac + + if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + +solaris*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is + # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying + # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as + # -library=stlport4 depends on it. + case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in + *" -library=stlport4 "*) + solaris_use_stlport4=yes + ;; + esac + + # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for + # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old + # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. + if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' + fi + ;; + esac + ;; +esac +]) + +case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in +*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; +esac + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= +if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` +fi +_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1], + [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1], + [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to + create a shared library]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1], + [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking + a shared library]) +])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS + + +# _LT_PROG_F77 +# ------------ +# Since AC_PROG_F77 is broken, in that it returns the empty string +# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_F77], +[ +pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_F77=yes]) +AC_PROG_F77 +if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then + _lt_disable_F77=yes +fi +popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR]) +])# _LT_PROG_F77 + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77], []) + + +# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are +# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_F77])dnl +AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77) + +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + +# Source file extension for f77 test sources. +ac_ext=f + +# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that +# the F77 compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) +# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, +# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. +if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then + # Code to be used in simple compile tests + lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ + subroutine t + return + end +" + + # Code to be used in simple link tests + lt_simple_link_test_code="\ + program t + end +" + + # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. + _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code + _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + + # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. + lt_save_CC="$CC" + lt_save_GCC=$GCC + CC=${F77-"f77"} + compiler=$CC + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC + _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + GCC=$G77 + if test -n "$compiler"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) + + _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77" + _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + + ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: + ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change + ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly + ## what you are doing... + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) + fi # test -n "$compiler" + + GCC=$lt_save_GCC + CC="$lt_save_CC" +fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes + +AC_LANG_POP +])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG + + +# _LT_PROG_FC +# ----------- +# Since AC_PROG_FC is broken, in that it returns the empty string +# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FC], +[ +pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_FC=yes]) +AC_PROG_FC +if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then + _lt_disable_FC=yes +fi +popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR]) +])# _LT_PROG_FC + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC], []) + + +# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG]) +# ------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are +# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_FC])dnl +AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran) + +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + +# Source file extension for fc test sources. +ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f} + +# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that +# the FC compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) +# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, +# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. +if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then + # Code to be used in simple compile tests + lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ + subroutine t + return + end +" + + # Code to be used in simple link tests + lt_simple_link_test_code="\ + program t + end +" + + # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. + _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code + _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + + # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. + lt_save_CC="$CC" + lt_save_GCC=$GCC + CC=${FC-"f95"} + compiler=$CC + GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu + + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC + _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + + if test -n "$compiler"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) + + _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu" + _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + + ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: + ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change + ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly + ## what you are doing... + _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) + fi # test -n "$compiler" + + GCC=$lt_save_GCC + CC="$lt_save_CC" +fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes + +AC_LANG_POP +])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG + + +# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler +# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl +AC_LANG_SAVE + +# Source file extension for Java test sources. +ac_ext=java + +# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }' + +# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. +_LT_TAG_COMPILER + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +lt_save_CC="$CC" +lt_save_GCC=$GCC +GCC=yes +CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} +compiler=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" +_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + +# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds + +## CAVEAT EMPTOR: +## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change +## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly +## what you are doing... +if test -n "$compiler"; then + _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi + +AC_LANG_RESTORE + +GCC=$lt_save_GCC +CC="$lt_save_CC" +])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG + + +# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG]) +# ------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler +# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl +AC_LANG_SAVE + +# Source file extension for RC test sources. +ac_ext=rc + +# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" + +# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. +_LT_TAG_COMPILER + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +lt_save_CC="$CC" +lt_save_GCC=$GCC +GCC= +CC=${RC-"windres"} +compiler=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC +_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes + +if test -n "$compiler"; then + : + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi + +GCC=$lt_save_GCC +AC_LANG_RESTORE +CC="$lt_save_CC" +])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG + + +# LT_PROG_GCJ +# ----------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ], +[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ], + [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,) + test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" + AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl +]) + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], []) + + +# LT_PROG_RC +# ---------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,) +]) + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], []) + + +# _LT_DECL_EGREP +# -------------- +# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep +# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl +test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep +_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines]) +_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher]) +_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher]) +dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too +AC_SUBST([GREP]) +]) + + +# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP +# -------------- +# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump +# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump +_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper]) +AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP]) +]) + + +# _LT_DECL_SED +# ------------ +# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates +# as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED], +[AC_PROG_SED +test -z "$SED" && SED=sed +Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" +_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output]) +_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"], + [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n]) +])# _LT_DECL_SED + +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [ +############################################################ +# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # +# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # +# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # +# macro and use it instead. # +############################################################ + +m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, +[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. +# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then + lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + fi + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS +lt_ac_max=0 +lt_ac_count=0 +# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris +# along with /bin/sed that truncates output. +for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do + test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue + cat /dev/null > conftest.in + lt_ac_count=0 + echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in + # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. + if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed + break + fi + while true; do + cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp + mv conftest.tmp conftest.in + cp conftest.in conftest.nl + echo >>conftest.nl + $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break + cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break + # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough + test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break + lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` + if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then + lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count + lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed + fi + done +done +]) +SED=$lt_cv_path_SED +AC_SUBST([SED]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) +])#AC_PROG_SED +])#m4_ifndef + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], []) + + +# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES +# ------------------------ +# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible, +# or has some other useful features. +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs]) +# Try some XSI features +xsi_shell=no +( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" + test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ + = c,a/b,, \ + && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ + && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && xsi_shell=yes +AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell]) +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell']) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="]) +lt_shell_append=no +( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ + >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && lt_shell_append=yes +AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append]) +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append']) + +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_unset=unset +else + lt_unset=false +fi +_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl + +# test EBCDIC or ASCII +case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in + A) # ASCII based system + # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr + lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' + lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' + ;; + *) # EBCDIC based system + lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' + lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' + ;; +esac +_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl +_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl +])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES + + +# _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS +# --------------------- +# Bourne and XSI compatible variants of some useful shell functions. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS], +[case $xsi_shell in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +func_stripname () +{ + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. + func_stripname_result=${3} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} +} + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*} + func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=} +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + case ${1} in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; + *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; + esac +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=$(( $[*] )) +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=${#1} +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) # Bourne compatible functions. + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi +} + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` +} + +dnl func_dirname_and_basename +dnl A portable version of this function is already defined in general.m4sh +dnl so there is no need for it here. + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# func_strip_suffix prefix name +func_stripname () +{ + case ${2} in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ + | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;; + esac +} + +# sed scripts: +my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[[^=]]*\)=.*/\1/;q' +my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[[^=]]*=//' + +# func_opt_split +func_opt_split () +{ + func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"` + func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"` +} + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` +} + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$/.lo/'` +} + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=`expr "$[@]"` +} + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=`expr "$[1]" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` +} + +_LT_EOF +esac + +case $lt_shell_append in + yes) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" +} +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "$[1]=\$$[1]\$[2]" +} + +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac +]) diff --git a/m4/ltoptions.m4 b/m4/ltoptions.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34151a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/ltoptions.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 6 ltoptions.m4 + +# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. +AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) + + +# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) +# ------------------------------------------ +m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION], +[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) + + +# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) +# --------------------------------------- +# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a +# matching handler defined, dispatch to it. Other OPTION-NAMEs are +# saved as a flag. +m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION], +[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl +m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), + _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), + [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl +]) + + +# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) +# ------------------------------------------------------------ +# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. +m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION], +[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])]) + + +# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET) +# ------------------------------------------------------- +# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME +# are set. +m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS], +[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), + [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option), + [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl +m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3 +])[]dnl +]) + + +# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST) +# ---------------------------------------- +# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated +# with MACRO-NAME. If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with +# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about +# the unknown option and exit. +m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS], +[# Set options +m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), + [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)]) + +m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[ + dnl + dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not + dnl specified: + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no + ]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no + ]) + dnl + dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then + dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair. For example, if neither + dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared + dnl archives by default: + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install], + [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) + ]) +])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS + + +## --------------------------------- ## +## Macros to handle LT_INIT options. ## +## --------------------------------- ## + +# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) +# ----------------------------------------- +m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN], +[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])]) + + +# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE) +# ----------------------------------------------- +m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE], +[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl +])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE + + +# dlopen +# ------ +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes +]) + +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you +put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], []) + + +# win32-dll +# --------- +# Declare package support for building win32 dll's. +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], +[enable_win32_dll=yes + +case $host in +*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-cegcc*) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) + ;; +esac + +test -z "$AS" && AS=as +_LT_DECL([], [AS], [0], [Assembler program])dnl + +test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool +_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [0], [DLL creation program])dnl + +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump +_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [0], [Object dumper program])dnl +])# win32-dll + +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you +put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], []) + + +# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) +# ---------------------------- +# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and +# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options. +# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. +m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED], +[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl +AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], + [p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_shared=yes ;; + no) enable_shared=no ;; + *) + enable_shared=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_shared=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac], + [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) + + _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0], + [Whether or not to build shared libraries]) +])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED + +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])]) + +# Old names: +AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared]) +]) + +AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) +AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], []) + + + +# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) +# ---------------------------- +# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and +# `disable-static' LT_INIT options. +# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. +m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC], +[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl +AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], + [p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_static=yes ;; + no) enable_static=no ;; + *) + enable_static=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_static=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac], + [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) + + _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0], + [Whether or not to build static libraries]) +])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC + +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])]) + +# Old names: +AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static]) +]) + +AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) +AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], []) + + + +# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) +# ---------------------------------- +# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install' +# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options. +# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. +m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], +[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl +AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], + [p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; + no) enable_fast_install=no ;; + *) + enable_fast_install=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_fast_install=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac], + [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) + +_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0], + [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl +])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL + +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])]) + +# Old names: +AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put +the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) + +AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put +the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) + + +# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE]) +# -------------------- +# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic' +# LT_INIT options. +# MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. +m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC], +[AC_ARG_WITH([pic], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic], + [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], + [pic_mode="$withval"], + [pic_mode=default]) + +test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default]) + +_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl +])# _LT_WITH_PIC + +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])]) + +# Old name: +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you +put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) + +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], []) + +## ----------------- ## +## LTDL_INIT Options ## +## ----------------- ## + +m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], []) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive], + [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive], + [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject], + [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])]) + +m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], []) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable], + [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience], + [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])]) diff --git a/m4/ltsugar.m4 b/m4/ltsugar.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9000a05 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/ltsugar.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer. -*-Autoconf-*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 6 ltsugar.m4 + +# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. +AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])]) + + +# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...]) +# ----------------------------- +# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their +# associated separator. +# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier +# versions in m4sugar had bugs. +m4_define([lt_join], +[m4_if([$#], [1], [], + [$#], [2], [[$2]], + [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) +m4_define([_lt_join], +[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [], + [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) + + +# lt_car(LIST) +# lt_cdr(LIST) +# ------------ +# Manipulate m4 lists. +# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support +# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently. +m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]]) +m4_define([lt_cdr], +[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])], + [$#], 1, [], + [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])]) +m4_define([lt_unquote], $1) + + +# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR]) +# ------------------------------------------ +# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'. +# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended +# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked). +# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different +# than defined and empty). +# +# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier +# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING. +m4_define([lt_append], +[m4_define([$1], + m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])]) + + + +# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...]) +# ---------------------------------------------------------- +# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of +# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn. Each element of the list +# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn. +# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62. +m4_define([lt_combine], +[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1], + [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl +[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2], + [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix], + ]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[, + [_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])]) + + +# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ]) +# ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited +# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ. +m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq], +[m4_ifdef([$1], + [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1], + [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4], + [$5])], + [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])]) + + +# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE) +# ----------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_add], +[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])]) + + +# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE) +# -------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey], +[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])]) + + +# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY]) +# ---------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_fetch], +[m4_ifval([$3], + m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]), + m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))]) + + +# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE]) +# ----------------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch], +[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4], + [$5], + [$6])]) + + +# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...]) +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_filter], +[m4_if([$5], [], [], + [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])), + lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]), + [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl +]) diff --git a/m4/ltversion.m4 b/m4/ltversion.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8e154f --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/ltversion.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers -*- Autoconf -*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# Generated from ltversion.in. + +# serial 3012 ltversion.m4 +# This file is part of GNU Libtool + +m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.6]) +m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3012]) + +AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION], +[macro_version='2.2.6' +macro_revision='1.3012' +_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?]) +_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0) +]) diff --git a/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 b/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..637bb20 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions. -*-Autoconf-*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 4 lt~obsolete.m4 + +# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool. +# +# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN) +# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the +# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong. +# +# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick. It'll see the old AC_DEFUN +# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us +# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll +# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define +# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.) +# +# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always +# included after everything else. This provides aclocal with the +# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything +# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later. +# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. +# +# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here. +# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until +# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point +# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to. + +# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. +AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) + +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])]) +m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])]) +m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])]) +m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])]) diff --git a/missing b/missing new file mode 100755 index 0000000..28055d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/missing @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, +# 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +if test $# -eq 0; then + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 +fi + +run=: +sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' +sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' + +# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the +# srcdir already. +if test -f configure.ac; then + configure_ac=configure.ac +else + configure_ac=configure.in +fi + +msg="missing on your system" + +case $1 in +--run) + # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. + run= + shift + "$@" && exit 0 + # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens + # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on + # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we + # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or + # if --run hadn't been passed. + if test $? = 63; then + run=: + msg="probably too old" + fi + ;; + + -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) + echo "\ +$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... + +Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an +error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. + +Options: + -h, --help display this help and exit + -v, --version output version information and exit + --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails + +Supported PROGRAM values: + aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' + autoconf touch file \`configure' + autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' + autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one + automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files + bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + help2man touch the output file + lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + makeinfo touch the output file + tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags + yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + +Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and +\`g' are ignored when checking the name. + +Send bug reports to ." + exit $? + ;; + + -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) + echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" + exit $? + ;; + + -*) + echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 + ;; + +esac + +# normalize program name to check for. +program=`echo "$1" | sed ' + s/^gnu-//; t + s/^gnu//; t + s/^g//; t'` + +# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we +# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect +# the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not +# $program. +case $1 in + lex*|yacc*) + # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. + ;; + + tar*) + if test -n "$run"; then + echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" + exit 1 + elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + *) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then + # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone + # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether + # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. + exit 1 + fi + ;; +esac + +# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), +# try to emulate it. +case $program in + aclocal*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from + any GNU archive site." + touch aclocal.m4 + ;; + + autoconf*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the + \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU + archive site." + touch configure + ;; + + autoheader*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them + from any GNU archive site." + files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` + test -z "$files" && files="config.h" + touch_files= + for f in $files; do + case $f in + *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | + sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; + *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; + esac + done + touch $touch_files + ;; + + automake*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. + You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. + Grab them from any GNU archive site." + find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | + sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | + while read f; do touch "$f"; done + ;; + + autom4te*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. + You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. + You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU + archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo "#! /bin/sh" + echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" + echo "# $ $@" + echo "exit 0" + chmod +x $file + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + bison*|yacc*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case $LASTARG in + *.y) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c + fi + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if test ! -f y.tab.h; then + echo >y.tab.h + fi + if test ! -f y.tab.c; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c + fi + ;; + + lex*|flex*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f lex.yy.c + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case $LASTARG in + *.l) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + + help2man*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the + \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take + effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" + exit $? + fi + ;; + + makeinfo*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file + indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious + call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, + DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or + the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." + # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -z "$file"; then + # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... + infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` + file=`sed -n ' + /^@setfilename/{ + s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + q + }' $infile` + # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info + fi + # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; + # let's fail without touching anything. + test -f $file || exit 1 + touch $file + ;; + + tar*) + shift + + # We have already tried tar in the generic part. + # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error + # messages. + if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gnutar "$@" && exit 0 + fi + if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gtar "$@" && exit 0 + fi + firstarg="$1" + if shift; then + case $firstarg in + *o*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` + tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 + ;; + esac + case $firstarg in + *h*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` + tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 + ;; + esac + fi + + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. + You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the + command line arguments." + exit 1 + ;; + + *) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. + You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, + it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing + this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case + some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4191a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Original author: Noah Friedman +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain. +# +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to or send patches to +# . + +nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $nl" +errstatus=0 +dirmode= + +usage="\ +Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ... + +Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all +leading file name components. + +Report bugs to ." + +# process command line arguments +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help + echo "$usage" + exit $? + ;; + -m) # -m PERM arg + shift + test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + dirmode=$1 + shift + ;; + --version) + echo "$0 $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; + --) # stop option processing + shift + break + ;; + -*) # unknown option + echo "$usage" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + *) # first non-opt arg + break + ;; + esac +done + +for file +do + if test -d "$file"; then + shift + else + break + fi +done + +case $# in + 0) exit 0 ;; +esac + +# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and +# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing, +# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with +# a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs +# from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict +# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe. +case $dirmode in + '') + if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then + echo "mkdir -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -p -- "$@" + else + # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not + # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as + # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already + # exists. + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version + fi + ;; + *) + if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test ! -d ./--version; then + echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" + else + # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir. + for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode"; + do + test -d $d && rmdir $d + done + fi + ;; +esac + +for file +do + case $file in + /*) pathcomp=/ ;; + *) pathcomp= ;; + esac + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + set fnord $file + shift + IFS=$oIFS + + for d + do + test "x$d" = x && continue + + pathcomp=$pathcomp$d + case $pathcomp in + -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + else + if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then + echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" + lasterr= + chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + fi + fi + + pathcomp=$pathcomp/ + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/po/ChangeLog b/po/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27f4a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,3259 @@ +2009-04-17 Funda Wang + + * zh_CN.po: Updated zh_CN translation. + +2009-04-12 Jorge Gonzalez + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation + +2009-03-25 Shankar Prasad + + * kn.po: Updated few correction to Kannada translations. + +2009-03-19 Shankar Prasad + + * kn.po: Updated Kannada translations. + +2009-03-18 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation by Djihed Afifi. + +==================== 2.26.0 ==================== + +2009-03-15 Ani Peter + + * ml.po: Updated Malayalam Translations + +2009-03-14 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician translation + +2009-03-14 Kenneth Nielsen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation by Ask H. Larsen + +2009-03-13 Sandeep Shedmake + + * mr.po: Updated Marathi Translations. + +2009-03-12 Nickolay V. Shmyrev + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation. + +2009-03-12 Amitakhya Phukan + + * as.po: Updated Assamese translations. + +2009-03-12 I. Felix + + * ta.po: Tamil Translation updated + +2009-03-10 Manoj Kumar Giri + + * or.po: Updated Oriya Translation. + +2009-03-10 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek Translation by Jennie Petoumenou. + +2009-03-09 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * bn_IN.po: Updated Bengali India Translations + +2009-03-05 Krishnababu K + + * te.po: Updated Telugu Translation. + +2009-03-02 Petr Kovar + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation by Martin Picek. + +2009-02-28 Og Maciel + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation by Milo Casagrande. + +2009-02-27 Claude Paroz + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2009-02-25 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2009-02-23 Philip Withnall + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation. + +2009-02-22 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2009-02-21 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish translation + +2009-02-17 Jani Monoses + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation + by Adi Roiban + +2009-02-16 Tomasz Dominikowski + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation + +2009-02-14 Wouter Bolsterlee + + * nl.po: Updated Dutch translation by Wouter Bolsterlee. + +2009-02-13 Jani Monoses + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation + by Adi Roiban + +2009-02-11 Inaki Larranaga Murgoitio + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2009-02-10 Gil Forcada + + * ast.po: Added Asturian translation on behalf of Mikel González. + * LINGUAS: Added ast. + +2009-02-09 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2009-02-06 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2009-02-06 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2009-02-04 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * zh_HK.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Hong Kong). + * zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Taiwan). + +2009-02-04 Sweta Kothari + + * gu.po: Committed Gujarati Translation. + +2009-02-02 Gintautas Miliauskas + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2009-01-27 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2009-01-25 Gil Forcada + + * ps.po: Added Pashto translation on behalf of Zabeeh Khan. + * LINGUAS: Added ps. + +2009-01-24 Raivis Dejus + + * lv.po: Updated Latvian translation. + +2009-01-24 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2009-01-10 Andre Klapper + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2009-01-05 Gil Forcada + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2009-01-05 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Translation updated. + +2009-01-04 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR.po: Fixed terminology in Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2009-01-04 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2009-01-03 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin + +2008-12-16 Matej Urbančič + + * sl.po: Updated Slovenian translation. + +2008-12-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + +2008-12-08 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2008-11-05 Daniel Nylander + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2008-11-01 Jorge González + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation by Jorge González + +2008-10-11 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR.po: Merged from gnome-2-24 branch. + +2008-09-30 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2008-09-29 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation, as pointed out by Pongsatorn + Parnpreeda while translating help. (merged from gnome-2-24 branch) + +==================== 2.24.0.1 ==================== + +==================== 2.24.0 ==================== + +2008-09-21 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2008-09-20 Luca Ferretti + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2008-09-19 Shankar Prasad + + * kn.po: Updated Kannada Translation + +2008-09-19 Shankar Prasad + + * kn.po: Updated Kannada Translation + +2008-09-18 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-09-15 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-09-15 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Translation updated. + +2008-09-13 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish Translation. + +2008-09-10 Pema Geyleg + + * dz.po: Updated Dzongkha Translation + +2008-09-09 Robert Sedak + + * hr.po: Updated Croatian translation. + +2008-09-08 Tomasz Dominikowski + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation + +2008-09-08 Robert Sedak + + * hr.po: Updated Croatian translation. + +2008-08-29 Jorge Gonzalez + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation + +2008-08-25 Goran Rakic + + * LINGUAS, sr@latin.po, sr@Latn.po: Conversion from sr@Latn to sr@latin. + +2008-08-20 Manoj Kumar Giri + + * or.po: Updated Oriya Translation + +2008-08-12 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2008-08-6 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-07-29 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-07-21 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR.po: Translation update and terminology fixes by Fabricio Godoy. + +2008-06-16 Jordi Mas + + * ca.po: Terminology fixes + +2008-06-11 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-05-22 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-05-19 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-03-20 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin + +2008-03-10 Marcel Telka + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation. + +2008-03-08 Petr Kovar + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation by Kamil Paral. + +2008-03-06 Luca Ferretti + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2008-03-05 Stéphane Raimbault + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2008-03-03 Philip Withnall + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation. + +2008-03-03 Rahul Bhalerao + + * mr.po: Updated Marathi translations from Sandeep Shedmake. + +2008-03-02 Jorge Gonzalez + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation + +2008-02-14 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2008-02-14 Pawan Chitrakar + + * ne.po: Updated Nepali Translation. + +2008-02-04 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * zh_HK.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Hong Kong). + * zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Taiwan). + +2008-02-02 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation by Young-Ho Cha. + +2008-01-31 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2008-01-05 Inaki Larranaga Murgoitio + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2007-12-31 Yannig Marchegay + + * oc.po: Updated Occitan translation. + +2007-12-25 Seán de Búrca + + * ga.po: Updated Irish translation. + +2007-12-08 Kjartan Maraas + + * LINGUAS: Add nn + * nn.po: Norwegian nynorks translation from + Eskold Hustvedt + +2007-11-13 Ihar Hrachyshka + + * be@latin.po: Updated Belarusian Latin translation. + +2007-11-13 Matej Urbančič + + * sl.po: Updated Slovenian Translation. + +2007-10-23 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2007-10-21 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2007-10-21 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2007-10-19 Matej Urbančič + + * sl.po: Updated Slovenian translation. + +2007-10-15 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2007-10-12 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2007-10-03 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen. + +2007-10-02 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2007-09-30 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2007-09-25 Nikos Charonitakis + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation. + +2007-09-17 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2007-09-17 Gintautas Miliauskas + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2007-09-17 Amitakhya Phukan + + * as.po: Updated assamese translations. + +2007-09-16 Kenneth Nielsen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation + +2007-09-16 Gil Forcada + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2007-09-16 Nickolay V. Shmyrev + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation. + +2007-09-16 Amitakhya Phukan + + * LINGUAS: Added as to LINGUAS. + * as.po: Added and updated assamese translations. + +2007-09-15 Andre Klapper + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation on behalf of Peter Tuharsky + . + +2007-09-15 Inaki Larranaga Murgoitio + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2007-09-15 Mugurel Tudor + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation + +2007-09-15 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2007-09-13 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2007-09-13 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2007-09-13 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Translation updated. + +2007-09-13 Ihar Hrachyshka + + * be@latin.po: Updated Belarusian Latin translation. + +2007-09-11 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Update Ukrainian translation. + +2007-09-10 Hendrik Richter + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2007-09-09 Jovan Naumovski + + * mk.po: Updated Macedonian translation. + +2007-09-07 Goran Rakić + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation. + +2007-09-04 Jovan Naumovski + + * mk.po: Updated Macedonian translation. + +2007-09-03 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2007-09-03 Stéphane Raimbault + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2007-09-02 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2007-09-02 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2007-09-02 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2007-09-01 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2007-08-31 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + +2007-08-31 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2007-08-30 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Estonian translation updates by Ivar Smolin + +2007-08-29 Raphael Higino + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation + by Og Maciel . + +2007-08-29 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2007-08-29 Ankit Patel + + * gu.po: Updated Gujarati Translation. + +2007-08-29 I. Felix + + * ta.po: Tamil Translation updated by Tirumurthi Vasudevan + +2007-08-28 Daniel Nylander + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2007-08-28 Jorge Gonzalez + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation + +2007-08-26 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2007-08-08 Danishka Navin + + * si.po: Added and Updated Sinhala Translation by Danishka Navin. + * LINGUAS: Added Sinhala (si) to The List of Languages. + +2007-08-05 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR.po: s/_Conteúdo/S_umário; see bug #461308. + +2007-08-03 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * bn_IN.po: Updated Bengali India Translation. + +2007-07-16 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2007-06-28 Sunil Mohan Adapa + + * te.po: Updated Telugu translation done by + Kiran Chandra . + +2007-06-18 I Felix + + * ta.po: Updated Tamil Translation. + +2007-04-25 Christophe Merlet + + * oc.po: Added Occitan translation from + Yannig MARCHEGAY . + * LINGUAS: Added "oc" (Occitan). + +2007-04-21 Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + + * pt_BR.po: Fixes in Brazilian Portuguese translation by Washington + Lins . + +2007-04-17 Funda Wang + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translatino from Yang Zhang. + +2007-04-13 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish translation + +2007-03-30 Inaki Larranaga Murgoitio + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2007-03-25 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2007-03-19 Pema Geyleg + + * dz.po: Updated Dzongkha Translation. + +2007-03-18 Matic Zgur + + * sl.po: Updated Slovenian translation. + +2007-03-12 Goran Rakić + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation. + +2007-03-11 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2007-03-10 Nickolay V. Shmyrev + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation. + +2007-03-10 Ihar Hrachyshka + + * be@latin.po: Added Belarusian Latin translation. + +2007-03-06 Jovan Naumovski + + * mk.po: Updated Macedonian translation. + +2007-03-04 Gintautas Miliauskas + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2007-03-03 Yair Hershkoviz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2007-03-03 Luca Ferretti + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation + +2007-03-02 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * zh_HK.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Hong Kong). + * zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Taiwan). + +2007-03-01 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Update Ukrainian translation. + +2007-02-27 Gintautas Miliauskas + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2007-02-24 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Translation updated. + +2007-02-25 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2007-02-22 Peter Bach + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2007-02-22 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Vladimir Petkov + +2007-02-19 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2007-02-10 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2007-02-09 Raphael Higino + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation by Og Maciel . + +2007-02-05 Stéphane Raimbault + + * fr.po: Updated French translation by Jonathan Ernst. + +2007-01-31 Wouter Bolsterlee + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Wouter Bolsterlee. + +2007-01-26 Josep Puigdemont i Casamajó + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2007-01-12 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2007-01-11 Hendrik Richter + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2007-01-05 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2007-01-3 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation by Djihed Afifi. + +2006-12-29 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated English (British) translation + +2006-12-27 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation. + +2006-12-24 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation. + +2006-12-23 Ales Nyakhaychyk + + * be.po: Updated Belarusian Translation by Ihar Hrachyshka. + +2006-12-18 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation. + +2006-12-14 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2006-12-11 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2006-12-11 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + +2006-12-09 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2006-11-19 Wouter Bolsterlee + + * pl.po: Translation updated by Artur Flinta. + +2006-11-18 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation. + +2006-11-17 Ankit Patel + + * gu.po: Updated Gujarati Translation. + +2006-11-17 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2006-11-17 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation. + +2006-11-16 Daniel Nylander + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2006-11-03 Luca Ferretti + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2006-11-02 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2006-10-30 Djihed Afifi + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic Translation. + +2006-09-10 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated English (British) translation. + +2006-09-07 Wouter Bolsterlee + + * ar.po: Translation updated by Djihed Afifi. + +2006-09-06 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2006-09-04 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish Translation + +2006-09-04 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * bn_IN.po: Updated Bengali India Translation. + +2006-09-01 I. Felix + + * ta.po: Updated Tamil translation. + +2006-08-31 Jovan Naumovski + + * mk.po: Updated Macedonian translation. + +2006-08-30 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Translation updated. + +2006-08-30 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2006-08-29 Lucas Rocha + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation + by Leonardo Ferreira Fontenelle + +2006-08-29 Gintautas Miliauskas + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2006-08-27 Josep Puigdemont i Casamajó + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2006-08-25 Hendrik Richter + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2006-08-25 Raivis Dejus + + * lv.po: Updated Latvian translation. + +2006-08-24 Matic Žgur + + * sl.po: Updated Slovenian translation. + +2006-08-22 Daniel Nylander + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2006-08-18 Leonid Kanter + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation + +2006-08-17 Satoru SATOH + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese Translation. + +2006-08-17 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2006-08-16 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Translation updated by Mate ORY. + +2006-08-14 Sanlig Badral + + * mn.po: Updated Mongolian translation. + +2006-08-11 Rahul Bhalerao + + * mr.po: Updated Marathi translation + +2006-08-10 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Update Ukrainian translation. + +2006-08-09 Wouter Bolsterlee + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Wouter Bolsterlee. + +2006-08-07 Inaki Larranaga + + * eu.po: Fixed some typos. + +2006-08-05 Ani Peter + + * ml.po: Updated Malayalam translation + +2006-07-29 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2006-07-28 Marcel Telka + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation. + +2006-07-23 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2006-07-09 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * zh_HK.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Hong Kong). + * zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Taiwan). + +2006-07-03 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * bn_IN.po: Added Bengali India Translation + * LINGUAS: Added Bengali India (bn_IN) to the list of languages. + +2006-07-03 Simos Xenitellis + + * ne.po: Removed ^M, bug #316750. + +2006-07-03 Rajesh Ranjan + + * hi.po: Updated Hindi Translation. + +2006-07-02 Benoît Dejean + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2006-07-02 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2006-07-01 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2006-06-27 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2006-06-20 Thierry S. Randrianiriana + + * mg.po: Added Malagasy translation + +2006-06-15 Hendrik Richter + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2006-06-13 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated. + +2006-05-29 Pema Geyleg + + * dz.po: Updated Dzongkha translation. + +2006-05-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + +2006-05-25 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2006-05-23 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2006-05-21 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2006-05-14 Daniel Nylander + + * sv.po Updated Swedish Translation. + +2006-05-14 Kostas Papadimas + + *el.po Updated Greek Translation + +2006-05-12 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov . + +2006-05-10 Inaki Larranaga + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2006-05-10 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2006-05-10 Ankit Patel + + * gu.po: Updated Gujarati Translation. + +2006-05-10 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2006-04-12 Pema Geyleg + + * dz.po: Updated Dzongkha translation. + +2006-04-01 Raphael Higino + + * lv.po: Updated Latvian translation by + Raivis Dejus + +2006-03-28 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2006-03-27 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation + +2006-03-27 Vladimer Sichinava + + * ka.po: Added Georgian translation. + +2006-03-22 Tommi Vainikainen + + * dz.po: Added Dzongkha translation from Pema Geyleg. + +2006-03-18 Gora Mohanty + + * or.po: Updated Oriya translation. + +2006-03-16 Ales Nyakhaychyk + + * be.po: Updated Belarusian translation. + +2006-03-11 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2006-03-10 Guilherme de S. Pastore + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation from Leandro + A. F. Pereira . + +2006-03-07 Daniel Nylander + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation + +2006-03-07 Jérémy Ar Floc'h + + * br.po: Updated Breton translation + +2006-03-07 Luca Ferretti + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation + +2006-03-05 Mugurel Tudor + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation + +2006-03-05 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2006-03-04 Jérémy Ar Floc'h + + * br.po: Added Breton translation. + +2006-03-03 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2006-03-03 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2006-03-02 Rhys Jones + + * cy.po: Updated Welsh translation. + +2006-03-02 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation. + +2006-02-26 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2006-02-25 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Taiwan). + * zh_HK.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation(Hong Kong). + +2006-02-22 Leonid Kanter + + * ru.po: updated Russian translation + +2006-02-22 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2006-02-21 Inaki Larranaga + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2006-02-20 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation. + +2006-02-18 Benoît Dejean + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2006-02-17 Žygimantas Beručka + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2006-02-15 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Hungarian translation updated by Mate ORY. + +2006-02-13 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2006-02-12 Hendrik Richter + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2006-02-11 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2006-02-05 Josep Puigdemont i Casamajó + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2006-02-05 Funda Wang + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translation. + +2006-02-04 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2006-02-03 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + * no.po: Same. + +2006-02-02 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2006-02-02 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2006-02-01 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2006-01-31 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2006-01-31 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2006-01-31 Ankit Patel + + * gu.po: Updated Gujarati Translation. + +2006-01-30 Slobodan D. Sredojevic + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation + +2006-01-30 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2006-01-30 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2006-01-30 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2006-01-30 Lasse Bang Mikkelsen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2006-01-26 Evandro Fernandes Giovanini + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2006-01-24 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2006-01-23 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen. + +2006-01-23 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2006-01-21 Josep Puigdemont i Casamajó + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2006-01-19 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + * no.po: Same. + +2006-01-16 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2006-01-16 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2006-01-16 Lasse Bang Mikkelsen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2006-01-14 Chao-Hsiung Liao + + * zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translaion(Taiwan). + * zh_HK.po: Added Traditional Chinese translation(Hong Kong). + +2006-01-12 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2006-01-11 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2006-01-10 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Rostislav Raykov + +2006-01-09 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2006-01-09 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2005-01-09 Ankit Patel + + * gu.po: Updated Gujarati Translation. + +2006-01-09 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2005-12-21 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2005-11-26 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2005-11-17 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2005-10-16 Jens Seidel + + * de.po: Proofreading. + +2005-10-01 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * bn.po: Updated Bengali (bn) translation. Translation by Mahay Alam Khan + +2005-09-23 Erdal Ronahi + + * ku.po: Created new Kurdish translation + +2005-09-16 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2005-09-13 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2005-09-05 Evandro Fernandes Giovanini + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2005-08-30 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2005-08-29 Telsa Gwynne + + * cy.po: Updated Welsh translation. + +2005-08-27 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2005-08-13 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov + +2005-08-09 Marcel Telka + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation. + +2005-08-02 Abduxukur Abdurixit + + * ug.po: Added Uighur translation by + Gheyret Tohti + +2005-07-31 Ilkka Tuohela + + * fi.po: Bulk updates to Finnish translation + for new gnome.fi website. + +2005-07-26 Raphael Higino + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2005-07-25 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2005-07-20 Yair Hershkovitz + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2005-07-19 Danilo Šegan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation by Igor + Nestorović. + +2005-06-22 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Fix language team reference. + +2005-06-20 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + * no.po: Updated Norwegian bokmål translation. + +2005-06-20 Runa Bhattacharjee + + * te.po: Telegu Translations added. Translated by V.Sowjanya + +2005-06-12 Ignacio Casal Quinteiro + + * gl.po: Updated Galician Translation. + +2005-06-06 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Vladimir Petkov + +2005-05-06 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2005-04-27 Gabor Kelemen + + * hu.po: Hungarian translation updated. + +2005-04-24 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2005-04-23 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2005-04-18 Clytie Siddall + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation. + +2005-04-11 Iñaki Larrañaga + + * eu.po: Updated Basque translation. + +2005-04-07 Ahmad Riza H Nst + + * id.po: Updated Indonesian Translation. + +2005-04-02 Adi Attar + + * xh.po: Updated Xhosa translation. + +2005-04-01 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation from GNOME HK Team + +2005-03-31 Steve Murphy + + * rw.po: Added Kinyarwanda translation. + +2005-03-23 Adi Attar + + * xh.po: Added Xhosa translation. + +2005-03-18 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2005-03-17 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2005-03-13 Roozbeh Pournader + + * fa.po: Updated Persian translation by + Hamed Malek . + +2005-03-06 Mugurel Tudor + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation. + +2005-03-04 Laszlo Dvornik + + * hu.po: Hungarian translation updated by Gabor Kelemen. + +2005-03-04 Žygimantas Beručka + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation by Gintautas Miliauskas. + +2005-03-02 Danilo Šegan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation. + +2005-03-02 Priit Laes + + * et.po: Translation updated by Ivar Smolin. + +2005-03-01 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2005-02-21 Ankit Patel + + * gu.po: Updated Gujarati Translation. + +2005-02-19 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2005-02-15 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation. + +2005-02-15 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish Translation + +2005-02-14 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2005-02-14 Benoît Dejean + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2005-02-14 Roozbeh Pournader + + * fa.po: Updated Persian translation by Hedayat Vatankhah . + +2005-02-10 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2005-02-07 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2005-02-04 Pauli Virtanen + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2005-02-04 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2005-02-02 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2005-01-25 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2005-01-24 Funda Wang + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translation. + +2005-01-19 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Update + * no.po: Update + +2005-01-14 Alexander Winston + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2005-01-10 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Vladimir Petkov + +2005-01-06 Raphael Higino + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2005-01-03 Pawan Chitrakar + + * ne.po: Updated Translation + +2003-12-28 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation + +2004-12-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Update + +2004-12-25 Raphael Higino + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2004-12-23 Leonid Kanter + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation + +2004-12-19 Hendrik Brandt + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-12-17 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-12-13 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated British translation. + +2004-12-09 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2004-12-05 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2004-12-03 Žygimantas Beručka + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2004-11-29 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2004-11-28 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-11-27 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-11-26 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-11-25 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2004-11-24 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-11-24 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2004-11-22 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2004-11-21 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated British translation. + +2004-11-21 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-11-20 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-11-18 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-11-15 Hendrik Richter + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-11-14 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation. + +2004-11-11 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2004-11-08 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2004-11-05 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-11-04 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-11-04 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-11-01 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-11-01 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-10-06 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2004-10-02 Jesus Bravo Alvarez + + * gl.po: Updated Galician translation. + +2004-09-24 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-09-15 Leonid Kanter + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation + +2004-09-15 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Fix typo in Ukrainian translation. + +2004-09-14 Mətin Əmirov + + * az.po: Translation updated. + +2004-09-12 Akagic Amila + + * bs.po: Updated Bosnian translation. + +2004-09-12 Dafydd Harries + + * cy.po: Updated Welsh translation. + +2004-09-12 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen. + +2004-09-12 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Applied 'msgmerge' with current POT. The last commit was for + an old version. + +2004-09-12 Supranee Thirawatthanasuk + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation + +2004-09-11 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation by GNOME HK Team. + * ar.po: Fix plural form header. + +2004-09-10 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2004-09-09 Arafat Medini + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation. + +2004-09-08 Gora Mohanty + + * or.po: Updated Oriya translation. + +2004-09-07 Mugurel Tudor + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation + +2004-09-05 Pawan Chitrakar + + * ne.po: Updated Nepali Translation + +2004-09-04 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation from + Baptiste Mille-Mathias . + +2004-09-03 Raphael Higino + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2004-09-03 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish Translation + +2004-08-31 Arafat Medini + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation + +2003-08-30 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation + +2004-08-24 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-08-21 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2004-08-20 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2003-08-19 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2004-08-18 Pauli Virtanen + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2004-08-18 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-08-16 Christian Rose + + * bs.po: Added Bosnian translation by + Kenan Hadžiavdić . + +2004-08-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * nb.po: Added this here. + +2004-08-14 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation + +2004-08-14 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2004-08-13 Tommi Vainikainen + + * fi.po: Unified some fields in po headers for Finnish team. + +2004-08-13 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2003-08-12 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay translation. + +2004-08-09 Funda Wang + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translation. + +2004-08-09 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2004-08-09 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2004-08-06 Danilo Šegan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation. + +2004-08-06 Guntupalli Karunakar + + * hi.po: Updated Hindi translation. + +2004-08-06 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-08-05 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Vladimir "Kaladan" Petkov + +2004-08-04 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated British translation. + +2004-08-04 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-08-04 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-08-03 Laszlo Dvornik + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2004-08-03 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation + +2004-08-03 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2004-08-02 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-08-02 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-08-02 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-08-02 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2004-08-01 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian translation. + +2004-08-01 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated British translation. + +2004-08-01 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-07-31 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-07-29 Martin Willemoes Hansen + + * da.po: Reviewed and updated fuzzy messages plus + translated new messages. + +2004-07-30 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2004-07-29 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian translation. + +2004-07-29 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation from + Jean-Michel Ardantz . + +2004-07-28 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-07-28 Žygimantas Beručka + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2004-07-27 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Rostislav Raykov + +2004-07-27 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-07-26 David Lodge + + * en_GB.po: Updated British translation. + +2004-07-26 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2004-07-26 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-07-25 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-07-25 Christian Neumair + + * POTFILES.in: Added missing file. Output window strings are actually + used. + * POTFILES.skip: Removed. + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-07-24 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-07-21m Guntupalli Karunakar + + * hi.po: Updated Hindi translation. + +2004-07-21 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2004-07-19 Gareth Owen + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation + +2004-07-19 Fernando Herrera + + * POTFILES.skip: New file. Added gedit-output-window.c + +2004-07-19 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-07-19 Laszlo Dvornik + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2004-07-19 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-07-19 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Rostislav Raykov + +2004-07-16 Alexander Shopov + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Rostislav Raykov + +2004-07-14 Gustavo Maciel Dias Vieira + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation done by + Goedson Teixeira Paixao . + +2004-07-14 Pawan Chitrakar + + * ne.po: Added Nepali Translation + +2004-07-11 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-07-10 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2004-07-10 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-07-10 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2004-07-09 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-07-09 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-07-07 Estêvão Samuel Procópio + + * pt_BR.po: Updating Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2004-07-04 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-07-02 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-06-29 Danilo Å egan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation. + +2004-06-28 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Translation updated. + +2004-06-24 Andras Timar + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2004-06-22 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2004-06-22 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-06-21 Fernando Herrera + + * POTFILES.in: added src/gconf-editor-application.c. Thanks to Marcel + Telka for pointing this. + +2004-06-21 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2004-06-20 Gareth Owen + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation + +2004-06-20 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-06-19 Alexander Winston + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-06-16 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team. + +2003-06-13 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation + +2004-06-11 Åœygimantas Beručka + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. + +2004-06-10 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2004-06-08 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2004-06-07 Funda Wang + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translation. + +2004-06-05 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2004-06-05 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-05-30 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-05-29 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-05-29 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2004-05-28 Gareth Owen + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation + +2004-05-27 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian translation. + +2004-05-17 Francisco Javier F. Serrador + + * es.po: Updated Spasnih translation. + +2004-05-11 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-05-03 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated. + +2004-05-02 Baris Cicek + + * tr.po: Updated Turkish Translation + +2004-04-26 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2004-04-26 Åœygimantas Beručka + + * lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation. And please people do not + change ChangeLog's encoding to anything than UTF-8. Some people have + non ASCII characters in their name! + +2004-04-25 Gareth Owen + + * en_GB.po: Updated British English translation + +2004-04-24 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2004-04-24 Adam Weinberger + + * en_CA.po: Updated Canadian English translation. + +2004-04-09 Guntupalli Karunakar + + * gu.po: Added Gujurati translation by + Gujarati Team . + +2004-04-05 Iñaki Larrañaga + + * eu.po: Added Basque translation. + +2004-03-22 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation + from Russian team . + +2004-03-20 Guntupalli Karunakar + + * pa.po: Punjabi translation by + Amanpreet Singh Alam . + +2004-03-19 Andras Timar + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2004-03-18 Gareth Owen + + * en_GB.po: Added British translation + +2004-03-14 Robert Sedak + + * hr.po: Updated Croatian translation. + +2004-03-12 Alexander Winston + + * en_CA.po: Added Canadian English translation. + +2004-03-12 Maxim Dziumanenko + + * uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation + +2004-03-10 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Fixed accelerators in Thai translation. + +2004-03-08 Theppitak Karoonboonyanan + + * th.po: Updated Thai translation. + +2004-03-06 Mətin Əmirov + + * az.po: Translation updated. + +2004-02-21 Paisa Seeluangsawat + + * th.po: Added Thai translation by Sirichai Lerdvorawut. + +2004-02-20 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Fixed Albanian translation. + +2004-02-11 Arafat Medini + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation. + +2004-02-01 Robert Sedak + + * hr.po: Updated Croatian translation. + +2004-02-01 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2004-01-31 Mətin Əmirov + + * az.po: Translation updated. + +2004-01-31 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Update Norwegian translation. + +2004-01-28 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Fixed Czech translation. + +2004-01-14 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian file. + +2003-12-31 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2003-12-29 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Revised Portuguese translation. + +2003-12-20 Arafat Medini + + * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation + +2003-11-12 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation + +2003-10-18 Abel Cheung + + * ml.po: Mark wrong entry as fuzzy (msgfmt check failed). + +2003-10-06 Christian Rose + + * mr.po: Added Marathi translation by + Jitendra Shah . + +2003-09-29 Gustavo Maciel Dias Vieira + + * pt_BR.po: Applied revision by Augusta Marques da Silva + . + +2003-09-10 Paul Duffy + + * ga.po: updated irish translation + +2003-09-09 Andras Timar + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2003-09-07 Pauli Virtanen + + * fi.po: Updated Finnish translation. + +2003-09-05 Taneem Ahmed + + * bn.po: Added Bangla translation by Mahmudur Rahman + of Ankur group . + +2002-09-04 Ivan Stojmirov + + * mk.po: Updated Macedonian translation + +2003-09-04 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation + +2003-09-04 Pablo Saratxaga + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese file + +2003-09-02 Mugurel Tudor + + * ro.po: Updated Romanian translation + +2003-09-02 Gediminas Paulauskas + + * lt.po: Add Lithuanian translation by + Tomas Kuliavas . + +2003-08-27 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + * es.po: Revision of Spanish translation by + Francisco Javier F. Serrador . + +2003-08-24 Sanlig Badral + + * mn.po: Updated Mongolian translation. + +2003-08-19 Dafydd Harries + + * cy.po: Updated Welsh translation. + +2003-08-18 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation. + +2003-08-18 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Update Norwegian translation. + +2003-08-18 Metin Amiroff + + * az.po: Updated Azerbaijani translation. + +2003-08-16 Guntupalli Karunakar + + * hi.po: Updated Hindi translation. + +2003-08-12 Yanko Kaneti + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by Evgeni Boevski. + +2003-08-12 Takeshi AIHANA + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2003-08-10 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2003-08-08 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay translation. + +2003-08-08 Danilo Å egan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation. + +2003-08-07 Wang Jian + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translation by + Funda Wang . + +2003-08-06 Metin Amiroff + + * az.po: Updated Azerbaijani translation. + +2003-08-06 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2003-08-05 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2003-08-05 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2003-08-01 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2003-07-31 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * be.po: Updated Belarusian translation + from Belarusian team . + +2003-07-29 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2003-07-28 Evandro Fernandes Giovanini + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2003-07-27 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2003-07-26 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2003-07-26 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2003-07-26 Gil "Dolfin" Osher + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2003-07-26 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2003-07-24 Dafydd Harries + + * cy.po: Updated Welsh translation. + +2003-07-24 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2003-07-24 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation. + +2003-07-18 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2003-07-18 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2003-07-14 Danilo ? egan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation by Serbian team + (Prevod.org). + +2003-07-13 Metin Amiroff + + * az.po: Updated Azerbaijani translation. + +2003-07-10 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay translation. + +2003-07-09 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2003-07-06 Evandro Fernandes Giovanini + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2003-07-06 Andras Timar + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2003-07-06 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation + +2003-06-30 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2003-06-28 Dafydd Harries + + * cy.po: Updated Welsh translation. + +2003-06-28 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2003-06-28 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2003-06-27 Gil "Dolfin" Osher + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2003-06-27 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2003-06-27 Artur Flinta + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation. + +2003-06-26 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2003-06-23 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Kees van den Broek. + +2003-06-20 Gil "Dolfin" Osher + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2003-06-19 Mohammad DAMT + + * id.po: Updated Indonesian translation + +2003-06-09 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * ru.po: Updated Russian translation + from Russian team . + +2003-06-08 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2003-06-05 Mathieu van Woerkom + + * li.po: Added Limburgish translation. + +2003-06-05 Abel Cheung + + * ta.po: Really did the conversion correctly. (Thx pablo) + +2003-06-04 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation. + +2003-06-04 Abel Cheung + + * ta.po: Fix broken encoding. + +2003-05-29 Evandro Fernandes Giovanini + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation + from David Barzilay . + +2003-05-26 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Daniel van Eeden. + +2003-05-26 Telsa Gwynne + + * cy.po: Added Welsh translation from Chris M Jackson + + +2002-05-25 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2002-05-25 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation. + +2003-05-19 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2003-05-17 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation. + +2003-05-17 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2003-05-16 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2003-05-16 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2003-05-14 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2003-05-14 KAMAGASAKO Masatoshi + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2003-05-14 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2003-05-13 KAMAGASAKO Masatoshi + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2003-05-12 Marcel Telka + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation by Martin Lacko . + +2003-05-11 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2003-04-10 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay translation. + +2003-05-07 Danilo ? egan + + * sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Added Serbian translation by + http://Prevod.org/. + +2003-05-06 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2003-04-29 Miloslav Trmac + + * cs.po: Updated Czech translation. + +2003-04-29 Gil "Dolfin" Osher + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2003-04-29 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2003-04-29 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2003-03-18 Paul Duffy + + * ga.po: Added Irish translation. + +2003-03-13 Christian Rose + + * ml.po: Added Malayalam translation by + FSF-India . + +2003-02-21 Metin Amiroff + + * az.po: Updated Azerbaijani translation. + +2003-02-20 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * be.po: Updated Belarusian translation + from Belarusian team . + +2003-02-17 Roozbeh Pournader + + * fa.po: Added Persian translation. + +2003-02-10 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2003-02-09 Christian Rose + + * kn.po: Added Kannada translation by + Pramod . + +2003-02-07 Fatih Demir + + * tr.po: Updated from stable branch... + +2003-02-06 Christian Rose + + * id.po: Added Indonesian translation by + Mohammad Damt . + +2003-02-01 Fatih Demir + + * tr.po: Took over from the stable branch (gnome-2-2). + +2003-01-31 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * ru.po: updated Russian translation + from Russian team . + +2003-01-26 Fatih Demir + + * ta.po: Added Tamil translation by Prabu like for the branch... + +2003-01-21 Christian Rose + + * mn.po: Added Mongolian translation by + Sanlig Badral . + +2003-01-20 Marius Andreiana + + * ro.po: updated ( thanks to Mugurel Tudor ) + +2003-01-15 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2003-01-15 Kang Jeong-Hee + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation by + Young-Ho, Cha . + +2003-01-14 Yanko Kaneti + + * bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation by + Alexander Shopov . + +2003-01-14 Naba Kumar + + * hi.po: Updated Hindi translation from + Anurag Seetha + +2003-01-08 Daniel Yacob + + * am.po: Updated Amharic translation. + +2003-01-07 Daniel Yacob + + * am.po: Updated Amharic translation. + +2003-01-02 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation. + +2002-12-22 Artis Trops + + * lv.po: Updated Latvian translation. + +2002-12-19 Andras Timar + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2002-12-15 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2002-12-13 Daniel Yacob + + * am.po: Added Amharic translation. + +2002-12-11 Laurent Dhima + + * sq.po: Updated Albanian translation. + +2002-12-11 Pablo Saratxaga + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese file + +2002-12-11 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation from work of + Jean-Michel Ardantz . + +2002-12-09 Artis Trops + + * lv.po: Added Latvian translation. + +2002-12-05 Gil Osher + + * he.po: Updated Hebrew translation. + +2002-12-03 Kostas Papadimas + + * el.po: Updated Greek translation. + +2002-12-02 Andras Timar + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation. + +2002-12-01 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2002-11-28 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2002-11-28 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2002-11-27 Christian Neumair + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2002-11-26 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-11-25 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Massive copy-paste from stable branch. + +2002-11-25 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2002-11-25 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2002-11-25 Yanko Kaneti + + * *.po: Convert all to UTF-8. + +2002-11-10 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-11-09 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * be.po: Updated Belarusian translation + * from Belarusian team . + +2002-11-04 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay Translation. + +2002-11-03 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * be.po: Added Belarusian translation + * from Belarusian team . + +2002-09-17 Naba Kumar + + * hi.po: Updated Hindi translation by + Anurag Seetha + +2002-09-07 Evandro Fernandes Giovanini + + * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. + +2002-09-03 Marius Andreiana + + * ro.po: added ( thanks to Mugurel Tudor ) + +2002-08-19 He Qiangqiang + + * zh_CN.po: Unified "key" translation. + +2002-08-16 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * ru.po: updated Russian translation. + +2002-08-01 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * ru.po: updated Russian translation. + +2002-08-01 Jordi Mallach + + * ca.po: Updated Catalan translation. + +2002-08-01 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-07-28 Christian Rose + + * sq.po: Added Albanian translation by + Laurent Dhima . + +2002-07-25 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2002-07-02 Manuel Borchers + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2002-06-23 Wang Jian + + * zh_CN.po: Updated Simplified Chinese translation by + Wang Jian . + +2002-06-20 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2002-06-18 Andrew V. Samoilov + + * ru.po: Fix charset and one typo. + * uk.po: Spelled Ukrainian translation. + +2002-06-14 Yanko Kaneti + + * bg.po (added): Bulgarian translation by + Evgeni Boevski . + +2002-06-12 Pablo Saratxaga + + * vi.po: Updated Vietnamese file + +2002-06-12 Dmitry G. Mastrukov + + * ru.po: updated Russian translation. + +2002-06-08 Alessio Frusciante + + * it.po: Updated Italian translation. + +2002-06-07 Jesus Bravo Alvarez + + * gl.po: Added Galician translation. + +2002-06-07 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen. + +2002-06-06 T?ivo Leedj?rv + + * et.po: Updated Estonian translation. + +2002-06-04 Zbigniew Chyla + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by + GNOME PL Team . + +2002-06-03 Germ??n Poo Caama?o + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2002-06-03 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation. + +2002-06-02 Pablo Saratxaga + + * ca.po: Added Catalan file + * ar.po,hi.po: Fixed headers + +2002-06-01 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Fixed typos in Swedish translation. + +2002-05-31 Stanislav Visnovsky + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation by Marcel Telka . + +2002-05-29 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation + +2002-05-28 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay Translation. + +2002-05-26 Pablo Gonzalo del Campo + + * es.po: Updated Spanish translation. + +2002-05-23 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-05-22 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2002-05-21 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2002-05-21 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-05-21 Zbigniew Chyla + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by + GNOME PL Team . + +2002-05-18 Szabolcs Ban + + * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translations. + +2002-05-18 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-05-18 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2002-05-17 Pablo del Campo + + * es.po: Updated Spanish Translation + +2002-05-16 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-05-16 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2002-05-14 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: Updated traditional Chinese translation. + +2002-05-13 Zbigniew Chyla + + * pl.po: Updated Polish translation by + GNOME PL Team . + +2002-05-13 Anders Carlsson + + * POTFILES.in: Add gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c + +2002-05-12 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-05-12 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Updated French translation. + +2002-05-11 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2002-05-10 Naba Kumar + + * hi.po: New Hindi translation added. + +2002-05-01 Abel Cheung + + * zh_TW.po: New traditional Chinese translation. + +2002-04-29 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Converted Portuguese translation to UTF-8. + +2002-04-27 Simos Xenitellis + + * el.po: Added Greek translation. + +2002-04-25 Pablo Saratxaga + + * vi.po: Added Vietnamese file + +2002-04-24 T?ivo Leedj?rv + + * et.po: Updated Estonian translation + by Ilmar Kerm . + +2002-04-10 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Updated Korean translation. + +2002-03-29 Christophe Merlet + + * fr.po: Added French translation from work of + Jean-Michel Ardantz . + +2002-03-28 Changwoo Ryu + + * ko.po: Added Korean translation. + +2002-03-27 Jarkko Ranta + + * fi.po: Added Finnish translation by Henri Mannerberg. + +2002-03-25 Wang Jian + + * zh_CN.po: Added Simplified Chinese translation by + He Qiangqiang . + +2002-03-17 T?ivo Leedj?rv + + * et.po: Added Estonian translation + by Ilmar Kerm . + +2002-03-16 Szabolcs Ban + + * hu.po: Added Hungarian translation. + +2002-03-08 Stanislav Visnovsky + + * sk.po: Updated Slovak translation by Martin Lacko . + +2002-03-06 Vincent van Adrighem + + * nl.po: Added Dutch translation by Patrick Londema + +2002-03-05 Carlos Perello Marin + + * es.po: Added Spanish translation by Pablo del Campo + + +2002-03-04 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-03-04 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation. + +2002-03-03 Christian Meyer + + * de.po: Updated German translation. + +2002-03-02 Ole Laursen + + * da.po: Updated Danish translation. + +2002-03-02 Yuriy Syrota + + * uk.po: Added Ukrainian translation. + +2002-03-02 Takayuki KUSANO + + * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation. + +2002-03-01 Zbigniew Chyla + + * pl.po: Added Polish translation by + GNOME PL Team . + +2002-02-28 Valek Filippov + + * ru.po: Added russian translation. + +2002-02-28 Christian Meyer + + * de.po: Added German translation. + +2002-02-28 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-02-27 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Updated Malay Translation. + +2002-02-22 Stanislav Visnovsky + + * sk.po: Added Slovak translation from Martin Lacko . + +2002-02-18 Takayuki KUSANO + + * ja.po: Added Japanese translation. + +2002-02-13 Duarte Loreto + + * pt.po: Added Portugues translation by Paulo Silva + +2002-02-12 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-02-11 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-02-10 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + * POTFILES.in: added data/gconf-editor.desktop.in + +2002-01-30 Hasbullah Bin Pit + + * ms.po: Added Malay Translation + +2002-01-30 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated and converted to UTF-8. + +2002-01-26 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-01-16 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-01-13 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-01-13 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-01-13 Anders Carlsson + + reviewed by: + + * POTFILES.in: + +2002-01-13 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-01-12 Kjartan Maraas + + * no.po: Updated Norwegian (bokm?l) translation. + +2002-01-10 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-01-10 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2002-01-05 Christian Rose + + * POTFILES.in: Added missing files. + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2001-12-26 Vasif Ismailogu MD + + * az.po: adding Azerbaijani translation file + +2001-12-21 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Updated Swedish translation. + +2001-12-19 Christian Rose + + * sv.po: Added Swedish translation. + * .cvsignore: Added this file. diff --git a/po/LINGUAS b/po/LINGUAS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..824c7af --- /dev/null +++ b/po/LINGUAS @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +# please keep this list sorted alphabetically +# +am +ar +as +ast +az +be +be@latin +bg +bn +bn_IN +br +bs +ca +ca@valencia +cs +cy +da +de +dz +el +en_CA +en_GB +es +et +eu +fa +fi +fr +ga +gl +gu +he +hi +hr +hu +id +it +ja +ka +kn +ko +ku +li +lt +lv +mai +mg +mk +ml +mn +mr +ms +nb +ne +nl +nn +oc +or +pa +pl +ps +pt +pt_BR +ro +ru +rw +si +sk +sl +sq +sr +sr@latin +sv +ta +te +th +tr +ug +uk +vi +xh +zh_CN +zh_HK +zh_TW diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc8a222 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makefile.in.in @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package. +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper +# Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Rodney Dawes +# +# This file may be copied and used freely without restrictions. It may +# be used in projects which are not available under a GNU Public License, +# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. +# +# - Modified by Owen Taylor to use GETTEXT_PACKAGE +# instead of PACKAGE and to look for po2tbl in ./ not in intl/ +# +# - Modified by jacob berkman to install +# Makefile.in.in and po2tbl.sed.in for use with glib-gettextize +# +# - Modified by Rodney Dawes for use with intltool +# +# We have the following line for use by intltoolize: +# INTLTOOL_MAKEFILE + +GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +itlocaledir = $(prefix)/$(DATADIRNAME)/locale +subdir = po +install_sh = @install_sh@ +# Automake >= 1.8 provides @mkdir_p@. +# Until it can be supposed, use the safe fallback: +mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +INTLTOOL_UPDATE = @INTLTOOL_UPDATE@ +INTLTOOL_EXTRACT = @INTLTOOL_EXTRACT@ +MSGMERGE = INTLTOOL_EXTRACT=$(INTLTOOL_EXTRACT) srcdir=$(srcdir) $(INTLTOOL_UPDATE) --gettext-package $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE) --dist +GENPOT = INTLTOOL_EXTRACT=$(INTLTOOL_EXTRACT) srcdir=$(srcdir) $(INTLTOOL_UPDATE) --gettext-package $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE) --pot + +ALL_LINGUAS = @ALL_LINGUAS@ + +PO_LINGUAS=$(shell if test -r $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then grep -v "^\#" $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; else echo "$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; fi) + +USER_LINGUAS=$(shell if test -n "$(LINGUAS)"; then LLINGUAS="$(LINGUAS)"; ALINGUAS="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; for lang in $$LLINGUAS; do if test -n "`grep \^$$lang$$ $(srcdir)/LINGUAS 2>/dev/null`" -o -n "`echo $$ALINGUAS|tr ' ' '\n'|grep \^$$lang$$`"; then printf "$$lang "; fi; done; fi) + +USE_LINGUAS=$(shell if test -n "$(USER_LINGUAS)" -o -n "$(LINGUAS)"; then LLINGUAS="$(USER_LINGUAS)"; else if test -n "$(PO_LINGUAS)"; then LLINGUAS="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; else LLINGUAS="$(ALL_LINGUAS)"; fi; fi; for lang in $$LLINGUAS; do printf "$$lang "; done) + +POFILES=$(shell LINGUAS="$(PO_LINGUAS)"; for lang in $$LINGUAS; do printf "$$lang.po "; done) + +DISTFILES = Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(POFILES) +EXTRA_DISTFILES = ChangeLog POTFILES.skip Makevars LINGUAS + +POTFILES = \ +# This comment gets stripped out + +CATALOGS=$(shell LINGUAS="$(USE_LINGUAS)"; for lang in $$LINGUAS; do printf "$$lang.gmo "; done) + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg .cat + +.po.pox: + $(MAKE) $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot + $(MSGMERGE) $< $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox + +.po.mo: + $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $< + +.po.gmo: + file=`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \ + && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $< + +.po.cat: + sed -f ../intl/po2msg.sed < $< > $*.msg \ + && rm -f $@ && gencat $@ $*.msg + + +all: all-@USE_NLS@ + +all-yes: $(CATALOGS) +all-no: + +$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) + $(GENPOT) + +install: install-data +install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ +install-data-no: all +install-data-yes: all + linguas="$(USE_LINGUAS)"; \ + for lang in $$linguas; do \ + dir=$(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkdir_p) $$dir; \ + if test -r $$lang.gmo; then \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lang.gmo $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo; \ + echo "installing $$lang.gmo as $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo"; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo; \ + echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo as" \ + "$$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo"; \ + fi; \ + if test -r $$lang.gmo.m; then \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lang.gmo.m $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m; \ + echo "installing $$lang.gmo.m as $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m"; \ + else \ + if test -r $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo.m ; then \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo.m \ + $$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m; \ + echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$lang.gmo.m as" \ + "$$dir/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m"; \ + else \ + true; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + done + +# Empty stubs to satisfy archaic automake needs +dvi info ctags tags CTAGS TAGS ID: + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +install-exec installcheck: + +uninstall: + linguas="$(USE_LINGUAS)"; \ + for lang in $$linguas; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(itlocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).mo.m; \ + done + +check: all $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot + rm -f missing notexist + srcdir=$(srcdir) $(INTLTOOL_UPDATE) -m + if [ -r missing -o -r notexist ]; then \ + exit 1; \ + fi + +mostlyclean: + rm -f *.pox $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot *.old.po cat-id-tbl.tmp + rm -f .intltool-merge-cache + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES stamp-it + rm -f *.mo *.msg *.cat *.cat.m *.gmo + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + rm -f Makefile.in.in + +distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: $(DISTFILES) + dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ + extra_dists="$(EXTRA_DISTFILES)"; \ + for file in $$extra_dists; do \ + test -f $(srcdir)/$$file && dists="$$dists $(srcdir)/$$file"; \ + done; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + test -f $$file || file="$(srcdir)/$$file"; \ + ln $$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ + || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ + done + +update-po: Makefile + $(MAKE) $(GETTEXT_PACKAGE).pot + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + linguas="$(USE_LINGUAS)"; \ + for lang in $$linguas; do \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + result="`$(MSGMERGE) -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang`"; \ + if $$result; then \ + if cmp $(srcdir)/$$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.gmo failed!"; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi; \ + done + +Makefile POTFILES: stamp-it + @if test ! -f $@; then \ + rm -f stamp-it; \ + $(MAKE) stamp-it; \ + fi + +stamp-it: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/Makefile.in CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + $(SHELL) ./config.status + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/po/POTFILES.in b/po/POTFILES.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2f68b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/POTFILES.in @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# List of source files containing translatable strings. +# Please keep this list in alphabetic order. + +data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in +data/gconf-editor.schemas.in +src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c +src/gconf-cell-renderer.c +src/gconf-editor-application.c +src/gconf-editor-window.c +src/gconf-key-editor.c +src/gconf-search-dialog.c +src/gedit-output-window.c +src/main.c diff --git a/po/POTFILES.skip b/po/POTFILES.skip new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cff7204 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/POTFILES.skip @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +data/gconf-editor.desktop.in diff --git a/po/am.po b/po/am.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8549720 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/am.po @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +# Translations into the Amharic Language. +# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Ge'ez Frontier Foundation , 2002. +# +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-08-02 11:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-08 10:43+EDT\n" +"Last-Translator: Ge'ez Frontier Foundation \n" +"Language-Team: Amharic \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "የማስተካከያው አራሚ" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "/መለያ ምልክቶች (_B)" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +#, fuzzy +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "መለያ ምልክቶች ያስተካክሉ" + +#: src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "መለያ ምልክቶች ያስተካክሉ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-application.c:58 src/gconf-editor-application.c:69 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:653 src/gconf-editor-window.c:698 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:341 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:376 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:386 +msgid "GConf-Editor" +msgstr "የGConf-አርትዒ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:388 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:423 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:448 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:530 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:562 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:677 src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_File" +msgstr "/ፋይል (_F)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "/አስተካክል (_E)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "/መለያ ምልክቶች (_B)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "/መረጃ (_H)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "/ፋይል/መስኮት ዝጋ (_C)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "/ፋይል/መስኮት ዝጋ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "/ፋይል/ውጣ (_Q)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +msgstr "የGConf አርትዒ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "/አስተካክል/የቁልፍ ስም ቅጂ (_C)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "/መለያ ምልክቶች (_B)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "መለያ ምልክቶች ያስተካክሉ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "መለያ ምልክቶች ያስተካክሉ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Open the help contents for the gconf editor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the gconf editor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "/አዲስ ቁልፍ... (_N)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "/ቁልፍን ያስተካክሉ..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "/አዲስ ቁልፍ... (_N)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:860 src/gconf-editor-window.c:867 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1319 +msgid "GConf editor" +msgstr "የGConf አርትዒ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:875 +#, c-format +msgid "GConf editor - %s" +msgstr "የGConf አርትዒ - %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1057 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1058 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1059 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1060 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1089 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1097 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1106 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1564 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1576 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1588 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1603 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(ምንም)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1461 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ስም" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1484 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "ዕሴት" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1511 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "የቁልፍ ማስረጃ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1540 src/gconf-key-editor.c:600 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1553 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1558 +msgid "Key Name:" +msgstr "የቁልፍ ስም፦" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1571 +msgid "Key Owner:" +msgstr "የቁልፍ ባለቤት፦" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1583 +msgid "Short Description:" +msgstr "የአጭር መግለጫ፦" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1596 +msgid "Long Description:" +msgstr "የረጅም መግለጫ፦" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:82 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "እውነት (_R)" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:85 src/gconf-key-editor.c:246 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:354 src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "ውሸት (_F)" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:121 src/gconf-key-editor.c:153 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:123 src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "ሐረግ" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:129 +msgid "List" +msgstr "ዝርዝር" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add new list entry" +msgstr "አዲስ የዝርዝር ዕቃ ጨምር" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:237 +msgid "_New list element:" +msgstr "አዲስ የዝርዝር ዕቃ፦ (_N)" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit list entry" +msgstr "አዲስ የዝርዝር ዕቃ ጨምር" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit list element:" +msgstr "አዲስ የዝርዝር ዕቃ፦ (_N)" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:554 +msgid "Key path:" +msgstr "የቁልፍ መተላለፊያ፦" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:566 +msgid "Key _name:" +msgstr "የቁልፍ ስም፦ (_N)" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:579 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ዓይነት፦ (_T)" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:620 src/gconf-key-editor.c:633 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:646 src/gconf-key-editor.c:657 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:680 +msgid "Key _value:" +msgstr "የቁልፍ ዕሴት፦" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "የዝርዝር ዓይነት፦" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:785 +msgid "New key" +msgstr "አዲስ ቁልፍ" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:789 +msgid "Edit key" +msgstr "ቁልፍ ያስተካክሉ" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:61 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:136 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:138 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:159 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:162 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "About GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "ስለ የGConf-አርትዒ" + +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/ፋይል/tearoff1" + +#~ msgid "/File/_New window" +#~ msgstr "/ፋይል/አዲስ መስኮት (_N)" + +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/ፋይል/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/tearoff2" +#~ msgstr "/አስተካክል/tearoff2" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/መለያ ምልክቶች/tearoff3" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/መለያ ምልክቶች/መለያ ምልክት ጨምር (_A)" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/መለያ ምልክቶች/መለያ ምልክቶች ያስተካክሉ... (_E)" + +#~ msgid "/Help/tearoff4" +#~ msgstr "/መረጃ/tearoff4" + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/መረጃ/ስለ... (_A)" + +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/ፋይል/አዲስ መስኮት" + +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/ፋይል/ውጣ" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/Copy key name" +#~ msgstr "/አስተካክል/የቁልፍ ስም ቅጂ" + +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/መረጃ/ስለ..." + +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/አዲስ ቁልፍ..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" +#~ msgstr "የቅጂው መብት (ም) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" diff --git a/po/ar.po b/po/ar.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0bfbd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ar.po @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.ar.po to Arabic +# translation of gconf-editor.po to +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Copyright (C) 2003 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# Isam Bayazidi , 2002. +# Arafat Medini , 2003. +# Abdulaziz Al-Arfaj , 2004. +# Djihed Afifi , 2006. +# Khaled Hosny , 2006, 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD.ar\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-21 07:27+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-21 07:34+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Khaled Hosny \n" +"Language-Team: Arabic \n" +"Language: ar\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 " +"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" +"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.4.0\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:397 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:891 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1408 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "محرّر الإعدادات" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "حرّر مباشرة كامل قاعدة بيانات الإعدادات." + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "العلامات" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "علامات مجلّد gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "حرّر العلامات" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<لا قيمة>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "تعذّر عرض المساعدة: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "محّرر لنظام الإعدادات GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:404 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"فريق عربآيز للترجمة http://www.arabeyes.org :\n" +"عرفات المديني\t\n" +"عبدالعزيز العرفج\t\n" +"جهاد عفيفي\t\t\n" +"خالد حسني\t\t" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:431 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"تعذّر إزالة ضبط المفتاح. كان الخطأ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:456 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"تعذّر إنشاء المفتاح. الخطأ هو:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:538 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"تعذّر تغيير قيمة المفتاح. رسالة الخطأ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:570 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"حاليًا ، لا يمكنك تعديل المخططات و الأزواج. لكن هذا سيتغيّر في إصدارات " +"لاحقة." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:650 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"تعذّر ضبط القيمة. كان الخطأ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:691 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"تعذّر مزامنة القيمة. كان الخطأ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_ملف" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "ت_حرير" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "ا_بحث" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_علامات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_مساعدة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "نافذة إ_عدادات جديدة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "افتح نافذة محرّر gconf جديدة لتحرير التّعيينات الحاليّة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "نافذة إ_فتراضيّات جديدة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "افتح نافذة محرّر gconf جديدة لتحرير إعدادات النّظام الافتراضيّة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "نافذة إ_لزاميّة جديدة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "افتح نافذة محرّر gconf جديدة لتحرير إعدادات النّظام الإلزاميّة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "أ_غلق النّافذة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "اغلق هذه النّافذة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "أ_نهِ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "أخرج من محرّر الإعدادات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "ا_نسخ اسم المفتاح" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "انسخ اسم المفتاح المنتقى" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "اب_حث..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "إيجاد الأنماط في المفاتيح و القيم" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "ا_سرد المفاتيح الحديثة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "أظهر المفاتيح المعدّلة حديثًا" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "أ_ضف علامة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "أضف علامة موقع إلى المجلّد المنتقى" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_حرّر العلامات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "حرّر العلامات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "الم_حتويات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "افتح محتويات المساعدة لمحرّر الإعدادات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_عن" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "أظهر حوار حوْل محرّر الإعدادات" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:795 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "مفتاح _جديد..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:795 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "أنشئ مفتاحا جديدا" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:797 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_حرّر المفتاح..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:797 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "حرّر المفتاح المختار" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:799 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "أ_زل ضبط المفتاح" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:799 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "أزل ضبط المفتاح المختار" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:801 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "اضبط كا_فتراضي" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:801 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "اجعل المفتاح المختار افتراضيا" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:803 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "اضبط كإ_لزامي" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:803 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "اجعل المفتاح المختار إلزامي" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:885 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "محرّر الإعدادات (الإعدادات الافتراضيّة)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:888 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1405 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "محرّر الإعدادات ( الإعدادات الإلزاميّة)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1156 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1157 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1186 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1194 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1203 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1751 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1763 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1775 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1790 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(لا شيء)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1364 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"لا يمكن إنشاء محرك GConf. كان الخطأ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1402 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "محرّر الإعدادات (الإعدادات الافتراضيّة)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1647 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "الاسم" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "القيمة" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1698 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "وثائق المفتاح" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1727 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "لا يمكن الكتابة على هذا المفتاح" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1740 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "لا يملك هذا المفتاح أيّة مخطط" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "اسم المفتاح:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "مالك المفتاح:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1770 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "وصف قصير:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1783 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "وصف طويل:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_صحيح" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_خاطئ" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "عدد صحيح" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "منطقي" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "نص" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "عشري" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "قائمة" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "أضف خانة قائمة جديدة" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "قيمة القائمة ال_جديدة:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "حرّر مُدخل القائمة" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_حرّر قيمة القائمة:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "المسار:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "الا_سم:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ال_نوع:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "ال_قيمة:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_نوع القائمة:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "القي_م:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "مفتاح جديد" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "حرّر المفتاح" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "لم يعثر على النّمط" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "ابحث" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "ا_بحث عن: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "ابحث في أ_سماء المفاتيح أيضًا" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "ابحث في _قيم المفاتيح أيضًا" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "أغلق نافذة الخَرْج" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "انسخ السّطور المنتقاة" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "امسح نافذة الخَرْج" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "سطور الخَرْج" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[مفتاح]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr " - حرّر مباشرة كامل قاعدة بيانات الإعدادات" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "النوع" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "نوع نافذة محرّر الإعدادات" diff --git a/po/as.po b/po/as.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01e2a07 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/as.po @@ -0,0 +1,473 @@ +# translation of as.po to Assamese +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Amitakhya Phukan , 2007. +# Amitakhya Phukan , 2007. +# Amitakhya Phukan , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: as\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-12 16:16+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Amitakhya Phukan \n" +"Language-Team: Assamese \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1)\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদক" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "আপোনাৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ বিন্যাস তথ্যভঁৰাল পোনেপোনে সম্পাদন কৰক" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-সম্পাদক পঞ্জিকাৰ পত্ৰচিহ্ন" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "পত্ৰচিহ্ন সম্পাদনা" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "সহায়িকা দেখোৱা নাযায়: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf বিন্যাস ব্যৱস্থাপ্ৰণালীৰ বাবে এটা সম্পাদক।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "অমিতাক্ষ ফুকন (aphukan@fedoraproject.org)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"চাবি অপ্ৰতিষ্ঠিত কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয় । ত্ৰুটি হ'ল:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"চাবি তৈয়াৰ কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয় । ত্ৰুটি হ'ল:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"চাবিৰ মান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয় । ত্ৰুটিৰ সম্বাদ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"বৰ্তমানে জোড়াসমূহ আৰু স্কীমাসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয় । এইটো পৰবৰ্তী সংস্কৰণত " +"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা হ'ব।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"মান নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয়। ত্ৰুটি হ'ল:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"মান সিঙ্ক কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয়। ত্ৰুটি হ'ল:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "নথিপত্ৰ (_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "সম্পাদনা (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "অনুসন্ধান (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "পত্ৰচিহ্ন (_B)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "সহায়তা (_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "নতুন বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "বৰ্ত্তমানৰ পছন্দ সম্পাদন কৰি এটা নতুন বিন্যাস সম্পাদক সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ খোলক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "নতুন অবিকল্পিত সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"ব্যৱস্থাপ্ৰণালীৰ অবিকল্পিত পছন্দ সম্পাদন কৰি এটা নতুন বিন্যাস সম্পাদক সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ খোলক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "নতুন বাধ্যতামূলক সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"ব্যৱস্থাপ্ৰণালীৰ বাধ্যতা থকা পছন্দ সম্পাদন কৰি এটা নতুন বিন্যাস সম্পাদক সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ " +"খোলক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ বন্ধ কৰক (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "এই সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ বন্ধ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "প্ৰস্থান (_Q)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদকৰ পৰা বাহিৰ হওক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "চাবিৰ নাম নকল কৰক (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত চাবিৰ নাম নকল কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "অনুসন্ধান... (_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "চাবি আৰু মানত ধাৰাবাহিকতা অনুসন্ধান কৰা হ'ব" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "নতুন চাবিসমূহক তালিকাভুক্ত কৰক (_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "অলপতে সলনি কৰা চাবিসমূহক প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "পত্ৰচিহ্ন যোগ কৰক (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত পঞ্জিকাত পত্ৰচিহ্ন যোগ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "পত্ৰচিহ্ন সম্পাদনা (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "পত্ৰচিহ্ন সম্পাদনা কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "সূচী (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদকৰ বাবে সহায় সূচী খোলক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "পৰিচিতি (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদকৰ বাবে পৰিতিচিৰ সম্বাদ দেখুৱাওক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "নতুন চাবি... (_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "নতুন চাবি তৈয়াৰ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "চাবি সম্পাদন কৰক (_E)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত চাবি সম্পাদন কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "চাবিৰ মান বাতিল কৰা হ'ব (_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত চাবিৰ মান বাতিল কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "অবিকল্পিত হিচাপে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰা হ'ব (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত চাবি অবিকল্পিত হিচাপে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "বাধ্যতামূলক হিচাপে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰা হ'ব (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত চাবি বাধ্যতামূলক হিচাপে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদক (অবিকল্পিত পছন্দ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদক (বাধ্যতামূলক পছন্দ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(None)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf ইঞ্জিন তৈয়াৰ কৰা সম্ভৱ নহয় । ত্ৰুটি হ'ল:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদক (অবিকল্পিত পছন্দ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "নাম" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "মান" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "চাবিৰ আলেখ্য" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "এই চাবিৰ মান লেখাৰ অনুমতি নাই" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "এই চাবিৰ কোনো স্কীমা নাই" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "চাবিৰ নাম:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "চাবিৰ মালিক:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "সংক্ষিপ্ত বৰ্ণনা:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "বিস্তাৰিত বৰ্ণনা:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "সত্য (_r)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "মিথ্যা (_F)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "পূৰ্ণ সংখ্যা" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "বুলিয়েন" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "বাক্য" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "দশমিক" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "তালিকা" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "নতুন তালিকা নিবেশ যোগ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "নতুন তালিকাৰ মান (_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "তালিকাৰ নিবেশ সম্পাদনা কৰক" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "তালিকাৰ মান সম্পাদনা কৰক (_E):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "পথ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "নাম (_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ধৰণ (_T):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "মান (_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "তালিকাৰ ধৰণ (_t):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "মানসমূহ (_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "নতুন চাবি" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "চাবিৰ সম্পাদনা" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "ধৰণ পোৱা নাযায়" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "বিচৰা" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "-ৰ বাবে বিচৰা (_S): " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "চাবিৰ নামতো বিচাৰিব (_n)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "চাবিৰ মানতো বিচাৰিব (_v)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "নিৰ্গম সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ বন্ধ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত শাৰী নকল কৰক" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "নিৰ্গমৰ সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰ পৰিষ্কাৰ কৰক" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "নিৰ্গম লাইন" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- আপোনাৰ বিন্যাসৰ তথ্যভঁৰাল পোনেপোনে সম্পাদন কৰক" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "ধৰন" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "বিন্যাস সম্পাদক সংযোগক্ষেত্ৰৰ ধৰণ ।" diff --git a/po/ast.po b/po/ast.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92efb05 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ast.po @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +# Asturian translation for gconf-editor +# Copyright (c) 2008 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2008 +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-10 09:53+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-19 15:31+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Astur \n" +"Language-Team: Asturian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2009-02-09 14:16+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor de configuración" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Edite direutamente la so base de datos de configuración completa" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Marcadores" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "carpeta de marcadores de gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Editar marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Nun se pudo amosa l'aida: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un editor pal sistema de configuración GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Launchpad Contributions:\n" +" Astur https://launchpad.net/~malditoastur" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nun se pudo esborrar el valor de la clave. El error foi\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nun se pudo criar la clave. L'error ye:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nun se pudo camudar el valor de la clave. El mensax d'error foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Anguaño los pares y esquemes nun puen ser editaos. Esto camudará nuna " +"versión futura." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, fuzzy, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nun se pudo sincronizar el valor. L'error foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nun se pudo sincronizar el valor. L'error foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Ficheru" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Editar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Buscar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Aida" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Ventana de _configuración nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Abre una ventana nueva del editor de configuración pa editar la " +"configuración autual" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Ventana de _predeterminaos nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Abre una ventana del «Editor de configuración» nueva pa editar los axustes " +"predeterminaos del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Ventana d' _obligatorios nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Abre una ventana del «Editor de configuración» nueva pa editar los axustes " +"obligatorios del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Zarrar ventana" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Zarrar esta ventana" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Colar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Sal del «Editor de configuración»" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copiar el nome de la clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copia'l nome de la clave seleicionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Atopar..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Buscar patrones nes claves y los valores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Llistar claves recientes" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Amuesa les claves recientemente modificaes" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Amestar Marcador" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Amesta un marcador al directoriu seleicionáu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Editar marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Edita los marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Conteníos" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Abre'l conteníu de l'aida pal «Editor de configuración»" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Tocante a" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Amuesa'l diálogu «Tocante a» pal «Editor de configuración»" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Clave _nueva…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Cria una clave nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Editar clave…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Edita la clave seleicionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Desafitar clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Desafitar la clave seleicionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Afitar como pre_determináu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Afita la clave seleicionada pa que seya la predeterminada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Afitar como _obligatoriu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Afita la clave seleicionada como obligatoria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (Axustes predeterminaos)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (Axustes obligatorios)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Nengún)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nun se pue criar el motor Gconf. L'error foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (Axustes predeterminaos)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentación de la clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Esta clave nun ye editable" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Esta clave nun tien esquema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nome de la clave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Propietariu de la clave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Descrición curtia:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Descrición llarga:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "B_raero" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falsu" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Enteru" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booleanu" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Cadena" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Flotante" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Amestar una entrada nueva a la llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Valor _nuevu de la llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Editar entrada de llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Editar valor de llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Ruta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nome:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Valor:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipu de llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Valores:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Clave nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Editar la clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Patrón non alcontráu" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Atopar" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Atopar por: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Buscar tamién nos _nomes de les claves" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Buscar también nos _valores de les claves" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Pieslla la ventana de salida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copia les llinies seleicionaes" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Vacía la ventana de salida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Llinies de salida" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CLAVE]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Edite direutamente la so base de datos de configuración completa" diff --git a/po/az.po b/po/az.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d75281 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/az.po @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +# gconf-editor faylının Azərbaycan dilinə tərcüməsi. +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Vasif Ismailoglu MD , 2001. +# +# $Id$ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-09-14 11:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-14 17:49+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mətin Əmirov \n" +"Language-Team: Azerbaijani Turkish \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Quraşdırma Editoru" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Birbaşa bütün quraşdırma verilənlər bazasını düzəlt" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Nişanlar" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor qovluq nişanları" + +#: src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Nişanları Düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-editor-application.c:58 +#: src/gconf-editor-application.c:69 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:653 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:698 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf motoru yaradıla bilmədi. Xəta:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:341 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Yardım göstərilə bilmədi: %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:376 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "Mətin Əmirov " + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:386 +msgid "GConf-Editor" +msgstr "GConf-Editoru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:388 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf quraşdırma sistemi üçün editor." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:423 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Açarı silə bilmədim. Xəta :\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:448 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Açarı yarada bilmədim. Xətalar :\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:530 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Açar qiymətini dəyişə bilmədim. Xəta :\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:562 +msgid "Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later version." +msgstr "Hazırda cütlər və sxemlər düzəldilə bilmir. Daha sonrakı buraxılışlarda bu dəyişəcək" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:677 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Qiymət sinxronlaşdırıla bilmədi. Xəta:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fayl" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Axtar" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Nişanlar" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Yardım" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Yeni _Qurğular Pəncərəsi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Yeni gconf editoru pəncərəsi açaraq sistemin hazırkı qurğularını dəyişdir" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Yeni Ö_n Qurğular Pəncərəsi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "Yeni gconf editoru pəncərəsi açaraq sistemin ön qurğularını dəyişdir" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Yeni Ə_sas Pəncərə" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "Yeni gconf editoru pəncərəsi açaraq sistemin əsas qurğularını dəyişdir" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "Pəncərəni _Bağla" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Bu pəncərəni bağla" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "Çı_x" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +msgstr "GConf editorundan çıx" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "Açar Adını _köçür" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Seçili açarın adını köçür" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Axtar..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Açarlarda və qiymətlərində mətn axtar" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Son İşlədilən Açarlar" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Son təkmilləşdirilən açarları göstər" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "Nişan Ə_lavə Et" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Seçili qovluğa nişan əlvə et" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Nişanları _Düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Nişanları düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Məzmun" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Open the help contents for the gconf editor" +msgstr "gconf editorunun yardım məzmununu aç" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Haqqında" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the gconf editor" +msgstr "gconf editoru haqqında məlumat göstər" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Ye_ni Açar..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Yeni açar yarat" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "Açarı _Düzəlt..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Seçili açarı düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "Açarı _Sil..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Seçili açarın qiymətini sil" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Ö_n Qurğulu Olaraq Seç" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Seçili açarı ön qurğulu et" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "_Lazımlı Qurğulu Olaraq Seç" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Seçili açarı ön məcburi et" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:860 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:867 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1321 +msgid "GConf editor" +msgstr "GConf editoru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:875 +#, c-format +msgid "GConf editor - %s" +msgstr "GConf editoru - %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1057 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1058 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1059 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1060 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1089 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1097 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1106 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1566 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1578 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1590 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1605 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Yox)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1463 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ad" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1486 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Qiymət" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1513 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Açarın Sənədləri" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1542 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:600 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Bu açar yazıla bilən deyil" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1555 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Bu açarın sxemi yoxdur" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1560 +msgid "Key Name:" +msgstr "Açar Adı:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1573 +msgid "Key Owner:" +msgstr "Açar Yiyəsi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1585 +msgid "Short Description:" +msgstr "Qısa İzahat:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1598 +msgid "Long Description:" +msgstr "Uzun İzahat:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:82 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "T_rue" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:85 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:246 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:354 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_False" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:121 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:153 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Integer" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:123 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "String" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Float" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:129 +msgid "List" +msgstr "List" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add new list entry" +msgstr "Yeni siyahı girişi əlavə et" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:237 +msgid "_New list element:" +msgstr "_Yeni siyahı elementi:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:324 +msgid "Edit list entry" +msgstr "Siyahı girişini düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:342 +msgid "_Edit list element:" +msgstr "Siyahı elementini _düzəlt:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:554 +msgid "Key path:" +msgstr "Açar cığırı:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:566 +msgid "Key _name:" +msgstr "Açar _adı:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:579 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Növ:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:620 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:633 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:646 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:657 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:680 +msgid "Key _value:" +msgstr "Açarın _qiyməti:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Siyahı _növü:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:785 +msgid "New key" +msgstr "Yeni açar" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:789 +msgid "Edit key" +msgstr "Açarı düzəlt" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:61 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Mətn tapıla milmədi" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Axtar" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:145 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Axtarılacaq mətn:" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:166 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Əlavə olaraq açar _adlarında da axtar" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:169 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Əlavə olaraq açar _qiymətlərində də axtar" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Çıxış pəncərəsini bağla" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Seçili sətirləri köçür" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Nəticə pəncrəsini bağla" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Nəticə Sətirləri" + +#: src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "Hökmsüz açar \"%s\": %s" + diff --git a/po/be.po b/po/be.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a45ca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/be.po @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.gnome-2-2.be.po to belarusian +# Copyright (C) 2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Vital Khilko , 2003 +# +# +# Alexander Nyakhaychyk , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.gnome-2-2.be\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf-" +"editor&component=general\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-17 17:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-30 02:27+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk \n" +"Language-Team: Belarusian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Рэдактар наладак" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Наўпрост рэдагуе ўсю базу даньняў наладак" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Закладкі" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "тэчка закладак gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Рэдагаваць закладкі" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<няма значэньня>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Немагчыма адлюстраваць даведку: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Рэдактар для сыстэмы наладак GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Віталь Хілько , 2003, 2004Алесь Няхайчык , 2006" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Немагчыма вярнуць ключ. Памылка: \n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ня атрымалася зьмяніць значэньне ключа. Паведамленьне пра памылку:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ня атрымалася зьмяніць значэньне ключа. Паведамленьне пра памылку:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Бягучыя пары й схемы ня могуць быць зьменены. Гэта будзе выпраўлена ў " +"наступных вэрсыях." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +#| "%s" +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Немагчыма задаць значэньне. Памылка:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Немагчыма сынхранізаваць значэньне. Памылка:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Файл" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Рэдагаваньне" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "По_шук" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Закладкі" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Даведка" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Новае вакно _наладак" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Стваране новае вакно рэдактара наладак" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Новае вакно _прадвызначаных наладак" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "Стварае новае вакно для рэдагаваньня наладак, прадвызначаных сыстэмай" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Новая вакно _абавязковых наладак" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "Стварае новае вакно для рэдагаваньня наладак, абавязковыз для сыстэмы" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Зачыніць вакно" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Зачыніць вакно" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "Вы_йсьці" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Выйсьці з рэдактара наладак" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "С_капіяваць назву ключа" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Копія назвы вылучанага ключа" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "По_шук..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Шуке ўзоры ў назвах і значэньнях ключоў" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Сьпіс апошніх ключоў" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Паказвае сьпіс нядаўна зьмененых ключоў" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Дадаць закладку" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Дадае закладку на вылучаную тэчку" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Рэдагаваць закладкі" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Рэдагаваць закладкі" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Зьмест" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Адчыняе зьмест даведкі аб рэдактары наладак" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Аб праграме" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Паказаць дыялёг \"Аб праграме\"" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Стварыць _ключ..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Стварае новы ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "Р_эдагаваць ключ..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Рэдагуе новы ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Вярнуць ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Адмяняе вылучаны ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Прад_вызначыць" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Робіць вылучаны ключ прадвызначаным " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Зрабіць а_бавязковым" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Робіць вылучаны ключ абавязковым" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Рэдактар наладак (прадвызначаныя наладкі)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Рэдактар наладак (абавязковыя наладкі)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(няма)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Неатрымалася стварыць рухавік GConf. Памылка:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Рэдактар наладак (прадвызначаныя наладкі)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Назва" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Значэньне" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Дакумэнтацыя па гэтым ключы" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Гэты ключ немагчыма зьмяніць" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Гэты ключ ня мае схемы" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Назва ключа:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Уладальнік ключа:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Кароткае апісаньне:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Падрабязнае апісаньне:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Ісьціна" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Мана" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Цэлае" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Лягічнае" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Радковае" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "З коскай" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Сьпіс" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Дадаць новы пукнт сьпісу" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Новае значэньне сьпісу:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Рэдагаваць пункт стпісу" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Рэдагаваць сьпіс значэньняў:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Шлях:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Назва:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Тып:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Значэньне:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Тып сьпісу:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Значэньні:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Стварыць новы ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Рэдагаваць ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Узор ня знойдзены" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Пошук" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "По_шук:" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Шукаць таксама ў _назвах ключоў" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Шукаць таксама ў _значэньнях ключоў" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Зачыніць вакно вываду" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Скапіяваць вылучаныя радкі" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Ачысьціць вакно вываду" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Радкі вываду" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[Ключ]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +#| msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Наўпрост рэдагуе базу даных наладак" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Тып" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Тып вакна рэдактара наладак." + +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "Нерэчаісны ключ \"%s\": %s" diff --git a/po/be@latin.po b/po/be@latin.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e673ed --- /dev/null +++ b/po/be@latin.po @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ +# Biełaruski pierakład gconf-editor +# Ihar Hračyška +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-13 16:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-13 02:01+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Ihar Hrachyshka \n" +"Language-Team: Belarusian Latin \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Belarusian\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: BELARUS\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:854 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1347 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Redaktar naładaŭ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Naŭprost redahuj bazu naładaŭ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Zakładki" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "zakładki na katalohi redaktara naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Źmiani zakładki" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:146 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:343 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Niemahčyma adlustravać dapamohu: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Ihar Hračyška " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:407 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Redaktar naładaŭ systemy GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:437 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Niemahčyma źniać vartaść kluča. Pamyłka:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:462 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Niemahčyma stvaryć kluč. Pamyłka:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:544 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Niemahčyma źmianić vartaści kluča. Pamyłka:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:576 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Pakul źmiena paraŭ i schiemaŭ nie padtrymvajecca, ale heta źmienicca ŭ " +"nastupnych versijach." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:680 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Niemahčyma synchranizavać vartaść. Pamyłka:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fajł" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Źmiani" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Šukaj" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Zakładki" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:725 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Dapamoha" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "_Novaje akno naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Adčyni novaje akno Redaktara dla redahavańnia dziejnych naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Novaje _zmoŭčanaje akno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Adčyni novaje vakno Redaktara dla redahavańnia systemnych zmoŭčanych naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Novaje _vakno abaviazkovych naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "Adčyni novaje akno Redaktara dla redahavańnia abaviazkovych naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "Za_čyni akno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Začyni hetaje akno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Vychad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Vychad z Redaktara naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Skapijuj nazvu kluča" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Skapijuj nazvu zaznačanaha kluča" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Šukaj..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Šukaj pa šablonie ŭ klučach i ichnych vartaściach" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Pakažy niadaŭnyja klučy" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Pakažy klučy, jakija niadaŭna redahavalisia" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Dadaj zakładku" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Dadaj zakładku dla dziejnaha katalohu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Źmiani zakładki" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Źmiani zakładki" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Źmieściva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Adčyni źmieściva dapamohi dla Redaktara naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Ab prahramie" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Pakažy źviestki ab Redaktary naładaŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Novy kluč..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Stvary novy kluč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Źmiani kluč..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Źmiani zaznačany kluč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Vyčyść kluč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Vyčyść zaznačany kluč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Zrabi _zmoŭčanaj vartaściu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Zrabi vartaść zaznačanaha kluča zmoŭčanaj" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Zrabi _abaviazkovaj vartaściu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Zrabi vartaść zaznačanaha kluča abaviazkovaj" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:848 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Redaktar naładaŭ (zmoŭčanyja vartaści)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:851 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1344 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Redaktar naładaŭ (abaviazkovyja vartaści)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1093 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1094 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1095 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1096 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1133 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1142 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1666 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1678 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1690 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1705 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Niama)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1303 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1313 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Niemahčyma stvaryć mechanizm GConf. Pamyłka:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1341 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Redaktar naładaŭ (zmoŭčanyja vartaści)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1409 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Typ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1410 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "Typ akna Redaktara naładaŭ." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1563 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nazva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1586 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Vartaść" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1613 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Dakumentacyja kluča" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1642 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:619 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Hety kluč abaronieny ad zapisu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1655 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Hety kluč nia maje schiemy" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1660 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nazva kluča:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Ułaśnik kluča:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1685 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Karotkaje apisańnie:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1698 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Poŭnaje apisańnie:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:105 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Praŭda" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:108 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:259 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:364 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:650 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Niapraŭda" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Cełaja vartaść" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Lohikavaja vartaść" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:172 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Radok" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Lik ź niefiksavanaj koskaj" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Śpis" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:234 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Dadaj novy zapis u śpis" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:250 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Novaja vartaść śpisu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:336 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Źmiani zapis sa śpisu" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:352 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Źmienienaja vartaść śpisu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:573 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Ściežka:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:584 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nazva:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:596 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Typ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:631 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:649 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:668 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:685 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Vartaść:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:708 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Typ śpisu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:716 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Vartaści:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:818 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Novy kluč" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:822 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Źmiani kluč" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Šablon nia znojdzieny" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:146 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Šukaj" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:148 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Šukaj šablon: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:169 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Šukaj u _nazvach klučoŭ" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:172 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Šukaj u _vartaściach klučoŭ" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:378 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Začyni akno vyjścia" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:416 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Skapijuj zaznačanyja radki" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:436 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Ačyść akno vyjścia" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:476 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Radki vyjścia" + +#: ../src/main.c:42 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KLUČ]" + +#: ../src/main.c:50 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Naŭprost redahuj usiu svaju bazu naładaŭ" diff --git a/po/bg.po b/po/bg.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aac117 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/bg.po @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +# Bulgarian translation for gconf-editor po-file. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Evgeni Boevski , 2002, 2003. +# Rostislav Raykov , 2004, 2006. +# Evgeni Boevski , 2004. +# Vladimir "Kaladan" Petkov , 2004, 2007. +# Alexander Shopov , 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor trunk\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-09 15:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-09 15:25+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Alexander Shopov \n" +"Language-Team: Bulgarian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Настройки на програмите" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Директно редактиране на цялата база с настройки" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Отметки" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "отметки за папки на редактора на настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Редактиране на отметките" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<без стойност>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Помощта не може да бъде показана: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Редактор за конфигурационната система GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Ростислав Райков \n" +"Владимир „Kaladan“ Петков \n" +"Александър Шопов \n" +"\n" +"Проектът за превод на GNOME има нужда от подкрепа.\n" +"Научете повече за нас на http://gnome.cult.bg\n" +"Докладвайте за грешки на http://gnome.cult.bg/bugs" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Неуспешно премахване на стойността на ключ. Грешката е: \n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Неуспех при създаване на ключ. Грешката е:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Неуспех при промяна на стойността на ключ. Съобщение за грешка:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"В момента двойки и схеми не могат да се редактират. Това ще се промени в по-" +"нова версия." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Стойността не може да бъде зададена. Грешката е: \n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Стойността не може да бъде синхронизирана. Грешката е: \n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Файл" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Редактиране" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Търсене" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Отметки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Помощ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "_Нов прозорец за настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Отваряне на нов прозорец на редактора на настройки за редакция на текущите " +"настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Нов _прозорец за стандартните настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Отваряне на нов прозорец на редактора за промяна на стандартните настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Нов прозорец за за_дължителни настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Отваряне на нов прозорец на редактора за промяна на задължителните настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Затваряне на прозорец" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Затваряне на този прозорец" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Спиране на програмата" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Спиране на редактора на настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Копиране името на ключа" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Копиране на името на избрания ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Търсене…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Откриване на даден образец в ключове и стойности" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Последно използвани ключове" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Показване на ключовете променяни наскоро" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Добавяне на отметка" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Добавяне на отметка към избраната папка" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Редактиране на отметките" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Редактиране на отметките" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Потребителско ръководство" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Зареждане на потребителското ръководство към редактора на настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Относно" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Показване на прозореца „Относно“ към редактора на настройки" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Нов ключ…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Създаване на нов ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Редактиране на ключ…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Редактиране на избрания ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Изчистване на ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Изчистване на избрания ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Установяване като _стандартна стойност" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Настройване на избрания ключ да е стандартната стойност" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Установяване като _задължителна стойност" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Настройване на избрания ключ към задължителната стойност" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Редактор на настройки (стандартни настройки)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Редактор на настройки (задължителни настройки)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(липсва)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Неуспех при създаване на ядрото на GConf. Грешката е:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Редактор на настройки (стандартни настройки)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Име" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Стойност" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Документация за ключа" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "В този ключ не може да се записва" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Този ключ няма схема" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Име на ключа:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Собственик на ключа:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Кратко описание:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Подробно описание:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Истина" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Лъжа" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Цяло число" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Булева стойност" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Низ" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Число с плаваща запетая" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Списък" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Добавяне на нов елемент на списък" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Нова стойност на списък:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Редактиране на запис от списък" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Редактиране на стойност на списък:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Път:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Име:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Вид:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Стойност:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Вид на списъка:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "Стойнос_ти:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Нов ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Редактиране на ключ" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Образецът не е открит" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Търсене" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "Т_ърсене за: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Търсене и в _имената на ключовете" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Търсене и в _стойностите на ключовете" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Затваряне на изходния прозорец" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Копиране на избраните редове" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Изчистване на изходния прозорец" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Изходни редове" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[КЛЮЧ]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "— директно редактиране на цялата база с настройки" diff --git a/po/bn.po b/po/bn.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..211b983 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/bn.po @@ -0,0 +1,563 @@ +# The Bengali translation of GConf-Editor +# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the GConf-Editor package. +# Muhammad Mahmudur Rahman Khana , YEAR. +# Mahay Alam Khan , 2005. +# Samia Niamatullah , 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: GConf-Editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-10-01 05:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-30 23:51+0600\n" +"Last-Translator: Mahay Alam Khan \n" +"Language-Team: Bengali \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:847 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1351 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক" + +# might be : আপনার সম্পূর্ণ কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেস সরাসরি এডিট করুন - mak +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "তোমার সম্পূর্ণ কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেস সরাসরি সম্পাদন কর" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্কসমূহ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-সম্পাদক ফোল্ডারের বুকমার্ক" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক সম্পাদন কর" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "সহায়িকা দেখানো যাচ্ছেনা: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "অঙ্কুর প্রকল্পের পক্ষে মাহে আলম খান (makl10n@yahoo.com)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:400 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf কনফিগারেশন সিস্টেমের জন্য একটি সম্পাদক।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:430 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"কী আনসেট করা সম্ভব হয়নি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:455 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"কী তৈরি করা সম্ভব হয়নি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:537 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"কী এর মান পরিবর্তন করা সম্ভব হয়নি। ত্রুটি সম্পর্কিত তথ্য:\n" +"%s" + +# sam: what are 'pairs'? +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:569 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"বর্তমানে জোড়াসমূহ ও স্কীমাগুলো সম্পাদন করা সম্ভব নয়। এটি পরবর্তী সংস্করণে পরিবর্তন " +"করা হবে।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:673 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:708 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"মান সিঙ্ক করা সম্ভব হয়নি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:714 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "ফাইল (_ফ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "সম্পাদন (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:716 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "খোঁজা (_খ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:717 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:718 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "সহায়িকা (_স)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:720 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "নতুন বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী উইন্ডো (_ব)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"বর্তমান বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী সম্পাদন করার জন্য একটি নতুন কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনার উইন্ডো খোলো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "নতুন ডিফল্ট উইন্ডো (_ড)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"সিস্টেমের ডিফল্ট বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী সম্পাদন করার জন্য একটি নতুন কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনার " +"উইন্ডো খোলো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "নতুন বাধ্যতামূলক উইন্ডো (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"সিস্টেমের বাধ্যতামূলক বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী সম্পাদন করার জন্য একটি নতুন কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক " +"উইন্ডো খোলো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "উইন্ডো বন্ধ করো (_ব)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "এই উইন্ডো বন্ধ করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "প্রস্থান (_প)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক থেকে বেরিয়ে এসো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "কী এর নাম কপি করো (_ক)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কী টির নাম কপি করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "খোঁজো... (_খ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "কী এবং মানসমূহের মধ্যে ধারাবাহিকতা খোঁজো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "সাম্প্রতিক কী এর তালিকা (_ত)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "সম্প্রতি‌‌-পরিবর্তিত কীসমূহ দেখাও" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক যোগ করো (_ক)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত ডিরেক্টরিতে বুকমার্ক যোগ কর" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক সম্পাদন করো (_এ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক সম্পাদন করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "সূচি (_স)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক সম্পর্কিত সহায়িকার সূচি খোলো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "পরিচিতি (_প)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদকের পরিচিতি দেখাও" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "নতুন কী... (_ন)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "নতুন কী তৈরী করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "কী সম্পাদন... (_স)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কী সম্পাদন করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "কী আনসেটকরণ... (_আ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কী আনসেট করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "ডিফল্ট হিসেবে নির্ধারণ করো (_ড)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কী ডিফল্ট হিসেবে নির্ধারণ করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "বাধ্যতামূলক হিসেবে নির্ধারণ করো (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কী বাধ্যতামূলক হিসেবে নির্ধারণ করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:841 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক (ডিফল্ট বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:844 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক (বাধ্যতামূলক বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1086 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1087 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1088 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1089 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1118 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1135 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1670 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1682 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1694 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1709 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(কোনটি নয়)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1301 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1316 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf ইন্জিন তৈরি করা সম্ভব হয়নি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1345 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক (ডিফল্ট বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1348 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক (বাধ্যতামূলক বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1413 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ধরন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1414 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদক উইন্ডোর ধরণ।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1567 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "নাম" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1590 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "মান" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1617 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "কী সম্পর্কীয় ডকুমেন্টেশন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "এই কী এর মান লেখার অনুমতি নেই " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1659 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "এই কী এর কোন স্কীমা নেই" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1664 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "কী এর নাম:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1677 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "কী এর মালিক:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1689 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "সংক্ষিপ্ত বর্ণনা:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "বিস্তারিত বর্ণনা:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:105 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "সত্য (_স)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:108 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:256 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:361 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:647 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "মিথ্যা (_ম)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "পূর্ণ সংখ্যা" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "বুলিয়ান" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:172 +msgid "String" +msgstr "বাক্য" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "দশমিক" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 +msgid "List" +msgstr "লিস্ট" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:231 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "নতুন লিস্ট এন্ট্রি যোগ করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:247 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "নতুন লিস্টের মান: (_ন)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:333 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "লিস্ট এন্ট্রি সম্পাদন করো" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "লিস্টের মান সম্পাদন করো: (_ল)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:570 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "পাথ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "নাম: (_ন)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:593 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ধরন: (_ধ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:628 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:646 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:665 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:682 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "মান: (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:705 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "লিস্টের ধরন: (_ধ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:713 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "মানসমূহ: (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:815 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "নতুন কী" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:819 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "কী সম্পাদন করো" + +# ধরণ is more apropriate than নকশা in this scenario - mak +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "ধরণ পাওয়া যায়নি" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:141 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "খোঁজো" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "খোঁজা হচ্ছে: (_খ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:164 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "কী নামেও খোঁজ করো (_ন)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:167 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "কী এর মানেও খোঁজ করো (_ম)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "আউটপুট উইন্ডো বন্ধ করো" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত লাইন কপি করো" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "আউটপুট উইন্ডোর সব তথ্য মুছে ফেলো" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "আউটপুট লাইন" + +#: ../src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "অবৈধ কী \"%s\": %s" + +#~ msgid "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "জিকনফ-এডিটর" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +#~ msgstr "জিকনফ-এডিটর" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor" +#~ msgstr "জিকনফ-এডিটর" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor - %s" +#~ msgstr "জিকনফ-এডিটর -%s" + +#~ msgid "Key Name:" +#~ msgstr "কী নাম" + +#~ msgid "Key path:" +#~ msgstr "কী পাথ" + +#~ msgid "Key _value:" +#~ msgstr "কী_মান" + +#~ msgid "About GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "জিকনফ-এডিটর সম্বন্ধে" + +#~ msgid "/File/_New window" +#~ msgstr "/ফাইল/_নতুন উইন্ডো" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/বুকমার্কস/_বুকমার্কস যোগ কর" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/বুকমার্কস/_বুকমার্কস সম্পাদনা..." + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/সহায়ক তথ্য/_সম্বন্ধে..." + +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/ফাইল/নতুন উইন্ডো" + +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/ফাইল/বন্ধ করা" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/Copy key name" +#~ msgstr "/সম্পাদনা/কী নাম কপি কর" + +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/সহায়ক তথ্য/সম্বন্ধে" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "স্কীমার স্থান বের করতে পারেনি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "স্কীমা পওয়া যায়নি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "স্কীমা সেট করতে পারেনি। ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "কী আনসেট করতে পারেনি।ত্রুটিটা হলো:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/নতুন কী..." + +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/আনসেট কী" + +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "_এই ডায়ালগটি আবার দেখাও" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. This " +#~ "is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. Use this tool " +#~ "at your own risk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "এই টুল তোমাকে সরাসরি তোমার কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেইসকে সম্পাদনা করতে দিবেডেস্কটপের " +#~ "বৈশিষ্টাবলীর মান নির্ধারণের জন্য এটা কোন গ্রহণযোগ্য উপায় নয়গ্ড়এই টুল ব্যবহার করতে " +#~ "হবে সম্পূর্ণ তোমার নিজের দায়িত্বে" + +#~ msgid "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" +#~ msgstr "কপিরাইট(c) অ্যান্ডার্স কার্লসন ২০০১,২০০২" diff --git a/po/bn_IN.po b/po/bn_IN.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24b5e66 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/bn_IN.po @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +# translation of bn_IN.po to Bengali INDIA +# Bengali India translation of GConf-Editor +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the GConf-Editor package. +# +# Muhammad Mahmudur Rahman Khana , YEAR. +# Mahay Alam Khan , 2005. +# Samia Niamatullah , 2005. +# Runa Bhattacharjee , 2006, 2007. +# Runa Bhattacharjee , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: bn_IN\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-09 21:45+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Runa Bhattacharjee \n" +"Language-Team: Bengali INDIA \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদন ব্যবস্থা" + +# might be : আপনার সম্পূর্ণ কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেস সরাসরি এডিট করুন - mak +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেস সরাসরি সম্পাদনা করুন" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্কস" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor ফোল্ডারের বুকমার্ক" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক সম্পাদনা করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "সহায়িকা প্রদর্শন করতে ব্যর্থ: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf কনফিগারেশন সিস্টেমের জন্য একটি সম্পাদক।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"অঙ্কুর প্রকল্পের পক্ষে মাহে আলম খান (makl10n@yahoo.com) \n" +"রুণা ভট্টাচার্য্য (runabh@gmail.com)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"কি-র মান বাতিল করতে ব্যর্থ। উৎপন্ন ত্রুটি:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"কি তৈরি করা সম্ভব হয়নি। উৎপন্ন সমস্যা:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"কি-র মান পরিবর্তন করা সম্ভব হয়নি। ত্রুটি সম্পর্কিত তথ্য:\n" +"%s" + +# sam: what are 'pairs'? +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"বর্তমানে জুটি ও স্কিমাগুলি সম্পাদন করা সম্ভব নয়। এটি পরবর্তী একটি সংস্করণে পরিবর্তন " +"করা হবে।" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"মান নির্ধারণ করা সম্ভব হয়নি। উৎপন্ন সমস্যা:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"মান sync (সুসংগত) করা সম্ভব হয়নি। উৎপন্ন সমস্যা:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "ফাইল (_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "সম্পাদনা (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "অনুসন্ধান (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক (_B)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "সাহায্য (_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "নতুন বৈশিষ্ট্যের উইন্ডো (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "বর্তমান বৈশিষ্ট্যগুলি পরিবর্তনের জন্য একটি নতুন কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনার উইন্ডোর খুলুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "নতুন ডিফল্ট উইন্ডো (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "সিস্টেমের ডিফল্ট বৈশিষ্ট্যগুলি পরিবর্তনের জন্য একটি নতুন কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনার উইন্ডোর খুলুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "নতুন বাধ্যতামূলক উইন্ডো (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "সিস্টেমের বাধ্যতামূলক বৈশিষ্ট্যগুলি পরিবর্তনের জন্য একটি নতুন কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনার উইন্ডোর খুলুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "উইন্ডো বন্ধ করুন (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "এই উইন্ডোটি বন্ধ করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "প্রস্থান (_Q)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনা ব্যবস্থা থেকে প্রস্থান করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "কি-র নাম কপি করুন (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কি-র নাম কপি করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "অনুসন্ধান... (_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "কি এবং মানের মধ্যে ধারাবাহিকতা অনুসন্ধান করা হবে" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "সম্প্রতি ব্যবহৃত কি-র তালিকা (_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "সম্প্রতি‌ পরিবর্তিত কি প্রদর্শন করা হবে" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক যোগ করুন (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত ডিরেক্টরিতে বুকমার্ক যোগ করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক সম্পাদনা (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "বুকমার্ক সম্পাদন করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "সূচী (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদন ব্যবস্থা সম্পর্কিত সহায়িকার সূচী প্রদর্শন করা হবে" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "পরিচিতি (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদন ব্যবস্থা সম্বন্ধীয় ডায়লগ প্রদর্শন করা হবে" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "নতুন-কি... (_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "নতুন কি তৈরি করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "কি-সম্পাদনা... (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কি সম্পাদনা করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "কি-র মান বাতিল করা হবে (_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কি-র মান বাতিল করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "ডিফল্ট মা রূপে নির্ধারণ করা হবে (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কি-টি ডিফল্ট রূপে নির্ধারণ করা হবে" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "বাধ্যতামূলক মান রূপে নির্ধারণ করা হবে (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত কি-টি বাধ্যতামূলক রূপে নির্ধারণ করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদন ব্যবস্থা (ডিফল্ট বৈশিষ্ট্য)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদন ব্যবস্থা (বাধ্যতামূলক বৈশিষ্ট্য)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(শূণ্য)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf ইঞ্জিন নির্মাণ করতে ব্যর্থ। উৎপন্ন ত্রুটি:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদন ব্যবস্থা (ডিফল্ট বৈশিষ্ট্য)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "নাম" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "মান" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "কি সম্পর্কীয় নথিপত্র" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "এই কি-র মান লেখার অনুমতি নেই " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "এই কি-র স্কিমা অনুপস্থিত" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "কি-র নাম:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "কি-র মালিক:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "সংক্ষিপ্ত বর্ণনা:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "বিস্তারিত বর্ণনা:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "সত্য (_r)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "মিথ্যা (_F)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "পূর্ণ সংখ্যা" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "বুলিয়ান" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "স্ট্রিং" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "দশমিক" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "তালিকা" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "নতুন তালিকা এনট্রি যোগ করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "নতুন তালিকার মান: (_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "তালিকার এনট্রি সম্পাদন করুন" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "তালিকার মান সম্পাদন করুন: (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "পাথ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "নাম: (_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ধরন: (_T)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "মান: (_V)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "তালিকার ধরন: (_t)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "মান: (_V)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "নতুন কি" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "কি সম্পাদন করুন" + +# ধরণ is more apropriate than নকশা in this scenario - mak +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "ধরন পাওয়া যায়নি" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "অনুসন্ধান" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "উল্লিখিত বস্তু অনুসন্ধান: (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "কি-র মানের মধ্যে অনুসন্ধান করুন (_n)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "কি-র মানের মধ্যে অনুসন্ধান করা হবে (_v)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "আউটপুট উইন্ডো বন্ধ করুন" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "নির্বাচিত লাইন কপি করুন" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "আউটপুট উইন্ডোর সব তথ্য মুছে ফেলুন" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "আউটপুট লাইন" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +# might be : আপনার সম্পূর্ণ কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেস সরাসরি এডিট করুন - mak +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- সম্পূর্ণ কনফিগারেশন ডাটাবেস সরাসরি সম্পাদনা করুন" + diff --git a/po/br.po b/po/br.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c74971 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/br.po @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +# Breton translation of sound-juicer +# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the GNU General Public License Version 2. +# Jérémy Ar Floc'h , 2006 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor 2.14\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-25 09:42+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-31 16:29+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Denis\n" +"Language-Team: Brenux \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:397 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:875 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Kemmer kefluniad" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Sinedoù" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Teuliad ar sinedoù gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Kemmañ ar sinedoù" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "N'eus ket tu da ziskouez skoazell : %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un kemmer evit ar reizhiad kefluniadur GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:404 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Jérémy Ar Floc'h " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:431 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"N'eus ket tu da lemel an alc'hwez. Ar fazi a zo bet :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:456 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"N'eus ket tu da grouiñ an alc'hwez. Ar fazi zo :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:538 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"N'eus ket tu da gemm gwerzhad d'an alc'hwez. Fazi :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:570 +msgid "Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:649 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"N'eus ket tu da c'houbredañ ar werzhad. Ar Fazi a zo bet :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Restr" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "K_emmañ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Klask" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Sinedoù" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Skoazell" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Prenestr ar reizhidiegezhoù nevez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Prenestr nevez dre _ziouer" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Serriñ ar prenestr" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Serriñ ar prenestr-mañ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Mont kuit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Mont kuit an aozer kenneuziadur" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Eilañ anv d'an alc'hwez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Eilañ anv d'an alc'hwez diuzet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Kavout..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Kavout patromoù e-barzh alc'hwezioù ha gwerzhadoù" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "Roll an alc'hwezioù nevesañ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Diskouez an alc'hwezioù kemmet nevez zo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Ouzhpennañ ur sined" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Ouzhpenañ ur sined e-barzh ar renkell diuzet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "K_emmañ ar sinedoù" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Kemmañ ar sinedoù" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "Endal_c'hadoù" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Digeriñ ar skoazell evit an aozer kenneuziadur" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_A-zivout" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Diskouez ar voest \"a-zivout\" evit an aozer kenneuziadur" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Alc'hwez _nevez..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Krouiñ an alc'hwez nevez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "K_emmañ an alc'hwez..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Kemmañ an alc'hwez diuzet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Lemel an alc'hwez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Lemel an alc'hwez diuzet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:869 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Kemmer kefluniad (arventennoù dre ziouer)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:872 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1368 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Kemmer kefluniad (arventennoù mandatory)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1117 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1118 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1119 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1120 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1149 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1157 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1166 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1717 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1729 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1741 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1756 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Tra ebet)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1327 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1337 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"N'eus ket tu da grouiñ ar c'heflusker GConf. Ar fazi a zo bet :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1365 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Aozer kefluniad (reizhidigezhoù dre ziouer)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1613 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Anv" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1637 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Gwerzhad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1664 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Teuliadur an alc'hwez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1693 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "N'eus ket tu da skrivañ war an alc'hwez-mañ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1706 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "An alc'hwez-mañ n'am eus ket goulun" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1711 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Anv an alc'hwez :" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1724 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Perc'henn an alc'hwez :" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1736 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Diskrivadur berr :" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Diskrivadur hir :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "G_wir" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Diwir" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Niver kevan" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolead" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Hedad" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Roll" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Ouzhpennañ ur werzhad nevez e-barzh ar roll" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Gwerzhad roll _nevez :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Kemmañ alc'hwez ar roll" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "K_emmañ gwerzhad ar roll :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Treug :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Anv" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Rizh :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Gwerzhad :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Rizh ar roll :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Gwerzhadoù :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Alc'hwez nevez" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Kemmañ an alc'hwez" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Ne gaver ket ar goustur" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Kavout" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Klask : " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Klask anv an alc'hwezoù ivez" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Klask gwerzhadoù an alc'hwez ivez" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Serriñ ar prenestr disoc'had" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Eilañ linennoù diuzet" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Skarzhañ ar prenestr ec'hankad" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Linennoù disoc'had" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[ALC'HWEZ]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/po/bs.po b/po/bs.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52a4602 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/bs.po @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.po to Bosnian +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER, 2004. +# Kenan Hadžiavdić , 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD.bs\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-09-09 11:45+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-10 19:27+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kenan Hadžiavdić \n" +"Language-Team: Bosnian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor za podešavanja" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Neposredno izmijenite cijelu bazu podataka sa podešavanjima" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Zabilješke" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor direktorij zabilješki" + +#: src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Izmijeni zabilješke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-application.c:58 src/gconf-editor-application.c:69 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:653 src/gconf-editor-window.c:698 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ne mogu napraviti GConf motor. Greška:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:341 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Nisam mogao prikazati pomoć: %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:376 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "Kenan Hadžiavdić " + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:386 +msgid "GConf-Editor" +msgstr "GConf editor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:388 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Editor za GConf sistem podešavanja" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:423 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nisam mogao poništiti ključ. Greška:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:448 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nisam mogao napraviti ključ. Greška:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:530 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nisam mogao promijeniti vrijednost ključa. Greška:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:562 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Trenutno se parovi i šeme ne mogu mijenjati. Ovo će biti promijenjeno u " +"nekoj budućoj verziji." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:677 src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nisam mogao sinhronizirati vrijednost. Greška:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Datoteka" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Izmijeni" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Traži" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Zabilješke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Pomoć" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Novi prozor za _podešavanja" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Otvori u novom prozoru gconf editor za mijenjanje trenutnih postavki" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Novi prozor za _uobičajeno" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Otvori u novom prozoru gconf editor za mijenjanje uobičajenih postavki " +"sistema" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Novi _prinudni prozor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "Otvori u novom prozoru gconf editor za mijenjanje prinudnih postavki sistema" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Zatvori prozor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Zatvori ovaj prozor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Izađi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +msgstr "Izađi iz gconf editora" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopiraj ime ključa" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Kopiraj ime izabranog ključa" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Nađi..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Pronađi šablone u ključevima i vrijednostima" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "Iz_listaj nedavne ključeve" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Pokaži nedavno promijenjene ključeve" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Dodaj zabilješku" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Dodaj zabilješku za izabrani direktorij" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Izmijeni zabilješke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Izmijeni zabilješke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Sadržaj" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Open the help contents for the gconf editor" +msgstr "Otvori sadržaj pomoći za gconf editor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_O" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the gconf editor" +msgstr "Pokaži dijalog o gconf editoru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Novi ključ..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Napravi novi ključ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Izmijeni ključ..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Izmijeni izabrani ključ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "_Poništi ključ..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Poništi izabrani ključ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Postavi kao _uobičajeno" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Postavi izabrani ključ da bude uobičajeno" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Postavi kao _prinudno" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Postavi izabrani ključ kao prinudno" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:860 src/gconf-editor-window.c:867 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1321 +msgid "GConf editor" +msgstr "GConf editor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:875 +#, c-format +msgid "GConf editor - %s" +msgstr "GConf editor - %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1057 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1058 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1059 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1060 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1089 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1097 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1106 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1566 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1578 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1590 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1605 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Ništa)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1463 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1486 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Vrijednost" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1513 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Dokumentacija za ključ" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1542 src/gconf-key-editor.c:600 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "U ovaj ključ se ne može pisati" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1555 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Ovaj ključ nema schema-u" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1560 +msgid "Key Name:" +msgstr "Ime ključa:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1573 +msgid "Key Owner:" +msgstr "Vlasnik ključa:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1585 +msgid "Short Description:" +msgstr "Kratki opis:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1598 +msgid "Long Description:" +msgstr "Dugi opis:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:82 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Istinito" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:85 src/gconf-key-editor.c:246 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:354 src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Lažno" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:121 src/gconf-key-editor.c:153 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Cijeli broj" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:123 src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Bulovski" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "String" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Realan broj" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:129 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add new list entry" +msgstr "Dodaj novi unos u listu" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:237 +msgid "_New list element:" +msgstr "_Novi element liste:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:324 +msgid "Edit list entry" +msgstr "Izmijeni unos liste" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:342 +msgid "_Edit list element:" +msgstr "_Izmijeni element liste:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:554 +msgid "Key path:" +msgstr "Putanja do ključa:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:566 +msgid "Key _name:" +msgstr "_Ime ključa:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:579 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tip:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:620 src/gconf-key-editor.c:633 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:646 src/gconf-key-editor.c:657 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:680 +msgid "Key _value:" +msgstr "_Vrijednost ključa:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tip liste:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:785 +msgid "New key" +msgstr "Novi ključ" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:789 +msgid "Edit key" +msgstr "Izmijeni ključ" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:61 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Šablon nije pronađen" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Nađi" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:145 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Traži: " + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:166 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Traži također u _imenima ključeva" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:169 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Traži također u _vrijednostima ključeva" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Zatvori prozor za ispis" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Kopiraj izabrane linije" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Očisti prozor za ispis" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Linije ispisa" + +#: src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "Nevažeći ključ \"%s\": %s" + diff --git a/po/ca.po b/po/ca.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0a4b14 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ca.po @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +# Catalan translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright © 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Jordi Mallach , 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor 2.9.90\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-05 13:26+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-05 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jordi Mallach \n" +"Language-Team: Catalan \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Edita directament la base de dades de la configuració sencera" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Adreces d'interès" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "adreces d'interès de carpetes del gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Edita les adreces d'interès" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "No s'ha pogut mostrar l'ajuda: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un editor per al sistema de configuració GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Jordi Mallach " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut desestablir la clau. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut crear la clau. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut canviar el valor de la clau. Missatge d'error:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Actualment no es poden editar parelles i esquemes. Açò canviarà en una " +"versió posterior." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut establir el valor. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut sincronitzar el valor. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fitxer" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Edita" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Cerca" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Adreces d'interès" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "A_juda" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Nova finestra de _paràmetres" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Obre una finestra nova de l'editor de la configuració editant els paràmetres " +"actuals" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nova finestra de pre_determinats" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Obre una finestra nova de l'editor de la configuració editant els paràmetres " +"predeterminats del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nova finestra d'_obligatoris" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Obre una finestra nova de l'editor de la configuració editant els paràmetres " +"obligatoris" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Tanca la finestra" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Tanca aquesta finestra" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Surt" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Surt de l'editor de la configuració" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copia el nom de la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copia el nom de la clau seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Cerca..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Troba patrons en claus i valors" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Llista les claus recents" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Mostra les claus modificades recentment" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Afegeix una adreça d'interès" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Afegeix una adreça d'interès al directori seleccionat" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Edita les adreces d'interès" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Edita les adreces d'interès" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Continguts" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Obre els continguts de l'ajuda per a l'editor de la configuració" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Quant a" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Mostra el diàleg «Quant a» per a l'editor de la configuració" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Nova clau..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Crea una clau nova" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Edita la clau..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Edita la clau seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Desestableix la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Desestableix la clau seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Estableix com a pre_determinada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Estableix la clau seleccionada com la predeterminada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Estableix com o_bligada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Estableix la clau seleccionada com a obligada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres per defecte)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres obligats)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Cap)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut crear el motor del GConf. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres per defecte)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentació de la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Aquesta clau no és escrivible" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Aquesta clau no té esquema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nom de la clau:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Propietari de la clau:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Descripció curta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Descripció llarga:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "Ce_rt" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Fals" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Enter" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booleà" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Cadena" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Flotant" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Afegeix una entrada nova de la llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Nou valor de la llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Edita l'entrada de la llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Edita el valor de la llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Camí:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nom:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipus" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Valor:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipus de llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Valors:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Nova clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Edita la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "No s'ha trobat el patró" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Cerca" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Cerca: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Cerca també als _noms de les claus" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Cerca també als _valors de les claus" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Tanca la finestra de sortida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copia les línies seleccionades" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Neteja la finestra de sortida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Línies de sortida" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CLAU]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Edita directament la base de dades de la configuració sencera" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipus" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "El tipus finestra de l'editor de la configuració." + +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "La clau «%s» no és vàlida: %s" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres per defecte)" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres obligatoris)" + +#~ msgid "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "GConf-Editor" + +#~ msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +#~ msgstr "Surt de l'editor de gconf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de GConf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor - %s" +#~ msgstr "Editor de GConf - %s" + +#~ msgid "Key Name:" +#~ msgstr "Nom de la clau:" + +#~ msgid "Key path:" +#~ msgstr "Camí de la clau:" + +#~ msgid "Key _value:" +#~ msgstr "_Valor de la clau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut obtindre la ubicació dels esquemes. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut obtindre l'esquema. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut establir l'esquema. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut associar l'esquema. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "_New window" +#~ msgstr "_Nova finestra" + +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "_Mostra aquest diàleg una altra vegada" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. This " +#~ "is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. Use this tool " +#~ "at your own risk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta eina vos permet editar la vostra base de dades de configuracions " +#~ "directament. Aquesta no és la manera recomanada per a establir " +#~ "preferències de l'escriptori. Utilitzeu aquesta eina al vostre risc." + +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/tearoff1" + +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/tearoff2" +#~ msgstr "/Edita/tearoff2" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/Marcadors/tearoff3" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/Marcadors/_Afegeix un marcador" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/Marcadors/_Edita els marcadors..." + +#~ msgid "/Help/tearoff4" +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/tearoff4" + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/_Quant a..." + +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/Nova finestra" + +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/Surt" + +#~ msgid "/Help/Contents" +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/Continguts" + +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/Quant a..." + +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/sep2" + +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/Nova clau..." + +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/Desestableix la clau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the GConf configuration editor. It is not tested and may cause " +#~ "the GConf configuration database to wreak Havoc and other bad things. Use " +#~ "it at your own risk!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquest és l'editor de la configuració de GConf. No està provat i pot fer " +#~ "que la configuració de GConf es perda i altres coses dolentes. Feu-lo " +#~ "servir al vostre risc!" diff --git a/po/ca@valencia.po b/po/ca@valencia.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..546aa88 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ca@valencia.po @@ -0,0 +1,604 @@ +# Valencian (southern Catalan) translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright © 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Jordi Mallach , 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. +# Miquel Esplà , 2009 [valencian variant adaptation] +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor 2.9.90\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-25 14:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-05 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jordi Mallach \n" +"Language-Team: Catalan \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Edita directament la base de dades de la configuració sencera" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Adreces d'interés" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "adreces d'interés de carpetes del gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Edita les adreces d'interés" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "No s'ha pogut mostrar l'ajuda: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un editor per al sistema de configuració GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Jordi Mallach " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut desestablir la clau. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut crear la clau. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut canviar el valor de la clau. Missatge d'error:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Actualment no es poden editar parelles i esquemes. Açò canviarà en una " +"versió posterior." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut establir el valor. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut sincronitzar el valor. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fitxer" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Edita" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Cerca" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Adreces d'interés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "A_juda" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Nova finestra de _paràmetres" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Obri una finestra nova de l'editor de la configuració editant els paràmetres " +"actuals" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nova finestra de pre_determinats" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Obri una finestra nova de l'editor de la configuració editant els paràmetres " +"predeterminats del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nova finestra d'_obligatoris" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Obri una finestra nova de l'editor de la configuració editant els paràmetres " +"obligatoris" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Tanca la finestra" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Tanca esta finestra" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Ix" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Ix de l'editor de la configuració" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copia el nom de la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copia el nom de la clau seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Cerca..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Troba patrons en claus i valors" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Llista les claus recents" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Mostra les claus modificades recentment" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Afig una adreça d'interés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Afig una adreça d'interés al directori seleccionat" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Edita les adreces d'interés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Edita les adreces d'interés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Continguts" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Obri els continguts de l'ajuda per a l'editor de la configuració" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Quant a" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Mostra el diàleg «Quant a» per a l'editor de la configuració" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Nova clau..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Crea una clau nova" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Edita la clau..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Edita la clau seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Desestableix la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Desestableix la clau seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Estableix com a pre_determinada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Estableix la clau seleccionada com la predeterminada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Estableix com o_bligada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Estableix la clau seleccionada com a obligada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres per defecte)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres obligats)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Cap)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut crear el motor del GConf. L'error és:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres per defecte)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentació de la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Esta clau no és escrivible" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Esta clau no té esquema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nom de la clau:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Propietari de la clau:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Descripció curta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Descripció llarga:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "Ce_rt" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Fals" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Enter" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booleà" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Cadena" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Flotant" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Afig una entrada nova de la llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Nou valor de la llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Edita l'entrada de la llista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Edita el valor de la llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Camí:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nom:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipus" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Valor:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipus de llista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Valors:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Nova clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Edita la clau" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "No s'ha trobat el patró" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Cerca" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Cerca: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Cerca també als _noms de les claus" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Cerca també als _valors de les claus" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Tanca la finestra d'eixida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copia les línies seleccionades" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Neteja la finestra d'eixida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Línies d'eixida" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CLAU]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Edita directament la base de dades de la configuració sencera" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipus" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "El tipus finestra de l'editor de la configuració." + +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "La clau «%s» no és vàlida: %s" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres per defecte)" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Editor de la configuració (paràmetres obligatoris)" + +#~ msgid "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "GConf-Editor" + +#~ msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +#~ msgstr "Surt de l'editor de gconf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de GConf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor - %s" +#~ msgstr "Editor de GConf - %s" + +#~ msgid "Key Name:" +#~ msgstr "Nom de la clau:" + +#~ msgid "Key path:" +#~ msgstr "Camí de la clau:" + +#~ msgid "Key _value:" +#~ msgstr "_Valor de la clau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut obtindre la ubicació dels esquemes. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut obtindre l'esquema. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut establir l'esquema. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut associar l'esquema. L'error és:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "_New window" +#~ msgstr "_Nova finestra" + +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "_Mostra aquest diàleg una altra vegada" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. This " +#~ "is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. Use this tool " +#~ "at your own risk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta eina vos permet editar la vostra base de dades de configuracions " +#~ "directament. Aquesta no és la manera recomanada per a establir " +#~ "preferències de l'escriptori. Utilitzeu aquesta eina al vostre risc." + +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/tearoff1" + +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/tearoff2" +#~ msgstr "/Edita/tearoff2" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/Marcadors/tearoff3" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/Marcadors/_Afegeix un marcador" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/Marcadors/_Edita els marcadors..." + +#~ msgid "/Help/tearoff4" +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/tearoff4" + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/_Quant a..." + +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/Nova finestra" + +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/Fitxer/Surt" + +#~ msgid "/Help/Contents" +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/Continguts" + +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/Ajuda/Quant a..." + +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/sep2" + +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/Nova clau..." + +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/Desestableix la clau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the GConf configuration editor. It is not tested and may cause " +#~ "the GConf configuration database to wreak Havoc and other bad things. Use " +#~ "it at your own risk!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquest és l'editor de la configuració de GConf. No està provat i pot fer " +#~ "que la configuració de GConf es perda i altres coses dolentes. Feu-lo " +#~ "servir al vostre risc!" diff --git a/po/cs.po b/po/cs.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a06a4b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/cs.po @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +# Czech translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation. +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Miloslav Trmac . +# Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Picek +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Michal Bukovjan , 2002. +# Miloslav Trmac , 2004, 2006. +# Kamil Páral , 2008. +# Petr Kovar , 2008. +# Martin Picek , 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-02 16:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-23 15:07+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Picek \n" +"Language-Team: Czech \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor nastavení" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Přímo upravovat celou databázi s nastavením" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Záložky" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Záložky složek v Editoru nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Upravit záložky" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<žádná hodnota>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Nepodařilo se zobrazit nápovědu: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Editor systému nastavení GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Michal Bukovjan \n" +"Miloslav Trmač \n" +"Kamil Páral \n" +"Martin Picek " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepodařilo se odstranit klíč. Chyba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepodařilo se vytvořit klíč. Chyba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepodařilo se změnit hodnotu klíče. Chyba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"V tuto chvíli nelze editovat páry a schémata. Bude to možné až v pozdější " +"verzi." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepodařilo se nastavit hodnotu. Chyba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepodařilo se synchronizovat hodnotu. Chyba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Soubor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Upravit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Hledat" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Záložky" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Nápověda" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "_Nové okno nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Otevřít nové okno Editoru nastavení pro úpravu aktuálních nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nové okno _výchozích nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Otevřít nové okno Editoru nastavení pro úpravu výchozích nastavení systému" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nové okno _povinných nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Otevřít nové okno Editoru nastavení pro úpravu povinných nastavení systému" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Zavřít okno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Zavřít toto okno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "U_končit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Ukončit Editor nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopírovat název klíče" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Zkopírovat název vybraného klíče" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Hledat…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Hledat vzory v klíčích a hodnotách" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Vypsat nedávné klíče" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Zobrazit nedávno změněné klíče" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Přidat záložku" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Přidat záložku pro vybranou složku" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Upravit záložky" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Upravit záložky" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Obsah" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Otevřít obsah nápovědy Editoru nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "O _aplikaci" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Zobrazit informace o aplikaci Editor nastavení" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Nový klíč…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Vytvořit nový klíč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Upravit klíč…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Upravit vybraný klíč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Odstranit klíč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Odstranit vybraný klíč" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Nastavit jako _výchozí" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Nastavit vybraný klíč jako výchozí" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Nastavit jako _povinné" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Nastavit vybraný klíč jako povinný" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor nastavení (výchozí nastavení)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor nastavení (povinná nastavení)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Nic)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepodařilo se vytvořit engine GConfu. Chyba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor nastavení (výchozí nastavení)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Název" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Hodnota" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Dokumentace ke klíči" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Do tohoto klíče není možné zapisovat" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Tento klíč nemá schéma" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Název klíče:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Vlastník klíče:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Krátký popis:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Dlouhý popis:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Pravda" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Nepravda" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Celé číslo" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Logická hodnota" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Řetězec" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Reálné číslo" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Seznam" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Přidat novou položku do seznamu" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Nová hodnota položky seznamu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Upravit položku seznamu" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Upravit hodnotu položky seznamu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Cesta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "Náz_ev:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Typ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Hodnota:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Typ _seznamu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Hodnoty:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Nový klíč" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Upravit klíč" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Vzorek nenalezen" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Hledání" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Vyhledat: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Hledat také v _názvech klíčů" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Hledat také v _hodnotách klíčů" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Zavřít okno výstupu" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Zkopírovat vybrané řádky" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Vymazat okno výstupu" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Řádky výstupu" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KLÍČ]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "– Přímo upravovat celou databázi s nastavením" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Typ" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Typ okna Editoru nastavení." diff --git a/po/cy.po b/po/cy.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..580e08b --- /dev/null +++ b/po/cy.po @@ -0,0 +1,576 @@ +# gconf-editor yn Gymraeg. +# Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Chris M. Jackson, Dafydd Harries, Gareth Bowker +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Chris M. Jackson , 2003 +# Dafydd Harries , 2003 2004 +# Gareth Bowker , 2005. +# +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-06 08:39+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-06 08:41+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Iestyn Pryce \n" +"Language-Team: gnome-cy \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:397 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:891 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1408 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Golygydd Cyfluniad" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Golygu'ch storfa cyfluniad yn uniongyrchol" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Llyfrnodau" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "llyfrnodau plygell gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Golygu Llyfrnodau" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Methwyd dangos cymorth: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Golygydd ar gyfer y system cyfluniad GConf" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:404 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Dafydd Harries " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:431 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Methwyd dadosod allwedd. Y gwall oedd:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:456 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Methu creu allwedd. Gwall:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:538 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Methu newid gwerth yr allwedd. Gwall:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:570 +msgid "Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later version." +msgstr "Ar hyn o bryd ni ellir golygu parau a sgemâu. Fe fydd hyn yn newid mewn fersiynau hwyrach." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:650 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Methwyd godod gwerth. Y gwall oedd:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:691 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Methwyd cysoni gwerth. Y gwall oedd:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Ffeil" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Golygu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Chwilio" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Llyfrnodau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Cymorth" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Ffenest _Gosodiadau Newydd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Agor ffenest Golygydd Cyfluniad newydd yn golygu'r gosodiadau cyfredol" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Ffenest _Rhagosodiadau Newydd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "Agor ffenest Golygydd Cyfluniad newydd yn golygu rhagosodiadau'r system" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Ffenest Gosodiadau _Gorfodol Newydd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "Agor ffenest Golygydd Cyfluniad newydd yn golygu gosodiadau gorfodol y system" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Cau'r Ffenestr" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Cau'r ffenestr hon" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Gadael" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Gadael y Golygydd Cyfluniad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copïo Enw'r Allwedd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copïo enw'r allwedd ddewisedig" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Chwilio..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Chwilio am batrymau mewn allweddi a gwerthoedd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Rhestru Allweddi Diweddar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Dangos allweddi a newidiwyd yn ddiweddar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Ychwanegu Llyfrnod" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Ychwanegu llyfrnod i'r cyfeiriadur dewisedig" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Golygu Llyfrnodau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Golygu'r llyfrnodau" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Cynnwys" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Agor cynnwys y cymorth ar gyfer y Golygydd Cyfluniad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Ynghylch" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Dangos deialog ynghylch y Golygydd Cyfluniad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:795 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Allwedd _Newydd..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:795 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Creu allwedd newydd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:797 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "N_ewid Allwedd..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:797 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Golygu'r allwedd ddewisedig" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:799 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Dadosod Allwedd..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:799 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Dadosod yr allwedd ddewisedig" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:801 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Gosod yn _Rhagosodiad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:801 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Gwneud yr allwedd ddewisedig yn rhagosodiad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:803 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Gosod yn _Orfodol" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:803 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Gwneud yr allwedd ddewisedig yn orfodol" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:885 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Golygydd Cyfluniad (Gosodiadau rhagosodedig)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:888 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1405 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Golygydd Cyfluniad (Gosodiadau Gorchmynnol)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1156 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1157 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1186 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1194 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1203 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1751 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1763 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1775 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1790 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Dim)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1364 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ni ellir creu peiriant GConf. Y gwall oedd:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1402 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Golygydd Cyfluniad (Gosodiadau Cyfredol)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1647 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Enw" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Gwerth" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1698 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Dogfennau'r allwedd" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1727 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Nid yw'r allwedd yn ysgrifenadwy" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1740 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Does dim sgema gan yr allwedd hon" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Enw'r allwedd:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Perchennog yr allwedd:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1770 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Disgrifiad byr:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1783 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Disgrifiad hir:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Cywir" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Anghywir" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Cyfanrif" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boole" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Llinyn" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Rhif arnawf" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Rhestr" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Ychwanegu Cofnod Rhestr Newydd" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Elfen rhestr _newydd:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Golygu Cofnod Rhestr" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Golygu elfen rhestr:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Llwybr:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Enw:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Math:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Gwerth:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Math _rhestr:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Gwerthoedd:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Allwedd Newydd" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Newid Allwedd" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Patrwm heb ei ganfod" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Chwilio" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Chwilio am: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Chwilio yn _enwau allweddi hefyd" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Chwilio yng _ngwerthoedd allweddi hefyd" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Cau'r ffenest allbwn" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copïo'r llinellau dewisedig" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Clirio'r ffenest allbwn" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Llinellau Allbwn" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[ALLWEDD]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Golygu'ch holl storfa cyfluniad yn uniongyrchol" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Math" +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Math ffenest y Golygydd Cyfluniad." +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "Allwedd annilys \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Golygydd Cyfluniad (Gosodiadau Cyfredol)" +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Golygydd Cyfluniad (Gosodiadau Gorchmynnol)" +#~ msgid "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +#~ msgstr "Gadael golygydd GConf" +#~ msgid "GConf editor" +#~ msgstr "Golygydd GConf" +#~ msgid "GConf editor - %s" +#~ msgstr "Golygydd GConf - %s" +#~ msgid "Key Name:" +#~ msgstr "Enw'r allwedd:" +#~ msgid "Key path:" +#~ msgstr "Llwybr yr allwedd:" +#~ msgid "Key _value:" +#~ msgstr "G_werth yr allwedd:" +#~ msgid "About GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "Ynglŷn a^ GConf-Editor" +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/Ffeil/rhwygydd1" +#~ msgid "/File/_New window" +#~ msgstr "/Ffeil/Ffenestr _newydd" +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/Ffeil/gwahannydd1" +#~ msgid "/Edit/tearoff2" +#~ msgstr "/Golygu/rhwygydd2" +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/Llyfrnodau/rhwygydd3" +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/Llyfrnodau/_Ychwanegu llyfrnod" +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/Llyfrnodau/_Newid llyfrnodau..." +#~ msgid "/Help/tearoff4" +#~ msgstr "/Cymorth/rhwygydd4" +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/Cymorth/_Ynghylch..." +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/Ffeil/Ffenestr newydd" +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/Ffeil/Gadael" +#~ msgid "/Edit/Copy key name" +#~ msgstr "/Golygu/Copïo enw'r allwedd" +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/Cymorth/Am y rhaglen..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Methwyd cyrchu lleoliad sgema. Y gwall oedd:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Methwyd cyrchu sgema. Y gwall oedd:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Methwyd gosod sgema. Y gwall oedd:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Methwyd cysylltu sgema. Y gwall oedd:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/gwahannydd1" +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/gwahannydd2" +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/Allwedd newydd..." +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/Dadosod" +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "_Dangos y deialog yma eto" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. This " +#~ "is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. Use this tool " +#~ "at your own risk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mae'r rhaglen yma yn galluogi i chi olygu'r storfa cyfluniad. Nid ydym yn " +#~ "argymell gosod hoffterau trwy'r ddull yma. Ar ben eich hun fydd hi." +#~ msgid "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" +#~ msgstr "Hawlfraint (H) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" + diff --git a/po/da.po b/po/da.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2c4215 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/da.po @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ +# Danish translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Free Software Foundaton, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Ole Laursen , 2002, 03. +# Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004. +# Lasse Bang Mikkelsen , 2006. +# Peter Bach , 2007. +# +# Husk at tilføje dig i credit-listen (besked id "translator-credits") +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-14 04:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-13 21:53+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Peter Bach \n" +"Language-Team: Danish \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigering" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Ret i hele konfigurationsdatabasen" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Bogmærker" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "mappebogmærker for konfigurationsredering" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Redigér bogmærker" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Kunne ikke vise hjælp: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Et redigeringsprogram til GConf-konfigurationssystemet." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Ole Laursen\n" +"Martin Willemoes Hansen\n" +"Lasse Bang Mikkelsen\n" +"Peter Bach\n" +"\n" +"Dansk-gruppen \n" +"Mere info: http://www.dansk-gruppen.dk" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke nulstille nøgle. Fejlen var:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke oprette nøgle. Fejlen var:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke ændre værdi til nøgle. Fejlen var:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"I øjeblikket kan lister og par ikke redigeres. Dette vil ændre sig i en " +"fremtidig version." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke indstille værdi. Fejlen var:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke synkronisere værdi. Fejlen var:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fil" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Redigér" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Søg" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Bogmærker" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Hjælp" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Nyt ops_ætningsvindue" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Åbn et nyt konfigurationsredigeringsvindue og redigér nuværende opsætning" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nyt _standardvindue" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Åbn et nyt konfigurationsredigeringsvindue og redigér systemets " +"standardopsætning" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nyt _obligatorisk vindue" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Åbn et nyt konfigurationsredigeringsvindue og redigér systemets " +"obligatoriske opsætning" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Luk vindue" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Luk dette vindue" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Afslut" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Afslut konfigurationsredigeringen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopiér nøglenavn" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Kopiér navnet på den valgte nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Søg..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Find mønstre i nøgler og værdier" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Vis seneste nøgler" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Vis senest modificerede nøgler" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Tilføj bogmærke" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Tilføj et bogmærke til den valgte mappe" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "R_edigér bogmærker" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Redigér bogmærkerne" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Indhold" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Åbn hjælp til konfigurationsredigeringen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Om" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Vis \"om\"-vinduet for konfigurationsredigeringen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Ny nøgle..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Opret en ny nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "R_edigér nøgle..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Redigér den valgte nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Ikke sat nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Nulstil den valgte nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Sæt som _standard" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Sæt den valgte nøgle til at være standardnøglen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Sæt som _obligatorisk" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Sæt den valgte nøgle til at være den _obligatorisk nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigering (Standardopsætning)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigering (Obligatorisk opsætning)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(ingen)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke oprette GConf-motor. Fejlen var:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurationsredigering (Standardopsætning)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Navn" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Værdi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Dokumentation til nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Denne nøgle kan der ikke skrives til" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Denne nøgle er ikke en del af et par" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nøglenavn:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Nøgleejer:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Kort beskrivelse:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Lang beskrivelse:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Sand" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falsk" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Heltal" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolesk" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Tekst" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Kommatal" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Liste" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Tilføj nyt listeelement" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Ny listeværdi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Redigér listeelement" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "R_edigér listeværdi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Sti:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Navn:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Type:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Værdi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Liste_type:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Værdier:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Ny nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Redigér nøgle" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Mønster ikke fundet" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Søg" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Søg efter: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Søg også i nøgle_navne" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Søg også i nøgle_værdier" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Luk uddatavinduet" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Kopiér valgte linjer" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Ryd uddatavinduet" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Uddatalinjer" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[NØGLE]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Redigere direkte i hele din konfigurationsdatabase" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Type" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsredigeringsvinduets type." + +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "Ugyldig nøgle \"%s\": %s" diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d734982 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/de.po @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +# German gconf-editor translation. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Christian Meyer , 2002. +# Christian Neumair , 2002-2004. +# Hendrik Richter , 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. +# Hendrik Brandt , 2004. +# Andre Klapper , 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-10 13:51+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-10 13:52+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Andre Klapper \n" +"Language-Team: German \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Direkten Zugriff auf Ihre gesamte Konfigurationsdatenbank erlangen" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Lesezeichen" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor-Ordner-Lesezeichen" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Lesezeichen bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Hilfe konnte nicht angezeigt werden: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Ein Editor für das GConf-Konfigurationssystem." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Christian Neumair " + +# CHECK +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Schlüssel konnte nicht zurückgesetzt werden. Fehler war:\n" +"%s" + +# CHECK +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Schlüssel konnte nicht angelegt werden. Fehler war:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Schlüsselwert konnte nicht geändert werden. Fehlermeldung:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Zurzeit können weder Paare oder Schemata bearbeitet werden. Dies wird sich " +"in einer späteren Version ändern." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Wert konnte nicht gesetzt werden. Fehler war:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Wert konnte nicht abgeglichen werden. Fehler war:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Datei" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Suchen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Lesezeichen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Hilfe" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Neues _Einstellungsfenster" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Ein neues GConf-Editorfenster zum Bearbeiten der aktuellen Einstellungen " +"öffnen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Neues _Vorgabefenster" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "Ein neues GConf-Editorfenster zum Bearbeiten der Systemvorgaben öffnen" + +# CHECK +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Neues _Mandatory-Fenster" + +# CHECK +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Ein neues GConf-Editorfenster zum Bearbeiten der Mandatory-" +"Systemeinstellungen öffnen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "Fenster s_chließen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Dieses Fenster schließen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Beenden" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor beenden" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "Schlüsselname _kopieren" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Den Namen des gewählten Schlüssels kopieren" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Suchen …" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Schlüssel und Werte nach Mustern durchsuchen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Zuletzt bearbeitete Schlüssel" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Zuletzt bearbeitete Schlüssel anzeigen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "Lesezeichen _hinzufügen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen zum gewählten Verzeichnis hinzufügen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Lesezeichen _bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Die Lesezeichen bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "I_nhalt" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Die Hilfe zum GConf-Editor öffnen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Info" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Den Info-Dialog zum GConf-Editor anzeigen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Schlüssel a_nlegen …" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Einen neuen Schlüssel anlegen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "Schlüssel _bearbeiten …" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Den gewählten Schlüssel bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "Schlüssel _zurücksetzen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Den gewählten Schlüssel zurücksetzen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Zur _Vorgabe machen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Den gewählten Schlüssel zur Vorgabe machen" + +# CHECK +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Zum _Mandatory machen" + +# CHECK +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Den gewählten Schlüssel zum Mandatory machen" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor (Vorgabe-Einstellungen)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor (Mandatory-Einstellungen)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Nicht vorhanden)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf-Engine konnte nicht erzeugt werden. Fehler war:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurationseditor (Vorgabe-Einstellungen)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Wert" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Schlüssel-Dokumentation" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Dieser Schlüssel ist nicht überschreibbar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Dieser Schlüssel ist mit keinem Schema assoziiert" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Schlüsselname:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Schlüsseleigentümer:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Kurzbeschreibung:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Ausführliche Beschreibung:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Wahr" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falsch" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Ganzzahl" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boole'sch" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Zeichenkette" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Fließpunkt" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Liste" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Einen neuen Listeneintrag hinzufügen" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Neuer Listeneintrag:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Listeneintrag bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "Listeneintrag _bearbeiten:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Pfad:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Name:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Typ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Wert:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Listen_typ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Werte:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Schlüssel anlegen" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Schlüssel bearbeiten" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Suchmuster nicht gefunden" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Suchen" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Suchen nach: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Auch Schlüssel_namen durchsuchen" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Auch Schlüssel_werte durchsuchen" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Das Ausgabefenster schließen" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Gewählte Zeilen kopieren" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Das Ausgabefenster leeren" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Ausgabezeilen" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[SCHLÜSSEL]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "– Die gesamte Konfigurationsdatenbank direkt bearbeiten" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Typ" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Fenstertyp des Konfigurationseditors." + +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "Ungültiger Schlüssel »%s«: %s" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationseditor (Vorgabeeinstellungen)" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationseditor (Notwendige Einstellungen)" diff --git a/po/dz.po b/po/dz.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5114 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/dz.po @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +# Dzongkha translation of gconf-editor +# Copyright @ 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Mindu Dorji. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-18 19:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-05 09:23+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Dawa pemo \n" +"Language-Team: DZONGKHA \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2;plural=(n!=1);\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Dzongkha\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: BHUTAN\n" +"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:400 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:853 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1346 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ།" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "ཐད་ཀར་དུ་ ཁྱོད་རའི་རིམ་སྒྲིག་གནད་སྡུད་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "དེབ་རྟགས་ཚུ།" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "ཇི་ཀཱོནཕ་ཞུན་དག་པའི་ སྣོད་འཛིན་དེབ་རྟགས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:203 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "དེབ་རྟགས་ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:147 +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:344 +msgid "" +msgstr "<བེ་ལུ་མིན་འདུག>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:366 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "གྲོགས་རམ་:%sབཀྲམ་སྟོན་འབད་མ་ཚུགས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:406 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "ཇི་ཀཱོནཕ་ རིམ་སྒྲིག་རིམ་ལུགས་ཀྱི་ ཞུན་དགཔ་ཅིག།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:409 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "ཨའི་ཌི་ཨར་སི་གི་མ་དངུལ་རྒྱབ་སྐྱོར་ཐོག་ལས་ བརྡ་དོན་འཕྲུལ་རིག་ལས་ཁུངས་ནང་ སྐད་བསྒྱུར་འབད་ཡི། ཁ་གསལ་གྱི་དོན་ལུ་ འབྲེལ་བ་འཐབ་ས་: /" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:436 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ལྡེ་མིག་སྒྲིག་བཤོལ་འབད་མ་ཚུགས། འཛོལ་བ་དེ།\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:461 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ལྡེ་མིག་གསར་བསྐྲུན་འབད་མ་ཚུགས། འཛོལ་བ་དེ་།\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:543 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ལྡེ་མིག་གི་བེ་ལུ་ བསྒྱུར་བཅོས་འབད་མ་ཚུགས། འཕྲིན་དོན་འཛོལ་བ་ཨིན་པས།\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:575 +msgid "Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later version." +msgstr "ད་ལྟོ་ཟུང་དང་ ལས་འཆར་ཚུ་ ཞུན་དག་འབད་མི་ཚུགས། འདི་ཤུལ་མའི་ཐོན་རིམ་ནང་ བསྒྱུར་བཅོས་འབད་ནི་ཨིན།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:679 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:714 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"བེ་ལུ་མཉམ་འབྱུང་ འབད་མ་ཚུགས། འཛོལ་བ་དེ།\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:720 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད (_F)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "ཞུན་དག། (_E)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "འཚོལ་ཞིབ། (_S)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "དེབ་རྟགས་ཚུ། (_B)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "གྲོགས་རམ། (_H)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "གཞི་སྒྲིག་གསར་པའི་སྒོ་སྒྲིག། (_S)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "ད་ལྟོའི་གཞི་སྒྲིག་ ཞུན་དག་འབད་མི་ རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་པའི་ སྒོ་སྒྲིག་གསརཔ་ཅིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "སྔོན་སྒྲིག་གསར་པའི་སྒོ་སྒྲིག། (_D)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "རིམ་ལུགས་སྔོན་སྒྲིག་གི་ གཞི་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་འབད་ནིའི་ རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་པའི་ སྒོ་སྒྲིག་གསརཔ་ཅིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "ངེས་མཁོའི་སྒོ་སྒྲིག་གསརཔ། (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "རིམ་ལུགས་ངེས་མཁོའི་གཞི་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་གི་ རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་པའི་ སྒོ་སྒྲིག་གསརཔཅིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "སྒོ་སྒྲིག་ཁ་བསྡམས། (_C)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "སྒོ་སྒྲིག་འདི་ཁ་བསྡམས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "སྤངས། (_Q)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ་སྤངས་།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གི་མིང་ འདྲ་བཤུས་རྐྱབས། (_C)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ ལྡེ་མིག་དེ་གི་མིང་ འདྲ་བཤུས་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "འཚོལ། (_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་དང་ བེ་ལུསི་ཚུ་ནང་ དཔེ་གཞི་འཚོལ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "འཕྲལ་གྱི་ལྡེ་མིག་ཚུ་ ཐོ་བཀོད་འབད། (_L)།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "འཕྲལ་ཁམས་ ལེགས་བཅོས་འབད་མི་ ལྡེ་མིག་ཚུ་སྟོན།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "དེབ་རྟགས་ཁ་སྐོང་རྐྱབས། (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ སྣོད་ཐོ་ལུ་ དེབ་རྟགས་ཅིག་ ཁ་སྐོང་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "དེབ་རྟགས་ཚུ་ ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས། (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "དེབ་རྟགས་དེ་ཚུ་ ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "ནང་དོན་ཚུ། (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་པའི་དོན་ལུ་ གྲོགས་རམ་ནང་དོན་ཚུ་ཁ་ཕྱེ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "སྐོར་ལས། (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིགཞུན་དག་པའི་དོན་ལུ་ སྐོར་ལས་ཀྱི་ཌའི་ལོག་སྟོན།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གསརཔ་... (_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གསརཔ་ཅིག་ གསར་བསྐྲུན་འབད།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས་...(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ ལྡེ་མིག་ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་སྒྲིག་བཤོལ་འབད་...(_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ལྡེ་མིག་ སྒྲིག་བཤོལ་འབད།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "སྔོན་སྒྲིག་བཟུམ་སྦེ་ གཞི་སྒྲིག་འབད། (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ལྡེ་མིག་ ལྔོན་སྒྲིག་སྦེ་ གཞི་སྒྲིག་འབད།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "ངེས་མཁོ་སྦེ་ གཞི་སྒྲིག་འབད། (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ལྡེ་མིག་དེ་ ངོས་མཁོ་ལུ་གཞི་སྒྲིག་འབད།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:847 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ། (སྔོན་སྒྲིག་གཞི་སྒྲིག་ཚུ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:850 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ། (ངེས་མཁོའི་གཞི་སྒྲིག་ཚུ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1092 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1093 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1094 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1095 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1132 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1141 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1690 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1729 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "ཅི་མེད།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1302 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1312 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ཇི་ཀཱོནཕ་ མ་འཕྲུལ་གསར་བསྐྲུན་འབད་མ་ཚུགས། འཛོལ་བ་:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1340 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ། (སྔོན་སྒྲིག་གཞི་སྒྲིག་ཚུ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1586 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "མིང་།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1610 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "བེ་ལུ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1637 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་ཡིག་ཐོག་ལུ་བཀོད་པ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1666 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་འདི་ འབྲི་མ་བཏུབ་ཨིན་པས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1679 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་འདི་ལུ་ ལས་འཆར་མིན་འདུག།" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1684 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གི་མིང་:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1697 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གི་བདག་པོ་:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1709 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "འགྲེལ་བཤད་ཐུང་ཀུ་:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1722 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "འགྲེལ་བཤད་རིངམ་:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:104 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "བདེན་པ། (_r)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:107 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:258 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:363 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:649 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "རྫུན་པ། (_F)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:142 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:169 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "ཧྲིལ་ཨང་།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "བུ་ལིན།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "String" +msgstr "ཡིག་རྒྱུན།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "ལྡིང་བ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "List" +msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:233 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་གི་ཐོ་བཀོད་གསརཔ་ ཁ་སྐོང་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:249 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་གི་བེ་ལུ་གསརཔ་: (_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:335 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་གི་ཐོ་བཀོད་ ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:351 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་གི་བེ་ལུ་ ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས་:(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:572 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "འགྲུལ་ལམ་:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:583 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "མིང་:(_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:595 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "དབྱེ་བ་:(_T)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:630 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:648 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:667 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:684 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "བེ་ལུ་:(_V)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:707 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་དབྱེ་བ་:(_t)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:715 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "བེ་ལུསི་:(_V)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:817 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གསརཔ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:821 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:61 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "དཔེ་གཞི་ཐོབ་མ་ཚུགས།" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:146 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "འཚོལ།" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:148 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "དོན་ལུ་ འཚོལ་ཞིབ་འབད་:(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:169 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གི་མིང་ཚུ་ནང་ཡང་ འཚོལ་ཞིབ་འབད། (_n)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:172 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གི་བེ་ལུསི་ཚུ་ནང་ཡང་ འཚོལ་ཞིབ་འབད། (_v)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:355 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "ཨའུཊི་པུཊི་ སྒོ་སྒྲིག་ཁ་བསྡམས།" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:392 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་གྱལ་རིམ་ཚུ་ འདྲ་བཤུས་རྐྱབས།" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:411 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "ཨའུཊི་པུཊི་ སྒོ་སྒྲིག་བསལ།" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:451 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "ཨའུཊི་པུཊི་ གྱལ་རིམ་ཚུ།" + +#: ../src/main.c:42 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[ལྡེ་མིག]" + +#: ../src/main.c:50 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "ཐད་ཀར་དུ་ ཁྱོད་རའི་རིམ་སྒྲིག་གནད་སྡུད་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ ཞུན་དག་རྐྱབས་ (_D)" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "དབྱེ་བ།" +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དག་པའི་ སྒོ་སྒྲིག་གི་དབྱེ་བ།" +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "ནུས་མེད་ལྡེ་མིག་ \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +#~ msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ། (སྔོན་སྒྲིག་གཞི་སྒྲིག)" +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +#~ msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་ཞུན་དགཔ། (ངེས་མཁོའི་གཞི་སྒྲིག་ཚུ་)" + diff --git a/po/el.po b/po/el.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..927f747 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/el.po @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.po to Greek +# translation of el.po to +# Greek translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation. +# +# kostas:76 messages, one more update +# kostas:12Νov2003, fixes +# +# simos: 50 messages, 19Aug2002, started logging. +# simos: 50 messages, 05Nov2002, completed translation. +# kostas:16 messages, 03Dec2002, updated translation for Gnome 2.1x. +# kostas:75 messages, 25May2003, updated translation for Gnome 2.4x. +# Simos Xenitellis , 2002. +# Kostas Papadimas , 2003, 2004, 2006. +# Jennie Petoumenou , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 21:12+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jennie Petoumenou \n" +"Language-Team: Greek \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Απευθείας επεξεργασία ολόκληρης της βάσης δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Σελιδοδείκτες" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Σελιδοδείκτες φακέλου gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία σελιδοδεικτών" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<χωρίς τιμή>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Αδυναμία προβολής βοήθειας: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Ένας επεξεργαστής για το σύστημα ρυθμίσεων GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Κώστας Παπαδήμας " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Δεν ήταν δυνατός ο καθαρισμός της τιμής του κλειδιού. Το σφάλμα ήταν:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Δεν ήταν δυνατή η δημιουργία κλειδιού. Το σφάλμα είναι:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Δεν ήταν δυνατή η αλλαγή της τιμής του κλειδιού. Μήνυμα σφάλματος: \n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Προς το παρόν, ζεύγη και σχήματα δεν μπορούν να τροποποιηθούν. Αυτό θα " +"διορθωθεί σε νεώτερη έκδοση." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Δεν ήταν δυνατός ο ορισμός τιμής. Το σφάλμα ήταν:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Δεν ήταν δυνατός ο συγχρονισμός τιμής. Το σφάλμα ήταν:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Αρχείο" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Επεξεργασία" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "Α_ναζήτηση" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Σελιδοδείκτες" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Βοήθεια" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Νέο παράθυρο _ρυθμίσεων" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Άνοιγμα ενός νέου παραθύρου επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για επεξεργασία τρέχοντων " +"ρυθμίσεων συστήματος" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Νέο παράθυρο προε_πιλογών" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Άνοιγμα ενός νέου παραθύρου επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για επεξεργασία " +"προεπιλογών συστήματος" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Νέο υ_ποχρεωτικό παράθυρο" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Άνοιγμα ενός νέου παραθύρου επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων για επεξεργασία " +"υποχρεωτικών ρυθμίσεων συστήματος" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Κλείσιμο παραθύρου" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Κλείσιμο παραθύρου" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "Έ_ξοδος" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "¨εξοδος από τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "Αντιγρα_φή ονόματος κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Αντιγραφή ονόματος του επιλεγμένου κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "Εύ_ρεση" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Εύρεση μοτίβων σε κλειδιά και τιμές" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Λίστα πρόσφατων κλειδιών" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Προβολή των πρόσφατα τροποποιημένων κλειδιών" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "Προσ_θήκη σελιδοδείκτη" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Προσθήκη σελιδοδείκτη στον επιλεγμένο κατάλογο" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Επε_ξεργασία σελιδοδεικτών" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία των σελιδοδεικτών" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "Περιε_χόμενα" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Άνοιγμα των περιεχομένων βοήθειας για τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Περί" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Προβολή του διαλόγου Περί για τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Νέο κλειδί..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός νέου κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Επεξεργασία κλειδιού..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία του επιλεγμένου κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Ακύρωση ορισμού κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Αποκαθορισμός του επιλεγμένου κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Ορισμός ως προεπιλο_γή" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Ορισμός του επιλεγμένου κλειδιού ως προεπιλογή" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Ορισμός ως υπο_χρεωτικό" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Ορισμός του επιλεγμένου κλειδιού ως υποχρεωτικό" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων (Προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων (Υποχρεωτικές ρυθμίσεις)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Κανένα)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Δεν ήταν δυνατή η δημιουργία μηχανής GConf. Το σφάλμα είναι:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Επεξεργαστής ρυθμίσεων (Προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις)" + +# #-#-#-#-# atomix-el.po (atomix 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# balsa-el.po (balsa 0.9.3.1) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# bonobo-el.po (bonobo 0.34) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# bug-buddy-el.po (bug-buddy 2.0.6) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# galeon-el.po (galeon 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-db-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-libs-el.po (gnome-libs 1.2.12) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnucash-el.po (abiword 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# guppi3-el.po (guppi3 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# libgda-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# mrproject-el.po (mrproject 0.5) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# nautilus-el.po (nautilus 0.8.3) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pan-el.po (pan 0.11.1.90) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# toutdoux-el.po (toutdoux 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnomemeeting-el.po (gnomemeeting 0.12.2) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pong-el.po (pong 0.7) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# screem-el.po (screem 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# ximian-setup-tools-el.po (ximian-setup-tools 0.7.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Όνομα" + +# #-#-#-#-# anjuta-el.po (anjuta 0.1.9) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gimp-el.po (gimp 1.3.2) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-db-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnucash-el.po (abiword 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gtop-el.po (gtop 1.0.9) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# libgda-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# sodipodi-el.po (sodipodi 0.25) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pong-el.po (pong 0.7) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# screem-el.po (screem 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Τιμή" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Αυτό το κλειδί δεν είναι εγγράψιμο" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Αυτό το κλειδί δεν περιέχει σχήμα" + +# +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Όνομα κλειδιού:" + +# +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Ιδιοκτήτης κλειδιού:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Σύντομη περιγραφή:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Περιφραστική περιγραφή:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "Α_ληθές" + +# #-#-#-#-# libgda-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pong-el.po (pong 0.7) #-#-#-#-# +# +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Ψευδές" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Ακέραιος" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Λογικό (Boolean)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Αλφαριθμητικό" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Κινητής υποδιαστολής" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Λίστα" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Προσθήκη νέας καταχώρησης λίστας" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Νέα τιμή λίστας:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία καταχώρησης λίστας" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "Επε_ξεργασία τιμής λίστας:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Διαδρομή:" + +# #-#-#-#-# atomix-el.po (atomix 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# balsa-el.po (balsa 0.9.3.1) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# bonobo-el.po (bonobo 0.34) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# bug-buddy-el.po (bug-buddy 2.0.6) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# galeon-el.po (galeon 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-db-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-libs-el.po (gnome-libs 1.2.12) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnucash-el.po (abiword 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# guppi3-el.po (guppi3 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# libgda-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# mrproject-el.po (mrproject 0.5) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# nautilus-el.po (nautilus 0.8.3) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pan-el.po (pan 0.11.1.90) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# toutdoux-el.po (toutdoux 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnomemeeting-el.po (gnomemeeting 0.12.2) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pong-el.po (pong 0.7) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# screem-el.po (screem 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# ximian-setup-tools-el.po (ximian-setup-tools 0.7.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "Ό_νομα:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Τύπος:" + +# #-#-#-#-# anjuta-el.po (anjuta 0.1.9) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gimp-el.po (gimp 1.3.2) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-db-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnucash-el.po (abiword 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gtop-el.po (gtop 1.0.9) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# libgda-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# sodipodi-el.po (sodipodi 0.25) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pong-el.po (pong 0.7) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# screem-el.po (screem 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Τιμή:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Τύπος λίστας:" + +# #-#-#-#-# anjuta-el.po (anjuta 0.1.9) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gimp-el.po (gimp 1.3.2) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnome-db-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gnucash-el.po (abiword 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# gtop-el.po (gtop 1.0.9) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# libgda-el.po (gnome-db 0.0.91) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# sodipodi-el.po (sodipodi 0.25) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# pong-el.po (pong 0.7) #-#-#-#-# +# +# #-#-#-#-# screem-el.po (screem 1.0) #-#-#-#-# +# +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Τιμές:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Νέο κλειδί" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Το μοτίβο δεν βρέθηκε" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Εύρεση" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "Α_ναζήτηση για:" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση και στα ονόματα κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση και στις τιμές κλειδιού" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Κλείσιμο του παραθύρου αποτελέσματος" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Αντιγραφή επιλεγμένων γραμμών" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Εκκαθάριση του παραθύρου αποτελέσματος" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Γραμμές αποτελέσματος" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Απευθείας επεξεργασία ολόκληρης της βάσης δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων" + diff --git a/po/en_CA.po b/po/en_CA.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fe3fc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en_CA.po @@ -0,0 +1,455 @@ +# Canadian English translation of gconf-editor +# Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger, and the GNOME Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same licence as the gconf-editor package. +# Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. +# +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor 2.7.1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-08-26 17:15-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-14 22:56-0500\n" +"Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" +"Language-Team: Canadian English \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:854 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1358 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Configuration Editor" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../src/main.c:50 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Directly edit your entire configuration database" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Bookmarks" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Edit Bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:146 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:343 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Couldn't display help: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Adam Weinberger " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:407 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "An editor for the GConf configuration system." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:437 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:462 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:544 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:576 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:680 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_File" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Edit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Search" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:725 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Help" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "New _Settings Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "New _Defaults Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "New _Mandatory Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Close Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Close this window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Quit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Quit the Configuration Editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copy Key Name" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copy the name of the selected key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Find..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Find patterns in keys and values" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_List Recent Keys" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Show recently modified keys" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Add Bookmark" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Edit Bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Edit the bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Contents" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_About" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Show the about dialogue for the Configuration Editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_New Key..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Create a new key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Edit Key..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Edit the selected key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Unset Key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Unset the selected key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Set as _Default" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Set the selected key to be the default" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Set as _Mandatory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Set the selected key to the mandatory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:848 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:851 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1355 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1093 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1094 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1095 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1096 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1133 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1142 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1677 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1689 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1716 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(None)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1308 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1323 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1352 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1420 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Type" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1421 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "The Configuration Editor window type." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1574 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1597 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Value" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1624 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Key Documentation" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:619 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "This key is not writable" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1666 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "This key has no schema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Key name:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1684 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Key owner:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1696 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Short description:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1709 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Long description:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:105 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "T_rue" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:108 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:259 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:364 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:650 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_False" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Integer" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:172 +msgid "String" +msgstr "String" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Float" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 +msgid "List" +msgstr "List" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:234 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Add New List Entry" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:250 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_New list value:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:336 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Edit List Entry" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:352 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Edit list value:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:573 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Path:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:584 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Name:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:596 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Type:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:631 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:649 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:668 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:685 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Value:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:708 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "List _type:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:716 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Values:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:818 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "New Key" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:822 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Edit Key" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Pattern not found" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:141 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Find" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Search for: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:164 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Search also in key _names" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:167 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Search also in key _values" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:378 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Close the output window" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:416 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copy selected lines" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:436 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Clear the output window" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:476 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Output Lines" + +#: ../src/main.c:42 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" diff --git a/po/en_GB.po b/po/en_GB.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd1519 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en_GB.po @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ +# English (British) translation. +# Copyright (C) 2004 The GNOME Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. +# +# +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-23 20:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-29 07:18-0000\n" +"Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" +"Language-Team: English/GB \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Configuration Editor" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Directly edit your entire configuration database" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Bookmarks" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Edit Bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Couldn't display help: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "An editor for the GConf configuration system." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Gareth Owen ,\n" +"David Lodge " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_File" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Edit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Search" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Help" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "New _Settings Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "New _Defaults Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "New _Mandatory Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Close Window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Close this window" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Quit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Quit the Configuration Editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copy Key Name" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copy the name of the selected key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Find..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Find patterns in keys and values" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_List Recent Keys" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Show recently modified keys" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Add Bookmark" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Edit Bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Edit the bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Contents" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_About" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Show the about dialogue for the Configuration Editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_New Key..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Create a new key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Edit Key..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Edit the selected key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Unset Key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Unset the selected key" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Set as _Default" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Set the selected key to be the default" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Set as _Mandatory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Set the selected key to the mandatory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(None)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Value" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Key Documentation" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "This key is not writable" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "This key has no schema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Key name:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Key owner:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Short description:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Long description:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "T_rue" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_False" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Integer" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "String" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Float" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "List" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Add New List Entry" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_New list value:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Edit List Entry" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Edit list value:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Path:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Name:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Type:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Value:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "List _type:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Values:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "New Key" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Edit Key" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Pattern not found" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Find" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Search for: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Search also in key _names" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Search also in key _values" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Close the output window" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copy selected lines" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Clear the output window" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Output Lines" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Type" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "The Configuration Editor window type." + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +#~ msgstr "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" + +#~ msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +#~ msgstr "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" diff --git a/po/es.po b/po/es.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92c09b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/es.po @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.po to Español +# translation of es.po to +# Copyright © 2002 the Free Software Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the GConf Editor package. +# +# Pablo Gonzalo del Campo , 2002. +# Germán Poo Caamaño, , 2002. (Revisión). +# Francisco Javier F. Serrador , 2004-2006. +# Jorge González , 2007, 200, 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-12 16:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jorge González \n" +"Language-Team: Español \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor de configuración" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Edite directamente su base de datos de configuración completa" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Marcadores" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "carpeta de marcadores de gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Editar marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "No se pudo mostrar la ayuda: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un editor para el sistema de configuración GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Jorge González \n" +"Francisco Javier F. Serrador " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No se pudo borrar el valor de la clave. El error fue\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No se pudo crear la clave. El error es:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No se pudo cambiar el valor de la clave. El mensaje de error fue:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Actualmente los pares y esquemas no se pueden editar. Esto cambiará en una " +"versión futura." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No se pudo establecer el valor. El error fue:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No se pudo sincronizar el valor. El error fue:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Archivo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Editar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Buscar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "Ay_uda" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Ventana de _configuración nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Abre una ventana nueva del Editor de Configuración para editar la " +"configuración actual" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Ventana de _predeterminados nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Abre una ventana del «Editor de configuración» nueva para editar los ajustes " +"predeterminados del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Ventana de _obligatorios nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Abre una ventana del «Editor de configuración» nueva para editar los ajustes " +"obligatorios del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Cerrar ventana" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Cierra esta ventana" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Salir" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Sale del «Editor de configuración»" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copiar el nombre de la clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copia el nombre de la clave seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Buscar…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Buscar patrones en las claves y los valores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Listar claves recientes" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Muestra las claves recientemente modificadas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Añadir marcador" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Añade un marcador al directorio seleccionado" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Editar marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Edita los marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "Índ_ice" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Abre el contenido de la ayuda para el «Editor de configuración»" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "Acerca _de" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Muestra el diálogo «Acerca de» para el «Editor de configuración»" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Clave _nueva…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Crea una clave nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Editar clave…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Edita la clave seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Desestablecer clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Desestablece la clave seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Establecer como pre_determinado" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Establece la clave seleccionada para que sea la predeterminada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Establecer como _obligatorio" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Establece la clave seleccionada como obligatoria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (Ajustes predeterminados)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (Ajustes obligatorios)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Ninguno)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"No se puede crear el motor Gconf. El error fue:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (Ajustes predeterminados)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nombre" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentación de la clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Esta clave no es editable" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Esta clave no tiene esquema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nombre de la clave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Propietario de la clave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Descripción corta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Descripción larga:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Verdadero" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falso" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Entero" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booleano" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Cadena" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Flotante" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Añadir una entrada nueva a la lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Valor _nuevo de la lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Editar entrada de lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Editar valor de lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Ruta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nombre:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipo:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Valor:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipo de lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Valores:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Clave nueva" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Editar la clave" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Patrón no encontrado" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Buscar" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Buscar: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Buscar también en los _nombres de las claves" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Buscar también en los _valores de las claves" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Cierra la ventana de salida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copia las líneas seleccionadas" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Vacía la ventana de salida" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Líneas de salida" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CLAVE]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Edite directamente su base de datos de configuración completa" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipo" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "El tipo de ventana del «Editor de configuración»." diff --git a/po/et.po b/po/et.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3cac86 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/et.po @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ +# GConf seadistuste redaktori eesti keele tõlge. +# Estonian translation of GConf-Editor. +# +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2006 The Free Sowtware Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# +# Ilmar Kerm , 2002. +# Ivar Smolin , 2005-2008. +# Priit Laes , 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-22 21:19+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivar Smolin \n" +"Language-Team: Estonian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Seadistuste redaktor" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Kogu seadistuste andmebaasi vahetu redigeerimine" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Järjehoidjad" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor'i kataloogijärjehoidjaid" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Järjehoidjate redigeerimine" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Abiteavet pole võimalik kuvada: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf seadistuste süsteemi redaktor." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Ilmar Kerm , 2002.\n" +"Ivar Smolin , 2005-2008.\n" +"Priit Laes , 2006" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Võtit pole võimalik tühistada. Viga:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Võtit pole võimalik luua. Viga:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Võtme väärtust pole võimalik muuta. Veateade:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Käesolevaga pole paare ja skeeme võimalik redigeerida. Seda saab teha " +"järgmistes versioonides." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Väärtust pole võimalik määrata. Veateade:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Väärtust pole võimalik sünkroniseerida. Veateade:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fail" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Redaktor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Otsing" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Järjehoidjad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "A_bi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "_Uus sätete aken" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Seadistusteredaktori uue akna avamine käesolevate sätete redigeerimiseks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Uus _vaikesätete aken" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Seadistusteredaktori uue akna avamine süsteemi vaikesätete redigeerimiseks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Uus _kohustuslike sätete aken" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Seadistusteredaktori uue akna avamine süsteemi kohustuslike sätete " +"redigeerimiseks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Sulge aken" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Selle akna sulgemine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Lõpeta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Seadistuste redaktori töö lõpetamine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopeeri võtme nimi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Valitud võtme nime kopeerimine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Otsi..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Mustri otsimine võtmetest ja väärtustest" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Viimaste võtmete loend" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Viimati muudetud võtmete näitamine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Lisa järjehoidja" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Järjehoidja lisamine valitud kataloogi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Redigeeri järjehoidjaid" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Järjehoidjate redigeerimine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Sisukord" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Seadistuste redaktori abiteabe sisukorra avamine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Programmist lähemalt" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Lähema teabe näitamine Seadistuste redaktori kohta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Uus võti..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Uue võtme loomine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Redigeeri võtit..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Võtme redigeerimine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Tühista võti" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Valitud võtme tühistamine" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Määra _vaikimisi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Valitud võtme määramine vaikimisi võtmeks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Märgi _kohustuslikuks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Valitud võtme määramine kohustuslikuks" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Seadistuste redaktor (Vaikimisi sätted)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Seadistuste redaktor (Kohustuslikud sätted)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Puudub)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf mootorit pole võimalik luua. Veateade:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Seadistuste redaktor (Vaikimisi sätted)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nimi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Väärtus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Võtme dokumentatsioon" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "See võti pole kirjutatav" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Sel võtmel pole skeemi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Võtme nimi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Võtme omanik:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Lühikirjeldus:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Pikk kirjeldus:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "Tõ_ene" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "Vää_r" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Täisarv" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Tõeväärtus" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "String" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Ujukomaarv" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Loend" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Uue loendikirje lisamine" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Uus loendi väärtus:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Loendikirje muutmine" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Loendi väärtuse muutmine" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Rada:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nimi" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tüüp:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Väärtus" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Loendi _tüüp:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Väärtused:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Uus võti" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Võtme redigeerimine" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Mustrit ei leitud" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Otsing" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Mida otsida:" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Otsida ka võtmete _nimedest" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Otsida ka võtmete _väärtustest" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Väljundakna sulgemine" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Valitud ridade kopeerimine" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Väljundakna puhastamine" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Väljundread" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[VÕTI]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Kogu seadistuste andmebaasi vahetu redigeerimine" diff --git a/po/eu.po b/po/eu.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7d5ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/eu.po @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +# translation of eu.po to Basque +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. +# +# Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004, 2005. +# Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio , 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009. +# Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio , 2007. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: eu\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-11 22:10+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 22:11+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio \n" +"Language-Team: Basque \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurazio-editorea" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Editatu zuzenean konfigurazioaren datu-base osoa" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Laster-markak" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gcond-editorearen laster-marken direktorioa" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Editatu laster-markak" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Ezin izan da laguntza bistaratu: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf konfigurazio-sistemarako editorea." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza \n" +"Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ezin izan da gakoa ezabatu. Errore hau gertatu da:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ezin izan da gakoa sortu. Errore hau gertatu da:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ezin izan da gakoaren balioa aldatu. Errore-mezua:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Une honetan bikoteak eta eskemak ezin dira editatu. Hori hurrengo bertsio " +"batean konponduko da." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ezin izan da balioa ezarri. Errore hau gertatu da:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ezin izan da balioa sinkronizatu. Errore hau gertatu da:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fitxategia" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Editatu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Bilaketa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Laster-markak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "Lagu_ntza" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "_Konfigurazioko leiho berria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazio-editorearen leiho berri bat irekitzen du, uneko ezarpenak " +"editatzeko" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "_Lehenetsien leiho berria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazio-editorearen leiho berri bat irekitzen du, sistemako uneko " +"ezarpen lehenetsiak editatzeko" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "_Derrigorrezko leiho berria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Ireki konfigurazio-editorearen leiho berria, sistemako derrigorrezko " +"ezarpenak editatzeko" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Itxi leihoa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Itxi leihoa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "I_rten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Irten konfigurazio-editoretik" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopiatu gako-izena" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Kopiatu hautatutako gakoaren izena" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Bilatu..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Bilatu ereduak gakoetan eta balioetan" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Zerrendatu azken gakoak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Erakutsi aldatutako azken gakoak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Gehitu laster-marka" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Hautatutako direktorioari laster-marka gehitzen dio" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Editatu laster-markak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Laster-markak editatzen ditu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Edukia" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurazio-editorearen laguntza-edukia irekitzen du" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "Honi _buruz" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazi-editorearen elkarrizketa-koadroari buruzko informazioa erakusten " +"du" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Gako berria..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Gako berria sortzen du" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Editatu gakoa..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Hautatutako gakoa editatzen du" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Ezabatu gakoa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Hautatutako gakoa ezabatzen du" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Ezarri _lehenetsi gisa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Hautatutako gako lehenetsi gisa ezartzen du" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Ezarri _derrigorrezko gisa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Ezarri hautatutako gakoa derrigorrezko gisa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurazio-editorea (lehenetsitako ezarpenak)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurazio-editorea (derrigorrezko ezarpenak)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(bat ere ez)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ezin da GConf motorra sortu. Errore hau gertatu da:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurazio-editorea (lehenetsitako ezarpenak)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Izena" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Balioa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Gakoaren dokumentazioa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Gako hau ezin da idatzi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Gako honek ez du eskemarik" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Gakoaren izena:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Gakoaren jabea:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Azalpen laburra:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Azalpen luzea:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Egia" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Faltsua" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Osokoa" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolearra" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Katea" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Mugikorra" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Zerrenda" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Gehitu elementu berria zerrendan" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Zerrendako balio berria:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Editatu zerrendako sarrera" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Editatu zerrendaren balioa:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Bide-izena:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Izena" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Mota:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Balioa:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Zerrenda _mota:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Balioak:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Gako berria" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Editatu gakoa" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Ez da eredua aurkitu" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Bilatu" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Bilatu:" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Bilatu gako-_izenetan ere" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Bilatu gako-_balioetan ere" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Itxi irteerako leihoa" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Kopiatu hautatutako lerroak" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Garbitu irteerako leihoa" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Irteerako lerroak" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[GAKOA]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Editatu zuzenean konfigurazioaren datu-base osoa" + diff --git a/po/fa.po b/po/fa.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcbb14b --- /dev/null +++ b/po/fa.po @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +# Translation of gconf-editor to Persian. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2005 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Roozbeh Pournader , 2002, 2005. +# Hedayat Vatankhah , 2005. +# Hamed Malek , 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-28 14:40+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-02 18:28+0330\n" +"Last-Translator: Hamed Malek \n" +"Language-Team: Persian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 src/gconf-editor-window.c:844 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1313 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "ویراستار پیکربندی" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "ویرایش مستقیم کل پایگاه‌داده‌ی پیکربندی" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "چوب‌الف‌ها" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "چوب الف های پوشه‌ی gconf-editor" + +#: src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "ویرایش چوب‌الف‌ها" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "نمی‌توان راهنما را نمایش داد: %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "" +"روزبه پورنادر \n" +"هدایت وطن‌خواه \n" +"حامد ملک " + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:400 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "ویراستاری برای سیستم پیکربندی GConf." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:427 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"نمی‌توان کلید را خاموش کرد. خطا عبارت بود از:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:452 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"نمی‌توان کلید ایجاد کرد. خطا عبارت است از:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:534 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"نمی‌توان مقدار کلید را تغییر داد. پیغام خطا:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:566 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"در حال حاضر نمی‌توان زوج‌ها و شماها را ویرایش کرد. این وضع در نسخه‌های بعدی " +"تغییر خواهد کرد." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:670 src/gconf-editor-window.c:705 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"نمی‌توان مقدار را همگام کرد. خطا عبارت بود از:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:711 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_پرونده" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:712 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_ویرایش" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:713 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_جستجو" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:714 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_چوب‌الف‌ها" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_راهنما" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:717 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "پنجره‌ی _تنظیمات جدید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:718 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "بازکردن یک پنجره‌ی ویرایشگر پیکربندی جدید برای ویرایش تنظیمات فعلی" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:720 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "پنجره‌ی _پیش‌فرض‌های جدید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "بازکردن یک پنجره‌ی ویرایشگر پیکربندی جدید برای ویرایش تنظیمات پیش‌فرض سیستم" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "پنجره‌ی ا_جباری جدید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "بازکردن یک پنجره‌ی ویرایشگر پیکربندی جدید برای ویرایش تنظیمات اجباری سیستم" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_بستن پنجره" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "بستن این پنجره" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_ترک" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "ترک ویراستار پیکربندی" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_نسخه‌برداری از نام کلید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "نسخه‌برداری نام کلید انتخاب شده" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_یافتن..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "یافتن الگوها در کلیدها و مقادیر" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "فهرست کلیدهای اخیر" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "نمایش کلیدهای تغییر یافته‌ی اخیر" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "ا_فزودن چوب الف " + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "افزودن چوب الف به شاخه‌ی انتخاب شده" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_ویرایش چوب‌الف‌ها" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "ویرایش چوب‌الف‌ها" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_محتویات" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "بازکردن محتویات راهنمای ویرایشگر پیکربندی" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_درباره" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "نمایش محاوره‌ی درباره‌ی ویرایشگر پیکربندی" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_کلید جدید..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "ایجاد کلید جدید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_ویرایش کلید..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "ویرایش کلید انتخاب شده" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "_خاموش کردن کلید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "خاموش کردن کلید انتخاب شده" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "تنظیم به عنوان _پیش‌فرض" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "تنظیم کلید انتخاب شده به پیش‌فرض" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "تنظیم به عنوان ا_جباری" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "تنظیم کلید انتخاب شده به اجباری" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:838 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +msgstr "ویراستار پیکربندی (تنظیمات پیش‌فرض)‏" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:841 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +msgstr "ویراستار پیکربندی (تنظیمات اجباری)‏" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1048 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1049 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1050 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1051 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1080 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1088 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1097 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1632 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1644 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1656 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(هیچ‌کدام)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1263 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1278 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"نمی‌توان موتور GConf را ایجاد کرد. خطا عبارت است از:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1307 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "ویراستار پیکربندی (تنظیمات پیش‌فرض)‏" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1310 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "ویراستار پیکربندی (تنظیمات اجباری)‏" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1375 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "نوع" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "نوع پنجره‌ی ویراستار پیکربندی." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1529 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "نام" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1552 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "مقدار" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1579 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "مستندات کلید" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1608 src/gconf-key-editor.c:627 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "این کلید قابل نوشتن نیست" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "این کلید شمایی ندارد" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1626 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "نام کلید:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1639 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "مالک کلید:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1651 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "شرح کوتاه:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1664 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "شرح بلند:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:106 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_درست" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:109 src/gconf-key-editor.c:267 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:372 src/gconf-key-editor.c:658 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_نادرست" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 src/gconf-key-editor.c:177 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "عدد صحیح" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 src/gconf-key-editor.c:179 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "بولی" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:149 src/gconf-key-editor.c:181 +msgid "String" +msgstr "رشته" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:151 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "ممیز شناور" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:153 +msgid "List" +msgstr "فهرست" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:242 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "افزودن مدخل فهرست جدید" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:258 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "مقدار فهرست _جدید:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:344 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "ویرایش مدخل فهرست" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:360 + +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_ویرایش مقدار فهرست:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "مسیر:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:592 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_نام:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ن_وع:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:639 src/gconf-key-editor.c:657 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:676 src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_مقدار:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:716 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_نوع فهرست:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:724 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_مقادیر:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:826 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "کلید جدید" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:830 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "ویرایش کلید" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "الگو پیدا نشد" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:141 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "یافتن" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_جستجو به دنبال: " + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:164 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "در نام کلیدها هم جستجو شود" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:167 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "در مقادیر کلیدها هم جستجو شود" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "بستن پنجره‌ی خروجی" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "نسخه‌برداری از سطرهای انتخاب‌شده" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "پاک کردن پنجره‌ی خروجی" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "سطرهای خروجی" + +#: src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "کلید نامعتبر «%s»: %s" + +#~ msgid "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "ویراستار GConf" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +#~ msgstr "ویراستار GConf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor" +#~ msgstr "ویراستار GConf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor - %s" +#~ msgstr "ویراستار GConf - %s" + +#~ msgid "Key Name:" +#~ msgstr "نام کلید:" + +#~ msgid "Key path:" +#~ msgstr "مسیر کلید:" + +#~ msgid "Key _value:" +#~ msgstr "مقدار کلید:" + +#~ msgid "About GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "درباره‌ی ویراستار GConf" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/پرونده/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/File/_New window" +#~ msgstr "/پرونده/پنجره‌ی جدید" + +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/پرونده/sep1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/چوب‌الف‌ها" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/چوب‌الف‌ها/افزودن چوب‌الف" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/چوب‌الف‌ها/ویرایش چوب‌الف‌ها..." + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "راهنما/درباره‌‌ی..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/پرونده/پنجره‌ی جدید" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "پرونده/خروج" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/Edit/Copy key name" +#~ msgstr "/ویرایش/نسخه‌برداری از نام کلید" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "راهنما/درباره‌‌ی..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "نمی‌توان کلید را خاموش کرد. خطا عبارت بود از:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "نمی‌توان کلید را خاموش کرد. خطا عبارت بود از:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "نمی‌توان کلید را خاموش کرد. خطا عبارت بود از:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "نمی‌توان کلید را خاموش کرد. خطا عبارت بود از:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/کلید جدید..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/خاموش کردن کلید" + +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "نمایش مجدد این محاوره" + +#~ msgid "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" +#~ msgstr "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" diff --git a/po/fi.po b/po/fi.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85e0d08 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/fi.po @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +# Finnish translation of GConf-editor +# Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Henri Mannerberg , 2002. +# Pauli Virtanen , 2003-2006. +# Ilkka Tuohela , 2006-2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-27 17:25+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-27 17:25+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Ilkka Tuohela \n" +"Language-Team: Finnish \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Asetusten muokkaus" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Muokkaa suoraan koko asetustietokantaasi" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Kirjanmerkit" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Gconf-editorin kansiokirjanmerkit" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Muokkaa kirjanmerkkejä" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Ohjetta ei voi näyttää: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Muokkain GConf-asetusjärjestelmälle." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Ilkka Tuohela, 2006-2009\n" +"Pauli Virtanen, 2003-2006\n" +"Henri Mannerberg, 2002\n" +"\n" +"http://gnome.fi/" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Avaimen poistaminen epäonnistui. Virhe oli:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Avaimen luominen epäonnistui. Virhe oli:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Avaimen arvon muuttaminen epäonnistui. Virhe oli:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Pareja ja kaavaimia ei voi nyt muokata. Tämä tulee muuttumaan myöhemmässä " +"versiossa." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Arvoa ei voitu asettaa. Virhe oli:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Arvon synkronointi epäonnistui. Virhe oli:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Tiedosto" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Muokkaa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Etsi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Kirjanmerkit" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "O_hje" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Uusi _asetusikkuna" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "Avaa uusi muokkausikkuna nykyisten asetusten muuttamista varten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Uusi _oletukset-ikkuna" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Avaa uusi muokkausikkuna järjestelmän oletusasetusten muokkausta varten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Uusi _pakolliset-ikkuna" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Avaa uusi muokkausikkuna järjestelmän pakollisten asetusten muokkaamista " +"varten" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Sulje ikkuna" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Sulje tämä ikkuna" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Lopeta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Lopeta asetusten muokkaus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopioi avaimen nimi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Kopioi valitun avaimen nimi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Etsi..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Etsi lausekkeita avaimista ja arvoista" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Näytä viimeisimmät avaimet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Näytä viimeksi muokatut avaimet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Lisää kirjanmerkki" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Lisää kirjanmerkki valittuun kansioon" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Muokkaa kirjanmerkkejä" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Muokkaa kirjanmerkkejä" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Sisältö" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Avaa asetusten muokkauksen ohjeen sisällysluettelo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Tietoja" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Näytä tietoja asetusten muokkausohjelmasta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Uusi avain.." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Luo uusi avain" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Muokkaa avainta..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Muokkaa valittua avainta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Poista avain" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Poista valittu avain" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Aseta _oletusarvoksi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Aseta valittu avain oletusarvoksi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Aseta _pakolliseksi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Aseta valittu avain pakolliseksi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Asetusten muokkaus (oletusasetukset)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Asetusten muokkaus (pakolliset asetukset)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Ei mikään)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf-moottorin luominen epäonnistui. Virhe oli:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Asetusten muokkaus (oletusasetukset)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nimi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Arvo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Avaimen ohjeet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Tähän avaimeen ei voi kirjoittaa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Tällä avaimella ei ole kaavainta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Avaimen nimi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Avaimen omistaja:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Lyhyt kuvaus:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Pitkä kuvaus:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Tosi" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Epätosi" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Kokonaisluku" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Totuusarvo" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Merkkijono" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Liukuluku" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Luettelo" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Lisää uusi alkio luetteloon" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Uusi luettelon alkio:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Muokkaa luettelon alkiota" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Muokkaa luettelon alkiota:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Polku:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nimi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tyyppi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Arvo:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Luettelon _tyyppi:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Arvot:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Uusi avain" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Muokkaa avainta" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Lauseketta ei löydy" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Etsi" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Etsittävä:" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Etsi myös avainten _nimistä" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Etsi myös avainten _arvoista" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Sulje tulosikkuna" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Kopioi valitut rivit" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Tyhjennä tulosikkuna" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Tulosrivit" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[AVAIN]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Muokkaa koko asetustietokantaasi suoraan" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tyyppi" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Asetusten muokkausikkunan tyyppi." diff --git a/po/fr.po b/po/fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f833a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,487 @@ +# French translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# +# Jean-Michel Ardantz , 2002-2004. +# Christophe Merlet , 2002-2006. +# Baptiste Mille-Mathias , 2004. +# Benoît Dejean , 2005. +# Jonathan Ernst , 2006-2007. +# Robert-André Mauchin , 2006. +# Stéphane Raimbault , 2007-2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-27 22:51+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 22:53+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Claude Paroz \n" +"Language-Team: GNOME French Team \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Éditeur de configuration" + +# Utilisation de l'infinitif dans les infobulles du Bureau +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Éditer directement toute votre base de données de configuration" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Signets" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Dossier des signets de gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Éditer les signets" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Impossible d'afficher l'aide : %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un éditeur pour le système de configuration GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Jean-Michel Ardantz \n" +"Christophe Merlet \n" +"Baptiste Mille-Mathias \n" +"Benoît Dejean \n" +"Jonathan Ernst " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de désactiver la clé. L'erreur est :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de créer la clé. L'erreur est :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de modifier la valeur de la clé. L'erreur est :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Actuellement, les schémas et les paires ne peuvent pas être édités. Cela " +"sera possible dans une version ultérieure." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de définir la valeur. L'erreur était :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de synchroniser la valeur. L'erreur était :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fichier" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "É_dition" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Recherche" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Signets" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "Aid_e" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Nouvelle fenêtre de _configuration" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre de l'Éditeur de configuration sur les paramètres " +"actuels" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nouvelle fenêtre de configuration par _défaut" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre de l'Éditeur de configuration sur les paramètres " +"par défaut du système" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nouvelle fenêtre de configuration _obligatoire" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre de l'Éditeur de configuration sur les paramètres " +"obligatoires du système" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Fermer la fenêtre" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Ferme cette fenêtre" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Quitter" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Quitte l'Éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copier le nom de la clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copie le nom de la clé sélectionnée" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Rechercher..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Recherche des motifs dans les clés et les valeurs" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Afficher les clés récentes" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Affiche les clés récemment modifiées" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "A_jouter un signet" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Ajoute un signet sur l'emplacement sélectionné" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "É_diter les signets" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Édite les signets" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Sommaire" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Affiche l'aide de l'Éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "À _propos" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Affiche la boîte de dialogue à propos de l'Éditeur de configuration" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Nouvelle clé..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Crée une nouvelle clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "É_diter la clé..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Édite la clé sélectionnée" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Désactiver la clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Désactive la clé sélectionnée" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Définir par _défaut" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Défini la clé sélectionnée comme étant celle par défaut" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Définir comme _obligatoire" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Défini la clé sélectionnée comme étant obligatoire" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Éditeur de configuration (paramètres par défaut)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Éditeur de configuration (paramètres obligatoires)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(aucun)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de créer le moteur GConf. L'erreur était :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Éditeur de configuration (paramètres par défaut)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valeur" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentation de la clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Cette clé est en lecture seule" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Cette clé n'a pas de structure" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nom de la clé :" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Propriétaire de la clé :" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Description courte :" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Description longue :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_VRAI" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_FAUX" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Entier" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booléen" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Texte" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Réel" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Liste" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Ajoutez une nouvelle entrée dans la liste" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "N_ouvelle valeur de la liste :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Éditez l'entrée de la liste" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "É_diter la valeur de la liste :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Chemin :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "N_om :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Type :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "V_aleur :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Type de _liste :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "V_aleurs :" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Nouvelle clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Éditez la clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Motif non trouvé" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Rechercher" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Rechercher : " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Rechercher aussi les _noms de clé" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Rechercher aussi les _valeurs de clé" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Fermer la fenêtre de résultat" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copier les lignes sélectionnées" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Fermer la fenêtre de résultat" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Lignes de résultat" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CLÉ]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Édite directement toute votre base de données de configuration" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Type" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Type de fenêtre de l'Éditeur de configuration." diff --git a/po/ga.po b/po/ga.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b7a62e --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ga.po @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ +# Irish translations for gconf-editor package. +# Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Paul Duffy , 2003. +# Seán de Búrca , 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-25 18:55-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-25 18:55-0700\n" +"Last-Translator: Seán de Búrca \n" +"Language-Team: Irish\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:854 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1347 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Eagarthóir Cumraíochta" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Leabharmharcanna" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "leabharmharcanna fhillteán gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Cuir Leabharmharcanna in Eagar" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:146 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:343 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Níorbh fhéidir cabhair a thaispeáint: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Paul Duffy \n" +"Seán de Búrca " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:407 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Eagarthóir le haighaidh an GConf an coráis le haighaidh an socrú" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:437 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:462 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Theip ag cruthaigh eochair. Bá é seo an earraid:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:544 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Theip ag athrú an luach ag an eochair. Earraid:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:576 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:680 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Comhad" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Eagar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "Cuar_daigh" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Leabharmharcanna" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:725 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "Cab_hair" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Dún Fuinneog" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Dún an fhuinneog seo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "Scoi_r" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Scoir an t-Eagarthóir Cumraíochta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Cóipeáil Ainm Eochrach" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Aimsigh..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "Cuir Leabharmharc _Leis" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Cuir Leabharmharcanna in _Eagar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Cuir na leabharmharcanna in eagar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Inneachar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Maidir Leis Seo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Taispeáin an dialóg maidir leis an Eagarthóir Cumraíochta" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Eochair _Nua..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "Cuir Eochair in _Eagar..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Díshocraigh Eochair" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:848 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Eagarthóir Cumraíochta (Socruithe Réamhshocraithe)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:851 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1344 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Eagarthóir Cumraíochta (Socruithe Éigeantacha)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1093 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1094 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1095 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1096 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1133 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1142 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1666 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1678 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1690 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1705 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Neamhní)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1303 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1313 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ní féidir inneall GConf a chruthú. Bhí an earráid:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1341 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Eagarthóir Cumraíochta (Socruithe Réamhshocruithe)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1409 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Cineál" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1410 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "Eagarthóir an Socrú" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1563 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ainm" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1586 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Luach" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1613 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Doiciméadú Eochrach" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1642 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:619 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Níl in ann scríobh an eochair seo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1655 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Níl aon scéimre ag an eochair seo" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1660 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Ainm eochrach:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Úinéir eochrach:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1685 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Cur síos gairid:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1698 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Cur síos fada:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:105 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "Fío_r" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:108 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:259 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:364 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:650 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falsa" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Slánuimhir" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boole" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:172 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Teaghrán" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Snámhphointe" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Liosta" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Eagar an Eochair" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:250 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:336 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Eagar an Eochair" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:352 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "Eagar an Eochair" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:573 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Conair:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:584 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Ainm:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:596 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "C_ineál:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:631 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:649 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:668 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:685 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Luach:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:708 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Cineál _liosta:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:716 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Luachanna:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:818 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Eochair Nua" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:822 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Cuir Eochair in Eagar" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:146 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Aimsigh" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:148 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:169 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:172 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:378 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:416 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:436 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:476 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/main.c:42 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[EOCHAIR]" + +#: ../src/main.c:50 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" diff --git a/po/gl.po b/po/gl.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae1b5d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/gl.po @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +# translation of gl.po to Galego +# Galician translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Jesús Bravo Álvarez. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net +# +# First Version: 2002-06-04 11:45+0200 +# +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez , 2002-2004. +# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro , 2005, 2006. +# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro , 2008. +# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gl\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-14 13:18+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-10 20:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Suso Baleato \n" +"Language-Team: Galego \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor de configuración" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Edite directamente toda a súa base de datos de configuración" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Marcadores" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Marcadores de cartafoles do gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Editar marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Non se puido mostrar a axuda: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un editor para o sistema de configuración GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Suso Baleato " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido desconfigurar a chave. O erro foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido crear a chave. O erro é:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido modificar o valor da chave. Mensaxe de erro:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Actualmente os pares e os esquemas non se poden editar. Isto modificarase " +"nunha versión posterior." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido estabelecer o valor. O erro foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido sincronizar o valor. O erro foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Ficheiro" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Editar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Buscar" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Axuda" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Nova xanela de _configuracións" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Abrir unha xanela nova do editor de configuracións para editar as " +"definicións actuais" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nova xanela de definicións _predeterminadas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Abrir unha nova xanela do editor de configuración para editar as definicións " +"predeterminadas do sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nova xanela de configuracións _obrigatorias" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Abrir unha xanela nova do editor de configuración para editar as " +"configuracións obrigatorias do sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Pechar xanela" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Pechar esta xanela" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Saír" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Saír do editor de configuración" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copiar o nome da chave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copiar o nome da chave seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Buscar..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Buscar patróns nas chaves e nos valores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Listar as chaves recentes" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Mostrar as chaves modificadas recentemente" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Engadir marcador" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Engadir un marcador ao directorio seleccionado" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Editar marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Editar os marcadores" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Contidos" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Abrir os contidos de axuda para o Editor de configuración" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Sobre" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Mostrar a caixa de diálogo Sobre para o Editor de configuración" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Chave _nova..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Crear unha chave nova" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Editar chave..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Editar a chave seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Desconfigurar chave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Desconfigurar o valor da chave seleccionada" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Definir como _predeterminado" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Definir a chave seleccionada como o valor predeterminado" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Definir como _obrigatoria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Definir a chave seleccionada como obrigatoria" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (definicións predeterminadas)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (definicións obrigatorias)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Nada)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Non se pode crear o motor GConf. O erro foi:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor de configuración (definicións predeterminadas)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentación da chave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Esta chave non é escribíbel" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Esta chave non ten esquema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nome da chave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Propietario da chave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Descrición breve:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Descrición detallada:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Verdadeiro" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falso" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Enteiro" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booleano" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Cadea" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Flotante" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Engadir nova entrada á lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Valor _novo da lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Editar entrada de lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Editar valor da lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Camiño:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nome:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipo:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Valor:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipo de lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Valores:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Chave nova" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Editar chave" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Non se encontrou o patrón" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Buscar" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Buscar por: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Buscar tamén nos _nomes das chaves" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Buscar tamén nos _valores das chaves" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Pechar a xanela de saída" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copiar as liñas seleccionadas" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Limpar a xanela de saída" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Liñas de saída" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CHAVE]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Edite directamente toda a súa base de datos de configuración" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipo" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "O tipo de ventá do editor de configuración." diff --git a/po/gu.po b/po/gu.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60a8e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/po/gu.po @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati +# MagNet , 2004. +# Ankit Patel , 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. +# Ankit Patel , 2006. +# Sweta Kothari , 2009. +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD.gu\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-04 16:09+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Sweta Kothari \n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "રુપરેખા સંપાદક" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "તમારા આખા ડેટાબેઝની રુપરેખામાં સીધો ફેરફાર કરો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "બુકમાર્કો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "જીકોન્ફ-સંપાદક ફોલ્ડરની બુકમાર્કો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "બુકમાર્કોમાં ફેરફાર કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "મદદ દર્શાવી શક્યા નહિં: %s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:157 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "જીકોન્ફની રુપરેખાની સિસ્ટમ માટેનું સંપાદક." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "અંકિત પટેલ " + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"કીને અસુયોજીત કરી શકાય નહિ. ભૂલ હતી:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"કીને બનાવી શકાય નહિ. ભૂલ હતી:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:327 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"કીનું મૂલ્ય બદલી શકાયુ નહિ. ભૂલનો સંદેશો:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:304 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "અત્યારે જોડીઓ અને યોજનાઓમાં ફેરફાર કરી શકાશે નહિ. આ પછીનાં વર્ઝનમાં બદલવામાં આવશે." + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"મૂલ્ય સુયોજિત થઈ શક્યુ નહિ. ભૂલ હતી:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"મૂલ્ય સુમેળ થઈ શક્યુ નહિ. ભૂલ હતી:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:171 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "ફાઈલ (_F)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:176 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "શોધો (_S)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "બુકમાર્કો (_B)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:181 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "મદદ (_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "નવી સુયોજન વિન્ડો (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "વર્તમાન સુયોજનોમાં ફેરફાર કરતી નવી રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક વિન્ડો ખોલો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "નવી મૂળભુત વિન્ડો (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ મૂળભુત સુયોજનોમાં ફેરફાર કરતી નવી રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક વિન્ડો ખોલો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "નવી જાતે ખોલેલી વિન્ડો (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમના જરૂરી સુયોજનોમાં ફેરફાર કરતી નવી રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક વિન્ડો ખોલો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:173 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "વિન્ડો બંધ કરો (_C)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:173 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "આ વિન્ડો બંધ કરો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:175 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "બહાર નીકળો (_Q)" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદકમાંથી બહાર નીકળો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:177 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "કીના નામની નકલ કરો (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ કીના નામની નકલ કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "શોધો (_F)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "કી અને કિંમતોમાં ભાત શોધો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "છેલ્લી કીની યાદી કરો (_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "છેલ્લે સુધારાયેલ કી બતાવો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "બુકમાર્ક ઉમેપો (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ ડિરેક્ટરીમાં બુકમાર્ક ઉમેરો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "બુકમાર્કોમાં ફેરફાર કરો (_E)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "બુકમાર્કોમાં ફેરફાર કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટો (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક માટે મદદ વિષયસૂચી ખોલો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "વિશે (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક માટે વિશે સંવાદ બતાવો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:341 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "નવી કી (_N)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "નવી કી બનાવો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:342 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "ફેરફારની કી (_E)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ કીમાં ફેરફાર કરો" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:344 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "કી અસુયોજીત કરો (_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ કી અસુયોજિત કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "મૂળભૂત રીતે સુયોજીત કરો (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ કીને મૂળભુત તરીકે સુયોજિત કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "જાતે સુયોજિત કરો (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ કીને જાતે સુયોજિત કરો" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક (મૂળભૂત સુયોજનો)" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક (જરૂરી સુયોજનો)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(કંઈ નહિ)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"જીકોન્ફ યંત્ર બનાવી શકાયુ નહિ. ભૂલ હતી:\n" +"%s" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "રૂપરેખાંકન સંપાદક (મૂળભુત સુયોજનો)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:558 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "નામ" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:579 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "મૂલ્ય" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "કીનું દસ્તાવેજીકરણ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "આ કી લખી શકાય તેવી નથી" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "આ કી પાસે કોઈ પદ્ધતિ નથી" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:141 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "કીનું નામ:" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:141 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "કીનો માલિક:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "નાનું વર્ણન:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "લાંબુ વર્ણન:" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:72 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "ખરું (_r)" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:75 src/gconf-key-editor.c:194 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "ખોટંુ (_F)" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "પૂર્ણાંક" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:92 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "બુલિયન" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:94 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "શબ્દમાળા" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "અપૂણાઁક" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "યાદી" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "યાદીમાં નવો પ્રવેશ ઉમેરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "યાદીની નવી કિંમત (_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "યાદીના પ્રવેશમાં ફેરફાર કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "યાદીની કિંમતમાં ફેરફાર કરો (_E):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "પથ:" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:558 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "નામ (_N):" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:154 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "પ્રકાર (_T):" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:579 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "કિંમત (_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "યાદીનાે પ્રકાર (_t):" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:579 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "કિંમતો (_V):" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:255 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "નવી કી" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:259 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "કીમાં ફેરફાર કરો" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "ભાત મળી નહિં" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "શોધો" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "માટે શોધો (_S): " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "કી નામોમાં પણ શોધો (_n)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "કી કિંમતોમાં પણ શોધો (_v)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "આઉટપુટ વિન્ડો બંધ કરો" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ લીટીઓની નકલ કરો" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "આઉટપુટ વિન્ડો સાફ કરો" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "આઉટપુટ લીટીઓ" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- તમારા વર્તમાન રૂપરેખાંકન ડેટાબેઝમાં સીધો જ ફેરફાર કરો" + diff --git a/po/he.po b/po/he.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1c58a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/he.po @@ -0,0 +1,465 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.he.po to Hebrew +# translation of gconf-editor.gnome-2-0.po to Hebrew +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Copyright (C) 2005 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# Gil 'Dolfin' Osher , 2002,2003 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD.he\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-30 11:36+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Gil 'Dolfin' Osher \n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "עורך הגדרות" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "ערוך ישירות את כל מסד הנתונים של ההגדרות שלך" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "סימניות" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor·folder·bookmarks" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "ערוך סימניות" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<ללא ערך>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "לא ניתן להציג עזרה: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "עורך למערכת ההגדרות של GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "יאיר הרשקוביץ " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"לא ניתן לבטל מפתח. השגיאה הייתה:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"לא ניתן ליצור מפתח. השגיאה היא:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "לא ניתן לשנות את ערך המפתח. הודעות השגיאה: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "כרגע, זוגות וסכימות אינן ניתנות לעריכה. זה ישתנה בגירסה מאוחרת יותר." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"לא ניתן לקבוע ערך. השגיאה הייתה:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"לא ניתן לסנכרן ערך. השגיאה הייתה:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_קובץ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_עריכה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_חפש" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_סימניות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_עזרה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "חלון ה_גדרות חדש" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "פתח חלון עורך הגדרות חדש וערוך את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "חלון _ברירות מחדל חדש" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "פתח חלון עורך הגדות חדש וערוך את הגדרות ברירת המחדל" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "חלון _הכרחי חדש" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "פתח חלון עורך הגדרות חדש וערוך את ההגדרות ההכרחיות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_סגור חלון" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "סגור את חלון זה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_יציאה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "יציאה מעורך ההגדרות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "ה_עתק את שם המפתח" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "העתק את שם המפתח הנבחר" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_חפש..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "חפש תבניות במפתחות וערכים" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_רשימת מפתחות אחרונים" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "הצג את המפתחות שנערכו לאחרונה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "הוסף _סימנייה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "הוסף סימנייה לספרייה הנבחרת" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_ערוך סימניות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "ערוך את הסימניות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_תוכן" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "פתח את תוכן העזרה עבור עורך ההגדרות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_אודות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "הראה את תיבת האודות עבור עורך ההגדרות" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "מפתח _חדש..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "צור מפתח חדש" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "ערוך מפתח..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "ערוך את המפתח הנבחר" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "...בטל מפתח" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "בטל את המפתח הנבחר" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "קבע כ_ברירת מחדל" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "שנה את המפתח הנבחר לערך ברירת המחדל" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "קבע כ_הכרחי" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Set·the·selected·key·to·the·mandatory" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "עורך הגדרות (הגדרות ברירת מחדל)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "עורך הגדרות (הגדרות הכרחיות)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(ללא)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"לא ניתן ליצור מנוע GConf. השגיאה הייתה:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "עורך הגדרות (הגדרות ברירת מחדל)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "שם" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "ערך" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "תיעוד מפתח" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "המפתח אינו ניתן לכתיבה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "למפתח זה אין סכימה" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "שם מפתח:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "בעל המפתח:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "תיאור קצר:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "תיאור ארוך:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_נכון" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_לא נכון" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "מספר שלם" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "בוליאני" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "מחרוזת" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "נקודה צפה" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "רשימה" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "הוסף ערך רשימה חדש" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_ערך רשימה חדש:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "ערוך ערך רשימה" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "ע_רוך ערך רשימה:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "נתיב:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_שם:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_סוג:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_ערך:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_סוג רשימה:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "ע_רכים:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "מפתח חדש" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "ערוך מפתח" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "התבנית לא נמצאה" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "חפש" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_חפש: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "חפש גם במפתח _שמות" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "חפש גם במפתח _ערכים" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "סגור את חלון הפלט" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "העתק את השורות הנבחרות" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "נקה את חלון הפלט" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "שורות פלט" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "סוג" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "סוג החלון עבור עורך הגדרות" diff --git a/po/hi.po b/po/hi.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b27f575 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/hi.po @@ -0,0 +1,527 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.master.po to Hindi +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. +# +# +# Anurag Seetha , 2002. +# G Karunakar , 2003. +# Ravishankar Shrivastava , 2004. +# Rajesh Ranjan , 2005, 2006. +# Rajesh Ranjan , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.master\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf-editor&component=general\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-29 23:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-16 16:38+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Rajesh Ranjan \n" +"Language-Team: Hindi \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:397 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:891 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1408 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "कॉन्फ़िगरेशन संपादक" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "आपके सम्पूर्ण कॉन्फ़िगरेशन डेटाबेस को सीधे संपादित करें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "पसंदीदा" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "जिकॉन्फ़ संपादक फ़ोल्डर पसंद करें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "पसंद संपादित करें (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "मदद नहीं दिखा पाया: %s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:157 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "जी-कान्फ कॉन्फ़िगरेशन तंत्र हेतु एक संपादक" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:404 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"राजेश रंजन (rajeshkajha@yahoo.com)\n" +"रविशंकर श्रीवास्तव (raviratlami@yahoo.com)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:431 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"कुंजी अनियत नहीं कर पाया. त्रुटि थी:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:456 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"कुंजी बना नहीं पाया. त्रुटि थी:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:327 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:538 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"कुंजी मान परिवर्तित नहीं कर पाया. त्रुटि संदेश:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:304 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:570 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"वर्तमान में जोड़ियाँ तथा प्रसंग संपादित नहीं की जा सकतीं. यह कार्य इसके बाद के संस्करणों में " +"किया जाएगा." + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:650 +#, c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +#| "%s" +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"मान सेट नहीं किया जा सका. त्रुटि थी:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:691 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"मान सिंक नहीं किया जा सका. त्रुटि थी:\n" +"%s" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:171 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "फ़ाइल (_F)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:176 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "संपादन (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "खोजें (_S)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "पसंद (_B)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:181 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "मदद (_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "नया सेटिंगस विंडो (_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "वर्तमान सेट्टिंग संपादन कर नया विन्यास संपादक विंडो खोलें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "नया डिफ़ॉलट्स विंडो (_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "तंत्र डिफॉल्ट सेटिंग संपादन हेतु एक नया विन्यास संपादक विंडो खोलें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "नया अनिवार्य विंडो (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "तंत्र अनिवार्य सेटिंग संपादन हेतु एक नया विन्यास संपादक विंडो खोलें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:173 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "विंडो बंद करें (_C)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:173 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "इस विंडो को बन्द करें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:175 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "बाहर जाएँ (_Q)" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "कॉन्फ़िगरेशन संपादक छोड़ें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:177 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "कुंजी नाम प्रतिलिपि करें (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "चयनित कुंजी नाम प्रतिलिपि करें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "ढूंढें ...(_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "कुंजी व मान में प्रारूप पायें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "हाल के कुंजी दिखाएँ (_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:782 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "हाल में बदलें कुंजी दिखाएँ" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "पसंद जोड़ें (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "चयनित डिरेक्ट्री में एक पसंद जोड़ें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "पसंद संपादित करें (_E)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:178 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "पसंद संपादित करें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "विषय सूची (_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "विन्यास संपादक के लिये मदद विषय सूची खोलें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "के बारे में (_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "विन्यास संपादक के बारे में संवाद दिखाएँ" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:341 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:795 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "नई कुंजी... (_K)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:795 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "एक नई कुंजी बनाएँ" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:342 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:797 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "कुंजी संपादित करें... (_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:797 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "चयनित कुंजी संपादित करें" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:344 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:799 +#| msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "कुंजी अनियत करें (_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:799 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "चयनित कुंजी अनियत करें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:801 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "डिफ़ॉल्ट रूप में नियत करें (_d)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:801 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "चयनित कुंजी को डिफ़ॉल्ट रूप में नियत करें" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:803 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "अनिवार्य के रूप में सेट करें (_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:803 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "चयनित कुंजी को डिफ़ॉल्ट रूप में नियत करें" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:885 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "कॉन्फ़िगरेशन संपादक (मूलभूत जमावट)" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:888 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1405 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "कॉन्फ़िगरेशन संपादक (अनिवार्य जमावट)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1156 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1157 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1186 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1194 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1203 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1751 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1763 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1775 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1790 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(कुछ नहीं)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:210 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1364 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"जीकॉन्फ इंजन नही बना सका. त्रुटि थी:\n" +"%s" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1402 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "कॉन्फ़िगरेशन संपादक (मूलभूत जमावट)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:558 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1647 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाम" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:579 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मान" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1698 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "कुंजी दस्तावेज़ीकरण" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1727 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "यह कुंजी लिखनेयोग्य नहीं है" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1740 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "इस कुंजी हेतु कोई प्रसंग नहीं है" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:141 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "कुंजी नामः" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:141 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "कुंजी मालिक:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1770 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "संक्षिप्त वर्णन:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1783 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "विस्तृत वर्णन:" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:72 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "सत्य (_r)" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:75 src/gconf-key-editor.c:194 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "असत्य (_F)" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "पूर्णांक" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:92 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "बूलिये" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:94 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "वाक्यांश" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "फ्लोट" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "सूची" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "नई सूची प्रविष्टि जोड़ें" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "नया सूची मान (_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "प्रविष्टि सूची संपादित करें" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "सूची तत्व संपादित करें (_E):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "पथः" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:558 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "नाम (_N):" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:154 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "प्रकार (_T):" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:579 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "मान (_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "सूची प्रकार (_t):" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:579 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "मान (_V):" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:255 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "नई कुंजी" + +# src/gconf-key-editor.c:259 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "संपादन कुंजी" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "पेटेर्न नहीं मिला" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "ढूँढें" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "खोजें (_S):" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "कुंजी नामों में भी खोजें (_n)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "कुंजी नामों में भी खोजें (_n)" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:173 +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "आउटपुट विंडो को बन्द करें" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "चुने पंक्तियों की प्रतिलिपि बनाएँ" + +# src/gconf-editor-window.c:173 +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "आउटपुट विंडो को साफ्द करें" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "आउटपुट पंक्तियाँ" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +# data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +#: ../src/main.c:77 +#| msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- अपने सम्पूर्ण विन्यास डेटाबेस को सीधे संपादित करें" + diff --git a/po/hr.po b/po/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c92e50 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +# Translation of gconf-editor to Croatiann +# Copyright (C) Croatiann team +# Translators: Automatski Prijevod <>,Denis Lackovic ,Robert Sedak , +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor 0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-08 09:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-15 06:38+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" +"Language-Team: Croatian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2008-05-28 10:36+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:400 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:853 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1346 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Uređivač postavki" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Direktno ažuriraj cijelu konfiguracijsku bazu podataka" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "/_Bilješke" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +#, fuzzy +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Uređivanje bilješki" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Uređivanje bilješki" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:147 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:344 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:366 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:406 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Uređivač za GConf konfiguracijski sustav." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:409 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"lokalizacija@linux.hr\n" +" Automatski Prijevod <>\n" +" Denis Lackovic \n" +" Robert Sedak \n" +"\n" +"Launchpad Contributions:\n" +" Krešo Kunjas https://launchpad.net/~deresh\n" +" Launchpad Translations Administrators https://launchpad.net/~rosetta-admins" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:436 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ne mogu ukloniti ključ. Greška je:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:461 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ne mogu stvoriti ključ. Greška je:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:543 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ne mogu promijeniti vrijednost ključa. Greška je:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:575 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Trenutno se parovi i sheme ne mogu uređivati. Ovo će se promijeniti u " +"kasnijim inačicama." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:679 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:714 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ne mogu sinkronizirati vrijednost. Greška je:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_File" +msgstr "/_Datoteka" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "/_Uredi" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "/_Bilješke" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "/_Pomoć" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "/File/_Zatvori prozor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "/Datoteka/Zatvori prozor" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "/Datoteka/_Izlaz" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "/Uredi/_Kopiraj ime ključa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "/_Bilješke" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Uređivanje bilješki" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Uređivanje bilješki" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "/_Novi ključ..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "/Uredi ključ..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "/Postavi kao _uobičajeno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "/Postavi kao _uobičajeno" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:847 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:850 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1092 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1093 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1094 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1095 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1132 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1141 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1690 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1729 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Nijedno)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1302 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1312 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Ne mogu stvoriti GConf mašinu. Greška je:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1340 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1586 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1610 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Vrijednost" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1637 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Dokumentacija ključa" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1666 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "U ovaj ključ se ne može pisati" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1679 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "U ovaj ključ se ne može pisati" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1684 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1697 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1709 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1722 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:104 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Točno" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:107 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:258 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:363 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:649 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Netočno" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:142 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:169 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Cijeli broj" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Znakovni niz" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Plutajuće" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Popis" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:233 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:249 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:335 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:351 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:572 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:583 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:595 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tip:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:630 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:648 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:667 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:684 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:707 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Vrsta _popisa:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:715 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:817 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:821 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:61 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:146 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:148 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:169 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:172 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:355 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:392 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:411 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:451 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/main.c:42 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/main.c:50 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" diff --git a/po/hu.po b/po/hu.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2d1576 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/hu.po @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +# Hungarian translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# +# Szabolcs Ban , 2002. +# Andras Timar , 2002, 2003. +# Laszlo Dvornik , 2004. +# Gabor Kelemen , 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009. +# Mate ORY , 2006. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD.hu\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-05 02:40+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Gabor Kelemen \n" +"Language-Team: Hungarian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurációszerkesztő" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "A konfigurációs adatbázisát szerkeszti közvetlenül" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Könyvjelzők" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-szerkesztő mappakönyvjelzők" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Könyvjelzők szerkesztése" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Nem lehet megjeleníteni a súgót: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "A GConf konfigurációs rendszer szerkesztője." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Bán Szabolcs \n" +"Dvornik László \n" +"Kelemen Gábor \n" +"Tímár András " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nem lehet visszaállítani a kulcsot. A hiba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nem lehet létrehozni a kulcsot. A hiba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nem lehet megváltoztatni a kulcs értékét. A hiba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Jelenleg a párok és sémák nem szerkeszthetőek. Ez változni fog egy következő " +"verzióban." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nem lehet beállítani az értéket. A hiba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nem lehet szinkronizálni az értéket. A hiba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Fájl" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "S_zerkesztés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Keresés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Könyvjelzők" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Súgó" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Új _beállítások ablak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Új Konfigurációszerkesztő ablak megnyitása a jelenlegi beállítások " +"szerkesztéséhez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Új _alapértelmezett ablak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Új Konfigurációszerkesztő ablak megnyitása az alapértelmezett " +"rendszerbeállítások szerkesztéséhez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Új _kötelező ablak" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Új Konfigurációszerkesztő ablak megnyitása a kötelező rendszerbeállítások " +"szerkesztéséhez" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "Ablak _bezárása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Ablak bezárása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Kilépés" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Kilépés a Konfigurációszerkesztőből" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "Kulcsnév _másolása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "A kijelölt kulcs nevének másolása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Keresés…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Minták keresése kulcsokban és értékekben" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "Legutóbbi kulcsok _listázása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Nemrég módosított kulcsok megjelenítése" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "Könyvjelző hozzá_adása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Könyvjelző hozzáadása a kijelölt könyvtárhoz" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Könyvjelzők s_zerkesztése" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Könyvjelzők szerkesztése" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Tartalom" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "A Konfigurációszerkesztő súgó tartalmának megjelenítése" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Névjegy" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "A Konfigurációszerkesztő névjegyének megjelenítése" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Ú_j kulcs…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Új kulcs létrehozása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "Kulcs s_zerkesztése…" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "A kijelölt kulcs szerkesztése" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "Kulcs _visszaállítása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "A kijelölt kulcs visszaállítása" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Beállítás _alapértelmezettként" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "A kijelölt kulcs beállítása alapértelmezettként" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Beállítás _kötelezőként" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "A kijelölt kulcs beállítása kötelezőként" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurációszerkesztő (Alapértelmezett beállítások)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurációszerkesztő (Kötelező beállítások)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Nincs)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nem lehet létrehozni a GConf-motort. A hiba:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Konfigurációszerkesztő (Alapértelmezett beállítások)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Név" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Érték" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Kulcs dokumentációja" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Ez a kulcs nem írható" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Ennek a kulcsnak nincs sémája" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Kulcs neve:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Kulcs tulajdonosa:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Rövid leírás:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Hosszú leírás:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Igaz" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Hamis" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Egész" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Logikai" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Karakterlánc" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Lebegő" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Új listaelem hozzáadása" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Új listaelem ér_téke:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Listaelem szerkesztése" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "Listaérték s_zerkesztése:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Elérési út:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Név:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Típus:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "É_rték:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Lista _típusa:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "É_rtékek:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Új kulcs" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Kulcs szerkesztése" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Minta nem található" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Keresés" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Keresés erre: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Keresés a kulcs_nevekben is" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Keresés a kulcsé_rtékekben is" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Kimeneti ablak bezárása" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Kijelölt sorok másolása" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Kimeneti ablak törlése" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Kimenet sorai" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KULCS]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- A teljes konfigurációs adatbázis közvetlen szerkesztése" + diff --git a/po/id.po b/po/id.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec70ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/id.po @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +# Indonesia translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2005 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Mohammad DAMT , 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor gnome-2-2\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-07 21:19+0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-07 21:27+0700\n" +"Last-Translator: Mohammad DAMT \n" +"Language-Team: Indonesia \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 src/gconf-editor-window.c:844 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1313 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor Konfigurasi" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Edit langsung semua database konfigurasi" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Bookmark" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Folder bookmark gconf-editor" + +#: src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Sunting Bookmark" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Tidak dapat menampilkan bantuan: %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "Ahmad Riza H Nst " + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:400 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Editor sistem konfigurasi GConf" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:427 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Tidak berhasil melakukan unset pada key. Pesan errornya:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:452 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Tidak dapat membuat key baru. Pesan error:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:534 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Tidak dapat merubah isi nilai pada key. Pesan error:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:566 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Saat ini, pasangan dan susunan tidak bisa disunting. Hal ini akan berubah " +"pada versi berikutnya." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:670 src/gconf-editor-window.c:705 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Tidak berhasil melakukan sinkronisasi nilai. Pesan errornya:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:711 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_File" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:712 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Edit" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:713 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Cari" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:714 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Bookmark" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Bantuan" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:717 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Jendela _Setting Baru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:718 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Buka sebuah jendela Konfigurasi Editor baru yang menyunting setingan saat ini" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:720 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Jendela _Default Baru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Buka sebuah jendela Konfigurasi Editor yang menyunting setingan default " +"sistem" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Jendela _Wajib Baru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Buka jendela Konfigurasi Editor baru yang sedang menyunting setingan wajib " +"sistem" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Tutup Jendela" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Tutup Jendela ini" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Keluar" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Keluar Editor Konfigurasi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Salin Nama Kunci" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Salin nama dari kunci terpilih" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Temukan..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Temukan bentuk dalam kunci dan nilai" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Daftar Kunci Saat ini" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Tampilkan kunci yang diubah saat ini" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Tambah Bookmark" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Tambahkan sebuah bookmar ke direktori terpilih" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Edit Bookmark" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Sunting Bookmark" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Isi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Buka isi bantuan untuk Editor Konfigurasi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Tentang" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Tampilkan dialog tentang untuk Editor Konfigurasi" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "Kunci _Baru..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Buat kunci baru" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Edit Kunci..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Buka kunci terpilih" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "_Jangan tetapkan Kunci..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Jangan tetapkan kunci terpilih" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Tetapkan sebagai _Default" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Tetapkan kunci terpilih menjadi default" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Tentukan sebagai nilai _awal" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Tetapkan kunci terpilih ke nilai awal" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:838 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +msgstr "Editor Konfigurasi (Setingan Default)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:841 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +msgstr "Editor Konfigurasi (Setingan Nilai Awal)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1048 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1049 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1050 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1051 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1080 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1088 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1097 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1632 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1644 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1656 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Tidak ada)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1263 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1278 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Tidak dapat membuat mesin GConf. Pesan error:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1307 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor Konfigurasi (Setingan Default)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1310 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor Konfigurasi (Setingan nilai awal)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1375 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Jenis" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "Jenis jendela Editor Konfigurasi." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1529 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nama" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1552 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Nilai" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1579 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Keterangan tentang Key" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1608 src/gconf-key-editor.c:627 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Kunci ini tidak dapat ditulis" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Kunci ini tidak memiliki susunan" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1626 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "_Nama Kunci:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1639 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Pemilik Kunci:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1651 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Keterangan singkat:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1664 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Keterangan Lengkap:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:106 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "T_rue" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:109 src/gconf-key-editor.c:267 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:372 src/gconf-key-editor.c:658 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_False" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 src/gconf-key-editor.c:177 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Bilangan bulat" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 src/gconf-key-editor.c:179 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:149 src/gconf-key-editor.c:181 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Kalimat" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:151 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Bilangan Pecahan" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:153 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Daftar" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:242 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Tambah Entri Daftar Baru" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:258 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "Daftar nilai _baru:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:344 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Sunting entri daftar" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:360 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Sunting daftar nilai:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Lokasi:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:592 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nama:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_tipe:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:639 src/gconf-key-editor.c:657 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:676 src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Nilai:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:716 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipe Daftar:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:724 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Nilai:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:826 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Kunci Baru" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:830 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Sunting Kunci" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Bentuk tidak ditemukan" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:141 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Temukan" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Mencari: " + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:164 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Cari juga dalam _nama kunci" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:167 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Cari juga dalam _nilai kunci" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Tutup jendela keluaran" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Saling baris terpilih" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Bersihkan jendela keluaran" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Baris Keluaran" + +#: src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "Key \"%s\" salah: %s" + +#~ msgid "GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "GConf-Editor" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +#~ msgstr "editor GConf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor" +#~ msgstr "editor GConf" + +#~ msgid "GConf editor - %s" +#~ msgstr "editor GConf - %s" + +#~ msgid "Key Name:" +#~ msgstr "Nama Key:" + +#~ msgid "Key path:" +#~ msgstr "path key:" + +#~ msgid "Key _value:" +#~ msgstr "Nilai _Key:" + +#~ msgid "About GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "Tentang GConf-Editor" + +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/File/tearoff1" + +#~ msgid "/File/_New window" +#~ msgstr "/File/Window _Baru" + +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/File/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/tearoff2" +#~ msgstr "/Edit/tearoff2" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/Bookmark/tearoff3" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/Bookmark/_Buat bookmark baru" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/Bookmark/_Edit bookmark..." + +#~ msgid "/Help/tearoff4" +#~ msgstr "/Bantuan/tearoff4" + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/Bantuan/_Tentang GConf-Editor..." + +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/File/Window Baru" + +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/File/Keluar" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/Copy key name" +#~ msgstr "/Edit/Salin nama key" + +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/Bantuan/Tentang GConf-Editor..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tidak dapat memperoleh lokasi skema. Pesan errornya:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tidak berhasil mendapatka skema. Pesan errornya:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tidak berhasil melakukan set pada skema. Pesan errornya:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tidak berhasil melakukan pemasangan skema. Pesan errornya:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/sep2" + +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/Key Baru..." + +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/Unset key" + +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "_Tampilkan dialog ini lagi" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. This " +#~ "is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. Use this tool " +#~ "at your own risk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Program ini dibuat untuk mengedit database konfigurasi sistem. Program " +#~ "ini sebaiknya tidak digunakan untuk mengedit setingan desktop. Resiko " +#~ "silakan tanggung sendiri." + +#~ msgid "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" +#~ msgstr "Hak cipta (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" diff --git a/po/it.po b/po/it.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad44494 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/it.po @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +# Italian translation of GConf-Editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Pier Luigi Fiorini , 2002. +# Alessio Frusciante , 2003-2006. +# Luca Ferretti , 2006-2008. +# Milo Casagrande , 2009 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-28 13:39-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 19:35+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande \n" +"Language-Team: Italiano \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Editor di configurazione" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Modifica direttamente l'intero database di configurazione" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Segnalibri" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Segnalibri per cartelle in gconf-editor" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Modifica segnalibri" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +# empiricamente il %s comincia per maiuscola +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Impossibile visualizzare il manuale. %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Un editor per il sistema di configurazione GConf." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Milo Casagrande \n" +"Luca Ferretti \n" +"Alessio Frusciante " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossibile azzerare la chiave. L'errore è stato:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossibile creare la chiave. L'errore è:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossibile cambiare il valore della chiave. Messaggio d'errore:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Attualmente non è possibile modificare le coppie e gli schema. Ciò cambierà " +"in una versione futura." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossibile impostare il valore. L'errore è stato:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossibile sincronizzare il valore. L'errore è stato:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_File" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Modifica" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Cerca" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "S_egnalibri" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "A_iuto" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "_Nuova finestra impostazioni" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Apre una nuova finestra dell'editor di configurazione per modificare le " +"impostazioni attuali" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Nuova finestra _predefinite" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Apre una nuova finestra dell'editor di configurazione per modificare le " +"impostazioni predefinite del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Nuova finestra _vincolanti" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Apre una nuova finestra dell'editor di configurazione per modificare le " +"impostazioni vincolanti del sistema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Chiudi finestra" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Chiude questa finestra" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Esci" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Esce dall'editor di configurazione" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Copia nome chiave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Copia il nome della chiave selezionata" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "Tr_ova..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Trova modelli nelle chiavi e nei valori" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_Elenca chiavi recenti" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Mostra le chiavi modificate di recente" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "A_ggiungi segnalibro" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Aggiunge un segnalibro alla directory selezionata" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Modifica segnalibri" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Modifica i segnalibri" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Sommario" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Apre il sommario dell'aiuto dell'editor di configurazione" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "I_nformazioni" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Mostra il dialogo di informazioni sull'editor di configurazione" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Nuova chiave..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Crea una nuova chiave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "_Modifica chiave..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Modifica la chiave selezionata" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Azzera chiave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Azzera la chiave selezionata" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Imposta come _predefinita" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Imposta la chiave selezionata come predefinita" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Imposta come _vincolante" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Imposta la chiave selezionata come vincolante" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Editor di configurazione (impostazioni predefinite)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Editor di configurazione (impostazioni vincolanti)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(nessuno)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Impossibile creare il motore di GConf. L'errore è stato:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Editor di configurazione (impostazioni predefinite)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valore" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Documentazione della chiave" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Questa chiave non è scrivibile" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Questa chiave non ha uno schema" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Nome della chiave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Proprietario della chiave:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Descrizione breve:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Descrizione lunga:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "Ve_ro" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Falso" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Intero" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Booleano" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Stringa" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Float" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Aggiungi nuova voce alla lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Nuovo valore della lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Modifica voce della lista" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Modifica valore della lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Percorso:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nome:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipo:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Valore:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "_Tipo di lista:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Valori:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Nuova chiave" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Modifica chiave" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Modello non trovato" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Trova" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "C_erca:" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Cerca anche nei _nomi delle chiavi" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Cerca anche nei _valori delle chiavi" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Chiude la finestra di output" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Copia le righe selezionate" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Pulisce la finestra di output" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Righe di output" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[CHIAVE]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Modifica direttamente l'intero database di configurazione" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipo" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Il tipo di finestra dell'editor della configurazione." diff --git a/po/ja.po b/po/ja.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..feb8afb --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ja.po @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +# gconf-editor ja.po. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2004,2006,2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Takayuki KUSANO , 2002. +# KAMAGASAKO Masatoshi , 2003. +# Takeshi AIHANA , 2003-2004,2006,2007,2009. +# Satoru SATOH , 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor trunk\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-22 16:15+0900\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-22 16:10+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: Takeshi AIHANA \n" +"Language-Team: Japanese \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "設定エディタ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "設定データベースを直接編集します" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "ブックマーク" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "GConf エディタのフォルダ式ブックマークです。" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "ブックマークの編集" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<値なし>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "ヘルプを表示できませんでした: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf 設定システム向けのエディタです。" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"相花 毅 \n" +"KAMAGASAKO Masatoshi \n" +"Takayuki KUSANO \n" +"日本GNOMEユーザー会 http://www.gnome.gr.jp" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"キーを空にできませんでした。エラー:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"キーを生成できませんでした。エラー:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"キーの値を変更できませんでした。エラー・メッセージ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"現在のところ、ペアとスキーマは編集できません。将来のバージョンで変更される予" +"定です。" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"値をセットできませんでした。エラー:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"値を同期できませんでした。エラー:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "ファイル(_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "編集(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "検索(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "ブックマーク(_B)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "ヘルプ(_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "新しい設定(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "現在の設定を編集するために新しい設定エディタのウィンドウを開きます" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "新しいデフォルトの設定(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"システムのデフォルトの設定を編集するために新しい設定エディタのウィンドウを開" +"きます" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "新しいシステムの設定(_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"システム規模で強制する設定を編集するために新しい設定エディタのウィンドウを開" +"きます" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "ウィンドウを閉じる(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "このウィンドウを閉じます" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "終了(_Q)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "設定エディタを終了します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "キーの名前のコピー(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "選択したキーの名前をコピーします" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "検索(_F)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "キーと値を検索します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "最近変更したキーの一覧(_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "最近変更したキーを表示します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "ブックマークの追加(_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "選択したディレクトリを指すブックマークを追加します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "ブックマークの編集(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "ブックマークを編集します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "目次(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "設定エディタのヘルプの目次を開きます" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "情報(_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "設定エディタの情報ダイアログを表示します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "新しいキー(_N)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "新しいキーを作成します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "キーの編集(_E)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "選択したキーを編集します" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "キーを空にする(_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "選択したキーを空にします" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "デフォルトに戻す(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "選択したキーにデフォルト値をセットします" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "システムの設定にする(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "選択したキーにシステム規模の値をセットします" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "設定エディタ (デフォルトの設定)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "設定エディタ (システムの設定)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(なし)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf デーモンを起動できません。エラーは:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "設定エディタ (デフォルトの設定)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名前" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "値" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "キーの情報" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "このキーは書き込み可能ではありません" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "このキーにはスキームがありません" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "キーの名前:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "キーの所有者:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "簡単な説明:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "詳細な説明:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "有効(_R)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "無効(_F)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "整数値" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "論理値" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "文字列" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "実数値" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "リスト" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "新しいリスト型エントリの追加" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "新しいリスト型の要素(_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "リスト型エントリの編集" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "編集するリスト型の要素(_E):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "パス:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "名前(_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "キーの型(_T):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "値(_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "リストの型(_T):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "値(_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "新しいキー" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "キーの編集" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "検索パターンが見つかりません" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "検索" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "検索(_S): " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "キーの名前も検索する(_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "キーの値も検索する(_V)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "検索ウィンドウを閉じます" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "選択した行をコピーします" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "検索ウィンドウをクリアします" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "行番号を表示します" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[キー]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- 設定データベースを直接編集する" diff --git a/po/ka.po b/po/ka.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..831d394 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ka.po @@ -0,0 +1,457 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.po to Georgian +# Copyright (C) 2006 Gnome Georgian Translators +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# +# Alexander Didebulidze , 2006. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-03-26 21:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-27 03:06+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Alexander Didebulidze \n" +"Language-Team: Georgian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:847 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1351 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორი" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის მონაცემთა ბაზის პირდაპირი რედაქტირება" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "სანიშნეები" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor სანიშნეების დასტა" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "სანიშნეების დამუშავება" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:146 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:343 +msgid "" +msgstr "<არავითარი>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:361 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "ვერ ვრთავ დახმარებას: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Vladimer Sichinava ვლადიმერ სიჭინავა " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:400 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "რედაქტორი GConf კონფიგურაციის სისტემისთვის." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:430 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ვერ ვხსნი გასახებს. დაიშვა შეცდომა: \n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:455 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ვერ ვქმნი გასაღებს. შეცდომა:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:537 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ვერ ვცვლი გასაღების მნიშვნელობას. შეცდომის შეტყობინება:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:569 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Currently·pairs·and·schemas·can't·be·edited.·This·will·be·changed·in·a·later·" +"version." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:673 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:708 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Could·not·sync·value. დაიშვა შეცდომა:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:714 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_ფაილი" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_დამუშავება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:716 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_ძებნა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:717 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_სანიშნეები" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:718 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_დახმარება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:720 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "ახალი _პარამეტრების ფანჯარა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორის გახსნა მიმდინარე პარამეტრების შესაცვლელად" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:723 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "ახალი ნაგულისხმევი ფანჯარა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორის გახსნა სისტემის ნაგულისხმევი პარამეტრების შესაცვლელად" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:726 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "ახალი _სავალდებულო ფანჯარა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორის გახსნა სავალდებულო პარამეტრების შესაცვლელად" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_ფანჯრის დახურვა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "ამ ფანჯრის დახურვა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_გასვლა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "გამოსვლა კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორიდან" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "გასაღები სახელის _კოპირება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "მოცემული გასაღების სახელის კოპირება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_ძიება..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:736 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Find·patterns·in·keys·and·values" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "_ბოლოს დამუშავებული გასაღებების სია" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "ანახე ახლახანს შეცვლილი გასაღებები" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "სანიშნეს _დამატება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "მოცემული დასტის სანიშნეებში ჩამატება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "სანიშნეს და_მუშავება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "სანიშნეების რედაქტირება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_შინაარსი" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორის დახმარების ფანჯრის გახსნა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_შესახებ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "ანახე კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორის 'პროგრამის შესახებ' ფანჯარა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_ახალი გასაღები..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "ახალი გასაღების შექმნა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "გასაღების _რედაქტირება..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "მონიშნული გასაღების რედაქტირება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "გასაღების _მოშორება" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "მონიშნული გასაღების მოხსნა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "_გახადე ნაგულისხმევი" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "მოცემული გასაღების ნაგულიხმევად გახდომა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "დააყენე როგორც _სავალდებულო" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "გახადე მოცემული გასაღები სავალდებულო" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:841 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორი (ნაგულისხმევი პარამეტრები)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:844 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1348 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორი (სავალდებულო პარამეტრები)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1086 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1087 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1088 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1089 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1118 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1135 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1670 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1682 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1694 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1709 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(არავითარი)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1301 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1316 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Cannot·create·GConf·engine.·დაშვებული შეცდომა:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1345 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორი (საწყისი პარამეტრები)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1413 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ტიპი" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1414 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის რედაქტორის ფანჯრის ტიპი." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1567 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "სახელი" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1590 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1617 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "გასაღების დოკუმენტაცია" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:619 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "გასაღები არ არის წერადი" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1659 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "გასაღები სქემის გარეშეა" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1664 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "გასაღების სახელი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1677 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "გასაღების პატრონი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1689 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "მოკლე აღწერა:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "ვრცელი აღწერა:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:105 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "T_rue" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:108 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:259 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:364 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:650 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_მცდარი" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Integer" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:172 +msgid "String" +msgstr "String" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Float" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 +msgid "List" +msgstr "სია" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:234 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "სიაში ახალი ელემენტის დამატება" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:250 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_სიის ახალი პარამეტრი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:336 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "სიის ელემენტის რედაქტირება" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:352 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_სიის პარამეტრის რედაქტირება:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:573 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "გეზი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:584 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_სახელი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:596 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_ტიპი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:631 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:649 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:668 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:685 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_მნიშვნელობა:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:708 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "სიის _ტიპი:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:716 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_მნიშვნელობები:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:818 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "ახალი გასაღები" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:822 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "გასაღების რედაქტირება" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "ნიმუში არ არის ნაპოვნი" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:141 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "ძიება" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_ძებნა " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:164 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "ძებნა აგრეთვე გასაღებთა სახელებში" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:167 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "ძებნა აგრეთვე გასაღებთა პარამეტრებში" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "გამოტანის ფანჯრის დახურვა" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "დააკოპირე მონიშნული სტრიონი" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "გამოტანის ფანჯრის გაწმენდა" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "გამოტანის სტრიქონები" + +#: ../src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "არასწორი გასაღები \"%s\": %s" + diff --git a/po/kn.po b/po/kn.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a851c12 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/kn.po @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ +# translation of kn.po to Kannada +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Shankar Prasad , 2008, 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: kn\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-25 13:47+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Shankar Prasad \n" +"Language-Team: Kannada \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "ಸಂರಚನಾ ಸಂಪಾದಕ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "ನೇರವಾಗಿ ನಿಮ್ಮ ಸಂಪೂರ್ಣ ಸಂರಚನಾ ದತ್ತಸಂಚಯವನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸಿ" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕುಗಳು" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-ಸಂಪದಾಕ ಕಡತಕೋಶ ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕುಗಳು" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕುಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<ಯಾವುದೆ ಮೌಲ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "ನೆರವನ್ನು ತೋರಿಸಲು ಆಗಲಿಲ್ಲ: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:398 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf ಸಂರಚನಾ ವ್ಯವಸ್ಥೆಯನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸುವ ಒಂದು ಸಂಪಾದಕ." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "ಶಂಕರ್ ಪ್ರಸಾದ್ , ರೇಣುಕಾ ಪ್ರಸಾದ್ " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:428 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಿಸದೆ ಇರಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಾಗಿಲ್ಲ. ದೋಷವು ಹೀಗಿದೆ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ನಿರ್ಮಿಸಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಾಗಿಲ್ಲ, ದೋಷವು ಹೀಗಿದೆ :\n" +"%s " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:535 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ಕೀಲಿಯ ಮೌಲ್ಯವನ್ನು ಬದಲಾಯಿಸಲಾಗಲಿಲ್ಲ. ದೋಷ ಸಂದೇಶವು ಹೀಗಿದೆ :\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:567 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"ಪ್ರಸಕ್ತ ಜೋಡಿಗಳನ್ನು ಹಾಗು ಸ್ಕೀಮಾಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ. ಇದನ್ನು ಮುಂದಿನ ಆವೃತ್ತಿಲ್ಲಿ " +"ಬದಲಾಯಿಸಲಾಗುವುದು." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:646 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ಮೌಲ್ಯವನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಿಸಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಾಗಲಿಲ್ಲ. ದೋಷವು ಹೀಗಿದೆ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:684 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ಮೌಲ್ಯವನ್ನು ಮೇಳೈಸಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಾಗಲಿಲ್ಲ. ದೋಷವು ಹೀಗಿದೆ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:746 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "ಕಡತ(_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "ಹುಡುಕು(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕುಗಳು(_B)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "ನೆರವು(_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆಗಳ ವಿಂಡೊ(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "ಪ್ರಸಕ್ತ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸುವ ಒಂದು ಹೊಸ gconf ಸಂಪಾದಕವನ್ನು ತೆರೆಯಿರಿ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಡಿಫಾಲ್ಟುಗಳ ವಿಂಡೊ(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "ಗಣಕದ ಪೂರ್ವನಿಯೋಜಿತ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸುವ ಒಂದು ಹೊಸ gconf ಸಂಪಾದಕವನ್ನು ತೆರೆಯಿರಿ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಕಡ್ಡಾಯ ವಿಂಡೊ(_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "ಗಣಕದ ಕಡ್ಡಾಯ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸುವ ಒಂದು ಹೊಸ gconf ಸಂಪಾದಕವನ್ನು ತೆರೆಯಿರಿ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "ವಿಂಡೋವನ್ನು ಮುಚ್ಚು(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:761 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "ಈ ವಿಂಡೋವನ್ನು ಮುಚ್ಚು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "ಹೊರನಡೆ(_Q)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:763 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "ಸಂರಚನಾ ಸಂಪಾದಕದಿಂದ ಹೊರನಡೆ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿ ಹೆಸರನ್ನು ಕಾಪಿ ಮಾಡು(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:766 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಿದ ಕೀಲಿಯ ಹೆಸರನ್ನು ಕಾಪಿ ಮಾಡು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "ಹುಡುಕು(_F)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:768 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಹಾಗು ಮೌಲ್ಯಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ವಿನ್ಯಾಸವನ್ನು ಪತ್ತೆ ಮಾಡು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "ಇತ್ತೀಚಿನ ಕೀಲಿಗಳ ಪಟ್ಟಿ(_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:770 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "ಇತ್ತೀಚೆಗೆ ಬದಲಾಯಿಸಲಾದ ಕೀಲಿಗಳನ್ನು ತೋರಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕನ್ನು ಸೇರಿಸು(_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆಮಾಡಿದ ಕಡತಕೋಶಕ್ಕೆ ಒಂದು ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕನ್ನು ಸೇರಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕುಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:775 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "ಬುಕ್‌ಮಾರ್ಕುಗಳನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "ಒಳ ವಿಷಯಗಳು(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:778 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "GConf ಸಂಪಾದಕಕ್ಕಾಗಿನ ನೆರವಿನ ಒಳಪಿಡಿಗಳನ್ನು ತೋರಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "ಇದರ ಬಗ್ಗೆ(_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:780 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "gconf ಸಂಪಾದಕದ ಬಗೆಗಿನ ಸಂವಾದವನ್ನು ತೋರಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಕೀಲಿ(_N)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:783 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ನಿರ್ಮಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು(_E).." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:785 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಿದ ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಿಸಬೇಡ(_U)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:787 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಲಾದ ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಿಸಬೇಡ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "ಡಿಫಾಲ್ಟ್ ಆಗಿ ಹೊಂದಿಸು(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:789 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಲಾದ ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ಡೀಫಾಲ್ಟಾಗಿ ಹೊಂದಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "ಕಡ್ಡಾಯ ಎಂದು ಗುರುತಿಸು(_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:791 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಲಾದ ಕೀಲಿಯನ್ನು ಕಡ್ಡಾಯವೆಂದು ಗುರುತಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:873 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "ಸಂರಚನಾ ಸಂಪಾದಕ (ಪೂರ್ವನಿಯೋಜಿತ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:876 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1373 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "ಸಂರಚನಾ ಸಂಪಾದಕ (ಕಡ್ಡಾಯ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1154 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1162 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1171 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1725 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1737 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1749 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1764 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(ಯಾವುದು ಅಲ್ಲ)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1332 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1342 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf ಎಂಜಿನ್ ಅನ್ನು ನಿರ್ಮಿಸಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಾಗಿಲ್ಲ. ದೋಷವು ಹೀಗಿದೆ:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1370 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "ಸಂರಚನಾ ಸಂಪಾದಕ (ಪೂರ್ವನಿಯೋಜಿತ ಸಂಯೋಜನೆಗಳು)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1621 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ಹೆಸರು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1645 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "ಮೌಲ್ಯ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1672 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "ಮುಖ್ಯವಾದ ದಸ್ತಾವೇಜು" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:604 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "ಈ ಕೀಲಿಯಲ್ಲಿ ಬರೆಯಲು ಆಗುವುದಿಲ್ಲ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1714 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "ಈ ಕೀಲಿಯು ಯಾವುದೆ ಸ್ಕೀಮಾ ಅನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಿಲ್ಲ" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1719 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿ ಹೆಸರು:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1732 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿ ಮಾಲೀಕ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1744 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "ಸಂಕ್ಷಿಪ್ತ ವಿವರಣೆ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1757 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "ಉದ್ದನೆಯ ವಿವರಣೆ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "ನಿಜ(_r)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:635 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "ಸುಳ್ಳು(_F)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "ಪೂರ್ಣಾಂಕ" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "ಬೂಲಿಯನ್" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "ವಾಕ್ಯ" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "ತೇಲಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "ಪಟ್ಟಿ" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಪಟ್ಟಿ ನಮೂದನ್ನು ಸೇರಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಪಟ್ಟಿ ಮೌಲ್ಯ(_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "ಪಟ್ಟಿ ನಮೂದನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "ಪಟ್ಟಿ ಮೌಲ್ಯವನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸು(_E):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "ಮಾರ್ಗ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "ಹೆಸರು(_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "ವರ್ಗ:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:670 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "ಮೌಲ್ಯ(_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:693 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "ಪಟ್ಟಿಯ ಬಗೆ(_t):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:701 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "ಮೌಲ್ಯಗಳು(_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:803 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "ಹೊಸ ಕೀಲಿ" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:807 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "ಸಂಪಾದನಾ ಕೀಲಿ" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "ವಿನ್ಯಾಸವು ಕಂಡು ಬಂದಿಲ್ಲ" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "ಹುಡುಕು" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "ಇದಕ್ಕಾಗಿ ಹುಡುಕು(_S): " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿ ಹೆಸರುಗಳಲ್ಲಿಯೂ ಸಹ ಹುಡುಕು(_n)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "ಕೀಲಿ ಮೌಲ್ಯಗಳಲ್ಲಿಯೂ ಸಹ ಹುಡುಕು(_v)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "ಔಟ್‌ಪುಟ್ ವಿಂಡೊಅನ್ನು ಮುಚ್ಚು" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಿದ ಸಾಲುಗಳನ್ನು ಕಾಪಿ ಮಾಡು" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "ಔಟ್‌ಪುಟ್ ವಿಂಡೊನಲ್ಲಿನ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯನ್ನು ಅಳಿಸು" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "ಔಟ್‌ಪುಟ್ ಸಾಲುಗಳು" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[KEY]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- ನೇರವಾಗಿ ನಿಮ್ಮ ಸಂಪೂರ್ಣ ಸಂರಚನಾ ದತ್ತಸಂಚಯವನ್ನು ಸಂಪಾದಿಸಿ" + diff --git a/po/ko.po b/po/ko.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a00b78c --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ko.po @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +# Korean messages for gconf-editor +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# +# Young-Ho Cha , 2003. +# Changwoo Ryu , 2002, 2006, 2007, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-24 20:15+0900\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-24 20:16+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: Young-Ho Cha \n" +"Language-Team: GNOME Korea \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "설정 편집기" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "전체 설정 데이터베이스를 직접 편집합니다" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "책갈피" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf 편집기 폴더 책갈피" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "책갈피 편집" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "<값 없음>" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "도움말을 표시할 수 없습니다: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf 설정 시스템에 대한 편집기." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "GNOME Korea " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"키를 설정 해제할 수 없습니다. 오류는:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"키를 만들 수 없습니다. 오류는:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"키 값을 바꿀 수 없습니다. 오류 메시지:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "현재 쌍이나 스키마는 편집할 수 없습니다. 다음 버전에서 바뀔 것입니다." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"값을 설정할 수 없습니다. 오류는:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"값을 동기화할 수 없습니다. 오류는:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "파일(_F)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "편집(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "찾기(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "책갈피(_B)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "도움말(_H)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "새 설정 창(_S)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "현재 설정을 편집하는 새 설정 편집 창을 엽니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "새 기본값 창(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "시스템 기본 설정을 편집하는 새 설정 편집 창을 엽니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "새 필수 설정 창(_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "시스템 필수 설정을 편집하는 새 설정 편집 창을 엽니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "창 닫기(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "이 창을 닫습니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "끝내기(_Q)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "설정 편집기를 끝냅니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "키 이름 복사(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "선택한 키의 이름을 복사합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "찾기(_F)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "키와 값에 들어 있는 패턴을 찾습니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "최근 키 목록(_L)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "최근에 바뀐 키를 표시합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "책갈피 더하기(_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "선택한 디렉터리에 책갈피를 더합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "책갈피 편집(_E)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "책갈피를 편집합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "차례(_C)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "설정 편집기에 대한 도움말의 차례를 엽니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "정보(_A)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "설정 편집기의 정보 대화 상자를 봅니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "새 키(_N)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "새 키를 만듭니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "키 편집(_E)..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "선택한 키를 편집합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "키 설정 해제(_U)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "선택한 키를 설정 해제합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "기본값으로 설정(_D)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "선택한 키를 기본값으로 설정합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "필수로 설정(_M)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "선택한 키를 필수 설정으로 설정합니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "설정 편집기 (기본값 설정)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "설정 편집기 (필수 설정)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(없음)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"GConf 엔진을 만들 수 없습니다. 오류는:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "설정 편집기 (기본값 설정)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "이름" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "값" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "키 문서" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "이 키는 쓸 수 없습니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "이 키는 스키마가 없습니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "키 이름:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "키 소유자:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "짧은 설명:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "긴 설명:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "참(_R)" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "거짓(_F)" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "정수" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "참/거짓" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "문자열" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "실수" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "목록" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "새 목록 요소 더하기" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "새로운 목록 값(_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "목록 요소 편집" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "목록 값 편집(_E):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "경로:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "이름(_N):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "형식(_T):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "값(_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "목록 형식(_T):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "값(_V):" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "새로운 키" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "키 편집" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "패턴을 찾을 수 없습니다" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "찾기" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "찾을 문자열(_S): " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "키 이름에서 찾기(_N)" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "키 값에서 찾기(_V)" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "출력 창을 닫습니다" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "선택한 줄을 복사합니다" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "출력 창 내용을 지웁니다" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "출력 줄" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[키]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- 설정 데이터베이스 전체를 직접 편집합니다" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "형식" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "설정 편집기 창 종류." diff --git a/po/ku.po b/po/ku.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebfc042 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ku.po @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +# translation of gconf-editor.HEAD.po to Kurdish +# Kurdish translation for gconf-editor +# Copyright (c) (c) 2005 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2005 +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Erdal Ronahi , 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-07 19:59:39.972823+00:00\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-11 04:14+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Erdal Ronahi \n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Rosetta-Version: 0.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:851 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1355 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Edîtorê mîhengan" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Bijare" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Bijareyan Biguherîne" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:362 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:396 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "spasiyan_wergêran" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:401 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:431 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:456 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:538 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:570 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:674 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:709 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:715 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Dosya" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:716 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Biguherîne" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:717 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Lê bigere" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:718 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "_Bijare" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:719 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Alîkarî" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:721 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:724 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:725 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:727 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Paceyê Bigire" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Vê paceyê bigire" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Derkeve" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Bibîne..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:739 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:739 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:742 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:744 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Naverok" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Der barê" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:758 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:845 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default Settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:848 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory Settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1090 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1091 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1092 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1093 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1122 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1130 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1139 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1677 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1689 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1701 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1716 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Tune)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1305 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1320 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1349 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1352 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1417 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Cure" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1418 +msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1574 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nav" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1597 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Nirx" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1624 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1653 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:616 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1666 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1671 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1684 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1696 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1709 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:105 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Rast" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:108 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:256 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:361 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:647 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Şaş" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:143 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:170 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:144 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:171 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:145 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:172 +msgid "String" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:146 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:147 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lîste" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:231 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:247 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:333 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:570 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Rê:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Nav:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:593 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Cure:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:628 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:646 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:665 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:682 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Nirx:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:705 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Cureyê _lîsteyê:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:713 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Nirx:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:815 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:819 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:59 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:141 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Bibîne" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:143 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:164 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:167 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/po/li.po b/po/li.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..178c74f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/li.po @@ -0,0 +1,560 @@ +# Limburgish translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2002 Anders Carlsson +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# Mathieu van Woerkom , 2003 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor cvs\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-08-02 11:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-20 12:02+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Mathieu van Woerkom \n" +"Language-Team: Limburgish\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:1 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Kóngfiggerasie-editor" + +#: data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "De ganse kóngfiggerasie-database direk bewirke" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "/_Blaadwiezers" + +#: data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +#, fuzzy +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "Blaadwiezers bewirke" + +#: src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Blaadwiezers bewirke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-application.c:58 src/gconf-editor-application.c:69 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:653 src/gconf-editor-window.c:698 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kós GConf motor neet make. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:341 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:376 +msgid "translator_credits" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:386 +msgid "GConf-Editor" +msgstr "GConf-Editor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:388 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "Eine editor veur 't GConf kóngfiggerasiesysteem." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:423 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kós sjleutel neet vriemake. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:448 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kós sjleutel neet make. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:530 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kós waerd van de sjleutel neet verangere. Faelermeljing:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:562 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Op dit mement kènne lieste, pare en sjema's neet bewirk waere. Dit weurt in " +"ein latere verzie verangerd." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:677 src/gconf-editor-window.c:722 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Kós waerd neet synchronisere. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +"%s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:728 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_File" +msgstr "/_Besjtandj" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:729 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "/_Bewirke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:730 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:731 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "/_Blaadwiezers" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:732 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "/_Hulp" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:734 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:735 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:737 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:738 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:740 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:741 +msgid "Open a new gconf editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "/Besjtandj/Vinster _sjloete" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:743 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "/Besjtandj/Vinster _sjloete" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "/Besjtandj/_Aafsjloete" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quit the gconf editor" +msgstr "GConf editor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "/Bewirke/Sjleutelnaam kopiëre" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:752 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "/_Blaadwiezers" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:755 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Blaadwiezers bewirke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Blaadwiezers bewirke" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "Open the help contents for the gconf editor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the gconf editor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "/_Nuje sjleutel..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:765 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "/Sjleutel bewirke..." + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Unset Key..." +msgstr "/_Sjleutel vriemake" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "/Insjtèlle es sjtanderd" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "/Insjtèlle es sjtanderd" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:773 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:860 src/gconf-editor-window.c:867 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1319 +msgid "GConf editor" +msgstr "GConf editor" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:875 +#, c-format +msgid "GConf editor - %s" +msgstr "GConf editor - %s" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1057 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1058 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1059 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1060 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1089 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1097 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1106 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1564 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1576 src/gconf-editor-window.c:1588 +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1603 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Gein)" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1461 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1484 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Waerd" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1511 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Sjleuteldokkemèntasie" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1540 src/gconf-key-editor.c:600 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1553 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1558 +msgid "Key Name:" +msgstr "Sjleutel_naam:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1571 +msgid "Key Owner:" +msgstr "Sjleuteleigenaer" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1583 +msgid "Short Description:" +msgstr "Korte ómsjrieving:" + +#: src/gconf-editor-window.c:1596 +msgid "Long Description:" +msgstr "Oetgebreije ómsjrieving:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:82 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "_Waor" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:85 src/gconf-key-editor.c:246 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:354 src/gconf-key-editor.c:634 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Neet waor" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:121 src/gconf-key-editor.c:153 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Gans getal" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:123 src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Boolean" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Teikeriej" + +# Float: getal met drijvende komma....maar dat is te lang. +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Float" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:129 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Lies" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add new list entry" +msgstr "Nuje lies ingank toeveuge" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:237 +msgid "_New list element:" +msgstr "Nuuj lies elemènt:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit list entry" +msgstr "Nuje lies ingank toeveuge" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Edit list element:" +msgstr "Nuuj lies elemènt:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:554 +msgid "Key path:" +msgstr "Sjleutelpaad:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:566 +msgid "Key _name:" +msgstr "Sjleutel_naam:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:579 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tiep:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:620 src/gconf-key-editor.c:633 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:646 src/gconf-key-editor.c:657 +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:680 +msgid "Key _value:" +msgstr "Sjleutel_waerd:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Lies _tiep:" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:785 +msgid "New key" +msgstr "Nuje sjleutel" + +#: src/gconf-key-editor.c:789 +msgid "Edit key" +msgstr "Sjleutel bewirke" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:61 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:136 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:138 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:159 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gconf-search-dialog.c:162 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:350 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:388 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:408 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "" + +#: src/gedit-output-window.c:448 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/main.c:40 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid key \"%s\": %s" +msgstr "Óngeljige sjleutel \"%s\": %s" + +#~ msgid "About GConf-Editor" +#~ msgstr "Euver GConf-Editor" + +#~ msgid "/File/tearoff1" +#~ msgstr "/Besjtandj/tearoff1" + +#~ msgid "/File/_New window" +#~ msgstr "/Besjtandj/_Nuuj vinster" + +#~ msgid "/File/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/Besjtandj/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/Edit/tearoff2" +#~ msgstr "/Bewirke/tearoff2" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/tearoff3" +#~ msgstr "/Blaadwiezers/tearoff3" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Add bookmark" +#~ msgstr "/blaadwiezers/_blaadwiezer toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "/Bookmarks/_Edit bookmarks..." +#~ msgstr "/blaadwiezers/_blaadwiezers bewirke..." + +#~ msgid "/Help/tearoff4" +#~ msgstr "/Hulp/sep4" + +#~ msgid "/Help/_About..." +#~ msgstr "/Hulp/_Info..." + +#~ msgid "/File/New window" +#~ msgstr "/Besjtandj/_Nuuj vinster" + +#~ msgid "/File/Quit" +#~ msgstr "/Besjtandj/_Aafsjloete" + +# is dit ein e met trema? +#~ msgid "/Edit/Copy key name" +#~ msgstr "/Bewirke/Sjleutelnaam kopiëre" + +#~ msgid "/Help/About..." +#~ msgstr "/Hulp/_Euver..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema location. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kós sjema lokasie neet verkriege. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not get schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kós sjema neet verkriege. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kós sjema neet insjtèlle. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not associate schema. Error was:\n" +#~ "%s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kèn sjema neet vereinige. Faelermeljing waor:\n" +#~ "%s" + +#~ msgid "/sep1" +#~ msgstr "/sep1" + +#~ msgid "/sep2" +#~ msgstr "/sep2" + +#~ msgid "/New key..." +#~ msgstr "/_Nuje sjleutel..." + +#~ msgid "/Unset key" +#~ msgstr "/_Sjleutel vrijmaken" + +#~ msgid "_Show this dialog again" +#~ msgstr "Dit _dialoogvinster obbenuuts tuine" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool allows you to directly edit your configuration database. This " +#~ "is not the recommended way of setting desktop preferences. Use this tool " +#~ "at your own risk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mit dit program kènt geer eure kóngfiggerasie-database direk bewirke. Dit " +#~ "is neet de aangerikkemendeerde wies veur prifferensies veur de desktop in " +#~ "te sjtèlle. 't gebroek van dit program is veur eige risiko." + +#~ msgid "Copyright (C) Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" +#~ msgstr "Outäörsrech © Anders Carlsson 2001, 2002" diff --git a/po/lt.po b/po/lt.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acbfa9d --- /dev/null +++ b/po/lt.po @@ -0,0 +1,486 @@ +# translation of lt.po to Lithuanian +# Lithuanian translation of gconf-editor. +# Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. +# +# +# Tomas Kuliavas , 2003-2004. +# Žygimantas Beručka , 2004-2006. +# Gintautas Miliauskas , 2006, 2007. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: lt\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-02 04:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-02 04:25+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Gintautas Miliauskas \n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%" +"100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:393 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:395 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:880 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1377 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigūracijos redaktorius" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Tiesiogiai redaguoti visą konfigūracijos duomenų bazę" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Žymelės" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor aplankų žymelės" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:202 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Keisti žymeles" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:359 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't display help: %s" +msgstr "Nepavyko parodyti žinyno: %s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:399 +msgid "An editor for the GConf configuration system." +msgstr "GConf konfigūracijos sistemos redaktorius." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:402 +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Paskutinysis vertėjas:\n" +"Žygimantas Beručka \n" +"\n" +"Ankstesnysis vertėjas:\n" +"Tomas Kuliavas " + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:429 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Couldn't unset key. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyko atšaukti rakto. Gautas klaidos pranešimas:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:454 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not create key. The error is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyko sukurti rakto. Gautas klaidos pranešimas:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:536 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not change key value. Error message:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyko pakeisti rakto reikšmės. Gautas klaidos pranešimas:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:568 +msgid "" +"Currently pairs and schemas can't be edited. This will be changed in a later " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Šiuo metu poros ir schemos negali būti keičiamos. Tai turėtų būti ištaisyta " +"naujose versijose." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:647 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not set value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyko nustatyti reikšmės. Klaida:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:685 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:733 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Could not sync value. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyko sulyginti reikšmės. Gautas klaidos pranešimas:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:747 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Failas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:748 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Keisti" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:749 +msgid "_Search" +msgstr "_Ieškoti" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:750 +msgid "_Bookmarks" +msgstr "Ž_ymelės" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:751 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Žinynas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:753 +msgid "New _Settings Window" +msgstr "Naujas _nustatymų langas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:754 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing current settings" +msgstr "" +"Atverti naują konfigūracijos redaktoriaus langą, redaguojant dabartinius " +"nustatymus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:756 +msgid "New _Defaults Window" +msgstr "Naujas _numatytųjų nustatymų langas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:757 +msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system default settings" +msgstr "" +"Atverti naują konfigūracijos redaktoriaus langą, redaguojant numatytuosius " +"nustatymus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:759 +msgid "New _Mandatory Window" +msgstr "Naujas _privalomas langas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:760 +msgid "" +"Open a new Configuration Editor window editing system mandatory settings" +msgstr "" +"Atverti naują konfigūracijos redaktoriaus langą, redaguojant privalomus " +"nustatymus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "_Close Window" +msgstr "_Užverti langą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:762 +msgid "Close this window" +msgstr "Užverti šį langą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Baigti" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:764 +msgid "Quit the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Baigti konfigūracijos redaktoriaus darbą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "_Copy Key Name" +msgstr "_Kopijuoti rakto vardą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:767 +msgid "Copy the name of the selected key" +msgstr "Kopijuoti pažymėto rakto pavadinimą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "_Find..." +msgstr "_Rasti..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:769 +msgid "Find patterns in keys and values" +msgstr "Ieškoti raktuose ir reikšmėse pagal šablonus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "_List Recent Keys" +msgstr "Ro_dyti paskutiniuosius raktus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:771 +msgid "Show recently modified keys" +msgstr "Rodyti neseniai modifikuotus raktus" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "_Add Bookmark" +msgstr "_Pridėti žymelę" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:774 +msgid "Add a bookmark to the selected directory" +msgstr "Pridėti žymelę į pažymėtą aplanką" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "_Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "K_eisti žymeles" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:776 +msgid "Edit the bookmarks" +msgstr "Keisti žymeles" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "_Contents" +msgstr "_Turinys" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:779 +msgid "Open the help contents for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Atverti konfigūracijos redaktoriaus pagalbą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_Apie" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:781 +msgid "Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Rodyti konfigūracijos redaktoriaus „apie“ langą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "_New Key..." +msgstr "_Naujas raktas..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:784 +msgid "Create a new key" +msgstr "Sukurti naują raktą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "_Edit Key..." +msgstr "K_eisti raktą..." + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:786 +msgid "Edit the selected key" +msgstr "Keisti pažymėtą raktą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "_Unset Key" +msgstr "_Atkurti reikšmę" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:788 +msgid "Unset the selected key" +msgstr "Atkurti pradinę šio rakto reikšmę" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set as _Default" +msgstr "Padaryti _numatytuoju" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:790 +msgid "Set the selected key to be the default" +msgstr "Nustatyti pažymėtą raktą numatytuoju" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set as _Mandatory" +msgstr "Nustatyti _privalomu" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:792 +msgid "Set the selected key to the mandatory" +msgstr "Nustatyti pažymėtą raktą kaip privalomą" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:874 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Default settings)" +msgstr "Konfigūracijos redaktorius (numatytieji nustatymai)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:877 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1374 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Mandatory settings)" +msgstr "Konfigūracijos redaktorius (privalomi nustatymai)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1123 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1124 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1125 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1126 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1155 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1163 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1172 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1726 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1738 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1750 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1765 +msgid "(None)" +msgstr "(Joks)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1333 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1343 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot create GConf engine. Error was:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyko paleisti GConf sistemos. Gautas klaidos pranešimas:\n" +"%s" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1371 +msgid "Configuration Editor (Defaults settings)" +msgstr "Konfigūracijos redaktorius (numatytieji nustatymai)" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1622 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Vardas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1646 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Reikšmė" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1673 +msgid "Key Documentation" +msgstr "Rakto dokumentacija" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1702 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:606 +msgid "This key is not writable" +msgstr "Šis raktas yra nekeičiamas" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1715 +msgid "This key has no schema" +msgstr "Šis raktas neturi schemos" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1720 +msgid "Key name:" +msgstr "Rakto vardas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1733 +msgid "Key owner:" +msgstr "Rakto savininkas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1745 +msgid "Short description:" +msgstr "Trumpas aprašymas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1758 +msgid "Long description:" +msgstr "Ilgas aprašymas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:87 +msgid "T_rue" +msgstr "T_eigiama" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:90 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:244 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:349 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:637 +msgid "_False" +msgstr "_Neigiama" + +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * menu indices +#. +#. These have to be ordered so the EDIT_ enum matches the +#. * combobox indices +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:125 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:155 +msgid "Integer" +msgstr "Sveikasis skaičius" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:126 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:156 +msgid "Boolean" +msgstr "Loginė reikšmė" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:127 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:157 +msgid "String" +msgstr "Eilutė" + +#. Translators: this refers to "Floating point": +#. * see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Floating_point +#. +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:131 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Realusis skaičius" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:132 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Sąrašas" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:219 +msgid "Add New List Entry" +msgstr "Pridėti naują sąrašo įrašą" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:235 +msgid "_New list value:" +msgstr "_Nauja sąrašo reikšmė:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:321 +msgid "Edit List Entry" +msgstr "Keisti sąrašo įrašą" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:337 +msgid "_Edit list value:" +msgstr "_Keisti sąrašo reikšmę:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:558 +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "Kelias:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:569 +msgid "_Name:" +msgstr "_Vardas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:581 +msgid "_Type:" +msgstr "_Tipas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:618 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:636 +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:655 ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:672 +msgid "_Value:" +msgstr "_Reikšmė:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:694 +msgid "List _type:" +msgstr "Sąrašo _tipas:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:702 +msgid "_Values:" +msgstr "_Reikšmės:" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:804 +msgid "New Key" +msgstr "Naujas raktas" + +#: ../src/gconf-key-editor.c:808 +msgid "Edit Key" +msgstr "Keisti raktą" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:60 +msgid "Pattern not found" +msgstr "Teksto, atitinkančio šabloną, nerasta" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:142 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Rasti" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:144 +msgid "_Search for: " +msgstr "_Ko ieškoti: " + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:165 +msgid "Search also in key _names" +msgstr "Taip pat ieškoti raktų _varduose" + +#: ../src/gconf-search-dialog.c:168 +msgid "Search also in key _values" +msgstr "Taip pat ieškoti raktų _reikšmėse" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:347 +msgid "Close the output window" +msgstr "Užverti išvesties langą" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:382 +msgid "Copy selected lines" +msgstr "Kopijuoti pažymėtas eilutes" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:399 +msgid "Clear the output window" +msgstr "Išvalyti išvesties langą" + +#: ../src/gedit-output-window.c:438 +msgid "Output Lines" +msgstr "Išvesties eilutės" + +#: ../src/main.c:69 +msgid "[KEY]" +msgstr "[RAKTAS]" + +#: ../src/main.c:77 +msgid "- Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "- Tiesiogiai redaguoti visą konfigūracijos duomenų bazę" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipas" + +#~ msgid "The Configuration Editor window type." +#~ msgstr "Konfigūracijos redaktoriaus lango tipas." diff --git a/po/lv.po b/po/lv.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2e7aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/lv.po @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +# translation of lv.po to Latvian +# Copyright (C) 2006, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# Raivis Dejus , 2006, 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: lv\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-07 11:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-24 19:06+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Raivis Dejus \n" +"Language-Team: Latvian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:392 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:394 ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:879 +#: ../src/gconf-editor-window.c:1376 +msgid "Configuration Editor" +msgstr "Konfigurācijas redaktors" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Directly edit your entire configuration database" +msgstr "Pa tiešo rediģē visu konfigurācijas datubāzi" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:1 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "Grāmatzīmes" + +#: ../data/gconf-editor.schemas.in.h:2 +msgid "gconf-editor folder bookmarks" +msgstr "gconf-editor mapju grāmatzīmes" + +#: ../src/gconf-bookmarks-dialog.c:197 +msgid "Edit Bookmarks" +msgstr "Rediģēt grāmatzīmes" + +#: ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:144 ../src/gconf-cell-renderer.c:341 +msgid "" +msgstr "